From c3a1cbc9a3c2824f59f1dc52b7bb2d222197b9fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: WhiteSource Renovate <bot@renovateapp.com>
Date: Mon, 16 Aug 2021 13:49:32 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 1/9] chore(deps): update dependency pandas to v1.3.2 (#1484)

---
 scripts/requirements.txt | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/scripts/requirements.txt b/scripts/requirements.txt
index 137a96863ab..0be5167ff59 100644
--- a/scripts/requirements.txt
+++ b/scripts/requirements.txt
@@ -1 +1 @@
-pandas==1.3.1
+pandas==1.3.2

From cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: yoshi-code-bot <70984784+yoshi-code-bot@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 17 Aug 2021 00:20:40 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 2/9] chore: Update discovery artifacts (#1486)

## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts:
displayvideo v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/21f81c824089d0060dbd624f9755eea554464af2
sts v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a8ebc2bef5d0ff6c449d65fcc9c0554c1f388985

## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts:
networkconnectivity v1alpha1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/68588ad4744aa3c7a3a0afa12a1566f54ab3be94

## Discovery Artifact Change Summary:
feat(apigee): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/41ae79b3554ffc9f1622e44757751009eeed76f8
feat(bigqueryreservation): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b0483aba20b17580b400283fb0073f07715bf254
feat(chat): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/270312294f1cf89041825b0f31bfcf872fda9854
feat(cloudbuild): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/30c122278e75a99b5b2a6ed330f317015134a23d
feat(cloudscheduler): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0405b1db79fe87305be25ba4f9389e94490040a7
feat(contactcenterinsights): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3abcf5334053f5612fd79163f2c433e5793ee782
feat(dialogflow): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c4935840495b1487d4be47b63f6c416113b9413f
feat(displayvideo): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/21f81c824089d0060dbd624f9755eea554464af2
feat(monitoring): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d997b2c0d13203ac29b55c19858ef375380a5b7b
feat(networkconnectivity): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/68588ad4744aa3c7a3a0afa12a1566f54ab3be94
feat(notebooks): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b975c34568f62bbf19f67f4731fe091aeeda8a75
feat(retail): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c2bcb7081a4f656b9e136ea38637cf262b60f387
feat(servicenetworking): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bdc7b9d0854918ef65ccb4a3798d2f3f3b19d70
feat(sts): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a8ebc2bef5d0ff6c449d65fcc9c0554c1f388985
---
 docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html      |   4 +-
 ...tions.environments.archiveDeployments.html | 342 ++++++++++++
 .../apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html |  19 +
 ...rojects.locations.capacityCommitments.html |   5 +-
 ...rojects.locations.capacityCommitments.html |   5 +-
 docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html              | 182 +++----
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html       |   2 +
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html                     |   4 +
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html     |   2 +
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html                   |   4 +
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html                  |   2 +
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html         |   5 +
 docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html   | 107 ++++
 ...oudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html | 107 ++++
 ...dbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html | 162 +++++-
 docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html | 162 +++++-
 ...tions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html |   8 +-
 ...keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html |   4 +-
 ...rojects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html |   6 +-
 ...oudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html |   6 +-
 ...rojects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html |   6 +-
 ...duler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html |   5 +-
 ...er_v1.projects.locations.environments.html |  16 +-
 ...beta1.projects.locations.environments.html |  16 +-
 ...s_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html |  24 +-
 ...tcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html |   6 +-
 docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html           |  16 +-
 docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html           |   2 +-
 ...rojects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html |   6 +-
 ....projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html | 104 ++--
 ....projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html |   6 +-
 ...dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html |  78 +--
 .../dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html    |   6 +-
 ...taproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html |   6 +-
 ...v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html | 104 ++--
 ...rojects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html |   6 +-
 ....projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html |   6 +-
 ....projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html |   6 +-
 ...roc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html |   6 +-
 ...ataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.jobs.html |   6 +-
 ...c_v1beta2.projects.regions.operations.html |   6 +-
 ...a2.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html |   6 +-
 docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html      | 286 +++++++---
 ...2.projects.agent.environments.intents.html |   4 +-
 ...cts.agent.environments.users.sessions.html |   4 +-
 .../dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html |  32 +-
 ...dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html |   4 +-
 ...2.projects.conversations.participants.html |   4 +-
 ....locations.agent.environments.intents.html |   4 +-
 ...ons.agent.environments.users.sessions.html |   4 +-
 ...w_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html |  32 +-
 ..._v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html |   4 +-
 ....locations.conversations.participants.html |   4 +-
 .../dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html |  85 +++
 ...dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html |  85 +++
 .../dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.html |  85 +++
 ...3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html |  30 +-
 ...dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.html |  85 +++
 ...1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html |  30 +-
 ...displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html |  14 -
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  32 --
 docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html     |  42 --
 ...yvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html |  14 -
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  32 --
 ...displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html |  42 --
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  64 ---
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  64 ---
 docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html        |  28 -
 ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html |  64 ---
 ...eo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html |  47 +-
 ...c_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html |   6 +-
 .../firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html   |   4 +-
 ...store_v1.projects.databases.documents.html | 510 ++++++++++--------
 ..._v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html | 510 ++++++++++--------
 ...ts.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html |   8 +-
 ...ts.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html |   8 +-
 ...ng_v1.locations.global_.metricsScopes.html |   4 +-
 .../monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html    | 168 ++++++
 ...ng_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html |  48 +-
 ...y_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.html |   5 -
 ...lpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html |   6 +-
 ...ha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html |   6 +-
 ...ty_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html |   6 +-
 ...ooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html |  12 +
 ...books_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html |  24 +
 docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html                |   4 +-
 ...ts.locations.activityTypes.activities.html |  12 +-
 docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html     |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html |   2 +-
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |  64 +--
 ...retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html |   2 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html |  20 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html |  24 +-
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |  64 +--
 ...l_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html |   2 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html |  20 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html |  24 +-
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html |  64 +--
 ...il_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html |   2 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html |  20 +-
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html |  24 +-
 .../dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html |  12 +-
 .../dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html     |  12 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html        |   8 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html      |  36 +-
 ..._v1.projects.locations.configurations.html |  12 +-
 ..._v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html |   8 +-
 .../run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html  |  12 +-
 .../dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html |   8 +-
 .../run_v1.projects.locations.services.html   |  36 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html    |   8 +-
 ...untimeconfig_v1beta1.projects.configs.html |   6 +-
 ...servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html |  16 +-
 docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html   |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html   |   1 +
 ...cts.global_.networks.peeredDnsDomains.html |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html                       |  36 --
 docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html     |  12 +-
 .../documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/accessapproval.v1.json          |   4 +-
 .../documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.2.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.3.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.4.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json      |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/admob.v1beta.json               |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json       |   6 +-
 .../androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/androidenterprise.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/androidmanagement.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/androidpublisher.v3.json        |   4 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1beta.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json  | 344 +++++++++++-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/artifactregistry.v1.json        |   6 +-
 .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json   |   6 +-
 .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json   |   6 +-
 .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/bigquery.v2.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json     |  11 +-
 .../bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json          |  11 +-
 .../documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/billingbudgets.v1.json          |   4 +-
 .../documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json     |   4 +-
 .../documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json     |   6 +-
 .../binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json          |   6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/calendar.v3.json                |   8 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json    |   8 +-
 .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/chromepolicy.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/classroom.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json              | 216 +++++++-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json        | 104 +++-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json        | 104 +++-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json         | 104 +++-
 .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/clouddebugger.v2.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json          |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudiot.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudkms.v1.json                |   8 +-
 .../documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json    |   2 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json     |   7 +-
 .../documents/cloudsearch.v1.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/composer.v1.json                |   8 +-
 .../documents/composer.v1beta1.json           |   8 +-
 .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json   |  16 +-
 .../documents/container.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/container.v1beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/content.v2.1.json               |  30 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/customsearch.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/datacatalog.v1.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/dataflow.v1b3.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/dataproc.v1.json                |  24 +-
 .../documents/dataproc.v1beta2.json           |   6 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1beta3.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json              | 128 ++++-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json         | 128 ++++-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json              | 138 ++++-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json         | 138 ++++-
 .../documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/displayvideo.v1.json            | 338 +-----------
 .../discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json     |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json     |   6 +-
 .../documents/dns.v1beta2.json                |   6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta2.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/domainsrdap.v1.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json       |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json   |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json   |   4 +-
 .../documents/driveactivity.v2.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/eventarc.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json    |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebase.v1beta1.json           |   6 +-
 .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json    |   6 +-
 .../documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasehosting.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json    |   6 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v1.json              |   4 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json         |   4 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1beta1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1beta2.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json   |   2 +-
 .../gamesManagement.v1management.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/gameservices.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/gameservices.v1beta.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json          |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json             |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/groupsmigration.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/groupssettings.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/healthcare.v1.json              |   6 +-
 .../documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json         |   6 +-
 .../documents/homegraph.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/iamcredentials.v1.json          |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json     |   2 +-
 .../documents/iap.v1beta1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json            |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/language.v1.json                |   4 +-
 .../documents/language.v1beta1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/language.v1beta2.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/libraryagent.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/licensing.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/localservices.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/manufacturers.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/memcache.v1.json                |   4 +-
 .../documents/memcache.v1beta2.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/metastore.v1alpha.json          |   2 +-
 .../documents/metastore.v1beta.json           |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json      |   6 +-
 .../documents/monitoring.v1.json              |  38 +-
 .../documents/monitoring.v3.json              |   6 +-
 .../mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json         |  99 +---
 .../documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/networkservices.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/notebooks.v1.json               |  31 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json        |   4 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json   |   4 +-
 .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1.json                |   4 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json            |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/oslogin.v1beta.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json         |   2 +-
 .../paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json      |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json  |   6 +-
 .../documents/playablelocations.v3.json       |   2 +-
 .../documents/playcustomapp.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json          |  14 +-
 .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json     |   4 +-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1.json         |   4 +-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json    |   4 +-
 .../documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json    |   6 +-
 .../policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json          |   6 +-
 .../documents/privateca.v1.json               |   4 +-
 .../documents/privateca.v1beta1.json          |   4 +-
 .../documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json             |   2 +-
 .../documents/pubsublite.v1.json              |   4 +-
 .../documents/realtimebidding.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/recommender.v1.json             |   4 +-
 .../documents/recommender.v1beta1.json        |   4 +-
 .../documents/reseller.v1.json                |   2 +-
 .../documents/resourcesettings.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json  |  25 +-
 .../documents/retail.v2alpha.json             |  25 +-
 .../documents/retail.v2beta.json              |  25 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json     |  14 +-
 .../documents/run.v1alpha1.json               |   4 +-
 .../documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json      |   6 +-
 .../documents/safebrowsing.v4.json            |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/searchconsole.v1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/secretmanager.v1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json      |   4 +-
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json    |   2 +-
 .../documents/servicedirectory.v1.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/servicemanagement.v1.json       |   6 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json       |  10 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json   |   6 +-
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json            |   2 +-
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json       |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json  |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json  |   2 +-
 .../documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json           |   2 +-
 .../documents/speech.v2beta1.json             |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json |   4 +-
 .../documents/storagetransfer.v1.json         |   2 +-
 .../documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json       |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json     |  73 +--
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json |   2 +-
 .../documents/tagmanager.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../documents/tagmanager.v2.json              |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/texttospeech.v1.json            |  12 +-
 .../documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/translate.v3.json               |   4 +-
 .../documents/translate.v3beta1.json          |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json   |   2 +-
 .../documents/vectortile.v1.json              |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json  |   4 +-
 .../documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json           |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json |   4 +-
 .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json      |   4 +-
 .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json |   4 +-
 .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json  |   4 +-
 .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json      |   4 +-
 .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json  |   4 +-
 .../documents/workflows.v1.json               |   2 +-
 .../documents/workflows.v1beta.json           |   2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json |   5 +-
 .../documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json        |   2 +-
 .../documents/youtubereporting.v1.json        |   2 +-
 383 files changed, 4917 insertions(+), 2715 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
index 57a94252c0c..946569fb60b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The inclusive start date for the query in the format `YYYY-MM-DD`. Cannot be after `end_date`. The format `NdaysAgo`, `yesterday`, or `today` is also accepted, and in that case, the date is inferred based on the property&#x27;s reporting time zone.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;dimensionFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # The filter clause of dimensions. Dimensions must be requested to be used in this filter. Metrics cannot be used in this filter.
+      &quot;dimensionFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # Dimension filters allow you to ask for only specific dimension values in the report. To learn more, see [Fundamentals of Dimension Filters](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/reporting/data/v1/basics#dimension_filters) for examples. Metrics cannot be used in this filter.
         &quot;andGroup&quot;: { # A list of filter expressions. # The FilterExpressions in and_group have an AND relationship.
           &quot;expressions&quot;: [ # A list of filter expressions.
             # Object with schema name: FilterExpression
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;metricAggregations&quot;: [ # Aggregation of metrics. Aggregated metric values will be shown in rows where the dimension_values are set to &quot;RESERVED_(MetricAggregation)&quot;.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;metricFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # The filter clause of metrics. Applied at post aggregation phase, similar to SQL having-clause. Metrics must be requested to be used in this filter. Dimensions cannot be used in this filter.
+      &quot;metricFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # The filter clause of metrics. Applied at post aggregation phase, similar to SQL having-clause. Dimensions cannot be used in this filter.
         &quot;andGroup&quot;: { # A list of filter expressions. # The FilterExpressions in and_group have an AND relationship.
           &quot;expressions&quot;: [ # A list of filter expressions.
             # Object with schema name: FilterExpression
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;startDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The inclusive start date for the query in the format `YYYY-MM-DD`. Cannot be after `end_date`. The format `NdaysAgo`, `yesterday`, or `today` is also accepted, and in that case, the date is inferred based on the property&#x27;s reporting time zone.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;dimensionFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # The filter clause of dimensions. Dimensions must be requested to be used in this filter. Metrics cannot be used in this filter.
+  &quot;dimensionFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # Dimension filters allow you to ask for only specific dimension values in the report. To learn more, see [Fundamentals of Dimension Filters](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/reporting/data/v1/basics#dimension_filters) for examples. Metrics cannot be used in this filter.
     &quot;andGroup&quot;: { # A list of filter expressions. # The FilterExpressions in and_group have an AND relationship.
       &quot;expressions&quot;: [ # A list of filter expressions.
         # Object with schema name: FilterExpression
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;metricAggregations&quot;: [ # Aggregation of metrics. Aggregated metric values will be shown in rows where the dimension_values are set to &quot;RESERVED_(MetricAggregation)&quot;.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;metricFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # The filter clause of metrics. Applied at post aggregation phase, similar to SQL having-clause. Metrics must be requested to be used in this filter. Dimensions cannot be used in this filter.
+  &quot;metricFilter&quot;: { # To express dimension or metric filters. The fields in the same FilterExpression need to be either all dimensions or all metrics. # The filter clause of metrics. Applied at post aggregation phase, similar to SQL having-clause. Dimensions cannot be used in this filter.
     &quot;andGroup&quot;: { # A list of filter expressions. # The FilterExpressions in and_group have an AND relationship.
       &quot;expressions&quot;: [ # A list of filter expressions.
         # Object with schema name: FilterExpression
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html
index 119bda49505..957b9d60a9a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.orders.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#refund">refund(packageName, orderId, revoke=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Refund a user's subscription or in-app purchase order.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Refunds a user's subscription or in-app purchase order. Orders older than 1 year cannot be refunded.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="refund">refund(packageName, orderId, revoke=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Refund a user&#x27;s subscription or in-app purchase order.
+  <pre>Refunds a user&#x27;s subscription or in-app purchase order. Orders older than 1 year cannot be refunded.
 
 Args:
   packageName: string, The package name of the application for which this subscription or in-app item was purchased (for example, &#x27;com.some.thing&#x27;). (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ecc39ab35bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="apigee_v1.html">Apigee API</a> . <a href="apigee_v1.organizations.html">organizations</a> . <a href="apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html">environments</a> . <a href="apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html">archiveDeployments</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new ArchiveDeployment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an archive deployment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#generateDownloadUrl">generateDownloadUrl(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Generates a signed URL for downloading the original zip file used to create an Archive Deployment. The URL is only valid for a limited period and should be used within minutes after generation. Each call returns a new upload URL.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#generateUploadUrl">generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Generates a signed URL for uploading an Archive zip file to Google Cloud Storage. Once the upload is complete, the signed URL should be passed to CreateArchiveDeployment. When uploading to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * Source file size should not exceed 1GB limit. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` * `x-goog-content-length-range: 0,1073741824` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the specified ArchiveDeployment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists the ArchiveDeployments in the specified Environment.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an existing ArchiveDeployment. Labels can modified but most of the other fields are not modifiable.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a new ArchiveDeployment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The Environment this Archive Deployment will be created in. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Archive Deployment information.
+  &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was created in milliseconds since the epoch.
+  &quot;gcsUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The Google Cloud Storage signed URL returned from GenerateUploadUrl and used to upload the Archive zip file.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # User-supplied key-value pairs used to organize ArchiveDeployments. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} Label values must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given store.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.
+  &quot;operation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A reference to the LRO that created this Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/operations/{id}`
+  &quot;updatedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was updated in milliseconds since the epoch.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes an archive deployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="generateDownloadUrl">generateDownloadUrl(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Generates a signed URL for downloading the original zip file used to create an Archive Deployment. The URL is only valid for a limited period and should be used within minutes after generation. Each call returns a new upload URL.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Archive Deployment you want to download. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for GenerateDownloadUrl method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for GenerateDownloadUrl method.
+  &quot;downloadUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL that can be used to download the Archive zip file.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="generateUploadUrl">generateUploadUrl(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Generates a signed URL for uploading an Archive zip file to Google Cloud Storage. Once the upload is complete, the signed URL should be passed to CreateArchiveDeployment. When uploading to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * Source file size should not exceed 1GB limit. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` * `x-goog-content-length-range: 0,1073741824` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The organization and environment to upload to. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for GenerateUploadUrl method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for GenerateUploadUrl method.
+  &quot;uploadUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL that can be used to upload a new Archive zip file.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the specified ArchiveDeployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Archive Deployment information.
+  &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was created in milliseconds since the epoch.
+  &quot;gcsUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The Google Cloud Storage signed URL returned from GenerateUploadUrl and used to upload the Archive zip file.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # User-supplied key-value pairs used to organize ArchiveDeployments. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} Label values must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given store.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.
+  &quot;operation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A reference to the LRO that created this Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/operations/{id}`
+  &quot;updatedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was updated in milliseconds since the epoch.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists the ArchiveDeployments in the specified Environment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of the Environment for which to list Archive Deployments in the format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An optional query used to return a subset of Archive Deployments using the semantics defined in https://google.aip.dev/160.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of Archive Deployments to return. If unspecified, at most 25 deployments will be returned.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token, returned from a previous ListArchiveDeployments call, that you can use to retrieve the next page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListArchiveDeployments method.
+  &quot;archiveDeployments&quot;: [ # Archive Deployments in the specified environment.
+    { # Archive Deployment information.
+      &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was created in milliseconds since the epoch.
+      &quot;gcsUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The Google Cloud Storage signed URL returned from GenerateUploadUrl and used to upload the Archive zip file.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # User-supplied key-value pairs used to organize ArchiveDeployments. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} Label values must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given store.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.
+      &quot;operation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A reference to the LRO that created this Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/operations/{id}`
+      &quot;updatedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was updated in milliseconds since the epoch.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Page token that you can include in a ListArchiveDeployments request to retrieve the next page. If omitted, no subsequent pages exist.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates an existing ArchiveDeployment. Labels can modified but most of the other fields are not modifiable.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Archive Deployment information.
+  &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was created in milliseconds since the epoch.
+  &quot;gcsUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The Google Cloud Storage signed URL returned from GenerateUploadUrl and used to upload the Archive zip file.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # User-supplied key-value pairs used to organize ArchiveDeployments. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} Label values must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given store.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.
+  &quot;operation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A reference to the LRO that created this Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/operations/{id}`
+  &quot;updatedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was updated in milliseconds since the epoch.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Archive Deployment information.
+  &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was created in milliseconds since the epoch.
+  &quot;gcsUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The Google Cloud Storage signed URL returned from GenerateUploadUrl and used to upload the Archive zip file.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # User-supplied key-value pairs used to organize ArchiveDeployments. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: \p{Ll}\p{Lo}{0,62} Label values must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: [\p{Ll}\p{Lo}\p{N}_-]{0,63} No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given store.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.
+  &quot;operation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A reference to the LRO that created this Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/operations/{id}`
+  &quot;updatedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was updated in milliseconds since the epoch.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
index 3c1d44af414..26d9f292ba9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
@@ -84,6 +84,11 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the apis Resource.</p>
 
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html">archiveDeployments()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the archiveDeployments Resource.</p>
+
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="apigee_v1.organizations.environments.caches.html">caches()</a></code>
 </p>
@@ -213,7 +218,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 {
+  &quot;apiProxyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. API Proxy type supported by the environment. The type can be set when creating the Environment and cannot be changed.
   &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;deploymentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Deployment type supported by the environment. The deployment type can be set when creating the environment and cannot be changed. When you enable archive deployment, you will be **prevented from performing** a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment, including: * Managing the deployment of API proxy or shared flow revisions * Creating, updating, or deleting resource files * Creating, updating, or deleting target servers
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Display name for this environment.
   &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last modification time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
@@ -309,7 +316,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     {
+  &quot;apiProxyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. API Proxy type supported by the environment. The type can be set when creating the Environment and cannot be changed.
   &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;deploymentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Deployment type supported by the environment. The deployment type can be set when creating the environment and cannot be changed. When you enable archive deployment, you will be **prevented from performing** a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment, including: * Managing the deployment of API proxy or shared flow revisions * Creating, updating, or deleting resource files * Creating, updating, or deleting target servers
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Display name for this environment.
   &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last modification time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
@@ -384,6 +393,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     {
+  &quot;arcConfigLocation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location for the config blob of API Runtime Control, aka Envoy Adapter, for op-based authentication as a URI, e.g. a Cloud Storage URI. This is only used by Envoy-based gateways.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time that the environment configuration was created.
   &quot;dataCollectors&quot;: [ # List of data collectors used by the deployments in the environment.
     { # Data collector and its configuration.
@@ -441,6 +451,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;sharedFlowName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the shared flow to invoke in the following format: `organizations/{org}/sharedflows/{sharedflow}`
     },
   ],
+  &quot;gatewayConfigLocation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location for the gateway config blob as a URI, e.g. a Cloud Storage URI. This is only used by Envoy-based gateways.
   &quot;keystores&quot;: [ # List of keystores in the environment.
     {
       &quot;aliases&quot;: [ # Aliases in the keystore.
@@ -768,7 +779,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 {
+  &quot;apiProxyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. API Proxy type supported by the environment. The type can be set when creating the Environment and cannot be changed.
   &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;deploymentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Deployment type supported by the environment. The deployment type can be set when creating the environment and cannot be changed. When you enable archive deployment, you will be **prevented from performing** a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment, including: * Managing the deployment of API proxy or shared flow revisions * Creating, updating, or deleting resource files * Creating, updating, or deleting target servers
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Display name for this environment.
   &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last modification time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
@@ -793,7 +806,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     {
+  &quot;apiProxyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. API Proxy type supported by the environment. The type can be set when creating the Environment and cannot be changed.
   &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;deploymentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Deployment type supported by the environment. The deployment type can be set when creating the environment and cannot be changed. When you enable archive deployment, you will be **prevented from performing** a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment, including: * Managing the deployment of API proxy or shared flow revisions * Creating, updating, or deleting resource files * Creating, updating, or deleting target servers
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Display name for this environment.
   &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last modification time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
@@ -896,7 +911,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 {
+  &quot;apiProxyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. API Proxy type supported by the environment. The type can be set when creating the Environment and cannot be changed.
   &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;deploymentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Deployment type supported by the environment. The deployment type can be set when creating the environment and cannot be changed. When you enable archive deployment, you will be **prevented from performing** a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment, including: * Managing the deployment of API proxy or shared flow revisions * Creating, updating, or deleting resource files * Creating, updating, or deleting target servers
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Display name for this environment.
   &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last modification time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
@@ -921,7 +938,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     {
+  &quot;apiProxyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. API Proxy type supported by the environment. The type can be set when creating the Environment and cannot be changed.
   &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;deploymentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Deployment type supported by the environment. The deployment type can be set when creating the environment and cannot be changed. When you enable archive deployment, you will be **prevented from performing** a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment, including: * Managing the deployment of API proxy or shared flow revisions * Creating, updating, or deleting resource files * Creating, updating, or deleting target servers
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the environment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Display name for this environment.
   &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last modification time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html
index f1de82498f7..9fa548581aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, capacityCommitmentId=None, enforceSingleAdminProjectPerOrg=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates a new capacity commitment resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes a capacity commitment. Attempting to delete capacity commitment before its commitment_end_time will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -166,11 +166,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Deletes a capacity commitment. Attempting to delete capacity commitment before its commitment_end_time will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the capacity commitment to delete. E.g., `projects/myproject/locations/US/capacityCommitments/123` (required)
+  force: boolean, Can be used to force delete commitments even if assignments exist. Deleting commitments with assignments may cause queries to fail if they no longer have access to slots.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html
index d90dac9f09a..2662228063e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1beta1.projects.locations.capacityCommitments.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, capacityCommitmentId=None, enforceSingleAdminProjectPerOrg=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates a new capacity commitment resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes a capacity commitment. Attempting to delete capacity commitment before its commitment_end_time will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -166,11 +166,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Deletes a capacity commitment. Attempting to delete capacity commitment before its commitment_end_time will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the capacity commitment to delete. E.g., `projects/myproject/locations/US/capacityCommitments/123` (required)
+  force: boolean, Can be used to force delete commitments even if assignments exist. Deleting commitments with assignments may cause queries to fail if they no longer have access to slots.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
index 629831e3d03..b10c2bf30e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
@@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -460,11 +460,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -721,11 +721,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -733,8 +733,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -746,8 +746,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -986,11 +986,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1011,8 +1011,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1256,11 +1256,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -1268,8 +1268,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1281,8 +1281,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1552,11 +1552,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
             # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
             # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-            # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-            # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+            # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+            # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
             # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
             # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-        &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+        &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
             # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
             # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
           &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -1564,8 +1564,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
-                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -1577,8 +1577,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
-                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -1893,11 +1893,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
             # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
             # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-            # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-            # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+            # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+            # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
             # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
             # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-        &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+        &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
             # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
             # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
           &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -1905,8 +1905,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
-                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -1918,8 +1918,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
-                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -2191,11 +2191,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -2203,8 +2203,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2216,8 +2216,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2457,11 +2457,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -2469,8 +2469,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2482,8 +2482,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2728,11 +2728,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -2740,8 +2740,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2753,8 +2753,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3003,11 +3003,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -3015,8 +3015,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3028,8 +3028,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3269,11 +3269,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -3281,8 +3281,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3294,8 +3294,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3540,11 +3540,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;conferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the conference.
         # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.
         # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:
-        # - eventHangout: ID is not set.
-        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.
+        # - eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)
+        # - eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)
         # - hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.
         # - addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.
-    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.
+    &quot;conferenceSolution&quot;: { # The conference solution, such as Google Meet.
         # Unset for a conference with a failed create request.
         # Either conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required.
       &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-visible icon for this solution.
@@ -3552,8 +3552,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3565,8 +3565,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conference solution type.
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
-            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
index 032169e0675..632da2d4ab7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
@@ -834,6 +834,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1607,6 +1608,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
index 83b6c15cb89..9117d85812a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
@@ -842,6 +842,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1615,6 +1616,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -2389,6 +2391,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3162,6 +3165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
index e888e5d63df..26e5fd1d6ff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
@@ -834,6 +834,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1607,6 +1608,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
index c58c8206351..382d7a40f3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
@@ -842,6 +842,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1615,6 +1616,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -2389,6 +2391,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3162,6 +3165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
index 9aa3452df06..d2f718adfdd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
@@ -919,6 +919,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1692,6 +1693,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index b21bf86426a..8612be1f0bd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -848,6 +848,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -1621,6 +1622,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -2418,6 +2420,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3192,6 +3195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
@@ -3965,6 +3969,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
+  &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;previewText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips.
   &quot;sender&quot;: { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
index bf6e40b85b7..cc107d93c35 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
 
 <h1><a href="cloudbuild_v1.html">Cloud Build API</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html">builds</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#approve">approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Approves or rejects a pending build. If approved, the returned LRO will be analogous to the LRO returned from a CreateBuild call. If rejected, the returned LRO will be immediately done.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(projectId, id, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Cancels a build in progress.</p>
@@ -96,6 +99,54 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#retry">retry(projectId, id, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates a new build based on the specified build. This method creates a new build using the original build request, which may or may not result in an identical build. For triggered builds: * Triggered builds resolve to a precise revision; therefore a retry of a triggered build will result in a build that uses the same revision. For non-triggered builds that specify `RepoSource`: * If the original build built from the tip of a branch, the retried build will build from the tip of that branch, which may not be the same revision as the original build. * If the original build specified a commit sha or revision ID, the retried build will use the identical source. For builds that specify `StorageSource`: * If the original build pulled source from Google Cloud Storage without specifying the generation of the object, the new build will use the current object, which may be different from the original build source. * If the original build pulled source from Cloud Storage and specified the generation of the object, the new build will attempt to use the same object, which may or may not be available depending on the bucket's lifecycle management settings.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="approve">approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Approves or rejects a pending build. If approved, the returned LRO will be analogous to the LRO returned from a CreateBuild call. If rejected, the returned LRO will be immediately done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the target build. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/builds/{$build_id}&quot; (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to approve or reject a pending build.
+  &quot;approvalResult&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Approval decision and metadata.
+    &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+    &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+    &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+    &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+    &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(projectId, id, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Cancels a build in progress.
@@ -121,6 +172,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+  &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+    &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+      &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+    },
+    &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+      &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+      &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+    },
+    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+  },
   &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -306,6 +370,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
       },
+      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
       &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -363,6 +428,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+  &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+    &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+      &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+    },
+    &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+      &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+      &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+    },
+    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+  },
   &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -548,6 +626,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
       },
+      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
       &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -636,6 +715,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+  &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+    &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+      &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+    },
+    &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+      &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+      &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+    },
+    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+  },
   &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -821,6 +913,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
       },
+      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
       &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -884,6 +977,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Response including listed builds.
   &quot;builds&quot;: [ # Builds will be sorted by `create_time`, descending.
     { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+      &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+        &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+          &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+        },
+        &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+          &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+          &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+          &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+          &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+      },
       &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1069,6 +1175,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
           },
+          &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
           &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
index e53a725374c..b358d26c06b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
 
 <h1><a href="cloudbuild_v1.html">Cloud Build API</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html">builds</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#approve">approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Approves or rejects a pending build. If approved, the returned LRO will be analogous to the LRO returned from a CreateBuild call. If rejected, the returned LRO will be immediately done.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Cancels a build in progress.</p>
@@ -96,6 +99,54 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#retry">retry(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates a new build based on the specified build. This method creates a new build using the original build request, which may or may not result in an identical build. For triggered builds: * Triggered builds resolve to a precise revision; therefore a retry of a triggered build will result in a build that uses the same revision. For non-triggered builds that specify `RepoSource`: * If the original build built from the tip of a branch, the retried build will build from the tip of that branch, which may not be the same revision as the original build. * If the original build specified a commit sha or revision ID, the retried build will use the identical source. For builds that specify `StorageSource`: * If the original build pulled source from Google Cloud Storage without specifying the generation of the object, the new build will use the current object, which may be different from the original build source. * If the original build pulled source from Cloud Storage and specified the generation of the object, the new build will attempt to use the same object, which may or may not be available depending on the bucket's lifecycle management settings.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="approve">approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Approves or rejects a pending build. If approved, the returned LRO will be analogous to the LRO returned from a CreateBuild call. If rejected, the returned LRO will be immediately done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the target build. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/builds/{$build_id}&quot; (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to approve or reject a pending build.
+  &quot;approvalResult&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Approval decision and metadata.
+    &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+    &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+    &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+    &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+    &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Cancels a build in progress.
@@ -120,6 +171,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+  &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+    &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+      &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+    },
+    &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+      &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+      &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+    },
+    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+  },
   &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -305,6 +369,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
       },
+      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
       &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -362,6 +427,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+  &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+    &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+      &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+    },
+    &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+      &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+      &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+    },
+    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+  },
   &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -547,6 +625,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
       },
+      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
       &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -635,6 +714,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+  &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+    &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+      &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+    },
+    &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+      &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+      &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+    },
+    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+  },
   &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -820,6 +912,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
         &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
       },
+      &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
       &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -883,6 +976,19 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Response including listed builds.
   &quot;builds&quot;: [ # Builds will be sorted by `create_time`, descending.
     { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+      &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+        &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+          &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+        },
+        &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+          &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+          &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+          &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+          &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+      },
       &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1068,6 +1174,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
           },
+          &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
           &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
index dfc1f130c60..0a77d3a24b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
@@ -117,8 +117,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -304,6 +320,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -348,7 +365,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -380,7 +403,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -420,8 +443,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -607,6 +646,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -651,7 +691,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -683,7 +729,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -751,8 +797,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -938,6 +1000,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -982,7 +1045,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1014,7 +1083,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -1066,8 +1135,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to receive the next page of results.
   &quot;triggers&quot;: [ # `BuildTriggers` for the project, sorted by `create_time` descending.
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+      &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
       &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
       &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+        &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+          &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+            &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+          },
+          &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+            &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+            &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+            &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+            &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+            &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+          },
+          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+        },
         &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1253,6 +1338,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
               &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
             },
+            &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
             &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -1297,7 +1383,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
       &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+      &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+        &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+        &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+        &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+      },
       &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
         &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
         &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1329,7 +1421,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
       },
       &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
       &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
         &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
         &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -1386,8 +1478,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1573,6 +1681,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1617,7 +1726,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1649,7 +1764,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -1690,8 +1805,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1877,6 +2008,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1921,7 +2053,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1953,7 +2091,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
index 5c499c3acb2..2d4f1fac60f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
@@ -117,8 +117,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -304,6 +320,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -348,7 +365,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -380,7 +403,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -420,8 +443,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -607,6 +646,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -651,7 +691,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -683,7 +729,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -751,8 +797,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -938,6 +1000,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -982,7 +1045,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1014,7 +1083,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -1066,8 +1135,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to receive the next page of results.
   &quot;triggers&quot;: [ # `BuildTriggers` for the project, sorted by `create_time` descending.
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+      &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
       &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
       &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+        &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+          &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+            &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+          },
+          &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+            &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+            &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+            &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+            &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+            &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+          },
+          &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+        },
         &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1253,6 +1338,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
               &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
             },
+            &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
             &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -1297,7 +1383,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
       &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+      &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+        &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+        &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+        &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+      },
       &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
         &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
         &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1329,7 +1421,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
       },
       &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
       &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
         &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
         &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -1387,8 +1479,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1574,6 +1682,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1618,7 +1727,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1650,7 +1765,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
@@ -1689,8 +1804,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.
+  &quot;approvalConfig&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger.
+    &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+  },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
   &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+    &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
+        &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
+      },
+      &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
+        &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
+        &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
+        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
+      },
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this build&#x27;s approval.
+    },
     &quot;artifacts&quot;: { # Artifacts produced by a build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps. # Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps.
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # A list of images to be pushed upon the successful completion of all build steps. The images will be pushed using the builder service account&#x27;s credentials. The digests of the pushed images will be stored in the Build resource&#x27;s results field. If any of the images fail to be pushed, the build is marked FAILURE.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1876,6 +2007,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End of time span.
           &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start of time span.
         },
+        &quot;script&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.
         &quot;secretEnv&quot;: [ # A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build&#x27;s `Secret`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1920,7 +2052,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human-readable description of this trigger.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the trigger will never automatically execute a build.
   &quot;filename&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path, from the source root, to the build configuration file (i.e. cloudbuild.yaml).
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Common Expression Language string.
+  &quot;gitFileSource&quot;: { # GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository. # The file source describing the local or remote Build template.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.
+    &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType above.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.
+    &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
+  },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
     &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
@@ -1952,7 +2090,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.
   },
   &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `Trigger` name with format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/triggers/{trigger}`, where {trigger} is a unique identifier generated by the service.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`
   &quot;sourceToBuild&quot;: { # GitRepoSource describes a repo and ref of a code repository. # The repo and ref of the repository from which to build. This field is used only for those triggers that do not respond to SCM events. Triggers that respond to such events build source at whatever commit caused the event. This field is currently only used by Webhook, Pub/Sub, Manual, and Cron triggers.
     &quot;ref&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The branch or tag to use. Must start with &quot;refs/&quot; (required).
     &quot;repoType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # See RepoType below.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
index 3c7682aeb97..2cca7225181 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL pointing to the hosted repository where the function is defined. There are supported Cloud Source Repository URLs in the following formats: To refer to a specific commit: `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/revisions/*/paths/*` To refer to a moveable alias (branch): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/moveable-aliases/*/paths/*` In particular, to refer to HEAD use `master` moveable alias. To refer to a specific fixed alias (tag): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/fixed-aliases/*/paths/*` You may omit `paths/*` if you want to use the main directory.
   },
   &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. An identifier for Firebase function sources. Disclaimer: This field is only supported for Firebase function deployments.
-  &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl
+  &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by calling [google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl]. The signature is validated on write methods {Create, Update} The signature is stripped from the Function object on read methods {Get, List}
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of the function deployment.
   &quot;timeout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The function execution timeout. Execution is considered failed and can be terminated if the function is not completed at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 60 seconds.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of a Cloud Function.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL pointing to the hosted repository where the function is defined. There are supported Cloud Source Repository URLs in the following formats: To refer to a specific commit: `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/revisions/*/paths/*` To refer to a moveable alias (branch): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/moveable-aliases/*/paths/*` In particular, to refer to HEAD use `master` moveable alias. To refer to a specific fixed alias (tag): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/fixed-aliases/*/paths/*` You may omit `paths/*` if you want to use the main directory.
   },
   &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. An identifier for Firebase function sources. Disclaimer: This field is only supported for Firebase function deployments.
-  &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl
+  &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by calling [google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl]. The signature is validated on write methods {Create, Update} The signature is stripped from the Function object on read methods {Get, List}
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of the function deployment.
   &quot;timeout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The function execution timeout. Execution is considered failed and can be terminated if the function is not completed at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 60 seconds.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of a Cloud Function.
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL pointing to the hosted repository where the function is defined. There are supported Cloud Source Repository URLs in the following formats: To refer to a specific commit: `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/revisions/*/paths/*` To refer to a moveable alias (branch): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/moveable-aliases/*/paths/*` In particular, to refer to HEAD use `master` moveable alias. To refer to a specific fixed alias (tag): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/fixed-aliases/*/paths/*` You may omit `paths/*` if you want to use the main directory.
       },
       &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. An identifier for Firebase function sources. Disclaimer: This field is only supported for Firebase function deployments.
-      &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl
+      &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by calling [google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl]. The signature is validated on write methods {Create, Update} The signature is stripped from the Function object on read methods {Get, List}
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of the function deployment.
       &quot;timeout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The function execution timeout. Execution is considered failed and can be terminated if the function is not completed at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 60 seconds.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of a Cloud Function.
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL pointing to the hosted repository where the function is defined. There are supported Cloud Source Repository URLs in the following formats: To refer to a specific commit: `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/revisions/*/paths/*` To refer to a moveable alias (branch): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/moveable-aliases/*/paths/*` In particular, to refer to HEAD use `master` moveable alias. To refer to a specific fixed alias (tag): `https://source.developers.google.com/projects/*/repos/*/fixed-aliases/*/paths/*` You may omit `paths/*` if you want to use the main directory.
   },
   &quot;sourceToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. An identifier for Firebase function sources. Disclaimer: This field is only supported for Firebase function deployments.
-  &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl
+  &quot;sourceUploadUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by calling [google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl]. The signature is validated on write methods {Create, Update} The signature is stripped from the Function object on read methods {Get, List}
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Status of the function deployment.
   &quot;timeout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The function execution timeout. Execution is considered failed and can be terminated if the function is not completed at the end of the timeout period. Defaults to 60 seconds.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of a Cloud Function.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
index 14a8c41a525..682a759aabe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Create a new CryptoKeyVersion in a CryptoKey. The server will assign the next sequential id. If unset, state will be set to ENABLED.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#destroy">destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED and destroy_time will be set to a time 24 hours in the future, at which point the state will be changed to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns metadata for a given CryptoKeyVersion.</p>
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="destroy">destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED and destroy_time will be set to a time 24 hours in the future, at which point the state will be changed to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.
+  <pre>Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the CryptoKeyVersion to destroy. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
index 89cc4209819..01c8beb42c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html
index cf0be008cd0..f2c8302ae76 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html
index 01455b50e10..837aaa2eb2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index 6a5274aff58..afa4ea15bf2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets a job.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, legacyAppEngineCron=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, legacyAppEngineCron=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists jobs.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -361,11 +361,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, legacyAppEngineCron=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, legacyAppEngineCron=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists jobs.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The location name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID`. (required)
+  filter: string, `filter` can be used to specify a subset of jobs. If `filter` equals `target_config=&quot;HttpConfig&quot;`, then the http target jobs are retrieved. If `filter` equals `target_config=&quot;PubSubConfig&quot;`, then the Pub/Sub target jobs are retrieved. If `filter` equals `labels.foo=value1 labels.foo=value2` then only jobs which are labeled with foo=value1 AND foo=value2 will be returned.
   legacyAppEngineCron: boolean, This field is used to manage the legacy App Engine Cron jobs using the Cloud Scheduler API. If the field is set to true, the jobs in the __cron queue will be listed instead.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The maximum page size is 500. If unspecified, the page size will be the maximum. Fewer jobs than requested might be returned, even if more jobs exist; use next_page_token to determine if more jobs exist.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server will return. To request the first page results, page_token must be empty. To request the next page of results, page_token must be the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to ListJobs. It is an error to switch the value of filter or order_by while iterating through pages.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
index f1ef85e6bd7..196595919e8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html
@@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated.
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster running the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster.
-        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the GKE cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
         &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
         &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created.
       },
@@ -281,9 +281,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated.
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster running the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster.
-        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the GKE cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
         &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
         &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created.
       },
@@ -379,9 +379,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated.
           &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster running the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster.
-            &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+            &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
             &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the GKE cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-            &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+            &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
             &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
             &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created.
           },
@@ -485,9 +485,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated.
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster running the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster.
-        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the GKE cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
+        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.
         &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
         &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
index b47a47fa107..6923ca6a8d5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
@@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
-        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the cluster. Specify either `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
         &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created. This field is only supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. Environments in newer versions always use VPC-native GKE clusters.
       },
@@ -368,9 +368,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
-        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the cluster. Specify either `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
         &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created. This field is only supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. Environments in newer versions always use VPC-native GKE clusters.
       },
@@ -498,9 +498,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
           &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
           &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
-            &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+            &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
             &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-            &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+            &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
             &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the cluster. Specify either `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
             &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created. This field is only supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. Environments in newer versions always use VPC-native GKE clusters.
           },
@@ -636,9 +636,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
       &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
-        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+        &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
-        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
+        &quot;servicesIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;servicesSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the services&#x27; secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to the cluster. Specify either `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
         &quot;useIpAliases&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable Alias IPs in the GKE cluster. If `true`, a VPC-native cluster is created. This field is only supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*. Environments in newer versions always use VPC-native GKE clusters.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
index bf74afb330d..4c7bba3d443 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
@@ -347,8 +347,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+          &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
         &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
         &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
@@ -565,8 +567,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+          &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
         &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
         &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
@@ -813,8 +817,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+          &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
         &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
         &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
@@ -1047,8 +1053,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
             &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
             &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-              &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+              &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+              &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
               &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+              &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
             },
             &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
             &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
@@ -1283,8 +1291,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+          &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
         &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
         &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
@@ -1501,8 +1511,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
         &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
-          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipantName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
           &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+          &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified ID representing the participant.
         },
         &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
         &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
index a093cd3b43f..385bdf145a3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings was created.
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if it is neither specified on the segment nor here.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings
-  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
+  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. * &quot;update-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings were last updated.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings was created.
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if it is neither specified on the segment nor here.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings
-  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
+  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. * &quot;update-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings were last updated.
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings was created.
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if it is neither specified on the segment nor here.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings
-  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
+  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. * &quot;update-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings were last updated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
index cee61c6b43e..b179040b10a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
         &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
           &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-            &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+            &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
             &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
             &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
             &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
         &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
           &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-            &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+            &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
             &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
             &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
             &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
     &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
       &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
       &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
     &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
       &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
       &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
     &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
       &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
       &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
         &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-          &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+          &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
           &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
           &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
     &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
       &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
       &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;businessInformation&quot;: { # The business information of the account.
     &quot;address&quot;: { # The address of the business.
-      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.
+      &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CLDR country code (e.g. &quot;US&quot;). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.
       &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
       &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
index f1c1c495833..5106ea493b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The measure of an item.
         },
       },
-      &quot;productId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the product to mutate. Only defined if the method is `get`, `delete`, or `update`. or `delete`.
+      &quot;productId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the product to get or mutate. Only defined if the method is `get`, `delete`, or `update`.
       &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The comma-separated list of product attributes to be updated. Example: `&quot;title,salePrice&quot;`. Attributes specified in the update mask without a value specified in the body will be deleted from the product. Only top-level product attributes can be updated. If not defined, product attributes with set values will be updated and other attributes will stay unchanged. Only defined if the method is `update`.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
index fc25b4130f2..05527e1268b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
index ea75d8b956e..6518b8af1b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -527,8 +527,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -982,8 +982,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1464,8 +1464,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2010,8 +2010,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
               &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
             },
-            &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+            &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
             &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
               &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
             },
@@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               ],
               &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
             },
-            &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+            &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
               &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
                 &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
                 &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
               &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
             },
-            &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+            &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
               &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
                 { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
                   &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
               &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
             },
-            &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+            &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
               &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
                 { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
                   &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
               },
             },
-            &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+            &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
               &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
               &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2506,8 +2506,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
             },
-            &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-            &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+            &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+            &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
               &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
                 { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
                   &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -3067,8 +3067,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3355,7 +3355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3513,7 +3513,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -3522,8 +3522,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
index f25886586c4..299ee74c115 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
index 99d21e306ea..c4c50e3c41d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a cluster of Compute Engine instances.
+{ # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a Dataproc cluster
   &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The cluster name. Cluster names within a project must be unique. Names of deleted clusters can be reused.
   &quot;clusterUuid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A cluster UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). Dataproc generates this value when it creates the cluster.
-  &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Required. The cluster config. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
+  &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Optional. The cluster config for a cluster of Compute Engine Instances. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
     &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
       &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
     },
-    &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+    &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
     &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
       &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
     },
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
     },
-    &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+    &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
       &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
         &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
         &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
       &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
     },
-    &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+    &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
       &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
     },
-    &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+    &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
       },
     },
-    &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+    &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
       &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
       &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
     },
-    &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-    &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+    &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+    &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -501,14 +501,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a cluster of Compute Engine instances.
+    { # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a Dataproc cluster
   &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The cluster name. Cluster names within a project must be unique. Names of deleted clusters can be reused.
   &quot;clusterUuid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A cluster UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). Dataproc generates this value when it creates the cluster.
-  &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Required. The cluster config. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
+  &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Optional. The cluster config for a cluster of Compute Engine Instances. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
     &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
       &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
     },
-    &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+    &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
     &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
       &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
     },
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
     },
-    &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+    &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
       &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
         &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
         &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
       &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
     },
-    &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+    &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
       &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
     },
-    &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+    &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
       },
     },
-    &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+    &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
       &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
       &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -675,8 +675,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
     },
-    &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-    &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+    &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+    &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -848,14 +848,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # The list of all clusters in a project.
   &quot;clusters&quot;: [ # Output only. The clusters in the project.
-    { # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a cluster of Compute Engine instances.
+    { # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a Dataproc cluster
       &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The cluster name. Cluster names within a project must be unique. Names of deleted clusters can be reused.
       &quot;clusterUuid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A cluster UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). Dataproc generates this value when it creates the cluster.
-      &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Required. The cluster config. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
+      &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Optional. The cluster config for a cluster of Compute Engine Instances. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1022,8 +1022,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1115,14 +1115,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a cluster of Compute Engine instances.
+{ # Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a Dataproc cluster
   &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The cluster name. Cluster names within a project must be unique. Names of deleted clusters can be reused.
   &quot;clusterUuid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A cluster UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). Dataproc generates this value when it creates the cluster.
-  &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Required. The cluster config. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
+  &quot;config&quot;: { # The cluster config. # Optional. The cluster config for a cluster of Compute Engine Instances. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
     &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
       &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
     },
-    &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+    &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
     &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
       &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
     },
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
     },
-    &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+    &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
       &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
         &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
         &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
       &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
     },
-    &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+    &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
       &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
     },
-    &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+    &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
       },
     },
-    &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+    &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
       &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
       &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1289,8 +1289,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
     },
-    &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-    &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+    &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+    &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
       &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
         { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
           &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
index e2716bd86f6..112a9c19e2b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
index a516b00063e..1c2a0b11622 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
index 870306e53cb..2cacd9f4e67 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -527,8 +527,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -982,8 +982,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1464,8 +1464,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2010,8 +2010,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
               &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
             },
-            &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+            &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
             &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
               &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
             },
@@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               ],
               &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
             },
-            &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+            &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
               &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
                 &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
                 &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
               &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
             },
-            &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+            &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
               &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
                 { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
                   &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
               &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
             },
-            &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+            &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
               &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
                 { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
                   &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
               },
             },
-            &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+            &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
               &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
               &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2506,8 +2506,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
             },
-            &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-            &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+            &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+            &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
               &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
                 { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
                   &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2900,7 +2900,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -2963,7 +2963,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -3067,8 +3067,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3355,7 +3355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;autoscalingConfig&quot;: { # Autoscaling Policy config associated with the cluster. # Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset.
           &quot;policyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The autoscaling policy used by the cluster.Only resource names including projectid and location (region) are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id] projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/autoscalingPolicies/[policy_id]Note that the policy must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
         },
-        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;configBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
         &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption settings for the cluster. # Optional. Encryption settings for the cluster.
           &quot;gcePdKmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud KMS key name to use for PD disk encryption for all instances in the cluster.
         },
@@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;zoneUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the Compute Engine cluster will be located. On a create request, it is required in the &quot;global&quot; region. If omitted in a non-global Dataproc region, the service will pick a zone in the corresponding Compute Engine region. On a get request, zone will always be present.A full URL, partial URI, or short name are valid. Examples: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] projects/[project_id]/zones/[zone] us-central1-f
         },
-        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The GKE config for this cluster. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
+        &quot;gkeClusterConfig&quot;: { # The cluster&#x27;s GKE config. # Optional. BETA. The Kubernetes Engine config for Dataproc clusters deployed to Kubernetes. Setting this is considered mutually exclusive with Compute Engine-based options such as gce_cluster_config, master_config, worker_config, secondary_worker_config, and autoscaling_config.
           &quot;namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget&quot;: { # A full, namespace-isolated deployment target for an existing GKE cluster. # Optional. A target for the deployment.
             &quot;clusterNamespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A namespace within the GKE cluster to deploy into.
             &quot;targetGkeCluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target GKE cluster to deploy to. Format: &#x27;projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster_id}&#x27;
@@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;idleDeleteTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The duration to keep the cluster alive while idling (when no jobs are running). Passing this threshold will cause the cluster to be deleted. Minimum value is 5 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
           &quot;idleStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when cluster became idle (most recent job finished) and became eligible for deletion due to idleness (see JSON representation of Timestamp (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)).
         },
-        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster.
+        &quot;masterConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s master instance.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;metastoreConfig&quot;: { # Specifies a Metastore configuration. # Optional. Metastore configuration.
           &quot;dataprocMetastoreService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/services/[service-name]
         },
-        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;secondaryWorkerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster&#x27;s secondary worker instances
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
@@ -3513,7 +3513,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;truststoreUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Cloud Storage URI of the truststore file used for SSL encryption. If not provided, Dataproc will provide a self-signed certificate.
           },
         },
-        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
+        &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster. # Optional. The config settings for cluster software.
           &quot;imageVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must be one of the supported Dataproc Versions (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#supported_dataproc_versions), such as &quot;1.2&quot; (including a subminor version, such as &quot;1.2.29&quot;), or the &quot;preview&quot; version (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/versioning/dataproc-versions#other_versions). If unspecified, it defaults to the latest Debian version.
           &quot;optionalComponents&quot;: [ # Optional. The set of components to activate on the cluster.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -3522,8 +3522,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
         },
-        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
-        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster.
+        &quot;tempBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster&#x27;s temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+        &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # The config settings for Compute Engine resources in an instance group, such as a master or worker group. # Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster&#x27;s worker instances.
           &quot;accelerators&quot;: [ # Optional. The Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these instances.
             { # Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance. See GPUs on Compute Engine (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/gpus/).
               &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
index d5f1050d775..1bab83bafc2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
index 5e87197d4d8..7b79ed4aeca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 9e605347da4..8f05c6f65a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html
index 3b8a5a5ddaf..834dcda2187 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.clusters.html
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.jobs.html
index 5124013640b..16d0595b560 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.jobs.html
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.operations.html
index e269aafdb3e..ae6d525eae7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.operations.html
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
index 27eb90d221f..3ab6ef9e25e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1beta2.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
index 5bd9b3632f1..68130019c47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
@@ -232,7 +232,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -250,7 +283,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -268,7 +334,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
     },
@@ -381,7 +480,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -405,7 +537,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -503,24 +668,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -559,24 +707,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -637,24 +768,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -741,7 +855,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+              },
+              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+                },
+                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+            },
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -780,24 +927,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.intents.html
index 4199c083120..40106f7cb52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.intents.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
index 1d67396fbac..4c607e765a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html
index 81628fb0a58..67a11f544fa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.intents.html
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+        &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
           { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
             &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
             &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
         &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
         &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-        &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+        &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
         &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
           { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html
index 731c0ef6565..9294e882c0c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html
index 70b6bdc2569..838fbc240cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
-          &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+          &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
             { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
               &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
               &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
           &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-          &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+          &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
             { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.intents.html
index 9a6c9431d98..67420077621 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.intents.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
index f06ed97f76e..36dfb9e0b09 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
index d90172912b4..33cc9b80664 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.intents.html
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+        &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
           { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
             &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
             &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
         &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
         &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-        &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+        &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
         &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
           { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+  &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
     { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
       &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
   &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+  &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
   &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
     { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html
index b06643c8450..7a359e1e861 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+      &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
         { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
           &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
       &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+      &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
       &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
         { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html
index dd4a7df48d5..4820d1d331c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;events&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent. If the collection of input contexts is not empty, all of the contexts must be present in the active user session for an event to trigger this intent. Event names are limited to 150 characters.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
-          &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
+          &quot;followupIntentInfo&quot;: [ # Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.
             { # Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
               &quot;followupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
               &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the followup intent&#x27;s parent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;parentFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only after creation. The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup intents. You can set this field when creating an intent, for example with CreateIntent or BatchUpdateIntents, in order to make this intent a followup intent. It identifies the parent followup intent. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.
           &quot;resetContexts&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current session when this intent is matched.
-          &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
+          &quot;rootFollowupIntentName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.
           &quot;trainingPhrases&quot;: [ # Optional. The collection of examples that the agent is trained on.
             { # Represents an example that the agent is trained on.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html
index 30cda48bc31..281836a6c81 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.html
@@ -110,9 +110,18 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#deleteAgent">deleteAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about a location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getAgent">getAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists information about the supported locations for this service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
@@ -140,6 +149,33 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="getAgent">getAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Retrieves the specified agent.
@@ -172,6 +208,55 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  &quot;locations&quot;: [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html
index 09558b145b9..3155ba4cdc9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -110,9 +110,18 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#deleteAgent">deleteAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about a location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getAgent">getAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the specified agent.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists information about the supported locations for this service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).</p>
@@ -140,6 +149,33 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="getAgent">getAgent(parent, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Retrieves the specified agent.
@@ -172,6 +208,55 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  &quot;locations&quot;: [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setAgent">setAgent(parent, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.html
index 7e97226724b..386cc7183e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,10 +92,95 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about a location.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists information about the supported locations for this service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
   <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  &quot;locations&quot;: [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
index 023e0a3b29d..21c86877059 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
@@ -111,11 +111,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -134,11 +135,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -182,11 +184,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -217,11 +220,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
   &quot;securitySettings&quot;: [ # The list of security settings.
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+      &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-      &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+      &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
         &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
       },
-      &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+      &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
       &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -258,11 +262,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -282,11 +287,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
index b14d076b5ab..8e41560bf29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,10 +92,95 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets information about a location.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists information about the supported locations for this service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
   <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like &quot;displayName=tokyo&quot;, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  &quot;locations&quot;: [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, &quot;Tokyo&quot;.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {&quot;cloud.googleapis.com/region&quot;: &quot;us-east1&quot;}
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The canonical id for this location. For example: `&quot;us-east1&quot;`.
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `&quot;projects/example-project/locations/us-east1&quot;`
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
index c23bd5bb3dc..be27c70e5cf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.securitySettings.html
@@ -111,11 +111,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -134,11 +135,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -182,11 +184,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -217,11 +220,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
   &quot;securitySettings&quot;: [ # The list of security settings.
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+      &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-      &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+      &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
         &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
       },
-      &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+      &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
       &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -258,11 +262,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -282,11 +287,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.
+  &quot;deidentifyTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.
-  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
+  &quot;insightsExportSettings&quot;: { # Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/priv/docs/insights). # Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here.
     &quot;enableInsightsExport&quot;: True or False, # If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.
   },
-  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`
+  &quot;inspectTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.
   &quot;purgeDataTypes&quot;: [ # List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html
index 50adcd966fb..521ee5e830c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.html
@@ -202,12 +202,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -314,14 +308,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 78e7e9cc0c5..4db33eabca1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -139,8 +139,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this campaign that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
@@ -226,12 +224,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -338,14 +330,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -485,8 +469,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option properties. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)`. * Supported fields: - `assignedTargetingOptionId` - `inheritance` Examples: * AssignedTargetingOptions with ID 1 or 2 `assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;1&quot; OR assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;2&quot;` * AssignedTargetingOptions with inheritance status of NOT_INHERITED or INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER `inheritance=&quot;NOT_INHERITED&quot; OR inheritance=&quot;INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER&quot;` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
@@ -577,12 +559,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -689,14 +665,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
index 7008b733118..3b96e6aa677 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.html
@@ -277,12 +277,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
             &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
           },
-          &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-          },
           &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
             &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -389,14 +383,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
             &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
           },
-          &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-            &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-            &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-          },
           &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
             &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
             &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -585,12 +571,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -697,14 +677,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -893,12 +865,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -1005,14 +971,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
index ffdefa55b72..a0fafa656f2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.html
@@ -202,12 +202,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -314,14 +308,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 36cd5918eff..13087cb5632 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -139,8 +139,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this insertion order that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
@@ -226,12 +224,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -338,14 +330,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -485,8 +469,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option properties. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)`. * Supported fields: - `assignedTargetingOptionId` - `inheritance` Examples: * AssignedTargetingOptions with ID 1 or 2 `assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;1&quot; OR assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;2&quot;` * AssignedTargetingOptions with inheritance status of NOT_INHERITED or INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER `inheritance=&quot;NOT_INHERITED&quot; OR inheritance=&quot;INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER&quot;` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
@@ -577,12 +559,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -689,14 +665,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html
index 06b3e041168..2cb9f63f667 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.html
@@ -201,12 +201,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
             &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
           },
-          &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-          },
           &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
             &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -313,14 +307,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
             &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
           },
-          &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-            &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-            &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-          },
           &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
             &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
             &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -509,12 +495,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -621,14 +601,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -818,12 +790,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -930,14 +896,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 4ca9a6a89e4..d4d2a901442 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -145,8 +145,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -226,12 +224,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -338,14 +330,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -519,12 +503,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -631,14 +609,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -778,8 +748,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
@@ -842,8 +810,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this line item that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
@@ -929,12 +895,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -1041,14 +1001,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -1188,8 +1140,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option properties. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)`. * Supported fields: - `assignedTargetingOptionId` - `inheritance` Examples: * AssignedTargetingOptions with ID 1 or 2 `assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;1&quot; OR assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;2&quot;` * AssignedTargetingOptions with inheritance status of NOT_INHERITED or INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER `inheritance=&quot;NOT_INHERITED&quot; OR inheritance=&quot;INHERITED_FROM_PARTNER&quot;` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
@@ -1280,12 +1230,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -1392,14 +1336,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index dfdc90c91db..a9fb930c55c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -144,8 +144,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -225,12 +223,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -337,14 +329,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -518,12 +502,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -630,14 +608,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -776,8 +746,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
@@ -839,8 +807,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this advertiser that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
@@ -926,12 +892,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -1038,14 +998,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -1184,8 +1136,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option properties. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)`. * Supported fields: - `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * AssignedTargetingOption with ID 123456 `assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;123456&quot;` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
@@ -1276,12 +1226,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -1388,14 +1332,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html
index ef3103720f4..56d6799e9d5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.html
@@ -187,12 +187,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
             &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
           },
-          &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-          },
           &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
             &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -299,14 +293,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
             &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
           },
-          &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-            &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-            &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-            &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-            &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-          },
           &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
             &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
             &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -495,12 +481,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -607,14 +587,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
index 3bf9819dd32..f492c47b963 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html
@@ -144,8 +144,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -225,12 +223,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -337,14 +329,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -518,12 +502,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -630,14 +608,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -776,8 +746,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the assigned targeting option to delete. (required)
@@ -839,8 +807,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   assignedTargetingOptionId: string, Required. An identifier unique to the targeting type in this partner that identifies the assigned targeting option being requested. (required)
@@ -926,12 +892,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -1038,14 +998,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
     &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-    &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-    &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-  },
   &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
     &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
     &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
@@ -1184,8 +1136,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option properties. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)`. * Supported fields: - `assignedTargetingOptionId` Examples: * AssignedTargetingOption with ID 123456 `assignedTargetingOptionId=&quot;123456&quot;` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
@@ -1276,12 +1226,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned browser targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned carrier and ISP targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;negative&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this option is being negatively targeted. All assigned carrier and ISP targeting options on the same resource must have the same value for this field.
@@ -1388,14 +1332,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of the audience.
         &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusAmount&quot;: 3.14, # Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.
-        &quot;proximityRadiusUnit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.
-        &quot;targetingOptionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-      },
       &quot;proximityLocationListDetails&quot;: { # Targeting details for proximity location list. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`. # Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`.
         &quot;proximityLocationListId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the proximity location list. Should refer to the location_list_id field of a LocationList resource whose type is `TARGETING_LOCATION_TYPE_PROXIMITY`.
         &quot;proximityRadiusRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Radius range for proximity location list. This represents the size of the area around a chosen location that will be targeted. `All` proximity location targeting under a single resource must have the same radius range value. Set this value to match any existing targeting. If updated, this field will change the radius range for all proximity targeting under the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
index b56241bfbdd..a23c39a1383 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.targetingTypes.targetingOptions.html
@@ -143,8 +143,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   targetingOptionId: string, Required. The ID of the of targeting option to retrieve. (required)
@@ -170,11 +168,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;browserDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable browser. This will be populated in the browser_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`. # Browser details.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the browser.
   },
-  &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable business chain within a geo region. This will be populated in the business_chain_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain resource details.
-    &quot;businessChain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-    &quot;geoRegion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the geographic region, e.g. &quot;Ontario, Canada&quot;.
-    &quot;geoRegionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the geographic region.
-  },
   &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable carrier or ISP. This will be populated in the carrier_and_isp_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details.
     &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type indicating if it&#x27;s carrier or ISP.
@@ -232,11 +225,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;parentalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable parental status. This will be populated in the parental_status_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`. # Parental status details.
     &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of an audience.
   },
-  &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable point of interest(POI). This will be populated in the poi_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI resource details.
-    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-  },
   &quot;sensitiveCategoryDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable sensitive category. This will be populated in the sensitive_category_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION`. # Sensitive Category details.
     &quot;sensitiveCategory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An enum for the DV360 Sensitive category content classifier.
   },
@@ -302,8 +290,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   advertiserId: string, Required. The Advertiser this request is being made in the context of.
@@ -335,11 +321,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;browserDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable browser. This will be populated in the browser_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`. # Browser details.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the browser.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable business chain within a geo region. This will be populated in the business_chain_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain resource details.
-        &quot;businessChain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;geoRegion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the geographic region, e.g. &quot;Ontario, Canada&quot;.
-        &quot;geoRegionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the geographic region.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable carrier or ISP. This will be populated in the carrier_and_isp_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type indicating if it&#x27;s carrier or ISP.
@@ -397,11 +378,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable parental status. This will be populated in the parental_status_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`. # Parental status details.
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of an audience.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable point of interest(POI). This will be populated in the poi_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI resource details.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-      },
       &quot;sensitiveCategoryDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable sensitive category. This will be populated in the sensitive_category_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION`. # Sensitive Category details.
         &quot;sensitiveCategory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An enum for the DV360 Sensitive category content classifier.
       },
@@ -443,7 +419,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Searches for targeting options of a given type based on the given search terms.
 
 Args:
-  targetingType: string, Required. The type of targeting options to retrieve. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` * `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN` (required)
+  targetingType: string, Required. The type of targeting options to retrieve. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION` (required)
     Allowed values
       TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value when type is not specified or is unknown in this version.
       TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL - Target a channel (a custom group of related websites or apps).
@@ -483,8 +459,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP - Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.
       TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.
       TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE - Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_POI - Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.
-      TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN - Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.
       TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION - Target ads to a specific native content position.
       TARGETING_TYPE_OMID - Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory.
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -492,18 +466,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # Request message for SearchTargetingOptions.
   &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The Advertiser this request is being made in the context of.
-  &quot;businessChainSearchTerms&quot;: { # Search terms for Business Chain targeting options. At least one of the field should be populated. # Search terms for Business Chain targeting options. Can only be used when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.
-    &quot;businessChain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search query for the desired business chain. The query can be a prefix, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;mercede&quot;.
-    &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search query for the desired geo region, e.g. &quot;Seattle&quot;, &quot;United State&quot;.
-  },
   &quot;geoRegionSearchTerms&quot;: { # Search terms for geo region targeting options. # Search terms for geo region targeting options. Can only be used when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION`.
     &quot;geoRegionQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search query for the desired geo region. The query can be a prefix, e.g. &quot;New Yor&quot;, &quot;Seattle&quot;, &quot;USA&quot;, etc.
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: 42, # Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `100`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
   &quot;pageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `SearchTargetingOptions` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned.
-  &quot;poiSearchTerms&quot;: { # Search terms for POI targeting options. # Search terms for POI targeting options. Can only be used when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.
-    &quot;poiQuery&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The search query for the desired POI name, street address, or coordinate of the desired POI. The query can be a prefix, e.g. &quot;Times squar&quot;, &quot;40.7505045,-73.99562&quot;, &quot;315 W 44th St&quot;, etc.
-  },
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -514,7 +481,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Response message for SearchTargetingOptionsResponse.
+    { # Response message for SearchTargetingOptions.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in the page_token field in the subsequent call to `SearchTargetingOptions` method to retrieve the next page of results.
   &quot;targetingOptions&quot;: [ # The list of targeting options that match the search criteria. This list will be absent if empty.
     { # Represents a single targeting option, which is a targetable concept in DV360.
@@ -530,11 +497,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;browserDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable browser. This will be populated in the browser_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`. # Browser details.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the browser.
       },
-      &quot;businessChainDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable business chain within a geo region. This will be populated in the business_chain_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`. # Business chain resource details.
-        &quot;businessChain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the business chain, e.g. &quot;KFC&quot;, &quot;Chase Bank&quot;.
-        &quot;geoRegion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the geographic region, e.g. &quot;Ontario, Canada&quot;.
-        &quot;geoRegionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the geographic region.
-      },
       &quot;carrierAndIspDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable carrier or ISP. This will be populated in the carrier_and_isp_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`. # Carrier and ISP details.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the carrier or ISP.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type indicating if it&#x27;s carrier or ISP.
@@ -592,11 +554,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;parentalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable parental status. This will be populated in the parental_status_details field of a TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`. # Parental status details.
         &quot;parentalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The parental status of an audience.
       },
-      &quot;poiDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable point of interest(POI). This will be populated in the poi_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`. # POI resource details.
-        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. &quot;Times Square&quot;, &quot;Space Needle&quot;.
-        &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-        &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.
-      },
       &quot;sensitiveCategoryDetails&quot;: { # Represents a targetable sensitive category. This will be populated in the sensitive_category_details field of the TargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_SENSITIVE_CATEGORY_EXCLUSION`. # Sensitive Category details.
         &quot;sensitiveCategory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An enum for the DV360 Sensitive category content classifier.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html
index e6661331429..d314f6f69b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
index 72e785a943a..50a3ac1f5d5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer's deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be 'live' concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name -> Ruleset Name * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/beta -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The relationships reflect a `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer's deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be 'live' concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name | Ruleset Name --------------------------------|------------- projects/foo/releases/prod | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/beta | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The table reflects the `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Delete a `Release` by resource name.</p>
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer&#x27;s deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be &#x27;live&#x27; concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name -&gt; Ruleset Name * projects/foo/releases/prod -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/beta -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The relationships reflect a `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.
+  <pre>Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer&#x27;s deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be &#x27;live&#x27; concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name | Ruleset Name --------------------------------|------------- projects/foo/releases/prod | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/beta | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The table reflects the `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name for the project which owns this `Release`. Format: `projects/{project_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 02464f5b2f5..58873196aeb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,11 +175,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -234,16 +230,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -263,11 +274,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -287,11 +294,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -312,7 +315,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -323,11 +345,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -359,16 +377,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -388,11 +421,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -412,11 +441,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -437,7 +462,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -471,11 +515,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -563,16 +603,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -592,11 +647,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -616,11 +667,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -641,7 +688,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -652,11 +718,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,16 +750,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -717,11 +794,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -741,11 +814,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -766,7 +835,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -790,11 +878,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -834,11 +918,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -876,11 +956,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -946,11 +1022,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1003,11 +1075,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1117,11 +1185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1169,11 +1233,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1207,11 +1267,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1264,11 +1320,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1354,11 +1406,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,11 +1454,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1444,11 +1488,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1493,11 +1533,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1549,11 +1585,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1593,11 +1625,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1671,11 +1699,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1723,11 +1747,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1761,11 +1781,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1809,11 +1825,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1870,16 +1882,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1899,11 +1926,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1923,11 +1946,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1948,7 +1967,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1959,11 +1997,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1995,16 +2029,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2024,11 +2073,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2048,11 +2093,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2114,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2099,11 +2159,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 352fb5224ab..712832b8a03 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,11 +175,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -234,16 +230,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -263,11 +274,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -287,11 +294,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -312,7 +315,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -323,11 +345,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -359,16 +377,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -388,11 +421,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -412,11 +441,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -437,7 +462,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -471,11 +515,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -563,16 +603,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -592,11 +647,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -616,11 +667,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -641,7 +688,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -652,11 +718,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,16 +750,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -717,11 +794,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -741,11 +814,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -766,7 +835,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -790,11 +878,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -834,11 +918,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -876,11 +956,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -946,11 +1022,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1003,11 +1075,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1117,11 +1185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1169,11 +1233,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1207,11 +1267,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1264,11 +1320,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1354,11 +1406,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,11 +1454,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1444,11 +1488,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1493,11 +1533,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1549,11 +1585,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1593,11 +1625,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-          # Object with schema name: Value
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1671,11 +1699,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1723,11 +1747,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1761,11 +1781,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1809,11 +1825,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-            # Object with schema name: Value
-          ],
-        },
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1870,16 +1882,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1899,11 +1926,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1923,11 +1946,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1948,7 +1967,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
+                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                  },
+                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                    },
+                  },
+                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+                },
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1959,11 +1997,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1995,16 +2029,31 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2024,11 +2073,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2048,11 +2093,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2114,26 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
+              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
+                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
+                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+                },
+                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
+                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
+                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+                  },
+                },
+                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
+                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
+                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
+              },
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2099,11 +2159,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              # Object with schema name: Value
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
index fe6d7b9597d..b0f8a48ed4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
@@ -106,10 +106,10 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#search">search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` will contain pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#search_type">search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` will contain pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#update">update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).</p>
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="search">search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` will contain pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` &quot;next&quot;, which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="search_type">search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` will contain pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` &quot;next&quot;, which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
index db9105835a4..a3ae861c878 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.html
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Gets the contents of a FHIR resource. Implements the FHIR standard read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#read), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#read), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#read)). Also supports the FHIR standard conditional read interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#cread), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#cread), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#cread)) specified by supplying an `If-Modified-Since` header with a date/time value or an `If-None-Match` header with an ETag value. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the resource. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `read`, see [Getting a FHIR resource](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#getting_a_fhir_resource).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#search">search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#search_type">search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
+<p class="firstline">Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` "next", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#update">update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates the entire contents of a resource. Implements the FHIR standard update interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#update), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#update), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#update)). If the specified resource does not exist and the FHIR store has enable_update_create set, creates the resource with the client-specified ID. It is strongly advised not to include or encode any sensitive data such as patient identifiers in client-specified resource IDs. Those IDs are part of the FHIR resource path recorded in Cloud Audit Logs and Pub/Sub notifications. Those IDs can also be contained in reference fields within other resources. The request body must contain a JSON-encoded FHIR resource, and the request headers must contain `Content-Type: application/fhir+json`. The resource must contain an `id` element having an identical value to the ID in the REST path of the request. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of the updated resource, including the server-assigned version ID. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. For samples that show how to call `update`, see [Updating a FHIR resource](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-resources#updating_a_fhir_resource).</p>
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="search">search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` &quot;next&quot;, which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="search_type">search_type(parent, resourceType, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
+  <pre>Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server&#x27;s capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource&#x27;s definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` &quot;next&quot;, which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Name of the FHIR store to retrieve resources from. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.locations.global_.metricsScopes.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.locations.global_.metricsScopes.html
index cb835b4ccc3..7988aa0e536 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.locations.global_.metricsScopes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.locations.global_.metricsScopes.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns a specific Metrics Scope.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns a specific Metrics Scope, including the list of projects monitored by the specified Metrics Scope.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#listMetricsScopesByMonitoredProject">listMetricsScopesByMonitoredProject(monitoredResourceContainer=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns a list of every Metrics Scope that a specific MonitoredProject has been added to. The metrics scope representing the specified monitored project will always be the first entry in the response.</p>
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Returns a specific Metrics Scope.
+  <pre>Returns a specific Metrics Scope, including the list of projects monitored by the specified Metrics Scope.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Metrics Scope. Example: locations/global/metricsScopes/{SCOPING_PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER} (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
index 14a716b6879..f86699d6ed1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -227,6 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -307,6 +309,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -315,6 +318,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -350,6 +357,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -441,6 +449,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
               &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
               &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
               &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                 &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                   &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -521,6 +530,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -529,6 +539,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
           },
+          &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+            &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+            &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+          },
           &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -562,6 +576,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -653,6 +668,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                 &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                 &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                 &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                   &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                     &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -733,6 +749,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -741,6 +758,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
             },
+            &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+              &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+              &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+            },
             &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -779,6 +800,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -870,6 +892,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -950,6 +973,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -958,6 +982,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -1005,6 +1033,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1096,6 +1125,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -1176,6 +1206,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1184,6 +1215,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -1219,6 +1254,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -1310,6 +1346,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
               &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
               &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
               &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                 &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                   &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -1390,6 +1427,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -1398,6 +1436,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
           },
+          &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+            &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+            &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+          },
           &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -1431,6 +1473,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -1522,6 +1565,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                 &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                 &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                 &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                   &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                     &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -1602,6 +1646,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -1610,6 +1655,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
             },
+            &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+              &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+              &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+            },
             &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -1648,6 +1697,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1739,6 +1789,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -1819,6 +1870,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1827,6 +1879,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -1898,6 +1954,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1989,6 +2046,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -2069,6 +2127,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2077,6 +2136,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -2112,6 +2175,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -2203,6 +2267,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
               &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
               &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
               &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                 &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                   &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -2283,6 +2348,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -2291,6 +2357,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
           },
+          &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+            &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+            &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+          },
           &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -2324,6 +2394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -2415,6 +2486,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                 &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                 &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                 &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                   &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                     &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -2495,6 +2567,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -2503,6 +2576,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
             },
+            &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+              &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+              &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+            },
             &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -2541,6 +2618,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2632,6 +2710,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -2712,6 +2791,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2720,6 +2800,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -2777,6 +2861,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                       &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                      &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                       &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -2868,6 +2953,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                       &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                       &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                       &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                      &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                       &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                         &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                           &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -2948,6 +3034,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                       &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                      &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                       &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -2956,6 +3043,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                     &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
                   },
+                  &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                    &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                    &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+                  },
                   &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                     &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                     &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -2991,6 +3082,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -3082,6 +3174,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -3162,6 +3255,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -3170,6 +3264,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -3203,6 +3301,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                     &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                     &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                    &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                     &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                   },
                 ],
@@ -3294,6 +3393,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                     &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                     &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                    &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                     &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                       &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                         &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -3374,6 +3474,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                     &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                     &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                    &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                     &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                   },
                 ],
@@ -3382,6 +3483,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                   &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
                 },
+                &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                  &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+                },
                 &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                   &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -3420,6 +3525,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                       &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                      &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                       &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -3511,6 +3617,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                       &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                       &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                       &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                      &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                       &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                         &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                           &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -3591,6 +3698,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                       &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                       &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                      &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                       &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -3599,6 +3707,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                     &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
                   },
+                  &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                    &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                    &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+                  },
                   &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                     &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                     &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -3664,6 +3776,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -3755,6 +3868,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -3835,6 +3949,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -3843,6 +3958,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -3878,6 +3997,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -3969,6 +4089,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
               &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
               &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
               &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                 &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                   &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -4049,6 +4170,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -4057,6 +4179,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
           },
+          &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+            &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+            &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+          },
           &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -4090,6 +4216,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -4181,6 +4308,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                 &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                 &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                 &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                   &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                     &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -4261,6 +4389,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -4269,6 +4398,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
             },
+            &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+              &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+              &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+            },
             &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -4307,6 +4440,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -4398,6 +4532,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -4478,6 +4613,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -4486,6 +4622,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -4533,6 +4673,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -4624,6 +4765,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -4704,6 +4846,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -4712,6 +4855,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -4747,6 +4894,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -4838,6 +4986,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
               &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
               &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
               &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                 &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                   &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -4918,6 +5067,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+              &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
               &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
             },
           ],
@@ -4926,6 +5076,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
           },
+          &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+            &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+            &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+          },
           &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
             &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
             &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -4959,6 +5113,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -5050,6 +5205,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                 &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                 &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                 &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                   &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                     &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -5130,6 +5286,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                 &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
               },
             ],
@@ -5138,6 +5295,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
             },
+            &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+              &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+              &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+            },
             &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
               &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
               &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
@@ -5176,6 +5337,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -5267,6 +5429,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;legendTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template string for naming TimeSeries in the resulting data set. This should be a string with interpolations of the form ${label_name}, which will resolve to the label&#x27;s value.
                   &quot;minAlignmentPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.
                   &quot;plotType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How this data should be plotted on the chart.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.
                   &quot;timeSeriesQuery&quot;: { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API.
                     &quot;timeSeriesFilter&quot;: { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series.
                       &quot;aggregation&quot;: { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example &quot;the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster&quot;. This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data.
@@ -5347,6 +5510,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;color&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart.
                   &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A label for the threshold.
+                  &quot;targetAxis&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.
                   &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.
                 },
               ],
@@ -5355,6 +5519,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
               },
+              &quot;y2Axis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y2 axis.
+                &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
+                &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
+              },
               &quot;yAxis&quot;: { # A chart axis. # The properties applied to the Y axis.
                 &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label of the axis.
                 &quot;scale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The axis scale. By default, a linear scale is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html
index 053603f8af3..ebcc0bc0565 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.services.serviceLevelObjectives.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;requestBased&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # Request-based SLIs
       &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
         &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;performance&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # RequestBasedSli to evaluate to judge window quality.
           &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
             &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
@@ -183,14 +183,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;threshold&quot;: 3.14, # If window performance &gt;= threshold, the window is counted as good.
       },
       &quot;metricMeanInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, averaged across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
         &quot;timeSeries&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying the TimeSeries to use for evaluating window quality.
       },
       &quot;metricSumInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, summed across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;requestBased&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # Request-based SLIs
       &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
         &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;performance&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # RequestBasedSli to evaluate to judge window quality.
           &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
             &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
@@ -286,14 +286,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;threshold&quot;: 3.14, # If window performance &gt;= threshold, the window is counted as good.
       },
       &quot;metricMeanInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, averaged across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
         &quot;timeSeries&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying the TimeSeries to use for evaluating window quality.
       },
       &quot;metricSumInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, summed across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;requestBased&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # Request-based SLIs
       &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
         &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;performance&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # RequestBasedSli to evaluate to judge window quality.
           &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
             &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
@@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;threshold&quot;: 3.14, # If window performance &gt;= threshold, the window is counted as good.
       },
       &quot;metricMeanInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, averaged across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
         &quot;timeSeries&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying the TimeSeries to use for evaluating window quality.
       },
       &quot;metricSumInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, summed across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;requestBased&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # Request-based SLIs
           &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
             &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;performance&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # RequestBasedSli to evaluate to judge window quality.
               &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
                 &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-                &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+                &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
                   &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
                   &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
                 },
@@ -538,14 +538,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;threshold&quot;: 3.14, # If window performance &gt;= threshold, the window is counted as good.
           },
           &quot;metricMeanInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, averaged across returned streams.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
             &quot;timeSeries&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying the TimeSeries to use for evaluating window quality.
           },
           &quot;metricSumInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, summed across returned streams.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;requestBased&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # Request-based SLIs
       &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
         &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;performance&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # RequestBasedSli to evaluate to judge window quality.
           &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
             &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
@@ -658,14 +658,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;threshold&quot;: 3.14, # If window performance &gt;= threshold, the window is counted as good.
       },
       &quot;metricMeanInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, averaged across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
         &quot;timeSeries&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying the TimeSeries to use for evaluating window quality.
       },
       &quot;metricSumInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, summed across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;requestBased&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # Request-based SLIs
       &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
         &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;performance&quot;: { # Service Level Indicators for which atomic units of service are counted directly. # RequestBasedSli to evaluate to judge window quality.
           &quot;distributionCut&quot;: { # A DistributionCut defines a TimeSeries and thresholds used for measuring good service and total service. The TimeSeries must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE. The computed good_service will be the estimated count of values in the Distribution that fall within the specified min and max. # distribution_cut is used when good_service is a count of values aggregated in a Distribution that fall into a good range. The total_service is the total count of all values aggregated in the Distribution.
             &quot;distributionFilter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying a TimeSeries aggregating values. Must have ValueType = DISTRIBUTION and MetricKind = DELTA or MetricKind = CUMULATIVE.
-            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+            &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
               &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
               &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
             },
@@ -761,14 +761,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;threshold&quot;: 3.14, # If window performance &gt;= threshold, the window is counted as good.
       },
       &quot;metricMeanInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, averaged across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
         &quot;timeSeries&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifying the TimeSeries to use for evaluating window quality.
       },
       &quot;metricSumInRange&quot;: { # A MetricRange is used when each window is good when the value x of a single TimeSeries satisfies range.min &lt;= x &lt;= range.max. The provided TimeSeries must have ValueType = INT64 or ValueType = DOUBLE and MetricKind = GAUGE. # A window is good if the metric&#x27;s value is in a good range, summed across returned streams.
-        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range &quot;&lt; range.max&quot; is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range &quot;&gt;= range.min&quot; is desired, set range.max = infinity. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
+        &quot;range&quot;: { # Range of numerical values within min and max. # Range of values considered &quot;good.&quot; For a one-sided range, set one bound to an infinite value.
           &quot;max&quot;: 3.14, # Range maximum.
           &quot;min&quot;: 3.14, # Range minimum.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.html
index fe3070cdc53..adcee20c780 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.html
@@ -79,11 +79,6 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the hubs Resource.</p>
 
-<p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html">policyBasedRoutes()</a></code>
-</p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the policyBasedRoutes Resource.</p>
-
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html
index 918d8dee457..133dc425a57 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html
index a541c51a2f8..3574f575912 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html
index e4ab028cf76..200cda380ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.spokes.html
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
index 5df743e47d1..8f1dc628874 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
@@ -117,7 +117,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
     &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+    &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+      &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+    },
     &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -224,7 +228,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
     &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+    &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+      &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+    },
     &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -273,7 +281,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
         &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+        &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+        },
         &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
index 7d468d4d0a0..c8fee4fc5b1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
@@ -121,7 +121,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
     &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+    &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+      &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+    },
     &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -144,7 +148,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
         &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+        &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+        },
         &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -257,7 +265,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
     },
     &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+    &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+      &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+    },
     &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+    &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -280,7 +292,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
         &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+        &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+        },
         &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -336,7 +352,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
         },
         &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+        &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+          &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+        },
         &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+        &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -359,7 +379,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of this accelerator.
             },
             &quot;containerImageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: &#x27;gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100&#x27; More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container
+            &quot;dataprocParameters&quot;: { # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions. # Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.
+              &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: &#x27;projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}
+            },
             &quot;inputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb
+            &quot;jobType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of Job to be used on this execution.
             &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for execution. If execution is scheduled, a field included will be &#x27;nbs-scheduled&#x27;. Otherwise, it is an immediate execution, and an included field will be &#x27;nbs-immediate&#x27;. Use fields to efficiently index between various types of executions.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
index 07ea4b0af27..6e8aaf71b8a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.
+    { # If not successful, returns BatchCreateContactsErrorDetails.contacts which contains a list of errors for each invalid contact. The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.
   &quot;createdPeople&quot;: [ # The contacts that were created, unless the request `read_mask` is empty.
     { # The response for a single person
       &quot;httpStatusCode&quot;: 42, # **DEPRECATED** (Please use status instead) [HTTP 1.1 status code] (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html).
@@ -2854,7 +2854,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.
+    { # If not successful, returns BatchUpdateContactsErrorDetails.contacts, a list of errors corresponding to each contact. The response to a request to update a batch of contacts.
   &quot;updateResult&quot;: { # A map of resource names to the contacts that were updated, unless the request `read_mask` is empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The response for a single person
       &quot;httpStatusCode&quot;: 42, # **DEPRECATED** (Please use status instead) [HTTP 1.1 status code] (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policyanalyzer_v1.projects.locations.activityTypes.activities.html b/docs/dyn/policyanalyzer_v1.projects.locations.activityTypes.activities.html
index 4fe17e54f20..58913ddcbfb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policyanalyzer_v1.projects.locations.activityTypes.activities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policyanalyzer_v1.projects.locations.activityTypes.activities.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#query">query(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Queries policy activities on GCP resources.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Queries policy activities on Google Cloud resources.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#query_next">query_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="query">query(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Queries policy activities on GCP resources.
+  <pre>Queries policy activities on Google Cloud resources.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: `projects/[PROJECT_ID|PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/activityTypes/[ACTIVITY_TYPE]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Optional filter expression to restrict the activities returned. Supported filters are: - service_account_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} - service_account_key_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} 
+  parent: string, Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: `projects/[PROJECT_ID|PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/activityTypes/[ACTIVITY_TYPE]` LOCATION here refers to Google Cloud Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/ (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression to restrict the activities returned. Supported filters are: - service_account_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} [STRING] - service_account_key_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} [STRING]
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Max limit is 1000. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of `nextPageToken` in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `pageToken` must be the value of `nextPageToken` from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;activityType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the activity.
       &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
       &quot;observationPeriod&quot;: { # Represents data observation period. # The data observation period to build the activity.
-        &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The observation end time.
-        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The observation start time.
+        &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The observation end time. The time in this timestamp is always `07:00:00Z`.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The observation start time. The time in this timestamp is always `07:00:00Z`.
       },
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html
index 62dffce40fd..a2ce42a9308 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html
index 81b0af8288e..fbb184a27c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index ace244ded20..34ab27c6598 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -233,11 +233,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -365,11 +365,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -521,11 +521,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;productInlineSource&quot;: { # The inline source for the input config for ImportProducts method. # The Inline source for the input content for products.
       &quot;products&quot;: [ # Required. A list of products to update/create. Each product must have a valid Product.id. Recommended max of 100 items.
         { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -679,11 +679,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as ListProductsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;products&quot;: [ # The Products.
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
         { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -860,11 +860,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-      &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+      &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1009,11 +1009,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1142,11 +1142,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 { # Request message for SetInventory method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product with name Product.name is not found, the inventory update will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day until the Product is created. If set to false, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned if the Product is not found.
   &quot;inventory&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. The inventory information to update. The allowable fields to update are: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info The updated inventory fields must be specified in SetInventoryRequest.set_mask. If SetInventoryRequest.inventory.name is empty or invalid, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the caller does not have permission to update the Product named in Product.name, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Product to update does not have existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be inserted. If the Product to update has existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be merged while respecting the last update time for each inventory field, using the provided or default value for SetInventoryRequest.set_time. The last update time is recorded for the following inventory fields: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info If a full overwrite of inventory information while ignoring timestamps is needed, UpdateProduct should be invoked instead.
-    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
         &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
         &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+    &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1324,11 +1324,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
     &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-    &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+    &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-    &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+    &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index 89c1d0b23ad..0d9db8be3ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The suggestion for the query.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;recentSearchResults&quot;: [ # Matched recent searches of this user. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.
+  &quot;recentSearchResults&quot;: [ # Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.
     { # Recent search of this user.
       &quot;recentSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The recent search query.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index b5a2d2917ed..a2ca06bf288 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
       { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
         &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -382,6 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Raw search query.
   &quot;queryExpansionSpec&quot;: { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion will occur. See more details at this [user guide](/retail/private/docs/result-size#query_expansion).
     &quot;condition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+    &quot;pinUnexpandedResults&quot;: True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
   &quot;userInfo&quot;: { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     &quot;directUserRequest&quot;: True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
@@ -427,6 +428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;queryExpansionInfo&quot;: { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
     &quot;expandedQuery&quot;: True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+    &quot;pinnedResultCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
   },
   &quot;redirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search will be performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token will be set in the response.
   &quot;results&quot;: [ # A list of matched items. The order represents the ranking.
@@ -437,7 +439,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The product data snippet in the search response. Only Product.name is guaranteed to be populated. Product.variants contains the product variants that match the search query. If there are multiple product variants matching the query, top 5 most relevant product variants are returned and ordered by relevancy. If relevancy can be deternmined, use matching_variant_fields to look up matched product variants fields. If relevancy cannot be determined, e.g. when searching &quot;shoe&quot; all products in a shoe product can be a match, 5 product variants are returned but order is meaningless.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -490,7 +492,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -500,11 +502,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -558,7 +560,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRetailV2Product
         ],
       },
-      &quot;variantRollupValues&quot;: { # The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by &quot;colorFamilies:ANY(\&quot;red\&quot;)&quot; and rollup &quot;colorFamilies&quot;, only &quot;red&quot; is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors &quot;red&quot; and &quot;blue&quot;, the rollup values are { key: &quot;colorFamilies&quot; value { list_value { values { string_value: &quot;red&quot; } values { string_value: &quot;blue&quot; } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, {key: &quot;pickupInStore.store1&quot; value { number_value: 10 }} means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store &quot;store1&quot;.
+      &quot;variantRollupValues&quot;: { # The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by &quot;colorFamilies:ANY(\&quot;red\&quot;)&quot; and rollup &quot;colorFamilies&quot;, only &quot;red&quot; is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors &quot;red&quot; and &quot;blue&quot;, the rollup values are { key: &quot;colorFamilies&quot; value { list_value { values { string_value: &quot;red&quot; } values { string_value: &quot;blue&quot; } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, `{key: &quot;pickupInStore.store1&quot; value { number_value: 10 }}` means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store &quot;store1&quot;.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 8fcf3542464..46b4d2fecfb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
             { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
               &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                     &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                     &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                   },
                 ],
-                &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
                 &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
                   { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-                &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+                &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-                &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+                &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
                 &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -564,11 +564,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -751,11 +751,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index e4c6910ebfb..d20075dea1e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -233,11 +233,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -365,11 +365,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -521,11 +521,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;productInlineSource&quot;: { # The inline source for the input config for ImportProducts method. # The Inline source for the input content for products.
       &quot;products&quot;: [ # Required. A list of products to update/create. Each product must have a valid Product.id. Recommended max of 100 items.
         { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -679,11 +679,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as ListProductsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;products&quot;: [ # The Products.
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
         { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -861,11 +861,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-      &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+      &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1011,11 +1011,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1144,11 +1144,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 { # Request message for SetInventory method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product with name Product.name is not found, the inventory update will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day until the Product is created. If set to false, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned if the Product is not found.
   &quot;inventory&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. The inventory information to update. The allowable fields to update are: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info The updated inventory fields must be specified in SetInventoryRequest.set_mask. If SetInventoryRequest.inventory.name is empty or invalid, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the caller does not have permission to update the Product named in Product.name, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Product to update does not have existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be inserted. If the Product to update has existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be merged while respecting the last update time for each inventory field, using the provided or default value for SetInventoryRequest.set_time. The last update time is recorded for the following inventory fields: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info If a full overwrite of inventory information while ignoring timestamps is needed, UpdateProduct should be invoked instead.
-    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
         &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
         &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+    &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1326,11 +1326,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
     &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-    &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+    &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-    &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+    &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index 5284c169a27..7011cfbc150 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The suggestion for the query.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;recentSearchResults&quot;: [ # Matched recent searches of this user. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.
+  &quot;recentSearchResults&quot;: [ # Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.
     { # Recent search of this user.
       &quot;recentSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The recent search query.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index eab4a44770a..c3bbe022144 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
       { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
         &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -382,6 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Raw search query.
   &quot;queryExpansionSpec&quot;: { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion will occur. See more details at this [user guide](/retail/private/docs/result-size#query_expansion).
     &quot;condition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+    &quot;pinUnexpandedResults&quot;: True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
   &quot;relevanceThreshold&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance threshold of the search results. Defaults to RelevanceThreshold.HIGH, which means only the most relevant results are shown, and the least number of results are returned. See more details at this [user guide](/retail/private/docs/result-size#relevance_thresholding).
   &quot;userInfo&quot;: { # Information of an end user. # User information.
@@ -428,6 +429,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;queryExpansionInfo&quot;: { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
     &quot;expandedQuery&quot;: True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+    &quot;pinnedResultCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
   },
   &quot;redirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search will be performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token will be set in the response.
   &quot;results&quot;: [ # A list of matched items. The order represents the ranking.
@@ -438,7 +440,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The product data snippet in the search response. Only Product.name is guaranteed to be populated. Product.variants contains the product variants that match the search query. If there are multiple product variants matching the query, top 5 most relevant product variants are returned and ordered by relevancy. If relevancy can be deternmined, use matching_variant_fields to look up matched product variants fields. If relevancy cannot be determined, e.g. when searching &quot;shoe&quot; all products in a shoe product can be a match, 5 product variants are returned but order is meaningless.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -501,11 +503,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -559,7 +561,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaProduct
         ],
       },
-      &quot;variantRollupValues&quot;: { # The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by &quot;colorFamilies:ANY(\&quot;red\&quot;)&quot; and rollup &quot;colorFamilies&quot;, only &quot;red&quot; is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors &quot;red&quot; and &quot;blue&quot;, the rollup values are { key: &quot;colorFamilies&quot; value { list_value { values { string_value: &quot;red&quot; } values { string_value: &quot;blue&quot; } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, {key: &quot;pickupInStore.store1&quot; value { number_value: 10 }} means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store &quot;store1&quot;.
+      &quot;variantRollupValues&quot;: { # The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by &quot;colorFamilies:ANY(\&quot;red\&quot;)&quot; and rollup &quot;colorFamilies&quot;, only &quot;red&quot; is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors &quot;red&quot; and &quot;blue&quot;, the rollup values are { key: &quot;colorFamilies&quot; value { list_value { values { string_value: &quot;red&quot; } values { string_value: &quot;blue&quot; } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, `{key: &quot;pickupInStore.store1&quot; value { number_value: 10 }}` means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store &quot;store1&quot;.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 0c6699093ae..1fdd73269c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
             { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
               &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                     &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                     &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                   },
                 ],
-                &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
                 &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
                   { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-                &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+                &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-                &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+                &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
                 &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -564,11 +564,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -751,11 +751,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index d8233b6d052..21703b9f083 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -233,11 +233,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -365,11 +365,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -521,11 +521,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;productInlineSource&quot;: { # The inline source for the input config for ImportProducts method. # The Inline source for the input content for products.
       &quot;products&quot;: [ # Required. A list of products to update/create. Each product must have a valid Product.id. Recommended max of 100 items.
         { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -679,11 +679,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as ListProductsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;products&quot;: [ # The Products.
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+      &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
       &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
         { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -860,11 +860,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-      &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+      &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1009,11 +1009,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
-  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+  &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
       &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
       &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
   &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
     { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1142,11 +1142,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+  &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+  &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 { # Request message for SetInventory method.
   &quot;allowMissing&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, and the Product with name Product.name is not found, the inventory update will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day until the Product is created. If set to false, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned if the Product is not found.
   &quot;inventory&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. The inventory information to update. The allowable fields to update are: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info The updated inventory fields must be specified in SetInventoryRequest.set_mask. If SetInventoryRequest.inventory.name is empty or invalid, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. If the caller does not have permission to update the Product named in Product.name, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Product to update does not have existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be inserted. If the Product to update has existing inventory information, the provided inventory information will be merged while respecting the last update time for each inventory field, using the provided or default value for SetInventoryRequest.set_time. The last update time is recorded for the following inventory fields: * Product.price_info * Product.availability * Product.available_quantity * Product.fulfillment_info If a full overwrite of inventory information while ignoring timestamps is needed, UpdateProduct should be invoked instead.
-    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+    &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
         &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
         &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+    &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
     &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
       { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -1324,11 +1324,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
     &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-    &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+    &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-    &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+    &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index f07405814d2..b1e6eac67b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The suggestion for the query.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;recentSearchResults&quot;: [ # Matched recent searches of this user. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.
+  &quot;recentSearchResults&quot;: [ # Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.
     { # Recent search of this user.
       &quot;recentSearch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The recent search query.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index a19c62bfafd..fc91ebfbaf3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
       { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
         &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+          &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
           &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
             { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+          &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -382,6 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Raw search query.
   &quot;queryExpansionSpec&quot;: { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion will occur. See more details at this [user guide](/retail/private/docs/result-size#query_expansion).
     &quot;condition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+    &quot;pinUnexpandedResults&quot;: True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
   },
   &quot;userInfo&quot;: { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     &quot;directUserRequest&quot;: True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
@@ -427,6 +428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;queryExpansionInfo&quot;: { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
     &quot;expandedQuery&quot;: True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+    &quot;pinnedResultCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
   },
   &quot;redirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search will be performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token will be set in the response.
   &quot;results&quot;: [ # A list of matched items. The order represents the ranking.
@@ -437,7 +439,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The product data snippet in the search response. Only Product.name is guaranteed to be populated. Product.variants contains the product variants that match the search query. If there are multiple product variants matching the query, top 5 most relevant product variants are returned and ordered by relevancy. If relevancy can be deternmined, use matching_variant_fields to look up matched product variants fields. If relevancy cannot be determined, e.g. when searching &quot;shoe&quot; all products in a shoe product can be a match, 5 product variants are returned but order is meaningless.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -490,7 +492,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -500,11 +502,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -558,7 +560,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRetailV2betaProduct
         ],
       },
-      &quot;variantRollupValues&quot;: { # The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by &quot;colorFamilies:ANY(\&quot;red\&quot;)&quot; and rollup &quot;colorFamilies&quot;, only &quot;red&quot; is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors &quot;red&quot; and &quot;blue&quot;, the rollup values are { key: &quot;colorFamilies&quot; value { list_value { values { string_value: &quot;red&quot; } values { string_value: &quot;blue&quot; } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, {key: &quot;pickupInStore.store1&quot; value { number_value: 10 }} means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store &quot;store1&quot;.
+      &quot;variantRollupValues&quot;: { # The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by &quot;colorFamilies:ANY(\&quot;red\&quot;)&quot; and rollup &quot;colorFamilies&quot;, only &quot;red&quot; is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors &quot;red&quot; and &quot;blue&quot;, the rollup values are { key: &quot;colorFamilies&quot; value { list_value { values { string_value: &quot;red&quot; } values { string_value: &quot;blue&quot; } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, `{key: &quot;pickupInStore.store1&quot; value { number_value: 10 }}` means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store &quot;store1&quot;.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
       },
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 5c022c70020..3f873b7ee08 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
             { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
               &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+                &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                     &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                     &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                   },
                 ],
-                &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
                 &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
                   { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-                &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+                &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-                &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+                &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
                 &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -564,11 +564,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;productDetails&quot;: [ # The main product details related to the event. This field is required for the following event types: * `add-to-cart` * `detail-page-view` * `purchase-complete` In a `search` event, this field represents the products returned to the end user on the current page (the end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet). When a new page is returned to the end user, after pagination/filtering/ordering even for the same query, a new `search` event with different product_details is desired. The end user may have not finished broswing the whole page yet.
     { # Detailed product information associated with a user event.
       &quot;product&quot;: { # Product captures all metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Required. Product information. Required field(s): * Product.id Optional override field(s): * Product.price_info If any supported optional fields are provided, we will treat them as a full override when looking up product information from the catalog. Thus, it is important to ensure that the overriding fields are accurate and complete. All other product fields are ignored and instead populated via catalog lookup after event ingestion.
-        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
+        &quot;attributes&quot;: { # Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ &quot;vendor&quot;: {&quot;text&quot;: [&quot;vendor123&quot;, &quot;vendor456&quot;]}, &quot;lengths_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[2.3, 15.4]}, &quot;heights_cm&quot;: {&quot;numbers&quot;:[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             &quot;indexable&quot;: True or False, # If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that it can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             &quot;numbers&quot;: [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is &quot;lengths_cm&quot;. At most 400 values are allowed.Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fulfillment type, including commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * &quot;pickup-in-store&quot; * &quot;ship-to-store&quot; * &quot;same-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;next-day-delivery&quot; * &quot;custom-type-1&quot; * &quot;custom-type-2&quot; * &quot;custom-type-3&quot; * &quot;custom-type-4&quot; * &quot;custom-type-5&quot; If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Product identifier, which is the final component of name. For example, this field is &quot;id_1&quot;, if name is `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/id_1`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [id](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324405). Schema.org Property [Product.sku](https://schema.org/sku).
         &quot;images&quot;: [ # Product images for the product.Highly recommended to put the main image to the first. A maximum of 300 images are allowed. Google Merchant Center property [image_link](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324350). Schema.org property [Product.image](https://schema.org/image).
           { # Product thumbnail/detail image.
@@ -751,11 +751,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
         &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by BCP 47. For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if unset.
-        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The material of the product. For example, &quot;leather&quot;, &quot;wooden&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Full resource name of the product, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/branches/default_branch/products/product_id`. The branch ID must be &quot;default_branch&quot;.
-        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
+        &quot;patterns&quot;: [ # The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, &quot;striped&quot;, &quot;polka dot&quot;, &quot;paisley&quot;. A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;priceInfo&quot;: { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index 4c430cee6ec..97836eb3f09 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
+    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case always &quot;Configuration&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Configuration, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # ListConfigurationsResponse is a list of Configuration resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Configurations.
-    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
+    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case always &quot;Configuration&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Configuration, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
             &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
               { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
                 &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
index 68187a02cab..2342333afc6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.domainmappings.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
index db66aabbda2..fda324caf3c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
+    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case &quot;Revision&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
     &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-    &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+    &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
       { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
         &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;imageDigest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ImageDigest holds the resolved digest for the image specified within .Spec.Container.Image. The digest is resolved during the creation of Revision. This field holds the digest value regardless of whether a tag or digest was originally specified in the Container object.
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # ListRevisionsResponse is a list of Revision resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Revisions.
-    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
+    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case &quot;Revision&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;imageDigest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ImageDigest holds the resolved digest for the image specified within .Spec.Container.Image. The digest is resolved during the creation of Revision. This field holds the digest value regardless of whether a tag or digest was originally specified in the Container object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
index 2fdb6ad6c64..89bda008608 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.routes.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
+    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case always &quot;Route&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Route, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;observedGeneration&quot;: 42, # ObservedGeneration is the &#x27;Generation&#x27; of the Route that was last processed by the controller. Clients polling for completed reconciliation should poll until observedGeneration = metadata.generation and the Ready condition&#x27;s status is True or False. Note that providing a trafficTarget that only has a configurationName will result in a Route that does not increment either its metadata.generation or its observedGeneration, as new &quot;latest ready&quot; revisions from the Configuration are processed without an update to the Route&#x27;s spec.
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # ListRoutesResponse is a list of Route resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Routes.
-    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
+    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case always &quot;Route&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Route, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;observedGeneration&quot;: 42, # ObservedGeneration is the &#x27;Generation&#x27; of the Route that was last processed by the controller. Clients polling for completed reconciliation should poll until observedGeneration = metadata.generation and the Ready condition&#x27;s status is True or False. Note that providing a trafficTarget that only has a configurationName will result in a Route that does not increment either its metadata.generation or its observedGeneration, as new &quot;latest ready&quot; revisions from the Configuration are processed without an update to the Route&#x27;s spec.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
index dd49437be28..92fbc518ff5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A list of Service resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Services.
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
             &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
               { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
                 &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
index f51a8461aac..5c4c818033c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
+    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case always &quot;Configuration&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Configuration, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # ListConfigurationsResponse is a list of Configuration resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Configurations.
-    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
+    { # Configuration represents the &quot;floating HEAD&quot; of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration&#x27;s spec. The &quot;latest created&quot; revision&#x27;s name is available under status, as is the &quot;latest ready&quot; revision&#x27;s name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case always &quot;Configuration&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Configuration, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
             &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
               { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
                 &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
index 730caa6625b..23143e85d9f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.domainmappings.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;mappedRouteName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the route that the mapping currently points to.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
index e2837cf3a08..92c61eef674 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
+    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case &quot;Revision&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
     &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-    &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+    &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
       { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
         &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;imageDigest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ImageDigest holds the resolved digest for the image specified within .Spec.Container.Image. The digest is resolved during the creation of Revision. This field holds the digest value regardless of whether a tag or digest was originally specified in the Container object.
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # ListRevisionsResponse is a list of Revision resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Revisions.
-    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
+    { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#revision
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case &quot;Revision&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;imageDigest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ImageDigest holds the resolved digest for the image specified within .Spec.Container.Image. The digest is resolved during the creation of Revision. This field holds the digest value regardless of whether a tag or digest was originally specified in the Container object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
index 7488d3d958b..e8f8297f55f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.routes.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
+    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case always &quot;Route&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Route, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;observedGeneration&quot;: 42, # ObservedGeneration is the &#x27;Generation&#x27; of the Route that was last processed by the controller. Clients polling for completed reconciliation should poll until observedGeneration = metadata.generation and the Ready condition&#x27;s status is True or False. Note that providing a trafficTarget that only has a configurationName will result in a Route that does not increment either its metadata.generation or its observedGeneration, as new &quot;latest ready&quot; revisions from the Configuration are processed without an update to the Route&#x27;s spec.
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # ListRoutesResponse is a list of Route resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Routes.
-    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
+    { # Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for &quot;latest ready&quot; revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the &quot;latest ready&quot; Revision from that Configuration.
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of this resource, in this case always &quot;Route&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Route, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations.
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;observedGeneration&quot;: 42, # ObservedGeneration is the &#x27;Generation&#x27; of the Route that was last processed by the controller. Clients polling for completed reconciliation should poll until observedGeneration = metadata.generation and the Ready condition&#x27;s status is True or False. Note that providing a trafficTarget that only has a configurationName will result in a Route that does not increment either its metadata.generation or its observedGeneration, as new &quot;latest ready&quot; revisions from the Configuration are processed without an update to the Route&#x27;s spec.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index 79f4a0a1178..429e84961d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A list of Service resources.
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of Services.
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
       &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
             &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+            &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
               { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
                 &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
           },
         ],
         &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service
+    { # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service&#x27;s controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service
   &quot;apiVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The API version for this call such as &quot;serving.knative.dev/v1&quot;.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of resource, in this case &quot;Service&quot;.
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # k8s.io.apimachinery.pkg.apis.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. Cloud Run (fully managed) uses the following annotation keys to configure features on a Service: * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal.
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client).
         &quot;containerConcurrency&quot;: 42, # Optional. ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. Cloud Run fully managed: supported, defaults to 80 Cloud Run for Anthos: supported, defaults to 0, which means concurrency to the application is not limited, and the system decides the target concurrency for the autoscaler.
-        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md
+        &quot;containers&quot;: [ # Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md
           { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime.
             &quot;args&quot;: [ # (Optional) Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image&#x27;s CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the container&#x27;s environment. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#running-a-command-in-a-shell
               &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * &quot;Ready&quot;: True when the Resource is ready.
       },
     ],
     &quot;latestCreatedRevisionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # From ConfigurationStatus. LatestCreatedRevisionName is the last revision that was created from this Service&#x27;s Configuration. It might not be ready yet, for that use LatestReadyRevisionName.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
index dd8a5197038..d0ca3400d82 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
       },
     ],
     &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of instances which reached phase Failed. +optional
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
       },
     ],
     &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of instances which reached phase Failed. +optional
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
         &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
       },
     ],
     &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of instances which reached phase Failed. +optional
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. One-word CamelCase reason for the condition&#x27;s last transition.
             &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. How to interpret failures of this condition, one of Error, Warning, Info
             &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown.
-            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * &quot;Completed&quot;: True when the Job has successfully completed. * &quot;Started&quot;: True when the Job has successfully started running. * &quot;ResourcesAvailable&quot;: True when underlying resources have been provisioned.
           },
         ],
         &quot;failed&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of instances which reached phase Failed. +optional
diff --git a/docs/dyn/runtimeconfig_v1beta1.projects.configs.html b/docs/dyn/runtimeconfig_v1beta1.projects.configs.html
index b7044ad9af0..4fbc3276109 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/runtimeconfig_v1beta1.projects.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/runtimeconfig_v1beta1.projects.configs.html
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
index 5c54e43fc80..4976d83162c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
         &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor: `&quot;projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;` where {type} is the value of the `type` field in this object and {project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs that do not use project information can use the resource name format `&quot;monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;`.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see [Monitoring resource types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
     },
   ],
   &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Monitoring configuration of the service. The example below shows how to configure monitored resources and metrics for monitoring. In the example, a monitored resource and two metrics are defined. The `library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count` metric is sent to both producer and consumer projects, whereas the `library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue` metric is only sent to the consumer project. monitored_resources: - type: library.googleapis.com/Branch display_name: &quot;Library Branch&quot; description: &quot;A branch of a library.&quot; launch_stage: GA labels: - key: resource_container description: &quot;The Cloud container (ie. project id) for the Branch.&quot; - key: location description: &quot;The location of the library branch.&quot; - key: branch_id description: &quot;The id of the branch.&quot; metrics: - name: library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count display_name: &quot;Books Returned&quot; description: &quot;The count of books that have been returned.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: DELTA value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; - name: library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue display_name: &quot;Books Overdue&quot; description: &quot;The current number of overdue books.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: GAUGE value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; monitoring: producer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count consumer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count - library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue # Monitoring configuration.
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
         &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor: `&quot;projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;` where {type} is the value of the `type` field in this object and {project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs that do not use project information can use the resource name format `&quot;monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;`.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see [Monitoring resource types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
     },
   ],
   &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Monitoring configuration of the service. The example below shows how to configure monitored resources and metrics for monitoring. In the example, a monitored resource and two metrics are defined. The `library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count` metric is sent to both producer and consumer projects, whereas the `library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue` metric is only sent to the consumer project. monitored_resources: - type: library.googleapis.com/Branch display_name: &quot;Library Branch&quot; description: &quot;A branch of a library.&quot; launch_stage: GA labels: - key: resource_container description: &quot;The Cloud container (ie. project id) for the Branch.&quot; - key: location description: &quot;The location of the library branch.&quot; - key: branch_id description: &quot;The id of the branch.&quot; metrics: - name: library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count display_name: &quot;Books Returned&quot; description: &quot;The count of books that have been returned.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: DELTA value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; - name: library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue display_name: &quot;Books Overdue&quot; description: &quot;The current number of overdue books.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: GAUGE value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; monitoring: producer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count consumer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count - library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue # Monitoring configuration.
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
         &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor: `&quot;projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;` where {type} is the value of the `type` field in this object and {project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs that do not use project information can use the resource name format `&quot;monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;`.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see [Monitoring resource types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
     },
   ],
   &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Monitoring configuration of the service. The example below shows how to configure monitored resources and metrics for monitoring. In the example, a monitored resource and two metrics are defined. The `library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count` metric is sent to both producer and consumer projects, whereas the `library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue` metric is only sent to the consumer project. monitored_resources: - type: library.googleapis.com/Branch display_name: &quot;Library Branch&quot; description: &quot;A branch of a library.&quot; launch_stage: GA labels: - key: resource_container description: &quot;The Cloud container (ie. project id) for the Branch.&quot; - key: location description: &quot;The location of the library branch.&quot; - key: branch_id description: &quot;The id of the branch.&quot; metrics: - name: library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count display_name: &quot;Books Returned&quot; description: &quot;The count of books that have been returned.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: DELTA value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; - name: library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue display_name: &quot;Books Overdue&quot; description: &quot;The current number of overdue books.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: GAUGE value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; monitoring: producer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count consumer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count - library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue # Monitoring configuration.
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
           { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
             &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
             &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
           },
         ],
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor: `&quot;projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;` where {type} is the value of the `type` field in this object and {project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs that do not use project information can use the resource name format `&quot;monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;`.
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see [Monitoring resource types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
         },
       ],
       &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Monitoring configuration of the service. The example below shows how to configure monitored resources and metrics for monitoring. In the example, a monitored resource and two metrics are defined. The `library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count` metric is sent to both producer and consumer projects, whereas the `library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue` metric is only sent to the consumer project. monitored_resources: - type: library.googleapis.com/Branch display_name: &quot;Library Branch&quot; description: &quot;A branch of a library.&quot; launch_stage: GA labels: - key: resource_container description: &quot;The Cloud container (ie. project id) for the Branch.&quot; - key: location description: &quot;The location of the library branch.&quot; - key: branch_id description: &quot;The id of the branch.&quot; metrics: - name: library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count display_name: &quot;Books Returned&quot; description: &quot;The count of books that have been returned.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: DELTA value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; - name: library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue display_name: &quot;Books Overdue&quot; description: &quot;The current number of overdue books.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: GAUGE value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; monitoring: producer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count consumer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count - library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue # Monitoring configuration.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
index 2558f40fe8f..10b9e7210f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
         &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor: `&quot;projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;` where {type} is the value of the `type` field in this object and {project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs that do not use project information can use the resource name format `&quot;monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;`.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `&quot;cloudsql_database&quot;` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see [Monitoring resource types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
     },
   ],
   &quot;monitoring&quot;: { # Monitoring configuration of the service. The example below shows how to configure monitored resources and metrics for monitoring. In the example, a monitored resource and two metrics are defined. The `library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count` metric is sent to both producer and consumer projects, whereas the `library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue` metric is only sent to the consumer project. monitored_resources: - type: library.googleapis.com/Branch display_name: &quot;Library Branch&quot; description: &quot;A branch of a library.&quot; launch_stage: GA labels: - key: resource_container description: &quot;The Cloud container (ie. project id) for the Branch.&quot; - key: location description: &quot;The location of the library branch.&quot; - key: branch_id description: &quot;The id of the branch.&quot; metrics: - name: library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count display_name: &quot;Books Returned&quot; description: &quot;The count of books that have been returned.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: DELTA value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; - name: library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue display_name: &quot;Books Overdue&quot; description: &quot;The current number of overdue books.&quot; launch_stage: GA metric_kind: GAUGE value_type: INT64 unit: &quot;1&quot; labels: - key: customer_id description: &quot;The id of the customer.&quot; monitoring: producer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count consumer_destinations: - monitored_resource: library.googleapis.com/Branch metrics: - library.googleapis.com/book/returned_count - library.googleapis.com/book/num_overdue # Monitoring configuration.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html
index c779b9c564d..b8d9933e349 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html
@@ -132,6 +132,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;consumerNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the service consumer&#x27;s VPC network. The network must have an existing private connection that was provisioned through the connections.create method. The name must be in the following format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number, such as `12345`. {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the subnet.
   &quot;ipPrefixLength&quot;: 42, # Required. The prefix length of the subnet&#x27;s IP address range. Use CIDR range notation, such as `30` to provision a subnet with an `x.x.x.x/30` CIDR range. The IP address range is drawn from a pool of available ranges in the service consumer&#x27;s allocated range.
+  &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. For information about the access types that can be set using this field, see [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/subnetworks) in the Compute API documentation.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of a [region](/compute/docs/regions-zones) for the subnet, such `europe-west1`.
   &quot;requestedAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The starting address of a range. The address must be a valid IPv4 address in the x.x.x.x format. This value combined with the IP prefix range is the CIDR range for the subnet. The range must be within the allocated range that is assigned to the private connection. If the CIDR range isn&#x27;t available, the call fails.
   &quot;requestedRanges&quot;: [ # Optional. The name of one or more allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If no range names are provided all ranges associated with this connection will be considered. If a CIDR range with the specified IP prefix length is not available within these ranges, the call fails.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.peeredDnsDomains.html b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.peeredDnsDomains.html
index d44692b2774..dad29922355 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.peeredDnsDomains.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.projects.global_.networks.peeredDnsDomains.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # DNS domain suffix for which requests originating in the producer VPC network are resolved in the associated consumer VPC network.
-  &quot;dnsSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`.
+  &quot;dnsSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`. Cloud DNS requires that a DNS suffix ends with a trailing dot.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User assigned name for this resource. Must be unique within the consumer network. The name must be 1-63 characters long, must begin with a letter, end with a letter or digit, and only contain lowercase letters, digits or dashes.
 }
 
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Response to list peered DNS domains for a given connection.
   &quot;peeredDnsDomains&quot;: [ # The list of peered DNS domains.
     { # DNS domain suffix for which requests originating in the producer VPC network are resolved in the associated consumer VPC network.
-      &quot;dnsSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`.
+      &quot;dnsSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`. Cloud DNS requires that a DNS suffix ends with a trailing dot.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User assigned name for this resource. Must be unique within the consumer network. The name must be 1-63 characters long, must begin with a letter, end with a letter or digit, and only contain lowercase letters, digits or dashes.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
index 0ddf0a075bc..a68acd8100e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html
@@ -77,9 +77,6 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
-<p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#introspect">introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#token">token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.</p>
@@ -89,39 +86,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
 </div>
 
-<div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="introspect">introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).
-
-Args:
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for IntrospectToken.
-  &quot;token&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OAuth 2.0 security token issued by the Security Token Service API.
-  &quot;tokenTypeHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The type of the given token. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` and `access_token`.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for IntrospectToken.
-  &quot;active&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value that indicates whether the provided access token is currently active.
-  &quot;client_id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token.
-  &quot;exp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The expiration timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token will expire.
-  &quot;iat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The issued timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token was originally issued.
-  &quot;iss&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The issuer of the provided token.
-  &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A list of scopes associated with the provided token.
-  &quot;sub&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account&#x27;s user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute.
-  &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`
-}</pre>
-</div>
-
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="token">token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html
index 404506f92e5..7f4884b6fe1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveChatMessages.html
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Etag of this resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID that YouTube assigns to uniquely identify the message.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;youtube#liveChatMessage&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;youtube#liveChatMessage&quot;.
-  &quot;snippet&quot;: { # The snippet object contains basic details about the message.
-    &quot;authorChannelId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase
+  &quot;snippet&quot;: { # Next ID: 29 # The snippet object contains basic details about the message.
+    &quot;authorChannelId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase superStickerEvent - the user that made the purchase
     &quot;displayMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Contains a string that can be displayed to the user. If this field is not present the message is silent, at the moment only messages of type TOMBSTONE and CHAT_ENDED_EVENT are silent.
     &quot;fanFundingEventDetails&quot;: { # Details about the funding event, this is only set if the type is &#x27;fanFundingEvent&#x27;.
       &quot;amountDisplayString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A rendered string that displays the fund amount and currency to the user.
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Etag of this resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID that YouTube assigns to uniquely identify the message.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;youtube#liveChatMessage&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;youtube#liveChatMessage&quot;.
-  &quot;snippet&quot;: { # The snippet object contains basic details about the message.
-    &quot;authorChannelId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase
+  &quot;snippet&quot;: { # Next ID: 29 # The snippet object contains basic details about the message.
+    &quot;authorChannelId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase superStickerEvent - the user that made the purchase
     &quot;displayMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Contains a string that can be displayed to the user. If this field is not present the message is silent, at the moment only messages of type TOMBSTONE and CHAT_ENDED_EVENT are silent.
     &quot;fanFundingEventDetails&quot;: { # Details about the funding event, this is only set if the type is &#x27;fanFundingEvent&#x27;.
       &quot;amountDisplayString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A rendered string that displays the fund amount and currency to the user.
@@ -297,8 +297,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Etag of this resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID that YouTube assigns to uniquely identify the message.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;youtube#liveChatMessage&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;youtube#liveChatMessage&quot;.
-      &quot;snippet&quot;: { # The snippet object contains basic details about the message.
-        &quot;authorChannelId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase
+      &quot;snippet&quot;: { # Next ID: 29 # The snippet object contains basic details about the message.
+        &quot;authorChannelId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase superStickerEvent - the user that made the purchase
         &quot;displayMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Contains a string that can be displayed to the user. If this field is not present the message is silent, at the moment only messages of type TOMBSTONE and CHAT_ENDED_EVENT are silent.
         &quot;fanFundingEventDetails&quot;: { # Details about the funding event, this is only set if the type is &#x27;fanFundingEvent&#x27;.
           &quot;amountDisplayString&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A rendered string that displays the fund amount and currency to the user.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json
index 519d37638e3..34eea7b24d8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210723",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://abusiveexperiencereport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SiteSummaryResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
index 6717d0950c2..9f59385eede 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AmpUrl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json
index 99030ddb6b5..d2fbde21764 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessApprovalSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.2.json
index 8ce6dc450b2..49e78d181c5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.2.json
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   "description": "Accesses your bidding-account information, submits creatives for validation, finds available direct deals, and retrieves performance reports.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/ad-exchange/buyer-rest",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/HZZPwnIeAAFYYl8rl9V_hSW2pO0\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/5zRjPUGv2mBJ1B5Pi974NW_Asxk\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/doubleclick-16.gif",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/doubleclick-32.gif"
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210808",
+  "revision": "20210815",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.3.json
index 2205513725a..ce0014b42e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.3.json
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   "description": "Accesses your bidding-account information, submits creatives for validation, finds available direct deals, and retrieves performance reports.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/ad-exchange/buyer-rest",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/b-tin2Zp8AUX8vgd4BCYL_nvJSQ\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/NOgo5Rz2N67ZT2NXIcz-dCGvAbI\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/doubleclick-16.gif",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/doubleclick-32.gif"
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210808",
+  "revision": "20210815",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.4.json
index b7a6bc33f3d..90eddb8aa61 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer.v1.4.json
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
   "description": "Accesses your bidding-account information, submits creatives for validation, finds available direct deals, and retrieves performance reports.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/ad-exchange/buyer-rest",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/WhC_dBkZxvr97gda-ikYB-4I3xs\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/28H_ClrLhezfMe9hzMrqdyiMlfE\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/doubleclick-16.gif",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/doubleclick-32.gif"
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210808",
+  "revision": "20210815",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
index 5d0122f9186..165e662c72d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbsoluteDateRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json
index 5f97ed1b65c..4b3472735e6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210723",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://adexperiencereport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "PlatformSummary": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
index c20a1777308..5bc6cd88161 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
index 6ba4de7cac5..663b3e60152 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
index 65372c8e26c..a150658cc82 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
index 0208bfca5c9..fce0836d8d2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccountSuspensionDetails": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
index 00ea246e027..598bd4f4422 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
@@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccount": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
index 139911eafe7..24a99418073 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchRunPivotReportsRequest": {
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@
         },
         "dimensionFilter": {
           "$ref": "FilterExpression",
-          "description": "The filter clause of dimensions. Dimensions must be requested to be used in this filter. Metrics cannot be used in this filter."
+          "description": "Dimension filters allow you to ask for only specific dimension values in the report. To learn more, see [Fundamentals of Dimension Filters](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/reporting/data/v1/basics#dimension_filters) for examples. Metrics cannot be used in this filter."
         },
         "dimensions": {
           "description": "The dimensions requested and displayed.",
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@
         },
         "metricFilter": {
           "$ref": "FilterExpression",
-          "description": "The filter clause of metrics. Applied at post aggregation phase, similar to SQL having-clause. Metrics must be requested to be used in this filter. Dimensions cannot be used in this filter."
+          "description": "The filter clause of metrics. Applied at post aggregation phase, similar to SQL having-clause. Dimensions cannot be used in this filter."
         },
         "metrics": {
           "description": "The metrics requested and displayed.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
index f11e73d27a6..95472d5483e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClaimDeviceRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
index a70626806a3..3a0d3b861dc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Administrator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
index 916a0eb8737..2a744150ab5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210726",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdvancedSecurityOverrides": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
index d1778e48c37..401e2a4a3c6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
@@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@
     "orders": {
       "methods": {
         "refund": {
-          "description": "Refund a user's subscription or in-app purchase order.",
+          "description": "Refunds a user's subscription or in-app purchase order. Orders older than 1 year cannot be refunded.",
           "flatPath": "androidpublisher/v3/applications/{packageName}/orders/{orderId}:refund",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "androidpublisher.orders.refund",
@@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Apk": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
index a1dd1537b8b..86bae586141 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
index 9a7ded897e3..b7e60e57573 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index f64f60d2e34..b7914d139aa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -3905,6 +3905,219 @@
                 }
               }
             },
+            "archiveDeployments": {
+              "methods": {
+                "create": {
+                  "description": "Creates a new ArchiveDeployment.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/archiveDeployments",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "apigee.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.create",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The Environment this Archive Deployment will be created in.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/archiveDeployments",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ArchiveDeployment"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "delete": {
+                  "description": "Deletes an archive deployment.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/archiveDeployments/{archiveDeploymentsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                  "id": "apigee.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.delete",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+/archiveDeployments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "generateDownloadUrl": {
+                  "description": "Generates a signed URL for downloading the original zip file used to create an Archive Deployment. The URL is only valid for a limited period and should be used within minutes after generation. Each call returns a new upload URL.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/archiveDeployments/{archiveDeploymentsId}:generateDownloadUrl",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "apigee.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.generateDownloadUrl",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. The name of the Archive Deployment you want to download.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+/archiveDeployments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}:generateDownloadUrl",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateDownloadUrlRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateDownloadUrlResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "generateUploadUrl": {
+                  "description": "Generates a signed URL for uploading an Archive zip file to Google Cloud Storage. Once the upload is complete, the signed URL should be passed to CreateArchiveDeployment. When uploading to the generated signed URL, please follow these restrictions: * Source file type should be a zip file. * Source file size should not exceed 1GB limit. * No credentials should be attached - the signed URLs provide access to the target bucket using internal service identity; if credentials were attached, the identity from the credentials would be used, but that identity does not have permissions to upload files to the URL. When making a HTTP PUT request, these two headers need to be specified: * `content-type: application/zip` * `x-goog-content-length-range: 0,1073741824` And this header SHOULD NOT be specified: * `Authorization: Bearer YOUR_TOKEN`",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/archiveDeployments:generateUploadUrl",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "apigee.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.generateUploadUrl",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. The organization and environment to upload to.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/archiveDeployments:generateUploadUrl",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateUploadUrlRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateUploadUrlResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "get": {
+                  "description": "Gets the specified ArchiveDeployment.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/archiveDeployments/{archiveDeploymentsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "apigee.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.get",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+/archiveDeployments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ArchiveDeployment"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "list": {
+                  "description": "Lists the ArchiveDeployments in the specified Environment.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/archiveDeployments",
+                  "httpMethod": "GET",
+                  "id": "apigee.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.list",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "parent"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "filter": {
+                      "description": "Optional. An optional query used to return a subset of Archive Deployments using the semantics defined in https://google.aip.dev/160.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "pageSize": {
+                      "description": "Optional. Maximum number of Archive Deployments to return. If unspecified, at most 25 deployments will be returned.",
+                      "format": "int32",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "integer"
+                    },
+                    "pageToken": {
+                      "description": "Optional. Page token, returned from a previous ListArchiveDeployments call, that you can use to retrieve the next page.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "parent": {
+                      "description": "Required. Name of the Environment for which to list Archive Deployments in the format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+parent}/archiveDeployments",
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListArchiveDeploymentsResponse"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
+                "patch": {
+                  "description": "Updates an existing ArchiveDeployment. Labels can modified but most of the other fields are not modifiable.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/environments/{environmentsId}/archiveDeployments/{archiveDeploymentsId}",
+                  "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+                  "id": "apigee.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.patch",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/environments/[^/]+/archiveDeployments/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
+                    "updateMask": {
+                      "description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated.",
+                      "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ArchiveDeployment"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ArchiveDeployment"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                }
+              }
+            },
             "caches": {
               "methods": {
                 "delete": {
@@ -7055,7 +7268,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
@@ -7675,6 +7888,45 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ArchiveDeployment": {
+      "description": "Archive Deployment information.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ArchiveDeployment",
+      "properties": {
+        "createdAt": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was created in milliseconds since the epoch.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "gcsUri": {
+          "description": "Input only. The Google Cloud Storage signed URL returned from GenerateUploadUrl and used to upload the Archive zip file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "User-supplied key-value pairs used to organize ArchiveDeployments. Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: \\p{Ll}\\p{Lo}{0,62} Label values must be between 1 and 63 characters long, have a UTF-8 encoding of maximum 128 bytes, and must conform to the following PCRE regular expression: [\\p{Ll}\\p{Lo}\\p{N}_-]{0,63} No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given store.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Name of the Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{env}/archiveDeployments/{id}`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "operation": {
+          "description": "Output only. A reference to the LRO that created this Archive Deployment in the following format: `organizations/{org}/operations/{id}`",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "updatedAt": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time at which the Archive Deployment was updated in milliseconds since the epoch.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudApigeeV1AsyncQuery": {
       "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1AsyncQuery",
       "properties": {
@@ -8959,12 +9211,40 @@
     "GoogleCloudApigeeV1Environment": {
       "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1Environment",
       "properties": {
+        "apiProxyType": {
+          "description": "Optional. API Proxy type supported by the environment. The type can be set when creating the Environment and cannot be changed.",
+          "enum": [
+            "API_PROXY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PROGRAMMABLE",
+            "CONFIGURABLE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "API proxy type not specified.",
+            "Programmable API Proxies enable you to develop APIs with highly flexible behavior using bundled policy configuration and one or more programming languages to describe complex sequential and/or conditional flows of logic.",
+            "Configurable API Proxies enable you to develop efficient APIs using simple configuration while complex execution control flow logic is handled by Apigee. This type only works with the ARCHIVE deployment type and cannot be combined with the PROXY deployment type."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "createdAt": {
           "description": "Output only. Creation time of this environment as milliseconds since epoch.",
           "format": "int64",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "deploymentType": {
+          "description": "Optional. Deployment type supported by the environment. The deployment type can be set when creating the environment and cannot be changed. When you enable archive deployment, you will be **prevented from performing** a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment, including: * Managing the deployment of API proxy or shared flow revisions * Creating, updating, or deleting resource files * Creating, updating, or deleting target servers",
+          "enum": [
+            "DEPLOYMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PROXY",
+            "ARCHIVE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Deployment type not specified.",
+            "Proxy deployment enables you to develop and deploy API proxies using Apigee on Google Cloud. This cannot currently be combined with the CONFIGURABLE API proxy type.",
+            "Archive deployment enables you to develop API proxies locally then deploy an archive of your API proxy configuration to an environment in Apigee on Google Cloud. You will be prevented from performing a [subset of actions](/apigee/docs/api-platform/local-development/overview#prevented-actions) within the environment."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "description": {
           "description": "Optional. Description of the environment.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -9012,6 +9292,10 @@
     "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfig": {
       "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfig",
       "properties": {
+        "arcConfigLocation": {
+          "description": "The location for the config blob of API Runtime Control, aka Envoy Adapter, for op-based authentication as a URI, e.g. a Cloud Storage URI. This is only used by Envoy-based gateways.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "createTime": {
           "description": "Time that the environment configuration was created.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -9049,6 +9333,10 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "gatewayConfigLocation": {
+          "description": "The location for the gateway config blob as a URI, e.g. a Cloud Storage URI. This is only used by Envoy-based gateways.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "keystores": {
           "description": "List of keystores in the environment.",
           "items": {
@@ -9341,6 +9629,40 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateDownloadUrlRequest": {
+      "description": "Request for GenerateDownloadUrl method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateDownloadUrlRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateDownloadUrlResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for GenerateDownloadUrl method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateDownloadUrlResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "downloadUri": {
+          "description": "The Google Cloud Storage signed URL that can be used to download the Archive zip file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateUploadUrlRequest": {
+      "description": "Request for GenerateUploadUrl method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateUploadUrlRequest",
+      "properties": {},
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateUploadUrlResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for GenerateUploadUrl method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GenerateUploadUrlResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "uploadUri": {
+          "description": "The Google Cloud Storage signed URL that can be used to upload a new Archive zip file.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GetSyncAuthorizationRequest": {
       "description": "Request for GetSyncAuthorization.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1GetSyncAuthorizationRequest",
@@ -9754,6 +10076,24 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListArchiveDeploymentsResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for ListArchiveDeployments method.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListArchiveDeploymentsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "archiveDeployments": {
+          "description": "Archive Deployments in the specified environment.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ArchiveDeployment"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "Page token that you can include in a ListArchiveDeployments request to retrieve the next page. If omitted, no subsequent pages exist.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListAsyncQueriesResponse": {
       "description": "The response for ListAsyncQueries.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ListAsyncQueriesResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
index 1399ea2aafe..7c6ffcc0bd0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Operation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
index 4ab8a8e1dd5..ab4a2cbc071 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchCreateRowsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
index 6a41f231c5b..876c25db03f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
index 897c5ac4f59..e6eb4abf018 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
index 3f5595f09f1..ef9b2cee9c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
index 471f455543b..a96435159ab 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
index 94e21a5c1ba..969379fb0e7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210725",
+  "revision": "20210727",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateClassificationMetrics": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
index 68579bad2c4..5e9d9e49629 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210723",
+  "revision": "20210727",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
index 316157cb3cf..41df1bab2a3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CheckValidCredsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
index db6fae28818..6e979f87a70 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery": {
-          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery"
+          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -309,6 +309,11 @@
                     "name"
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
+                    "force": {
+                      "description": "Can be used to force delete commitments even if assignments exist. Deleting commitments with assignments may cause queries to fail if they no longer have access to slots.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "boolean"
+                    },
                     "name": {
                       "description": "Required. Resource name of the capacity commitment to delete. E.g., `projects/myproject/locations/US/capacityCommitments/123`",
                       "location": "path",
@@ -783,7 +788,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
index df5aab9c866..f402326136a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery": {
-          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery"
+          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -267,6 +267,11 @@
                     "name"
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
+                    "force": {
+                      "description": "Can be used to force delete commitments even if assignments exist. Deleting commitments with assignments may cause queries to fail if they no longer have access to slots.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "boolean"
+                    },
                     "name": {
                       "description": "Required. Resource name of the capacity commitment to delete. E.g., `projects/myproject/locations/US/capacityCommitments/123`",
                       "location": "path",
@@ -781,7 +786,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json
index 84537dbfc7e..a0396ea528a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v1.json
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
   },
   "protocol": "rest",
   "resources": {},
-  "revision": "20210714",
+  "revision": "20210717",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
index fe21e192502..d096eaa24f1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210714",
+  "revision": "20210717",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppProfile": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
index 55b43478233..a19d351a200 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Platform billing accounts"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Budget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
index 5aa105aa317..6248b563327 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Platform billing accounts"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1beta1AllUpdatesRule": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
index d1ac7ec9976..2b8db6ffcb6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdmissionRule": {
@@ -870,8 +870,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Not specified: DISABLE is assumed.",
-            "Enables global policy evaluation.",
-            "Disables global policy evaluation."
+            "Enables system policy evaluation.",
+            "Disables system policy evaluation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
index f02ba6e392e..fb6cdc48d09 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdmissionRule": {
@@ -870,8 +870,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Not specified: DISABLE is assumed.",
-            "Enables global policy evaluation.",
-            "Disables global policy evaluation."
+            "Enables system policy evaluation.",
+            "Disables system policy evaluation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
index 2b4c31a5cb1..8d4c620d396 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
index fa4cd3ed373..aff41827620 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
index 04f768b8ba8..3b53e7a418a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json
@@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Annotation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
index c21719b7137..913221330f7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210718",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Acl": {
@@ -2104,12 +2104,12 @@
       "id": "ConferenceData",
       "properties": {
         "conferenceId": {
-          "description": "The ID of the conference.\nCan be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.\nThe ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:  \n- eventHangout: ID is not set.\n- eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout.\n- hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.\n- addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.",
+          "description": "The ID of the conference.\nCan be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users.\nThe ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type:  \n- eventHangout: ID is not set. (This conference type is deprecated.)\n- eventNamedHangout: ID is the name of the Hangout. (This conference type is deprecated.)\n- hangoutsMeet: ID is the 10-letter meeting code, for example aaa-bbbb-ccc.\n- addOn: ID is defined by the third-party provider.  Optional.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "conferenceSolution": {
           "$ref": "ConferenceSolution",
-          "description": "The conference solution, such as Hangouts or Google Meet.\nUnset for a conference with a failed create request.\nEither conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required."
+          "description": "The conference solution, such as Google Meet.\nUnset for a conference with a failed create request.\nEither conferenceSolution and at least one entryPoint, or createRequest is required."
         },
         "createRequest": {
           "$ref": "CreateConferenceRequest",
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@
       "id": "ConferenceSolutionKey",
       "properties": {
         "type": {
-          "description": "The conference solution type.\nIf a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.\nThe possible values are:  \n- \"eventHangout\" for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)\n- \"eventNamedHangout\" for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)\n- \"hangoutsMeet\" for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)\n- \"addOn\" for 3P conference providers",
+          "description": "The conference solution type.\nIf a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.\nThe possible values are:  \n- \"eventHangout\" for Hangouts for consumers (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)\n- \"eventNamedHangout\" for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; existing events may show this conference solution type but new conferences cannot be created)\n- \"hangoutsMeet\" for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)\n- \"addOn\" for 3P conference providers",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index 56ce56e8826..fc374c28fba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActionParameter": {
@@ -2210,6 +2210,12 @@
           "description": "A plain-text description of the message's cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "lastUpdateTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time at which the message was last updated in Hangouts Chat server. If the message was never updated, this field will be same as create_time.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "name": {
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
index 7bcc7564b04..e766f6cc6a8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
index d4d9d31125d..c5a1ec738fe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromePolicyV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
index cd74c942af5..1b2f93b6e9e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bin": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index 46f9cd95765..4a13ae3cf27 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Announcement": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
index aa656dd535d..1cadc19273e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
@@ -166,6 +166,34 @@
       "resources": {
         "builds": {
           "methods": {
+            "approve": {
+              "description": "Approves or rejects a pending build. If approved, the returned LRO will be analogous to the LRO returned from a CreateBuild call. If rejected, the returned LRO will be immediately done.",
+              "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/builds/{buildsId}:approve",
+              "httpMethod": "POST",
+              "id": "cloudbuild.projects.builds.approve",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Required. Name of the target build. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/builds/{$build_id}\"",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/builds/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1/{+name}:approve",
+              "request": {
+                "$ref": "ApproveBuildRequest"
+              },
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "Operation"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+              ]
+            },
             "cancel": {
               "description": "Cancels a build in progress.",
               "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectId}/builds/{id}:cancel",
@@ -524,6 +552,34 @@
           "resources": {
             "builds": {
               "methods": {
+                "approve": {
+                  "description": "Approves or rejects a pending build. If approved, the returned LRO will be analogous to the LRO returned from a CreateBuild call. If rejected, the returned LRO will be immediately done.",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/builds/{buildsId}:approve",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "cloudbuild.projects.locations.builds.approve",
+                  "parameterOrder": [
+                    "name"
+                  ],
+                  "parameters": {
+                    "name": {
+                      "description": "Required. Name of the target build. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/builds/{$build_id}\"",
+                      "location": "path",
+                      "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/builds/[^/]+$",
+                      "required": true,
+                      "type": "string"
+                    }
+                  },
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}:approve",
+                  "request": {
+                    "$ref": "ApproveBuildRequest"
+                  },
+                  "response": {
+                    "$ref": "Operation"
+                  },
+                  "scopes": [
+                    "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+                  ]
+                },
                 "cancel": {
                   "description": "Cancels a build in progress.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/builds/{buildsId}:cancel",
@@ -1652,9 +1708,71 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
+    "ApprovalConfig": {
+      "description": "ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalRequired": {
+          "description": "Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ApprovalResult": {
+      "description": "ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalResult",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "approverAccount": {
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "comment": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "decision": {
+          "description": "Required. The decision of this manual approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build is approved.",
+            "Build is rejected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "url": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ApproveBuildRequest": {
+      "description": "Request to approve or reject a pending build.",
+      "id": "ApproveBuildRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalResult": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalResult",
+          "description": "Approval decision and metadata."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ArtifactObjects": {
       "description": "Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps.",
       "id": "ArtifactObjects",
@@ -1718,6 +1836,11 @@
       "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
+        "approval": {
+          "$ref": "BuildApproval",
+          "description": "Output only. Describes this build's approval configuration, status, and result.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
         "artifacts": {
           "$ref": "Artifacts",
           "description": "Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps."
@@ -1823,6 +1946,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -1834,6 +1958,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -1896,6 +2021,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BuildApproval": {
+      "description": "BuildApproval describes a build's approval configuration, state, and result.",
+      "id": "BuildApproval",
+      "properties": {
+        "config": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalConfig",
+          "description": "Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "result": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalResult",
+          "description": "Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. The state of this build's approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED",
+            "CANCELLED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build approval is pending.",
+            "Build approval has been approved.",
+            "Build approval has been rejected.",
+            "Build was cancelled while it was still pending approval."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BuildOperationMetadata": {
       "description": "Metadata for build operations.",
       "id": "BuildOperationMetadata",
@@ -2084,6 +2245,10 @@
           "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.",
           "readOnly": true
         },
+        "script": {
+          "description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "secretEnv": {
           "description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.",
           "items": {
@@ -2095,6 +2260,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -2106,6 +2272,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -2149,6 +2316,10 @@
       "description": "Configuration for an automated build in response to source repository changes.",
       "id": "BuildTrigger",
       "properties": {
+        "approvalConfig": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalConfig",
+          "description": "Configuration for manual approval to start a build invocation of this BuildTrigger."
+        },
         "autodetect": {
           "description": "Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -2176,9 +2347,13 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "filter": {
-          "description": "Optional. A Common Expression Language string.",
+          "description": "A Common Expression Language string.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "gitFileSource": {
+          "$ref": "GitFileSource",
+          "description": "The file source describing the local or remote Build template."
+        },
         "github": {
           "$ref": "GitHubEventsConfig",
           "description": "GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`."
@@ -2215,7 +2390,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceAccount": {
-          "description": "Optional. The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`",
+          "description": "The service account used for all user-controlled operations including UpdateBuildTrigger, RunBuildTrigger, CreateBuild, and CancelBuild. If no service account is set, then the standard Cloud Build service account ([PROJECT_NUM]@system.gserviceaccount.com) will be used instead. Format: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/serviceAccounts/{ACCOUNT_ID_OR_EMAIL}`",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceToBuild": {
@@ -2429,6 +2604,39 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GitFileSource": {
+      "description": "GitFileSource describes a file within a (possibly remote) code repository.",
+      "id": "GitFileSource",
+      "properties": {
+        "path": {
+          "description": "The path of the file, with the repo root as the root of the path.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "repoType": {
+          "description": "See RepoType above.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UNKNOWN",
+            "CLOUD_SOURCE_REPOSITORIES",
+            "GITHUB"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The default, unknown repo type.",
+            "A Google Cloud Source Repositories-hosted repo.",
+            "A GitHub-hosted repo not necessarily on \"github.com\" (i.e. GitHub Enterprise)."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "revision": {
+          "description": "The branch, tag, arbitrary ref, or SHA version of the repo to use when resolving the filename (optional). This field respects the same syntax/resolution as described here: https://git-scm.com/docs/gitrevisions If unspecified, the revision from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the revision from which to read the specified path.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uri": {
+          "description": "The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GitHubEnterpriseConfig": {
       "description": "GitHubEnterpriseConfig represents a configuration for a GitHub Enterprise server.",
       "id": "GitHubEnterpriseConfig",
@@ -2953,7 +3161,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
index 04c183bfb8b..c7fc6f45b75 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
@@ -306,9 +306,60 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
+    "ApprovalConfig": {
+      "description": "ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalRequired": {
+          "description": "Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ApprovalResult": {
+      "description": "ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalResult",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "approverAccount": {
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "comment": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "decision": {
+          "description": "Required. The decision of this manual approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build is approved.",
+            "Build is rejected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "url": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ArtifactObjects": {
       "description": "Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps.",
       "id": "ArtifactObjects",
@@ -372,6 +423,11 @@
       "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
+        "approval": {
+          "$ref": "BuildApproval",
+          "description": "Output only. Describes this build's approval configuration, status, and result.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
         "artifacts": {
           "$ref": "Artifacts",
           "description": "Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps."
@@ -477,6 +533,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -488,6 +545,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -550,6 +608,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BuildApproval": {
+      "description": "BuildApproval describes a build's approval configuration, state, and result.",
+      "id": "BuildApproval",
+      "properties": {
+        "config": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalConfig",
+          "description": "Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "result": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalResult",
+          "description": "Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. The state of this build's approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED",
+            "CANCELLED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build approval is pending.",
+            "Build approval has been approved.",
+            "Build approval has been rejected.",
+            "Build was cancelled while it was still pending approval."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BuildOperationMetadata": {
       "description": "Metadata for build operations.",
       "id": "BuildOperationMetadata",
@@ -738,6 +832,10 @@
           "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.",
           "readOnly": true
         },
+        "script": {
+          "description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "secretEnv": {
           "description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.",
           "items": {
@@ -749,6 +847,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -760,6 +859,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -1253,7 +1353,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
index 3e6a7790243..18cdb560b12 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
@@ -317,9 +317,60 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
+    "ApprovalConfig": {
+      "description": "ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalRequired": {
+          "description": "Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ApprovalResult": {
+      "description": "ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalResult",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "approverAccount": {
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "comment": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "decision": {
+          "description": "Required. The decision of this manual approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build is approved.",
+            "Build is rejected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "url": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ArtifactObjects": {
       "description": "Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps.",
       "id": "ArtifactObjects",
@@ -383,6 +434,11 @@
       "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
+        "approval": {
+          "$ref": "BuildApproval",
+          "description": "Output only. Describes this build's approval configuration, status, and result.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
         "artifacts": {
           "$ref": "Artifacts",
           "description": "Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps."
@@ -488,6 +544,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -499,6 +556,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -561,6 +619,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BuildApproval": {
+      "description": "BuildApproval describes a build's approval configuration, state, and result.",
+      "id": "BuildApproval",
+      "properties": {
+        "config": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalConfig",
+          "description": "Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "result": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalResult",
+          "description": "Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. The state of this build's approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED",
+            "CANCELLED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build approval is pending.",
+            "Build approval has been approved.",
+            "Build approval has been rejected.",
+            "Build was cancelled while it was still pending approval."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BuildOperationMetadata": {
       "description": "Metadata for build operations.",
       "id": "BuildOperationMetadata",
@@ -749,6 +843,10 @@
           "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.",
           "readOnly": true
         },
+        "script": {
+          "description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "secretEnv": {
           "description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.",
           "items": {
@@ -760,6 +858,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -771,6 +870,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -1256,7 +1356,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
index 701c8b3ae60..c96773f9394 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
@@ -317,9 +317,60 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
+    "ApprovalConfig": {
+      "description": "ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalRequired": {
+          "description": "Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ApprovalResult": {
+      "description": "ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build.",
+      "id": "ApprovalResult",
+      "properties": {
+        "approvalTime": {
+          "description": "Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.",
+          "format": "google-datetime",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "approverAccount": {
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "comment": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "decision": {
+          "description": "Required. The decision of this manual approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build is approved.",
+            "Build is rejected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "url": {
+          "description": "Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ArtifactObjects": {
       "description": "Files in the workspace to upload to Cloud Storage upon successful completion of all build steps.",
       "id": "ArtifactObjects",
@@ -383,6 +434,11 @@
       "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
+        "approval": {
+          "$ref": "BuildApproval",
+          "description": "Output only. Describes this build's approval configuration, status, and result.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
         "artifacts": {
           "$ref": "Artifacts",
           "description": "Artifacts produced by the build that should be uploaded upon successful completion of all build steps."
@@ -488,6 +544,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -499,6 +556,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -561,6 +619,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "BuildApproval": {
+      "description": "BuildApproval describes a build's approval configuration, state, and result.",
+      "id": "BuildApproval",
+      "properties": {
+        "config": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalConfig",
+          "description": "Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "result": {
+          "$ref": "ApprovalResult",
+          "description": "Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Output only. The state of this build's approval.",
+          "enum": [
+            "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "APPROVED",
+            "REJECTED",
+            "CANCELLED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default enum type. This should not be used.",
+            "Build approval is pending.",
+            "Build approval has been approved.",
+            "Build approval has been rejected.",
+            "Build was cancelled while it was still pending approval."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "BuildOperationMetadata": {
       "description": "Metadata for build operations.",
       "id": "BuildOperationMetadata",
@@ -749,6 +843,10 @@
           "description": "Output only. Stores timing information for pulling this build step's builder image only.",
           "readOnly": true
         },
+        "script": {
+          "description": "A shell script to be executed in the step. When script is provided, the user cannot specify the entrypoint or args.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "secretEnv": {
           "description": "A list of environment variables which are encrypted using a Cloud Key Management Service crypto key. These values must be specified in the build's `Secret`.",
           "items": {
@@ -760,6 +858,7 @@
           "description": "Output only. Status of the build step. At this time, build step status is only updated on build completion; step status is not updated in real-time as the build progresses.",
           "enum": [
             "STATUS_UNKNOWN",
+            "PENDING",
             "QUEUED",
             "WORKING",
             "SUCCESS",
@@ -771,6 +870,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Status of the build is unknown.",
+            "Build has been created and is pending execution and queuing. It has not been queued.",
             "Build or step is queued; work has not yet begun.",
             "Build or step is being executed.",
             "Build or step finished successfully.",
@@ -1256,7 +1356,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
index 0c4109657d9..2a58241225b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
index fb2c2717f69..b6492b73d9b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
index b92392eb160..80f296365e2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210726",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceUploadUrl": {
-          "description": "The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl",
+          "description": "The Google Cloud Storage signed URL used for source uploading, generated by calling [google.cloud.functions.v1.GenerateUploadUrl]. The signature is validated on write methods {Create, Update} The signature is stripped from the Function object on read methods {Get, List}",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
index 0ac33348efc..84684a1b4d7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudiot.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BindDeviceToGatewayRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
index 0264016dc72..22dbef016b5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms": {
           "description": "View and manage your keys and secrets stored in Cloud Key Management Service"
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
                           ]
                         },
                         "destroy": {
-                          "description": "Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED and destroy_time will be set to a time 24 hours in the future, at which point the state will be changed to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.",
+                          "description": "Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.",
                           "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}/cryptoKeyVersions/{cryptoKeyVersionsId}:destroy",
                           "httpMethod": "POST",
                           "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.destroy",
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsymmetricDecryptRequest": {
@@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
index e00941b4eb4..e6371cf8c44 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/monitoring": {
           "description": "View and write monitoring data for all of your Google and third-party Cloud and API projects"
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210723",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CreateProfileRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
index 4b431b01a82..9fdc6b616ea 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210801",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
index dc3de4d092c..10d94612191 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210801",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
index b3bd4d1f903..e547fdbd44a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210801",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
index f117f0bbb2b..c6bab4e05e8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210801",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
index c7bac53d213..f7e94ca7942 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
@@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210801",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
index 9c7cf6d0664..606640abf2b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210713",
+  "revision": "20210730",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpTarget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
index 5f4b884693c..6dfe88b7105 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json
@@ -271,6 +271,11 @@
                     "parent"
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
+                    "filter": {
+                      "description": "`filter` can be used to specify a subset of jobs. If `filter` equals `target_config=\"HttpConfig\"`, then the http target jobs are retrieved. If `filter` equals `target_config=\"PubSubConfig\"`, then the Pub/Sub target jobs are retrieved. If `filter` equals `labels.foo=value1 labels.foo=value2` then only jobs which are labeled with foo=value1 AND foo=value2 will be returned.",
+                      "location": "query",
+                      "type": "string"
+                    },
                     "legacyAppEngineCron": {
                       "description": "This field is used to manage the legacy App Engine Cron jobs using the Cloud Scheduler API. If the field is set to true, the jobs in the __cron queue will be listed instead.",
                       "location": "query",
@@ -428,7 +433,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210713",
+  "revision": "20210730",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AppEngineHttpTarget": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
index b05a0950e7c..a3f7922f97d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
@@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditLoggingSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
index ab0338c89e1..5e8623a13b9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@
       "id": "IPAllocationPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "clusterIpv4CidrBlock": {
-          "description": "Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.",
+          "description": "Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "clusterSecondaryRangeName": {
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "servicesIpv4CidrBlock": {
-          "description": "Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.",
+          "description": "Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this GKE cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "servicesSecondaryRangeName": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
index 7ef9a59acc7..1b5093eb37b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllowedIpRange": {
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@
       "id": "IPAllocationPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "clusterIpv4CidrBlock": {
-          "description": "Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.",
+          "description": "Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "clusterSecondaryRangeName": {
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "servicesIpv4CidrBlock": {
-          "description": "Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.",
+          "description": "Optional. The IP address range of the services IP addresses in this cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `services_secondary_range_name` or `services_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "servicesSecondaryRangeName": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index 8fe25c61411..5c1b4a31af9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {
@@ -1576,7 +1576,11 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ConversationParticipant",
       "properties": {
         "dialogflowParticipant": {
-          "description": "The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}",
+          "description": "Deprecated. Use `dialogflow_participant_name` instead. The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "dialogflowParticipantName": {
+          "description": "The name of the participant provided by Dialogflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "role": {
@@ -1596,6 +1600,10 @@
             "Participant is either a human or automated agent."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userId": {
+          "description": "A user-specified ID representing the participant.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2637,7 +2645,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * \"all-triggers\": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * \"create-analysis\": Notify each time an analysis is created. * \"create-conversation\": Notify each time a conversation is created. * \"export-insights-data\": Notify each time an export is complete. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}",
+          "description": "A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * \"all-triggers\": Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * \"create-analysis\": Notify each time an analysis is created. * \"create-conversation\": Notify each time a conversation is created. * \"export-insights-data\": Notify each time an export is complete. * \"update-conversation\": Notify each time a conversation is updated via UpdateConversation. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "updateTime": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
index 9816a20a9f8..cc353942971 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210730",
   "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
index a9bcd7a6284..21ac6d71693 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210730",
   "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
index 88b34c03141..b2bba0a5d71 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Artifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
index e163d68ace6..5f250def496 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
index 02e6a575d1d..1dd6050a5f3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
@@ -5675,7 +5675,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -5769,7 +5769,7 @@
       "id": "AccountAddress",
       "properties": {
         "country": {
-          "description": "CLDR country code (e.g. \"US\"). This value cannot be set for a sub-account of an MCA. All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA.",
+          "description": "CLDR country code (e.g. \"US\"). All MCA sub-accounts inherit the country of their parent MCA by default, however the country can be updated for individual sub-accounts.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "locality": {
@@ -12583,7 +12583,7 @@
           "description": "The product to insert or update. Only required if the method is `insert` or `update`. If the `update` method is used with `updateMask` only to delete a field, then this isn't required. For example, setting `salePrice` on the `updateMask` and not providing a `product` will result in an existing sale price on the product specified by `productId` being deleted."
         },
         "productId": {
-          "description": "The ID of the product to mutate. Only defined if the method is `get`, `delete`, or `update`. or `delete`.",
+          "description": "The ID of the product to get or mutate. Only defined if the method is `get`, `delete`, or `update`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "updateMask": {
@@ -13116,12 +13116,16 @@
           "enum": [
             "REPRICING_RULE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "TYPE_STATS_BASED",
-            "TYPE_COGS_BASED"
+            "TYPE_COGS_BASED",
+            "TYPE_SALES_VOLUME_BASED",
+            "TYPE_COMPETITIVE_PRICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unused.",
             "Statistical measurement based rules among Google SA merchants. If this rule is chosen, repricer will adjust the offer price based on statistical metrics (currently only min is available) among other merchants who sell the same product. Details need to be provdided in the RuleDefinition.",
-            "Cost of goods sale based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sale cost which is provided by the merchant."
+            "Cost of goods sale based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sale cost which is provided by the merchant.",
+            "Sales volume based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sales volume in the past period of time defined within the rule.",
+            "Competitive price rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the min price from a list of unnamed big competitors."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -13196,12 +13200,16 @@
           "enum": [
             "REPRICING_RULE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "TYPE_STATS_BASED",
-            "TYPE_COGS_BASED"
+            "TYPE_COGS_BASED",
+            "TYPE_SALES_VOLUME_BASED",
+            "TYPE_COMPETITIVE_PRICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unused.",
             "Statistical measurement based rules among Google SA merchants. If this rule is chosen, repricer will adjust the offer price based on statistical metrics (currently only min is available) among other merchants who sell the same product. Details need to be provdided in the RuleDefinition.",
-            "Cost of goods sale based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sale cost which is provided by the merchant."
+            "Cost of goods sale based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sale cost which is provided by the merchant.",
+            "Sales volume based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sales volume in the past period of time defined within the rule.",
+            "Competitive price rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the min price from a list of unnamed big competitors."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -13358,12 +13366,16 @@
           "enum": [
             "REPRICING_RULE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "TYPE_STATS_BASED",
-            "TYPE_COGS_BASED"
+            "TYPE_COGS_BASED",
+            "TYPE_SALES_VOLUME_BASED",
+            "TYPE_COMPETITIVE_PRICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unused.",
             "Statistical measurement based rules among Google SA merchants. If this rule is chosen, repricer will adjust the offer price based on statistical metrics (currently only min is available) among other merchants who sell the same product. Details need to be provdided in the RuleDefinition.",
-            "Cost of goods sale based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sale cost which is provided by the merchant."
+            "Cost of goods sale based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sale cost which is provided by the merchant.",
+            "Sales volume based rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the offer's sales volume in the past period of time defined within the rule.",
+            "Competitive price rule. Repricer will adjust the offer price based on the min price from a list of unnamed big competitors."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
index b002d241750..ea9640659e4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.json
@@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
index 9ae67600cc3..75896c5c1f7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Promotion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
index 62646c03b38..ffc3cd564a8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
index 5ce17b520ea..3472b2bb8d7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
index 98478bc5863..db7ad6b4c9a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210720",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApproximateProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json
index 4ced1dc90d8..7329e87e6fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://datalabeling.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDatalabelingV1alpha1CreateInstructionMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
index d8e0c8574c5..b2360bf072b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210715",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Cluster": {
-      "description": "Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a cluster of Compute Engine instances.",
+      "description": "Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a Dataproc cluster",
       "id": "Cluster",
       "properties": {
         "clusterName": {
@@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@
         },
         "config": {
           "$ref": "ClusterConfig",
-          "description": "Required. The cluster config. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated."
+          "description": "Optional. The cluster config for a cluster of Compute Engine Instances. Note that Dataproc may set default values, and values may change when clusters are updated."
         },
         "labels": {
           "additionalProperties": {
@@ -2547,7 +2547,7 @@
           "description": "Optional. Autoscaling config for the policy associated with the cluster. Cluster does not autoscale if this field is unset."
         },
         "configBucket": {
-          "description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster's staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging bucket (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.",
+          "description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage job dependencies, config files, and job driver console output. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster's staging bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "encryptionConfig": {
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@
         },
         "masterConfig": {
           "$ref": "InstanceGroupConfig",
-          "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the master instance in a cluster."
+          "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster's master instance."
         },
         "metastoreConfig": {
           "$ref": "MetastoreConfig",
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@
         },
         "secondaryWorkerConfig": {
           "$ref": "InstanceGroupConfig",
-          "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for additional worker instances in a cluster."
+          "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for a cluster's secondary worker instances"
         },
         "securityConfig": {
           "$ref": "SecurityConfig",
@@ -2595,15 +2595,15 @@
         },
         "softwareConfig": {
           "$ref": "SoftwareConfig",
-          "description": "Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster."
+          "description": "Optional. The config settings for cluster software."
         },
         "tempBucket": {
-          "description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster's temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.",
+          "description": "Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to store ephemeral cluster and jobs data, such as Spark and MapReduce history files. If you do not specify a temp bucket, Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location (US, ASIA, or EU) for your cluster's temp bucket according to the Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then create and manage this project-level, per-location bucket. The default bucket has a TTL of 90 days, but you can use any TTL (or none) if you specify a bucket (see Dataproc staging and temp buckets (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/concepts/configuring-clusters/staging-bucket)). This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "workerConfig": {
           "$ref": "InstanceGroupConfig",
-          "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for worker instances in a cluster."
+          "description": "Optional. The Compute Engine config settings for the cluster's worker instances."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GkeClusterConfig": {
-      "description": "The GKE config for this cluster.",
+      "description": "The cluster's GKE config.",
       "id": "GkeClusterConfig",
       "properties": {
         "namespacedGkeDeploymentTarget": {
@@ -4041,7 +4041,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1beta2.json
index 4460101f2a5..8e107ed57f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210715",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
index d8ec1220453..f4df930c188 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210719",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
index 776701a8280..2d4fb0159be 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210719",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
index b29e1e07f5a..91d60e27171 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210719",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
index d440bbdd11f..6e40746e43f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
index e23b82cba6b..e900904e939 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
index f49ee9325ab..76edb049df6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
index ae5af6d2271..7dff9508060 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
@@ -3614,6 +3614,32 @@
                 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
               ]
             },
+            "get": {
+              "description": "Gets information about a location.",
+              "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.get",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Resource name for the location.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v2/{+name}",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            },
             "getAgent": {
               "description": "Retrieves the specified agent.",
               "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agent",
@@ -3640,6 +3666,48 @@
                 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
               ]
             },
+            "list": {
+              "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+              "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.list",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "filter": {
+                  "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like \"displayName=tokyo\", and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "pageSize": {
+                  "description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+                  "format": "int32",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "integer"
+                },
+                "pageToken": {
+                  "description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v2/{+name}/locations",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            },
             "setAgent": {
               "description": "Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).",
               "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agent",
@@ -6915,7 +6983,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
@@ -11746,10 +11814,11 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "followupIntentInfo": {
-          "description": "Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentFollowupIntentInfo"
           },
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "array"
         },
         "inputContextNames": {
@@ -11810,7 +11879,8 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rootFollowupIntentName": {
-          "description": "Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "trainingPhrases": {
@@ -15986,6 +16056,58 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "locations": {
+          "description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationLocation": {
+      "description": "A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "locationId": {
+          "description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": {
       "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
       "id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
index a8a3afb9fe4..34e82fd2bb8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
@@ -3823,6 +3823,32 @@
                 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
               ]
             },
+            "get": {
+              "description": "Gets information about a location.",
+              "flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.get",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Resource name for the location.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v2beta1/{+name}",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            },
             "getAgent": {
               "description": "Retrieves the specified agent.",
               "flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agent",
@@ -3849,6 +3875,48 @@
                 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
               ]
             },
+            "list": {
+              "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+              "flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.list",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "filter": {
+                  "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like \"displayName=tokyo\", and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "pageSize": {
+                  "description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+                  "format": "int32",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "integer"
+                },
+                "pageToken": {
+                  "description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v2beta1/{+name}/locations",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            },
             "setAgent": {
               "description": "Creates/updates the specified agent. Note: You should always train an agent prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/training).",
               "flatPath": "v2beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agent",
@@ -7247,7 +7315,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
@@ -10763,10 +10831,11 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "followupIntentInfo": {
-          "description": "Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentFollowupIntentInfo"
           },
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "array"
         },
         "inputContextNames": {
@@ -10827,7 +10896,8 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rootFollowupIntentName": {
-          "description": "Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "trainingPhrases": {
@@ -16860,6 +16930,58 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "locations": {
+          "description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationLocation": {
+      "description": "A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "locationId": {
+          "description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": {
       "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
       "id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
index 26c14d2aa92..bdaee9b2d89 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
@@ -111,6 +111,76 @@
     "projects": {
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
+          "methods": {
+            "get": {
+              "description": "Gets information about a location.",
+              "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.get",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Resource name for the location.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v3/{+name}",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            },
+            "list": {
+              "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+              "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.list",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "filter": {
+                  "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like \"displayName=tokyo\", and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "pageSize": {
+                  "description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+                  "format": "int32",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "integer"
+                },
+                "pageToken": {
+                  "description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v3/{+name}/locations",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            }
+          },
           "resources": {
             "agents": {
               "methods": {
@@ -3553,7 +3623,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -6285,16 +6355,20 @@
       "description": "Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings",
       "properties": {
+        "deidentifyTemplate": {
+          "description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "displayName": {
           "description": "Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "insightsExportSettings": {
           "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings",
-          "description": "Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here."
+          "description": "Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here."
         },
         "inspectTemplate": {
-          "description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`",
+          "description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -9294,10 +9368,11 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "followupIntentInfo": {
-          "description": "Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentFollowupIntentInfo"
           },
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "array"
         },
         "inputContextNames": {
@@ -9358,7 +9433,8 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rootFollowupIntentName": {
-          "description": "Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "trainingPhrases": {
@@ -12707,6 +12783,58 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "locations": {
+          "description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationLocation": {
+      "description": "A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "locationId": {
+          "description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": {
       "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
       "id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
index 1fe7408367e..f309ebfeeac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
@@ -111,6 +111,76 @@
     "projects": {
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
+          "methods": {
+            "get": {
+              "description": "Gets information about a location.",
+              "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.get",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Resource name for the location.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v3beta1/{+name}",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            },
+            "list": {
+              "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+              "flatPath": "v3beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+              "httpMethod": "GET",
+              "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.list",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "filter": {
+                  "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like \"displayName=tokyo\", and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "pageSize": {
+                  "description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+                  "format": "int32",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "integer"
+                },
+                "pageToken": {
+                  "description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v3beta1/{+name}/locations",
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+              ]
+            }
+          },
           "resources": {
             "agents": {
               "methods": {
@@ -3553,7 +3623,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
@@ -7856,16 +7926,20 @@
       "description": "Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SecuritySettings",
       "properties": {
+        "deidentifyTemplate": {
+          "description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "displayName": {
           "description": "Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "insightsExportSettings": {
           "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings",
-          "description": "Optional. Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here."
+          "description": "Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here."
         },
         "inspectTemplate": {
-          "description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//inspectTemplates/` OR `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//inspectTemplates/`",
+          "description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -9294,10 +9368,11 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "followupIntentInfo": {
-          "description": "Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. Information about all followup intents that have this intent as a direct or indirect parent. We populate this field only in the output.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2IntentFollowupIntentInfo"
           },
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "array"
         },
         "inputContextNames": {
@@ -9358,7 +9433,8 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rootFollowupIntentName": {
-          "description": "Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Read-only. The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents. It identifies the correct followup intents chain for this intent. We populate this field only in the output. Format: `projects//agent/intents/`.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
         "trainingPhrases": {
@@ -12707,6 +12783,58 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": {
+      "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "locations": {
+          "description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "GoogleCloudLocationLocation": {
+      "description": "A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location.",
+      "id": "GoogleCloudLocationLocation",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "locationId": {
+          "description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "metadata": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+            "type": "any"
+          },
+          "description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": {
       "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
       "id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
index 6c2c3d7f930..c3a029a7da2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidAppAsset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
index 10c853de37d..b921a17486f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
@@ -754,8 +754,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -798,8 +796,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -906,8 +902,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -950,8 +944,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -1914,8 +1906,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -1958,8 +1948,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -2066,8 +2054,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -2110,8 +2096,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -2618,8 +2602,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -2662,8 +2644,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -2760,8 +2740,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -2804,8 +2782,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -2899,8 +2875,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -2943,8 +2917,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -3051,8 +3023,6 @@
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                           ],
@@ -3095,8 +3065,6 @@
                             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                           ],
@@ -4149,8 +4117,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -4193,8 +4159,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -4282,8 +4246,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -4326,8 +4288,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -4412,8 +4372,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -4456,8 +4414,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -4555,8 +4511,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -4599,8 +4553,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -6221,8 +6173,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -6265,8 +6215,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -6354,8 +6302,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -6398,8 +6344,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -6484,8 +6428,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -6528,8 +6470,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -6627,8 +6567,6 @@
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                        "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                         "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                       ],
@@ -6671,8 +6609,6 @@
                         "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                         "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                        "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                        "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                         "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                         "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                       ],
@@ -6818,8 +6754,6 @@
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                    "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                    "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                   ],
@@ -6862,8 +6796,6 @@
                     "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                     "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                     "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                    "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                    "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                     "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                     "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                   ],
@@ -6958,8 +6890,6 @@
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                    "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                    "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                   ],
@@ -7002,8 +6932,6 @@
                     "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                     "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                     "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                    "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                    "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                     "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                     "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                   ],
@@ -7031,7 +6959,7 @@
               ],
               "parameters": {
                 "targetingType": {
-                  "description": "Required. The type of targeting options to retrieve. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION` * `TARGETING_TYPE_POI` * `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`",
+                  "description": "Required. The type of targeting options to retrieve. Accepted values are: * `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION`",
                   "enum": [
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_CHANNEL",
@@ -7071,8 +6999,6 @@
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-                    "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-                    "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
                     "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
                   ],
@@ -7115,8 +7041,6 @@
                     "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
                     "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
                     "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-                    "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-                    "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
                     "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
                     "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
                   ],
@@ -7317,7 +7241,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": {
@@ -7950,10 +7874,6 @@
           "$ref": "BrowserAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Browser details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BROWSER`."
         },
-        "businessChainDetails": {
-          "$ref": "BusinessChainAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
-          "description": "Business chain details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`."
-        },
         "carrierAndIspDetails": {
           "$ref": "CarrierAndIspAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Carrier and ISP details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_CARRIER_AND_ISP`."
@@ -8072,10 +7992,6 @@
           "$ref": "ParentalStatusAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Parental status details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PARENTAL_STATUS`."
         },
-        "poiDetails": {
-          "$ref": "PoiAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
-          "description": "POI details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`."
-        },
         "proximityLocationListDetails": {
           "$ref": "ProximityLocationListAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Proximity location list details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_PROXIMITY_LOCATION_LIST`."
@@ -8133,8 +8049,6 @@
             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
           ],
@@ -8177,8 +8091,6 @@
             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
           ],
@@ -8857,140 +8769,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "BusinessChainAssignedTargetingOptionDetails": {
-      "description": "Details for assigned Business chain targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.",
-      "id": "BusinessChainAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
-      "properties": {
-        "displayName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The display name of a business chain, e.g. \"KFC\", \"Chase Bank\".",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "proximityRadiusAmount": {
-          "description": "Required. The radius of the area around the business chain that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`. The minimum increment for both cases is 0.1. Inputs will be rounded to the nearest acceptable value if it is too granular, e.g. 15.57 will become 15.6.",
-          "format": "double",
-          "type": "number"
-        },
-        "proximityRadiusUnit": {
-          "description": "Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.",
-          "enum": [
-            "DISTANCE_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES",
-            "DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
-            "Miles.",
-            "Kilometers."
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "targetingOptionId": {
-          "description": "Required. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "BusinessChainSearchTerms": {
-      "description": "Search terms for Business Chain targeting options. At least one of the field should be populated.",
-      "id": "BusinessChainSearchTerms",
-      "properties": {
-        "businessChain": {
-          "description": "The search query for the desired business chain. The query can be a prefix, e.g. \"KFC\", \"mercede\".",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "region": {
-          "description": "The search query for the desired geo region, e.g. \"Seattle\", \"United State\".",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "BusinessChainTargetingOptionDetails": {
-      "description": "Represents a targetable business chain within a geo region. This will be populated in the business_chain_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`.",
-      "id": "BusinessChainTargetingOptionDetails",
-      "properties": {
-        "businessChain": {
-          "description": "Output only. The display name of the business chain, e.g. \"KFC\", \"Chase Bank\".",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "geoRegion": {
-          "description": "Output only. The display name of the geographic region, e.g. \"Ontario, Canada\".",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "geoRegionType": {
-          "description": "Output only. The type of the geographic region.",
-          "enum": [
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_UNKNOWN",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_OTHER",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_COUNTRY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_REGION",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_TERRITORY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_PROVINCE",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_STATE",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_PREFECTURE",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_GOVERNORATE",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_CANTON",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_UNION_TERRITORY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_AUTONOMOUS_COMMUNITY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_DMA_REGION",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_METRO",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_CONGRESSIONAL_DISTRICT",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_COUNTY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_MUNICIPALITY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_CITY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_POSTAL_CODE",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_DEPARTMENT",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_AIRPORT",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_TV_REGION",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_OKRUG",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_BOROUGH",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_CITY_REGION",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_ARRONDISSEMENT",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_NEIGHBORHOOD",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_UNIVERSITY",
-            "GEO_REGION_TYPE_DISTRICT"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "The geographic region type is unknown.",
-            "The geographic region type is other.",
-            "The geographic region is a country.",
-            "The geographic region type is region.",
-            "The geographic region is a territory.",
-            "The geographic region is a province.",
-            "The geographic region is a state.",
-            "The geographic region is a prefecture.",
-            "The geographic region is a governorate.",
-            "The geographic region is a canton.",
-            "The geographic region is a union territory.",
-            "The geographic region is an autonomous community.",
-            "The geographic region is a designated market area (DMA) region.",
-            "The geographic region type is metro.",
-            "The geographic region is a congressional district.",
-            "The geographic region is a county.",
-            "The geographic region is a municipality.",
-            "The geographic region is a city.",
-            "The geographic region targeting type is postal code.",
-            "The geographic region targeting type is department.",
-            "The geographic region is an airport.",
-            "The geographic region is a TV region.",
-            "The geographic region is an okrug.",
-            "The geographic region is a borough.",
-            "The geographic region is a city region.",
-            "The geographic region is an arrondissement.",
-            "The geographic region is a neighborhood.",
-            "The geographic region is a university.",
-            "The geographic region is a district."
-          ],
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "Campaign": {
       "description": "A single campaign.",
       "id": "Campaign",
@@ -9679,8 +9457,6 @@
             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
           ],
@@ -9723,8 +9499,6 @@
             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
           ],
@@ -10464,8 +10238,6 @@
             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
           ],
@@ -10508,8 +10280,6 @@
             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
           ],
@@ -15243,88 +15013,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "PoiAssignedTargetingOptionDetails": {
-      "description": "Details for assigned POI targeting option. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.",
-      "id": "PoiAssignedTargetingOptionDetails",
-      "properties": {
-        "displayName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. \"Times Square\", \"Space Needle\".",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "latitude": {
-          "description": "Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.",
-          "format": "double",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "number"
-        },
-        "longitude": {
-          "description": "Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.",
-          "format": "double",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "number"
-        },
-        "proximityRadiusAmount": {
-          "description": "Required. The radius of the area around the POI that will be targeted. The units of the radius are specified by proximity_radius_unit. Must be 1 to 800 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS` and 1 to 500 if unit is `DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES`.",
-          "format": "double",
-          "type": "number"
-        },
-        "proximityRadiusUnit": {
-          "description": "Required. The unit of distance by which the targeting radius is measured.",
-          "enum": [
-            "DISTANCE_UNIT_UNSPECIFIED",
-            "DISTANCE_UNIT_MILES",
-            "DISTANCE_UNIT_KILOMETERS"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
-            "Miles.",
-            "Kilometers."
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "targetingOptionId": {
-          "description": "Input only. The targeting_option_id of a TargetingOption of type `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "PoiSearchTerms": {
-      "description": "Search terms for POI targeting options.",
-      "id": "PoiSearchTerms",
-      "properties": {
-        "poiQuery": {
-          "description": "The search query for the desired POI name, street address, or coordinate of the desired POI. The query can be a prefix, e.g. \"Times squar\", \"40.7505045,-73.99562\", \"315 W 44th St\", etc.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "PoiTargetingOptionDetails": {
-      "description": "Represents a targetable point of interest(POI). This will be populated in the poi_details field when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`.",
-      "id": "PoiTargetingOptionDetails",
-      "properties": {
-        "displayName": {
-          "description": "Output only. The display name of a POI, e.g. \"Times Square\", \"Space Needle\".",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "latitude": {
-          "description": "Output only. Latitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.",
-          "format": "double",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "number"
-        },
-        "longitude": {
-          "description": "Output only. Longitude of the POI rounding to 6th decimal place.",
-          "format": "double",
-          "readOnly": true,
-          "type": "number"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "PrismaConfig": {
       "description": "Settings specific to the Mediaocean Prisma tool.",
       "id": "PrismaConfig",
@@ -15728,10 +15416,6 @@
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "businessChainSearchTerms": {
-          "$ref": "BusinessChainSearchTerms",
-          "description": "Search terms for Business Chain targeting options. Can only be used when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN`."
-        },
         "geoRegionSearchTerms": {
           "$ref": "GeoRegionSearchTerms",
           "description": "Search terms for geo region targeting options. Can only be used when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_GEO_REGION`."
@@ -15744,16 +15428,12 @@
         "pageToken": {
           "description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `SearchTargetingOptions` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned.",
           "type": "string"
-        },
-        "poiSearchTerms": {
-          "$ref": "PoiSearchTerms",
-          "description": "Search terms for POI targeting options. Can only be used when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_POI`."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SearchTargetingOptionsResponse": {
-      "description": "Response message for SearchTargetingOptionsResponse.",
+      "description": "Response message for SearchTargetingOptions.",
       "id": "SearchTargetingOptionsResponse",
       "properties": {
         "nextPageToken": {
@@ -15997,10 +15677,6 @@
           "$ref": "BrowserTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Browser details."
         },
-        "businessChainDetails": {
-          "$ref": "BusinessChainTargetingOptionDetails",
-          "description": "Business chain resource details."
-        },
         "carrierAndIspDetails": {
           "$ref": "CarrierAndIspTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Carrier and ISP details."
@@ -16078,10 +15754,6 @@
           "$ref": "ParentalStatusTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Parental status details."
         },
-        "poiDetails": {
-          "$ref": "PoiTargetingOptionDetails",
-          "description": "POI resource details."
-        },
         "sensitiveCategoryDetails": {
           "$ref": "SensitiveCategoryTargetingOptionDetails",
           "description": "Sensitive Category details."
@@ -16136,8 +15808,6 @@
             "TARGETING_TYPE_INVENTORY_SOURCE_GROUP",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_EXCHANGE",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_SUB_EXCHANGE",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_POI",
-            "TARGETING_TYPE_BUSINESS_CHAIN",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_NATIVE_CONTENT_POSITION",
             "TARGETING_TYPE_OMID"
           ],
@@ -16180,8 +15850,6 @@
             "Purchase impressions from a group of deals and auction packages.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific exchanges.",
             "Purchase impressions from specific sub-exchanges.",
-            "Target ads around a specific point of interest, such as a notable building, a street address, or latitude/longitude coordinates.",
-            "Target ads around locations of a business chain within a specific geo region.",
             "Target ads to a specific native content position.",
             "Target ads in an Open Measurement enabled inventory."
           ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
index fb80fb87d4f..2fb8101945c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
index 4ec025f18ab..36f1ff56cf8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readonly": {
           "description": "View your DNS records hosted by Google Cloud DNS"
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Change": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
index a3df4a88e55..1fad2f3a9c3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readonly": {
           "description": "View your DNS records hosted by Google Cloud DNS"
@@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Change": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
index 5d17d29f90d..93b92c9ff5e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoText": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index 4a386025e50..d43b1adef0e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
index 5bff5593643..6f231d83888 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index c58afcd7740..b6144860e96 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
index 09d205d91f4..eee9eb33c45 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
index ba350d2e6c8..16151d1fe8b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ChannelGrouping": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json
index dee51cd6f23..3f1fec2cc5d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
   },
   "protocol": "rest",
   "resources": {},
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {},
   "servicePath": "doubleclickbidmanager/v1/",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
index bb97c27662c..e261b7a940b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Availability": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
index 2cb3a2fda39..5dbc6ce6118 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/aU_AfbgJseV_CROUWisMyD1Ni98\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/VEgqKz0uZroJT3EBN1i10G5AZcE\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210801",
+  "revision": "20210808",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
index c2747d9a067..e21db136026 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/eleH2Ovi6Un0_ZoQiOMiJ_e_wYM\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/bhrm-jP3Qqjp7HrqwCLY7aUGmdQ\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210801",
+  "revision": "20210808",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
index d3548627b8d..078775f2abe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
index 068ab42b5da..4e7e1062484 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
index a7cf62a6b45..3b2515c0ac8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
index e30e14b0d70..378c42af56c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
index c555e00da26..c6b8a516be5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
index c4963568762..d26f5e5f544 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
index 6d704579343..c51cea3971e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
index 2ce9dd7cdb6..29f059bd7b5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/firebase": {
           "description": "View and administer all your Firebase data and settings"
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddFirebaseRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
index fb2a90a398f..ac8914c1136 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestChallengeResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
index f5f1db0e799..523e69f12d6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/firebase": {
           "description": "View and administer all your Firebase data and settings"
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DatabaseInstance": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
index 8f46fc74ff4..8d71f383c25 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyticsInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
index c296a4c8147..0a6d3e7293b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
index 3286bc353c5..d658c18a6cb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/firebase": {
           "description": "View and administer all your Firebase data and settings"
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActingUser": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
index 64d2d357505..30df11acc14 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
index f3541fffcaa..9234442aafc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DownloadModelResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
index 8a2571f11a6..62a90986c76 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210719",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
index ec592ee5390..bfd9d739cd9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210719",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
index 75d04a0618a..d17c575edf7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210719",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
index ebf139aa3af..ead94ecd050 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateBucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
index c724aa34d25..1f83c49b6e4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementDefinition": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
index 137db778633..14774d07c9b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementConfiguration": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
index 514a1cf240f..2e146419617 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementResetAllResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
index 7101330b23f..011c186f980 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
index a45368a361b..4695ccf12e3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
index 65e180e718b..5ddcc81846b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/genomics": {
           "description": "View and manage Genomics data"
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://genomics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
index 620d010fd0a..25f3a2ba47c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
index 779d543e7dc..a97fbee58f7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
index 61b6738ae47..481c1d96291 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
index 3ba24773d61..589e3f16b8d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
index b8fd69ca5fe..481cb31ec84 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
index 19ab8f48b12..9f84974af15 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json
@@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoForwarding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
index a2c8823e49f..e13539f568a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
index 1d72ce4a2eb..a2a0d0e1900 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
index a637a091f6a..c9d448b6052 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210715",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
index 3489f6d4c48..0a4fe616a08 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
index 5c79bd129f5..23d904bc539 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json
@@ -3213,7 +3213,7 @@
                           ]
                         },
                         "search": {
-                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` will contain pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
+                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
                           "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search",
                           "httpMethod": "POST",
                           "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search",
@@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@
                           ]
                         },
                         "search-type": {
-                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` will contain pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
+                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](http://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
                           "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search",
                           "httpMethod": "POST",
                           "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type",
@@ -3920,7 +3920,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateConsentRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
index 2b06a0a397a..fc9f950745e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json
@@ -4014,7 +4014,7 @@
                           ]
                         },
                         "search": {
-                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
+                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
                           "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/_search",
                           "httpMethod": "POST",
                           "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search",
@@ -4042,7 +4042,7 @@
                           ]
                         },
                         "search-type": {
-                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains pagination links. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
+                          "description": "Searches for resources in the given FHIR store according to criteria specified as query parameters. Implements the FHIR standard search interaction ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/http.html#search), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/http.html#search), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/http.html#search)) using the search semantics described in the FHIR Search specification ([DSTU2](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/DSTU2/search.html), [STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/search.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/search.html)). Supports four methods of search defined by the specification: * `GET [base]?[parameters]` to search across all resources. * `GET [base]/[type]?[parameters]` to search resources of a specified type. * `POST [base]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method across all resources. * `POST [base]/[type]/_search?[parameters]` as an alternate form having the same semantics as the `GET` method for the specified type. The `GET` and `POST` methods do not support compartment searches. The `POST` method does not support `application/x-www-form-urlencoded` search parameters. On success, the response body contains a JSON-encoded representation of a `Bundle` resource of type `searchset`, containing the results of the search. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error. If the request cannot be mapped to a valid API method on a FHIR store, a generic GCP error might be returned instead. The server's capability statement, retrieved through capabilities, indicates what search parameters are supported on each FHIR resource. A list of all search parameters defined by the specification can be found in the FHIR Search Parameter Registry ([STU3](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/STU3/searchparameter-registry.html), [R4](https://hl7.org/implement/standards/fhir/R4/searchparameter-registry.html)). FHIR search parameters for DSTU2 can be found on each resource's definition page. Supported search modifiers: `:missing`, `:exact`, `:contains`, `:text`, `:in`, `:not-in`, `:above`, `:below`, `:[type]`, `:not`, and `:recurse`. Supported search result parameters: `_sort`, `_count`, `_include`, `_revinclude`, `_summary=text`, `_summary=data`, and `_elements`. The maximum number of search results returned defaults to 100, which can be overridden by the `_count` parameter up to a maximum limit of 1000. If there are additional results, the returned `Bundle` contains a link of `relation` \"next\", which has a `_page_token` parameter for an opaque pagination token that can be used to retrieve the next page. Resources with a total size larger than 5MB or a field count larger than 50,000 might not be fully searchable as the server might trim its generated search index in those cases. Note: FHIR resources are indexed asynchronously, so there might be a slight delay between the time a resource is created or changes and when the change is reflected in search results. For samples and detailed information, see [Searching for FHIR resources](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-search) and [Advanced FHIR search features](/healthcare/docs/how-tos/fhir-advanced-search).",
                           "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}/fhir/{resourceType}/_search",
                           "httpMethod": "POST",
                           "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.fhir.search-type",
@@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateConsentRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json
index 4eee44628c5..0d48d410fe7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://homegraph.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AgentDeviceId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
index c3b54d73405..4c4b9af1a15 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminAuditData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
index 53f8a6f922a..4aef70ea8a0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
index 6952f01a9f9..4258a99d850 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210723",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessDeniedPageSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
index 01ed94f41f3..1a47d8a8e16 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210723",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
index 4c5b75eabf2..2445c7b8da9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1alphaAvailableLocale": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
index 454d4a47e82..0e726f73291 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attachment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
index 8166758d491..4632989bbcc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
           "description": "Apply machine learning models to reveal the structure and meaning of text"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json
index a99c20159d3..f5fff0cf9b0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
           "description": "Apply machine learning models to reveal the structure and meaning of text"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
index 43e0496d58b..5661224bbe7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
           "description": "Apply machine learning models to reveal the structure and meaning of text"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210807",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
index 028739859c4..a41107b54ef 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
index 60da76436f1..df212aba58c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
index e4be2503432..fe8f335c80e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
index c47753830a7..b8b2f3185c7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://manufacturers.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attributes": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json
index 387c572ceab..9d96d3438e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApplyParametersRequest": {
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "denyMaintenancePeriods": {
-          "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. User can specify zero or more non-overlapping deny periods. For V1, Maximum number of deny_maintenance_periods is expected to be one.",
+          "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. User can specify zero or more non-overlapping deny periods. Maximum number of deny_maintenance_periods expected is one.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "DenyMaintenancePeriod"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json
index 95190a805c1..17fbd719be4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApplyParametersRequest": {
@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "denyMaintenancePeriods": {
-          "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. User can specify zero or more non-overlapping deny periods. For V1, Maximum number of deny_maintenance_periods is expected to be one.",
+          "description": "Deny Maintenance Period that is applied to resource to indicate when maintenance is forbidden. User can specify zero or more non-overlapping deny periods. Maximum number of deny_maintenance_periods expected is one.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "DenyMaintenancePeriod"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
index 504825f788c..3ba0303073e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
index cfe99464f16..7624b87439f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
index 0e73a87811c..6b00f44ad55 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApi__HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
index 9d07165e176..0288ed5d5df 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/monitoring": {
           "description": "View and write monitoring data for all of your Google and third-party Cloud and API projects"
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
             "metricsScopes": {
               "methods": {
                 "get": {
-                  "description": "Returns a specific Metrics Scope.",
+                  "description": "Returns a specific Metrics Scope, including the list of projects monitored by the specified Metrics Scope.",
                   "flatPath": "v1/locations/global/metricsScopes/{metricsScopesId}",
                   "httpMethod": "GET",
                   "id": "monitoring.locations.global.metricsScopes.get",
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
@@ -703,6 +703,20 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "targetAxis": {
+          "description": "Optional. The target axis to use for plotting the metric.",
+          "enum": [
+            "TARGET_AXIS_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "Y1",
+            "Y2"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The target axis was not specified. Defaults to Y1.",
+            "The y_axis (the right axis of chart).",
+            "The y2_axis (the left axis of chart)."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "timeSeriesQuery": {
           "$ref": "TimeSeriesQuery",
           "description": "Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API."
@@ -1340,6 +1354,20 @@
           "description": "A label for the threshold.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "targetAxis": {
+          "description": "The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard.",
+          "enum": [
+            "TARGET_AXIS_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "Y1",
+            "Y2"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The target axis was not specified. Defaults to Y1.",
+            "The y_axis (the right axis of chart).",
+            "The y2_axis (the left axis of chart)."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "value": {
           "description": "The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric.",
           "format": "double",
@@ -1566,6 +1594,10 @@
           "$ref": "Axis",
           "description": "The properties applied to the X axis."
         },
+        "y2Axis": {
+          "$ref": "Axis",
+          "description": "The properties applied to the Y2 axis."
+        },
         "yAxis": {
           "$ref": "Axis",
           "description": "The properties applied to the Y axis."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
index 86213e23a97..497ed4094ff 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/monitoring": {
           "description": "View and write monitoring data for all of your Google and third-party Cloud and API projects"
@@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
@@ -3427,7 +3427,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleMonitoringV3Range": {
-      "description": "Range of numerical values within min and max. If the open range \"< range.max\" is desired, set range.min = -infinity. If the open range \">= range.min\" is desired, set range.max = infinity.",
+      "description": "Range of numerical values within min and max.",
       "id": "GoogleMonitoringV3Range",
       "properties": {
         "max": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
index 9aa2c6ab19a..cb108b35b8c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceptInvitationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
index 0bc43b69f4f..f1fbb666da5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accessibility": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
index 004891a022a..432d4028042 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "NotificationSetting": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
index f13fb821b37..4c4bfa37e46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
index 0b48c70a3ab..219e0b91098 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
   "canonicalName": "networkconnectivity",
   "description": "The Network Connectivity API provides access to Network Connectivity Center.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-  "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs",
+  "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/network-connectivity/docs/reference/networkconnectivity/rest",
   "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
   "icons": {
     "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -447,97 +447,6 @@
                       ]
                     }
                   }
-                },
-                "policyBasedRoutes": {
-                  "methods": {
-                    "getIamPolicy": {
-                      "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.",
-                      "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/{policyBasedRoutesId}:getIamPolicy",
-                      "httpMethod": "GET",
-                      "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.global.policyBasedRoutes.getIamPolicy",
-                      "parameterOrder": [
-                        "resource"
-                      ],
-                      "parameters": {
-                        "options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-                          "description": "Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
-                          "format": "int32",
-                          "location": "query",
-                          "type": "integer"
-                        },
-                        "resource": {
-                          "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
-                          "location": "path",
-                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/[^/]+$",
-                          "required": true,
-                          "type": "string"
-                        }
-                      },
-                      "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy",
-                      "response": {
-                        "$ref": "Policy"
-                      },
-                      "scopes": [
-                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-                      ]
-                    },
-                    "setIamPolicy": {
-                      "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
-                      "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/{policyBasedRoutesId}:setIamPolicy",
-                      "httpMethod": "POST",
-                      "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.global.policyBasedRoutes.setIamPolicy",
-                      "parameterOrder": [
-                        "resource"
-                      ],
-                      "parameters": {
-                        "resource": {
-                          "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
-                          "location": "path",
-                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/[^/]+$",
-                          "required": true,
-                          "type": "string"
-                        }
-                      },
-                      "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy",
-                      "request": {
-                        "$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest"
-                      },
-                      "response": {
-                        "$ref": "Policy"
-                      },
-                      "scopes": [
-                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-                      ]
-                    },
-                    "testIamPermissions": {
-                      "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.",
-                      "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/{policyBasedRoutesId}:testIamPermissions",
-                      "httpMethod": "POST",
-                      "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.global.policyBasedRoutes.testIamPermissions",
-                      "parameterOrder": [
-                        "resource"
-                      ],
-                      "parameters": {
-                        "resource": {
-                          "description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field.",
-                          "location": "path",
-                          "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/[^/]+$",
-                          "required": true,
-                          "type": "string"
-                        }
-                      },
-                      "path": "v1alpha1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions",
-                      "request": {
-                        "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest"
-                      },
-                      "response": {
-                        "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse"
-                      },
-                      "scopes": [
-                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-                      ]
-                    }
-                  }
                 }
               }
             },
@@ -1029,7 +938,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210713",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1426,7 +1335,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
index 6aab53e55c9..b17810e93e8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizationPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
index 03da9b279ec..d38616b2117 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
index 8937c27b1c0..696b29ef414 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
index bf07ea7d788..1452e4652d2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210808",
   "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -1699,6 +1699,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "DataprocParameters": {
+      "description": "Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions.",
+      "id": "DataprocParameters",
+      "properties": {
+        "cluster": {
+          "description": "URI for cluster used to run Dataproc execution. Format: 'projects/{PROJECT_ID}/regions/{REGION}/clusters/{CLUSTER_NAME}",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Disk": {
       "description": "An instance-attached disk resource.",
       "id": "Disk",
@@ -1928,10 +1939,28 @@
           "description": "Container Image URI to a DLVM Example: 'gcr.io/deeplearning-platform-release/base-cu100' More examples can be found at: https://cloud.google.com/ai-platform/deep-learning-containers/docs/choosing-container",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "dataprocParameters": {
+          "$ref": "DataprocParameters",
+          "description": "Parameters used in Dataproc JobType executions."
+        },
         "inputNotebookFile": {
           "description": "Path to the notebook file to execute. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder}/{notebook_file_name} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook.ipynb",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "jobType": {
+          "description": "The type of Job to be used on this execution.",
+          "enum": [
+            "JOB_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "VERTEX_AI",
+            "DATAPROC"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "No type specified.",
+            "Custom Job in `aiplatform.googleapis.com`. Default value for an execution.",
+            "Run execution on a cluster with Dataproc as a job. https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.regions.jobs"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "labels": {
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
index ca660c85bd0..0aa850a1529 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
index a57555d2768..0e6e0babff0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
index 163841ee5b4..959debf0212 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Constraint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
index 16cab3c0e47..31c31cb03e3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
index 0ec5492411b..0014efe4e53 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CVSSv3": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
index 531bf25da67..bae57154d58 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptRepository": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
index e3102f34ed5..f69f6f4daac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
index bad537c1d1b..aa73505dc99 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
index 0795624ae49..859ccb472fb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
index 39c80adeb8c..b8bd9880e70 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditRefs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
index 205bdf2937f..763f5c72eae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210808",
+  "revision": "20210815",
   "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1CancelSubscriptionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
index db1fc858e76..e2518cb0205 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BatchCreateContactsResponse": {
-      "description": "The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.",
+      "description": "If not successful, returns BatchCreateContactsErrorDetails.contacts which contains a list of errors for each invalid contact. The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.",
       "id": "BatchCreateContactsResponse",
       "properties": {
         "createdPeople": {
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BatchUpdateContactsResponse": {
-      "description": "The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.",
+      "description": "If not successful, returns BatchUpdateContactsErrorDetails.contacts, a list of errors corresponding to each contact. The response to a request to update a batch of contacts.",
       "id": "BatchUpdateContactsResponse",
       "properties": {
         "updateResult": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
index b5658ae816f..1df63527a0b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://playablelocations.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleMapsPlayablelocationsV3Impression": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
index cf404213dcb..9e1ef6b0796 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CustomApp": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
index 17c4603508f..ef98b1dabf0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
                 "activities": {
                   "methods": {
                     "query": {
-                      "description": "Queries policy activities on GCP resources.",
+                      "description": "Queries policy activities on Google Cloud resources.",
                       "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/activityTypes/{activityTypesId}/activities:query",
                       "httpMethod": "GET",
                       "id": "policyanalyzer.projects.locations.activityTypes.activities.query",
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "filter": {
-                          "description": "Optional. Optional filter expression to restrict the activities returned. Supported filters are: - service_account_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} - service_account_key_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} ",
+                          "description": "Optional. Filter expression to restrict the activities returned. Supported filters are: - service_account_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} [STRING] - service_account_key_last_authn.full_resource_name {=} [STRING]",
                           "location": "query",
                           "type": "string"
                         },
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
                           "type": "string"
                         },
                         "parent": {
-                          "description": "Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: `projects/[PROJECT_ID|PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/activityTypes/[ACTIVITY_TYPE]` LOCATION here refers to GCP Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/",
+                          "description": "Required. The container resource on which to execute the request. Acceptable formats: `projects/[PROJECT_ID|PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/activityTypes/[ACTIVITY_TYPE]` LOCATION here refers to Google Cloud Locations: https://cloud.google.com/about/locations/",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/activityTypes/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": {
@@ -197,12 +197,12 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1ObservationPeriod",
       "properties": {
         "endTime": {
-          "description": "The observation end time.",
+          "description": "The observation end time. The time in this timestamp is always `07:00:00Z`.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "startTime": {
-          "description": "The observation start time.",
+          "description": "The observation start time. The time in this timestamp is always `07:00:00Z`.",
           "format": "google-datetime",
           "type": "string"
         }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
index 5abde878880..bf03e8b10d2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
index 009ae6c5b5d..c21fff9bd6d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1AccessStateDiff": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
index 5499970368f..e3b6c621b33 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
index f58bdaa32c9..b4645d2ad36 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": {
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
index 025e884ecdb..8abebfa5ba0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": {
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
index d46ea688273..6f6fdacc890 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210728",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
index b18bcfa502c..d3fd055e79e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210728",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index 97ca557892f..d7e1656836b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
index 56a3cd44fbf..8fd9bc3ca36 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
index db1b68aa655..f0e9ccecb3f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
index d71f7699fe6..fb8821f590a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
index d80bfd06c30..736ceae9d21 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
index f70e04f2b50..901da8bbff5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
index d145ce75caf..2486244d1b9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateBiddingFunctionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
index 4d053066ae4..8ab4c425180 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
index 064d8ddd86f..3389ee32c49 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
index f57ccdb558b..b03c87c1064 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
index eca9d35483f..914470670b2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
index 1aee9bbbf7d..3476d05e543 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "recentSearchResults": {
-          "description": "Matched recent searches of this user. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.",
+          "description": "Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2CompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult"
           },
@@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2CustomAttribute"
           },
-          "description": "Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ \"vendor\": {\"text\": [\"vendor123\", \"vendor456\"]}, \"lengths_cm\": {\"numbers\":[2.3, 15.4]}, \"heights_cm\": {\"numbers\":[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.",
+          "description": "Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ \"vendor\": {\"text\": [\"vendor123\", \"vendor456\"]}, \"lengths_cm\": {\"numbers\":[2.3, 15.4]}, \"heights_cm\": {\"numbers\":[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "audience": {
@@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "gtin": {
-          "description": "The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
+          "description": "The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "id": {
@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "materials": {
-          "description": "The material of the product. For example, \"leather\", \"wooden\". A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).",
+          "description": "The material of the product. For example, \"leather\", \"wooden\". A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "patterns": {
-          "description": "The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, \"striped\", \"polka dot\", \"paisley\". A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).",
+          "description": "The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, \"striped\", \"polka dot\", \"paisley\". A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -2539,6 +2539,10 @@
             "Automatic query expansion built by Google Retail Search."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pinUnexpandedResults": {
+          "description": "Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2638,6 +2642,11 @@
         "expandedQuery": {
           "description": "Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "pinnedResultCount": {
+          "description": "Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2671,7 +2680,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "any"
           },
-          "description": "The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by \"colorFamilies:ANY(\\\"red\\\")\" and rollup \"colorFamilies\", only \"red\" is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors \"red\" and \"blue\", the rollup values are { key: \"colorFamilies\" value { list_value { values { string_value: \"red\" } values { string_value: \"blue\" } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, {key: \"pickupInStore.store1\" value { number_value: 10 }} means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store \"store1\".",
+          "description": "The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by \"colorFamilies:ANY(\\\"red\\\")\" and rollup \"colorFamilies\", only \"red\" is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors \"red\" and \"blue\", the rollup values are { key: \"colorFamilies\" value { list_value { values { string_value: \"red\" } values { string_value: \"blue\" } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, `{key: \"pickupInStore.store1\" value { number_value: 10 }}` means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store \"store1\".",
           "type": "object"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
index 1e5d2acf322..0e9d2085b0c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "recentSearchResults": {
-          "description": "Matched recent searches of this user. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.",
+          "description": "Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaCompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult"
           },
@@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaCustomAttribute"
           },
-          "description": "Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ \"vendor\": {\"text\": [\"vendor123\", \"vendor456\"]}, \"lengths_cm\": {\"numbers\":[2.3, 15.4]}, \"heights_cm\": {\"numbers\":[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.",
+          "description": "Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ \"vendor\": {\"text\": [\"vendor123\", \"vendor456\"]}, \"lengths_cm\": {\"numbers\":[2.3, 15.4]}, \"heights_cm\": {\"numbers\":[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "audience": {
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "gtin": {
-          "description": "The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
+          "description": "The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "id": {
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "materials": {
-          "description": "The material of the product. For example, \"leather\", \"wooden\". A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).",
+          "description": "The material of the product. For example, \"leather\", \"wooden\". A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "patterns": {
-          "description": "The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, \"striped\", \"polka dot\", \"paisley\". A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).",
+          "description": "The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, \"striped\", \"polka dot\", \"paisley\". A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -2861,6 +2861,10 @@
             "Automatic query expansion built by Google Retail Search."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pinUnexpandedResults": {
+          "description": "Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2960,6 +2964,11 @@
         "expandedQuery": {
           "description": "Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "pinnedResultCount": {
+          "description": "Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2993,7 +3002,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "any"
           },
-          "description": "The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by \"colorFamilies:ANY(\\\"red\\\")\" and rollup \"colorFamilies\", only \"red\" is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors \"red\" and \"blue\", the rollup values are { key: \"colorFamilies\" value { list_value { values { string_value: \"red\" } values { string_value: \"blue\" } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, {key: \"pickupInStore.store1\" value { number_value: 10 }} means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store \"store1\".",
+          "description": "The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by \"colorFamilies:ANY(\\\"red\\\")\" and rollup \"colorFamilies\", only \"red\" is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors \"red\" and \"blue\", the rollup values are { key: \"colorFamilies\" value { list_value { values { string_value: \"red\" } values { string_value: \"blue\" } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, `{key: \"pickupInStore.store1\" value { number_value: 10 }}` means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store \"store1\".",
           "type": "object"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
index 734c2642bcd..fbf389e958b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "recentSearchResults": {
-          "description": "Matched recent searches of this user. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.",
+          "description": "Matched recent searches of this user. The maximum number of recent searches is 10. This field is a restricted feature. Contact Retail Search support team if you are interested in enabling it. This feature is only available when CompleteQueryRequest.visitor_id field is set and UserEvent is imported. The recent searches satisfy the follow rules: * They are ordered from latest to oldest. * They are matched with CompleteQueryRequest.query case insensitively. * They are transformed to lower cases. * They are UTF-8 safe. Recent searches are deduplicated. More recent searches will be reserved when duplication happens.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaCompleteQueryResponseRecentSearchResult"
           },
@@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaCustomAttribute"
           },
-          "description": "Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ \"vendor\": {\"text\": [\"vendor123\", \"vendor456\"]}, \"lengths_cm\": {\"numbers\":[2.3, 15.4]}, \"heights_cm\": {\"numbers\":[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200 by default; 100 for Type.VARIANT. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * Max indexable entries count: 200 by default; 40 for Type.VARIANT. * Max searchable entries count: 30. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.",
+          "description": "Highly encouraged. Extra product attributes to be included. For example, for products, this could include the store name, vendor, style, color, etc. These are very strong signals for recommendation model, thus we highly recommend providing the attributes here. Features that can take on one of a limited number of possible values. Two types of features can be set are: Textual features. some examples would be the brand/maker of a product, or country of a customer. Numerical features. Some examples would be the height/weight of a product, or age of a customer. For example: `{ \"vendor\": {\"text\": [\"vendor123\", \"vendor456\"]}, \"lengths_cm\": {\"numbers\":[2.3, 15.4]}, \"heights_cm\": {\"numbers\":[8.1, 6.4]} }`. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * Max entries count: 200. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. * For indexable attribute, the key must match the pattern: a-zA-Z0-9*. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS.",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "audience": {
@@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "gtin": {
-          "description": "The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
+          "description": "The Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) of the product. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This field must be a Unigram. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [gtin](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324461). Schema.org property [Product.isbn](https://schema.org/isbn) or [Product.gtin8](https://schema.org/gtin8) or [Product.gtin12](https://schema.org/gtin12) or [Product.gtin13](https://schema.org/gtin13) or [Product.gtin14](https://schema.org/gtin14). If the value is not a valid GTIN, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "id": {
@@ -2480,7 +2480,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "materials": {
-          "description": "The material of the product. For example, \"leather\", \"wooden\". A maximum of 5 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).",
+          "description": "The material of the product. For example, \"leather\", \"wooden\". A maximum of 20 values are allowed. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [material](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324410). Schema.org property [Product.material](https://schema.org/material).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "patterns": {
-          "description": "The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, \"striped\", \"polka dot\", \"paisley\". A maximum of 5 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).",
+          "description": "The pattern or graphic print of the product. For example, \"striped\", \"polka dot\", \"paisley\". A maximum of 20 values are allowed per Product. Each value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. Google Merchant Center property [pattern](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324483). Schema.org property [Product.pattern](https://schema.org/pattern).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -3045,6 +3045,10 @@
             "Automatic query expansion built by Google Retail Search."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pinUnexpandedResults": {
+          "description": "Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -3144,6 +3148,11 @@
         "expandedQuery": {
           "description": "Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "pinnedResultCount": {
+          "description": "Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.query_expansion_spec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -3177,7 +3186,7 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "any"
           },
-          "description": "The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by \"colorFamilies:ANY(\\\"red\\\")\" and rollup \"colorFamilies\", only \"red\" is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors \"red\" and \"blue\", the rollup values are { key: \"colorFamilies\" value { list_value { values { string_value: \"red\" } values { string_value: \"blue\" } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, {key: \"pickupInStore.store1\" value { number_value: 10 }} means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store \"store1\".",
+          "description": "The rollup matching variant Product attributes. The key is one of the SearchRequest.variant_rollup_keys. The values are the merged and de-duplicated Product attributes. Notice that the rollup values are respect filter. For example, when filtering by \"colorFamilies:ANY(\\\"red\\\")\" and rollup \"colorFamilies\", only \"red\" is returned. For textual and numerical attributes, the rollup values is a list of string or double values with type google.protobuf.ListValue. For example, if there are two variants with colors \"red\" and \"blue\", the rollup values are { key: \"colorFamilies\" value { list_value { values { string_value: \"red\" } values { string_value: \"blue\" } } } } For FulfillmentInfo, the rollup values is a double value with type google.protobuf.Value. For example, `{key: \"pickupInStore.store1\" value { number_value: 10 }}` means a there are 10 variants in this product are available in the store \"store1\".",
           "type": "object"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
index 53a62d1883f..6788b537378 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Addressable": {
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Configuration": {
-      "description": "Configuration represents the \"floating HEAD\" of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration's spec. The \"latest created\" revision's name is available under status, as is the \"latest ready\" revision's name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration",
+      "description": "Configuration represents the \"floating HEAD\" of a linear history of Revisions, and optionally how the containers those revisions reference are built. Users create new Revisions by updating the Configuration's spec. The \"latest created\" revision's name is available under status, as is the \"latest ready\" revision's name. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#configuration",
       "id": "Configuration",
       "properties": {
         "apiVersion": {
@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * \"Ready\": True when the Resource is ready.",
+          "description": "type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * \"Ready\": True when the Resource is ready.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -2860,7 +2860,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Revision": {
-      "description": "Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#revision",
+      "description": "Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#revision",
       "id": "Revision",
       "properties": {
         "apiVersion": {
@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "containers": {
-          "description": "Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/runtime-contract.md",
+          "description": "Containers holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. In Cloud Run, only a single container may be provided. The runtime contract is documented here: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/runtime-contract.md",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Container"
           },
@@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Route": {
-      "description": "Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for \"latest ready\" revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the \"latest ready\" Revision from that Configuration.",
+      "description": "Route is responsible for configuring ingress over a collection of Revisions. Some of the Revisions a Route distributes traffic over may be specified by referencing the Configuration responsible for creating them; in these cases the Route is additionally responsible for monitoring the Configuration for \"latest ready\" revision changes, and smoothly rolling out latest revisions. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#route Cloud Run currently supports referencing a single Configuration to automatically deploy the \"latest ready\" Revision from that Configuration.",
       "id": "Route",
       "properties": {
         "apiVersion": {
@@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Service": {
-      "description": "Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/overview.md#service",
+      "description": "Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/overview.md#service",
       "id": "Service",
       "properties": {
         "apiVersion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
index 8a94960baed..cd2200aaf35 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ConfigMapEnvSource": {
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/master/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * \"Completed\": True when the Job has successfully completed. * \"Started\": True when the Job has successfully started running. * \"ResourcesAvailable\": True when underlying resources have been provisioned.",
+          "description": "Required. Type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types include: * \"Completed\": True when the Job has successfully completed. * \"Started\": True when the Job has successfully started running. * \"ResourcesAvailable\": True when underlying resources have been provisioned.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
index 87a20e73662..ed48c86a699 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudruntimeconfig": {
           "description": "Manage your Google Cloud Platform services' runtime configuration"
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
index 9ecc1c71667..b45d92a6f9f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudruntimeconfig": {
           "description": "Manage your Google Cloud Platform services' runtime configuration"
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
index e408f92c142..6225a5edbe2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
index 222f00d4182..bc2e2ff4d17 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Content": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
index 7ad8582c849..5d7ed3a69db 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiDataRow": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
index 3799e470c87..16f3044c40a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
index 547044bf13b..68eaa29592c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
index 3232e51b207..0441a7067ec 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddTenantProjectRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
index 4781bc286f8..7c8be11eb77 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
index 456952eb521..14e5de3e216 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
index 49c77f7c67d..9bd522342a4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
index 224d59e7fcc..a9808bcef37 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Advice": {
@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a 'service' definition, or a field.",
+          "description": "Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a 'service' definition, or a field). Defaults to leading & trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "selector": {
@@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `\"cloudsql_database\"` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.",
+          "description": "Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type `\"cloudsql_database\"` represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see [Monitoring resource types](https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and [Logging resource types](https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
index 3dfa8a05f04..76da2e14bbc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/service.management": {
           "description": "Manage your Google API service configuration"
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
@@ -987,6 +987,10 @@
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
+          "description": "Optional. The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. For information about the access types that can be set using this field, see [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/subnetworks) in the Compute API documentation.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "region": {
           "description": "Required. The name of a [region](/compute/docs/regions-zones) for the subnet, such `europe-west1`.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -2544,7 +2548,7 @@
       "id": "PeeredDnsDomain",
       "properties": {
         "dnsSuffix": {
-          "description": "The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`.",
+          "description": "The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`. Cloud DNS requires that a DNS suffix ends with a trailing dot.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
index 0b16461a795..a5c28bf491e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/service.management": {
           "description": "Manage your Google API service configuration"
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
@@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@
       "id": "PeeredDnsDomain",
       "properties": {
         "dnsSuffix": {
-          "description": "The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`.",
+          "description": "The DNS domain name suffix e.g. `example.com.`. Cloud DNS requires that a DNS suffix ends with a trailing dot.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
index 714ea1c2342..29db124c57f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminQuotaPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
index 27702c9f5e0..2947c364c0c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminQuotaPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
index b4069d2c24e..c0a609131fb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddBandingRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
index 913c91785a8..422a2083014 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AffineTransform": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
index 686e7dff98f..2617f27ca93 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://smartdevicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleHomeEnterpriseSdmV1Device": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
index 7c07436d076..7e92f9f3c66 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
@@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210723",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
index c39d7a587bf..7b8b01463ae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ListOperationsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
index 5cc9004049c..35a62d73dae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClassItem": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
index 2cd5cd4b69d..6d1a952eb75 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ListOperationsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
index 63a99b73cda..2704f2fdc12 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/",
-  "etag": "\"33333438373635313438353533333033363733\"",
+  "etag": "\"3132313734373838303936393533333233313037\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png"
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
index a60da978efc..712c9a8802e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AwsAccessKey": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
index 778e64f2b40..f2a389920eb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
index f0364cc0f65..0ca96bd1ecc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
@@ -98,21 +98,6 @@
   "resources": {
     "v1": {
       "methods": {
-        "introspect": {
-          "description": "Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).",
-          "flatPath": "v1/introspect",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "sts.introspect",
-          "parameterOrder": [],
-          "parameters": {},
-          "path": "v1/introspect",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest"
-          },
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse"
-          }
-        },
         "token": {
           "description": "Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within a workload identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.",
           "flatPath": "v1/token",
@@ -131,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeTokenRequest": {
@@ -192,62 +177,6 @@
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
-    },
-    "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest": {
-      "description": "Request message for IntrospectToken.",
-      "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest",
-      "properties": {
-        "token": {
-          "description": "Required. The OAuth 2.0 security token issued by the Security Token Service API.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "tokenTypeHint": {
-          "description": "Optional. The type of the given token. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` and `access_token`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse": {
-      "description": "Response message for IntrospectToken.",
-      "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "active": {
-          "description": "A boolean value that indicates whether the provided access token is currently active.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
-        "client_id": {
-          "description": "The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "exp": {
-          "description": "The expiration timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token will expire.",
-          "format": "int64",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "iat": {
-          "description": "The issued timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token was originally issued.",
-          "format": "int64",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "iss": {
-          "description": "The issuer of the provided token.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "scope": {
-          "description": "A list of scopes associated with the provided token.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "sub": {
-          "description": "The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account's user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "username": {
-          "description": "The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
index 61f84380683..122bba3dc42 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIdentityStsV1betaExchangeTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
index 3ea90aaa8e7..73529eeec13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
index c6ff68fc835..0ef7a653791 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
@@ -3143,7 +3143,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
index bde55cba674..49b629a1d5a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Task": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json
index ea7cde585fe..c800c46b677 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210713",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AudioConfig": {
@@ -166,13 +166,17 @@
             "AUDIO_ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED",
             "LINEAR16",
             "MP3",
-            "OGG_OPUS"
+            "OGG_OPUS",
+            "MULAW",
+            "ALAW"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Not specified. Will return result google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT.",
             "Uncompressed 16-bit signed little-endian samples (Linear PCM). Audio content returned as LINEAR16 also contains a WAV header.",
             "MP3 audio at 32kbps.",
-            "Opus encoded audio wrapped in an ogg container. The result will be a file which can be played natively on Android, and in browsers (at least Chrome and Firefox). The quality of the encoding is considerably higher than MP3 while using approximately the same bitrate."
+            "Opus encoded audio wrapped in an ogg container. The result will be a file which can be played natively on Android, and in browsers (at least Chrome and Firefox). The quality of the encoding is considerably higher than MP3 while using approximately the same bitrate.",
+            "8-bit samples that compand 14-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/mu-law. Audio content returned as MULAW also contains a WAV header.",
+            "8-bit samples that compand 14-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/A-law. Audio content returned as ALAW also contains a WAV header."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json
index e18ea1a3e0e..a145071c848 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210713",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AudioConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
index cc1443f519b..45cba310d42 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ANR": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
index 917b1a1c467..4ea938bcf34 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation": {
           "description": "Translate text from one language to another using Google Translate"
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchTranslateTextRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
index 0b63407ec66..9c0435fe147 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-translation": {
           "description": "Translate text from one language to another using Google Translate"
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210729",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDocumentInputConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
index f2d188f06d5..888a38c7f73 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210716",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccountCount": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
index 74fd440ec5d..c3d51c91468 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://vectortile.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Area": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
index 083b5e4eb70..a5e6fd6655e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-vision": {
           "description": "Apply machine learning models to understand and label images"
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddProductToProductSetRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
index 2d184db417a..f668d34ebc6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-vision": {
           "description": "Apply machine learning models to understand and label images"
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
index 88e560006c4..f88fd040214 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-vision": {
           "description": "Apply machine learning models to understand and label images"
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
index 2935623c328..821e4f35d0a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
index e7de994577e..1f5a85722b1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
index ab4427dd1ee..4a833488ae9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
index 3feeb66bf28..7f130af03c8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Authentication": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
index 28da9ce8d81..d2f19b51413 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
index da211c06be9..e6ff86a047a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210803",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
index b1770cac689..d2923b5ecf8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
index 1f91d7b850e..5d3a6b3938f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210805",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
index 1e66a15e37d..29e9c50ee05 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
@@ -3765,7 +3765,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseReport": {
@@ -8266,10 +8266,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LiveChatMessageSnippet": {
+      "description": "Next ID: 29",
       "id": "LiveChatMessageSnippet",
       "properties": {
         "authorChannelId": {
-          "description": "The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase",
+          "description": "The ID of the user that authored this message, this field is not always filled. textMessageEvent - the user that wrote the message fanFundingEvent - the user that funded the broadcast newSponsorEvent - the user that just became a sponsor messageDeletedEvent - the moderator that took the action messageRetractedEvent - the author that retracted their message userBannedEvent - the moderator that took the action superChatEvent - the user that made the purchase superStickerEvent - the user that made the purchase",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayMessage": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
index c0b37aa4b5e..beff419ac4f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EmptyResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
index f10dcdd3637..96b2ad9522d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {

From 18b75f808893ef1ad17e37800a1d5ab66e2c46af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: WhiteSource Renovate <bot@renovateapp.com>
Date: Tue, 17 Aug 2021 18:18:21 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 3/9] chore(deps): update dependency google-auth to v1.35.0
 (#1485)
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

[![WhiteSource Renovate](https://app.renovatebot.com/images/banner.svg)](https://renovatebot.com)

This PR contains the following updates:

| Package | Change | Age | Adoption | Passing | Confidence |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| [google-auth](https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python) | `==1.34.0` -> `==1.35.0` | [![age](https://badges.renovateapi.com/packages/pypi/google-auth/1.35.0/age-slim)](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [![adoption](https://badges.renovateapi.com/packages/pypi/google-auth/1.35.0/adoption-slim)](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [![passing](https://badges.renovateapi.com/packages/pypi/google-auth/1.35.0/compatibility-slim/1.34.0)](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) | [![confidence](https://badges.renovateapi.com/packages/pypi/google-auth/1.35.0/confidence-slim/1.34.0)](https://docs.renovatebot.com/merge-confidence/) |

---

### Release Notes

<details>
<summary>googleapis/google-auth-library-python</summary>

### [`v1.35.0`](https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/releases/v1.35.0)

[Compare Source](https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/compare/v1.34.0...v1.35.0)

##### Features

-   service account is able to use a private token endpoint ([#&#8203;835](https://www.togithub.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/issues/835)) ([20b817a](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/commit/20b817af8e202b0331998e5abde4e2a5aab51f9a))

##### Bug Fixes

-   downscoping documentation bugs ([#&#8203;830](https://www.togithub.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/issues/830)) ([da8bb13](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/commit/da8bb13c1349e771ffc2e125256030495c53d956))
-   Fix missing space in error message. ([#&#8203;821](https://www.togithub.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/issues/821)) ([7b03988](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/commit/7b039888aeb6ec7691d91c9afce182b17f02b1a6))

##### Documentation

-   update user guide/references for downscoped creds ([#&#8203;827](https://www.togithub.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/issues/827)) ([d1840dc](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-auth-library-python/commit/d1840dcdcd03dfd7fdfa81d08da68402f6f8b658))

</details>

---

### Configuration

📅 **Schedule**: At any time (no schedule defined).

🚦 **Automerge**: Disabled by config. Please merge this manually once you are satisfied.

♻ **Rebasing**: Whenever PR becomes conflicted, or you tick the rebase/retry checkbox.

🔕 **Ignore**: Close this PR and you won't be reminded about this update again.

---

 - [ ] <!-- rebase-check -->If you want to rebase/retry this PR, check this box.

---

This PR has been generated by [WhiteSource Renovate](https://renovate.whitesourcesoftware.com). View repository job log [here](https://app.renovatebot.com/dashboard#github/googleapis/google-api-python-client).
---
 samples/compute/requirements.txt | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/samples/compute/requirements.txt b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
index bb55768af3c..04a91b44919 100644
--- a/samples/compute/requirements.txt
+++ b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 google-api-python-client==2.15.0
-google-auth==1.34.0
+google-auth==1.35.0
 google-auth-httplib2==0.1.0

From ded9ac0074c022c2538a7f0871c149cfc42f7158 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: "release-please[bot]"
 <55107282+release-please[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 17 Aug 2021 16:54:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 4/9] chore: release 2.17.0 (#1487)

:robot: I have created a release \*beep\* \*boop\*
---
## [2.17.0](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.16.0...v2.17.0) (2021-08-17)


### Features

* **apigee:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/41ae79b3554ffc9f1622e44757751009eeed76f8 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **bigqueryreservation:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b0483aba20b17580b400283fb0073f07715bf254 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **chat:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/270312294f1cf89041825b0f31bfcf872fda9854 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **cloudbuild:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/30c122278e75a99b5b2a6ed330f317015134a23d ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **cloudscheduler:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0405b1db79fe87305be25ba4f9389e94490040a7 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **contactcenterinsights:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3abcf5334053f5612fd79163f2c433e5793ee782 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **dialogflow:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c4935840495b1487d4be47b63f6c416113b9413f ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **displayvideo:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/21f81c824089d0060dbd624f9755eea554464af2 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **monitoring:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d997b2c0d13203ac29b55c19858ef375380a5b7b ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **networkconnectivity:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/68588ad4744aa3c7a3a0afa12a1566f54ab3be94 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **notebooks:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b975c34568f62bbf19f67f4731fe091aeeda8a75 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **retail:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c2bcb7081a4f656b9e136ea38637cf262b60f387 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **servicenetworking:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bdc7b9d0854918ef65ccb4a3798d2f3f3b19d70 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
* **sts:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a8ebc2bef5d0ff6c449d65fcc9c0554c1f388985 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
---


This PR was generated with [Release Please](https://github.com/googleapis/release-please). See [documentation](https://github.com/googleapis/release-please#release-please).
---
 CHANGELOG.md | 20 ++++++++++++++++++++
 setup.py     |  2 +-
 2 files changed, 21 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md
index 841bcba7bcc..dc64d226198 100644
--- a/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -1,5 +1,25 @@
 # Changelog
 
+## [2.17.0](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.16.0...v2.17.0) (2021-08-17)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **apigee:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/41ae79b3554ffc9f1622e44757751009eeed76f8 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **bigqueryreservation:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b0483aba20b17580b400283fb0073f07715bf254 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **chat:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/270312294f1cf89041825b0f31bfcf872fda9854 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **cloudbuild:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/30c122278e75a99b5b2a6ed330f317015134a23d ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **cloudscheduler:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0405b1db79fe87305be25ba4f9389e94490040a7 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **contactcenterinsights:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3abcf5334053f5612fd79163f2c433e5793ee782 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **dialogflow:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c4935840495b1487d4be47b63f6c416113b9413f ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **displayvideo:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/21f81c824089d0060dbd624f9755eea554464af2 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **monitoring:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d997b2c0d13203ac29b55c19858ef375380a5b7b ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **networkconnectivity:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/68588ad4744aa3c7a3a0afa12a1566f54ab3be94 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **notebooks:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b975c34568f62bbf19f67f4731fe091aeeda8a75 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **retail:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c2bcb7081a4f656b9e136ea38637cf262b60f387 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **servicenetworking:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bdc7b9d0854918ef65ccb4a3798d2f3f3b19d70 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+* **sts:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a8ebc2bef5d0ff6c449d65fcc9c0554c1f388985 ([cdf480e](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cdf480e8145d58600a5224efc68ba2ace973ef62))
+
 ## [2.16.0](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.15.0...v2.16.0) (2021-08-10)
 
 
diff --git a/setup.py b/setup.py
index 9bcd66679bf..16e6c7f7f91 100644
--- a/setup.py
+++ b/setup.py
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 with io.open(readme_filename, encoding="utf-8") as readme_file:
     readme = readme_file.read()
 
-version = "2.16.0"
+version = "2.17.0"
 
 setup(
     name="google-api-python-client",

From 3c3275de175575e8ae746313de5d39a70b2696c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: WhiteSource Renovate <bot@renovateapp.com>
Date: Wed, 18 Aug 2021 17:02:11 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 5/9] chore(deps): update dependency google-api-python-client
 to v2.17.0 (#1488)

---
 samples/compute/requirements.txt | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/samples/compute/requirements.txt b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
index 04a91b44919..e58ad1590d1 100644
--- a/samples/compute/requirements.txt
+++ b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-google-api-python-client==2.15.0
+google-api-python-client==2.17.0
 google-auth==1.35.0
 google-auth-httplib2==0.1.0

From 861fe70f69f29d619093aae1e4c795792a0dfd9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: WhiteSource Renovate <bot@renovateapp.com>
Date: Fri, 20 Aug 2021 19:35:10 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 6/9] chore(deps): update dependency google-auth to v2 (#1489)

---
 samples/compute/requirements.txt | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/samples/compute/requirements.txt b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
index e58ad1590d1..24e75e811f2 100644
--- a/samples/compute/requirements.txt
+++ b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 google-api-python-client==2.17.0
-google-auth==1.35.0
+google-auth==2.0.1
 google-auth-httplib2==0.1.0

From 96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: yoshi-code-bot <70984784+yoshi-code-bot@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 24 Aug 2021 00:22:31 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 7/9] chore: Update discovery artifacts (#1493)

## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts:
documentai v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3d6892c775b31d0ed6caead07666e423dccdba62
iam v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/98682633e8d244ca7bbf5b3726ed305e338a1cdd
osconfig v1 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/588812ffa314a68be1be61e229a187aecbe587e4

## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts:
compute alpha https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3740a88b497c25e6a5aee22f873c33117034f8fa
compute beta https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3740a88b497c25e6a5aee22f873c33117034f8fa
documentai v1beta3 https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3d6892c775b31d0ed6caead07666e423dccdba62
ideahub v1alpha https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/942102dcc79691866f8febbb732e477d0e5227b4

## Discovery Artifact Change Summary:
feat(analyticsadmin): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8e0c67f316381ec1ad358a079207215293093603
feat(apigee): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9fd19ee8a70661be02219133dda1b80d71ac4f4b
feat(appengine): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9727d32278b91dfa30d4c8c597755323741f8cd4
feat(bigquerydatatransfer): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0b36baa0400731507365bf477cc223729d5a109d
feat(cloudfunctions): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c138aff559b32709a8a81c271ab5c0c48ea3acbe
feat(compute): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3740a88b497c25e6a5aee22f873c33117034f8fa
feat(container): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/90b095a5de68d5aebcfbea16078b4727774366f4
feat(containeranalysis): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/07d2f4383aef325a7351831909e6cfc4b4b9f889
feat(documentai): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3d6892c775b31d0ed6caead07666e423dccdba62
feat(gkehub): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1676d9f17b499d3bb13f80ad9c4fbd0621961a41
feat(iam): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/98682633e8d244ca7bbf5b3726ed305e338a1cdd
feat(ideahub): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/942102dcc79691866f8febbb732e477d0e5227b4
feat(ondemandscanning): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/97169382a9d0c80bf56af157a16c5b96cb95e6dd
feat(osconfig): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/588812ffa314a68be1be61e229a187aecbe587e4
feat(people): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/213598c2a41d6724368e1089bc3cbcaa0b2932c5
feat(securitycenter): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/74bee354cf1dbaf388de26e756e9aeebe0baa311
feat(slides): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/623c740d1333cfea2b5946cc22ebcc2c44a2197d
feat(tagmanager): update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/98664145c692ed1ca947bdb081a7463897655d28
---
 docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html |    10 +
 .../analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html    |    58 +
 ...ay_v1.projects.locations.apis.configs.html |     6 +-
 ...apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.html |     6 +-
 ...ateway_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html |     6 +-
 ...1beta.projects.locations.apis.configs.html |     6 +-
 ...ateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.html |     6 +-
 ...ay_v1beta.projects.locations.gateways.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html    |    54 +
 .../apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html               |     3 +
 docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html           |     3 +
 docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html            |    48 +-
 docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.rowAccessPolicies.html   |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html              |     6 +-
 ...1beta1.projects.locations.connections.html |     6 +-
 ...v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html |    34 +-
 ...ojects.locations.transferConfigs.runs.html |     4 +-
 ...atransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html |    34 +-
 ...sfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.runs.html |     4 +-
 ...ingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html |   108 +-
 ...dgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html |    12 +-
 ...ryauthorization_v1.projects.attestors.html |     6 +-
 ...inaryauthorization_v1.projects.policy.html |     6 +-
 ...horization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html |     6 +-
 ...authorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html       |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html                     |     4 +-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html     |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html                   |     4 +-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html                  |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html         |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html            |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html                |     6 +-
 .../dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html     |     2 +-
 .../dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html     |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html   |    18 +-
 ...d_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html |    14 +-
 ...oudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html |    18 +-
 ...cts.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html |    14 +-
 ...dbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html |    36 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html |    36 +-
 ...tions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html |    14 +-
 ...cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html |     6 +-
 .../dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html |     6 +-
 ...resourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html |     6 +-
 ...cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html |     6 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html |     6 +-
 ...cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html |     6 +-
 .../dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html |    18 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html |     6 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html    |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html         |    32 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html   |    36 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html  |    28 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html         |    20 +-
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html |    27 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html   |    24 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html      |    12 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html  |    10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html |    10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html  |     7 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html            |    35 +-
 .../compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html  |    30 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html |    18 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html         |    75 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html     |    43 +-
 ...compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html |    28 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html          |    39 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html        |    35 +-
 ...te_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html |    29 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html          |     9 +-
 .../compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html  |    30 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html |    30 +
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html |    10 +-
 ...ute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html |    25 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html   |    18 +-
 ...e_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html |    36 +-
 .../compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html |    20 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html      |   142 +
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html           |    48 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html  |    34 +-
 .../dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html |    40 -
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html       |     5 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html       |     4 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html          |    32 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html    |    24 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html              |    15 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html   |    28 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html          |    20 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html    |    24 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html       |    12 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpHealthChecks.html   |    10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpsHealthChecks.html  |    10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html   |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html             |    30 +-
 .../compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html   |    13 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html          |    11 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html           |    39 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html         |    10 +-
 ...ute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html |    29 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html           |     8 +-
 .../compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html   |    20 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html        |    12 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html |    10 +-
 ...pute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html |    11 +-
 ...compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html |     3 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html       |   115 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html   |    29 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html |    40 -
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html        |     5 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html |    78 +
 docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html   |    76 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html            |    32 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html      |    24 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html                |    14 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html     |    28 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html            |    20 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html      |    24 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html         |    12 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.html                      |     5 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html     |    10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html    |    10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html     |   211 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html               |    50 +-
 .../dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html |    11 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html    |     9 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html            |    30 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html             |    36 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html           |    10 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html             |     8 +-
 .../dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html |    20 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html    |     4 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html          |    11 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html   |    10 +-
 ...ompute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html |     9 +-
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html      |     3 +
 docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html            |     4 +
 ...tainer_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html |    18 +
 ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html |    12 +
 .../container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html |    18 +
 ..._v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html |    12 +
 ...r_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html |    18 +
 ...projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html |    12 +
 ...ainer_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html |    18 +
 ...ta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html |    12 +
 ...aineranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html |     6 +-
 ...nalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html |     6 +-
 ...ineranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html |     6 +-
 ...taineranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html |     6 +-
 ...is_v1beta1.projects.notes.occurrences.html |     4 +-
 ...analysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html |    38 +-
 ...rojects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html |     2 +-
 ...log_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html |     6 +-
 ...og_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html |     6 +-
 ...alog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html |     6 +-
 ...jects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html |     6 +-
 ...rojects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html |     2 +-
 ...1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html |     6 +-
 ...beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html |     6 +-
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html |     6 +-
 ...jects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html           |   286 +-
 docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html      |   286 +-
 .../deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html  |     6 +-
 .../dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html |     6 +-
 .../deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html |     6 +-
 ...splayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html |     2 +-
 ...ntai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |     4 +-
 ...v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html |     4 +-
 ...v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html |     4 +-
 ...entarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html |     6 +-
 ...entarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html |     6 +-
 .../file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html   |    28 +-
 .../file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html |    64 +-
 ...le_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html |    28 +-
 ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html |    66 +-
 ...rojects.locations.instances.snapshots.html |    18 +-
 .../firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html   |     4 +-
 ...store_v1.projects.databases.documents.html |   510 +-
 ..._v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html |   510 +-
 ...jects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html |     6 +-
 ...jects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html                       |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.html              |     2 +-
 ...gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html |     8 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html    |     2 +-
 ...hub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html |     8 +-
 ...ehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.html                  |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html         |     2 +-
 ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html |   196 +-
 .../gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html    |     2 +-
 ...1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html |     8 +-
 ...v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.html                 |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html        |     2 +-
 ...b_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html |     2 +-
 ...rojects.locations.global_.memberships.html |     2 +-
 .../gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html   |     2 +-
 ...alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html |     8 +-
 ...1alpha2.projects.locations.operations.html |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.html                   |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.html          |     2 +-
 ...ub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html |   196 +-
 .../dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html |     2 +-
 ...v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html |     8 +-
 ..._v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.html                  |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html         |     2 +-
 .../gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html    |     2 +-
 ...1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html |     8 +-
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |     2 +-
 docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html                       |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html             |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html           |    10 +-
 ...ub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html |    10 +-
 ...a.projects.locations.services.backups.html |     6 +-
 ...projects.locations.services.databases.html |     6 +-
 ...s.locations.services.databases.tables.html |     6 +-
 ...e_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html |     6 +-
 ...a.projects.locations.services.backups.html |     6 +-
 ...re_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html |     6 +-
 ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html |     6 +-
 ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html |     6 +-
 ...1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html |     6 +-
 ...1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html |     6 +-
 ....projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html |     6 +-
 ...1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html |     6 +-
 ...books_v1.projects.locations.instances.html |     6 +-
 ...jects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html |     4 +-
 ...jects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html |     4 +-
 docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.html                     |     5 -
 docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html         |   408 +-
 docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html    |   136 +-
 docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html                |  2044 +--
 ...imulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html |     4 +-
 ..._v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html |     4 +-
 ...or_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html |     4 +-
 ...ganizations.locations.replays.results.html |     4 +-
 ...mulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html |     4 +-
 ...v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html |     4 +-
 ...tor_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html |     4 +-
 ...ta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html |     4 +-
 ...beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html |     4 +-
 ...ganizations.locations.replays.results.html |     4 +-
 ...or_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html |     4 +-
 ...a1.projects.locations.replays.results.html |     4 +-
 ...redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html |    16 +-
 ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html |    16 +-
 .../dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html |    16 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html     |    16 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html      |    48 +-
 ..._v1.projects.locations.configurations.html |    16 +-
 .../run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html  |    16 +-
 .../run_v1.projects.locations.services.html   |    54 +-
 docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html    |    32 +-
 .../secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html    |     6 +-
 ...ecretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html |     6 +-
 ...itycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html |    88 +
 ...ter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html |   132 +
 ...curitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html |     6 +-
 ...tycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html |    88 +
 ...ycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html |     6 +-
 ...tory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.html |     6 +-
 ...rojects.locations.namespaces.services.html |     6 +-
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.html |     6 +-
 ...rojects.locations.namespaces.services.html |     6 +-
 ...rvicemanagement_v1.services.consumers.html |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html   |     6 +-
 docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html         |    60 +
 docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html   |     5 +
 ...ccounts.containers.workspaces.clients.html |   421 +
 ...ger_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html |     5 +
 .../dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html |    24 +-
 docs/dyn/vectortile_v1.terraintiles.html      |     6 +-
 .../documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json |     2 +-
 .../acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json          |     2 +-
 .../documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json    |     4 +-
 .../accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json   |     2 +-
 .../documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json      |     2 +-
 .../documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json      |     2 +-
 .../documents/admin.directory_v1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/admin.reports_v1.json           |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json   |     2 +-
 .../documents/admob.v1beta.json               |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json        |     2 +-
 .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json     |   108 +-
 .../documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json       |     2 +-
 .../androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/androidenterprise.v1.json       |     2 +-
 .../documents/androidpublisher.v3.json        |     2 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1.json              |     4 +-
 .../documents/apigateway.v1beta.json          |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json  |    38 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/appengine.v1.json               |    10 +-
 .../documents/appengine.v1alpha.json          |     6 +-
 .../documents/appengine.v1beta.json           |    10 +-
 .../documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json     |     2 +-
 .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json        |    16 +-
 .../documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json       |     4 +-
 .../documents/bigquery.v2.json                |    26 +-
 .../documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json |     8 +-
 .../documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json    |    30 +-
 .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json     |     2 +-
 .../bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json          |     2 +-
 .../documents/billingbudgets.v1.json          |    20 +-
 .../documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json     |     4 +-
 .../documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json     |     6 +-
 .../binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json          |     6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/calendar.v3.json                |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json    |    18 +-
 .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json        |     2 +-
 .../documents/chromepolicy.v1.json            |     2 +-
 .../documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json          |     2 +-
 .../documents/classroom.v1.json               |     2 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1.json              |     6 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json         |     6 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json       |     6 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json       |     6 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json       |     6 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json       |     6 +-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json              |    24 +-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json        |     8 +-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json        |     8 +-
 .../documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json         |     8 +-
 .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json            |     2 +-
 .../documents/clouddebugger.v2.json           |     4 +-
 .../clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json          |    16 +-
 .../documents/cloudiot.v1.json                |     4 +-
 .../documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json    |     4 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json    |     4 +-
 .../cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json    |    10 +-
 .../documents/cloudsearch.v1.json             |     2 +-
 .../documents/cloudshell.v1.json              |     2 +-
 .../documents/cloudtrace.v1.json              |     4 +-
 .../documents/cloudtrace.v2.json              |     4 +-
 .../documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/compute.alpha.json              | 13994 +++++++++-------
 .../documents/compute.beta.json               | 12697 +++++++-------
 .../discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json | 13368 ++++++++-------
 .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json   |     2 +-
 .../documents/container.v1.json               |    23 +-
 .../documents/container.v1beta1.json          |    33 +-
 .../documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json |     6 +-
 .../documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json  |    33 +-
 .../documents/customsearch.v1.json            |     2 +-
 .../documents/datacatalog.v1.json             |     6 +-
 .../documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json        |     6 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1.json               |     4 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1beta1.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/datastore.v1beta3.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json    |     4 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json       |     4 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json   |     4 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json              |     4 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json              |     4 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json       |     2 +-
 .../documents/displayvideo.v1.json            |    42 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json     |     2 +-
 .../documents/dns.v1beta2.json                |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1.json              |    24 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta2.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json         |    14 +-
 .../documents/domainsrdap.v1.json             |     2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json   |     2 +-
 .../documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json       |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json   |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json   |     4 +-
 .../documents/driveactivity.v2.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json       |     2 +-
 .../documents/eventarc.v1.json                |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json     |     2 +-
 .../documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json            |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json    |    50 +-
 .../documents/file.v1beta1.json               |    64 +-
 .../documents/firebase.v1beta1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json    |     4 +-
 .../documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/firebasehosting.v1.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v1.json              |     2 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1.json               |     4 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1beta1.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/firestore.v1beta2.json          |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json   |     2 +-
 .../gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json   |     2 +-
 .../gamesManagement.v1management.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/gameservices.v1.json            |     4 +-
 .../documents/gameservices.v1beta.json        |     4 +-
 .../documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json          |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json  |     6 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json             |   131 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json            |     6 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json              |   131 +-
 .../documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json             |     6 +-
 .../documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json    |     2 +-
 .../gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/groupsmigration.v1.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/groupssettings.v1.json          |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json     |    18 +-
 .../documents/iamcredentials.v1.json          |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json     |     6 +-
 .../documents/iap.v1beta1.json                |     6 +-
 .../documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json            |    42 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/language.v1.json                |     2 +-
 .../documents/language.v1beta1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/language.v1beta2.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/libraryagent.v1.json            |     2 +-
 .../documents/licensing.v1.json               |     2 +-
 .../documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json        |     4 +-
 .../documents/localservices.v1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/manufacturers.v1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/metastore.v1alpha.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/metastore.v1beta.json           |     4 +-
 .../documents/monitoring.v1.json              |     2 +-
 .../documents/monitoring.v3.json              |     2 +-
 .../mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json       |     2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json       |     2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json  |     2 +-
 .../documents/networkmanagement.v1.json       |     4 +-
 .../documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json  |     4 +-
 .../documents/networkservices.v1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json    |     4 +-
 .../documents/notebooks.v1.json               |     4 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json        |    29 +-
 .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json   |    29 +-
 .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json               |     2 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1.json                |   152 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json            |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json |     4 +-
 .../documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json            |     6 +-
 .../documents/oslogin.v1beta.json             |     6 +-
 .../documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json         |     2 +-
 .../paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json      |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json  |    11 +-
 .../documents/playablelocations.v3.json       |     2 +-
 .../documents/playcustomapp.v1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json    |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/poly.v1.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/privateca.v1.json               |     2 +-
 .../documents/privateca.v1beta1.json          |     2 +-
 .../documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json  |     4 +-
 .../documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json            |     4 +-
 .../documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json             |     4 +-
 .../documents/pubsublite.v1.json              |     2 +-
 .../documents/realtimebidding.v1.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json     |     4 +-
 .../documents/recommender.v1.json             |     2 +-
 .../documents/recommender.v1beta1.json        |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json   |     8 +-
 .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json              |    10 +-
 .../documents/reseller.v1.json                |     2 +-
 .../documents/resourcesettings.v1.json        |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json     |    12 +-
 .../documents/run.v1alpha1.json               |    10 +-
 .../documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/safebrowsing.v4.json            |     2 +-
 .../documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json         |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json  |     2 +-
 .../documents/searchconsole.v1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/secretmanager.v1.json           |     4 +-
 .../documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json      |     4 +-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json          |   198 +-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json     |   198 +-
 .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json     |   196 +-
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json         |     2 +-
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json    |     2 +-
 .../documents/servicecontrol.v1.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/servicecontrol.v2.json          |     4 +-
 .../documents/servicedirectory.v1.json        |     6 +-
 .../documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json   |     6 +-
 .../documents/servicemanagement.v1.json       |     8 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json       |     2 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json   |     2 +-
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json            |     2 +-
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json       |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json  |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json  |     6 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json  |     4 +-
 .../documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json           |     4 +-
 .../documents/speech.v2beta1.json             |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json |     4 +-
 .../documents/storagetransfer.v1.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json       |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json     |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/tagmanager.v1.json              |     2 +-
 .../documents/tagmanager.v2.json              |   216 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json   |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json |    12 +-
 .../documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json        |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json     |     4 +-
 .../documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json               |     4 +-
 .../documents/trafficdirector.v2.json         |     4 +-
 .../documents/transcoder.v1beta1.json         |     2 +-
 .../documents/vectortile.v1.json              |    10 +-
 .../documents/videointelligence.v1.json       |     4 +-
 .../documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json  |     4 +-
 .../videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json          |     4 +-
 .../videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json          |     4 +-
 .../videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json          |     4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json  |     2 +-
 .../documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json           |     2 +-
 .../documents/webfonts.v1.json                |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json      |     2 +-
 .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json  |     2 +-
 .../documents/workflows.v1.json               |     2 +-
 .../documents/workflows.v1beta.json           |     2 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json |     2 +-
 .../documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json        |     2 +-
 .../documents/youtubereporting.v1.json        |     2 +-
 541 files changed, 30011 insertions(+), 22258 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
index 00a4c19511d..049d914400f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
@@ -379,6 +379,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;parameterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
               &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
             },
+            &quot;dataRetentionSettings&quot;: { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a data retention settings resource in change history.
+              &quot;eventDataRetention&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The length of time that event-level data is retained.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
+              &quot;resetUserDataOnNewActivity&quot;: True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.
+            },
             &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLink&quot;: { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource in change history.
               &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
               &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
@@ -496,6 +501,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;parameterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
               &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
             },
+            &quot;dataRetentionSettings&quot;: { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource. # A snapshot of a data retention settings resource in change history.
+              &quot;eventDataRetention&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The length of time that event-level data is retained.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
+              &quot;resetUserDataOnNewActivity&quot;: True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.
+            },
             &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLink&quot;: { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource in change history.
               &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
               &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
index 20105d06ec2..2415b39193a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
@@ -141,6 +141,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lookup for a single "GA4" Property.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getDataRetentionSettings">getDataRetentionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the singleton data retention settings for this property.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getGoogleSignalsSettings">getGoogleSignalsSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lookup for Google Signals settings for a property.</p>
@@ -153,6 +156,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates a property.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#updateDataRetentionSettings">updateDataRetentionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the singleton data retention settings for this property.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#updateGoogleSignalsSettings">updateGoogleSignalsSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates Google Signals settings for a property.</p>
@@ -265,6 +271,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getDataRetentionSettings">getDataRetentionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the singleton data retention settings for this property.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the settings to lookup. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings Example: &quot;properties/1000/dataRetentionSettings&quot; (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource.
+  &quot;eventDataRetention&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The length of time that event-level data is retained.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
+  &quot;resetUserDataOnNewActivity&quot;: True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="getGoogleSignalsSettings">getGoogleSignalsSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lookup for Google Signals settings for a property.
@@ -384,6 +411,37 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="updateDataRetentionSettings">updateDataRetentionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the singleton data retention settings for this property.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource.
+  &quot;eventDataRetention&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The length of time that event-level data is retained.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
+  &quot;resetUserDataOnNewActivity&quot;: True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., &quot;field_to_update&quot;). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string &quot;*&quot; to match all fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource.
+  &quot;eventDataRetention&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The length of time that event-level data is retained.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings
+  &quot;resetUserDataOnNewActivity&quot;: True or False, # If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="updateGoogleSignalsSettings">updateGoogleSignalsSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Updates Google Signals settings for a property.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.configs.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.configs.html
index 24ae68a69b3..c8be294b070 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.configs.html
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.html
index c7ac66c3bf7..2cd0c59aaf6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.apis.html
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html
index da3a2457afe..54e556d9de1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1.projects.locations.gateways.html
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.configs.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.configs.html
index bc81922b382..5785319d76b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.configs.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.html
index c85bc5fc1a4..95080c40b37 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.apis.html
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.gateways.html b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.gateways.html
index 03dad822ab5..80405683527 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.gateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigateway_v1beta.projects.locations.gateways.html
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html
index 88378852297..e05a24563df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html
@@ -104,6 +104,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, includeMetaData=None, includeRevisions=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists the names of all API proxies in an organization. The names returned correspond to the names defined in the configuration files for each API proxy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an existing API proxy.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -297,4 +300,55 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates an existing API proxy.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. API proxy to update in the following format: `organizations/{org}/apis/{api}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Metadata describing the API proxy
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # User labels applied to this API Proxy.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;latestRevisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The id of the most recently created revision for this api proxy.
+  &quot;metaData&quot;: { # Metadata common to many entities in this API. # Output only. Metadata describing the API proxy.
+    &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time at which the API proxy was created, in milliseconds since epoch.
+    &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time at which the API proxy was most recently modified, in milliseconds since epoch.
+    &quot;subType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of entity described
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the API proxy.
+  &quot;revision&quot;: [ # Output only. List of revisons defined for the API proxy.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Metadata describing the API proxy
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # User labels applied to this API Proxy.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;latestRevisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The id of the most recently created revision for this api proxy.
+  &quot;metaData&quot;: { # Metadata common to many entities in this API. # Output only. Metadata describing the API proxy.
+    &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time at which the API proxy was created, in milliseconds since epoch.
+    &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time at which the API proxy was most recently modified, in milliseconds since epoch.
+    &quot;subType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of entity described
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the API proxy.
+  &quot;revision&quot;: [ # Output only. List of revisons defined for the API proxy.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
index 26d9f292ba9..d24f552390b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html
index 1510cc16134..efba51b9672 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1.apps.html
@@ -166,6 +166,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier of the Application resource. This identifier is equivalent to the project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project where you want to deploy your application. Example: myapp.
   &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location from which this application runs. Application instances run out of the data centers in the specified location, which is also where all of the application&#x27;s end user content is stored.Defaults to us-central.View the list of supported locations (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/locations).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.
   &quot;servingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of this application.
 }
 
@@ -240,6 +241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier of the Application resource. This identifier is equivalent to the project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project where you want to deploy your application. Example: myapp.
   &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location from which this application runs. Application instances run out of the data centers in the specified location, which is also where all of the application&#x27;s end user content is stored.Defaults to us-central.View the list of supported locations (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/locations).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.
   &quot;servingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of this application.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -281,6 +283,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier of the Application resource. This identifier is equivalent to the project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project where you want to deploy your application. Example: myapp.
   &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location from which this application runs. Application instances run out of the data centers in the specified location, which is also where all of the application&#x27;s end user content is stored.Defaults to us-central.View the list of supported locations (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/locations).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.
   &quot;servingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of this application.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html
index 9b7186415fe..b6b9c6bf568 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.html
@@ -166,6 +166,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier of the Application resource. This identifier is equivalent to the project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project where you want to deploy your application. Example: myapp.
   &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location from which this application runs. Application instances run out of the data centers in the specified location, which is also where all of the application&#x27;s end user content is stored.Defaults to us-central.View the list of supported locations (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/locations).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.
   &quot;servingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of this application.
 }
 
@@ -240,6 +241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier of the Application resource. This identifier is equivalent to the project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project where you want to deploy your application. Example: myapp.
   &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location from which this application runs. Application instances run out of the data centers in the specified location, which is also where all of the application&#x27;s end user content is stored.Defaults to us-central.View the list of supported locations (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/locations).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.
   &quot;servingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of this application.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -281,6 +283,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier of the Application resource. This identifier is equivalent to the project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project where you want to deploy your application. Example: myapp.
   &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location from which this application runs. Application instances run out of the data centers in the specified location, which is also where all of the application&#x27;s end user content is stored.Defaults to us-central.View the list of supported locations (https://cloud.google.com/appengine/docs/locations).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.
   &quot;servingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of this application.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html
index 4c4d3ad6b55..781a05ee9e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.routines.html
@@ -144,15 +144,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   &quot;definitionBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If language=SQL, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If language=JAVASCRIPT, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS &#x27;return &quot;\n&quot;;\n&#x27;` The definition_body is `return &quot;\n&quot;;\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The description of the routine if defined.
-  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF if defined.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The description of the routine, if defined.
+  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF, if defined.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A hash of this resource.
   &quot;importedLibraries&quot;: [ # Optional. If language = &quot;JAVASCRIPT&quot;, this field stores the path of the imported JAVASCRIPT libraries.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defaults to &quot;SQL&quot;.
   &quot;lastModifiedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
-  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Set only if Routine is a &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;.
+  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Can be set only if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return table type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the columns in the evaluated table result will be cast to match the column types specificed in return table type, at query time.
     &quot;columns&quot;: [ # The columns in this table type
       { # A field or a column.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of this field. Can be absent for struct fields.
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
+  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. Cannot be set if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
     &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StandardSqlDataType # The type of the array&#x27;s elements, if type_kind = &quot;ARRAY&quot;.
     &quot;structType&quot;: { # The fields of this struct, in order, if type_kind = &quot;STRUCT&quot;.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [
@@ -215,15 +215,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   &quot;definitionBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If language=SQL, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If language=JAVASCRIPT, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS &#x27;return &quot;\n&quot;;\n&#x27;` The definition_body is `return &quot;\n&quot;;\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The description of the routine if defined.
-  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF if defined.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The description of the routine, if defined.
+  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF, if defined.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A hash of this resource.
   &quot;importedLibraries&quot;: [ # Optional. If language = &quot;JAVASCRIPT&quot;, this field stores the path of the imported JAVASCRIPT libraries.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defaults to &quot;SQL&quot;.
   &quot;lastModifiedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
-  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Set only if Routine is a &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;.
+  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Can be set only if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return table type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the columns in the evaluated table result will be cast to match the column types specificed in return table type, at query time.
     &quot;columns&quot;: [ # The columns in this table type
       { # A field or a column.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of this field. Can be absent for struct fields.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
+  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. Cannot be set if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
     &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StandardSqlDataType # The type of the array&#x27;s elements, if type_kind = &quot;ARRAY&quot;.
     &quot;structType&quot;: { # The fields of this struct, in order, if type_kind = &quot;STRUCT&quot;.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [
@@ -279,15 +279,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   &quot;definitionBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If language=SQL, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If language=JAVASCRIPT, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS &#x27;return &quot;\n&quot;;\n&#x27;` The definition_body is `return &quot;\n&quot;;\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The description of the routine if defined.
-  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF if defined.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The description of the routine, if defined.
+  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF, if defined.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A hash of this resource.
   &quot;importedLibraries&quot;: [ # Optional. If language = &quot;JAVASCRIPT&quot;, this field stores the path of the imported JAVASCRIPT libraries.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defaults to &quot;SQL&quot;.
   &quot;lastModifiedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
-  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Set only if Routine is a &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;.
+  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Can be set only if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return table type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the columns in the evaluated table result will be cast to match the column types specificed in return table type, at query time.
     &quot;columns&quot;: [ # The columns in this table type
       { # A field or a column.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of this field. Can be absent for struct fields.
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
+  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. Cannot be set if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
     &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StandardSqlDataType # The type of the array&#x27;s elements, if type_kind = &quot;ARRAY&quot;.
     &quot;structType&quot;: { # The fields of this struct, in order, if type_kind = &quot;STRUCT&quot;.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [
@@ -358,15 +358,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.
       &quot;definitionBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If language=SQL, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If language=JAVASCRIPT, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS &#x27;return &quot;\n&quot;;\n&#x27;` The definition_body is `return &quot;\n&quot;;\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The description of the routine if defined.
-      &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF if defined.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The description of the routine, if defined.
+      &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF, if defined.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A hash of this resource.
       &quot;importedLibraries&quot;: [ # Optional. If language = &quot;JAVASCRIPT&quot;, this field stores the path of the imported JAVASCRIPT libraries.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defaults to &quot;SQL&quot;.
       &quot;lastModifiedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
-      &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Set only if Routine is a &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;.
+      &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Can be set only if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return table type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the columns in the evaluated table result will be cast to match the column types specificed in return table type, at query time.
         &quot;columns&quot;: [ # The columns in this table type
           { # A field or a column.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of this field. Can be absent for struct fields.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         ],
       },
-      &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
+      &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. Cannot be set if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
         &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StandardSqlDataType # The type of the array&#x27;s elements, if type_kind = &quot;ARRAY&quot;.
         &quot;structType&quot;: { # The fields of this struct, in order, if type_kind = &quot;STRUCT&quot;.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [
@@ -446,15 +446,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   &quot;definitionBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If language=SQL, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If language=JAVASCRIPT, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS &#x27;return &quot;\n&quot;;\n&#x27;` The definition_body is `return &quot;\n&quot;;\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The description of the routine if defined.
-  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF if defined.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The description of the routine, if defined.
+  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF, if defined.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A hash of this resource.
   &quot;importedLibraries&quot;: [ # Optional. If language = &quot;JAVASCRIPT&quot;, this field stores the path of the imported JAVASCRIPT libraries.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defaults to &quot;SQL&quot;.
   &quot;lastModifiedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
-  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Set only if Routine is a &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;.
+  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Can be set only if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return table type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the columns in the evaluated table result will be cast to match the column types specificed in return table type, at query time.
     &quot;columns&quot;: [ # The columns in this table type
       { # A field or a column.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of this field. Can be absent for struct fields.
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
+  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. Cannot be set if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
     &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StandardSqlDataType # The type of the array&#x27;s elements, if type_kind = &quot;ARRAY&quot;.
     &quot;structType&quot;: { # The fields of this struct, in order, if type_kind = &quot;STRUCT&quot;.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [
@@ -510,15 +510,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;creationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was created, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   &quot;definitionBody&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The body of the routine. For functions, this is the expression in the AS clause. If language=SQL, it is the substring inside (but excluding) the parentheses. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION JoinLines(x string, y string) as (concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y))` The definition_body is `concat(x, &quot;\n&quot;, y)` (\n is not replaced with linebreak). If language=JAVASCRIPT, it is the evaluated string in the AS clause. For example, for the function created with the following statement: `CREATE FUNCTION f() RETURNS STRING LANGUAGE js AS &#x27;return &quot;\n&quot;;\n&#x27;` The definition_body is `return &quot;\n&quot;;\n` Note that both \n are replaced with linebreaks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The description of the routine if defined.
-  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. [Experimental] The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF if defined.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The description of the routine, if defined.
+  &quot;determinismLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF, if defined.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A hash of this resource.
   &quot;importedLibraries&quot;: [ # Optional. If language = &quot;JAVASCRIPT&quot;, this field stores the path of the imported JAVASCRIPT libraries.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;language&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defaults to &quot;SQL&quot;.
   &quot;lastModifiedTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when this routine was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
-  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Set only if Routine is a &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;.
+  &quot;returnTableType&quot;: { # A table type # Optional. Can be set only if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return table type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the columns in the evaluated table result will be cast to match the column types specificed in return table type, at query time.
     &quot;columns&quot;: [ # The columns in this table type
       { # A field or a column.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of this field. Can be absent for struct fields.
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
   },
-  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
+  &quot;returnType&quot;: { # The type of a variable, e.g., a function argument. Examples: INT64: {type_kind=&quot;INT64&quot;} ARRAY: {type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;STRING&quot;} STRUCT&gt;: {type_kind=&quot;STRUCT&quot;, struct_type={fields=[ {name=&quot;x&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;STRING&quot;}}, {name=&quot;y&quot;, type={type_kind=&quot;ARRAY&quot;, array_element_type=&quot;DATE&quot;}} ]}} # Optional if language = &quot;SQL&quot;; required otherwise. Cannot be set if routine_type = &quot;TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION&quot;. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: &quot;FLOAT64&quot;}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64.
     &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StandardSqlDataType # The type of the array&#x27;s elements, if type_kind = &quot;ARRAY&quot;.
     &quot;structType&quot;: { # The fields of this struct, in order, if type_kind = &quot;STRUCT&quot;.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.rowAccessPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.rowAccessPolicies.html
index 42290e2c0dd..665bd6e0e16 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.rowAccessPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.rowAccessPolicies.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
index e19a427cb1b..084dedbb92e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryconnection_v1beta1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryconnection_v1beta1.projects.locations.connections.html
index 095a1497436..4863ba73b26 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryconnection_v1beta1.projects.locations.connections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryconnection_v1beta1.projects.locations.connections.html
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html
index 8a2a0aec067..3f0b6e97deb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.html
@@ -133,7 +133,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -171,7 +174,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -231,7 +237,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -279,7 +288,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
       &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+      &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+      },
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
@@ -332,7 +344,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -371,7 +386,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -428,7 +446,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
@@ -488,7 +506,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.runs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.runs.html
index bf0fad631d1..f0287f93104 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.runs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.locations.transferConfigs.runs.html
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html
index 4862f363747..42cf3ac0f37 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.html
@@ -133,7 +133,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -171,7 +174,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -231,7 +237,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -279,7 +288,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
       &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+      &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+      },
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
@@ -332,7 +344,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -371,7 +386,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer config. Transfer config names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{region}/transferConfigs/{config_id}`. Where `config_id` is usually a uuid, even though it is not guaranteed or required. The name is ignored when creating a transfer config.
   &quot;nextRunTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
+  &quot;ownerInfo&quot;: { # Information about a user. # Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # E-mail address of the user.
+  },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -428,7 +446,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
@@ -488,7 +506,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.runs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.runs.html
index 25012d502b7..8e4fc26510c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.runs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquerydatatransfer_v1.projects.transferConfigs.runs.html
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+  &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
   },
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the transfer run. Transfer run names have the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}`. The name is ignored when creating a transfer run.
-      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes
+      &quot;notificationPubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Output only. Parameters specific to each data source. For more information see the bq tab in the &#x27;Setting up a data transfer&#x27; section for each data source. For example the parameters for Cloud Storage transfers are listed here: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery-transfer/docs/cloud-storage-transfer#bq
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
index ca8d6b7f167..0e12b0add21 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period.
   &quot;amount&quot;: { # The budgeted amount for each usage period. # Required. Budgeted amount.
-    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. Future configuration options will be described here (for example, configuring a percentage of last period&#x27;s spend). LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
+    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
     },
     &quot;specifiedAmount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # A specified amount to use as the budget. `currency_code` is optional. If specified when creating a budget, it must match the currency of the billing account. If specified when updating a budget, it must match the currency_code of the existing budget. The `currency_code` is provided on output.
       &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget tracks usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it tracks usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
     &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -138,30 +138,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
+    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account will be included. If the field is omitted, the report will include usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
+    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account is included. If the field is omitted, the report includes usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User data for display name in UI. The name must be less than or equal to 60 characters.
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag causes an update to overwrite other changes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
   &quot;notificationsRule&quot;: { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds.
     &quot;disableDefaultIamRecipients&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.
-    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.
+    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it&#x27;s set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
+    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget-related messages are published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent to the topic at regular intervals; the timing of the updates is not dependent on the [threshold rules](#thresholdrule) you&#x27;ve set. Note that if you want your [Pub/Sub JSON object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) to contain data for `alertThresholdExceeded`, you need at least one [alert threshold rule](#thresholdrule). When you set threshold rules, you must also enable at least one of the email notification options, either using the default IAM recipients or Cloud Monitoring email notification channels. To use Pub/Sub topics with budgets, you must do the following: 1. Create the Pub/Sub topic before connecting it to your budget. For guidance, see [Manage programmatic budget alert notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). 2. Grant the API caller the `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the Pub/Sub topic. If not set, the API call fails with PERMISSION_DENIED. For additional details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions, see [Permissions required for this task](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#permissions_required_for_this_task).
     &quot;schemaVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only &quot;1.0&quot; is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
   },
   &quot;thresholdRules&quot;: [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period.
   &quot;amount&quot;: { # The budgeted amount for each usage period. # Required. Budgeted amount.
-    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. Future configuration options will be described here (for example, configuring a percentage of last period&#x27;s spend). LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
+    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
     },
     &quot;specifiedAmount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # A specified amount to use as the budget. `currency_code` is optional. If specified when creating a budget, it must match the currency of the billing account. If specified when updating a budget, it must match the currency_code of the existing budget. The `currency_code` is provided on output.
       &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget tracks usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it tracks usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
     &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -208,30 +208,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
+    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account will be included. If the field is omitted, the report will include usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
+    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account is included. If the field is omitted, the report includes usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User data for display name in UI. The name must be less than or equal to 60 characters.
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag causes an update to overwrite other changes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
   &quot;notificationsRule&quot;: { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds.
     &quot;disableDefaultIamRecipients&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.
-    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.
+    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it&#x27;s set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
+    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget-related messages are published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent to the topic at regular intervals; the timing of the updates is not dependent on the [threshold rules](#thresholdrule) you&#x27;ve set. Note that if you want your [Pub/Sub JSON object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) to contain data for `alertThresholdExceeded`, you need at least one [alert threshold rule](#thresholdrule). When you set threshold rules, you must also enable at least one of the email notification options, either using the default IAM recipients or Cloud Monitoring email notification channels. To use Pub/Sub topics with budgets, you must do the following: 1. Create the Pub/Sub topic before connecting it to your budget. For guidance, see [Manage programmatic budget alert notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). 2. Grant the API caller the `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the Pub/Sub topic. If not set, the API call fails with PERMISSION_DENIED. For additional details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions, see [Permissions required for this task](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#permissions_required_for_this_task).
     &quot;schemaVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only &quot;1.0&quot; is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
   },
   &quot;thresholdRules&quot;: [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period.
   &quot;amount&quot;: { # The budgeted amount for each usage period. # Required. Budgeted amount.
-    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. Future configuration options will be described here (for example, configuring a percentage of last period&#x27;s spend). LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
+    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
     },
     &quot;specifiedAmount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # A specified amount to use as the budget. `currency_code` is optional. If specified when creating a budget, it must match the currency of the billing account. If specified when updating a budget, it must match the currency_code of the existing budget. The `currency_code` is provided on output.
       &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget tracks usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it tracks usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
     &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -303,30 +303,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
+    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account will be included. If the field is omitted, the report will include usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
+    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account is included. If the field is omitted, the report includes usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User data for display name in UI. The name must be less than or equal to 60 characters.
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag causes an update to overwrite other changes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
   &quot;notificationsRule&quot;: { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds.
     &quot;disableDefaultIamRecipients&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.
-    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.
+    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it&#x27;s set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
+    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget-related messages are published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent to the topic at regular intervals; the timing of the updates is not dependent on the [threshold rules](#thresholdrule) you&#x27;ve set. Note that if you want your [Pub/Sub JSON object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) to contain data for `alertThresholdExceeded`, you need at least one [alert threshold rule](#thresholdrule). When you set threshold rules, you must also enable at least one of the email notification options, either using the default IAM recipients or Cloud Monitoring email notification channels. To use Pub/Sub topics with budgets, you must do the following: 1. Create the Pub/Sub topic before connecting it to your budget. For guidance, see [Manage programmatic budget alert notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). 2. Grant the API caller the `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the Pub/Sub topic. If not set, the API call fails with PERMISSION_DENIED. For additional details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions, see [Permissions required for this task](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#permissions_required_for_this_task).
     &quot;schemaVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only &quot;1.0&quot; is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
   },
   &quot;thresholdRules&quot;: [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;budgets&quot;: [ # List of the budgets owned by the requested billing account.
     { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period.
       &quot;amount&quot;: { # The budgeted amount for each usage period. # Required. Budgeted amount.
-        &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. Future configuration options will be described here (for example, configuring a percentage of last period&#x27;s spend). LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
+        &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
         },
         &quot;specifiedAmount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # A specified amount to use as the budget. `currency_code` is optional. If specified when creating a budget, it must match the currency of the billing account. If specified when updating a budget, it must match the currency_code of the existing budget. The `currency_code` is provided on output.
           &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       },
       &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-        &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+        &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget tracks usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it tracks usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
         &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -384,30 +384,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
         },
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
           &quot;a_key&quot;: [
             &quot;&quot;,
           ],
         },
-        &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
+        &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
+        &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account will be included. If the field is omitted, the report will include usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
+        &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account is included. If the field is omitted, the report includes usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User data for display name in UI. The name must be less than or equal to 60 characters.
-      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag causes an update to overwrite other changes.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
       &quot;notificationsRule&quot;: { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds.
         &quot;disableDefaultIamRecipients&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.
-        &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.
+        &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it&#x27;s set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
+        &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget-related messages are published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent to the topic at regular intervals; the timing of the updates is not dependent on the [threshold rules](#thresholdrule) you&#x27;ve set. Note that if you want your [Pub/Sub JSON object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) to contain data for `alertThresholdExceeded`, you need at least one [alert threshold rule](#thresholdrule). When you set threshold rules, you must also enable at least one of the email notification options, either using the default IAM recipients or Cloud Monitoring email notification channels. To use Pub/Sub topics with budgets, you must do the following: 1. Create the Pub/Sub topic before connecting it to your budget. For guidance, see [Manage programmatic budget alert notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). 2. Grant the API caller the `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the Pub/Sub topic. If not set, the API call fails with PERMISSION_DENIED. For additional details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions, see [Permissions required for this task](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#permissions_required_for_this_task).
         &quot;schemaVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only &quot;1.0&quot; is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
       },
       &quot;thresholdRules&quot;: [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period.
   &quot;amount&quot;: { # The budgeted amount for each usage period. # Required. Budgeted amount.
-    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. Future configuration options will be described here (for example, configuring a percentage of last period&#x27;s spend). LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
+    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
     },
     &quot;specifiedAmount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # A specified amount to use as the budget. `currency_code` is optional. If specified when creating a budget, it must match the currency of the billing account. If specified when updating a budget, it must match the currency_code of the existing budget. The `currency_code` is provided on output.
       &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget tracks usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it tracks usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
     &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -473,30 +473,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
+    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account will be included. If the field is omitted, the report will include usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
+    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account is included. If the field is omitted, the report includes usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User data for display name in UI. The name must be less than or equal to 60 characters.
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag causes an update to overwrite other changes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
   &quot;notificationsRule&quot;: { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds.
     &quot;disableDefaultIamRecipients&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.
-    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.
+    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it&#x27;s set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
+    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget-related messages are published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent to the topic at regular intervals; the timing of the updates is not dependent on the [threshold rules](#thresholdrule) you&#x27;ve set. Note that if you want your [Pub/Sub JSON object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) to contain data for `alertThresholdExceeded`, you need at least one [alert threshold rule](#thresholdrule). When you set threshold rules, you must also enable at least one of the email notification options, either using the default IAM recipients or Cloud Monitoring email notification channels. To use Pub/Sub topics with budgets, you must do the following: 1. Create the Pub/Sub topic before connecting it to your budget. For guidance, see [Manage programmatic budget alert notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). 2. Grant the API caller the `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the Pub/Sub topic. If not set, the API call fails with PERMISSION_DENIED. For additional details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions, see [Permissions required for this task](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#permissions_required_for_this_task).
     &quot;schemaVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only &quot;1.0&quot; is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
   },
   &quot;thresholdRules&quot;: [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period.
   &quot;amount&quot;: { # The budgeted amount for each usage period. # Required. Budgeted amount.
-    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. Future configuration options will be described here (for example, configuring a percentage of last period&#x27;s spend). LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
+    &quot;lastPeriodAmount&quot;: { # Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period&#x27;s spend; that is, there are no other options yet. LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period. # Use the last period&#x27;s actual spend as the budget for the present period. LastPeriodAmount can only be set when the budget&#x27;s time period is a Filter.calendar_period. It cannot be set in combination with Filter.custom_period.
     },
     &quot;specifiedAmount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # A specified amount to use as the budget. `currency_code` is optional. If specified when creating a budget, it must match the currency of the billing account. If specified when updating a budget, it must match the currency_code of the existing budget. The `currency_code` is provided on output.
       &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   },
   &quot;budgetFilter&quot;: { # A filter for a budget, limiting the scope of the cost to calculate. # Optional. Filters that define which resources are used to compute the actual spend against the budget amount, such as projects, services, and the budget&#x27;s time period, as well as other filters.
-    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
+    &quot;calendarPeriod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget tracks usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it tracks usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.
     &quot;creditTypes&quot;: [ # Optional. If Filter.credit_types_treatment is INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this is a list of credit types to be subtracted from gross cost to determine the spend for threshold calculations. See [a list of acceptable credit type values](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/export-data-bigquery-tables#credits-type). If Filter.credit_types_treatment is **not** INCLUDE_SPECIFIED_CREDITS, this field must be empty.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -544,30 +544,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
+    &quot;services&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account will be included. If the field is omitted, the report will include usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
+    &quot;subaccounts&quot;: [ # Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account is included. If the field is omitted, the report includes usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User data for display name in UI. The name must be less than or equal to 60 characters.
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag causes an update to overwrite other changes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`.
   &quot;notificationsRule&quot;: { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds.
     &quot;disableDefaultIamRecipients&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.
-    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.
+    &quot;monitoringNotificationChannels&quot;: [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
-    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it&#x27;s set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.
+    &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget-related messages are published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent to the topic at regular intervals; the timing of the updates is not dependent on the [threshold rules](#thresholdrule) you&#x27;ve set. Note that if you want your [Pub/Sub JSON object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) to contain data for `alertThresholdExceeded`, you need at least one [alert threshold rule](#thresholdrule). When you set threshold rules, you must also enable at least one of the email notification options, either using the default IAM recipients or Cloud Monitoring email notification channels. To use Pub/Sub topics with budgets, you must do the following: 1. Create the Pub/Sub topic before connecting it to your budget. For guidance, see [Manage programmatic budget alert notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). 2. Grant the API caller the `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the Pub/Sub topic. If not set, the API call fails with PERMISSION_DENIED. For additional details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions, see [Permissions required for this task](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#permissions_required_for_this_task).
     &quot;schemaVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Required when NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic is set. The schema version of the notification sent to NotificationsRule.pubsub_topic. Only &quot;1.0&quot; is accepted. It represents the JSON schema as defined in https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format.
   },
   &quot;thresholdRules&quot;: [ # Optional. Rules that trigger alerts (notifications of thresholds being crossed) when spend exceeds the specified percentages of the budget. Optional for `pubsubTopic` notifications. Required if using email notifications.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
index 46e7bb48c96..ebb3e66aad1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
         },
       },
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
         &quot;a_key&quot;: [
           &quot;&quot;,
         ],
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
         },
-        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
           &quot;a_key&quot;: [
             &quot;&quot;,
           ],
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
         },
       },
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
         &quot;a_key&quot;: [
           &quot;&quot;,
         ],
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
     },
-    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `&quot;key&quot;: value` pair. Example: `{ &quot;name&quot;: &quot;wrench&quot; }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._
       &quot;a_key&quot;: [
         &quot;&quot;,
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.attestors.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.attestors.html
index 4bd9c46aaf3..169b49cbb94 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.attestors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.attestors.html
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.policy.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.policy.html
index a8e90e97074..b93c9cce14a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.policy.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.policy.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html
index 467f92cb3b6..c9f1da53b74 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.attestors.html
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html
index 2e181fa1311..0ecbb740def 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1beta1.projects.policy.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
index 632da2d4ab7..5101a9b00e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
index 9117d85812a..d5ed2a4b3c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -2417,7 +2417,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
index 26e5fd1d6ff..04a343604d6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
index 382d7a40f3b..e62d121d908 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -2417,7 +2417,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
index d2f718adfdd..cd9fed48582 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index 8612be1f0bd..84273d99ec6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   },
 }
 
-  threadKey: string, Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
+  threadKey: string, Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
index 784049d6def..cf0477c4221 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
-      &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
+      &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index 5f21c7fab69..afe541d54d6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
-        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
+        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
           &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
             { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
               &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
-        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
+        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
           &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
             { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
               &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The organization that the IAM policy belongs to, in the form of organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER}. This field is available when the IAM policy belongs to an organization. To search against `organization`: * use a field query. Example: `organization:123` * use a free text query. Example: `123` * specify the `scope` field as this organization in your search request.
-      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy directly set on the given resource. Note that the original IAM policy can contain multiple bindings. This only contains the bindings that match the given query. For queries that don&#x27;t contain a constrain on policies (e.g., an empty query), this contains all the bindings. To search against the `policy` bindings: * use a field query: - query by the policy contained members. Example: `policy:amy@gmail.com` - query by the policy contained roles. Example: `policy:roles/compute.admin` - query by the policy contained roles&#x27; included permissions. Example: `policy.role.permissions:compute.instances.create`
+      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy directly set on the given resource. Note that the original IAM policy can contain multiple bindings. This only contains the bindings that match the given query. For queries that don&#x27;t contain a constrain on policies (e.g., an empty query), this contains all the bindings. To search against the `policy` bindings: * use a field query: - query by the policy contained members. Example: `policy:amy@gmail.com` - query by the policy contained roles. Example: `policy:roles/compute.admin` - query by the policy contained roles&#x27; included permissions. Example: `policy.role.permissions:compute.instances.create`
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
index bd02138ceec..867b0011da9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human readable title. Does not affect behavior.
         },
         &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
-        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
+        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
           &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
             { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
               &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
index a3c72db1725..e9b8a6f2fb6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human readable title. Does not affect behavior.
         },
         &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
-        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
+        &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
           &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
             { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
               &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html
index 923514501b5..ae454059b92 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p1beta1.iamPolicies.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         },
       },
-      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the specified resource. Note that the original IAM policy can contain multiple bindings. This only contains the bindings that match the given query. For queries that don&#x27;t contain a constraint on policies (e.g. an empty query), this contains all the bindings.
+      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the specified resource. Note that the original IAM policy can contain multiple bindings. This only contains the bindings that match the given query. For queries that don&#x27;t contain a constraint on policies (e.g. an empty query), this contains all the bindings.
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
index b3a65e6b0c8..92eafb03641 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
-      &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
+      &quot;iamPolicy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # A representation of the Cloud IAM policy set on a Google Cloud resource. There can be a maximum of one Cloud IAM policy set on any given resource. In addition, Cloud IAM policies inherit their granted access scope from any policies set on parent resources in the resource hierarchy. Therefore, the effectively policy is the union of both the policy set on this resource and each policy set on all of the resource&#x27;s ancestry resource levels in the hierarchy. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/policies#inheritance) for more information.
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
index cc107d93c35..c02ec8945d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 { # Request to approve or reject a pending build.
   &quot;approvalResult&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Approval decision and metadata.
     &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-    &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+    &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
     &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
     &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
     &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
   &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
     &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
       &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
       &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
       &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
       &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -427,14 +427,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+{ # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
   &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
     &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
       &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
       &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
       &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
       &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -714,14 +714,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
   &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
     &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
       &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
       &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
       &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
       &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -976,14 +976,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # Response including listed builds.
   &quot;builds&quot;: [ # Builds will be sorted by `create_time`, descending.
-    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
       &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
         &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
           &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
         },
         &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
           &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-          &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+          &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
           &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
           &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
index 944b2b4d4a0..f4742c0347c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
   &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
   &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
   &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
     &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
+  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
   configId: string, Unique identifier of the `GitHubEnterpriseConfig`
   projectId: string, ID of the project
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
+  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
   configId: string, Unique identifier of the `GitHubEnterpriseConfig`
   projectId: string, ID of the project
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
   &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
   &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
   &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
     &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
       &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
       &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
       &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
         &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
+  name: string, Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
   &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
   &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
   &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
     &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
index b358d26c06b..47f41ee23f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 { # Request to approve or reject a pending build.
   &quot;approvalResult&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Approval decision and metadata.
     &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-    &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+    &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
     &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
     &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
     &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
   &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
     &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
       &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
       &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
       &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
       &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -426,14 +426,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+{ # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
   &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
     &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
       &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
       &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
       &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
       &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -713,14 +713,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
   &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
     &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
       &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
     },
     &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
       &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+      &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
       &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
       &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -975,14 +975,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # Response including listed builds.
   &quot;builds&quot;: [ # Builds will be sorted by `create_time`, descending.
-    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
+    { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.
       &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
         &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
           &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
         },
         &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
           &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-          &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+          &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
           &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
           &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
index 8a0949722ad..3d893b5ee96 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
   &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
   &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
   &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
     &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Delete an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
+  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
   configId: string, Unique identifier of the `GitHubEnterpriseConfig`
   projectId: string, ID of the project
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Retrieve a GitHubEnterpriseConfig. This API is experimental.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
+  name: string, This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
   configId: string, Unique identifier of the `GitHubEnterpriseConfig`
   projectId: string, ID of the project
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
   &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
   &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
   &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
     &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
       &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
       &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
       &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
         &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Update an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server. This API is experimental.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
+  name: string, Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the installation was associated with the project.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name to display for this config.
   &quot;hostUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the github enterprise host the configuration is for.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
   &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The network to be used when reaching out to the GitHub Enterprise server. The VPC network must be enabled for private service connection. This should be set if the GitHub Enterprise server is hosted on-premises and not reachable by public internet. If this field is left empty, no network peering will occur and calls to the GitHub Enterprise server will be made over the public internet. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where {project} is a project number or id and {network} is the name of a VPC network in the project.
   &quot;secrets&quot;: { # GitHubEnterpriseSecrets represents the names of all necessary secrets in Secret Manager for a GitHub Enterprise server. Format is: projects//secrets/. # Names of secrets in Secret Manager.
     &quot;oauthClientIdName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the OAuth client ID secret in Secret Manager.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
index 0a77d3a24b9..7f2b3394573 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
@@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -447,14 +447,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -801,14 +801,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -1139,14 +1139,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-      &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+      &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
         &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
           &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
             &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
           },
           &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
             &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-            &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+            &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
             &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
             &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
       },
       &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-        &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+        &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
         &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
         &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -1482,14 +1482,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -1809,14 +1809,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
index 2d4f1fac60f..5c0863c3613 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
@@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -447,14 +447,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -801,14 +801,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -1139,14 +1139,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-      &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+      &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
         &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
           &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
             &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
           },
           &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
             &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-            &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+            &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
             &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
             &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
       },
       &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-        &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+        &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
         &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
         &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -1483,14 +1483,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
@@ -1808,14 +1808,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
   },
   &quot;autodetect&quot;: True or False, # Autodetect build configuration. The following precedence is used (case insensitive): 1. cloudbuild.yaml 2. cloudbuild.yml 3. cloudbuild.json 4. Dockerfile Currently only available for GitHub App Triggers.
-  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
+  &quot;build&quot;: { # A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA. # Contents of the build template.
     &quot;approval&quot;: { # BuildApproval describes a build&#x27;s approval configuration, state, and result. # Output only. Describes this build&#x27;s approval configuration, status, and result.
       &quot;config&quot;: { # ApprovalConfig describes configuration for manual approval of a build. # Output only. Configuration for manual approval of this build.
         &quot;approvalRequired&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not approval is needed. If this is set on a build, it will become pending when created, and will need to be explicitly approved to start.
       },
       &quot;result&quot;: { # ApprovalResult describes the decision and associated metadata of a manual approval of a build. # Output only. Result of manual approval for this Build.
         &quot;approvalTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the approval decision was made.
-        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user&#x27;s actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.
+        &quot;approverAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.
         &quot;comment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional comment for this manual approval result.
         &quot;decision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The decision of this manual approval.
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An optional URL tied to this manual approval result. This field is essentially the same as comment, except that it will be rendered by the UI differently. An example use case is a link to an external job that approved this Build.
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of the repo (optional). If unspecified, the repo from which the trigger invocation originated is assumed to be the repo from which to read the specified path.
   },
   &quot;github&quot;: { # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. # GitHubEventsConfig describes the configuration of a trigger that creates a build whenever a GitHub event is received. Mutually exclusive with `trigger_template`.
-    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}&quot;
+    &quot;enterpriseConfigResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: &quot;projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}&quot;
     &quot;installationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The installationID that emits the GitHub event.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the repository. For example: The name for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;cloud-builders&quot;.
     &quot;owner&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Owner of the repository. For example: The owner for https://github.com/googlecloudplatform/cloud-builders is &quot;googlecloudplatform&quot;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
index 2cca7225181..290f56f9f26 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -162,6 +162,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;buildId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build ID of the latest successful deployment of the function.
+  &quot;buildName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. projects//locations//builds/.
   &quot;buildWorkerPool&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where {project} and {region} are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and {workerPool} is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder) in the project.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided description of a function.
   &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named &quot;function&quot;. For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
@@ -186,6 +187,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;maxInstances&quot;: 42, # The limit on the maximum number of function instances that may coexist at a given time. In some cases, such as rapid traffic surges, Cloud Functions may, for a short period of time, create more instances than the specified max instances limit. If your function cannot tolerate this temporary behavior, you may want to factor in a safety margin and set a lower max instances value than your function can tolerate. See the [Max Instances](https://cloud.google.com/functions/docs/max-instances) Guide for more details.
+  &quot;minInstances&quot;: 42, # A lower bound for the number function instances that may coexist at a given time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
   &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
@@ -361,6 +363,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;buildId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build ID of the latest successful deployment of the function.
+  &quot;buildName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. projects//locations//builds/.
   &quot;buildWorkerPool&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where {project} and {region} are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and {workerPool} is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder) in the project.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided description of a function.
   &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named &quot;function&quot;. For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
@@ -385,6 +388,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;maxInstances&quot;: 42, # The limit on the maximum number of function instances that may coexist at a given time. In some cases, such as rapid traffic surges, Cloud Functions may, for a short period of time, create more instances than the specified max instances limit. If your function cannot tolerate this temporary behavior, you may want to factor in a safety margin and set a lower max instances value than your function can tolerate. See the [Max Instances](https://cloud.google.com/functions/docs/max-instances) Guide for more details.
+  &quot;minInstances&quot;: 42, # A lower bound for the number function instances that may coexist at a given time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
   &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
@@ -441,7 +445,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -498,6 +502,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;buildId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build ID of the latest successful deployment of the function.
+      &quot;buildName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. projects//locations//builds/.
       &quot;buildWorkerPool&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where {project} and {region} are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and {workerPool} is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder) in the project.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided description of a function.
       &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named &quot;function&quot;. For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
@@ -522,6 +527,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;maxInstances&quot;: 42, # The limit on the maximum number of function instances that may coexist at a given time. In some cases, such as rapid traffic surges, Cloud Functions may, for a short period of time, create more instances than the specified max instances limit. If your function cannot tolerate this temporary behavior, you may want to factor in a safety margin and set a lower max instances value than your function can tolerate. See the [Max Instances](https://cloud.google.com/functions/docs/max-instances) Guide for more details.
+      &quot;minInstances&quot;: 42, # A lower bound for the number function instances that may coexist at a given time.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
       &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
@@ -598,6 +604,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;buildId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build ID of the latest successful deployment of the function.
+  &quot;buildName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. projects//locations//builds/.
   &quot;buildWorkerPool&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where {project} and {region} are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and {workerPool} is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder) in the project.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided description of a function.
   &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named &quot;function&quot;. For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
@@ -622,6 +629,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;maxInstances&quot;: 42, # The limit on the maximum number of function instances that may coexist at a given time. In some cases, such as rapid traffic surges, Cloud Functions may, for a short period of time, create more instances than the specified max instances limit. If your function cannot tolerate this temporary behavior, you may want to factor in a safety margin and set a lower max instances value than your function can tolerate. See the [Max Instances](https://cloud.google.com/functions/docs/max-instances) Guide for more details.
+  &quot;minInstances&quot;: 42, # A lower bound for the number function instances that may coexist at a given time.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
   &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
@@ -702,7 +710,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -744,7 +752,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
index 929e4a0e00a..de9665e90c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
index f5ef271c443..ea6c85f69b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
index b38ec2c7978..5f904fd2730 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html
index 9d208efbf12..41a80cf8bff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html
index 417ef4ba0cd..50c811627d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html
index 6dd8bcfd7ea..4287ff03479 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html
index 90038a7cc13..98b3b315f61 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html
index ec18c893703..0d84c3a54e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
index 0a284191851..76c34b4e7d8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the project identified by the specified `name` (for example, `projects/415104041262`). The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.get` permission for this project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the IAM access control policy for the specified project. Permission is denied if the policy or the resource do not exist.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the IAM access control policy for the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123. Permission is denied if the policy or the resource do not exist.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, showDeleted=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists projects that are direct children of the specified folder or organization resource. `list()` provides a strongly consistent view of the projects underneath the specified parent resource. `list()` returns projects sorted based upon the (ascending) lexical ordering of their `display_name`. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.list` permission on the identified parent.</p>
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. Note: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited using the Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + Invitations to grant the owner role cannot be sent using `setIamPolicy()`; they must be sent only using the Cloud Platform Console. + Membership changes that leave the project without any owners that have accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) will be rejected. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. + Calling this method requires enabling the App Engine Admin API.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. Note: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited using the Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + Invitations to grant the owner role cannot be sent using `setIamPolicy()`; they must be sent only using the Cloud Platform Console. + Membership changes that leave the project without any owners that have accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) will be rejected. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. + Calling this method requires enabling the App Engine Admin API.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified project.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123..</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Restores the project identified by the specified `name` (for example, `projects/415104041262`). You can only use this method for a project that has a lifecycle state of DELETE_REQUESTED. After deletion starts, the project cannot be restored. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.undelete` permission for this project.</p>
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Returns the IAM access control policy for the specified project. Permission is denied if the policy or the resource do not exist.
+  <pre>Returns the IAM access control policy for the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123. Permission is denied if the policy or the resource do not exist.
 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. Note: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited using the Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + Invitations to grant the owner role cannot be sent using `setIamPolicy()`; they must be sent only using the Cloud Platform Console. + Membership changes that leave the project without any owners that have accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) will be rejected. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. + Calling this method requires enabling the App Engine Admin API.
+  <pre>Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. Note: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited using the Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + Invitations to grant the owner role cannot be sent using `setIamPolicy()`; they must be sent only using the Cloud Platform Console. + Membership changes that leave the project without any owners that have accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) will be rejected. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. + Calling this method requires enabling the App Engine Admin API.
 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified project.
+  <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123..
 
 Args:
   resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html
index 568e146eb1c..b3e2b9d983b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html
index 92ce43e876a..275821c756a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
index 4656556986f..8ed4f81dea6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of AddressesScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
       &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of addresses contained in this scope.
-        { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+        { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
           &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
           &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-          &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+          &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
           &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -300,11 +300,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+{ # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -338,11 +338,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of addresses.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of Address resources.
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
       &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
       &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -445,11 +445,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
index 69eeb5329ab..9b62e910b24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
             { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-              &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+              &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
               &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
               &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-              &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+              &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
             },
           ],
           &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
             &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-            &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+            &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
           },
           &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
         },
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }</pre>
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
         { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
           &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
         },
       ],
       &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
         &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-        &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+        &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
       &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
     },
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -2648,7 +2648,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -3108,7 +3108,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -3490,7 +3490,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
index ea92800e38e..5a54c22f986 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html
index ebdf0f5be6b..ffeb8d9e3fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
index 5aea608aca3..b373d06e06b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of Future reservation resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations.
-      &quot;resources&quot;: [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope.
+      &quot;futureReservations&quot;: [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope.
         {
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
@@ -141,6 +141,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
           &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+            &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+                &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -393,6 +398,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -460,6 +470,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -597,6 +612,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+        &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+            &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -697,6 +717,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
index af15a93addd..4bea1348d5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+{ # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -255,11 +255,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of addresses.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of Address resources.
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
       &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
       &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -361,11 +361,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html
index 8c8bc028abb..b98248594fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of HealthChecksScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Name of the scope containing this set of HealthChecks.
       &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of HealthChecks contained in this scope.
-        { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+        { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
           &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html
index bee7d3db980..885d13cadbe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HttpHealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HttpHealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html
index f439641fc1c..9dca213d090 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HttpsHealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HttpsHealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
index 2074e1b44e2..ea2ad72dac9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -146,11 +146,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Any applicable license URI.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # A flag for marketplace VM disk created from the image, which is designed for marketplace VM disk to prevent the proprietary data on the disk from being accessed unwantedly. The flag will be inherited by the disk created from the image. The disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - R/W or R/O disk attach - Disk detach, if disk is created via create-on-create - Create images - Create snapshots - Create disk clone (create disk from the current disk) The image with the locked field set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Create images from the current image - Update the locked field for the current image The instance with at least one disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Secondary disk attach - Create instant snapshot - Create machine images - Create instance template - Delete the instance with --keep-disk parameter set to true
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
       &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
       &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-      &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     },
     &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
     },
     &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-    &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
       &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
     },
     &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-    &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
       &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
index 4289a02ac6b..959698a7a52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
@@ -322,11 +322,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Any applicable license URI.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # A flag for marketplace VM disk created from the image, which is designed for marketplace VM disk to prevent the proprietary data on the disk from being accessed unwantedly. The flag will be inherited by the disk created from the image. The disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - R/W or R/O disk attach - Disk detach, if disk is created via create-on-create - Create images - Create snapshots - Create disk clone (create disk from the current disk) The image with the locked field set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Create images from the current image - Update the locked field for the current image The instance with at least one disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Secondary disk attach - Create instant snapshot - Create machine images - Create instance template - Delete the instance with --keep-disk parameter set to true
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -370,7 +371,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -379,7 +380,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -457,11 +458,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Any applicable license URI.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # A flag for marketplace VM disk created from the image, which is designed for marketplace VM disk to prevent the proprietary data on the disk from being accessed unwantedly. The flag will be inherited by the disk created from the image. The disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - R/W or R/O disk attach - Disk detach, if disk is created via create-on-create - Create images - Create snapshots - Create disk clone (create disk from the current disk) The image with the locked field set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Create images from the current image - Update the locked field for the current image The instance with at least one disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Secondary disk attach - Create instant snapshot - Create machine images - Create instance template - Delete the instance with --keep-disk parameter set to true
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -505,7 +507,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -514,7 +516,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -690,11 +692,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Any applicable license URI.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # A flag for marketplace VM disk created from the image, which is designed for marketplace VM disk to prevent the proprietary data on the disk from being accessed unwantedly. The flag will be inherited by the disk created from the image. The disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - R/W or R/O disk attach - Disk detach, if disk is created via create-on-create - Create images - Create snapshots - Create disk clone (create disk from the current disk) The image with the locked field set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Create images from the current image - Update the locked field for the current image The instance with at least one disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Secondary disk attach - Create instant snapshot - Create machine images - Create instance template - Delete the instance with --keep-disk parameter set to true
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -738,7 +741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -747,7 +750,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -890,11 +893,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Any applicable license URI.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # A flag for marketplace VM disk created from the image, which is designed for marketplace VM disk to prevent the proprietary data on the disk from being accessed unwantedly. The flag will be inherited by the disk created from the image. The disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - R/W or R/O disk attach - Disk detach, if disk is created via create-on-create - Create images - Create snapshots - Create disk clone (create disk from the current disk) The image with the locked field set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Create images from the current image - Update the locked field for the current image The instance with at least one disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Secondary disk attach - Create instant snapshot - Create machine images - Create instance template - Delete the instance with --keep-disk parameter set to true
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
         &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
         &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       },
       &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
         &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -938,7 +942,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-      &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -947,7 +951,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-      &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1049,11 +1053,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Any applicable license URI.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # A flag for marketplace VM disk created from the image, which is designed for marketplace VM disk to prevent the proprietary data on the disk from being accessed unwantedly. The flag will be inherited by the disk created from the image. The disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - R/W or R/O disk attach - Disk detach, if disk is created via create-on-create - Create images - Create snapshots - Create disk clone (create disk from the current disk) The image with the locked field set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Create images from the current image - Update the locked field for the current image The instance with at least one disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Secondary disk attach - Create instant snapshot - Create machine images - Create instance template - Delete the instance with --keep-disk parameter set to true
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -1097,7 +1102,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1106,7 +1111,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
index e898b39e9ff..c82db927b4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
             &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
           },
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
           &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
             &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
             &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -336,6 +336,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
           &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+          &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+            &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+          },
           &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
             &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
               &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -901,7 +904,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -932,6 +935,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -1044,7 +1050,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1075,6 +1081,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -1256,7 +1265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
         &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
       },
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
         &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
         &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1287,6 +1296,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+      &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+        &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+      },
       &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
         &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
           &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -1706,7 +1718,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1737,6 +1749,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -2786,7 +2801,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -2817,6 +2832,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
index ef2d16f9e0c..0a025128dab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -238,6 +238,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
+          &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
           &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
           &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
           &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -635,6 +641,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
+          &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
           &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
           &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
           &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -997,6 +1009,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
               },
+              &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
               &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
               &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
               &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
index 52981408f77..8588b3bdfcd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#getShieldedVmIdentity">getShieldedVmIdentity(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the Shielded VM Identity of an instance</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#insert">insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, secureTags=None, sourceInstanceTemplate=None, sourceMachineImage=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#insert">insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceInstanceTemplate=None, sourceMachineImage=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates an instance resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#update">update(project, zone, instance, body=None, clearSecureTag=None, minimalAction=None, mostDisruptiveAllowedAction=None, requestId=None, secureTags=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#update">update(project, zone, instance, body=None, clearSecureTag=None, minimalAction=None, mostDisruptiveAllowedAction=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#updateAccessConfig">updateAccessConfig(project, zone, instance, networkInterface, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -468,6 +468,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                   &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
                 },
+                &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
                 &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
                 &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
                 &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -830,6 +836,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
+    &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
     &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
     &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
     &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -1013,6 +1025,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
+          &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
           &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
           &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
           &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -1331,6 +1349,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
+          &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
           &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
           &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
           &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -1562,12 +1586,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
     },
   },
-  &quot;predefinedNames&quot;: [ # DEPRECATED: Please use per_instance_properties instead.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
-  &quot;secureTags&quot;: [ # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
   &quot;sourceInstanceTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional.
 }
 
@@ -1896,6 +1914,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
+        &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
         &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
         &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -2201,7 +2225,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -2212,7 +2236,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -2262,7 +2286,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -2279,7 +2303,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -2356,7 +2380,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -2640,7 +2665,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="insert">insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, secureTags=None, sourceInstanceTemplate=None, sourceMachineImage=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="insert">insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, sourceInstanceTemplate=None, sourceMachineImage=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Creates an instance resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.
 
 Args:
@@ -2698,6 +2723,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
+        &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
         &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
         &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -2972,7 +3003,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  secureTags: string, DEPRECATED: Please use resource.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. (repeated)
   sourceInstanceTemplate: string, Specifies instance template to create the instance. This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate 
   sourceMachineImage: string, Specifies the machine image to use to create the instance. This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a machine image: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/global /machineImages/machineImage - projects/project/global/global/machineImages/machineImage - global/machineImages/machineImage 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -3103,6 +3133,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
             },
+            &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
             &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
             &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
             &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -5340,7 +5376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="update">update(project, zone, instance, body=None, clearSecureTag=None, minimalAction=None, mostDisruptiveAllowedAction=None, requestId=None, secureTags=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(project, zone, instance, body=None, clearSecureTag=None, minimalAction=None, mostDisruptiveAllowedAction=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.
 
 Args:
@@ -5399,6 +5435,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
+        &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
         &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
         &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
         &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -5686,7 +5728,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       REFRESH - The instance will not restart.
       RESTART - The instance will restart.
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  secureTags: string, DEPRECATED: Please use resource.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
index 1094d66665b..81820986db4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getMacsecConfig">getMacsecConfig(project, interconnect, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the interconnectMacsecConfig for the specified interconnect.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#insert">insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates a Interconnect in the specified project using the data included in the request.</p>
@@ -296,6 +299,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;neighborSystemId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # System ID of the port on the neighbor&#x27;s side of the LACP exchange.
           &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of a LACP link, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The link is configured and active within the bundle. - DETACHED: The link is not configured within the bundle. This means that the rest of the object should be empty.
         },
+        &quot;macsec&quot;: { # Describes the status of MACsec encryption on the link. # Describes the status of MACsec encryption on this link.
+          &quot;ckn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) currently being used if MACsec is operational.
+          &quot;operational&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not MACsec is operational on this link.
+        },
         &quot;receivingOpticalPower&quot;: { # An InterconnectDiagnostics.LinkOpticalPower object, describing the current value and status of the received light level.
           &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the current value when compared to the warning and alarm levels for the receiving or transmitting transceiver. Possible states include: - OK: The value has not crossed a warning threshold. - LOW_WARNING: The value has crossed below the low warning threshold. - HIGH_WARNING: The value has crossed above the high warning threshold. - LOW_ALARM: The value has crossed below the low alarm threshold. - HIGH_ALARM: The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold.
           &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # Value of the current receiving or transmitting optical power, read in dBm. Take a known good optical value, give it a 10% margin and trigger warnings relative to that value. In general, a -7dBm warning and a -11dBm alarm are good optical value estimates for most links.
@@ -307,12 +314,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
     ],
     &quot;macAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The MAC address of the Interconnect&#x27;s bundle interface.
-    &quot;macsec&quot;: { # Describes the status of MACsec encryption on the Interconnect&#x27;s bundle interface. # Describes the status of MACsec encryption on the Interconnect&#x27;s bundle interface.
-      &quot;ckn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) currently being used.
-      &quot;keyRolloverFailure&quot;: True or False, # If true, this field indicates that the Google edge router was unable to rollover the MACsec session to the next key in the key chain. Ensure that the CKN/CAK values and the start time of the keys in your router&#x27;s MACsec key chain match the output of the GetMacsecConfig API for this Interconnect. The Google edge router will retry the rollover process for grace period of 30 minutes past the start time of the new key, while maintaining the ongoing MACsec session. If the Google edge router is unable to switch to the new key within this grace period, it will terminate the MACsec session. Subsequent behavior will depend on the MACsec fail open setting on this Interconnect.
-      &quot;rolloverCkn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # In the event of a key rollover failure, this field indicates the CKN that the Google edge router is trying to rollover to.
-      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of MACsec configuration on this Interconnect, which can take one of the following values: - INITIALIZED: MACsec has been configured on the bundle interface. The Google edge router is waiting to establish a MACsec session with the customer router on the other side of this Interconnect. In addition, when key rollover fails between the two routers, the bundle interface will return to the initialized state. - SECURED: MACsec session has been successfully established between the Google edge router and the customer router. - FAILED: MACsec configuration on the bundle interface encountered an error. - DISABLED: MACsec is explicitly disabled on this Interconnect.
-    },
   },
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -421,6 +422,36 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getMacsecConfig">getMacsecConfig(project, interconnect, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the interconnectMacsecConfig for the specified interconnect.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  interconnect: string, Name of the interconnect resource to query. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the InterconnectsGetMacsecConfigRequest.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # end_interface: MixerGetResponseWithEtagBuilder
+  &quot;result&quot;: { # MACsec configuration information for the Interconnect. Contains the generated Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) and the key (CAK) for this Interconnect.
+    &quot;preSharedKeys&quot;: [ # A keychain placeholder describing a set of named key objects along with their start times. A MACsec CKN/CAK will be generated for each key in the key chain. Google router will automatically pick the key with the most recent startTime when establishing or re-establishing a MACsec secure link.
+      { # Describes a pre-shared key used to setup MACsec in static connectivity association key (CAK) mode.
+        &quot;cak&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An auto-generated Connectivity Association Key (CAK) for this key.
+        &quot;ckn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An auto-generated Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) for this key.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User provided name for this pre-shared key.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User provided timestamp on or after which this key is valid.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="insert">insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Creates a Interconnect in the specified project using the data included in the request.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
index f8f5af26bad..b72712f0b47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
index 1ef3452632b..98569b48475 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#updatePeering">updatePeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="addPeering">addPeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
     &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -322,9 +322,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -527,7 +527,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -580,9 +581,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -696,9 +697,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
           &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
           &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-          &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+          &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
           &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-          &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+          &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
           &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -968,9 +969,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -1213,7 +1214,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="updatePeering">updatePeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes
+  <pre>Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -1227,9 +1228,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
     &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
index d4647d16780..c133a46f834 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of NodeGroupsScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of node groups.
       &quot;nodeGroups&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of node groups contained in this scope.
-        { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+        { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
           &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
             &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
             &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -249,6 +249,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
           &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for the node group
+            &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+                &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -464,7 +469,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+    { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -490,6 +495,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for the node group
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -617,7 +627,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+{ # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -643,6 +653,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for the node group
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -733,7 +748,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of nodeGroups.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of NodeGroup resources.
-    { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+    { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
       &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
         &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
         &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -759,6 +774,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for the node group
+        &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+            &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -892,7 +912,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+{ # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -918,6 +938,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for the node group
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index 527bdb3dacc..02a07f2d97f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -265,7 +265,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -586,7 +587,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -610,7 +612,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -708,7 +710,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -835,7 +838,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -859,7 +863,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   parentId: string, Parent ID for this request. The ID can be either be &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; if the parent is a folder or &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; if the parent is an organization.
@@ -1039,7 +1043,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -1063,7 +1068,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#securityPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
@@ -1294,7 +1299,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -1318,7 +1324,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -1443,7 +1449,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
index 01b6b935281..32805bc059e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
     &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
   },
   &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
 }</pre>
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
     &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
   },
   &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
 }</pre>
@@ -563,6 +563,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 {
   &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional organization ID managed by Cloud Resource Manager, for which to list shared VPC host projects. If not specified, the organization will be inferred from the project.
+  &quot;returnPartialPage&quot;: True or False, # Opt-in for partial page behavior which provides a partial filled page (number of items on which may be smaller than maxResults) within the API deadline. If opt-in, then the user should rely on if nextPageToken is empty in the response to determine if there is a next page. Empty page is also valid and possible. The default value is false.
 }
 
   filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
@@ -613,7 +614,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
         &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-        &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+        &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
       },
       &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
     },
@@ -1018,7 +1019,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix.
   &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-  &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+  &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
index 0022f2537d1..10f1781dd7a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }</pre>
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
         { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
           &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
         },
       ],
       &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
         &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-        &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+        &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
       },
       &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
     },
@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1668,7 +1668,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
@@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;sessionAffinity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;subsetting&quot;: { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director.
     &quot;policy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or &#x27;INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED&#x27;. &#x27;subset_size&#x27; is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
+    &quot;subsetSize&quot;: 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.
   },
   &quot;timeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
index 8b2a7d80be3..e8a8fd064dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html
@@ -158,6 +158,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
               &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
               &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+                &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+                    &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+                  },
+                },
                 &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
@@ -300,6 +305,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+            &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -387,6 +397,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+            &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -543,6 +558,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
           &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+                &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -692,6 +712,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+            &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -823,6 +848,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+            &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html
index c97f3621b14..0fd77ac6863 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index 95f75844dce..5b0dc7d426e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -725,6 +725,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -837,7 +840,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -868,6 +871,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -1049,7 +1055,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
         &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
       },
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
         &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
         &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1080,6 +1086,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+      &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+        &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+      },
       &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
         &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
           &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -1499,7 +1508,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1530,6 +1539,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
@@ -2579,7 +2591,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;suspending&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be suspended or are currently being suspended.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -2610,6 +2622,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL for this managed instance group. The server defines this URL.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.
+  &quot;standbyPolicy&quot;: { # Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances.
+    &quot;initialDelaySec&quot;: 42,
+  },
   &quot;statefulPolicy&quot;: { # Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager
     &quot;preservedState&quot;: { # Configuration of preserved resources.
       &quot;disks&quot;: { # Disks created on the instances that will be preserved on instance delete, update, etc. This map is keyed with the device names of the disks.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
index 6268ee68439..81449e64ca0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
@@ -142,6 +142,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
+          &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
           &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
           &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
           &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -460,6 +466,12 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
+          &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
           &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
           &quot;onUpdateAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.
           &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
@@ -691,12 +703,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only temporary. It will be removed. Do not use it.
     },
   },
-  &quot;predefinedNames&quot;: [ # DEPRECATED: Please use per_instance_properties instead.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
-  &quot;secureTags&quot;: [ # DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.
-    &quot;A String&quot;,
-  ],
   &quot;sourceInstanceTemplate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
index f664161b796..263c3cb61a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
@@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index 478e6065bc4..9d501273d80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -278,7 +278,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -302,7 +303,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -412,7 +413,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -436,7 +438,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -617,7 +619,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -641,7 +644,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#securityPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
@@ -783,7 +786,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -807,7 +811,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
index 26898fadab6..72dc41677ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html
@@ -110,6 +110,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#update">update(project, zone, reservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update share settings of the reservation.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -147,6 +150,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
           &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+                &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
             &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -322,6 +330,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -482,6 +495,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
   &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -606,6 +624,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
       &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+            &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -985,4 +1008,123 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(project, zone, reservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update share settings of the reservation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  reservation: string, Name of the reservation to update. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.
+  &quot;commitment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#reservation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;folderMap&quot;: { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        &quot;folderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
+  &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
+    &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
+    &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
+    &quot;instanceProperties&quot;: { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # The instance properties for the reservation.
+      &quot;guestAccelerators&quot;: [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+        { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+          &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+          &quot;acceleratorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;localSsds&quot;: [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+        {
+          &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+          &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+      &quot;maintenanceFreezeDurationHours&quot;: 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won&#x27;t be scheduled for maintenance.
+      &quot;maintenanceInterval&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+      &quot;minCpuPlatform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;specificReservationRequired&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether the reservation can be consumed by VMs with affinity for &quot;any&quot; reservation. If the field is set, then only VMs that target the reservation by name can consume from this reservation.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the reservation.
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Zone in which the reservation resides. A zone must be provided if the reservation is created within a commitment.
+}
+
+  paths: string, A parameter (repeated)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
index c824061c9f6..61ab6d41c02 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html
@@ -235,15 +235,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
                 {
                   &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-                    &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+                    &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
                       &quot;A String&quot;,
                     ],
-                    &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+                    &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
                       &quot;A String&quot;,
                     ],
                   },
                   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-                  &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+                  &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
                   &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
                 },
               ],
@@ -492,15 +492,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
         {
           &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
           &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -986,15 +986,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
         {
           &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
           &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -1192,15 +1192,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
             {
               &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-                &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+                &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
-                &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+                &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-              &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+              &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
               &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
             },
           ],
@@ -1359,15 +1359,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
         {
           &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
           &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -1553,15 +1553,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
         {
           &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
           &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
         },
       ],
@@ -1688,15 +1688,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
           {
             &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-              &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+              &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
-              &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+              &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-            &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+            &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
             &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
           },
         ],
@@ -1859,15 +1859,15 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
         {
           &quot;action&quot;: { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.
+            &quot;sourceNatActiveIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+            &quot;sourceNatDrainIps&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this rule.
-          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot;
+          &quot;match&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: &quot;inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;1.1.0.0/16&#x27;) || inIpRange(destination.ip, &#x27;2.2.0.0/16&#x27;)&quot; &quot;destination.ip == &#x27;1.1.0.1&#x27; || destination.ip == &#x27;8.8.8.8&#x27;&quot; The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: &quot;nexthop.hub == &#x27;/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1&#x27;&quot;
           &quot;ruleNumber&quot;: 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and must be unique among rules within a NAT.
         },
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
index a6a491620eb..96257fb540e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
@@ -189,7 +189,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -390,7 +391,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
                 },
                 &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-                &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+                &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+                &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
                 &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
                 &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
                   &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -414,7 +416,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
         },
       ],
       &quot;warning&quot;: { # Informational warning which replaces the list of security policies when the list is empty.
@@ -642,7 +644,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -666,7 +669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -742,7 +745,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -870,7 +874,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -894,7 +899,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -1074,7 +1079,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -1098,7 +1104,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#securityPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
@@ -1279,7 +1285,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -1303,7 +1310,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -1429,7 +1436,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
index 051c64b6106..acbbe799e11 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html
@@ -140,7 +140,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
             { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
               &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-              &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
               &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
               &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
             },
@@ -152,13 +151,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-            { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-              &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-              &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-              &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -317,7 +309,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
     },
@@ -329,13 +320,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-    { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-      &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -479,7 +463,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
     },
@@ -491,13 +474,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-    { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-      &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -605,7 +581,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
         { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
           &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-          &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
           &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
         },
@@ -617,13 +592,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-        { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-          &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-          &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-          &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -692,7 +660,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
     },
@@ -704,13 +671,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-    { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-      &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
index dc45453262f..05059d9b537 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#list">list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProject=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#listUsable_next">listUsable_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProject=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.
 
 Args:
@@ -794,6 +794,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
   returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  serviceProject: string, The project id or project number in which the subnetwork is intended to be used. Only applied for Shared VPC. See [Shared VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc/)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html
index 409ad83218c..ad3b144458e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html
@@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
           &quot;vpnInterfaces&quot;: [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway.
             { # A VPN gateway interface.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway.
@@ -299,6 +300,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
   &quot;vpnInterfaces&quot;: [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway.
     { # A VPN gateway interface.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway.
@@ -371,6 +373,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
   &quot;vpnInterfaces&quot;: [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway.
     { # A VPN gateway interface.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway.
@@ -473,6 +476,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the client when the VPN gateway is created.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.
       &quot;vpnInterfaces&quot;: [ # The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway.
         { # A VPN gateway interface.
           &quot;id&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] Numeric identifier for this VPN interface associated with the VPN gateway.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
index 59effc8445e..9ae14d72c22 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of AddressesScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
       &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of addresses contained in this scope.
-        { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+        { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
           &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
           &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-          &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+          &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
           &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -298,11 +298,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+{ # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -335,11 +335,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of addresses.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of Address resources.
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
       &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
       &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -440,11 +440,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
index ce8c6958e42..86d4806795b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
             { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-              &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+              &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
               &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
               &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-              &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+              &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
             },
           ],
           &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
         { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
           &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
         },
       ],
       &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
index 2fa1b9a820a..2ec64d8c1b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
@@ -295,6 +295,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
           &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+          &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
           &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -621,6 +624,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
   &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -814,6 +820,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
   &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -971,6 +980,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
       &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
       &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -1551,6 +1563,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
   &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
index 51108e7dea8..40406d5b3f2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html
index 6da39d5b3cd..e36f1733582 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
index 256cb0983b5..a2497764d26 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+{ # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -230,11 +230,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of addresses.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of Address resources.
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
       &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
       &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -334,11 +334,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html
index 42fd73ddfcd..30a370bfa4a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.healthChecks.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of HealthChecksScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Name of the scope containing this set of HealthChecks.
       &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of HealthChecks contained in this scope.
-        { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+        { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
           &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpHealthChecks.html
index 20cd2612484..c3208d1782e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpHealthChecks.html
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HttpHealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HttpHealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpsHealthChecks.html
index e6978713428..1bc9e3eff87 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpsHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.httpsHealthChecks.html
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HttpsHealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HttpsHealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
index 0ee012fd194..20ee614458c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
       &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
       &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-      &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     },
     &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
     },
     &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-    &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
       &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
     },
     &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-    &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
       &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
index ba656957906..3760659a939 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
         &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
         &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       },
       &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
         &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-      &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-      &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
index 6961bb8cede..7dc477af9fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
             &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
           },
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
           &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
             &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
             &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -660,6 +660,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # The URLs of one or more instances to delete. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;skipInstancesOnValidationError&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group&#x27;s zone or region.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -826,7 +827,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -941,7 +942,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1124,7 +1125,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
         &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
       },
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
         &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
         &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1488,7 +1489,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -2211,7 +2212,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
index 2c4b4e062f6..0c21f172fa3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
@@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -1847,7 +1847,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
index abf1dc75bdb..e491db21cb3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#updatePeering">updatePeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="addPeering">addPeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -137,9 +137,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
     &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -486,7 +486,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -536,9 +537,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -648,9 +649,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
           &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
           &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-          &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+          &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
           &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-          &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+          &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
           &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -789,9 +790,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -1030,7 +1031,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="updatePeering">updatePeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes
+  <pre>Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -1043,9 +1044,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
     &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html
index ae9b051f811..eecf038f560 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of NodeGroupsScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of node groups.
       &quot;nodeGroups&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of node groups contained in this scope.
-        { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+        { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
           &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
             &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
             &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+    { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+{ # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of nodeGroups.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of NodeGroup resources.
-    { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+    { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
       &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
         &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
         &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+{ # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index ba0172b226e..e8b953ed6c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -256,7 +256,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -558,7 +559,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -581,7 +583,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -671,7 +673,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -782,7 +785,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -805,7 +809,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   parentId: string, Parent ID for this request. The ID can be either be &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; if the parent is a folder or &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; if the parent is an organization.
@@ -968,7 +972,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -991,7 +996,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#securityPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
@@ -1203,7 +1208,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -1226,7 +1232,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -1342,7 +1348,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html
index f297e58c001..c2a6699d212 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.projects.html
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
     &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
   },
   &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
 }</pre>
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
     &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
   },
   &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
 }</pre>
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
         &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-        &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+        &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
       },
       &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
     },
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix.
   &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-  &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+  &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
index e12024aeae1..39e7a873e4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
         { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
           &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
         },
       ],
       &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
index 1d76c6d4864..07a8d8f195c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
@@ -467,6 +467,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
   &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -660,6 +663,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
   &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -817,6 +823,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
       &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
       &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -1397,6 +1406,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
   &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html
index 8c5648e206d..74751132392 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthChecks.html
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index cef98205016..c9c9e57fdc8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -477,6 +477,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # The URLs of one or more instances to delete. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;skipInstancesOnValidationError&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group&#x27;s zone or region.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -643,7 +644,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -758,7 +759,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -941,7 +942,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
         &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
       },
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
         &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
         &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1305,7 +1306,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1956,7 +1957,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
index 66c5aeabe34..c349cb2bc79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -191,6 +191,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
@@ -227,6 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
@@ -331,6 +333,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
       &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
       &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+      &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
index 4310152c7d0..3553659f245 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
@@ -110,6 +110,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#update">update(project, zone, reservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update share settings of the reservation.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="aggregatedList">aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -978,4 +981,116 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(project, zone, reservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update share settings of the reservation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  reservation: string, Name of the reservation to update. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.
+  &quot;commitment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#reservation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
+  &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
+    &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
+    &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
+    &quot;instanceProperties&quot;: { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # The instance properties for the reservation.
+      &quot;guestAccelerators&quot;: [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+        { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+          &quot;acceleratorCount&quot;: 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+          &quot;acceleratorType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;localSsds&quot;: [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+        {
+          &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+          &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+      &quot;maintenanceFreezeDurationHours&quot;: 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won&#x27;t be scheduled for maintenance.
+      &quot;maintenanceInterval&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals.
+      &quot;minCpuPlatform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;specificReservationRequired&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether the reservation can be consumed by VMs with affinity for &quot;any&quot; reservation. If the field is set, then only VMs that target the reservation by name can consume from this reservation.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the reservation.
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Zone in which the reservation resides. A zone must be provided if the reservation is created within a commitment.
+}
+
+  paths: string, A parameter (repeated)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
index e677470016b..a82e533ee69 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
@@ -175,7 +175,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -416,7 +417,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -439,7 +441,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -507,7 +509,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -619,7 +622,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -642,7 +646,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -805,7 +809,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+            &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -828,7 +833,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#securityPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#securityPolicyList for listsof securityPolicies
@@ -991,7 +996,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+        &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
@@ -1014,7 +1020,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google’s cache.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -1131,7 +1137,8 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
-    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: “ALL” -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field &#x27;enforce_on_key&#x27; is not configured. “ALL_IPS” -- This definition, equivalent to &quot;ALL&quot;, has been depprecated. “IP” -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. “HTTP_HEADER” -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under “enforce_on_key_name”. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to “ALL”. “XFF_IP” -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to “ALL”.
+    &quot;enforceOnKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html
index edbe1b66d49..8542cb8c6b1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html
@@ -140,7 +140,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
             { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
               &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-              &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
               &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
               &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
             },
@@ -152,13 +151,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-            { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-              &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-              &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-              &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -316,7 +308,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
     },
@@ -328,13 +319,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-    { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-      &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -478,7 +462,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
     },
@@ -490,13 +473,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-    { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-      &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -603,7 +579,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
         { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
           &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-          &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
           &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
         },
@@ -615,13 +590,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-        { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-          &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-          &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-          &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -690,7 +658,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;connectedEndpoints&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
     { # [Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a connected endpoint.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.
     },
@@ -702,13 +669,6 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;projectIdOrNum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;consumerForwardingRules&quot;: [ # [Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.
-    { # [Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.
-      &quot;forwardingRule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of a consumer forwarding rule.
-      &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
-      &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the forwarding rule.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;consumerRejectLists&quot;: [ # Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
index 31ed28fa8b3..3de59bca081 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#list">list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProject=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#listUsable_next">listUsable_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="listUsable">listUsable(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProject=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.
 
 Args:
@@ -735,6 +735,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
   returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  serviceProject: string, The project id or project number in which the subnetwork is intended to be used. Only applied for Shared VPC. See [Shared VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc/)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html
index 85d5b314fa9..3a7ed2a1d7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html
@@ -101,6 +101,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(project, targetHttpsProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Patches the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#setCertificateMap">setCertificateMap(project, targetHttpsProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Changes the Certificate Map for TargetHttpsProxy.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setQuicOverride">setQuicOverride(project, targetHttpsProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets the QUIC override policy for TargetHttpsProxy.</p>
@@ -146,6 +149,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
           &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
           &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+          &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
@@ -299,6 +303,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
@@ -334,6 +339,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
@@ -437,6 +443,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
       &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
       &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+      &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
@@ -502,6 +509,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;authentication&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use serverTlsPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Use authorizationPolicy instead.
   &quot;authorizationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a TargetHttpsProxy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch the TargetHttpsProxy; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the TargetHttpsProxy.
@@ -579,6 +587,76 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="setCertificateMap">setCertificateMap(project, targetHttpsProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Changes the Certificate Map for TargetHttpsProxy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  targetHttpsProxy: string, Name of the TargetHttpsProxy resource whose CertificateMap is to be set. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the Certificate Map to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setQuicOverride">setQuicOverride(project, targetHttpsProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Sets the QUIC override policy for TargetHttpsProxy.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html
index d20d11e7bbe..bd116977fbe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetSslProxies.html
@@ -95,6 +95,9 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setBackendService">setBackendService(project, targetSslProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Changes the BackendService for TargetSslProxy.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#setCertificateMap">setCertificateMap(project, targetSslProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Changes the Certificate Map for TargetSslProxy.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setProxyHeader">setProxyHeader(project, targetSslProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetSslProxy.</p>
@@ -192,6 +195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource. A target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies.
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -217,6 +221,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource. A target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies.
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -310,6 +315,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of TargetSslProxy resources.
     { # Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource. A target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies.
+      &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -424,6 +430,76 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="setCertificateMap">setCertificateMap(project, targetSslProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Changes the Certificate Map for TargetSslProxy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  targetSslProxy: string, Name of the TargetSslProxy resource whose CertificateMap is to be set. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  &quot;certificateMap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the Certificate Map to associate with this TargetSslProxy.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setProxyHeader">setProxyHeader(project, targetSslProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetSslProxy.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
index 2c7b66e804e..d7440c39dc2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of AddressesScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
       &quot;addresses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of addresses contained in this scope.
-        { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+        { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
           &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
           &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
           &quot;ipVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#address&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-          &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+          &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
           &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -284,11 +284,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;ipVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#address&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+{ # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -317,11 +317,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;ipVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#address&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of addresses.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of Address resources.
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
       &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
       &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -418,11 +418,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;ipVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#address&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
index 0b678c3f38e..c4acfcf32d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
           &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
             { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-              &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+              &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
               &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
               &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
               &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-              &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+              &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
             },
           ],
           &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
         { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
           &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
         },
       ],
       &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
index 7e0a495e65e..37913b333b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html
@@ -228,6 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -271,6 +272,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
@@ -279,6 +281,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
@@ -379,6 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
@@ -386,6 +390,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
@@ -541,6 +546,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -584,6 +590,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
@@ -592,6 +599,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
@@ -727,6 +735,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -770,6 +779,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
@@ -778,6 +788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
@@ -877,6 +888,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -920,6 +932,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
@@ -928,6 +941,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
index 6a8d7e553a0..da11d7a248a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
       &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
         ],
-        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+        &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
   &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         ],
       },
     ],
-    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+    &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html
index 13f335de4ab..0776eb6678e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+  &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
index 08bf6ef268c..4a8a841ac2e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;ipVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#address&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+{ # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
   &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
   &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -216,11 +216,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;ipVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#address&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+  &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of addresses.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of Address resources.
-    { # Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier. Use global internal addresses for reserved peering network range. Use regional external addresses for the following resources: - External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA) Use regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes: - Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
+    { # Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.
       &quot;address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The static IP address represented by this resource.
       &quot;addressType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of address to reserve, either INTERNAL or EXTERNAL. If unspecified, defaults to EXTERNAL.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
@@ -316,11 +316,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;ipVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP version that will be used by this address. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. This can only be specified for a global address.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#address&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#address for addresses.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
-      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
+      &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html
index 98a7a7d1c9f..784100e2372 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of HealthChecksScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Name of the scope containing this set of HealthChecks.
       &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of HealthChecks contained in this scope.
-        { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+        { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
           &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html
index 2c48460109c..365e5a2f1cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html
@@ -174,6 +174,11 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the httpsHealthChecks Resource.</p>
 
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html">imageFamilyViews()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the imageFamilyViews Resource.</p>
+
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="compute_v1.images.html">images()</a></code>
 </p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html
index d0bc77c225f..9a566fe2ceb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HttpHealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HttpHealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html
index 94574757632..4b423fdf300 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HttpsHealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HttpsHealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+    { # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.
+{ # Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f1a80065e11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="compute_v1.html">Compute Engine API</a> . <a href="compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html">imageFamilyViews</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(project, zone, family, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the latest image that is part of an image family, is not deprecated and is rolled out in the specified zone.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(project, zone, family, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the latest image that is part of an image family, is not deprecated and is rolled out in the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  family: string, Name of the image family to search for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  &quot;image&quot;: { # Represents an Image resource. You can use images to create boot disks for your VM instances. For more information, read Images. # The latest image that is part of the specified image family in the requested location, and that is not deprecated.
+    &quot;archiveSizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image tar.gz archive stored in Google Cloud Storage (in bytes).
+    &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+    &quot;deprecated&quot;: { # Deprecation status for a public resource. # The deprecation status associated with this image.
+      &quot;deleted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DELETED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+      &quot;deprecated&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to DEPRECATED. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+      &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
+      &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    },
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+    &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image when restored onto a persistent disk (in GB).
+    &quot;family&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the image family to which this image belongs. You can create disks by specifying an image family instead of a specific image name. The image family always returns its latest image that is not deprecated. The name of the image family must comply with RFC1035.
+    &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+      { # Guest OS features.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+    &quot;imageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later.
+      &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+      &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+      &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+      &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+      &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+    },
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#image&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#image for images.
+    &quot;labelFingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this image, which is essentially a hash of the labels used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an image.
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this image. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    },
+    &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this image.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # Any applicable license URI.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+    &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
+      &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
+      &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
+      &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    },
+    &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+    &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+    &quot;shieldedInstanceInitialState&quot;: { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance.
+      &quot;dbs&quot;: [ # The Key Database (db).
+        {
+          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The raw content in the secure keys file.
+          &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type of source file.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;dbxs&quot;: [ # The forbidden key database (dbx).
+        {
+          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The raw content in the secure keys file.
+          &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type of source file.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;keks&quot;: [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK).
+        {
+          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The raw content in the secure keys file.
+          &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type of source file.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;pk&quot;: { # The Platform Key (PK).
+        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The raw content in the secure keys file.
+        &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type of source file.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;sourceDiskEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+      &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+      &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+      &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+      &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+      &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+    },
+    &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
+    &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+      &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+      &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+      &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+      &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+      &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+    },
+    &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
+    &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+      &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+      &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+      &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+      &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+      &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+    },
+    &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the snapshot used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given snapshot name.
+    &quot;sourceType&quot;: &quot;RAW&quot;, # The type of the image used to create this disk. The default and only value is RAW
+    &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the image. An image can be used to create other resources, such as instances, only after the image has been successfully created and the status is set to READY. Possible values are FAILED, PENDING, or READY.
+    &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
index 0a2eb14baeb..8062fc9ca43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html
@@ -294,6 +294,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#image&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#image for images.
@@ -311,7 +312,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -344,22 +345,25 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the snapshot used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given snapshot name.
@@ -409,6 +413,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#image&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#image for images.
@@ -426,7 +431,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -459,22 +464,25 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the snapshot used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given snapshot name.
@@ -622,6 +630,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#image&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#image for images.
@@ -639,7 +648,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -672,22 +681,25 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the snapshot used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given snapshot name.
@@ -800,6 +812,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#image&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#image for images.
@@ -817,7 +830,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
         &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
         &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       },
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -850,22 +863,25 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-      &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-      &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+      &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the snapshot used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given snapshot name.
@@ -939,6 +955,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#image&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#image for images.
@@ -956,7 +973,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;rawDisk&quot;: { # The parameters of the raw disk image.
     &quot;containerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The format used to encode and transmit the block device, which should be TAR. This is just a container and transmission format and not a runtime format. Provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
-    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+    &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -989,22 +1006,25 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
-  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the image was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given image name.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the snapshot used to create this image. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given snapshot name.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
index b591be5dcaf..6cd356b4de0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
             &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
           },
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
           &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
             &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
             &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -643,6 +643,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # The URLs of one or more instances to delete. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;skipInstancesOnValidationError&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group&#x27;s zone or region.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -809,7 +810,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -919,7 +920,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1097,7 +1098,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
         &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
       },
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
         &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
         &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1456,7 +1457,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
index f32a45b409b..99dc9d8d2ec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -210,6 +210,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -237,6 +238,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -244,6 +246,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
         },
@@ -549,6 +552,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -576,6 +580,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -583,6 +588,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
         },
@@ -852,6 +858,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
               &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
               &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+              &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
               &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
             },
             &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -879,6 +886,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
                 &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
                 &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+                &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                 &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
               },
               &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -886,6 +894,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
                 &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
                 &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+                &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                 &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
               },
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index 4f4f38baee0..dc0bcf2f76c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -416,6 +416,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
                 &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
                 &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+                &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                 &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
               },
               &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -443,6 +444,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
                   &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
                   &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+                  &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                   &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
                 },
                 &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -450,6 +452,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
                   &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
                   &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+                  &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
                   &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
                 },
               },
@@ -688,6 +691,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -715,6 +719,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
       &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
       &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+      &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
       &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
     },
     &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -722,6 +727,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
       &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
       &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+      &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
       &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
     },
   },
@@ -847,6 +853,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -874,6 +881,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -881,6 +889,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
         },
@@ -1344,6 +1353,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -1371,6 +1381,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
         &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -1378,6 +1389,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
       },
@@ -1584,7 +1596,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -1595,7 +1607,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
@@ -1633,7 +1645,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -1648,7 +1660,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -1919,6 +1931,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -1946,6 +1959,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
         &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -1953,6 +1967,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
       },
@@ -2229,6 +2244,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -2256,6 +2272,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
               &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
               &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+              &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
               &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
             },
             &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -2263,6 +2280,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
               &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
               &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+              &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
               &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
             },
           },
@@ -3841,6 +3859,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
@@ -4033,6 +4052,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -4060,6 +4080,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
         &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -4067,6 +4088,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html
index f47dac82d1c..32086ab4c3a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Switches the network mode from auto subnet mode to custom subnet mode.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#updatePeering">updatePeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="addPeering">addPeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
     &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -300,9 +300,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
           &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
-            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
             &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 ],
               },
             ],
-            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
-      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
@@ -457,9 +457,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -569,9 +569,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
           &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
           &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-          &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+          &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
           &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-          &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+          &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
           &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -710,9 +710,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
       &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+      &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
       &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="updatePeering">updatePeering(project, network, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes
+  <pre>Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -933,9 +933,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;autoCreateRoutes&quot;: True or False, # This field will be deprecated soon. Use the exchange_subnet_routes field instead. Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exchangeSubnetRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether full mesh connectivity is created and managed automatically between peered networks. Currently this field should always be true since Google Compute Engine will automatically create and manage subnetwork routes between two networks when peering state is ACTIVE.
     &quot;exportCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to export the custom routes to peer network.
-    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;importCustomRoutes&quot;: True or False, # Whether to import the custom routes from peer network.
-    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
+    &quot;importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp&quot;: True or False, # Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of this peering. Provided by the client when the peering is created. The name must comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all the following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the peer network. It can be either full URL or partial URL. The peer network may belong to a different project. If the partial URL does not contain project, it is assumed that the peer network is in the same project as the current network.
     &quot;peerMtu&quot;: 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html
index e9a17c5a757..c0c9ecae08a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of NodeGroupsScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of node groups.
       &quot;nodeGroups&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of node groups contained in this scope.
-        { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+        { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
           &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
             &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
             &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+    { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+{ # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of nodeGroups.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of NodeGroup resources.
-    { # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+    { # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
       &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
         &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
         &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
+{ # Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.
   &quot;autoscalingPolicy&quot;: { # Specifies how autoscaling should behave.
     &quot;maxNodes&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that the group should have. Must be set if autoscaling is enabled. Maximum value allowed is 100.
     &quot;minNodes&quot;: 42, # The minimum number of nodes that the group should have.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html
index 384194eb630..31ecbfd5f46 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
     &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
   },
   &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
 }</pre>
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
     &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+    &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
   },
   &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
 }</pre>
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;usageExportLocation&quot;: { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix. # The naming prefix for daily usage reports and the Google Cloud Storage bucket where they are stored.
         &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-        &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+        &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
       },
       &quot;xpnProjectStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The role this project has in a shared VPC configuration. Currently, only projects with the host role, which is specified by the value HOST, are differentiated.
     },
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # The location in Cloud Storage and naming method of the daily usage report. Contains bucket_name and report_name prefix.
   &quot;bucketName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of an existing bucket in Cloud Storage where the usage report object is stored. The Google Service Account is granted write access to this bucket. This can either be the bucket name by itself, such as example-bucket, or the bucket name with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/ in front of it, such as gs://example-bucket.
-  &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
+  &quot;reportNamePrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
index 22143130908..ee2719653a6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
       &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
         { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+          &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
           &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
           &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+          &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
         },
       ],
       &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;affinityCookieTtlSec&quot;: 42, # Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.
   &quot;backends&quot;: [ # The list of backends that serve this BackendService.
     { # Message containing information of one individual backend.
-      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode.
+      &quot;balancingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.
       &quot;capacityScaler&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the backend&#x27;s target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;failover&quot;: True or False, # This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;maxRate&quot;: 42, # Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerEndpoint&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
       &quot;maxRatePerInstance&quot;: 3.14, # Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend&#x27;s balancingMode is CONNECTION.
-      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14,
+      &quot;maxUtilization&quot;: 3.14, # Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.
     },
   ],
   &quot;cdnPolicy&quot;: { # Message containing Cloud CDN configuration for a backend service. # Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
index 4a47f3bc31c..2b4105b0138 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
@@ -183,6 +183,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;startTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Commitment start time in RFC3339 text format.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Status of the commitment with regards to eventual expiration (each commitment has an end date defined). One of the following values: NOT_YET_ACTIVE, ACTIVE, EXPIRED.
           &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of commitment, which affects the discount rate and the eligible resources. Type MEMORY_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to memory optimized machines. Type ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to accelerator optimized machines.
         },
       ],
       &quot;warning&quot;: { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of commitments when the list is empty.
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;startTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Commitment start time in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Status of the commitment with regards to eventual expiration (each commitment has an end date defined). One of the following values: NOT_YET_ACTIVE, ACTIVE, EXPIRED.
   &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of commitment, which affects the discount rate and the eligible resources. Type MEMORY_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to memory optimized machines. Type ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to accelerator optimized machines.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -388,6 +390,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;startTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Commitment start time in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Status of the commitment with regards to eventual expiration (each commitment has an end date defined). One of the following values: NOT_YET_ACTIVE, ACTIVE, EXPIRED.
   &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of commitment, which affects the discount rate and the eligible resources. Type MEMORY_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to memory optimized machines. Type ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to accelerator optimized machines.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -531,6 +534,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;startTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Commitment start time in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Status of the commitment with regards to eventual expiration (each commitment has an end date defined). One of the following values: NOT_YET_ACTIVE, ACTIVE, EXPIRED.
       &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of commitment, which affects the discount rate and the eligible resources. Type MEMORY_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to memory optimized machines. Type ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to accelerator optimized machines.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#commitmentList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#commitmentList for lists of commitments.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
index ff11b5a62e4..6ed816df904 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html
@@ -233,6 +233,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
@@ -240,6 +241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
@@ -394,6 +396,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -437,6 +440,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
@@ -445,6 +449,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
@@ -580,6 +585,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -623,6 +629,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
@@ -631,6 +638,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
@@ -730,6 +738,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
@@ -773,6 +782,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
@@ -781,6 +791,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html
index 3aea0179f90..3a0421a23cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Contains a list of HealthCheck resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of HealthCheck resources.
-    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+    { # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
       &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks). For more information, see Health checks overview.
+{ # Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.
   &quot;checkIntervalSec&quot;: 42, # How often (in seconds) to send a health check. The default value is 5 seconds.
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in 3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
index f4fb94ec744..57595e206f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html
@@ -468,6 +468,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # The URLs of one or more instances to delete. This can be a full URL or a partial URL, such as zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;skipInstancesOnValidationError&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group&#x27;s zone or region.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -634,7 +635,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -744,7 +745,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -922,7 +923,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
         &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
       },
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
         &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
         &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
@@ -1281,7 +1282,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;restarting&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.
     &quot;verifying&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are being verified. See the managedInstances[].currentAction property in the listManagedInstances method documentation.
   },
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;distributionPolicy&quot;: { # Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group.
     &quot;targetShape&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distribution shape to which the group converges either proactively or on resize events (depending on the value set in updatePolicy.instanceRedistributionType).
     &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Zones where the regional managed instance group will create and manage its instances.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
index 441f5d28634..b5a0eeda81f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
@@ -112,6 +112,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
           &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
           &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+          &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
           &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
         },
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The size of the disk in GB.
@@ -139,6 +140,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
           &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.
@@ -146,6 +148,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
             &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
             &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+            &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
             &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
           },
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
index b6156fd441d..7b386676dc4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html
@@ -212,6 +212,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
@@ -219,6 +220,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
     &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
     &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
     &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
   },
   &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
@@ -384,6 +386,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source disk used to create this snapshot.
@@ -391,6 +394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
         &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
         &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+        &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
         &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
       },
       &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 38099515263..05317a75e7a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -453,6 +453,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -533,6 +536,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+          &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+          },
           &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
           &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
             &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1043,6 +1049,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
     &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1123,6 +1132,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1536,6 +1548,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1616,6 +1631,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
             &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
             &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+            &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+            },
             &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
             &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
               &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index 8f137ccc9f2..f8a513ba1f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -145,6 +145,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -412,6 +415,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
     &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -545,6 +551,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -975,6 +984,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # UpdateNodePoolRequests update a node pool&#x27;s image and/or version.
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
+  &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+  },
   &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired image type for the node pool.
   &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
     &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index f0ef7f6c2cd..f66b72fcf1b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -554,6 +554,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -634,6 +637,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
           &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+          &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+          },
           &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
           &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
             &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1144,6 +1150,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
     &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1224,6 +1233,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1681,6 +1693,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1761,6 +1776,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
             &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
             &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+            &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+            },
             &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
             &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
               &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 47ba79b2dba..2632b6b2cd6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -234,6 +234,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
       &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -501,6 +504,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
     &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
     &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -634,6 +640,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;bootDiskKmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  The Customer Managed Encryption Key used to encrypt the boot disk attached to each node in the node pool. This should be of the form projects/[KEY_PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[RING_NAME]/cryptoKeys/[KEY_NAME]. For more information about protecting resources with Cloud KMS Keys please see: https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/customer-managed-encryption
         &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. If unspecified, the default disk size is 100GB.
         &quot;diskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;, &#x27;pd-ssd&#x27; or &#x27;pd-balanced&#x27;) If unspecified, the default disk type is &#x27;pd-standard&#x27;
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -992,6 +1001,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # UpdateNodePoolRequests update a node pool&#x27;s image and/or version.
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
+  &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+  },
   &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired image type for the node pool.
   &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
     &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index d1d0d419e62..3640559db07 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -482,6 +482,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
         &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
       },
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -572,6 +575,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
             &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
           },
+          &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+          },
           &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
           &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
             &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1127,6 +1133,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
       &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
     },
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1217,6 +1226,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
           &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
         },
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1675,6 +1687,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
           &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
         },
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1765,6 +1780,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
               &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
             },
+            &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+            },
             &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
             &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
               &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index e1b6f7695b3..6de42572e97 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -149,6 +149,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
         &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
       },
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -422,6 +425,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
       &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
     },
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -561,6 +567,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
           &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
         },
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -993,6 +1002,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # SetNodePoolVersionRequest updates the version of a node pool.
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
+  &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+  },
   &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired image type for the node pool.
   &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
     &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 316988269b5..2f8a2bed6a3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -590,6 +590,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
         &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
       },
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -680,6 +683,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
             &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
           },
+          &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+            &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+          },
           &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
           &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
             &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1235,6 +1241,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
       &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
     },
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1325,6 +1334,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
           &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
         },
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1827,6 +1839,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
           &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
         },
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1917,6 +1932,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
               &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
             },
+            &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+              &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+            },
             &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
             &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
               &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 8531dfd1542..9305cd25c4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -238,6 +238,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
         &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
       },
+      &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+      },
       &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
       &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
         &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -511,6 +514,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
       &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
     },
+    &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+    },
     &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
     &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
       &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -650,6 +656,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;ephemeralStorageConfig&quot;: { # EphemeralStorageConfig contains configuration for the ephemeral storage filesystem. # Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk.
           &quot;localSsdCount&quot;: 42, # Number of local SSDs to use to back ephemeral storage. Uses NVMe interfaces. Each local SSD is 375 GB in size. If zero, it means to disable using local SSDs as ephemeral storage.
         },
+        &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+          &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+        },
         &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.
         &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
           &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
@@ -1010,6 +1019,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 { # SetNodePoolVersionRequest updates the version of a node pool.
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
+  &quot;gvnic&quot;: { # Configuration of gVNIC feature. # Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.
+  },
   &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired image type for the node pool.
   &quot;kubeletConfig&quot;: { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs.
     &quot;cpuCfsQuota&quot;: True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is &#x27;true&#x27; if unspecified.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
index 177c2c43341..238c0f54b95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
index 79bfb44856c..900bd2e64e1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
@@ -1514,7 +1514,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -3199,7 +3199,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
index 10154d07c11..fac52d4e1d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html
index 531a5100ded..8ea029d9546 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.occurrences.html
index 78aae529b9b..c20133b11dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.occurrences.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
       &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
         &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
         &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
         &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
           { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -432,6 +432,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
             &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
               &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
               &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -443,6 +444,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
           },
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html
index 82f6fe08b91..cb43c4a2798 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
       &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
         &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
         &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
         &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
           { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -448,6 +448,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
             &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
               &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
               &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -459,6 +460,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
           },
         ],
@@ -794,7 +796,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
       &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
         &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
         &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
         &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
           { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -809,6 +811,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
             &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
               &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
               &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -820,6 +823,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
           },
         ],
@@ -1160,7 +1164,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
   &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
     &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
     &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
     &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
       { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -1175,6 +1179,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
         &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
           &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
           &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -1186,6 +1191,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
       },
     ],
@@ -1517,7 +1523,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
   &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
     &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
     &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
     &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
       { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -1532,6 +1538,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
         &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
           &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
           &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -1543,6 +1550,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
       },
     ],
@@ -1899,7 +1907,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
   &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
     &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
     &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
     &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
       { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -1914,6 +1922,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
         &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
           &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
           &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -1925,6 +1934,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
       },
     ],
@@ -1964,7 +1974,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -2569,7 +2579,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
       &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
         &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
         &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
         &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
           { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -2584,6 +2594,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
             &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
               &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
               &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -2595,6 +2606,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
               },
             },
+            &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
             &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
           },
         ],
@@ -2944,7 +2956,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
   &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
     &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
     &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
     &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
       { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -2959,6 +2971,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
         &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
           &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
           &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -2970,6 +2983,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
       },
     ],
@@ -3302,7 +3316,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this occurrence was last updated.
   &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Details of a vulnerability Occurrence. # Describes a security vulnerability.
     &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0-10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.
+    &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
     &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
     &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
       { # This message wraps a location affected by a vulnerability and its associated fix (if one is available).
@@ -3317,6 +3331,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
         &quot;fixedLocation&quot;: { # The location of the vulnerability. # The location of the available fix for vulnerability.
           &quot;cpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The CPE URI in [cpe format](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) format. Examples include distro or storage location for vulnerable jar.
           &quot;package&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The package being described.
@@ -3328,6 +3343,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
           },
         },
+        &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
         &quot;severityName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.
       },
     ],
@@ -3354,7 +3370,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -3382,7 +3398,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
index 6c060e0665c..1b7fe52f5ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
index 86961e26c93..ab51362860f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
index 56877bfa4a3..623251108f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
index 991e11c28bc..86f364aad86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
index 0e3a3bcc075..3e4d134aa52 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
index 05d65d5a436..eeeec8633a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
index c212dc1751c..4b5ad8a9b65 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
index 20c97f5950b..fe45c5811a6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
index a9ffe40a432..d4b3d3dfc70 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.html
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
index 16b35ec3dab..4310569f74f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.taxonomies.policyTags.html
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
index 4f71a3fd441..96acf9cb890 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
@@ -248,7 +248,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -266,7 +299,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -284,7 +350,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
     },
@@ -503,7 +602,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -527,7 +659,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -625,24 +790,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -681,24 +829,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -759,24 +890,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -863,7 +977,40 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+              },
+              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+                },
+                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+            },
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -902,24 +1049,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
index 68130019c47..5bd9b3632f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
@@ -232,40 +232,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -283,40 +250,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -334,40 +268,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
     },
@@ -480,40 +381,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -537,40 +405,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -668,7 +503,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -707,7 +559,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -768,7 +637,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -855,40 +741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-              },
-              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-            },
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -927,7 +780,24 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
index 6ec117dc761..225fc66f183 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use &#x27;policy&#x27; to specify the etag.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the &#x27;resource&#x27;. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the &#x27;resource&#x27;. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
index 9a217f0d5ca..8fd3f6d6149 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use &#x27;policy&#x27; to specify the etag.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the &#x27;resource&#x27;. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the &#x27;resource&#x27;. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
index 557451e7eba..04915e5f639 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     },
   ],
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use &#x27;policy&#x27; to specify the etag.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the &#x27;resource&#x27;. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the &#x27;resource&#x27;. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html
index 350edd122fc..5feac17d2e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v1.customBiddingAlgorithms.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 Args:
   advertiserId: string, The ID of the DV360 advertiser that has access to the custom bidding algorithm.
-  filter: string, Allows filtering by custom bidding algorithm fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND`. A sequence of restrictions * implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` or `EQUALS (=)`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` for the following field: - `displayName` * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)` for the following field: - `customBiddingAlgorithmType` * For `displayName`, the value is a string. We return all custom bidding algorithms whose display_name contains such string. * For `customBiddingAlgorithmType`, the value is a string. We return all algorithms whose custom_bidding_algorithm_type is equal to the given type. Examples: * All custom bidding algorithms for which the display name contains &quot;politics&quot;: `displayName:politics`. * All custom bidding algorithms for which the type is &quot;SCRIPT_BASED&quot;: `customBiddingAlgorithmType=SCRIPT_BASED` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
+  filter: string, Allows filtering by custom bidding algorithm fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND`. A sequence of restrictions * implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` or `EQUALS (=)`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` for the following field: - `displayName` * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)` for the following field: - `customBiddingAlgorithmType` - `customBiddingAlgorithmState` * For `displayName`, the value is a string. We return all custom bidding algorithms whose display_name contains such string. * For `customBiddingAlgorithmType`, the value is a string. We return all algorithms whose custom_bidding_algorithm_type is equal to the given type. * For `customBiddingAlgorithmState`, the value is a string. We return all algorithms whose custom_bidding_algorithm_state is equal to the given type. Examples: * All custom bidding algorithms for which the display name contains &quot;politics&quot;: `displayName:politics`. * All custom bidding algorithms for which the type is &quot;SCRIPT_BASED&quot;: `customBiddingAlgorithmType=SCRIPT_BASED` * All custom bidding algorithms for which the state is &quot;ENABLED&quot;: `customBiddingAlgorithmState=ENABLED` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix &quot;desc&quot; should be added to the field name. Example: `displayName desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `100`. If unspecified will default to `100`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListCustomBiddingAlgorithms` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index a5b45fa642b..e32aa2d1d0f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 <h1><a href="documentai_v1.html">Cloud Document AI API</a> . <a href="documentai_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="documentai_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="documentai_v1.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#cancelOperation">cancelOperation(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="cancelOperation">cancelOperation(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
index 9defab1b8b9..a7ca898351c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 <h1><a href="documentai_v1.html">Cloud Document AI API</a> . <a href="documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.html">uiv1beta3</a> . <a href="documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="documentai_v1.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#cancelOperation">cancelOperation(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="cancelOperation">cancelOperation(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
index 9ec895355ba..26b9f879aad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 <h1><a href="documentai_v1beta3.html">Cloud Document AI API</a> . <a href="documentai_v1beta3.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#cancelOperation">cancelOperation(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="cancelOperation">cancelOperation(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html
index 5c1f77c7232..490cbb5ee15 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
index 3b034ac254c..eb95f598fc8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html
index 9ca9cf501e2..b8c785858aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.backups.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Creates a backup.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The backup&#x27;s project and location, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The backup&#x27;s project and location, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
   &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
   &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Deletes a backup.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Gets the details of a specific backup.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -214,10 +214,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
   &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
   &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Lists all backups in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the {location} value. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the `{location}` value. (required)
   filter: string, List filter.
   orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are &quot;name&quot;, &quot;name desc&quot; or &quot;&quot; (unsorted).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # ListBackupsResponse is the result of ListBackupsRequest.
-  &quot;backups&quot;: [ # A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
+  &quot;backups&quot;: [ # A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
     { # A Cloud Filestore backup.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Capacity of the source file share when the backup was created.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the backup was created.
@@ -252,10 +252,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-      &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+      &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
       &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
       &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Updates the settings of a specific backup.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -299,10 +299,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
   &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
   &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index fcdcd1e1082..4e4e63c7fd0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Creates an instance. When creating from a backup, the capacity of the new instance needs to be equal to or larger than the capacity of the backup (and also equal to or larger than the minimum capacity of the tier).
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The instance&#x27;s project and location, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The instance&#x27;s project and location, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -126,29 +126,29 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
           &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
           &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
     },
   ],
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
-      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Deletes an instance.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Gets the details of a specific instance.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -249,29 +249,29 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
           &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
           &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
     },
   ],
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
-      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Lists all instances in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the {location} value. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the `{location}` value. (required)
   filter: string, List filter.
   orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are &quot;name&quot;, &quot;name desc&quot; or &quot;&quot; (unsorted).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # ListInstancesResponse is the result of ListInstancesRequest.
-  &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
+  &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
     { # A Cloud Filestore instance.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the instance (2048 characters or less).
@@ -314,29 +314,29 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
               &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
               &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-              &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+              &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+          &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
         },
       ],
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`.
       &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
         { # Network configuration for the instance.
-          &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+          &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
-          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-          &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+          &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
         },
       ],
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Updates the settings of a specific instance.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -388,29 +388,29 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
           &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
           &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
     },
   ],
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
-      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -454,13 +454,13 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Restores an existing instance&#x27;s file share from a backup. The capacity of the instance needs to be equal to or larger than the capacity of the backup (and also equal to or larger than the minimum capacity of the tier).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # RestoreInstanceRequest restores an existing instances&#x27;s file share from a backup.
   &quot;fileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the file share in the Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is being restored to.
-  &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+  &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html
index b65d2c20c2e..1242d3435d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.backups.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Creates a backup.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The backup&#x27;s project and location, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The backup&#x27;s project and location, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
   &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
   &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Deletes a backup.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Gets the details of a specific backup.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -214,10 +214,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
   &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
   &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Lists all backups in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the {location} value. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the `{location}` value. (required)
   filter: string, List filter.
   orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are &quot;name&quot;, &quot;name desc&quot; or &quot;&quot; (unsorted).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # ListBackupsResponse is the result of ListBackupsRequest.
-  &quot;backups&quot;: [ # A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
+  &quot;backups&quot;: [ # A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
     { # A Cloud Filestore backup.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Capacity of the source file share when the backup was created.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the backup was created.
@@ -252,10 +252,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-      &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+      &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
       &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
       &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Updates the settings of a specific backup.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -299,10 +299,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   &quot;sourceFileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the file share in the source Cloud Filestore instance that the backup is created from.
-  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.
+  &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.
   &quot;sourceInstanceTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service tier of the source Cloud Filestore instance that this backup is created from.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The backup state.
   &quot;storageBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The size of the storage used by the backup. As backups share storage, this number is expected to change with backup creation/deletion.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index a400863ada2..4467ce547b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Creates an instance. When creating from a backup, the capacity of the new instance needs to be equal to or larger than the capacity of the backup (and also equal to or larger than the minimum capacity of the tier).
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The instance&#x27;s project and location, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The instance&#x27;s project and location, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -131,30 +131,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
           &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
           &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
     },
   ],
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
       &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
-      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Deletes an instance.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Gets the details of a specific instance.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -255,30 +255,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
           &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
           &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
     },
   ],
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
       &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
-      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Lists all instances in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the {location} value. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use &quot;-&quot; for the `{location}` value. (required)
   filter: string, List filter.
   orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are &quot;name&quot;, &quot;name desc&quot; or &quot;&quot; (unsorted).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   An object of the form:
 
     { # ListInstancesResponse is the result of ListInstancesRequest.
-  &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
+  &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is &quot;-&quot;, the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the &quot;unreachable&quot; field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.
     { # A Cloud Filestore instance.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the instance (2048 characters or less).
@@ -321,30 +321,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
               &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
               &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-              &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+              &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
               &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
             },
           ],
-          &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+          &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
         },
       ],
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.
       &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
         { # Network configuration for the instance.
           &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
-          &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+          &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
-          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-          &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+          &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+          &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
         },
       ],
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Updates the settings of a specific instance.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -396,30 +396,30 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
           &quot;anonGid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous group id with a default value of 65534. Anon_gid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
           &quot;anonUid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer representing the anonymous user id with a default value of 65534. Anon_uid may only be set with squash_mode of ROOT_SQUASH. An error will be returned if this field is specified for other squash_mode settings.
-          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
+          &quot;ipRanges&quot;: [ # List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;squashMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either NO_ROOT_SQUASH, for allowing root access on the exported directory, or ROOT_SQUASH, for not allowing root access. The default is NO_ROOT_SQUASH.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.
+      &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.
     },
   ],
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
       &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
-      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
+      &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;modes&quot;: [ # Internet protocol versions for which the instance has IP addresses assigned. For this version, only MODE_IPV4 is supported.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -463,14 +463,14 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Restores an existing instance&#x27;s file share from a backup. The capacity of the instance needs to be equal to or larger than the capacity of the backup (and also equal to or larger than the minimum capacity of the tier).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # RestoreInstanceRequest restores an existing instances&#x27;s file share from a snapshot or backup.
   &quot;fileShare&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the file share in the Cloud Filestore instance that the snapshot is being restored to.
-  &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.
-  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.
+  &quot;sourceBackup&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
index 9d0459fcbce..bce4da8ad82 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Creates a snapshot.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The Filestore Instance to create the snapshots of, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id} (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The Filestore Instance to create the snapshots of, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The snapshot state.
 }
 
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Deletes a snapshot.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Gets the details of a specific snapshot.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id} (required)
+  name: string, Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The snapshot state.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Lists all snapshots in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The instance for which to retrieve snapshot information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The instance for which to retrieve snapshot information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
   filter: string, List filter.
   orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are &quot;name&quot;, &quot;name desc&quot; or &quot;&quot; (unsorted).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The snapshot state.
     },
   ],
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   <pre>Updates the settings of a specific snapshot.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The snapshot state.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
index 50a3ac1f5d5..72e785a943a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer's deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be 'live' concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name | Ruleset Name --------------------------------|------------- projects/foo/releases/prod | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/beta | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The table reflects the `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer's deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be 'live' concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name -> Ruleset Name * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/beta -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The relationships reflect a `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Delete a `Release` by resource name.</p>
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer&#x27;s deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be &#x27;live&#x27; concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name | Ruleset Name --------------------------------|------------- projects/foo/releases/prod | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/beta | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The table reflects the `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.
+  <pre>Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer&#x27;s deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be &#x27;live&#x27; concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name -&gt; Ruleset Name * projects/foo/releases/prod -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/beta -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The relationships reflect a `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name for the project which owns this `Release`. Format: `projects/{project_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 58873196aeb..02464f5b2f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -230,31 +234,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -274,7 +263,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -294,7 +287,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -315,26 +312,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -345,7 +323,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -377,31 +359,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -421,7 +388,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -441,7 +412,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -462,26 +437,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -515,7 +471,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -603,31 +563,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -647,7 +592,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -667,7 +616,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,26 +641,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -718,7 +652,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -750,31 +688,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -794,7 +717,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -814,7 +741,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -835,26 +766,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -878,7 +790,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -918,7 +834,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -956,7 +876,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1022,7 +946,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1075,7 +1003,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1233,7 +1169,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1267,7 +1207,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1320,7 +1264,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,7 +1354,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1454,7 +1406,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1488,7 +1444,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1533,7 +1493,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1585,7 +1549,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1625,7 +1593,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1699,7 +1671,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1747,7 +1723,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1781,7 +1761,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1825,7 +1809,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1882,31 +1870,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1926,7 +1899,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1946,7 +1923,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1967,26 +1948,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1997,7 +1959,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2029,31 +1995,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2024,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2093,7 +2048,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2114,26 +2073,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2159,7 +2099,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 712832b8a03..352fb5224ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -230,31 +234,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -274,7 +263,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -294,7 +287,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -315,26 +312,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -345,7 +323,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -377,31 +359,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -421,7 +388,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -441,7 +412,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -462,26 +437,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -515,7 +471,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -603,31 +563,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -647,7 +592,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -667,7 +616,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,26 +641,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -718,7 +652,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -750,31 +688,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -794,7 +717,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -814,7 +741,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -835,26 +766,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -878,7 +790,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -918,7 +834,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -956,7 +876,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1022,7 +946,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1075,7 +1003,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1233,7 +1169,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1267,7 +1207,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1320,7 +1264,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,7 +1354,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1454,7 +1406,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1488,7 +1444,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1533,7 +1493,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1585,7 +1549,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1625,7 +1593,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1699,7 +1671,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1747,7 +1723,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1781,7 +1761,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1825,7 +1809,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1882,31 +1870,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1926,7 +1899,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1946,7 +1923,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1967,26 +1948,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1997,7 +1959,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2029,31 +1995,16 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2024,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2093,7 +2048,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2114,26 +2073,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2159,7 +2099,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
index 34c5e08de3e..8c5d9e58d3a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
index 3f52e6346a4..08948839328 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html
index c498ec38cec..c704095a8de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.html
index dad78604bbc..52e952b6dd7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
index 91193dd092a..4309d22df84 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html">features</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html">features</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
index c65eabbd2b3..4b81dc4e472 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html">features()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
index a131239a8ba..568403a44e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index c8fe208cd40..004ea47f939 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.html
index 5c5f483ed74..ea095db6a76 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html
index 42ce1ad0076..18a2c79300f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
index ea12dc2bd56..1be2f78ec1a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html">features</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html">features</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -162,6 +162,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+            },
+            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -283,6 +304,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+              },
+              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+      },
       &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
         &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
         &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -486,6 +533,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+            },
+            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -607,6 +675,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+              },
+              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+      },
       &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
         &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
         &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -701,7 +795,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -798,6 +892,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
           },
+          &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+            &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+              { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+                &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                  &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                  &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                  &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                  &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                  &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                  &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                  &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                  &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                  &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                  &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+                },
+                &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -919,6 +1034,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
             },
           },
+          &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+            &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+            &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+            &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+              &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+                { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+                  &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                    &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                    &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                    &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                    &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                    &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                    &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                    &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                    &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                    &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                    &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                    &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+                  },
+                  &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+          },
           &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
             &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
             &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -1066,6 +1207,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+            },
+            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -1187,6 +1349,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+              },
+              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+      },
       &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
         &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
         &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -1306,7 +1494,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1348,7 +1536,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 81cc96ac044..57eabce8112 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html">features()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 90fd97ea251..5f6383c796c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
index 99f68d15e99..6b1349fde05 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.html
index 167e0451482..d43f5e5f3ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html
index 3032d5e7089..453dcd68a5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html
index da723841f2b..6ca15b5f7ed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.memberships.html">memberships()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.memberships.html
index 82c751585dc..b6822d0fd51 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.memberships.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html">global_</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html
index bbd99de7f28..81483406863 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.global_.html">global_()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 4fa934a231b..6595024c89b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.operations.html
index 124280d7f61..142f91122c7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.html
index b3a071e88cc..bbf892014b6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.html
index 5f8d5be4f7c..e410053c709 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
index 0e5e60d462f..7fe99b66fd2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html">features</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html">features</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -161,6 +161,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+            },
+            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -280,6 +301,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+              },
+              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+      },
       &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
         &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
         &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -435,6 +482,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+            },
+            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -554,6 +622,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+              },
+              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+      },
       &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
         &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
         &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -601,7 +695,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -697,6 +791,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
           },
+          &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+            &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+              { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+                &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                  &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                  &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                  &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                  &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                  &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                  &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                  &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                  &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                  &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                  &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+                },
+                &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -816,6 +931,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
             },
           },
+          &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+            &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+            &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+            &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+              &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+                { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+                  &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                    &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                    &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                    &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                    &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                    &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                    &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                    &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                    &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                    &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                    &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                    &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+                  },
+                  &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+          },
           &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
             &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
             &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -915,6 +1056,27 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of ACM installed.
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific spec.
+        &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+          { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+            &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+              &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+              &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+              &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+              &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+              &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+              &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+              &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+              &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+              &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+              &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+              &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+            },
+            &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
     },
   },
   &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
@@ -1034,6 +1196,32 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;identityservice&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership. # Identity Service-specific state.
+        &quot;failureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason of the failure.
+        &quot;installedVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.
+        &quot;memberConfig&quot;: { # **Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership. # Last reconciled membership configuration
+          &quot;authMethods&quot;: [ # A member may support multiple auth methods.
+            { # Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for auth config.
+              &quot;oidcConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for OIDC Auth flow. # OIDC specific configuration.
+                &quot;certificateAuthorityData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.
+                &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID for OIDC client application.
+                &quot;deployCloudConsoleProxy&quot;: True or False, # Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.
+                &quot;extraParams&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.
+                &quot;groupPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to group name.
+                &quot;groupsClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.
+                &quot;issuerUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.
+                &quot;kubectlRedirectUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.
+                &quot;scopes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Comma-separated list of identifiers.
+                &quot;userClaim&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.
+                &quot;userPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Prefix to prepend to user name.
+              },
+              &quot;proxy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proxy server address to use for auth method.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deployment state on this member
+      },
       &quot;metering&quot;: { # **Metering**: Per-Membership Feature State. # Metering-specific spec.
         &quot;lastMeasurementTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time stamp of the most recent measurement of the number of vCPUs in the cluster.
         &quot;preciseLastMeasuredClusterVcpuCapacity&quot;: 3.14, # The vCPUs capacity in the cluster according to the most recent measurement (1/1000 precision).
@@ -1106,7 +1294,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1148,7 +1336,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index 36fccfbfbc3..d78641222e1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html">features()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html
index f1aefbf8173..2672d112bfb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index 1303a5b24b8..847bb377afb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.html
index ad73da0ed83..1b820a16393 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html
index 2c0b345e62f..2ffe097eeaa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 82154b4c06a..e530827d6cf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships()</a></code>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 8fd71e755c4..1f844277fec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html">memberships</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index ca4f1878212..a1a75107aa8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 </style>
 
-<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h1><a href="gkehub_v1beta1.html">GKE Hub API</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
index 6903bbce80b..82db416c42b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
index 01ba78fb564..37bdd941092 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html
index 670cd55523f..63cd328d7f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html
index 9fb75166d4f..96df2f2b65b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.ideas.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(creator_platform=None, creator_platformId=None, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">List ideas for a given Creator and filter and sort options.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -90,16 +90,10 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(creator_platform=None, creator_platformId=None, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>List ideas for a given Creator and filter and sort options.
 
 Args:
-  creator_platform: string, Identifies the platform from which this user is accessing Idea Hub.
-    Allowed values
-      UNKNOWN - 
-      BLOGGER - 
-      SITEKIT - 
-  creator_platformId: string, Identifies the platform account (blog/site/etc.) for which to fetch Ideas.
   filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions are implicitly combined, as if the `AND` operator was always used. The `OR` operator is currently unsupported. * Supported functions: - `saved(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only saved ideas. If set to false, fetches all except saved ideas. Can&#x27;t be simultaneously used with `dismissed(bool)`. - `dismissed(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only dismissed ideas. Can&#x27;t be simultaneously used with `saved(bool)`. The `false` value is currently unsupported. Examples: * `saved(true)` * `saved(false)` * `dismissed(true)` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
   orderBy: string, Order semantics described below.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ideas per page. If unspecified, at most 10 ideas will be returned. The maximum value is 2000; values above 2000 will be coerced to 2000.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html
index fc92dcaf9ba..ebd44cc927f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ideahub_v1alpha.platforms.properties.ideas.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, creator_platform=None, creator_platformId=None, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">List ideas for a given Creator and filter and sort options.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -90,17 +90,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, creator_platform=None, creator_platformId=None, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>List ideas for a given Creator and filter and sort options.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, If defined, specifies the creator for which to filter by. Format: publishers/{publisher}/properties/{property} (required)
-  creator_platform: string, Identifies the platform from which this user is accessing Idea Hub.
-    Allowed values
-      UNKNOWN - 
-      BLOGGER - 
-      SITEKIT - 
-  creator_platformId: string, Identifies the platform account (blog/site/etc.) for which to fetch Ideas.
   filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions are implicitly combined, as if the `AND` operator was always used. The `OR` operator is currently unsupported. * Supported functions: - `saved(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only saved ideas. If set to false, fetches all except saved ideas. Can&#x27;t be simultaneously used with `dismissed(bool)`. - `dismissed(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only dismissed ideas. Can&#x27;t be simultaneously used with `saved(bool)`. The `false` value is currently unsupported. Examples: * `saved(true)` * `saved(false)` * `dismissed(true)` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
   orderBy: string, Order semantics described below.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ideas per page. If unspecified, at most 10 ideas will be returned. The maximum value is 2000; values above 2000 will be coerced to 2000.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html
index f5410422935..5019b583b11 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html
index 885f78f7b6f..0b6aafba75f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html
index 22a2cdc166e..5ecc776ecad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
index b0eecccf27b..996880af84e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
index 97767ca3c30..366039504c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
index f831b55f796..c7a3afa3ea0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index 9ff0f977266..3a4f6844a95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
index c5465555722..5d54cb57343 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html
index c09e59fb1ba..a9b8076168d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html
index 27c9c5781c3..7740ffc5ae0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html
index b6d86f11a2d..fe2939a3ddd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
index f026b73d3b6..88e8d6e131c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 9f85325b82b..01151407a00 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index 023892c5ebf..32c3e14153a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource. # Describes a security vulnerability.
         &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity.
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
         &quot;fixAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether at least one of the affected packages has a fix available.
         &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
         &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
@@ -470,6 +470,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
               &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
             },
+            &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
             &quot;fixAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package.
             &quot;fixedCpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
             &quot;fixedPackage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
@@ -481,6 +482,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
               &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
             },
+            &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
           },
         ],
         &quot;relatedUrls&quot;: [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index d9f89136a61..2e1510beb59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # An occurrence of a severity vulnerability on a resource. # Describes a security vulnerability.
         &quot;cvssScore&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The CVSS score of this vulnerability. CVSS score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
-        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity.
+        &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.
         &quot;fixAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether at least one of the affected packages has a fix available.
         &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A detailed description of this vulnerability.
         &quot;packageIssue&quot;: [ # Required. The set of affected locations and their fixes (if available) within the associated resource.
@@ -470,6 +470,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
               &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
             },
+            &quot;effectiveSeverity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.
             &quot;fixAvailable&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package.
             &quot;fixedCpeUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The [CPE URI](https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/) this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_cpe_uri.
             &quot;fixedPackage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The package this vulnerability was fixed in. It is possible for this to be different from the affected_package.
@@ -481,6 +482,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required only when version kind is NORMAL. The main part of the version name.
               &quot;revision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The iteration of the package build from the above version.
             },
+            &quot;packageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).
           },
         ],
         &quot;relatedUrls&quot;: [ # Output only. URLs related to this vulnerability.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.html
index 8b350134650..e1163a44b15 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.html
@@ -74,11 +74,6 @@
 
 <h1><a href="osconfig_v1.html">OS Config API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
-<p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="osconfig_v1.operations.html">operations()</a></code>
-</p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
-
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="osconfig_v1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
 </p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
index a2b7963e473..bcf5c8bcad6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s age range.
       &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
       &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
     { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
     { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
     { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
       &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
       &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
     { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
     { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
       &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
     { # A skill that the person has.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s age range.
           &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
           &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
         { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
         { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
         { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
           &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
           &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
         { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
         { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
           &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -1790,7 +1790,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
         { # A skill that the person has.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -1978,7 +1978,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s age range.
             &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
             &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
           { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
           { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
           { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
             &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -2416,7 +2416,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -2445,7 +2445,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
             &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
           { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
           { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2510,7 +2510,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2543,7 +2543,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2647,7 +2647,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -2657,7 +2657,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -2680,7 +2680,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
             &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2693,7 +2693,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2717,7 +2717,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
           { # A skill that the person has.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2740,7 +2740,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -2749,7 +2749,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2762,7 +2762,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -2772,7 +2772,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
index eacaed0073f..ab5d0255bfd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s age range.
           &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
           &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
         { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
         { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
         { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
           &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
           &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
         { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
         { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
           &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
         { # A skill that the person has.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
index 6e8aaf71b8a..f332040e40d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s age range.
             &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
             &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
           { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
           { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
           { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
             &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
             &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
           { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
           { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
             &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
           { # A skill that the person has.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # If not successful, returns BatchCreateContactsErrorDetails.contacts which contains a list of errors for each invalid contact. The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.
+    { # If not successful, returns BatchCreateContactsErrorDetails which contains a list of errors for each invalid contact. The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.
   &quot;createdPeople&quot;: [ # The contacts that were created, unless the request `read_mask` is empty.
     { # The response for a single person
       &quot;httpStatusCode&quot;: 42, # **DEPRECATED** (Please use status instead) [HTTP 1.1 status code] (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html).
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s age range.
             &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
             &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
           { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
           { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
           { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
             &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
             &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
           { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
           { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
             &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
           { # A skill that the person has.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s age range.
           &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
           &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -2118,7 +2118,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
         { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -2265,7 +2265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
         { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
         { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
           &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
           &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2480,7 +2480,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
         { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
         { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -2585,7 +2585,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2645,7 +2645,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -2656,7 +2656,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2669,7 +2669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -2679,7 +2679,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
           &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -2726,7 +2726,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -2749,7 +2749,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
         { # A skill that the person has.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2762,7 +2762,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -2771,7 +2771,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2784,7 +2784,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -2794,7 +2794,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -2818,7 +2818,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2831,7 +2831,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -2854,7 +2854,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # If not successful, returns BatchUpdateContactsErrorDetails.contacts, a list of errors corresponding to each contact. The response to a request to update a batch of contacts.
+    { # If not successful, returns BatchUpdateContactsErrorDetails, a list of errors corresponding to each contact. The response to a request to update a batch of contacts.
   &quot;updateResult&quot;: { # A map of resource names to the contacts that were updated, unless the request `read_mask` is empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The response for a single person
       &quot;httpStatusCode&quot;: 42, # **DEPRECATED** (Please use status instead) [HTTP 1.1 status code] (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html).
@@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s age range.
             &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2909,7 +2909,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -2918,7 +2918,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
             &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2958,7 +2958,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3003,7 +3003,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -3014,7 +3014,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3027,7 +3027,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3050,7 +3050,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3074,7 +3074,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -3091,7 +3091,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -3114,7 +3114,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
           { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3150,7 +3150,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -3185,7 +3185,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -3209,7 +3209,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
           { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
           { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3244,7 +3244,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -3258,7 +3258,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
             &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3271,7 +3271,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -3288,7 +3288,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3301,7 +3301,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3347,7 +3347,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -3363,7 +3363,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
             &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3376,7 +3376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -3392,7 +3392,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
           { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -3415,7 +3415,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
           { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3428,7 +3428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -3448,7 +3448,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3461,7 +3461,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3494,7 +3494,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -3505,7 +3505,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -3528,7 +3528,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3541,7 +3541,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -3552,7 +3552,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3565,7 +3565,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -3575,7 +3575,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3588,7 +3588,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -3598,7 +3598,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
             &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -3622,7 +3622,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3635,7 +3635,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
           { # A skill that the person has.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3658,7 +3658,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -3667,7 +3667,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3680,7 +3680,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3703,7 +3703,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -3714,7 +3714,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -3772,7 +3772,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -3800,7 +3800,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s age range.
       &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3813,7 +3813,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -3822,7 +3822,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
       &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3835,7 +3835,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3862,7 +3862,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3884,7 +3884,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3907,7 +3907,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -3918,7 +3918,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3931,7 +3931,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -3941,7 +3941,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3954,7 +3954,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -3965,7 +3965,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -3978,7 +3978,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -3995,7 +3995,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4008,7 +4008,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -4018,7 +4018,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4031,7 +4031,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -4041,7 +4041,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
     { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4054,7 +4054,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -4065,7 +4065,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4078,7 +4078,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4102,7 +4102,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -4113,7 +4113,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
     { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4126,7 +4126,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -4135,7 +4135,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
     { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4148,7 +4148,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -4162,7 +4162,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
       &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4175,7 +4175,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4205,7 +4205,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -4238,7 +4238,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4251,7 +4251,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -4267,7 +4267,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
       &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4280,7 +4280,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -4296,7 +4296,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
     { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4309,7 +4309,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -4319,7 +4319,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
     { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4332,7 +4332,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -4352,7 +4352,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4365,7 +4365,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -4385,7 +4385,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4398,7 +4398,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -4409,7 +4409,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4422,7 +4422,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -4432,7 +4432,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4445,7 +4445,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -4456,7 +4456,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4469,7 +4469,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -4479,7 +4479,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4492,7 +4492,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -4502,7 +4502,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
       &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4515,7 +4515,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -4526,7 +4526,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4539,7 +4539,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -4549,7 +4549,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
     { # A skill that the person has.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4562,7 +4562,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -4571,7 +4571,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -4594,7 +4594,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4607,7 +4607,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -4618,7 +4618,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4631,7 +4631,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -4664,7 +4664,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -4692,7 +4692,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s age range.
       &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -4714,7 +4714,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
       &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4727,7 +4727,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -4741,7 +4741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4754,7 +4754,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -4763,7 +4763,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4776,7 +4776,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -4786,7 +4786,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4799,7 +4799,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -4810,7 +4810,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4823,7 +4823,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -4833,7 +4833,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4846,7 +4846,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -4857,7 +4857,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4870,7 +4870,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -4887,7 +4887,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4900,7 +4900,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -4910,7 +4910,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4923,7 +4923,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -4933,7 +4933,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
     { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4946,7 +4946,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4970,7 +4970,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -4981,7 +4981,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -4994,7 +4994,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -5005,7 +5005,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
     { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5018,7 +5018,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -5027,7 +5027,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
     { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5040,7 +5040,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -5054,7 +5054,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
       &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5067,7 +5067,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -5084,7 +5084,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5097,7 +5097,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -5130,7 +5130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5143,7 +5143,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -5159,7 +5159,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
       &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5172,7 +5172,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -5188,7 +5188,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
     { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5201,7 +5201,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -5211,7 +5211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
     { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5224,7 +5224,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -5244,7 +5244,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5257,7 +5257,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -5277,7 +5277,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5290,7 +5290,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -5301,7 +5301,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5314,7 +5314,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -5324,7 +5324,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5337,7 +5337,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -5348,7 +5348,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5361,7 +5361,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -5371,7 +5371,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5384,7 +5384,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -5394,7 +5394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
       &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5407,7 +5407,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -5418,7 +5418,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5431,7 +5431,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -5441,7 +5441,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
     { # A skill that the person has.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5454,7 +5454,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -5463,7 +5463,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5476,7 +5476,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -5486,7 +5486,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5499,7 +5499,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -5510,7 +5510,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5523,7 +5523,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -5582,7 +5582,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5595,7 +5595,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -5610,7 +5610,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s age range.
         &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5623,7 +5623,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
       },
@@ -5632,7 +5632,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
         &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5645,7 +5645,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -5659,7 +5659,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
         },
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5672,7 +5672,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -5681,7 +5681,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5694,7 +5694,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -5704,7 +5704,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5717,7 +5717,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -5728,7 +5728,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
         &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5741,7 +5741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -5751,7 +5751,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
         &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5764,7 +5764,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -5775,7 +5775,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5788,7 +5788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -5805,7 +5805,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5818,7 +5818,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -5828,7 +5828,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5841,7 +5841,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -5851,7 +5851,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
       { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5864,7 +5864,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -5875,7 +5875,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5888,7 +5888,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -5899,7 +5899,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5912,7 +5912,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -5923,7 +5923,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
       { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5936,7 +5936,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -5945,7 +5945,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
       { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5958,7 +5958,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -5972,7 +5972,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
         &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -5985,7 +5985,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -6002,7 +6002,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
         },
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6015,7 +6015,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
       },
@@ -6048,7 +6048,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6061,7 +6061,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -6077,7 +6077,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
         &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6090,7 +6090,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -6106,7 +6106,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
       { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6119,7 +6119,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -6129,7 +6129,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
       { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6142,7 +6142,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -6162,7 +6162,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
         &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6175,7 +6175,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -6195,7 +6195,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6208,7 +6208,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -6219,7 +6219,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
         &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6232,7 +6232,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -6242,7 +6242,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6255,7 +6255,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -6266,7 +6266,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6279,7 +6279,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -6289,7 +6289,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6302,7 +6302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -6312,7 +6312,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
         &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6325,7 +6325,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -6336,7 +6336,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6349,7 +6349,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -6359,7 +6359,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
       { # A skill that the person has.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6372,7 +6372,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -6381,7 +6381,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6394,7 +6394,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -6404,7 +6404,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6417,7 +6417,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -6428,7 +6428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
         &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6441,7 +6441,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -6483,7 +6483,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6496,7 +6496,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -6511,7 +6511,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s age range.
       &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6524,7 +6524,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -6533,7 +6533,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
       &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6546,7 +6546,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -6560,7 +6560,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6573,7 +6573,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -6582,7 +6582,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6595,7 +6595,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -6605,7 +6605,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6618,7 +6618,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -6629,7 +6629,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6642,7 +6642,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -6652,7 +6652,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6665,7 +6665,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -6676,7 +6676,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6689,7 +6689,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -6706,7 +6706,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6719,7 +6719,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -6729,7 +6729,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6742,7 +6742,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -6752,7 +6752,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
     { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6765,7 +6765,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -6776,7 +6776,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6789,7 +6789,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -6800,7 +6800,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6813,7 +6813,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -6824,7 +6824,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
     { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6837,7 +6837,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -6846,7 +6846,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
     { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6859,7 +6859,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -6873,7 +6873,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
       &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6886,7 +6886,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -6903,7 +6903,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6916,7 +6916,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -6949,7 +6949,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6962,7 +6962,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -6978,7 +6978,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
       &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -6991,7 +6991,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -7007,7 +7007,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
     { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7020,7 +7020,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -7030,7 +7030,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
     { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7043,7 +7043,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -7063,7 +7063,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7076,7 +7076,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -7096,7 +7096,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7109,7 +7109,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -7120,7 +7120,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7133,7 +7133,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -7143,7 +7143,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7156,7 +7156,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -7167,7 +7167,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7180,7 +7180,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -7190,7 +7190,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7203,7 +7203,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -7213,7 +7213,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
       &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7226,7 +7226,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -7237,7 +7237,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7250,7 +7250,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -7260,7 +7260,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
     { # A skill that the person has.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7273,7 +7273,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -7282,7 +7282,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7295,7 +7295,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -7305,7 +7305,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7318,7 +7318,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -7329,7 +7329,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7342,7 +7342,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -7387,7 +7387,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7400,7 +7400,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -7415,7 +7415,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s age range.
             &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7428,7 +7428,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -7437,7 +7437,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
             &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7450,7 +7450,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -7464,7 +7464,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7477,7 +7477,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -7486,7 +7486,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7499,7 +7499,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -7509,7 +7509,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7522,7 +7522,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -7533,7 +7533,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7546,7 +7546,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -7556,7 +7556,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7569,7 +7569,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -7580,7 +7580,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7593,7 +7593,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -7610,7 +7610,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7623,7 +7623,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -7633,7 +7633,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7646,7 +7646,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -7656,7 +7656,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
           { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7669,7 +7669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -7680,7 +7680,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7693,7 +7693,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -7704,7 +7704,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7717,7 +7717,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -7728,7 +7728,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
           { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7741,7 +7741,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -7750,7 +7750,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
           { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7763,7 +7763,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -7777,7 +7777,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
             &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7790,7 +7790,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -7807,7 +7807,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7820,7 +7820,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -7853,7 +7853,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7866,7 +7866,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -7882,7 +7882,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
             &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7895,7 +7895,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -7911,7 +7911,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
           { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7924,7 +7924,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -7934,7 +7934,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
           { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7947,7 +7947,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -7967,7 +7967,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -7980,7 +7980,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -8000,7 +8000,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8013,7 +8013,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -8024,7 +8024,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8037,7 +8037,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -8047,7 +8047,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8060,7 +8060,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -8071,7 +8071,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8084,7 +8084,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -8094,7 +8094,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8107,7 +8107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -8117,7 +8117,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
             &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8130,7 +8130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -8141,7 +8141,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8154,7 +8154,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -8164,7 +8164,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
           { # A skill that the person has.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8177,7 +8177,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -8186,7 +8186,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8199,7 +8199,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -8209,7 +8209,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8222,7 +8222,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -8233,7 +8233,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8246,7 +8246,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -8309,7 +8309,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8322,7 +8322,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -8337,7 +8337,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s age range.
           &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8350,7 +8350,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -8359,7 +8359,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
           &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8372,7 +8372,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -8386,7 +8386,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8399,7 +8399,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -8408,7 +8408,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8421,7 +8421,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -8431,7 +8431,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8444,7 +8444,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -8455,7 +8455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8468,7 +8468,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -8478,7 +8478,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8491,7 +8491,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -8502,7 +8502,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8515,7 +8515,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -8532,7 +8532,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8545,7 +8545,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -8555,7 +8555,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8568,7 +8568,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -8578,7 +8578,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
         { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8591,7 +8591,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -8602,7 +8602,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8615,7 +8615,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -8626,7 +8626,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8639,7 +8639,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -8650,7 +8650,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
         { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8663,7 +8663,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -8672,7 +8672,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
         { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8685,7 +8685,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -8699,7 +8699,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
           &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8712,7 +8712,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -8729,7 +8729,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8742,7 +8742,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -8775,7 +8775,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8788,7 +8788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -8804,7 +8804,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
           &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8817,7 +8817,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -8833,7 +8833,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
         { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8846,7 +8846,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -8856,7 +8856,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
         { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8869,7 +8869,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -8889,7 +8889,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8902,7 +8902,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -8922,7 +8922,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8935,7 +8935,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -8946,7 +8946,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8959,7 +8959,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -8969,7 +8969,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -8982,7 +8982,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -8993,7 +8993,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9006,7 +9006,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -9016,7 +9016,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9029,7 +9029,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -9039,7 +9039,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
           &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9052,7 +9052,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -9063,7 +9063,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9076,7 +9076,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -9086,7 +9086,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
         { # A skill that the person has.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9099,7 +9099,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -9108,7 +9108,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9121,7 +9121,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -9131,7 +9131,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9144,7 +9144,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -9155,7 +9155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9168,7 +9168,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -9228,7 +9228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9241,7 +9241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -9256,7 +9256,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s age range.
             &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9269,7 +9269,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -9278,7 +9278,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
             &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9291,7 +9291,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -9305,7 +9305,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9318,7 +9318,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -9327,7 +9327,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9340,7 +9340,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -9350,7 +9350,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9363,7 +9363,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -9374,7 +9374,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9387,7 +9387,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -9397,7 +9397,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9410,7 +9410,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -9421,7 +9421,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9434,7 +9434,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -9451,7 +9451,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9464,7 +9464,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -9474,7 +9474,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9487,7 +9487,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -9497,7 +9497,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
           { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9510,7 +9510,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -9521,7 +9521,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9534,7 +9534,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -9545,7 +9545,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9558,7 +9558,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -9569,7 +9569,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
           { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9582,7 +9582,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -9591,7 +9591,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
           { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9604,7 +9604,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -9618,7 +9618,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
             &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9631,7 +9631,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -9648,7 +9648,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
             },
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9661,7 +9661,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
           },
@@ -9694,7 +9694,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9707,7 +9707,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -9723,7 +9723,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
             &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9736,7 +9736,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -9752,7 +9752,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
           { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9765,7 +9765,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -9775,7 +9775,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
           { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9788,7 +9788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -9808,7 +9808,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9821,7 +9821,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -9841,7 +9841,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9854,7 +9854,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -9865,7 +9865,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
             &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9878,7 +9878,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -9888,7 +9888,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9901,7 +9901,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -9912,7 +9912,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9925,7 +9925,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -9935,7 +9935,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
             &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9948,7 +9948,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -9958,7 +9958,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
             &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9971,7 +9971,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -9982,7 +9982,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -9995,7 +9995,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -10005,7 +10005,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
           { # A skill that the person has.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10018,7 +10018,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -10027,7 +10027,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
           { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10040,7 +10040,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -10050,7 +10050,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10063,7 +10063,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -10074,7 +10074,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
             &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
             &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+              &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
               &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
                 &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
                 &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10087,7 +10087,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
                 &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
               },
-              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+              &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
               &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
             },
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -10138,7 +10138,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10151,7 +10151,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -10166,7 +10166,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s age range.
           &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10179,7 +10179,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -10188,7 +10188,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
           &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10201,7 +10201,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -10215,7 +10215,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10228,7 +10228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -10237,7 +10237,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10250,7 +10250,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -10260,7 +10260,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10273,7 +10273,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -10284,7 +10284,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10297,7 +10297,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -10307,7 +10307,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10320,7 +10320,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -10331,7 +10331,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10344,7 +10344,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -10361,7 +10361,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10374,7 +10374,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -10384,7 +10384,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10397,7 +10397,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -10407,7 +10407,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
         { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10420,7 +10420,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -10431,7 +10431,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10444,7 +10444,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -10455,7 +10455,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10468,7 +10468,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -10479,7 +10479,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
         { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10492,7 +10492,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -10501,7 +10501,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
         { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10514,7 +10514,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -10528,7 +10528,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
           &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10541,7 +10541,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -10558,7 +10558,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
           },
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10571,7 +10571,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
         },
@@ -10604,7 +10604,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10617,7 +10617,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -10633,7 +10633,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
           &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10646,7 +10646,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -10662,7 +10662,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
         { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10675,7 +10675,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -10685,7 +10685,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
         { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10698,7 +10698,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -10718,7 +10718,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10731,7 +10731,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -10751,7 +10751,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10764,7 +10764,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -10775,7 +10775,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
           &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10788,7 +10788,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -10798,7 +10798,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10811,7 +10811,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -10822,7 +10822,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10835,7 +10835,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -10845,7 +10845,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
           &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10858,7 +10858,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -10868,7 +10868,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
           &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10881,7 +10881,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -10892,7 +10892,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10905,7 +10905,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -10915,7 +10915,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
         { # A skill that the person has.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10928,7 +10928,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -10937,7 +10937,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
         { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10950,7 +10950,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -10960,7 +10960,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10973,7 +10973,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -10984,7 +10984,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
           &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
           &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+            &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
             &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
               &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -10997,7 +10997,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
             },
-            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+            &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
             &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
           },
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -11042,7 +11042,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11055,7 +11055,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -11070,7 +11070,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s age range.
       &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11083,7 +11083,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -11092,7 +11092,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
       &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11105,7 +11105,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -11119,7 +11119,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11132,7 +11132,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -11141,7 +11141,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11154,7 +11154,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -11164,7 +11164,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11177,7 +11177,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -11188,7 +11188,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11201,7 +11201,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -11211,7 +11211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11224,7 +11224,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -11235,7 +11235,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11248,7 +11248,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -11265,7 +11265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11278,7 +11278,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -11288,7 +11288,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11301,7 +11301,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -11311,7 +11311,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
     { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11324,7 +11324,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -11335,7 +11335,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11348,7 +11348,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -11359,7 +11359,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11372,7 +11372,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -11383,7 +11383,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
     { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11396,7 +11396,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -11405,7 +11405,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
     { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11418,7 +11418,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -11432,7 +11432,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
       &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11445,7 +11445,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -11462,7 +11462,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11475,7 +11475,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -11508,7 +11508,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11521,7 +11521,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -11537,7 +11537,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
       &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11550,7 +11550,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -11566,7 +11566,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
     { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11579,7 +11579,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -11589,7 +11589,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
     { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11602,7 +11602,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -11622,7 +11622,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11635,7 +11635,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -11655,7 +11655,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11668,7 +11668,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -11679,7 +11679,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11692,7 +11692,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -11702,7 +11702,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11715,7 +11715,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -11726,7 +11726,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11739,7 +11739,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -11749,7 +11749,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11762,7 +11762,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -11772,7 +11772,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
       &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11785,7 +11785,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -11796,7 +11796,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11809,7 +11809,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -11819,7 +11819,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
     { # A skill that the person has.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11832,7 +11832,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -11841,7 +11841,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11854,7 +11854,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -11864,7 +11864,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11877,7 +11877,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -11888,7 +11888,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11901,7 +11901,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -11935,7 +11935,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11948,7 +11948,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -11963,7 +11963,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s age range.
       &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11976,7 +11976,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -11985,7 +11985,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
       &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -11998,7 +11998,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -12012,7 +12012,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12025,7 +12025,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -12034,7 +12034,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12047,7 +12047,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -12057,7 +12057,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12070,7 +12070,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -12081,7 +12081,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12094,7 +12094,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -12104,7 +12104,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12117,7 +12117,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -12128,7 +12128,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12141,7 +12141,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -12158,7 +12158,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       },
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12171,7 +12171,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -12181,7 +12181,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12194,7 +12194,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -12204,7 +12204,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
     { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12217,7 +12217,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -12228,7 +12228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12241,7 +12241,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -12252,7 +12252,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12265,7 +12265,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -12276,7 +12276,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
     { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12289,7 +12289,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -12298,7 +12298,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
     { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12311,7 +12311,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -12325,7 +12325,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
       &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12338,7 +12338,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -12355,7 +12355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
       },
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12368,7 +12368,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
     },
@@ -12401,7 +12401,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12414,7 +12414,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -12430,7 +12430,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
       &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12443,7 +12443,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -12459,7 +12459,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
     { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12472,7 +12472,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -12482,7 +12482,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
     { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12495,7 +12495,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -12515,7 +12515,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12528,7 +12528,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -12548,7 +12548,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12561,7 +12561,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -12572,7 +12572,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
       &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12585,7 +12585,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -12595,7 +12595,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12608,7 +12608,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -12619,7 +12619,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12632,7 +12632,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -12642,7 +12642,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
       &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12655,7 +12655,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -12665,7 +12665,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
       &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12678,7 +12678,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -12689,7 +12689,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12702,7 +12702,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -12712,7 +12712,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
     { # A skill that the person has.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12725,7 +12725,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -12734,7 +12734,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
     { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12747,7 +12747,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -12757,7 +12757,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12770,7 +12770,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -12781,7 +12781,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+        &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
         &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
           &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12794,7 +12794,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
         },
-        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+        &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
         &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
       },
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
@@ -12839,7 +12839,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unstructured value of the address. If this is not set by the user it will be automatically constructed from structured values.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the address.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12852,7 +12852,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;poBox&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The P.O. box of the address.
@@ -12867,7 +12867,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s age range.
         &quot;ageRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The age range.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the age range.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12880,7 +12880,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
       },
@@ -12889,7 +12889,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s short biography.
         &quot;contentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content type of the biography.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the biography.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12902,7 +12902,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The short biography.
@@ -12916,7 +12916,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
         },
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the birthday.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12929,7 +12929,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A free-form string representing the user&#x27;s birthday.
@@ -12938,7 +12938,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;braggingRights&quot;: [ # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s bragging rights.
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s bragging rights.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the bragging rights.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12951,7 +12951,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bragging rights; for example, `climbed mount everest`.
@@ -12961,7 +12961,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s calendar URL.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the calendar URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the calendar URL.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12974,7 +12974,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the calendar URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `freeBusy` * `work`
@@ -12985,7 +12985,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # Arbitrary client data that is populated by clients. Duplicate keys and values are allowed.
         &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified key of the client data.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the client data.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -12998,7 +12998,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The client specified value of the client data.
@@ -13008,7 +13008,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s cover photo. A large image shown on the person&#x27;s profile page that represents who they are or what they care about.
         &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the cover photo is the default cover photo; false if the cover photo is a user-provided cover photo.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the cover photo.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13021,7 +13021,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
@@ -13032,7 +13032,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the email address.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13045,7 +13045,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the email address. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `other`
@@ -13062,7 +13062,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the event.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13075,7 +13075,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the event. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `anniversary` * `other`
@@ -13085,7 +13085,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # An identifier from an external entity related to the person.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the event translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the external ID.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13098,7 +13098,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the external ID. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `account` * `customer` * `loginId` * `network` * `organization`
@@ -13108,7 +13108,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;fileAses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s file-ases.
       { # The name that should be used to sort the person in a list.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the file-as.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13121,7 +13121,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file-as value
@@ -13132,7 +13132,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;addressMeAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of pronouns that should be used to address the person. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `other`
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the gender translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale. Unspecified or custom value are not localized.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the gender.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13145,7 +13145,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The gender for the person. The gender can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `male` * `female` * `unspecified`
@@ -13156,7 +13156,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;formattedProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The protocol of the IM client formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the IM client translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the IM client.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13169,7 +13169,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;protocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The protocol of the IM client. The protocol can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `aim` * `msn` * `yahoo` * `skype` * `qq` * `googleTalk` * `icq` * `jabber` * `netMeeting`
@@ -13180,7 +13180,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;interests&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s interests.
       { # One of the person&#x27;s interests.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the interest.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13193,7 +13193,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The interest; for example, `stargazing`.
@@ -13202,7 +13202,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;locales&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s locale preferences.
       { # A person&#x27;s locale preference.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the locale.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13215,7 +13215,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The well-formed [IETF BCP 47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language tag representing the locale.
@@ -13229,7 +13229,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;floor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor name or number.
         &quot;floorSection&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The floor section in `floor_name`.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the location.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13242,7 +13242,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the location. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `desk` * `grewUp`
@@ -13259,7 +13259,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;inViewerDomain&quot;: True or False, # True if the person is in the viewer&#x27;s Google Workspace domain.
         },
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the membership.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13272,7 +13272,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
       },
@@ -13305,7 +13305,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s miscellaneous keyword.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the miscellaneous keyword translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the miscellaneous keyword.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13318,7 +13318,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The miscellaneous keyword type.
@@ -13334,7 +13334,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;honorificPrefix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific prefixes, such as `Mrs.` or `Dr.`
         &quot;honorificSuffix&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The honorific suffixes, such as `Jr.`
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the name.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13347,7 +13347,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;middleName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The middle name(s).
@@ -13363,7 +13363,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;nicknames&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s nicknames.
       { # A person&#x27;s nickname.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the nickname.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13376,7 +13376,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the nickname.
@@ -13386,7 +13386,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;occupations&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s occupations.
       { # A person&#x27;s occupation.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the occupation.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13399,7 +13399,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The occupation; for example, `carpenter`.
@@ -13419,7 +13419,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;jobDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The person&#x27;s job description at the organization.
         &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The location of the organization office the person works at.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the organization.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13432,7 +13432,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the organization.
@@ -13452,7 +13452,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the phone number.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13465,7 +13465,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the phone number. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `homeFax` * `workFax` * `otherFax` * `pager` * `workMobile` * `workPager` * `main` * `googleVoice` * `other`
@@ -13476,7 +13476,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s photo. A picture shown next to the person&#x27;s name to help others recognize the person.
         &quot;default&quot;: True or False, # True if the photo is a default photo; false if the photo is a user-provided photo.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the photo.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13489,7 +13489,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the photo. You can change the desired size by appending a query parameter `sz={size}` at the end of the url, where {size} is the size in pixels. Example: https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-T_wVWLlmg7w/AAAAAAAAAAI/AAAAAAAABa8/00gzXvDBYqw/s100/photo.jpg?sz=50
@@ -13499,7 +13499,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s relation to another person.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the relation translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relation.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13512,7 +13512,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;person&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the other person this relation refers to.
@@ -13523,7 +13523,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship interest .
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship interest translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the locale specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship interest.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13536,7 +13536,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of relationship the person is looking for. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `friend` * `date` * `relationship` * `networking`
@@ -13546,7 +13546,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A person&#x27;s relationship status.
         &quot;formattedValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The value of the relationship status translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the relationship status.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13559,7 +13559,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relationship status. The value can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `single` * `inARelationship` * `engaged` * `married` * `itsComplicated` * `openRelationship` * `widowed` * `inDomesticPartnership` * `inCivilUnion`
@@ -13569,7 +13569,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # **DEPRECATED**: Please use `person.locations` instead. A person&#x27;s past or current residence.
         &quot;current&quot;: True or False, # True if the residence is the person&#x27;s current residence; false if the residence is a past residence.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the residence.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13582,7 +13582,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The address of the residence.
@@ -13593,7 +13593,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s SIP address. Session Initial Protocol addresses are used for VoIP communications to make voice or video calls over the internet.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the SIP address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the SIP address.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13606,7 +13606,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the SIP address. The type can be custom or or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `mobile` * `other`
@@ -13616,7 +13616,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;skills&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s skills.
       { # A skill that the person has.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the skill.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13629,7 +13629,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The skill; for example, `underwater basket weaving`.
@@ -13638,7 +13638,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;taglines&quot;: [ # Output only. **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned The person&#x27;s taglines.
       { # **DEPRECATED**: No data will be returned A brief one-line description of the person.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the tagline.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13651,7 +13651,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tagline.
@@ -13661,7 +13661,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # A person&#x27;s associated URLs.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the URL translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the URL.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13674,7 +13674,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the URL. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `home` * `work` * `blog` * `profile` * `homePage` * `ftp` * `reservations` * `appInstallPage`: website for a Currents application. * `other`
@@ -13685,7 +13685,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       { # Arbitrary user data that is populated by the end users.
         &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified key of the user defined data.
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata about a field. # Metadata about the user defined data.
-          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the person.
+          &quot;primary&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.
           &quot;source&quot;: { # The source of a field. # The source of the field.
             &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** The [HTTP entity tag](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HTTP_ETag) of the source. Used for web cache validation.
             &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier within the source type generated by the server.
@@ -13698,7 +13698,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source type.
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **Only populated in `person.metadata.sources`.** Last update timestamp of this source.
           },
-          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source.
+          &quot;sourcePrimary&quot;: True or False, # True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.
           &quot;verified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the field is verified; false if the field is unverified. A verified field is typically a name, email address, phone number, or website that has been confirmed to be owned by the person.
         },
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The end user specified value of the user defined data.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html
index d313673c840..31b341c5537 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
index edbda9d8516..96fa723cac7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html
index bdf58068892..4c03308b731 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
index 1dca2fbca76..b64b884ca8e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html
index db91a0e67e1..ad9f8bb6ded 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
index c130f2713c5..2be1b5788d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html
index 05efa508a46..b94444222f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
index e26f230677a..af72c1e1863 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html
index fde5d5817a1..7453406e4d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
index b6d8cdcdbb9..a13fd9e6f9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html
index 772177f55cb..7c2a44c6584 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;config&quot;: { # The configuration used for a Replay. # Required. The configuration used for the `Replay`.
     &quot;logSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logs to use as input for the Replay.
     &quot;policyOverlay&quot;: { # A mapping of the resources that you want to simulate policies for and the policies that you want to simulate. Keys are the full resource names for the resources. For example, `//cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/projects/my-project`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names. Values are Policy objects representing the policies that you want to simulate. Replays automatically take into account any IAM policies inherited through the resource hierarchy, and any policies set on descendant resources. You do not need to include these policies in the policy overlay.
-      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
index 3f712ca0ba9..bb12d6583fc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   },
                 ],
                 &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+                &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
                   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
                     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
                       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 186925bd673..a646cd6683f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # Response for ListInstances.
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of Redis instances in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is &quot;-&quot;, all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to &quot;location not available for ListInstances&quot;.
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
       &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
       &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
       &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
       &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 4b405ed5e82..4da5fb8dc88 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 
     { # Response for ListInstances.
   &quot;instances&quot;: [ # A list of Redis instances in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is &quot;-&quot;, all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to &quot;location not available for ListInstances&quot;.
-    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+    { # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
       &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
       &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
       &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+      &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
       &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30
+{ # A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36
   &quot;alternativeLocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it must be a different zone from the one provided in location_id.
   &quot;authEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether OSS Redis AUTH is enabled for the instance. If set to &quot;true&quot; AUTH is enabled on the instance. Default value is &quot;false&quot; meaning AUTH is disabled.
   &quot;authorizedNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.
+  &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # Maintenance policy for an instance. # Optional. The maintenance policy for the instance. If not provided, maintenance events can be performed at any time.
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the policy was created.
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of what this policy is for. Create/Update methods return INVALID_ARGUMENT if the length is greater than 512.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index 97836eb3f09..fccebcba496 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -330,9 +330,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -643,9 +643,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
                 &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
                 &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-                  { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+                  { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                     &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                     &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                     &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
                   },
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
             &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+              { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
                   &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
                 },
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
index fda324caf3c..e399d32a702 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
@@ -344,9 +344,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
         &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
         &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+          { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
             &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
             &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
             &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
           },
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
     &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
     &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-      { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+      { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
         &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
           &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
           &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
         },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
         &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
           &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -622,9 +622,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
index 92fbc518ff5..ec39d7fa3e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
@@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -655,9 +655,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1027,9 +1027,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1364,9 +1364,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
                 &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
                 &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-                  { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+                  { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                     &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                     &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                     &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
                   },
@@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
             &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+              { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
                   &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
                 },
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1697,9 +1697,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -2018,9 +2018,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -2044,7 +2044,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
index 5c4c818033c..d24f6aaee79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
@@ -330,9 +330,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -643,9 +643,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
                 &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
                 &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-                  { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+                  { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                     &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                     &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                     &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
                   },
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
             &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+              { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
                   &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
                 },
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
index 92c61eef674..f23951bb141 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
@@ -344,9 +344,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
         &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
         &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+          { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
             &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
             &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
             &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
           },
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
     &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
     &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-      { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+      { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
         &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
           &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
           &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
         },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
         &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
           &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -622,9 +622,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index 429e84961d1..6d0d191a460 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -343,9 +343,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -664,9 +664,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1036,9 +1036,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -1421,9 +1421,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
                 &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
                 &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-                  { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+                  { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                     &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                     &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                     &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
                   },
@@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
             &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+              { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
                   &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
                 },
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1754,9 +1754,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -2075,9 +2075,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
         &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -2171,7 +2171,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
index d0ca3400d82..23377556697 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
@@ -303,9 +303,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the instance of a Job. The service account represents the identity of the running instance, and determines what permissions the instance has. If not provided, the instance will use the project&#x27;s default service account. +optional
         &quot;terminationGracePeriodSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional duration in seconds the instance needs to terminate gracefully. Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates delete immediately. The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the instance are sent a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. +optional
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -588,9 +588,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the instance of a Job. The service account represents the identity of the running instance, and determines what permissions the instance has. If not provided, the instance will use the project&#x27;s default service account. +optional
         &quot;terminationGracePeriodSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional duration in seconds the instance needs to terminate gracefully. Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates delete immediately. The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the instance are sent a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. +optional
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -901,9 +901,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
             &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
             &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+              { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                 &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                 &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                 &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
               },
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the instance of a Job. The service account represents the identity of the running instance, and determines what permissions the instance has. If not provided, the instance will use the project&#x27;s default service account. +optional
         &quot;terminationGracePeriodSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional duration in seconds the instance needs to terminate gracefully. Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates delete immediately. The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the instance are sent a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. +optional
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
-          { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+          { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
               &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
             },
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
               &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1203,9 +1203,9 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                 &quot;terminationMessagePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path at which the file to which the container&#x27;s termination message will be written is mounted into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Message written is intended to be brief final status, such as an assertion failure message. Will be truncated by the node if greater than 4096 bytes. The total message length across all containers will be limited to 12kb. Defaults to /dev/termination-log.
                 &quot;terminationMessagePolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Indicate how the termination message should be populated. File will use the contents of terminationMessagePath to populate the container status message on both success and failure. FallbackToLogsOnError will use the last chunk of container log output if the termination message file is empty and the container exited with an error. The log output is limited to 2048 bytes or 80 lines, whichever is smaller. Defaults to File. Cannot be updated.
                 &quot;volumeMounts&quot;: [ # (Optional) Volume to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem. Only supports SecretVolumeSources. Pod volumes to mount into the container&#x27;s filesystem.
-                  { # Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
+                  { # VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.
                     &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path within the container at which the volume should be mounted. Must not contain &#x27;:&#x27;.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This must match the Name of a Volume.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.
                     &quot;readOnly&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Only true is accepted. Defaults to true.
                     &quot;subPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # (Optional) Path within the volume from which the container&#x27;s volume should be mounted. Defaults to &quot;&quot; (volume&#x27;s root).
                   },
@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the instance of a Job. The service account represents the identity of the running instance, and determines what permissions the instance has. If not provided, the instance will use the project&#x27;s default service account. +optional
             &quot;terminationGracePeriodSeconds&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional duration in seconds the instance needs to terminate gracefully. Value must be non-negative integer. The value zero indicates delete immediately. The grace period is the duration in seconds after the processes running in the instance are sent a termination signal and the time when the processes are forcibly halted with a kill signal. Set this value longer than the expected cleanup time for your process. +optional
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
-              { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
+              { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
                   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the config.
                   &quot;optional&quot;: True or False, # (Optional) Specify whether the Secret or its keys must be defined.
                 },
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name.
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
                   &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
index 96885eb8c52..3ccf0789d79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
index e4e507e674e..5ffee978399 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html
index 0f94527f446..d4dee8254c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html
@@ -213,6 +213,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
         },
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+        &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+          &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+            &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+              &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+              &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+              &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+              &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+              &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+              &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+            },
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+            &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+              { # Additional Links
+                &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+                &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;resource&quot;: { # Information related to the Google Cloud resource that is associated with this finding. # Output only. Resource that is associated with this finding.
         &quot;folders&quot;: [ # Contains a Folder message for each folder in the assets ancestry. The first folder is the deepest nested folder, and the last folder is the folder directly under the Organization.
@@ -289,6 +311,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }
 
   updateMask: string, The FieldMask to use when updating the finding resource. This field should not be specified when creating a finding. When updating a finding, an empty mask is treated as updating all mutable fields and replacing source_properties. Individual source_properties can be added/updated by using &quot;source_properties.&quot; in the field mask.
@@ -330,6 +374,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -385,6 +451,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html
index f9f7580de23..4beea9031f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html
@@ -146,6 +146,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }
 
   findingId: string, Required. Unique identifier provided by the client within the parent scope. It must be alphanumeric and less than or equal to 32 characters and greater than 0 characters in length.
@@ -187,6 +209,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -299,6 +343,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
         },
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+        &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+          &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+            &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+              &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+              &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+              &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+              &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+              &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+              &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+            },
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+            &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+              { # Additional Links
+                &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+                &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;resource&quot;: { # Information related to the Google Cloud resource that is associated with this finding. # Output only. Resource that is associated with this finding.
         &quot;folders&quot;: [ # Contains a Folder message for each folder in the assets ancestry. The first folder is the deepest nested folder, and the last folder is the folder directly under the Organization.
@@ -375,6 +441,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }
 
   updateMask: string, The FieldMask to use when updating the finding resource. This field should not be specified when creating a finding. When updating a finding, an empty mask is treated as updating all mutable fields and replacing source_properties. Individual source_properties can be added/updated by using &quot;source_properties.&quot; in the field mask.
@@ -416,6 +504,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -471,6 +581,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
index 690929eb5bc..16bf2685333 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html
index d25a8dd50b4..487329d1eed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html
@@ -213,6 +213,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
         },
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+        &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+          &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+            &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+              &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+              &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+              &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+              &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+              &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+              &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+            },
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+            &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+              { # Additional Links
+                &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+                &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;resource&quot;: { # Information related to the Google Cloud resource that is associated with this finding. # Output only. Resource that is associated with this finding.
         &quot;folders&quot;: [ # Contains a Folder message for each folder in the assets ancestry. The first folder is the deepest nested folder, and the last folder is the folder directly under the Organization.
@@ -289,6 +311,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }
 
   updateMask: string, The FieldMask to use when updating the finding resource. This field should not be specified when creating a finding. When updating a finding, an empty mask is treated as updating all mutable fields and replacing source_properties. Individual source_properties can be added/updated by using &quot;source_properties.&quot; in the field mask.
@@ -330,6 +374,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -385,6 +451,28 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The state of the finding.
+  &quot;vulnerability&quot;: { # Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc. # Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+    &quot;cve&quot;: { # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org # CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)
+      &quot;cvssv3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. # Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document
+        &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+        &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+        &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores.
+        &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+        &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+        &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+        &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+      },
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527
+      &quot;references&quot;: [ # Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527
+        { # Additional Links
+          &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Source of the reference e.g. NVD
+          &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
index 841428a979e..d8d16d5a4bd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.html
index 140ae9391be..4b6c6303077 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.html
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
index 0b0943ea803..50856135b1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.html
index c2ec71918c1..394ceb72a9f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.html
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
index ad9230c941f..26687cf1722 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.namespaces.services.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.consumers.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.consumers.html
index d5ddcab7c2e..6912488bf8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.consumers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.consumers.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
index 10b9e7210f0..3222eb97963 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
index d4022605ada..bee6c9e3ce9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
@@ -1146,6 +1146,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -2157,6 +2162,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -3166,6 +3176,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
           },
+          &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+            &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+          },
           &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
         },
         &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -4187,6 +4202,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -5209,6 +5229,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -6220,6 +6245,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -7229,6 +7259,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
           },
+          &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+            &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+          },
           &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
         },
         &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -8250,6 +8285,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -9279,6 +9319,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -10290,6 +10335,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -11299,6 +11349,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
             &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
           },
+          &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+            &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+          },
           &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
         },
         &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
@@ -12320,6 +12375,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
               },
               &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
             },
+            &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+              &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+            },
             &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
           },
           &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
index bb9f82cf666..aab9b5ea3d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
@@ -211,6 +211,11 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
           },
           &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
         },
+        &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
+          &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
+          &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
+        },
         &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
       },
       &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6bad36eabd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.html
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="tagmanager_v2.html">Tag Manager API</a> . <a href="tagmanager_v2.accounts.html">accounts</a> . <a href="tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.html">containers</a> . <a href="tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html">workspaces</a> . <a href="tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.html">clients</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a GTM Client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(path, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a GTM Client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(path, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a GTM Client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all GTM Clients of a GTM container workspace.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#revert">revert(path, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Reverts changes to a GTM Client in a GTM Workspace.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#update">update(path, body=None, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a GTM Client.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a GTM Client.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, GTM Workspace&#x27;s API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Account ID.
+  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Client ID uniquely identifies the GTM client.
+  &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
+  &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Client as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the client is modified.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;notes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User notes on how to apply this tag in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+  &quot;parameter&quot;: [ # The client&#x27;s parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;parentFolderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parent folder id.
+  &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM client&#x27;s API relative path.
+  &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority determines relative firing order. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;tagManagerUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;workspaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Workspace ID.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Account ID.
+  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Client ID uniquely identifies the GTM client.
+  &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
+  &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Client as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the client is modified.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;notes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User notes on how to apply this tag in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+  &quot;parameter&quot;: [ # The client&#x27;s parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;parentFolderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parent folder id.
+  &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM client&#x27;s API relative path.
+  &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority determines relative firing order. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;tagManagerUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;workspaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Workspace ID.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(path, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a GTM Client.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Client&#x27;s API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(path, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a GTM Client.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Client&#x27;s API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Account ID.
+  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Client ID uniquely identifies the GTM client.
+  &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
+  &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Client as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the client is modified.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;notes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User notes on how to apply this tag in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+  &quot;parameter&quot;: [ # The client&#x27;s parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;parentFolderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parent folder id.
+  &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM client&#x27;s API relative path.
+  &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority determines relative firing order. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;tagManagerUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;workspaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Workspace ID.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all GTM Clients of a GTM container workspace.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, GTM Workspace&#x27;s API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id} (required)
+  pageToken: string, Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  &quot;client&quot;: [ # All GTM Clients of a GTM Container.
+    {
+      &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Account ID.
+      &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Client ID uniquely identifies the GTM client.
+      &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
+      &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Client as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the client is modified.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+      &quot;notes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User notes on how to apply this tag in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;parameter&quot;: [ # The client&#x27;s parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+        { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;parentFolderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parent folder id.
+      &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM client&#x27;s API relative path.
+      &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority determines relative firing order. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+      &quot;tagManagerUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+      &quot;workspaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Workspace ID.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="revert">revert(path, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Reverts changes to a GTM Client in a GTM Workspace.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Client&#x27;s API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id} (required)
+  fingerprint: string, When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the client in storage.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The result of reverting a client in a workspace.
+  &quot;client&quot;: { # Client as it appears in the latest container version since the last workspace synchronization operation. If no client is present, that means the client was deleted in the latest container version.
+    &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Account ID.
+    &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Client ID uniquely identifies the GTM client.
+    &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
+    &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Client as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the client is modified.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    &quot;notes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User notes on how to apply this tag in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    &quot;parameter&quot;: [ # The client&#x27;s parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+      { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;parentFolderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parent folder id.
+    &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM client&#x27;s API relative path.
+    &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority determines relative firing order. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    &quot;tagManagerUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    &quot;workspaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Workspace ID.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(path, body=None, fingerprint=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates a GTM Client.
+
+Args:
+  path: string, GTM Client&#x27;s API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Account ID.
+  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Client ID uniquely identifies the GTM client.
+  &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
+  &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Client as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the client is modified.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;notes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User notes on how to apply this tag in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+  &quot;parameter&quot;: [ # The client&#x27;s parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;parentFolderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parent folder id.
+  &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM client&#x27;s API relative path.
+  &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority determines relative firing order. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;tagManagerUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;workspaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Workspace ID.
+}
+
+  fingerprint: string, When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the client in storage.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Account ID.
+  &quot;clientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Client ID uniquely identifies the GTM client.
+  &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
+  &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Client as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the client is modified.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;notes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User notes on how to apply this tag in the container. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+  &quot;parameter&quot;: [ # The client&#x27;s parameters. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+    { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;parentFolderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parent folder id.
+  &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM client&#x27;s API relative path.
+  &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority determines relative firing order. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;tagManagerUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Auto generated link to the tag manager UI
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update
+  &quot;workspaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Workspace ID.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
index 99e750a60c9..9c5bb4ab042 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the built_in_variables Resource.</p>
 
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.html">clients()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the clients Resource.</p>
+
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.folders.html">folders()</a></code>
 </p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html
index 36ead437dca..34842a99efd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
-        &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. Next tag: 30 # An Android robo test.
+        &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. # An Android robo test.
           &quot;appApk&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The APK for the application under test.
             &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
           },
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-          &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (e.g. /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (e.g. /Documents) by specifying the bundle id.
+          &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (such as /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (such as /Documents) by specifying the bundle ID.
             { # A file or directory to install on the device before the test starts.
               &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bundle id of the app where this file lives. iOS apps sandbox their own filesystem, so app files must specify which app installed on the device.
               &quot;content&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The source file
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. Next tag: 30 # An Android robo test.
+    &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. # An Android robo test.
       &quot;appApk&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The APK for the application under test.
         &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
       },
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-      &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (e.g. /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (e.g. /Documents) by specifying the bundle id.
+      &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (such as /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (such as /Documents) by specifying the bundle ID.
         { # A file or directory to install on the device before the test starts.
           &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bundle id of the app where this file lives. iOS apps sandbox their own filesystem, so app files must specify which app installed on the device.
           &quot;content&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The source file
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
-        &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. Next tag: 30 # An Android robo test.
+        &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. # An Android robo test.
           &quot;appApk&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The APK for the application under test.
             &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
           },
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-          &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (e.g. /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (e.g. /Documents) by specifying the bundle id.
+          &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (such as /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (such as /Documents) by specifying the bundle ID.
             { # A file or directory to install on the device before the test starts.
               &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bundle id of the app where this file lives. iOS apps sandbox their own filesystem, so app files must specify which app installed on the device.
               &quot;content&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The source file
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. Next tag: 30 # An Android robo test.
+    &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. # An Android robo test.
       &quot;appApk&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The APK for the application under test.
         &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
       },
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-      &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (e.g. /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (e.g. /Documents) by specifying the bundle id.
+      &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (such as /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (such as /Documents) by specifying the bundle ID.
         { # A file or directory to install on the device before the test starts.
           &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bundle id of the app where this file lives. iOS apps sandbox their own filesystem, so app files must specify which app installed on the device.
           &quot;content&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The source file
@@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
-        &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. Next tag: 30 # An Android robo test.
+        &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. # An Android robo test.
           &quot;appApk&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The APK for the application under test.
             &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
           },
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
             },
           ],
           &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-          &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (e.g. /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (e.g. /Documents) by specifying the bundle id.
+          &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (such as /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (such as /Documents) by specifying the bundle ID.
             { # A file or directory to install on the device before the test starts.
               &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bundle id of the app where this file lives. iOS apps sandbox their own filesystem, so app files must specify which app installed on the device.
               &quot;content&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The source file
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
-    &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. Next tag: 30 # An Android robo test.
+    &quot;androidRoboTest&quot;: { # A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. # An Android robo test.
       &quot;appApk&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The APK for the application under test.
         &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
       },
@@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
         },
       ],
       &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-      &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (e.g. /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (e.g. /Documents) by specifying the bundle id.
+      &quot;pullDirectories&quot;: [ # List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (such as /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app&#x27;s filesystem (such as /Documents) by specifying the bundle ID.
         { # A file or directory to install on the device before the test starts.
           &quot;bundleId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bundle id of the app where this file lives. iOS apps sandbox their own filesystem, so app files must specify which app installed on the device.
           &quot;content&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # The source file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vectortile_v1.terraintiles.html b/docs/dyn/vectortile_v1.terraintiles.html
index 27dcc804bfa..31646037df3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vectortile_v1.terraintiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vectortile_v1.terraintiles.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
       WEB_GL - WebGL.
   clientInfo_userId: string, Required. A client-generated user ID. The ID should be generated and persisted during the first user session or whenever a pre-existing ID is not found. The exact format is up to the client. This must be non-empty in a GetFeatureTileRequest (whether via the header or GetFeatureTileRequest.client_info).
   maxElevationResolutionCells: integer, The maximum allowed resolution for the returned elevation heightmap. Possible values: between 1 and 1024 (and not less than min_elevation_resolution_cells). Over-sized heightmaps will be non-uniformly down-sampled such that each edge is no longer than this value. Non-uniformity is chosen to maximise the amount of preserved data. For example: Original resolution: 100px (width) * 30px (height) max_elevation_resolution: 30 New resolution: 30px (width) * 30px (height)
-  minElevationResolutionCells: integer, The minimum allowed resolution for the returned elevation heightmap. Possible values: between 0 and 1024 (and not more than max_elevation_resolution_cells). Zero is supported for backward compatibility. Under-sized heightmaps will be non-uniformly up-sampled such that each edge is no shorter than this value. Non-uniformity is chosen to maximise the amount of preserved data. For example: Original resolution: 30px (width) * 10px (height) min_elevation_resolution: 30 New resolution: 30px (width) * 30px (height)
+  minElevationResolutionCells: integer,  api-linter: core::0131::request-unknown-fields=disabled aip.dev/not-precedent: Maintaining existing request parameter pattern. The minimum allowed resolution for the returned elevation heightmap. Possible values: between 0 and 1024 (and not more than max_elevation_resolution_cells). Zero is supported for backward compatibility. Under-sized heightmaps will be non-uniformly up-sampled such that each edge is no shorter than this value. Non-uniformity is chosen to maximise the amount of preserved data. For example: Original resolution: 30px (width) * 10px (height) min_elevation_resolution: 30 New resolution: 30px (width) * 30px (height)
   terrainFormats: string, Terrain formats that the client understands. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       TERRAIN_FORMAT_UNKNOWN - An unknown or unspecified terrain format.
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     &quot;y&quot;: 42, # Required. The y coordinate.
     &quot;zoom&quot;: 42, # Required. The Google Maps API zoom level.
   },
-  &quot;firstDerivative&quot;: { # A packed representation of a 2D grid of uniformly spaced points containing elevation data. Each point within the grid represents the altitude in meters above average sea level at that location within the tile. Elevations provided are (generally) relative to the EGM96 geoid, however some areas will be relative to NAVD88. EGM96 and NAVD88 are off by no more than 2 meters. The grid is oriented north-west to south-east, as illustrated: rows[0].a[0] rows[0].a[m] +-----------------+ | | | N | | ^ | | | | | W &lt;-----&gt; E | | | | | v | | S | | | +-----------------+ rows[n].a[0] rows[n].a[m] Rather than storing the altitudes directly, we store the diffs between them as integers at some requested level of precision to take advantage of integer packing. The actual altitude values a[] can be reconstructed using the scale and each row&#x27;s first_altitude and altitude_diff fields. # Terrain elevation data encoded as a FirstDerivativeElevationGrid.
+  &quot;firstDerivative&quot;: { # A packed representation of a 2D grid of uniformly spaced points containing elevation data. Each point within the grid represents the altitude in meters above average sea level at that location within the tile. Elevations provided are (generally) relative to the EGM96 geoid, however some areas will be relative to NAVD88. EGM96 and NAVD88 are off by no more than 2 meters. The grid is oriented north-west to south-east, as illustrated: rows[0].a[0] rows[0].a[m] +-----------------+ | | | N | | ^ | | | | | W &lt;-----&gt; E | | | | | v | | S | | | +-----------------+ rows[n].a[0] rows[n].a[m] Rather than storing the altitudes directly, we store the diffs between them as integers at some requested level of precision to take advantage of integer packing. The actual altitude values a[] can be reconstructed using the scale and each row&#x27;s first_altitude and altitude_diff fields. More details in go/elevation-encoding-options-for-enduro under &quot;Recommended implementation&quot;. # Terrain elevation data encoded as a FirstDerivativeElevationGrid. cs/symbol:FirstDerivativeElevationGrid.
     &quot;altitudeMultiplier&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the altitude fields below to extract the actual altitudes in meters from the elevation grid.
     &quot;rows&quot;: [ # Rows of points containing altitude data making up the elevation grid. Each row is the same length. Rows are ordered from north to south. E.g: rows[0] is the north-most row, and rows[n] is the south-most row.
       { # A row of altitude points in the elevation grid, ordered from west to east.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ <h3>Method Details</h3>
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the tile. The tile resource name is prefixed by its collection ID `terrain/` followed by the resource ID, which encodes the tile&#x27;s global x and y coordinates and zoom level as `@,,z`. For example, `terrain/@1,2,3z`.
-  &quot;secondDerivative&quot;: { # A packed representation of a 2D grid of uniformly spaced points containing elevation data. Each point within the grid represents the altitude in meters above average sea level at that location within the tile. Elevations provided are (generally) relative to the EGM96 geoid, however some areas will be relative to NAVD88. EGM96 and NAVD88 are off by no more than 2 meters. The grid is oriented north-west to south-east, as illustrated: rows[0].a[0] rows[0].a[m] +-----------------+ | | | N | | ^ | | | | | W &lt;-----&gt; E | | | | | v | | S | | | +-----------------+ rows[n].a[0] rows[n].a[m] Rather than storing the altitudes directly, we store the diffs of the diffs between them as integers at some requested level of precision to take advantage of integer packing. Note that the data is packed in such a way that is fast to decode in Unity and that further optimizes wire size. # Terrain elevation data encoded as a SecondDerivativeElevationGrid. .
+  &quot;secondDerivative&quot;: { # A packed representation of a 2D grid of uniformly spaced points containing elevation data. Each point within the grid represents the altitude in meters above average sea level at that location within the tile. Elevations provided are (generally) relative to the EGM96 geoid, however some areas will be relative to NAVD88. EGM96 and NAVD88 are off by no more than 2 meters. The grid is oriented north-west to south-east, as illustrated: rows[0].a[0] rows[0].a[m] +-----------------+ | | | N | | ^ | | | | | W &lt;-----&gt; E | | | | | v | | S | | | +-----------------+ rows[n].a[0] rows[n].a[m] Rather than storing the altitudes directly, we store the diffs of the diffs between them as integers at some requested level of precision to take advantage of integer packing. Note that the data is packed in such a way that is fast to decode in Unity and that further optimizes wire size. # Terrain elevation data encoded as a SecondDerivativeElevationGrid. cs/symbol:SecondDerivativeElevationGrid. See go/byte-encoded-terrain for more details.
     &quot;altitudeMultiplier&quot;: 3.14, # A multiplier applied to the elements in the encoded data to extract the actual altitudes in meters.
     &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns included in the encoded elevation data (i.e. the horizontal resolution of the grid).
     &quot;encodedData&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A stream of elements each representing a point on the tile running across each row from left to right, top to bottom. There will be precisely horizontal_resolution * vertical_resolution elements in the stream. The elements are not the heights, rather the second order derivative of the values one would expect in a stream of height data. Each element is a varint with the following encoding: ------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Head Nibble | ------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Bit 0 | Bit 1 | Bits 2-3 | | Terminator| Sign (1=neg) | Least significant 2 bits of absolute error | ------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Tail Nibble #1 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Bit 0 | Bit 1-3 | | Terminator| Least significant 3 bits of absolute error | ------------------------------------------------------------------------| | ... | Tail Nibble #n | ------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Bit 0 | Bit 1-3 | | Terminator| Least significant 3 bits of absolute error | ------------------------------------------------------------------------|
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json
index 34eea7b24d8..c164c7f6d2a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/abusiveexperiencereport.v1.json
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://abusiveexperiencereport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SiteSummaryResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
index 9f59385eede..575321acd49 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AmpUrl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
index 5dba746583c..783e24e960a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
index 3635080873f..35bdc853e48 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
index 165e662c72d..790fbe6799d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json
@@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbsoluteDateRange": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json
index 4b3472735e6..d68f7550f9e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexperiencereport.v1.json
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://adexperiencereport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "PlatformSummary": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
index 5058fdc39b3..cb4d5f17625 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Application": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
index 3150e4f26a4..4fa82a053ed 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
           "description": "View user schemas on your domain"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -4397,7 +4397,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Alias": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
index 891c2306452..9aa232c4415 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Activities": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
index 5bc6cd88161..9ea3bc2b00f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
index 663b3e60152..80689df3f76 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdUnit": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
index a150658cc82..b8749518507 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
index fce0836d8d2..a5d5bc8fd92 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210810",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccountSuspensionDetails": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
index 598bd4f4422..673e13c79c3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json
@@ -711,6 +711,32 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
           ]
         },
+        "getDataRetentionSettings": {
+          "description": "Returns the singleton data retention settings for this property.",
+          "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataRetentionSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.getDataRetentionSettings",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "name"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "name": {
+              "description": "Required. The name of the settings to lookup. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings Example: \"properties/1000/dataRetentionSettings\"",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataRetentionSettings$",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataRetentionSettings"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
         "getGoogleSignalsSettings": {
           "description": "Lookup for Google Signals settings for a property.",
           "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/googleSignalsSettings",
@@ -809,6 +835,40 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
           ]
         },
+        "updateDataRetentionSettings": {
+          "description": "Updates the singleton data retention settings for this property.",
+          "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataRetentionSettings",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.updateDataRetentionSettings",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "name"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "name": {
+              "description": "Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataRetentionSettings$",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated. Field names must be in snake case (e.g., \"field_to_update\"). Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string \"*\" to match all fields.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataRetentionSettings"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataRetentionSettings"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit"
+          ]
+        },
         "updateGoogleSignalsSettings": {
           "description": "Updates Google Signals settings for a property.",
           "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/googleSignalsSettings",
@@ -3092,7 +3152,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccount": {
@@ -3440,6 +3500,10 @@
           "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaCustomMetric",
           "description": "A snapshot of a CustomMetric resource in change history."
         },
+        "dataRetentionSettings": {
+          "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataRetentionSettings",
+          "description": "A snapshot of a data retention settings resource in change history."
+        },
         "displayVideo360AdvertiserLink": {
           "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink",
           "description": "A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource in change history."
@@ -3685,6 +3749,42 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataRetentionSettings": {
+      "description": "Settings values for data retention. This is a singleton resource.",
+      "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataRetentionSettings",
+      "properties": {
+        "eventDataRetention": {
+          "description": "The length of time that event-level data is retained.",
+          "enum": [
+            "RETENTION_DURATION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "TWO_MONTHS",
+            "FOURTEEN_MONTHS",
+            "TWENTY_SIX_MONTHS",
+            "THIRTY_EIGHT_MONTHS",
+            "FIFTY_MONTHS"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Data retention time duration is not specified.",
+            "The data retention time duration is 2 months.",
+            "The data retention time duration is 14 months.",
+            "The data retention time duration is 26 months. Available to 360 properties only.",
+            "The data retention time duration is 38 months. Available to 360 properties only.",
+            "The data retention time duration is 50 months. Available to 360 properties only."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Output only. Resource name for this DataRetentionSetting resource. Format: properties/{property}/dataRetentionSettings",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "resetUserDataOnNewActivity": {
+          "description": "If true, reset the retention period for the user identifier with every event from that user.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataSharingSettings": {
       "description": "A resource message representing data sharing settings of a Google Analytics account.",
       "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaDataSharingSettings",
@@ -4599,7 +4699,8 @@
               "CONVERSION_EVENT",
               "MEASUREMENT_PROTOCOL_SECRET",
               "CUSTOM_DIMENSION",
-              "CUSTOM_METRIC"
+              "CUSTOM_METRIC",
+              "DATA_RETENTION_SETTINGS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
               "Resource type unknown or not specified.",
@@ -4614,7 +4715,8 @@
               "ConversionEvent resource",
               "MeasurementProtocolSecret resource",
               "CustomDimension resource",
-              "CustomMetric resource"
+              "CustomMetric resource",
+              "DataRetentionSettings resource"
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
index 24a99418073..65378a85b13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchRunPivotReportsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
index 95472d5483e..a0601ce43ca 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClaimDeviceRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
index 3a0d3b861dc..04844429a86 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Administrator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
index 401e2a4a3c6..569fb27e215 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json
@@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Apk": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
index 86bae586141..aa66f4d048e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
@@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ApigatewayPolicy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "ApigatewayPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
index b7e60e57573..6ddc82a1066 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApigatewayApi": {
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ApigatewayPolicy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "ApigatewayPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index b7914d139aa..8369ca84aff 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -1188,6 +1188,40 @@
               "scopes": [
                 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
               ]
+            },
+            "patch": {
+              "description": "Updates an existing API proxy.",
+              "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/apis/{apisId}",
+              "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+              "id": "apigee.organizations.apis.patch",
+              "parameterOrder": [
+                "name"
+              ],
+              "parameters": {
+                "name": {
+                  "description": "Required. API proxy to update in the following format: `organizations/{org}/apis/{api}`",
+                  "location": "path",
+                  "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/apis/[^/]+$",
+                  "required": true,
+                  "type": "string"
+                },
+                "updateMask": {
+                  "description": "Required. The list of fields to update.",
+                  "format": "google-fieldmask",
+                  "location": "query",
+                  "type": "string"
+                }
+              },
+              "path": "v1/{+name}",
+              "request": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ApiProxy"
+              },
+              "response": {
+                "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ApiProxy"
+              },
+              "scopes": [
+                "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+              ]
             }
           },
           "resources": {
@@ -7268,7 +7302,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
@@ -12450,7 +12484,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
index 7c6ffcc0bd0..d1522203481 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Operation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
index e93cb86f6e5..735e56d0205 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
           "description": "View and manage your applications deployed on Google App Engine"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
@@ -1743,6 +1743,10 @@
           "description": "Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "serviceAccount": {
+          "description": "The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "servingStatus": {
           "description": "Serving status of this application.",
           "enum": [
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
index 1142ac543be..b15e92ecff6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
           "description": "View and manage your applications deployed on Google App Engine"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuthorizedCertificate": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
index 6b854015cc7..5d7b7f264b7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
@@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
           "description": "View and manage your applications deployed on Google App Engine"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiConfigHandler": {
@@ -1743,6 +1743,10 @@
           "description": "Full path to the Application resource in the API. Example: apps/myapp.@OutputOnly",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "serviceAccount": {
+          "description": "The service account associated with the application. This is the app-level default identity. If no identity provided during create version, Admin API will fallback to this one.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "servingStatus": {
           "description": "Serving status of this application.",
           "enum": [
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
index ab4a2cbc071..a2170578de5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchCreateRowsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
index a96435159ab..39f9a4df21a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": {
@@ -594,7 +594,8 @@
             "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS",
             "HIPAA",
             "HITRUST",
-            "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT"
+            "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT",
+            "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unknown compliance regime.",
@@ -605,7 +606,8 @@
             "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls",
             "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls",
             "Health Information Trust Alliance controls",
-            "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls"
+            "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls",
+            "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -655,7 +657,8 @@
             "US_REGIONAL_ACCESS",
             "HIPAA",
             "HITRUST",
-            "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT"
+            "EU_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT",
+            "CA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Unknown compliance regime.",
@@ -666,7 +669,8 @@
             "Assured Workloads For US Regions data protection controls",
             "Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act controls",
             "Health Information Trust Alliance controls",
-            "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls"
+            "Assured Workloads For EU Regions and Support controls",
+            "Assured Workloads For Canada Regions and Support controls"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json
index 36ee1e60534..13e3a00bd39 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210706",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ResetInstanceRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
index 969379fb0e7..88372619f27 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
@@ -3,25 +3,25 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery": {
-          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery"
+          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery.insertdata": {
           "description": "Insert data into Google BigQuery"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control": {
-          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Cloud Storage and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_only": {
           "description": "View your data in Google Cloud Storage"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write": {
-          "description": "Manage your data in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data in Cloud Storage and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateClassificationMetrics": {
@@ -4550,8 +4550,8 @@
             "Boosted tree regressor model.",
             "Boosted tree classifier model.",
             "ARIMA model.",
-            "[Beta] AutoML Tables regression model.",
-            "[Beta] AutoML Tables classification model.",
+            "AutoML Tables regression model.",
+            "AutoML Tables classification model.",
             "New name for the ARIMA model."
           ],
           "readOnly": true,
@@ -4650,7 +4650,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -5127,11 +5127,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "Optional. [Experimental] The description of the routine if defined.",
+          "description": "Optional. The description of the routine, if defined.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "determinismLevel": {
-          "description": "Optional. [Experimental] The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF if defined.",
+          "description": "Optional. The determinism level of the JavaScript UDF, if defined.",
           "enum": [
             "DETERMINISM_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED",
             "DETERMINISTIC",
@@ -5178,11 +5178,11 @@
         },
         "returnTableType": {
           "$ref": "StandardSqlTableType",
-          "description": "Optional. Set only if Routine is a \"TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION\"."
+          "description": "Optional. Can be set only if routine_type = \"TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION\". If absent, the return table type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the columns in the evaluated table result will be cast to match the column types specificed in return table type, at query time."
         },
         "returnType": {
           "$ref": "StandardSqlDataType",
-          "description": "Optional if language = \"SQL\"; required otherwise. If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: \"FLOAT64\"}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64."
+          "description": "Optional if language = \"SQL\"; required otherwise. Cannot be set if routine_type = \"TABLE_VALUED_FUNCTION\". If absent, the return type is inferred from definition_body at query time in each query that references this routine. If present, then the evaluated result will be cast to the specified returned type at query time. For example, for the functions created with the following statements: * `CREATE FUNCTION Add(x FLOAT64, y FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (x + y);` * `CREATE FUNCTION Increment(x FLOAT64) AS (Add(x, 1));` * `CREATE FUNCTION Decrement(x FLOAT64) RETURNS FLOAT64 AS (Add(x, -1));` The return_type is `{type_kind: \"FLOAT64\"}` for `Add` and `Decrement`, and is absent for `Increment` (inferred as FLOAT64 at query time). Suppose the function `Add` is replaced by `CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION Add(x INT64, y INT64) AS (x + y);` Then the inferred return type of `Increment` is automatically changed to INT64 at query time, while the return type of `Decrement` remains FLOAT64."
         },
         "routineReference": {
           "$ref": "RoutineReference",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
index 5e9d9e49629..87f404c958b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery": {
-          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery"
+          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
index 41df1bab2a3..e1becbc92c7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery": {
-          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery"
+          "description": "View and manage your data in Google BigQuery and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CheckValidCredsRequest": {
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@
             "Type unspecified.",
             "Use OAuth 2 authorization codes that can be exchanged for a refresh token on the backend.",
             "Return an authorization code for a given Google+ page that can then be exchanged for a refresh token on the backend.",
-            "Use First Party OAuth based on Loas Owned Clients. First Party OAuth doesn't require a refresh token to get an offline access token. Instead, it uses a client-signed JWT assertion to retrieve an access token."
+            "Use First Party OAuth."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1837,9 +1837,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "notificationPubsubTopic": {
-          "description": "Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish.",
+          "description": "Pub/Sub topic where notifications will be sent after transfer runs associated with this transfer config finish. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "ownerInfo": {
+          "$ref": "UserInfo",
+          "description": "Output only. Information about the user whose credentials are used to transfer data. Populated only for `transferConfigs.get` requests. In case the user information is not available, this field will not be populated.",
+          "readOnly": true
+        },
         "params": {
           "additionalProperties": {
             "description": "Properties of the object.",
@@ -1957,7 +1962,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "notificationPubsubTopic": {
-          "description": "Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes",
+          "description": "Output only. Pub/Sub topic where a notification will be sent after this transfer run finishes. The format for specifying a pubsub topic is: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -2024,6 +2029,17 @@
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
+    },
+    "UserInfo": {
+      "description": "Information about a user.",
+      "id": "UserInfo",
+      "properties": {
+        "email": {
+          "description": "E-mail address of the user.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
index 6e979f87a70..755a4e8ff9b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
index f402326136a..fb3460d3838 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1beta1.json
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Assignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
index a19d351a200..563e0c953f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Budget": {
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "etag": {
-          "description": "Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag will cause an update to overwrite other changes.",
+          "description": "Optional. Etag to validate that the object is unchanged for a read-modify-write operation. An empty etag causes an update to overwrite other changes.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@
       "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Filter",
       "properties": {
         "calendarPeriod": {
-          "description": "Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget will track usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it will track usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.",
+          "description": "Optional. Specifies to track usage for recurring calendar period. For example, assume that CalendarPeriod.QUARTER is set. The budget tracks usage from April 1 to June 30, when the current calendar month is April, May, June. After that, it tracks usage from July 1 to September 30 when the current calendar month is July, August, September, so on.",
           "enum": [
             "CALENDAR_PERIOD_UNSPECIFIED",
             "MONTH",
@@ -396,25 +396,25 @@
             },
             "type": "array"
           },
-          "description": "Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.",
+          "description": "Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `\"key\": value` pair. Example: `{ \"name\": \"wrench\" }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "projects": {
-          "description": "Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.",
+          "description": "Optional. A set of projects of the form `projects/{project}`, specifying that usage from only this set of projects should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes all usage for the billing account, regardless of which project the usage occurred on. Only zero or one project can be specified currently.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "services": {
-          "description": "Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.",
+          "description": "Optional. A set of services of the form `services/{service_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of services should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report includes usage for all the services. The service names are available through the Catalog API: https://cloud.google.com/billing/v1/how-tos/catalog-api.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "subaccounts": {
-          "description": "Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account will be included. If the field is omitted, the report will include usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.",
+          "description": "Optional. A set of subaccounts of the form `billingAccounts/{account_id}`, specifying that usage from only this set of subaccounts should be included in the budget. If a subaccount is set to the name of the parent account, usage from the parent account is included. If the field is omitted, the report includes usage from the parent account and all subaccounts, if they exist.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1LastPeriodAmount": {
-      "description": "Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period's spend; that is, there are no other options yet. Future configuration options will be described here (for example, configuring a percentage of last period's spend). LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period.",
+      "description": "Describes a budget amount targeted to the last Filter.calendar_period spend. At this time, the amount is automatically 100% of the last calendar period's spend; that is, there are no other options yet. LastPeriodAmount cannot be set for a budget configured with a Filter.custom_period.",
       "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1LastPeriodAmount",
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
@@ -456,14 +456,14 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "monitoringNotificationChannels": {
-          "description": "Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.",
+          "description": "Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "pubsubTopic": {
-          "description": "Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget related messages will be published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent at regular intervals to the topic. The topic needs to be created before the budget is created; see https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets#manage-notifications for more details. Caller is expected to have `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the topic when it's set for a budget, otherwise, the API call will fail with PERMISSION_DENIED. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications for more details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions.",
+          "description": "Optional. The name of the Pub/Sub topic where budget-related messages are published, in the form `projects/{project_id}/topics/{topic_id}`. Updates are sent to the topic at regular intervals; the timing of the updates is not dependent on the [threshold rules](#thresholdrule) you've set. Note that if you want your [Pub/Sub JSON object](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#notification_format) to contain data for `alertThresholdExceeded`, you need at least one [alert threshold rule](#thresholdrule). When you set threshold rules, you must also enable at least one of the email notification options, either using the default IAM recipients or Cloud Monitoring email notification channels. To use Pub/Sub topics with budgets, you must do the following: 1. Create the Pub/Sub topic before connecting it to your budget. For guidance, see [Manage programmatic budget alert notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). 2. Grant the API caller the `pubsub.topics.setIamPolicy` permission on the Pub/Sub topic. If not set, the API call fails with PERMISSION_DENIED. For additional details on Pub/Sub roles and permissions, see [Permissions required for this task](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications#permissions_required_for_this_task).",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "schemaVersion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
index 6248b563327..09050f2e83b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1beta1AllUpdatesRule": {
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
             },
             "type": "array"
           },
-          "description": "Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage.",
+          "description": "Optional. A single label and value pair specifying that usage from only this set of labeled resources should be included in the budget. If omitted, the report will include all labeled and unlabeled usage. An object containing a single `\"key\": value` pair. Example: `{ \"name\": \"wrench\" }`. _Currently, multiple entries or multiple values per entry are not allowed._",
           "type": "object"
         },
         "projects": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
index 2b8db6ffcb6..8b3d5cdcd46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdmissionRule": {
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "IamPolicy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "IamPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
index fb6cdc48d09..5b8eb4f994d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdmissionRule": {
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "IamPolicy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "IamPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
index 8d4c620d396..fd5755a2b6a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
index aff41827620..512e9a62b5e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json
@@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Blog": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
index 913221330f7..bf93988e7c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Acl": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index fc374c28fba..4853ed0c8e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "threadKey": {
-                  "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 }
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "threadKey": {
-                  "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 }
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "threadKey": {
-              "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+              "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "threadKey": {
-                  "description": "Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
+                  "description": "Optional. Opaque thread identifier string that can be specified to group messages into a single thread. If this is the first message with a given thread identifier, a new thread is created. Subsequent messages with the same thread identifier will be posted into the same thread. This relieves bots and webhooks from having to store the Hangouts Chat thread ID of a thread (created earlier by them) to post further updates to it. Has no effect if thread field, corresponding to an existing thread, is set in message.",
                   "location": "query",
                   "type": "string"
                 }
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210814",
   "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActionParameter": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
index e766f6cc6a8..0ac3a5cc369 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
index c5a1ec738fe..f01dc25696e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleChromePolicyV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
index 1b2f93b6e9e..3bbb78d1a9a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bin": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index 4a13ae3cf27..4e0dc073c8a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Announcement": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
index 5e53e045cea..efce9c58df0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSelector": {
@@ -2721,7 +2721,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
index 2ab45ff5384..259eb6dd326 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
index 2b8c13de147..ea13df2bc9e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
index be53f3c201e..9ea9623da0e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p4beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSelector": {
@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
index 8812ac451b3..e175308911a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
index 95e41394ab7..95c922a0f79 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
index 1cadc19273e..2d32b32d281 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "name": {
-                  "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+                  "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
                   "location": "path",
                   "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/githubEnterpriseConfigs/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
                   "type": "string"
                 },
                 "name": {
-                  "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+                  "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
                   "location": "path",
                   "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/githubEnterpriseConfigs/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
               ],
               "parameters": {
                 "name": {
-                  "description": "Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+                  "description": "Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
                   "location": "path",
                   "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/githubEnterpriseConfigs/[^/]+$",
                   "required": true,
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+                      "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/githubEnterpriseConfigs/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+                      "description": "This field should contain the name of the enterprise config resource. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/githubEnterpriseConfigs/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+                      "description": "Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/githubEnterpriseConfigs/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "approverAccount": {
-          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Build": {
-      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
+      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
         "approval": {
@@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+          "description": "Optional. The full resource name for the GitHubEnterpriseConfig For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "peeredNetwork": {
@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@
       "id": "GitHubEventsConfig",
       "properties": {
         "enterpriseConfigResourceName": {
-          "description": "Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfig/{$config_id}\"",
+          "description": "Optional. The resource name of the github enterprise config that should be applied to this installation. For example: \"projects/{$project_id}/githubEnterpriseConfigs/{$config_id}\"",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "installationId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
index c7fc6f45b75..270121f2e52 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "approverAccount": {
-          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Build": {
-      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
+      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
         "approval": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
index 18cdb560b12..83017ab7830 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1alpha2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "approverAccount": {
-          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Build": {
-      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
+      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
         "approval": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
index c96773f9394..e770a252a5f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApprovalConfig": {
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "approverAccount": {
-          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called (the user's actual email that is tied to their GAIA ID may have changed). This field is not stored, rather, it is calculated on the fly using approver_id.",
+          "description": "Output only. Email of the user that called the ApproveBuild API to approve or reject a build at the time that the API was called.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Build": {
-      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
+      "description": "A build resource in the Cloud Build API. At a high level, a `Build` describes where to find source code, how to build it (for example, the builder image to run on the source), and where to store the built artifacts. Fields can include the following variables, which will be expanded when the build is created: - $PROJECT_ID: the project ID of the build. - $PROJECT_NUMBER: the project number of the build. - $LOCATION: the location/region of the build. - $BUILD_ID: the autogenerated ID of the build. - $REPO_NAME: the source repository name specified by RepoSource. - $BRANCH_NAME: the branch name specified by RepoSource. - $TAG_NAME: the tag name specified by RepoSource. - $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA: the commit SHA specified by RepoSource or resolved from the specified branch or tag. - $SHORT_SHA: first 7 characters of $REVISION_ID or $COMMIT_SHA.",
       "id": "Build",
       "properties": {
         "approval": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
index 2a58241225b..905e7563bbe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
index b6492b73d9b..e2ecb3450ac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud_debugger": {
           "description": "Use Stackdriver Debugger"
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
index 804f9ca7a94..d2c34d0ae14 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeleteEventsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
index 80f296365e2..6e55a7173a7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -670,6 +670,11 @@
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "buildName": {
+          "description": "Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. projects//locations//builds/.",
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "buildWorkerPool": {
           "description": "Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where {project} and {region} are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and {workerPool} is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder) in the project.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -725,6 +730,11 @@
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "minInstances": {
+          "description": "A lower bound for the number function instances that may coexist at a given time.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
         "name": {
           "description": "A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`",
           "type": "string"
@@ -1141,7 +1151,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
index 84684a1b4d7..b29c973e3d5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudiot.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudiot": {
           "description": "Register and manage devices in the Google Cloud IoT service"
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudiot.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BindDeviceToGatewayRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
index e6371cf8c44..3f00162e1e0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CreateProfileRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
index 9fdc6b616ea..0771569a67b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1.json
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
@@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
index 10d94612191..28d59b67374 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Ancestor": {
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
index e547fdbd44a..f43115e0cd0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
index c6bab4e05e8..c946afb6920 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
index f7e94ca7942..47e8232d931 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Returns the IAM access control policy for the specified project. Permission is denied if the policy or the resource do not exist.",
+          "description": "Returns the IAM access control policy for the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123. Permission is denied if the policy or the resource do not exist.",
           "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}:getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "cloudresourcemanager.projects.getIamPolicy",
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified project. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. Note: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited using the Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + Invitations to grant the owner role cannot be sent using `setIamPolicy()`; they must be sent only using the Cloud Platform Console. + Membership changes that leave the project without any owners that have accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) will be rejected. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. + Calling this method requires enabling the App Engine Admin API.",
+          "description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123. CAUTION: This method will replace the existing policy, and cannot be used to append additional IAM settings. Note: Removing service accounts from policies or changing their roles can render services completely inoperable. It is important to understand how the service account is being used before removing or updating its roles. The following constraints apply when using `setIamPolicy()`: + Project does not support `allUsers` and `allAuthenticatedUsers` as `members` in a `Binding` of a `Policy`. + The owner role can be granted to a `user`, `serviceAccount`, or a group that is part of an organization. For example, group@myownpersonaldomain.com could be added as an owner to a project in the myownpersonaldomain.com organization, but not the examplepetstore.com organization. + Service accounts can be made owners of a project directly without any restrictions. However, to be added as an owner, a user must be invited using the Cloud Platform console and must accept the invitation. + A user cannot be granted the owner role using `setIamPolicy()`. The user must be granted the owner role using the Cloud Platform Console and must explicitly accept the invitation. + Invitations to grant the owner role cannot be sent using `setIamPolicy()`; they must be sent only using the Cloud Platform Console. + Membership changes that leave the project without any owners that have accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) will be rejected. + If the project is not part of an organization, there must be at least one owner who has accepted the Terms of Service (ToS) agreement in the policy. Calling `setIamPolicy()` to remove the last ToS-accepted owner from the policy will fail. This restriction also applies to legacy projects that no longer have owners who have accepted the ToS. Edits to IAM policies will be rejected until the lack of a ToS-accepting owner is rectified. + Calling this method requires enabling the App Engine Admin API.",
           "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}:setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "cloudresourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy",
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@
           ]
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified project.",
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified project, in the format `projects/{ProjectIdOrNumber}` e.g. projects/123..",
           "flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}:testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "cloudresourcemanager.projects.testIamPermissions",
@@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -2303,7 +2303,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
index a3f7922f97d..5d224f7bb46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json
@@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditLoggingSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
index eb5d75f5083..bb9d556e8a8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddPublicKeyMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json
index a30b7cc33ca..9b5fd209a4e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/trace.append": {
           "description": "Write Trace data for a project or application"
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json
index b09014bb44a..4e001124cb1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/trace.append": {
           "description": "Write Trace data for a project or application"
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Annotation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json
index 4de21bc774d..72affa77214 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/trace.append": {
           "description": "Write Trace data for a project or application"
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
index 4c1d714a35f..c39c1535ec1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Compute Engine resources"
@@ -12,13 +12,13 @@
           "description": "View your Google Compute Engine resources"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control": {
-          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Cloud Storage and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_only": {
           "description": "View your data in Google Cloud Storage"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write": {
-          "description": "Manage your data in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data in Cloud Storage and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -26,32 +26,59 @@
   "basePath": "/compute/alpha/",
   "baseUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/",
   "batchPath": "batch/compute/alpha",
-  "description": "Creates and runs virtual machines on Google Cloud Platform.",
+  "description": "Creates and runs virtual machines on Google Cloud Platform. ",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-  "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/compute/docs/reference/latest/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/ksyaV5YKfA979wY3Lj02bT9wTcE\"",
+  "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/compute/",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/compute_engine-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/compute_engine-32.png"
   },
   "id": "compute:alpha",
   "kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+  "mtlsRootUrl": "https://compute.mtls.googleapis.com/",
   "name": "compute",
   "ownerDomain": "google.com",
   "ownerName": "Google",
   "parameters": {
+    "$.xgafv": {
+      "description": "V1 error format.",
+      "enum": [
+        "1",
+        "2"
+      ],
+      "enumDescriptions": [
+        "v1 error format",
+        "v2 error format"
+      ],
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "access_token": {
+      "description": "OAuth access token.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
     "alt": {
       "default": "json",
-      "description": "Data format for the response.",
+      "description": "Data format for response.",
       "enum": [
-        "json"
+        "json",
+        "media",
+        "proto"
       ],
       "enumDescriptions": [
-        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json"
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json",
+        "Media download with context-dependent Content-Type",
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf"
       ],
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     },
+    "callback": {
+      "description": "JSONP",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
     "fields": {
       "description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
       "location": "query",
@@ -74,12 +101,22 @@
       "type": "boolean"
     },
     "quotaUser": {
-      "description": "An opaque string that represents a user for quota purposes. Must not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "uploadType": {
+      "description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "upload_protocol": {
+      "description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").",
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     },
     "userIp": {
-      "description": "Deprecated. Please use quotaUser instead.",
+      "description": "Legacy name for parameter that has been superseded by `quotaUser`.",
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     }
@@ -90,6 +127,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of accelerator types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/acceleratorTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -97,7 +135,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -115,7 +153,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -149,6 +187,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified accelerator type.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/acceleratorTypes/{acceleratorType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -191,6 +230,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of accelerator types that are available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/acceleratorTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -199,7 +239,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -212,7 +252,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -257,6 +297,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of addresses.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -264,7 +305,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -282,7 +323,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -316,6 +357,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.addresses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -346,7 +388,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -362,6 +404,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -404,6 +447,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an address resource in the specified project by using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.addresses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -426,7 +470,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -445,6 +489,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of addresses contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -453,7 +498,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -466,7 +511,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -507,6 +552,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an Address. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.addresses.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -530,7 +576,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -556,6 +602,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.addresses.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -605,6 +652,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of autoscalers.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -612,7 +660,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -630,7 +678,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -664,6 +712,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -687,7 +736,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -710,6 +759,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified autoscaler resource. Gets a list of available autoscalers by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -752,6 +802,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -767,7 +818,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -793,6 +844,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of autoscalers contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -801,7 +853,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -814,7 +866,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -855,6 +907,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -876,7 +929,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -902,6 +955,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -947,6 +1001,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -968,7 +1023,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -998,6 +1053,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/addSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.addSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1019,7 +1075,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1038,6 +1094,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified BackendBucket resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1060,7 +1117,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1076,6 +1133,7 @@
         },
         "deleteSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Deletes a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1104,7 +1162,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1120,6 +1178,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified BackendBucket resource. Gets a list of available backend buckets by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1154,6 +1213,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1194,6 +1254,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a BackendBucket resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1208,7 +1269,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1227,6 +1288,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1234,7 +1296,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1247,7 +1309,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1281,6 +1343,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1303,7 +1366,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1322,6 +1385,7 @@
         },
         "setEdgeSecurityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the edge security policy for the specified backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1343,7 +1407,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1362,6 +1426,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1398,6 +1463,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1435,6 +1501,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1457,7 +1524,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1480,6 +1547,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/addSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.addSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1501,7 +1569,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1520,6 +1588,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all BackendService resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1527,7 +1596,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1545,7 +1614,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1579,6 +1648,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1601,7 +1671,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1617,6 +1687,7 @@
         },
         "deleteSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Deletes a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1645,7 +1716,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1661,6 +1732,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified BackendService resource. Gets a list of available backend services.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1694,7 +1766,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "getHealth": {
-          "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService.\n\nExample request body:\n\n{ \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }",
+          "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1731,6 +1804,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1770,7 +1844,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Creates a BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1785,7 +1860,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1804,6 +1879,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of BackendService resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1811,7 +1887,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1824,7 +1900,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1857,7 +1933,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "description": "Patches the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1880,7 +1957,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1899,6 +1976,7 @@
         },
         "setEdgeSecurityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the edge security policy for the specified backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1920,7 +1998,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1939,6 +2017,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1975,6 +2054,7 @@
         },
         "setSecurityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the Google Cloud Armor security policy for the specified backend service. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor Overview",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/setSecurityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.setSecurityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1996,7 +2076,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2015,6 +2095,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2052,6 +2133,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2074,7 +2156,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2097,6 +2179,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of disk types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2104,7 +2187,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2122,7 +2205,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2156,6 +2239,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified disk type. Gets a list of available disk types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskTypes/{diskType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2198,6 +2282,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of disk types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2206,7 +2291,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2219,7 +2304,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2264,6 +2349,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to a disk. You can only add one policy which will be applied to this disk for scheduling snapshot creation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2287,7 +2373,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2313,6 +2399,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of persistent disks.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2320,7 +2407,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2338,7 +2425,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2372,6 +2459,7 @@
         },
         "createSnapshot": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.createSnapshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2400,7 +2488,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2426,6 +2514,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified persistent disk. Deleting a disk removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.disks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2448,7 +2537,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2471,6 +2560,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns a specified persistent disk. Gets a list of available persistent disks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2513,6 +2603,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2561,6 +2652,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a persistent disk in the specified project using the data in the request. You can create a disk from a source (sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk) or create an empty 500 GB data disk by omitting all properties. You can also create a disk that is larger than the default size by specifying the sizeGb property.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2576,7 +2668,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2607,6 +2699,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of persistent disks contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2615,7 +2708,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2628,7 +2721,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2669,6 +2762,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from a disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2692,7 +2786,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2718,6 +2812,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the specified persistent disk. You can only increase the size of the disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2741,7 +2836,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2767,6 +2862,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2811,6 +2907,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a disk. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2827,7 +2924,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2860,6 +2957,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2905,6 +3003,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.disks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2921,7 +3020,6 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "paths": {
-              "description": "The set of field mask paths.",
               "location": "query",
               "repeated": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -2934,7 +3032,13 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2964,6 +3068,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified externalVpnGateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{externalVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2986,7 +3091,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3002,6 +3107,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified externalVpnGateway. Get a list of available externalVpnGateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{externalVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3036,6 +3142,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ExternalVpnGateway in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3050,7 +3157,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3069,6 +3176,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of ExternalVpnGateway available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3076,7 +3184,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3089,7 +3197,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3123,6 +3231,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an ExternalVpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3159,6 +3268,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3200,6 +3310,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAssociation": {
           "description": "Inserts an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.addAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3219,7 +3330,7 @@
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3238,6 +3349,7 @@
         },
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3252,7 +3364,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3271,6 +3383,7 @@
         },
         "cloneRules": {
           "description": "Copies rules to the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/cloneRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.cloneRules",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3285,7 +3398,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3306,6 +3419,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3320,7 +3434,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3336,6 +3450,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3362,6 +3477,7 @@
         },
         "getAssociation": {
           "description": "Gets an association with the specified name.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3393,6 +3509,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3425,6 +3542,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3457,6 +3575,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.insert",
           "parameters": {
@@ -3466,7 +3585,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3485,11 +3604,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the policies that have been configured for the specified folder or organization.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3502,7 +3622,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3534,6 +3654,7 @@
         },
         "listAssociations": {
           "description": "Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/listAssociations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.listAssociations",
           "parameters": {
@@ -3549,11 +3670,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "move": {
           "description": "Moves the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/move",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.move",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3573,7 +3696,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3589,6 +3712,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3603,7 +3727,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3622,6 +3746,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3642,7 +3767,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3661,6 +3786,7 @@
         },
         "removeAssociation": {
           "description": "Removes an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.removeAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3680,7 +3806,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3696,6 +3822,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3716,7 +3843,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3732,6 +3859,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3760,6 +3888,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3793,6 +3922,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified firewall.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3815,7 +3945,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3831,6 +3961,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified firewall.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3865,6 +3996,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a firewall rule in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3879,7 +4011,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3898,6 +4030,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of firewall rules available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3905,7 +4038,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3918,7 +4051,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3952,6 +4085,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified firewall rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3974,7 +4108,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3993,6 +4127,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4030,6 +4165,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified firewall rule with the data included in the request. Note that all fields will be updated if using PUT, even fields that are not specified. To update individual fields, please use PATCH instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4052,7 +4188,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4075,6 +4211,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of forwarding rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4082,7 +4219,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4100,7 +4237,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4134,6 +4271,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified ForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4164,7 +4302,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4180,6 +4318,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified ForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4222,6 +4361,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ForwardingRule resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4244,7 +4384,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4263,6 +4403,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of ForwardingRule resources available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4271,7 +4412,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4284,7 +4425,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4325,6 +4466,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4355,7 +4497,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4374,6 +4516,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4397,7 +4540,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4423,6 +4566,7 @@
         },
         "setTarget": {
           "description": "Changes target URL for forwarding rule. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}/setTarget",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.setTarget",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4453,7 +4597,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4472,6 +4616,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4521,6 +4666,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of future reservations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/futureReservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.futureReservations.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4528,7 +4674,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4546,7 +4692,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4580,6 +4726,7 @@
         },
         "cancel": {
           "description": "Cancel the specified future reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}/cancel",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.futureReservations.cancel",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4602,7 +4749,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4624,6 +4771,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified future reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.futureReservations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4646,7 +4794,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4668,6 +4816,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves information about the specified future reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.futureReservations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4708,6 +4857,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new Future Reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.futureReservations.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4723,7 +4873,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4748,6 +4898,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "A list of all the future reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.futureReservations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4756,7 +4907,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4769,7 +4920,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4809,6 +4960,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified future reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.futureReservations.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4824,7 +4976,6 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "paths": {
-              "description": "The set of field mask paths.",
               "location": "query",
               "repeated": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -4837,7 +4988,13 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4866,6 +5023,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4888,7 +5046,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4904,6 +5062,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified address resource. Gets a list of available addresses by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4938,6 +5097,7 @@
         },
         "getOwnerInstance": {
           "description": "Find owner instance from given ip address",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/getOwnerInstance",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.getOwnerInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4963,11 +5123,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an address resource in the specified project by using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4982,7 +5144,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5001,6 +5163,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of global addresses.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5008,7 +5171,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5021,7 +5184,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5055,6 +5218,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a GlobalAddress. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5091,6 +5255,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5132,6 +5297,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified GlobalForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5154,7 +5320,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5170,6 +5336,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified GlobalForwardingRule resource. Gets a list of available forwarding rules by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5204,6 +5371,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a GlobalForwardingRule resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5218,7 +5386,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5237,6 +5405,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of GlobalForwardingRule resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5244,7 +5413,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5257,7 +5426,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5291,6 +5460,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5313,7 +5483,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5331,7 +5501,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "setLabels": {
-          "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5368,6 +5539,7 @@
         },
         "setTarget": {
           "description": "Changes target URL for the GlobalForwardingRule resource. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}/setTarget",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.setTarget",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5390,7 +5562,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5409,6 +5581,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5450,6 +5623,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "attachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Attach a network endpoint to the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5471,7 +5645,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5490,6 +5664,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group.Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if there are backend services referencing it.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5511,7 +5686,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5527,6 +5702,7 @@
         },
         "detachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Detach the network endpoint from the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5548,7 +5724,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5567,6 +5743,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5600,6 +5777,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5614,7 +5792,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5633,6 +5811,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups that are located in the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5640,7 +5819,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5653,7 +5832,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5687,6 +5866,7 @@
         },
         "listNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Lists the network endpoints in the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/listNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.listNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5695,7 +5875,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5714,7 +5894,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5752,6 +5932,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all operations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5759,7 +5940,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5777,7 +5958,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5811,6 +5992,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5841,6 +6023,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified Operations resource. Gets a list of operations by making a `list()` request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5875,6 +6058,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5882,7 +6066,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5895,7 +6079,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5928,7 +6112,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5967,6 +6152,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5994,6 +6180,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified Operations resource. Gets a list of operations by making a `list()` request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6025,11 +6212,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified organization.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6042,7 +6230,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6078,6 +6266,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6100,7 +6289,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6116,6 +6305,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6150,6 +6340,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a global PublicDelegatedPrefix in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6164,7 +6355,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6183,6 +6374,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the global PublicDelegatedPrefixes for a project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6190,7 +6382,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6203,7 +6395,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6237,6 +6429,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6259,7 +6452,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6282,6 +6475,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all HealthCheck resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6289,7 +6483,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6307,7 +6501,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6341,6 +6535,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6363,7 +6558,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6379,6 +6574,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6413,6 +6609,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6427,7 +6624,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6446,6 +6643,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6453,7 +6651,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6466,7 +6664,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6500,6 +6698,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6522,7 +6721,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6541,6 +6740,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6578,6 +6778,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6600,7 +6801,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6623,6 +6824,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6645,7 +6847,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6661,6 +6863,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HttpHealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available HTTP health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6695,6 +6898,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6709,7 +6913,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6728,6 +6932,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HttpHealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6735,7 +6940,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6748,7 +6953,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6782,6 +6987,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6804,7 +7010,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6823,6 +7029,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6860,6 +7067,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6882,7 +7090,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6905,6 +7113,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6927,7 +7136,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6943,6 +7152,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available HTTPS health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6977,6 +7187,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6991,7 +7202,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7010,6 +7221,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HttpsHealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7017,7 +7229,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7030,7 +7242,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7064,6 +7276,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7086,7 +7299,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7105,6 +7318,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7142,6 +7356,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7164,7 +7379,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7187,6 +7402,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the latest image that is part of an image family, is not deprecated and is rolled out in the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/imageFamilyViews/{family}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.imageFamilyViews.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7233,6 +7449,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified image.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.images.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7255,7 +7472,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7270,7 +7487,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deprecate": {
-          "description": "Sets the deprecation status of an image.\n\nIf an empty request body is given, clears the deprecation status instead.",
+          "description": "Sets the deprecation status of an image. If an empty request body is given, clears the deprecation status instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}/deprecate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.deprecate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7293,7 +7511,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7312,6 +7530,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified image. Gets a list of available images by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7346,6 +7565,7 @@
         },
         "getFromFamily": {
           "description": "Returns the latest image that is part of an image family and is not deprecated.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/family/{family}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.getFromFamily",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7380,6 +7600,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7420,6 +7641,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an image in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7439,7 +7661,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7461,6 +7683,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of custom images available to the specified project. Custom images are images you create that belong to your project. This method does not get any images that belong to other projects, including publicly-available images, like Debian 8. If you want to get a list of publicly-available images, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7468,7 +7691,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7481,7 +7704,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7521,6 +7744,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified image with the data included in the request. Only the following fields can be modified: family, description, deprecation status.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.images.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7543,7 +7767,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7562,6 +7786,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7598,6 +7823,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an image. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7634,6 +7860,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7674,7 +7901,8 @@
     "instanceGroupManagers": {
       "methods": {
         "abandonInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7697,7 +7925,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7722,6 +7950,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups and groups them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7729,7 +7958,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7747,7 +7976,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7781,6 +8010,7 @@
         },
         "applyUpdatesToInstances": {
           "description": "Applies changes to selected instances on the managed instance group. This method can be used to apply new overrides and/or new versions.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7823,6 +8053,7 @@
         },
         "createInstances": {
           "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configs in this managed instance group. Instances are created using the current instance template. The create instances operation is marked DONE if the createInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or actions with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.createInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7845,7 +8076,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7869,7 +8100,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group. Note that the instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read  Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group. Note that the instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7892,7 +8124,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7913,7 +8145,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group for immediate deletion. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances are still being deleted. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group for immediate deletion. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances are still being deleted. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7936,7 +8169,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7961,6 +8194,7 @@
         },
         "deletePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Deletes selected per-instance configs for the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8003,6 +8237,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group. Gets a list of available managed instance groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8042,7 +8277,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nA managed instance group can have up to 1000 VM instances per group. Please contact Cloud Support if you need an increase in this limit.",
+          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. A managed instance group can have up to 1000 VM instances per group. Please contact Cloud Support if you need an increase in this limit.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8058,7 +8294,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8083,6 +8319,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of managed instance groups that are contained within the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8091,7 +8328,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8104,7 +8341,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8144,6 +8381,7 @@
         },
         "listErrors": {
           "description": "Lists all errors thrown by actions on instances for a given managed instance group. The filter and orderBy query parameters are not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listErrors",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listErrors",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8153,12 +8391,12 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "instanceGroupManager": {
-              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}.",
+              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|1-9{0,19}.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -8172,7 +8410,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8212,6 +8450,7 @@
         },
         "listManagedInstances": {
           "description": "Lists all of the instances in the managed instance group. Each instance in the list has a currentAction, which indicates the action that the managed instance group is performing on the instance. For example, if the group is still creating an instance, the currentAction is CREATING. If a previous action failed, the list displays the errors for that failed action. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listManagedInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listManagedInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8221,7 +8460,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8240,7 +8479,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8280,6 +8519,7 @@
         },
         "listPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Lists all of the per-instance configs defined for the managed instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8289,7 +8529,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8308,7 +8548,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8348,6 +8588,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is patched even if the instances in the group are still in the process of being patched. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listManagedInstances method. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8370,7 +8611,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8395,6 +8636,7 @@
         },
         "patchPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or patches per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8417,7 +8659,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8441,7 +8683,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "recreateInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/recreateInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.recreateInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8464,7 +8707,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8488,7 +8731,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resize": {
-          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nWhen resizing down, the instance group arbitrarily chooses the order in which VMs are deleted. The group takes into account some VM attributes when making the selection including:\n\n+ The status of the VM instance. + The health of the VM instance. + The instance template version the VM is based on. + For regional managed instance groups, the location of the VM instance.\n\nThis list is subject to change.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. When resizing down, the instance group arbitrarily chooses the order in which VMs are deleted. The group takes into account some VM attributes when making the selection including: + The status of the VM instance. + The health of the VM instance. + The instance template version the VM is based on. + For regional managed instance groups, the location of the VM instance. This list is subject to change. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8512,7 +8756,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8540,7 +8784,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resizeAdvanced": {
-          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method.\n\nIf you increase the size of the instance group, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating, creatingWithoutRetries, or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method. If you increase the size of the instance group, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating, creatingWithoutRetries, or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeAdvanced",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.resizeAdvanced",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8563,7 +8808,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8587,7 +8832,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resumeInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIn this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method.\n\nIf a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resumeInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.resumeInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8610,7 +8856,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8635,6 +8881,7 @@
         },
         "setAutoHealingPolicies": {
           "description": "Motifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use instanceGroupManagers.patch instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8657,7 +8904,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8682,6 +8929,7 @@
         },
         "setInstanceTemplate": {
           "description": "Specifies the instance template to use when creating new instances in this group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8704,7 +8952,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8729,6 +8977,7 @@
         },
         "setTargetPools": {
           "description": "Modifies the target pools to which all instances in this managed instance group are assigned. The target pools automatically apply to all of the instances in the managed instance group. This operation is marked DONE when you make the request even if the instances have not yet been added to their target pools. The change might take some time to apply to all of the instances in the group depending on the size of the group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8751,7 +9000,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8775,7 +9024,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "startInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIn this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method.\n\nIf a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/startInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.startInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8798,7 +9048,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8822,7 +9072,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "stopInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended.\n\nStopped instances can be started using the startInstances method.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.stopInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8845,7 +9096,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8869,7 +9120,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "suspendInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended.\n\nSuspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.suspendInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8892,7 +9144,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8917,6 +9169,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8962,6 +9215,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is updated even if the instances in the group have not yet been updated. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listManagedInstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8984,7 +9238,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9009,6 +9263,7 @@
         },
         "updatePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9031,7 +9286,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9059,7 +9314,8 @@
     "instanceGroups": {
       "methods": {
         "addInstances": {
-          "description": "Adds a list of instances to the specified instance group. All of the instances in the instance group must be in the same network/subnetwork. Read  Adding instances for more information.",
+          "description": "Adds a list of instances to the specified instance group. All of the instances in the instance group must be in the same network/subnetwork. Read Adding instances for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/addInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.addInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9082,7 +9338,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9107,6 +9363,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instance groups and sorts them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9114,7 +9371,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9132,7 +9389,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9165,7 +9422,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified instance group. The instances in the group are not deleted. Note that instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read  Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified instance group. The instances in the group are not deleted. Note that instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9188,7 +9446,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9209,7 +9467,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Returns the specified zonal instance group. Get a list of available zonal instance groups by making a list() request.\n\nFor managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "description": "Returns the specified zonal instance group. Get a list of available zonal instance groups by making a list() request. For managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9250,6 +9509,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9265,7 +9525,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9289,7 +9549,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the list of zonal instance group resources contained within the specified zone.\n\nFor managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of zonal instance group resources contained within the specified zone. For managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9298,7 +9559,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9311,7 +9572,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9351,6 +9612,7 @@
         },
         "listInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the specified instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/listInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.listInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9360,7 +9622,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9379,7 +9641,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9421,7 +9683,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "removeInstances": {
-          "description": "Removes one or more instances from the specified instance group, but does not delete those instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Removes one or more instances from the specified instance group, but does not delete those instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/removeInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.removeInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9444,7 +9707,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9469,6 +9732,7 @@
         },
         "setNamedPorts": {
           "description": "Sets the named ports for the specified instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/setNamedPorts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.setNamedPorts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9491,7 +9755,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9516,6 +9780,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9565,6 +9830,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified instance template. Deleting an instance template is permanent and cannot be undone. It is not possible to delete templates that are already in use by a managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9587,7 +9853,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -9603,6 +9869,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified instance template. Gets a list of available instance templates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9637,6 +9904,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9677,6 +9945,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance template in the specified project using the data that is included in the request. If you are creating a new template to update an existing instance group, your new instance template must use the same network or, if applicable, the same subnetwork as the original template.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9691,7 +9960,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -9710,6 +9979,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9717,7 +9987,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9730,7 +10000,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9764,6 +10034,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9800,6 +10071,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9841,6 +10113,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Adds an access config to an instance's network interface.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/addAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.addAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9871,7 +10144,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9897,6 +10170,7 @@
         },
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to an instance. You can only add one policy right now which will be applied to this instance for scheduling live migrations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9920,7 +10194,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9946,6 +10220,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves aggregated list of all of the instances in your project across all regions and zones.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9953,7 +10228,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9971,7 +10246,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10005,6 +10280,7 @@
         },
         "attachDisk": {
           "description": "Attaches an existing Disk resource to an instance. You must first create the disk before you can attach it. It is not possible to create and attach a disk at the same time. For more information, read Adding a persistent disk to your instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/attachDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.attachDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10033,7 +10309,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10059,6 +10335,7 @@
         },
         "bulkInsert": {
           "description": "Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/bulkInsert",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.bulkInsert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10074,7 +10351,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10100,6 +10377,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Instance resource. For more information, see Deleting an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instances.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10123,7 +10401,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10146,6 +10424,7 @@
         },
         "deleteAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Deletes an access config from an instance's network interface.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/deleteAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.deleteAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10183,7 +10462,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10206,6 +10485,7 @@
         },
         "detachDisk": {
           "description": "Detaches a disk from an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/detachDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.detachDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10236,7 +10516,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10259,6 +10539,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Instance resource. Gets a list of available instances by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10301,6 +10582,7 @@
         },
         "getEffectiveFirewalls": {
           "description": "Returns effective firewalls applied to an interface of the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10350,6 +10632,7 @@
         },
         "getGuestAttributes": {
           "description": "Returns the specified guest attributes entry.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getGuestAttributes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getGuestAttributes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10402,6 +10685,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10450,6 +10734,7 @@
         },
         "getScreenshot": {
           "description": "Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/screenshot",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getScreenshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10492,6 +10777,7 @@
         },
         "getSerialPortOutput": {
           "description": "Returns the last 1 MB of serial port output from the specified instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/serialPort",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getSerialPortOutput",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10524,7 +10810,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "start": {
-              "description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`.\n\nIf the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value.\n\nYou can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.",
+              "description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.",
               "format": "int64",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -10549,6 +10835,7 @@
         },
         "getShieldedInstanceIdentity": {
           "description": "Returns the Shielded Instance Identity of an instance",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getShieldedInstanceIdentity",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getShieldedInstanceIdentity",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10591,6 +10878,7 @@
         },
         "getShieldedVmIdentity": {
           "description": "Returns the Shielded VM Identity of an instance",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getShieldedVmIdentity",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getShieldedVmIdentity",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10633,6 +10921,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10648,23 +10937,17 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "secureTags": {
-              "description": "DEPRECATED: Please use resource.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
-              "repeated": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
             "sourceInstanceTemplate": {
-              "description": "Specifies instance template to create the instance.\n\nThis field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate",
+              "description": "Specifies instance template to create the instance. This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate ",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "sourceMachineImage": {
-              "description": "Specifies the machine image to use to create the instance.\n\nThis field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a machine image:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/global/machineImages/machineImage \n- projects/project/global/global/machineImages/machineImage \n- global/machineImages/machineImage",
+              "description": "Specifies the machine image to use to create the instance. This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a machine image: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/global /machineImages/machineImage - projects/project/global/global/machineImages/machineImage - global/machineImages/machineImage ",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10690,6 +10973,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instances contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10698,7 +10982,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10711,7 +10995,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10752,6 +11036,7 @@
         },
         "listReferrers": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of resources that refer to the VM instance specified in the request. For example, if the VM instance is part of a managed or unmanaged instance group, the referrers list includes the instance group. For more information, read Viewing referrers to VM instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/referrers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.listReferrers",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10761,7 +11046,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10781,7 +11066,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10822,6 +11107,7 @@
         },
         "performMaintenance": {
           "description": "Perform a manual maintenance on the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/performMaintenance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.performMaintenance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10845,7 +11131,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10868,6 +11154,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10891,7 +11178,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10917,6 +11204,7 @@
         },
         "reset": {
           "description": "Performs a reset on the instance. This is a hard reset the VM does not do a graceful shutdown. For more information, see Resetting an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/reset",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.reset",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10940,7 +11228,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10963,6 +11251,7 @@
         },
         "resume": {
           "description": "Resumes an instance that was suspended using the instances().suspend method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/resume",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.resume",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10986,7 +11275,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11011,7 +11300,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "sendDiagnosticInterrupt": {
-          "description": "TODO(b/180520210): Add IAM permission for this API. Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.",
+          "description": "Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11050,6 +11340,7 @@
         },
         "setDeletionProtection": {
           "description": "Sets deletion protection on the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setDeletionProtection",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setDeletionProtection",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11072,7 +11363,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11102,6 +11393,7 @@
         },
         "setDiskAutoDelete": {
           "description": "Sets the auto-delete flag for a disk attached to an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setDiskAutoDelete",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setDiskAutoDelete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11140,7 +11432,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11163,6 +11455,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11207,6 +11500,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets labels on an instance. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11230,7 +11524,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11256,6 +11550,7 @@
         },
         "setMachineResources": {
           "description": "Changes the number and/or type of accelerator for a stopped instance to the values specified in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineResources",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMachineResources",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11279,7 +11574,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11305,6 +11600,7 @@
         },
         "setMachineType": {
           "description": "Changes the machine type for a stopped instance to the machine type specified in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineType",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMachineType",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11328,7 +11624,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11354,6 +11650,7 @@
         },
         "setMetadata": {
           "description": "Sets metadata for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMetadata",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMetadata",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11377,7 +11674,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11403,6 +11700,7 @@
         },
         "setMinCpuPlatform": {
           "description": "Changes the minimum CPU platform that this instance should use. This method can only be called on a stopped instance. For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMinCpuPlatform",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMinCpuPlatform",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11426,7 +11724,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11452,6 +11750,7 @@
         },
         "setName": {
           "description": "Sets name of an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setName",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setName",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11475,7 +11774,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11501,6 +11800,7 @@
         },
         "setScheduling": {
           "description": "Sets an instance's scheduling options. You can only call this method on a stopped instance, that is, a VM instance that is in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setScheduling",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setScheduling",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11524,7 +11824,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11550,6 +11850,7 @@
         },
         "setServiceAccount": {
           "description": "Sets the service account on the instance. For more information, read Changing the service account and access scopes for an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setServiceAccount",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setServiceAccount",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11573,7 +11874,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11599,6 +11900,7 @@
         },
         "setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the Shielded Instance integrity policy for an instance. You can only use this method on a running instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11622,7 +11924,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11648,6 +11950,7 @@
         },
         "setShieldedVmIntegrityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the Shielded VM integrity policy for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a running VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setShieldedVmIntegrityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.setShieldedVmIntegrityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11671,7 +11974,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11697,6 +12000,7 @@
         },
         "setTags": {
           "description": "Sets network tags for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setTags",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setTags",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11720,7 +12024,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11746,6 +12050,7 @@
         },
         "simulateMaintenanceEvent": {
           "description": "Simulates a maintenance event on the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/simulateMaintenanceEvent",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.simulateMaintenanceEvent",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11787,6 +12092,7 @@
         },
         "start": {
           "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/start",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.start",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11810,7 +12116,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11833,6 +12139,7 @@
         },
         "startWithEncryptionKey": {
           "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/startWithEncryptionKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.startWithEncryptionKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11856,7 +12163,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11882,6 +12189,7 @@
         },
         "stop": {
           "description": "Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/stop",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.stop",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11910,7 +12218,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11933,6 +12241,7 @@
         },
         "suspend": {
           "description": "This method suspends a running instance, saving its state to persistent storage, and allows you to resume the instance at a later time. Suspended instances incur reduced per-minute, virtual machine usage charges while they are suspended. Any resources the virtual machine is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/suspend",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.suspend",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11961,7 +12270,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11984,6 +12293,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12028,7 +12338,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "update": {
-          "description": "Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See  Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.",
+          "description": "Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.instances.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12038,7 +12349,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "clearSecureTag": {
-              "description": "Whether to clear secure tags from the instance.\n\nThis property if set to true will clear secure tags regardless of the resource.secure_tags.",
+              "description": "Whether to clear secure tags from the instance. This property if set to true will clear secure tags regardless of the resource.secure_tags.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
             },
@@ -12059,9 +12370,9 @@
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
                 "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "No changes can be made to the instance.",
+                "The instance will not restart.",
+                "The instance will restart."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -12076,9 +12387,9 @@
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
                 "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "No changes can be made to the instance.",
+                "The instance will not restart.",
+                "The instance will restart."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -12091,16 +12402,10 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "secureTags": {
-              "description": "DEPRECATED: Please use resource.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "repeated": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
             "zone": {
               "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -12123,6 +12428,7 @@
         },
         "updateAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Updates the specified access config from an instance's network interface with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12153,7 +12459,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12179,6 +12485,7 @@
         },
         "updateDisplayDevice": {
           "description": "Updates the Display config for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a stopped VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateDisplayDevice",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateDisplayDevice",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12202,7 +12509,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12228,6 +12535,7 @@
         },
         "updateNetworkInterface": {
           "description": "Updates an instance's network interface. This method can only update an interface's alias IP range and attached network. See Modifying alias IP ranges for an existing instance for instructions on changing alias IP ranges. See Migrating a VM between networks for instructions on migrating an interface. This method follows PATCH semantics.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateNetworkInterface",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateNetworkInterface",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12258,7 +12566,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12284,6 +12592,7 @@
         },
         "updateShieldedInstanceConfig": {
           "description": "Updates the Shielded Instance config for an instance. You can only use this method on a stopped instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateShieldedInstanceConfig",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateShieldedInstanceConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12307,7 +12616,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12333,6 +12642,7 @@
         },
         "updateShieldedVmConfig": {
           "description": "Updates the Shielded VM config for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a stopped VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateShieldedVmConfig",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateShieldedVmConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12356,7 +12666,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12386,6 +12696,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of interconnect attachments.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12393,7 +12704,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12411,7 +12722,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12445,6 +12756,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified interconnect attachment.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12475,7 +12787,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12491,6 +12803,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified interconnect attachment.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12533,6 +12846,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12581,6 +12895,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an InterconnectAttachment in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12603,7 +12918,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12627,6 +12942,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect attachments contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12635,7 +12951,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12648,7 +12964,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12689,6 +13005,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified interconnect attachment with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12719,7 +13036,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12738,6 +13055,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12782,6 +13100,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an InterconnectAttachment. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12805,7 +13124,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12831,6 +13150,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12880,6 +13200,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the details for the specified interconnect location. Gets a list of available interconnect locations by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnectLocations/{interconnectLocation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectLocations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12914,6 +13235,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect locations available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnectLocations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectLocations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12921,7 +13243,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12934,7 +13256,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12968,6 +13290,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnectLocations/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectLocations.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13009,6 +13332,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified interconnect.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13031,7 +13355,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13047,6 +13371,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified interconnect. Get a list of available interconnects by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13081,6 +13406,7 @@
         },
         "getDiagnostics": {
           "description": "Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified interconnect.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}/getDiagnostics",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.getDiagnostics",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13115,6 +13441,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13153,8 +13480,44 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
+        "getMacsecConfig": {
+          "description": "Returns the interconnectMacsecConfig for the specified interconnect.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}/getMacsecConfig",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.interconnects.getMacsecConfig",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "interconnect"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "interconnect": {
+              "description": "Name of the interconnect resource to query.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}/getMacsecConfig",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "InterconnectsGetMacsecConfigResponse"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Interconnect in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13169,7 +13532,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13188,6 +13551,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13195,7 +13559,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13208,7 +13572,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13242,6 +13606,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified interconnect with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13264,7 +13629,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13283,6 +13648,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13319,6 +13685,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an Interconnect. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13355,6 +13722,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13395,7 +13763,8 @@
     "licenseCodes": {
       "methods": {
         "get": {
-          "description": "Return a specified license code. License codes are mirrored across all projects that have permissions to read the License Code.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Return a specified license code. License codes are mirrored across all projects that have permissions to read the License Code. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{licenseCode}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13429,7 +13798,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13469,7 +13839,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13505,7 +13876,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13546,7 +13918,8 @@
     "licenses": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified license.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified license. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.licenses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13569,7 +13942,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13584,7 +13957,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Returns the specified License resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns the specified License resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13618,7 +13992,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13658,7 +14033,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Create a License resource in the specified project.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Create a License resource in the specified project. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13673,7 +14049,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13694,7 +14070,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the list of licenses available in the specified project. This method does not get any licenses that belong to other projects, including licenses attached to publicly-available images, like Debian 9. If you want to get a list of publicly-available licenses, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of licenses available in the specified project. This method does not get any licenses that belong to other projects, including licenses attached to publicly-available images, like Debian 9. If you want to get a list of publicly-available licenses, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13702,7 +14079,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13715,7 +14092,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13748,7 +14125,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13784,7 +14162,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13826,6 +14205,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified machine image. Deleting a machine image is permanent and cannot be undone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{machineImage}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13848,7 +14228,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13864,6 +14244,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified machine image. Gets a list of available machine images by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{machineImage}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13898,6 +14279,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13938,6 +14320,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a machine image in the specified project using the data that is included in the request. If you are creating a new machine image to update an existing instance, your new machine image should use the same network or, if applicable, the same subnetwork as the original instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13952,7 +14335,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13976,6 +14359,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of machine images that are contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13983,7 +14367,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13996,7 +14380,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14030,6 +14414,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14066,6 +14451,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14107,6 +14493,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of machine types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/machineTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14114,7 +14501,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14132,7 +14519,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14166,6 +14553,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified machine type. Gets a list of available machine types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/machineTypes/{machineType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14208,6 +14596,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of machine types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/machineTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14216,7 +14605,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14229,7 +14618,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14274,6 +14663,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all NetworkEdgeSecurityService resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/networkEdgeSecurityServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEdgeSecurityServices.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14281,7 +14671,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14299,7 +14689,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14333,6 +14723,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEdgeSecurityServices/{networkEdgeSecurityService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networkEdgeSecurityServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14363,7 +14754,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14379,6 +14770,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Gets a specified NetworkEdgeSecurityService.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEdgeSecurityServices/{networkEdgeSecurityService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEdgeSecurityServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14421,6 +14813,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new service in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEdgeSecurityServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEdgeSecurityServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14443,7 +14836,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14467,6 +14860,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEdgeSecurityServices/{networkEdgeSecurityService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networkEdgeSecurityServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14483,7 +14877,6 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "paths": {
-              "description": "The set of field mask paths.",
               "location": "query",
               "repeated": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -14503,7 +14896,13 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14526,6 +14925,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups and sorts them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14533,7 +14933,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14551,7 +14951,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14585,6 +14985,7 @@
         },
         "attachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Attach a list of network endpoints to the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14607,7 +15008,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14632,6 +15033,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group. The network endpoints in the NEG and the VM instances they belong to are not terminated when the NEG is deleted. Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if there are backend services referencing it.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14654,7 +15056,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14676,6 +15078,7 @@
         },
         "detachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Detach a list of network endpoints from the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14698,7 +15101,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14723,6 +15126,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14763,6 +15167,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14778,7 +15183,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14803,6 +15208,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups that are located in the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14811,7 +15217,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14824,7 +15230,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14864,6 +15270,7 @@
         },
         "listNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Lists the network endpoints in the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/listNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.listNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14873,7 +15280,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14892,7 +15299,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14935,6 +15342,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14984,6 +15392,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAssociation": {
           "description": "Inserts an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.addAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15011,7 +15420,7 @@
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15030,6 +15439,7 @@
         },
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15064,7 +15474,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15083,6 +15493,7 @@
         },
         "cloneRules": {
           "description": "Copies rules to the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/cloneRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.cloneRules",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15105,7 +15516,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15126,6 +15537,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15148,7 +15560,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15164,6 +15576,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15198,6 +15611,7 @@
         },
         "getAssociation": {
           "description": "Gets an association with the specified name.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.getAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15237,6 +15651,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15277,6 +15692,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15317,6 +15733,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15331,7 +15748,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15350,6 +15767,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15357,7 +15775,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15370,7 +15788,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15404,6 +15822,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15426,7 +15845,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15445,6 +15864,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15473,7 +15893,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15492,6 +15912,7 @@
         },
         "removeAssociation": {
           "description": "Removes an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.removeAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15519,7 +15940,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15535,6 +15956,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15563,7 +15985,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15579,6 +16001,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15615,6 +16038,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15656,6 +16080,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addPeering": {
           "description": "Adds a peering to the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/addPeering",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.addPeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15678,7 +16103,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15697,6 +16122,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15719,7 +16145,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15735,6 +16161,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network. Gets a list of available networks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15769,6 +16196,7 @@
         },
         "getEffectiveFirewalls": {
           "description": "Returns the effective firewalls on a given network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15803,6 +16231,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15817,7 +16246,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15836,6 +16265,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of networks available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15843,7 +16273,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15856,7 +16286,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15890,6 +16320,7 @@
         },
         "listIpAddresses": {
           "description": "Lists the internal IP addresses in the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/listIpAddresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.listIpAddresses",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15898,7 +16329,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15918,7 +16349,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15957,6 +16388,7 @@
         },
         "listIpOwners": {
           "description": "Lists the internal IP owners in the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/listIpOwners",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.listIpOwners",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15965,7 +16397,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15990,7 +16422,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16046,6 +16478,7 @@
         },
         "listPeeringRoutes": {
           "description": "Lists the peering routes exchanged over peering connection.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/listPeeringRoutes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.listPeeringRoutes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16060,14 +16493,14 @@
                 "OUTGOING"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                ""
+                "For routes exported from peer network.",
+                "For routes exported from local network."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16087,7 +16520,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16131,6 +16564,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified network with the data included in the request. Only the following fields can be modified: routingConfig.routingMode.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16153,7 +16587,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16172,6 +16606,7 @@
         },
         "removePeering": {
           "description": "Removes a peering from the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/removePeering",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.removePeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16194,7 +16629,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16213,6 +16648,7 @@
         },
         "switchToCustomMode": {
           "description": "Switches the network mode from auto subnet mode to custom subnet mode.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/switchToCustomMode",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.switchToCustomMode",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16235,7 +16671,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16251,6 +16687,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16287,7 +16724,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "updatePeering": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes",
+          "description": "Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/updatePeering",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networks.updatePeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16310,7 +16748,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16333,6 +16771,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addNodes": {
           "description": "Adds specified number of nodes to the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/addNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.addNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16356,7 +16795,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16382,6 +16821,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node groups. Note: use nodeGroups.listNodes for more details about each group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16389,7 +16829,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16407,7 +16847,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16441,6 +16881,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NodeGroup resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16464,7 +16905,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16487,6 +16928,7 @@
         },
         "deleteNodes": {
           "description": "Deletes specified nodes from the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/deleteNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.deleteNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16510,7 +16952,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16536,6 +16978,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified NodeGroup. Get a list of available NodeGroups by making a list() request. Note: the \"nodes\" field should not be used. Use nodeGroups.listNodes instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16578,6 +17021,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16626,6 +17070,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a NodeGroup resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16649,7 +17094,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16675,6 +17120,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node groups available to the specified project. Note: use nodeGroups.listNodes for more details about each group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16683,7 +17129,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16696,7 +17142,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16737,6 +17183,7 @@
         },
         "listNodes": {
           "description": "Lists nodes in the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/listNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.listNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16746,7 +17193,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16766,7 +17213,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16807,6 +17254,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16830,7 +17278,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16856,6 +17304,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16900,6 +17349,7 @@
         },
         "setNodeTemplate": {
           "description": "Updates the node template of the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/setNodeTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.setNodeTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16923,7 +17373,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16949,6 +17399,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16998,6 +17449,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node templates.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17005,7 +17457,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17023,7 +17475,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17057,6 +17509,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NodeTemplate resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{nodeTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17087,7 +17540,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17103,6 +17556,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified node template. Gets a list of available node templates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{nodeTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17145,6 +17599,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17193,6 +17648,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a NodeTemplate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17215,7 +17671,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17234,6 +17690,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node templates available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17242,7 +17699,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17255,7 +17712,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17296,6 +17753,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17340,6 +17798,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17389,6 +17848,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17396,7 +17856,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17414,7 +17874,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17448,6 +17908,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified node type. Gets a list of available node types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeTypes/{nodeType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17490,6 +17951,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17498,7 +17960,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17511,7 +17973,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17556,6 +18018,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAssociation": {
           "description": "Inserts an association for the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/addAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.addAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17568,7 +18031,7 @@
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17594,6 +18057,7 @@
         },
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17601,7 +18065,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17627,6 +18091,7 @@
         },
         "copyRules": {
           "description": "Copies rules to the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/copyRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.copyRules",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17634,7 +18099,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17662,6 +18127,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17669,7 +18135,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17692,6 +18158,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17718,6 +18185,7 @@
         },
         "getAssociation": {
           "description": "Gets an association with the specified name.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/getAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.getAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17749,6 +18217,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17781,6 +18250,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.insert",
           "parameters": {
@@ -17790,7 +18260,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17809,11 +18279,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17826,7 +18297,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17858,6 +18329,7 @@
         },
         "listAssociations": {
           "description": "Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/listAssociations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.listAssociations",
           "parameters": {
@@ -17873,11 +18345,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "move": {
           "description": "Moves the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/move",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.move",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17890,7 +18364,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17913,6 +18387,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17920,7 +18395,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17946,6 +18421,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17959,7 +18435,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17985,6 +18461,7 @@
         },
         "removeAssociation": {
           "description": "Removes an association for the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/removeAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.removeAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17997,7 +18474,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18020,6 +18497,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18033,7 +18511,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18060,6 +18538,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of packetMirrorings.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18067,7 +18546,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18085,7 +18564,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18119,6 +18598,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PacketMirroring resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18149,7 +18629,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18165,6 +18645,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PacketMirroring resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18207,6 +18688,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PacketMirroring resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18229,7 +18711,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18248,6 +18730,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of PacketMirroring resources available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18256,7 +18739,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18269,7 +18752,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18310,6 +18793,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified PacketMirroring resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18340,7 +18824,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18359,6 +18843,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18408,6 +18893,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "disableXpnHost": {
           "description": "Disable this project as a shared VPC host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/disableXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.disableXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18422,7 +18908,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18438,6 +18924,7 @@
         },
         "disableXpnResource": {
           "description": "Disable a service resource (also known as service project) associated with this host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/disableXpnResource",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.disableXpnResource",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18452,7 +18939,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18471,6 +18958,7 @@
         },
         "enableXpnHost": {
           "description": "Enable this project as a shared VPC host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/enableXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.enableXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18485,7 +18973,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18501,6 +18989,7 @@
         },
         "enableXpnResource": {
           "description": "Enable service resource (a.k.a service project) for a host project, so that subnets in the host project can be used by instances in the service project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/enableXpnResource",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.enableXpnResource",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18515,7 +19004,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18534,6 +19023,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Project resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18560,6 +19050,7 @@
         },
         "getXpnHost": {
           "description": "Gets the shared VPC host project that this project links to. May be empty if no link exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/getXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.getXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18585,6 +19076,7 @@
         },
         "getXpnResources": {
           "description": "Gets service resources (a.k.a service project) associated with this host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/getXpnResources",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.getXpnResources",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18592,7 +19084,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18605,7 +19097,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18638,6 +19130,7 @@
         },
         "listXpnHosts": {
           "description": "Lists all shared VPC host projects visible to the user in an organization.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/listXpnHosts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.listXpnHosts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18645,7 +19138,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18658,7 +19151,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18694,6 +19187,7 @@
         },
         "moveDisk": {
           "description": "Moves a persistent disk from one zone to another.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/moveDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.moveDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18708,7 +19202,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18727,6 +19221,7 @@
         },
         "moveInstance": {
           "description": "Moves an instance and its attached persistent disks from one zone to another.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/moveInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.moveInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18741,7 +19236,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18760,6 +19255,7 @@
         },
         "setCommonInstanceMetadata": {
           "description": "Sets metadata common to all instances within the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setCommonInstanceMetadata",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18774,7 +19270,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18793,6 +19289,7 @@
         },
         "setDefaultNetworkTier": {
           "description": "Sets the default network tier of the project. The default network tier is used when an address/forwardingRule/instance is created without specifying the network tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setDefaultNetworkTier",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setDefaultNetworkTier",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18807,7 +19304,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18826,6 +19323,7 @@
         },
         "setDefaultServiceAccount": {
           "description": "Sets the default service account of the project. The default service account is used when a VM instance is created with the service account email address set to \"default\".",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setDefaultServiceAccount",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setDefaultServiceAccount",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18840,7 +19338,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18859,6 +19357,7 @@
         },
         "setUsageExportBucket": {
           "description": "Enables the usage export feature and sets the usage export bucket where reports are stored. If you provide an empty request body using this method, the usage export feature will be disabled.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setUsageExportBucket",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setUsageExportBucket",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18873,7 +19372,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18899,6 +19398,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18921,7 +19421,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18937,6 +19437,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18971,6 +19472,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PublicAdvertisedPrefix in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18985,7 +19487,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19004,6 +19506,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the PublicAdvertisedPrefixes for a project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19011,7 +19514,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19024,7 +19527,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19058,6 +19561,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19080,7 +19584,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19103,6 +19607,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Lists all PublicDelegatedPrefix resources owned by the specific project across all scopes.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19110,7 +19615,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19128,7 +19633,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19162,6 +19667,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19192,7 +19698,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19208,6 +19714,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19250,6 +19757,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PublicDelegatedPrefix in the specified project in the given region using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19272,7 +19780,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19291,6 +19799,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the PublicDelegatedPrefixes for a project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19299,7 +19808,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19312,7 +19821,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19353,6 +19862,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19383,7 +19893,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19406,6 +19916,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19436,7 +19947,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19452,6 +19963,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19494,6 +20006,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19516,7 +20029,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19535,6 +20048,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of autoscalers contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19543,7 +20057,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19556,7 +20070,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19597,6 +20111,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19625,7 +20140,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19644,6 +20159,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19689,6 +20205,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19717,7 +20234,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19740,6 +20257,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19770,7 +20288,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19786,6 +20304,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19828,6 +20347,7 @@
         },
         "getHealth": {
           "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this regional BackendService.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19872,6 +20392,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19919,7 +20440,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19942,7 +20464,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19961,6 +20483,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of regional BackendService resources available to the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19969,7 +20492,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19982,7 +20505,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20022,7 +20545,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Understanding backend services This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Understanding backend services This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20053,7 +20577,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20072,6 +20596,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20116,6 +20641,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20160,7 +20686,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "update": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20191,7 +20718,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20213,7 +20740,8 @@
     "regionCommitments": {
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
-          "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.",
+          "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20221,7 +20749,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20239,7 +20767,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20273,6 +20801,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified commitment resource. Gets a list of available commitments by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20315,6 +20844,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a commitment in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20337,7 +20867,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20356,6 +20886,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of commitments contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20364,7 +20895,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20377,7 +20908,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20418,6 +20949,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20463,6 +20995,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified commitment with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: auto_renew.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20479,7 +21012,6 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "paths": {
-              "description": "The set of field mask paths.",
               "location": "query",
               "repeated": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -20499,7 +21031,13 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20518,6 +21056,7 @@
         },
         "updateReservations": {
           "description": "Transfers GPUs or local SSDs between reservations within commitments.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}/updateReservations",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.updateReservations",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20548,7 +21087,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20571,6 +21110,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional disk type. Gets a list of available disk types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskTypes/{diskType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDiskTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20613,6 +21153,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of regional disk types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDiskTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20621,7 +21162,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20634,7 +21175,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20679,6 +21220,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to a regional disk. You can only add one policy which will be applied to this disk for scheduling snapshot creation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20709,7 +21251,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20728,6 +21270,7 @@
         },
         "createSnapshot": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.createSnapshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20763,7 +21306,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20782,6 +21325,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional persistent disk. Deleting a regional disk removes all the replicas of its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20811,7 +21355,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20827,6 +21371,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns a specified regional persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20869,6 +21414,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20917,6 +21463,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a persistent regional disk in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20939,7 +21486,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20963,6 +21510,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of persistent disks contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20971,7 +21519,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20984,7 +21532,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21025,6 +21573,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from a regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21055,7 +21604,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21074,6 +21623,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the specified regional persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21104,7 +21654,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21123,6 +21673,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21167,6 +21718,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on the target regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21190,7 +21742,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21216,6 +21768,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21258,6 +21811,67 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
+        },
+        "update": {
+          "description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.regionDisks.update",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region",
+            "disk"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "disk": {
+              "description": "The disk name for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "paths": {
+              "location": "query",
+              "repeated": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "The name of the region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Disk"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
         }
       }
     },
@@ -21265,6 +21879,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all HealthCheckService resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/healthCheckServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21272,7 +21887,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21290,7 +21905,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21324,6 +21939,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional HealthCheckService.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21353,7 +21969,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21369,6 +21985,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional HealthCheckService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21410,6 +22027,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a regional HealthCheckService resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21432,7 +22050,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21451,6 +22069,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the HealthCheckService resources that have been configured for the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21459,7 +22078,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21472,7 +22091,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21513,6 +22132,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified regional HealthCheckService resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21542,7 +22162,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21561,6 +22181,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21610,6 +22231,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21640,7 +22262,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21656,6 +22278,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21698,6 +22321,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21720,7 +22344,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21739,6 +22363,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21747,7 +22372,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21760,7 +22385,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21801,6 +22426,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21831,7 +22457,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21850,6 +22476,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21895,6 +22522,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21925,7 +22553,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21947,7 +22575,8 @@
     "regionInPlaceSnapshots": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified InPlaceSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single inPlaceSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that inPlaceSnapshot. If any data on the inPlaceSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent inPlaceSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding inPlaceSnapshot.\n\nFor more information, see Deleting inPlaceSnapshots.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified InPlaceSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single inPlaceSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that inPlaceSnapshot. If any data on the inPlaceSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent inPlaceSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding inPlaceSnapshot. For more information, see Deleting inPlaceSnapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots/{inPlaceSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21978,7 +22607,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21994,6 +22623,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified InPlaceSnapshot resource in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots/{inPlaceSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22036,6 +22666,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22084,6 +22715,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an in-place snapshot in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22106,7 +22738,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22125,6 +22757,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of InPlaceSnapshot resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22133,7 +22766,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22146,7 +22779,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22187,6 +22820,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22231,6 +22865,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a inPlaceSnapshot in the given region. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22254,7 +22889,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22280,6 +22915,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInPlaceSnapshots.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22328,7 +22964,8 @@
     "regionInstanceGroupManagers": {
       "methods": {
         "abandonInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22357,7 +22994,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22376,6 +23013,7 @@
         },
         "applyUpdatesToInstances": {
           "description": "Apply updates to selected instances the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22418,6 +23056,7 @@
         },
         "createInstances": {
           "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configs in this regional managed instance group. Instances are created using the current instance template. The create instances operation is marked DONE if the createInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or actions with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.createInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22446,7 +23085,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22465,6 +23104,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22493,7 +23133,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22508,7 +23148,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. The deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if the deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. The deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if the deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22537,7 +23178,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22556,6 +23197,7 @@
         },
         "deletePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Deletes selected per-instance configs for the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22598,6 +23240,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22637,7 +23280,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nA regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.",
+          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. A regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22659,7 +23303,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22678,6 +23322,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups that are contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22686,7 +23331,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22699,7 +23344,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22739,6 +23384,7 @@
         },
         "listErrors": {
           "description": "Lists all errors thrown by actions on instances for a given regional managed instance group. The filter and orderBy query parameters are not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listErrors",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listErrors",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22748,12 +23394,12 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "instanceGroupManager": {
-              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}.",
+              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|1-9{0,19}.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -22767,7 +23413,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22807,6 +23453,7 @@
         },
         "listManagedInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the managed instance group and instances that are scheduled to be created. The list includes any current actions that the group has scheduled for its instances. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listManagedInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listManagedInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22816,7 +23463,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22835,7 +23482,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22875,6 +23522,7 @@
         },
         "listPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Lists all of the per-instance configs defined for the managed instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22884,7 +23532,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22903,7 +23551,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22943,6 +23591,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is patched even if the instances in the group are still in the process of being patched. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22971,7 +23620,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22990,6 +23639,7 @@
         },
         "patchPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or patches per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23018,7 +23668,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23036,7 +23686,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "recreateInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/recreateInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.recreateInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23065,7 +23716,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23083,7 +23734,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resize": {
-          "description": "Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances.\n\nThe resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23113,7 +23765,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23136,7 +23788,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resizeAdvanced": {
-          "description": "Resizes the regional managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method.\n\nIf you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances.\n\nThe resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Resizes the regional managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeAdvanced",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.resizeAdvanced",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23165,7 +23818,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23183,7 +23836,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resumeInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIn this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method.\n\nIf a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be resumed. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you resume. The resumeInstances operation is marked DONE if the resumeInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the RESUMING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are suspended. For example, if an instance was previously suspended using the suspendInstances method, it can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are resumed. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resumeInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.resumeInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23212,7 +23866,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23231,6 +23885,7 @@
         },
         "setAutoHealingPolicies": {
           "description": "Modifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23259,7 +23914,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23278,6 +23933,7 @@
         },
         "setInstanceTemplate": {
           "description": "Sets the instance template to use when creating new instances or recreating instances in this group. Existing instances are not affected.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23306,7 +23962,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23325,6 +23981,7 @@
         },
         "setTargetPools": {
           "description": "Modifies the target pools to which all new instances in this group are assigned. Existing instances in the group are not affected.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23353,7 +24010,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23371,7 +24028,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "startInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIn this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method.\n\nIf a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/startInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.startInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23400,7 +24058,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23418,7 +24076,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "stopInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended.\n\nStopped instances can be started using the startInstances method.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.stopInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23447,7 +24106,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23465,7 +24124,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "suspendInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended.\n\nSuspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.suspendInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23494,7 +24154,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23513,6 +24173,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23558,6 +24219,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is updated even if the instances in the group have not yet been updated. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23586,7 +24248,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23605,6 +24267,7 @@
         },
         "updatePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23633,7 +24296,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23656,6 +24319,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified instance group resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23696,6 +24360,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instance group resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23704,7 +24369,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23717,7 +24382,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23757,6 +24422,7 @@
         },
         "listInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the specified instance group and displays information about the named ports. Depending on the specified options, this method can list all instances or only the instances that are running. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/listInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.listInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23766,7 +24432,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23785,7 +24451,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23828,6 +24494,7 @@
         },
         "setNamedPorts": {
           "description": "Sets the named ports for the specified regional instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/setNamedPorts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.setNamedPorts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23856,7 +24523,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23875,6 +24542,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23924,6 +24592,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "bulkInsert": {
           "description": "Creates multiple instances in a given region. Count specifies the number of instances to create.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instances/bulkInsert",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23946,7 +24615,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23962,49 +24631,14 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
-        },
-        "recommendLocations": {
-          "description": "Returns recommended locations (zones in a region) for specified sets of homogenous instances.",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "project",
-            "region"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "region": {
-              "description": "The name of the region for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instances/recommendLocations",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResource"
-          },
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponse"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
-          ]
         }
       }
     },
     "regionInstantSnapshots": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that instantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding instantSnapshot.\n\nFor more information, see Deleting instantSnapshots.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that instantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding instantSnapshot. For more information, see Deleting instantSnapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24035,7 +24669,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24051,6 +24685,7 @@
         },
         "export": {
           "description": "Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}/export",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.export",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24081,7 +24716,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24100,6 +24735,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24142,6 +24778,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24190,6 +24827,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instant snapshot in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24212,7 +24850,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24231,6 +24869,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of InstantSnapshot resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24239,7 +24878,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24252,7 +24891,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24293,6 +24932,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24337,6 +24977,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a instantSnapshot in the given region. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24360,7 +25001,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24386,6 +25027,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstantSnapshots.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24435,6 +25077,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group. Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if it is configured as a backend of a backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24463,7 +25106,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24479,6 +25122,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24519,6 +25163,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24540,7 +25185,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24559,6 +25204,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of regional network endpoint groups available to the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24567,7 +25213,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24580,7 +25226,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24624,6 +25270,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAssociation": {
           "description": "Inserts an association for the specified network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.addAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24659,7 +25306,7 @@
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24678,6 +25325,7 @@
         },
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24720,7 +25368,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24739,6 +25387,7 @@
         },
         "cloneRules": {
           "description": "Copies rules to the specified network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/cloneRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.cloneRules",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24769,7 +25418,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24790,6 +25439,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24820,7 +25470,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24836,6 +25486,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24878,6 +25529,7 @@
         },
         "getAssociation": {
           "description": "Gets an association with the specified name.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.getAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24923,8 +25575,51 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
+        "getEffectiveFirewalls": {
+          "description": "Returns the effective firewalls on a given network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/getEffectiveFirewalls",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.getEffectiveFirewalls",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region",
+            "network"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "network": {
+              "description": "Network reference",
+              "location": "query",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Name of the region scoping this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/getEffectiveFirewalls",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24973,6 +25668,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25021,6 +25717,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new network firewall policy in the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25043,7 +25740,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25062,6 +25759,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the network firewall policies that have been configured for the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25070,7 +25768,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25083,7 +25781,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25124,6 +25822,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25154,7 +25853,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25173,6 +25872,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25209,7 +25909,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25228,6 +25928,7 @@
         },
         "removeAssociation": {
           "description": "Removes an association for the specified network firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.removeAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25263,7 +25964,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25279,6 +25980,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25315,7 +26017,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25331,6 +26033,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25375,6 +26078,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/firewallPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25424,6 +26128,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all NotificationEndpoint resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/notificationEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25431,7 +26136,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25449,7 +26154,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25483,6 +26188,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NotificationEndpoint in the given region",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{notificationEndpoint}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25513,7 +26219,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25529,6 +26235,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified NotificationEndpoint resource in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{notificationEndpoint}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25571,6 +26278,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Create a NotificationEndpoint in the specified project in the given region using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25593,7 +26301,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25612,6 +26320,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the NotificationEndpoints for a project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25620,7 +26329,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25633,7 +26342,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25674,6 +26383,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25723,6 +26433,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified region-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25761,6 +26472,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified region-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25803,6 +26515,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25811,7 +26524,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25824,7 +26537,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25864,7 +26577,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25911,6 +26625,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25934,7 +26649,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25957,6 +26672,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25999,6 +26715,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26021,7 +26738,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26045,6 +26762,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26053,7 +26771,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26066,7 +26784,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26107,6 +26825,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionSecurityPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26130,7 +26849,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26160,6 +26879,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource in the region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26183,7 +26903,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26206,6 +26926,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource in the specified region. Get a list of available SSL certificates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26248,6 +26969,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26270,7 +26992,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26289,6 +27011,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26297,7 +27020,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26310,7 +27033,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26351,6 +27074,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26400,6 +27124,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26423,7 +27148,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26446,6 +27171,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified region. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26488,6 +27214,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26510,7 +27237,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26529,6 +27256,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26537,7 +27265,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26550,7 +27278,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26591,6 +27319,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26614,7 +27343,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26640,6 +27369,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26689,6 +27419,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26712,7 +27443,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26735,6 +27466,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified region. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26777,6 +27509,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26799,7 +27532,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26818,6 +27551,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpsProxy resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26826,7 +27560,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26839,7 +27573,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26880,6 +27614,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Replaces SslCertificates for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26903,7 +27638,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26929,6 +27664,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26952,7 +27688,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26978,6 +27714,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27027,6 +27764,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified UrlMap resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27073,6 +27811,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified UrlMap resource. Gets a list of available URL maps by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27115,6 +27854,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a UrlMap resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27155,7 +27895,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "invalidateCache": {
-          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap.\n\nFor more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap. For more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}/invalidateCache",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.invalidateCache",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27205,6 +27946,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of UrlMap resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27213,7 +27955,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27226,7 +27968,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27267,6 +28009,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27316,6 +28059,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27361,6 +28105,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27410,6 +28155,7 @@
         },
         "validate": {
           "description": "Runs static validation for the UrlMap. In particular, the tests of the provided UrlMap will be run. Calling this method does NOT create the UrlMap.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}/validate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.validate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27458,6 +28204,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Region resource. Gets a list of available regions by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regions.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27492,6 +28239,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of region resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regions.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27499,7 +28247,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27512,7 +28260,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27550,6 +28298,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of reservations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27557,7 +28306,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27575,7 +28324,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27609,6 +28358,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.reservations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27625,7 +28375,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27655,6 +28405,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves information about the specified reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27697,6 +28448,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27745,6 +28497,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new reservation. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27760,7 +28513,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27786,6 +28539,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "A list of all the reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27794,7 +28548,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27807,7 +28561,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27848,6 +28602,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the reservation (applicable to standalone reservations only). For more information, read Modifying reservations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27864,7 +28619,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27897,6 +28652,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27941,6 +28697,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27983,6 +28740,67 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
+        },
+        "update": {
+          "description": "Update share settings of the reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.reservations.update",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "reservation"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "paths": {
+              "location": "query",
+              "repeated": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "reservation": {
+              "description": "Name of the reservation to update.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "Name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Reservation"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
         }
       }
     },
@@ -27990,6 +28808,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of resource policies.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27997,7 +28816,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28015,7 +28834,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28049,6 +28868,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resourcePolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28072,7 +28892,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28095,6 +28915,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves all information of the specified resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resourcePolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28137,6 +28958,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28185,6 +29007,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28207,7 +29030,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -28226,6 +29049,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "A list all the resource policies that have been configured for the specified project in specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28234,7 +29058,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28247,7 +29071,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28288,6 +29112,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28332,6 +29157,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28381,6 +29207,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of routers.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/routers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28388,7 +29215,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28406,7 +29233,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28440,6 +29267,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Router resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.routers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28463,7 +29291,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28486,6 +29314,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Router resource. Gets a list of available routers by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28528,6 +29357,7 @@
         },
         "getNatMappingInfo": {
           "description": "Retrieves runtime Nat mapping information of VM endpoints.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getNatMappingInfo",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.getNatMappingInfo",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28537,7 +29367,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28555,7 +29385,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28603,6 +29433,7 @@
         },
         "getRouterStatus": {
           "description": "Retrieves runtime information of the specified router.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getRouterStatus",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.getRouterStatus",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28645,6 +29476,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Router resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28667,7 +29499,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -28686,6 +29518,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Router resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28694,7 +29527,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28707,7 +29540,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28748,6 +29581,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.routers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28771,7 +29605,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28797,6 +29631,7 @@
         },
         "preview": {
           "description": "Preview fields auto-generated during router create and update operations. Calling this method does NOT create or update the router.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/preview",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.preview",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28842,6 +29677,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28887,6 +29723,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method conforms to PUT semantics, which requests that the state of the target resource be created or replaced with the state defined by the representation enclosed in the request message payload.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.routers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28910,7 +29747,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28940,6 +29777,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Route resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{route}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.routes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28955,7 +29793,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28978,6 +29816,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Route resource. Gets a list of available routes by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{route}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29012,6 +29851,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Route resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29026,7 +29866,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -29045,6 +29885,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Route resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29052,7 +29893,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29065,7 +29906,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29099,6 +29940,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routes.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29140,6 +29982,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29181,6 +30024,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all SecurityPolicy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29188,7 +30032,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29206,7 +30050,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29240,6 +30084,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29255,7 +30100,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29278,6 +30123,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29312,6 +30158,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29352,6 +30199,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29366,7 +30214,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29390,6 +30238,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29397,7 +30246,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29410,7 +30259,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29444,6 +30293,7 @@
         },
         "listPreconfiguredExpressionSets": {
           "description": "Gets the current list of preconfigured Web Application Firewall (WAF) expressions.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/listPreconfiguredExpressionSets",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.listPreconfiguredExpressionSets",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29451,7 +30301,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29464,7 +30314,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29492,11 +30342,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request. This cannot be used to be update the rules in the policy. Please use the per rule methods like addRule, patchRule, and removeRule instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29512,7 +30364,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29538,6 +30390,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29585,6 +30438,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29624,6 +30478,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29660,6 +30515,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29701,6 +30557,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all ServiceAttachment resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/serviceAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29708,7 +30565,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29726,7 +30583,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29760,6 +30617,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified ServiceAttachment in the given scope",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29783,7 +30641,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29806,6 +30664,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified ServiceAttachment resource in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29848,6 +30707,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29896,6 +30756,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ServiceAttachment in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29918,7 +30779,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -29937,6 +30798,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the ServiceAttachments for a project in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29945,7 +30807,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29958,7 +30820,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29999,6 +30861,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified ServiceAttachment resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30021,7 +30884,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30046,6 +30909,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30090,6 +30954,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30138,7 +31003,8 @@
     "snapshots": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot.\n\nFor more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot. For more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30154,7 +31020,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30177,6 +31043,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Snapshot resource. Gets a list of available snapshots by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30211,6 +31078,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30251,6 +31119,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30265,7 +31134,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -30284,6 +31153,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30291,7 +31161,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30304,7 +31174,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30338,6 +31208,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30374,6 +31245,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a snapshot. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30410,6 +31282,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30451,6 +31324,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all SslCertificate resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30458,7 +31332,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30476,7 +31350,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30510,6 +31384,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30525,7 +31400,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30548,6 +31423,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource. Gets a list of available SSL certificates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30582,6 +31458,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30596,7 +31473,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -30615,6 +31492,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30622,7 +31500,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30635,7 +31513,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30669,6 +31547,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30710,6 +31589,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SSL policy. The SSL policy resource can be deleted only if it is not in use by any TargetHttpsProxy or TargetSslProxy resources.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30725,7 +31605,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30747,6 +31627,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Lists all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30780,6 +31661,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SSL policy resource. Gets a list of available SSL policies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30794,7 +31676,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -30813,6 +31695,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the SSL policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30820,7 +31703,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30833,7 +31716,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30867,6 +31750,7 @@
         },
         "listAvailableFeatures": {
           "description": "Lists all features that can be specified in the SSL policy when using custom profile.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/listAvailableFeatures",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.listAvailableFeatures",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30874,7 +31758,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30887,7 +31771,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30921,6 +31805,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified SSL policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30936,7 +31821,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30961,6 +31846,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31002,6 +31888,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of subnetworks.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31009,7 +31896,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31027,7 +31914,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31061,6 +31948,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified subnetwork.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31084,7 +31972,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31107,6 +31995,7 @@
         },
         "expandIpCidrRange": {
           "description": "Expands the IP CIDR range of the subnetwork to a specified value.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.expandIpCidrRange",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31130,7 +32019,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31156,6 +32045,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified subnetwork. Gets a list of available subnetworks list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31198,6 +32088,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31246,6 +32137,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a subnetwork in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31268,7 +32160,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -31287,6 +32179,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31295,7 +32188,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31308,7 +32201,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31349,6 +32242,7 @@
         },
         "listUsable": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.listUsable",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31356,7 +32250,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31369,7 +32263,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31389,6 +32283,11 @@
               "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
+            },
+            "serviceProject": {
+              "description": "The project id or project number in which the subnetwork is intended to be used. Only applied for Shared VPC. See [Shared VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc/)",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable",
@@ -31403,6 +32302,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified subnetwork with the data included in the request. Only certain fields can be updated with a patch request as indicated in the field descriptions. You must specify the current fingerprint of the subnetwork resource being patched.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31432,7 +32332,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31458,6 +32358,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31502,6 +32403,7 @@
         },
         "setPrivateIpGoogleAccess": {
           "description": "Set whether VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigning external IP addresses through Private Google Access.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.setPrivateIpGoogleAccess",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31525,7 +32427,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31551,6 +32453,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31600,6 +32503,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetGrpcProxy in the given scope",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31615,7 +32519,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31638,6 +32542,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31672,6 +32577,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetGrpcProxy in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31686,7 +32592,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -31705,6 +32611,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the TargetGrpcProxies for a project in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31712,7 +32619,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31725,7 +32632,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31759,6 +32666,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31774,7 +32682,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31800,6 +32708,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31841,6 +32750,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31848,7 +32758,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31866,7 +32776,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31900,6 +32810,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31915,7 +32826,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31938,6 +32849,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31972,6 +32884,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31986,7 +32899,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -32005,6 +32918,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32012,7 +32926,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32025,7 +32939,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32058,7 +32972,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules. (== suppress_warning http-rest-shadowed ==)",
+          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32074,7 +32989,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32100,6 +33015,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32115,7 +33031,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32141,6 +33057,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32182,6 +33099,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpsProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32189,7 +33107,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32207,7 +33125,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32241,6 +33159,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32256,7 +33175,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32279,6 +33198,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource. Gets a list of available target HTTPS proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32313,6 +33233,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32327,7 +33248,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -32346,6 +33267,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpsProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32353,7 +33275,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32366,7 +33288,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32399,7 +33321,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules. (== suppress_warning http-rest-shadowed ==)",
+          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32415,7 +33338,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32441,6 +33364,7 @@
         },
         "setCertificateMap": {
           "description": "Changes the Certificate Map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setCertificateMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setCertificateMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32456,7 +33380,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32481,6 +33405,7 @@
         },
         "setQuicOverride": {
           "description": "Sets the QUIC override policy for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setQuicOverride",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setQuicOverride",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32496,7 +33421,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32521,6 +33446,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Replaces SslCertificates for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32536,7 +33462,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32562,6 +33488,7 @@
         },
         "setSslPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the SSL policy for TargetHttpsProxy. The SSL policy specifies the server-side support for SSL features. This affects connections between clients and the HTTPS proxy load balancer. They do not affect the connection between the load balancer and the backends.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setSslPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32577,7 +33504,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32602,6 +33529,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32617,7 +33545,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32643,6 +33571,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32684,6 +33613,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32691,7 +33621,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32709,7 +33639,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32743,6 +33673,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetInstance resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{targetInstance}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32759,7 +33690,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32789,6 +33720,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetInstance resource. Gets a list of available target instances by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{targetInstance}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32831,6 +33763,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetInstance resource in the specified project and zone using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32846,7 +33779,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32872,6 +33805,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of TargetInstance resources available to the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32880,7 +33814,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32893,7 +33827,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -32934,6 +33868,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -32983,6 +33918,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addHealthCheck": {
           "description": "Adds health check URLs to a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/addHealthCheck",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.addHealthCheck",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33006,7 +33942,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33032,6 +33968,7 @@
         },
         "addInstance": {
           "description": "Adds an instance to a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/addInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.addInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33055,7 +33992,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33081,6 +34018,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target pools.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33088,7 +34026,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33106,7 +34044,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33140,6 +34078,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33163,7 +34102,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33186,6 +34125,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified target pool. Gets a list of available target pools by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33228,6 +34168,7 @@
         },
         "getHealth": {
           "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for each IP for the instance that is referenced by the given target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33273,6 +34214,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a target pool in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33295,7 +34237,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -33314,6 +34256,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of target pools available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33322,7 +34265,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33335,7 +34278,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33376,6 +34319,7 @@
         },
         "removeHealthCheck": {
           "description": "Removes health check URL from a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/removeHealthCheck",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.removeHealthCheck",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33399,7 +34343,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33425,6 +34369,7 @@
         },
         "removeInstance": {
           "description": "Removes instance URL from a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/removeInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.removeInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33448,7 +34393,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33474,6 +34419,7 @@
         },
         "setBackup": {
           "description": "Changes a backup target pool's configurations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/setBackup",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.setBackup",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33503,7 +34449,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33529,6 +34475,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33578,6 +34525,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetSslProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33593,7 +34541,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33616,6 +34564,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetSslProxy resource. Gets a list of available target SSL proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33650,6 +34599,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetSslProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33664,7 +34614,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -33683,6 +34633,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetSslProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33690,7 +34641,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33703,7 +34654,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33737,6 +34688,7 @@
         },
         "setBackendService": {
           "description": "Changes the BackendService for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setBackendService",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setBackendService",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33752,7 +34704,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33778,6 +34730,7 @@
         },
         "setCertificateMap": {
           "description": "Changes the Certificate Map for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setCertificateMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setCertificateMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33793,7 +34746,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33818,6 +34771,7 @@
         },
         "setProxyHeader": {
           "description": "Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setProxyHeader",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setProxyHeader",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33833,7 +34787,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33859,6 +34813,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Changes SslCertificates for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33874,7 +34829,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33900,6 +34855,7 @@
         },
         "setSslPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the SSL policy for TargetSslProxy. The SSL policy specifies the server-side support for SSL features. This affects connections between clients and the SSL proxy load balancer. They do not affect the connection between the load balancer and the backends.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setSslPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setSslPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33915,7 +34871,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -33940,6 +34896,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33981,6 +34938,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetTcpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -33996,7 +34954,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34019,6 +34977,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetTcpProxy resource. Gets a list of available target TCP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34053,6 +35012,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetTcpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34067,7 +35027,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -34086,6 +35046,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetTcpProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34093,7 +35054,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34106,7 +35067,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34140,6 +35101,7 @@
         },
         "setBackendService": {
           "description": "Changes the BackendService for TargetTcpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}/setBackendService",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.setBackendService",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34155,7 +35117,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34181,6 +35143,7 @@
         },
         "setProxyHeader": {
           "description": "Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetTcpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}/setProxyHeader",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.setProxyHeader",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34196,7 +35159,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34222,6 +35185,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34263,6 +35227,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target VPN gateways.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34270,7 +35235,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34288,7 +35253,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34322,6 +35287,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified target VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{targetVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34345,7 +35311,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34368,6 +35334,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified target VPN gateway. Gets a list of available target VPN gateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{targetVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34410,6 +35377,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a target VPN gateway in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34432,7 +35400,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -34451,6 +35419,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of target VPN gateways available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34459,7 +35428,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34472,7 +35441,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34513,6 +35482,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a TargetVpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34536,7 +35506,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34562,6 +35532,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34611,6 +35582,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all UrlMap resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34618,7 +35590,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34636,7 +35608,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34670,6 +35642,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified UrlMap resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34685,7 +35658,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34708,6 +35681,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified UrlMap resource. Gets a list of available URL maps by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34742,6 +35716,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a UrlMap resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34756,7 +35731,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -34774,7 +35749,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "invalidateCache": {
-          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap.\n\nFor more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap. For more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}/invalidateCache",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.invalidateCache",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34790,7 +35766,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34816,6 +35792,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of UrlMap resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34823,7 +35800,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34836,7 +35813,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34870,6 +35847,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34885,7 +35863,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34911,6 +35889,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34948,6 +35927,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -34963,7 +35943,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -34989,6 +35969,7 @@
         },
         "validate": {
           "description": "Runs static validation for the UrlMap. In particular, the tests of the provided UrlMap will be run. Calling this method does NOT create the UrlMap.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}/validate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.validate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35029,6 +36010,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of VPN gateways.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35036,7 +36018,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35054,7 +36036,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35088,6 +36070,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35111,7 +36094,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35134,6 +36117,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified VPN gateway. Gets a list of available VPN gateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35176,6 +36160,7 @@
         },
         "getStatus": {
           "description": "Returns the status for the specified VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}/getStatus",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.getStatus",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35218,6 +36203,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a VPN gateway in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35240,7 +36226,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -35259,6 +36245,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of VPN gateways available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35267,7 +36254,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35280,7 +36267,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35321,6 +36308,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a VpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35344,7 +36332,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35370,6 +36358,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35419,6 +36408,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of VPN tunnels.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35426,7 +36416,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35444,7 +36434,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35478,6 +36468,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified VpnTunnel resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{vpnTunnel}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35501,7 +36492,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35524,6 +36515,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified VpnTunnel resource. Gets a list of available VPN tunnels by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{vpnTunnel}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35566,6 +36558,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a VpnTunnel resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35588,7 +36581,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -35607,6 +36600,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of VpnTunnel resources contained in the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35615,7 +36609,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35628,7 +36622,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35669,6 +36663,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a VpnTunnel. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35692,7 +36687,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35718,6 +36713,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35766,7 +36762,8 @@
     "zoneInPlaceSnapshots": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified InPlaceSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single inPlaceSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that inPlaceSnapshot. If any data on the inPlaceSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent inPlaceSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding inPlaceSnapshot.\n\nFor more information, see Deleting inPlaceSnapshots.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified InPlaceSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single inPlaceSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that inPlaceSnapshot. If any data on the inPlaceSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent inPlaceSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding inPlaceSnapshot. For more information, see Deleting inPlaceSnapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots/{inPlaceSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35790,7 +36787,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35813,6 +36810,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified InPlaceSnapshot resource in the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots/{inPlaceSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35855,6 +36853,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35903,6 +36902,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an in-place snapshot in the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35918,7 +36918,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35944,6 +36944,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of InPlaceSnapshot resources contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -35952,7 +36953,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -35965,7 +36966,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36006,6 +37007,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36050,6 +37052,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a inPlaceSnapshot in the given zone. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36066,7 +37069,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36099,6 +37102,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/inPlaceSnapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInPlaceSnapshots.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36147,7 +37151,8 @@
     "zoneInstantSnapshots": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that instantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding instantSnapshot.\n\nFor more information, see Deleting instantSnapshots.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified InstantSnapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single instantSnapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that instantSnapshot. If any data on the instantSnapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent instantSnapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding instantSnapshot. For more information, see Deleting instantSnapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36171,7 +37176,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36194,6 +37199,7 @@
         },
         "export": {
           "description": "Export the changed blocks between two instant snapshots to a customer's bucket in the user specified format.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}/export",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.export",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36217,7 +37223,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36243,6 +37249,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified InstantSnapshot resource in the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{instantSnapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36285,6 +37292,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36333,6 +37341,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instant snapshot in the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36348,7 +37357,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36374,6 +37383,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of InstantSnapshot resources contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36382,7 +37392,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36395,7 +37405,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36436,6 +37446,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36480,6 +37491,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a instantSnapshot in the given zone. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36496,7 +37508,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36529,6 +37541,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instantSnapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneInstantSnapshots.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36578,6 +37591,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified zone-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36616,6 +37630,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified zone-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36658,6 +37673,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36666,7 +37682,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36679,7 +37695,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36719,7 +37735,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36766,6 +37783,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Zone resource. Gets a list of available zones by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zones.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36800,6 +37818,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Zone resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zones.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -36807,7 +37826,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36820,7 +37839,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -36855,7 +37874,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210525",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -36875,7 +37894,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AcceleratorType": {
-      "description": "Represents an Accelerator Type resource.\n\nGoogle Cloud Platform provides graphics processing units (accelerators) that you can add to VM instances to improve or accelerate performance when working with intensive workloads. For more information, read GPUs on Compute Engine. (== resource_for {$api_version}.acceleratorTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Accelerator Type resource. Google Cloud Platform provides graphics processing units (accelerators) that you can add to VM instances to improve or accelerate performance when working with intensive workloads. For more information, read GPUs on Compute Engine.",
       "id": "AcceleratorType",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -36993,36 +38012,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37109,36 +38128,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37207,36 +38226,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37289,7 +38308,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.\n\nIf an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.\n\nIf an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.",
           "enum": [
             "FIXED_STANDARD",
             "PREMIUM",
@@ -37298,11 +38317,11 @@
             "STANDARD_OVERRIDES_FIXED_STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Public internet quality with fixed bandwidth.",
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Price competitive network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products.",
+            "(Output only) Temporary tier for FIXED_STANDARD when fixed standard tier is expired or not configured."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37339,7 +38358,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Address": {
-      "description": "Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier.\n\nUse global internal addresses for reserved peering network range.\n\nUse regional external addresses for the following resources:\n\n- External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA)\n\nUse regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes:\n\n- Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses\n\nFor more information, read reserved IP address.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.addresses ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalAddresses ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.",
       "id": "Address",
       "properties": {
         "address": {
@@ -37355,9 +38374,9 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "DNS resolver address in the subnetwork.",
+            "A publicly visible external IP address.",
+            "A private network IP address, for use with an Instance or Internal Load Balancer forwarding rule.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -37395,7 +38414,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37412,7 +38431,7 @@
               "compute.addresses.insert"
             ]
           },
-          "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.",
+          "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37421,7 +38440,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer.\n\nIf this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.",
           "enum": [
             "FIXED_STANDARD",
             "PREMIUM",
@@ -37430,11 +38449,11 @@
             "STANDARD_OVERRIDES_FIXED_STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Public internet quality with fixed bandwidth.",
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Price competitive network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products.",
+            "(Output only) Temporary tier for FIXED_STANDARD when fixed standard tier is expired or not configured."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37444,31 +38463,29 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "purpose": {
-          "description": "The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values:  \n- `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. \n- `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork \n- `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. \n- `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. \n- `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose. ",
           "enum": [
             "DNS_RESOLVER",
             "GCE_ENDPOINT",
             "IPSEC_INTERCONNECT",
             "NAT_AUTO",
             "PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT",
-            "PSC_PRODUCER_NAT_RANGE",
             "SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP",
             "VPC_PEERING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "DNS resolver address in the subnetwork.",
+            "VM internal/alias IP, Internal LB service IP, etc.",
+            "A regional internal IP address range reserved for the VLAN attachment that is used in IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect. This regional internal IP address range must not overlap with any IP address range of subnet/route in the VPC network and its peering networks. After the VLAN attachment is created with the reserved IP address range, when creating a new VPN gateway, its interface IP address is allocated from the associated VLAN attachment\u2019s IP address range.",
+            "External IP automatically reserved for Cloud NAT.",
+            "A private network IP address that can be used to configure Private Service Connect. This purpose can be specified only for GLOBAL addresses of Type INTERNAL",
+            "A private network IP address that can be shared by multiple Internal Load Balancer forwarding rules.",
+            "IP range for peer networks."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "region": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. This field is not applicable to global addresses.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "selfLink": {
@@ -37487,9 +38504,9 @@
             "RESERVING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Address is being used by another resource and is not available.",
+            "Address is reserved and available to use.",
+            "Address is being reserved."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37575,36 +38592,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37691,36 +38708,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37789,36 +38806,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37947,7 +38964,7 @@
             "PERIODIC"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "VMs receive infrastructure and hypervisor updates on a periodic basis, minimizing the number of maintenance operations (live migrations or terminations) on an individual VM. This may mean a VM will take longer to receive an update than if it was configured for AS_NEEDED. Security updates will still be applied as soon as they are available."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37992,12 +39009,12 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "deviceName": {
-          "description": "Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance.\n\nIf not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.",
+          "description": "Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later.\n\nInstance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group."
+          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group."
         },
         "diskSizeGb": {
           "description": "The size of the disk in GB.",
@@ -38009,7 +39026,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -38022,7 +39039,7 @@
         },
         "initializeParams": {
           "$ref": "AttachedDiskInitializeParams",
-          "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance.\n\nThis property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
+          "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
         },
         "interface": {
           "description": "Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.",
@@ -38057,8 +39074,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple virtual machines can use a disk in read-only mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in read-write mode. Only one virtual machine at a time can be attached to a disk in read-write mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38069,8 +39086,8 @@
             "PRESERVED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "*[Default]* Disk state has not been preserved.",
+            "Disk state has been preserved."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38079,7 +39096,7 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk"
         },
         "source": {
-          "description": "Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nIf desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.\n\nNote that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.",
+          "description": "Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
@@ -38105,7 +39122,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AttachedDiskInitializeParams": {
-      "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance.\n\nThis property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.",
+      "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.",
       "id": "AttachedDiskInitializeParams",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
@@ -38122,16 +39139,30 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example:\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard\n\n\nOther values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType \n- projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType \n- zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType  Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
+          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.\n\nGuest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "interface": {
+          "description": "Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.",
+          "enum": [
+            "NVME",
+            "SCSI",
+            "UNSPECIFIED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "labels": {
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
@@ -38139,6 +39170,21 @@
           "description": "Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.",
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "licenseCodes": {
+          "description": "Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.",
+          "items": {
+            "format": "int64",
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "licenses": {
+          "description": "A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "multiWriter": {
           "description": "Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -38151,14 +39197,14 @@
             "USE_EXISTING_DISK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Always recreate the disk.",
+            "Recreate the disk if source (image, snapshot) of this disk is different from source of existing disk.",
+            "Use the existing disk, this is the default behaviour."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provisionedIops": {
-          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.",
+          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38177,15 +39223,15 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nTo create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9\n\n\nAlternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD\n\n\nTo create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format:\nglobal/images/my-custom-image\n\n\nYou can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name:\nglobal/images/family/my-image-family\n\n\nIf the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
+          "description": "The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nInstance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
+          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nTo create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format:\nglobal/snapshots/my-backup\n\n\nIf the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
+          "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -38196,7 +39242,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuditConfig": {
-      "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.\n\nIf there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.\n\nExample Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:\n\n{ \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] }\n\nFor sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.",
+      "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.",
       "id": "AuditConfig",
       "properties": {
         "auditLogConfigs": {
@@ -38207,7 +39253,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "exemptedMembers": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -38221,18 +39267,18 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuditLogConfig": {
-      "description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example:\n\n{ \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] }\n\nThis enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
+      "description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
       "id": "AuditLogConfig",
       "properties": {
         "exemptedMembers": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of [Binding.members][].",
+          "description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ignoreChildExemptions": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "logType": {
@@ -38244,10 +39290,10 @@
             "LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy",
+            "Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list",
+            "Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create",
+            "Default case. Should never be this."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -38281,8 +39327,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Principal will be set to the identity from origin authentication.",
+            "Principal will be set to the identity from peer authentication."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38308,11 +39354,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuthorizationLoggingOptions": {
-      "description": "Authorization-related information used by Cloud Audit Logging.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "AuthorizationLoggingOptions",
       "properties": {
         "permissionType": {
-          "description": "The type of the permission that was checked.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ADMIN_READ",
             "ADMIN_WRITE",
@@ -38321,11 +39367,11 @@
             "PERMISSION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -38333,12 +39379,12 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Autoscaler": {
-      "description": "Represents an Autoscaler resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Autoscaler resources:\n\n* [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/autoscalers) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionAutoscalers)\n\nUse autoscalers to automatically add or delete instances from a managed instance group according to your defined autoscaling policy. For more information, read Autoscaling Groups of Instances.\n\nFor zonal managed instance groups resource, use the autoscaler resource.\n\nFor regional managed instance groups, use the regionAutoscalers resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.autoscalers ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionAutoscalers ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Autoscaler resource. Google Compute Engine has two Autoscaler resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/autoscalers) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionAutoscalers) Use autoscalers to automatically add or delete instances from a managed instance group according to your defined autoscaling policy. For more information, read Autoscaling Groups of Instances. For zonal managed instance groups resource, use the autoscaler resource. For regional managed instance groups, use the regionAutoscalers resource.",
       "id": "Autoscaler",
       "properties": {
         "autoscalingPolicy": {
           "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy",
-          "description": "The configuration parameters for the autoscaling algorithm. You can define one or more signals for an autoscaler: cpuUtilization, customMetricUtilizations, and loadBalancingUtilization.\n\nIf none of these are specified, the default will be to autoscale based on cpuUtilization to 0.6 or 60%."
+          "description": "The configuration parameters for the autoscaling algorithm. You can define one or more signals for an autoscaler: cpuUtilization, customMetricUtilizations, and loadBalancingUtilization. If none of these are specified, the default will be to autoscale based on cpuUtilization to 0.6 or 60%."
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
@@ -38393,7 +39439,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the autoscaler configuration. Current set of possible values:  \n- PENDING: Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration. \n- DELETING: Configuration is being deleted. \n- ACTIVE: Configuration is acknowledged to be effective. Some warnings might be present in the statusDetails field. \n- ERROR: Configuration has errors. Actionable for users. Details are present in the statusDetails field.  New values might be added in the future.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the autoscaler configuration. Current set of possible values: - PENDING: Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration. - DELETING: Configuration is being deleted. - ACTIVE: Configuration is acknowledged to be effective. Some warnings might be present in the statusDetails field. - ERROR: Configuration has errors. Actionable for users. Details are present in the statusDetails field. New values might be added in the future.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DELETING",
@@ -38401,10 +39447,10 @@
             "PENDING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Configuration is acknowledged to be effective",
+            "Configuration is being deleted",
+            "Configuration has errors. Actionable for users.",
+            "Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38455,7 +39501,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "unreachables": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -38494,36 +39540,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38610,36 +39656,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38673,7 +39719,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of error, warning, or notice returned. Current set of possible values:  \n- ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY (WARNING): All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state). \n- BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): There is no backend service attached to the instance group. \n- CAPPED_AT_MAX_NUM_REPLICAS (WARNING): Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas. \n- CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS_TOO_SPARSE (WARNING): The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling. \n- CUSTOM_METRIC_INVALID (ERROR): The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels. \n- MIN_EQUALS_MAX (WARNING): The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group. \n- MISSING_CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling. \n- MISSING_LOAD_BALANCING_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer. \n- MODE_OFF (WARNING): Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved. \n- MODE_ONLY_UP (WARNING): Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. The autoscaler can add instances but not remove any. \n- MORE_THAN_ONE_BACKEND_SERVICE (ERROR): The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it. \n- NOT_ENOUGH_QUOTA_AVAILABLE (ERROR): There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances. \n- REGION_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): Shown only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region. \n- SCALING_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): The target to be scaled does not exist. \n- UNSUPPORTED_MAX_RATE_LOAD_BALANCING_CONFIGURATION (ERROR): Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate. \n- ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout.  New values might be added in the future. Some of the values might not be available in all API versions.",
+          "description": "The type of error, warning, or notice returned. Current set of possible values: - ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY (WARNING): All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state). - BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): There is no backend service attached to the instance group. - CAPPED_AT_MAX_NUM_REPLICAS (WARNING): Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas. - CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS_TOO_SPARSE (WARNING): The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling. - CUSTOM_METRIC_INVALID (ERROR): The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels. - MIN_EQUALS_MAX (WARNING): The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group. - MISSING_CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling. - MISSING_LOAD_BALANCING_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer. - MODE_OFF (WARNING): Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved. - MODE_ONLY_UP (WARNING): Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. The autoscaler can add instances but not remove any. - MORE_THAN_ONE_BACKEND_SERVICE (ERROR): The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it. - NOT_ENOUGH_QUOTA_AVAILABLE (ERROR): There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances. - REGION_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): Shown only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region. - SCALING_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): The target to be scaled does not exist. - UNSUPPORTED_MAX_RATE_LOAD_BALANCING_CONFIGURATION (ERROR): Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate. - ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout. New values might be added in the future. Some of the values might not be available in all API versions.",
           "enum": [
             "ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY",
             "BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST",
@@ -38697,26 +39743,26 @@
             "ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state).",
+            "There is no backend service attached to the instance group.",
+            "Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas.",
+            "The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling.",
+            "The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels.",
+            "The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group.",
+            "The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling.",
+            "The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer.",
+            "Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved.",
+            "Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only scale out\" mode. Instances in the group will be only added.",
+            "Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. Instances in the group will be only added.",
+            "The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it.",
+            "There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances.",
+            "Showed only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region.",
+            "The target to be scaled does not exist.",
+            "For some scaling schedules minRequiredReplicas is greater than maxNumReplicas. Autoscaler always recommends at most maxNumReplicas instances.",
+            "For some scaling schedules minRequiredReplicas is less than minNumReplicas. Autoscaler always recommends at least minNumReplicas instances.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate.",
+            "For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -38766,36 +39812,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38826,7 +39872,7 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "coolDownPeriodSec": {
-          "description": "The number of seconds that the autoscaler waits before it starts collecting information from a new instance. This prevents the autoscaler from collecting information when the instance is initializing, during which the collected usage would not be reliable. The default time autoscaler waits is 60 seconds.\n\nVirtual machine initialization times might vary because of numerous factors. We recommend that you test how long an instance may take to initialize. To do this, create an instance and time the startup process.",
+          "description": "The number of seconds that the autoscaler waits before it starts collecting information from a new instance. This prevents the autoscaler from collecting information when the instance is initializing, during which the collected usage would not be reliable. The default time autoscaler waits is 60 seconds. Virtual machine initialization times might vary because of numerous factors. We recommend that you test how long an instance may take to initialize. To do this, create an instance and time the startup process.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -38864,10 +39910,10 @@
             "ONLY_UP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not automatically scale the MIG in or out. The recommended_size field contains the size of MIG that would be set if the actuation mode was enabled.",
+            "Automatically scale the MIG in and out according to the policy.",
+            "Automatically create VMs according to the policy, but do not scale the MIG in.",
+            "Automatically create VMs according to the policy, but do not scale the MIG in."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38892,7 +39938,7 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicyCpuUtilization",
       "properties": {
         "predictiveMethod": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether predictive autoscaling based on CPU metric is enabled. Valid values are:\n\n* NONE (default). No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics. * OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY. Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether predictive autoscaling based on CPU metric is enabled. Valid values are: * NONE (default). No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics. * OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY. Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY",
@@ -38900,15 +39946,15 @@
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics",
+            "Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand. This value is being DEPRECATED - it won't be promoted to beta and v1. Use OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY instead."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "utilizationTarget": {
-          "description": "The target CPU utilization that the autoscaler maintains. Must be a float value in the range (0, 1]. If not specified, the default is 0.6.\n\nIf the CPU level is below the target utilization, the autoscaler scales in the number of instances until it reaches the minimum number of instances you specified or until the average CPU of your instances reaches the target utilization.\n\nIf the average CPU is above the target utilization, the autoscaler scales out until it reaches the maximum number of instances you specified or until the average utilization reaches the target utilization.",
+          "description": "The target CPU utilization that the autoscaler maintains. Must be a float value in the range (0, 1]. If not specified, the default is 0.6. If the CPU level is below the target utilization, the autoscaler scales in the number of instances until it reaches the minimum number of instances you specified or until the average CPU of your instances reaches the target utilization. If the average CPU is above the target utilization, the autoscaler scales out until it reaches the maximum number of instances you specified or until the average utilization reaches the target utilization.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -38920,20 +39966,20 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicyCustomMetricUtilization",
       "properties": {
         "filter": {
-          "description": "A filter string, compatible with a Stackdriver Monitoring filter string for TimeSeries.list API call. This filter is used to select a specific TimeSeries for the purpose of autoscaling and to determine whether the metric is exporting per-instance or per-group data.\n\nFor the filter to be valid for autoscaling purposes, the following rules apply:  \n- You can only use the AND operator for joining selectors. \n- You can only use direct equality comparison operator (=) without any functions for each selector. \n- You can specify the metric in both the filter string and in the metric field. However, if specified in both places, the metric must be identical. \n- The monitored resource type determines what kind of values are expected for the metric. If it is a gce_instance, the autoscaler expects the metric to include a separate TimeSeries for each instance in a group. In such a case, you cannot filter on resource labels.\nIf the resource type is any other value, the autoscaler expects this metric to contain values that apply to the entire autoscaled instance group and resource label filtering can be performed to point autoscaler at the correct TimeSeries to scale upon. This is called a per-group metric for the purpose of autoscaling.\n\nIf not specified, the type defaults to gce_instance.  \n\nTry to provide a filter that is selective enough to pick just one TimeSeries for the autoscaled group or for each of the instances (if you are using gce_instance resource type). If multiple TimeSeries are returned upon the query execution, the autoscaler will sum their respective values to obtain its scaling value.",
+          "description": "A filter string, compatible with a Stackdriver Monitoring filter string for TimeSeries.list API call. This filter is used to select a specific TimeSeries for the purpose of autoscaling and to determine whether the metric is exporting per-instance or per-group data. For the filter to be valid for autoscaling purposes, the following rules apply: - You can only use the AND operator for joining selectors. - You can only use direct equality comparison operator (=) without any functions for each selector. - You can specify the metric in both the filter string and in the metric field. However, if specified in both places, the metric must be identical. - The monitored resource type determines what kind of values are expected for the metric. If it is a gce_instance, the autoscaler expects the metric to include a separate TimeSeries for each instance in a group. In such a case, you cannot filter on resource labels. If the resource type is any other value, the autoscaler expects this metric to contain values that apply to the entire autoscaled instance group and resource label filtering can be performed to point autoscaler at the correct TimeSeries to scale upon. This is called a *per-group metric* for the purpose of autoscaling. If not specified, the type defaults to gce_instance. Try to provide a filter that is selective enough to pick just one TimeSeries for the autoscaled group or for each of the instances (if you are using gce_instance resource type). If multiple TimeSeries are returned upon the query execution, the autoscaler will sum their respective values to obtain its scaling value.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metric": {
-          "description": "The identifier (type) of the Stackdriver Monitoring metric. The metric cannot have negative values.\n\nThe metric must have a value type of INT64 or DOUBLE.",
+          "description": "The identifier (type) of the Stackdriver Monitoring metric. The metric cannot have negative values. The metric must have a value type of INT64 or DOUBLE.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "singleInstanceAssignment": {
-          "description": "If scaling is based on a per-group metric value that represents the total amount of work to be done or resource usage, set this value to an amount assigned for a single instance of the scaled group. Autoscaler keeps the number of instances proportional to the value of this metric. The metric itself does not change value due to group resizing.\n\nA good metric to use with the target is for example pubsub.googleapis.com/subscription/num_undelivered_messages or a custom metric exporting the total number of requests coming to your instances.\n\nA bad example would be a metric exporting an average or median latency, since this value can't include a chunk assignable to a single instance, it could be better used with utilization_target instead.",
+          "description": "If scaling is based on a per-group metric value that represents the total amount of work to be done or resource usage, set this value to an amount assigned for a single instance of the scaled group. Autoscaler keeps the number of instances proportional to the value of this metric. The metric itself does not change value due to group resizing. A good metric to use with the target is for example pubsub.googleapis.com/subscription/num_undelivered_messages or a custom metric exporting the total number of requests coming to your instances. A bad example would be a metric exporting an average or median latency, since this value can't include a chunk assignable to a single instance, it could be better used with utilization_target instead.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "utilizationTarget": {
-          "description": "The target value of the metric that autoscaler maintains. This must be a positive value. A utilization metric scales number of virtual machines handling requests to increase or decrease proportionally to the metric.\n\nFor example, a good metric to use as a utilization_target is https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/instance/network/received_bytes_count. The autoscaler works to keep this value constant for each of the instances.",
+          "description": "The target value of the metric that autoscaler maintains. This must be a positive value. A utilization metric scales number of virtual machines handling requests to increase or decrease proportionally to the metric. For example, a good metric to use as a utilization_target is https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/instance/network/received_bytes_count. The autoscaler works to keep this value constant for each of the instances.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -38945,9 +39991,9 @@
             "GAUGE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a cumulative or delta metric, expressed as the rate of growth per minute.",
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a cumulative or delta metric, expressed as the rate of growth per second.",
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a gauge metric. The autoscaler will collect the average utilization of the virtual machines from the last couple of minutes, and compare the value to the utilization target value to perform autoscaling."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -39025,7 +40071,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "timeZone": {
-          "description": "The time zone to use when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the tz database: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tz_database. This field is assigned a default value of ?UTC? if left empty.",
+          "description": "The time zone to use when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the tz database: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tz_database. This field is assigned a default value of \u201cUTC\u201d if left empty.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -39036,21 +40082,21 @@
       "id": "Backend",
       "properties": {
         "balancingMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see  Connection balancing mode.",
+          "description": "Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.",
           "enum": [
             "CONNECTION",
             "RATE",
             "UTILIZATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.",
+            "Balance based on requests per second (RPS).",
+            "Balance based on the backend utilization."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "capacityScaler": {
-          "description": "A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.\n\nNot supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing",
+          "description": "A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -39063,40 +40109,41 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "group": {
-          "description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme.\n\n \n- When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing),  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. \n\n\n- When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported.  \n\nFor regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service.\n\nYou must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
+          "description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maxConnections": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxConnectionsPerInstance": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxRate": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxRatePerEndpoint": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "maxRatePerInstance": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "maxUtilization": {
+          "description": "Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -39104,7 +40151,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendBucket": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.\n\nThis Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load balancer. For more information, read Backend Buckets.",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource. This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load balancer. For more information, read Backend Buckets.",
       "id": "BackendBucket",
       "properties": {
         "bucketName": {
@@ -39116,14 +40163,14 @@
           "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket."
         },
         "compressionMode": {
-          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client?s Accept-Encoding header.",
+          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.",
           "enum": [
             "AUTOMATIC",
             "DISABLED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.",
+            "Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39192,7 +40239,7 @@
           "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy."
         },
         "cacheMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are:\n\nUSE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.\n\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.\n\nCACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
           "enum": [
             "CACHE_ALL_STATIC",
             "FORCE_CACHE_ALL",
@@ -39200,10 +40247,10 @@
             "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+            "Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39367,36 +40414,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39423,11 +40470,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendService": {
-      "description": "Represents a Backend Service resource.\n\nA backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly.\n\nBackend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped.\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionBackendServices)\n\nFor more information, see Backend Services.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.backendService ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.",
       "id": "BackendService",
       "properties": {
         "affinityCookieTtlSec": {
-          "description": "Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE.\n\nIf set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400).\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -39440,20 +40487,20 @@
         },
         "cdnPolicy": {
           "$ref": "BackendServiceCdnPolicy",
-          "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for  external HTTP(S) Load Balancing."
+          "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types."
         },
         "circuitBreakers": {
           "$ref": "CircuitBreakers"
         },
         "compressionMode": {
-          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client?s Accept-Encoding header.",
+          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.",
           "enum": [
             "AUTOMATIC",
             "DISABLED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.",
+            "Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39465,21 +40512,21 @@
         },
         "consistentHash": {
           "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings",
-          "description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "customRequestHeaders": {
-          "description": "Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.",
+          "description": "Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "customResponseHeaders": {
-          "description": "Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.",
+          "description": "Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -39494,20 +40541,20 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enableCDN": {
-          "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.",
+          "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "failoverPolicy": {
           "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend."
+          "description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview)."
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See  Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
+          "description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -39528,7 +40575,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "loadBalancingScheme": {
-          "description": "Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose  INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose  INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.",
+          "description": "Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "EXTERNAL_MANAGED",
@@ -39538,17 +40585,17 @@
             "INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, or TCP Proxy Load Balancing.",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+            "Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "localityLbPolicy": {
-          "description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are:  \n- ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. \n- LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. \n- RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. \n- RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. \n- ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. \n- MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 \n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nIf sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect.\n\nOnly the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "enum": [
             "INVALID_LB_POLICY",
             "LEAST_REQUEST",
@@ -39560,12 +40607,12 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.",
+            "This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824",
+            "Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.",
+            "The load balancer selects a random healthy host.",
+            "The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.",
+            "This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39575,7 +40622,7 @@
         },
         "maxStreamDuration": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.\nIf not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.\nThis value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.\nThis field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
@@ -39588,19 +40635,19 @@
         },
         "outlierDetection": {
           "$ref": "OutlierDetection",
-          "description": "Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "port": {
-          "description": "Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80.\n\nBackend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.",
+          "description": "Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "portName": {
-          "description": "A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs.\n\n\n\nBackend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.",
+          "description": "A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "protocol": {
-          "description": "The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends.\n\nPossible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information.\n\nMust be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "enum": [
             "ALL",
             "GRPC",
@@ -39613,15 +40660,15 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "ALL includes TCP, UDP, ICMP, ESP, AH and SCTP. Note that this should never be used together with target_xx_proxies.",
+            "gRPC (available for Traffic Director).",
             "",
+            "HTTP/2 with SSL.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "TCP proxying with SSL.",
+            "TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.",
+            "UDP.",
+            "If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39635,7 +40682,7 @@
         },
         "securitySettings": {
           "$ref": "SecuritySettings",
-          "description": "This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "
         },
         "selfLink": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
@@ -39646,7 +40693,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionAffinity": {
-          "description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL:\n\n* For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or  CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "enum": [
             "CLIENT_IP",
             "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -39658,14 +40705,14 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.",
+            "1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "The hash is based on a user specified header field.",
+            "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.",
+            "No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39749,36 +40796,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39820,7 +40867,7 @@
           "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy."
         },
         "cacheMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are:\n\nUSE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.\n\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.\n\nCACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
           "enum": [
             "CACHE_ALL_STATIC",
             "FORCE_CACHE_ALL",
@@ -39828,10 +40875,10 @@
             "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+            "Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39918,7 +40965,7 @@
       "id": "BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": {
-          "description": "Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL.\n\nIf set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP.\n\nIf set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy).\n\nIf set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.",
+          "description": "Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.",
           "enum": [
             "ALWAYS_PERSIST",
             "DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL",
@@ -39931,13 +40978,17 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "enableStrongAffinity": {
+          "description": "Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "idleTimeoutSec": {
-          "description": "Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds).\n\nFor L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours.\n\nFor NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours.\n\nThis field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.",
+          "description": "Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "trackingMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options:\n\nPER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol.\n\nPER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.",
+          "description": "Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.",
           "enum": [
             "INVALID_TRACKING_MODE",
             "PER_CONNECTION",
@@ -39954,19 +41005,19 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy": {
-      "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes).",
+      "description": "For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes).",
       "id": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": {
-          "description": "This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": {
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "failoverRatio": {
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.",
+          "description": "The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -40015,7 +41066,7 @@
           "description": "[Input Only] OAuth client info required to generate client id to be used for IAP."
         },
         "oauth2ClientSecret": {
-          "description": "OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field.",
+          "description": "OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "oauth2ClientSecretSha256": {
@@ -40104,36 +41155,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40227,36 +41278,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40283,7 +41334,6 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BfdPacket": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "BfdPacket",
       "properties": {
         "authenticationPresent": {
@@ -40551,15 +41601,15 @@
       "id": "Binding",
       "properties": {
         "bindingId": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "condition": {
           "$ref": "Expr",
-          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding.\n\nIf the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request.\n\nIf the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.\n\nTo learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
+          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
         },
         "members": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values:\n\n* `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account.\n\n* `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.\n\n* `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` .\n\n\n\n* `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.\n\n* `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`.\n\n* `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding.\n\n* `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding.\n\n* `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.\n\n\n\n* `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.",
+          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -40573,7 +41623,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BulkInsertInstanceResource": {
-      "description": "A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.",
+      "description": "A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.",
       "id": "BulkInsertInstanceResource",
       "properties": {
         "count": {
@@ -40599,7 +41649,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "namePattern": {
-          "description": "The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.",
+          "description": "The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "perInstanceProperties": {
@@ -40609,22 +41659,8 @@
           "description": "Per-instance properties to be set on individual instances. Keys of this map specify requested instance names. Can be empty if name_pattern is used.",
           "type": "object"
         },
-        "predefinedNames": {
-          "description": "DEPRECATED: Please use per_instance_properties instead.",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "secureTags": {
-          "description": "DEPRECATED: Please use instance_properties.secure_tag instead. Secure tags to apply to this instance. These can be later modified by the update method. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50.",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
         "sourceInstanceTemplate": {
-          "description": "Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396.\n\nIt can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate  \n\nThis field is optional.",
+          "description": "Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -40706,15 +41742,15 @@
       "id": "CallCredentials",
       "properties": {
         "callCredentialType": {
-          "description": "The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following:  \n- GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.\n- FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.",
+          "description": "The type of call credentials to use for GRPC requests to the SDS server. This field can be set to one of the following: - GCE_VM: The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server. - FROM_PLUGIN: Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.",
           "enum": [
             "FROM_PLUGIN",
             "GCE_VM",
             "INVALID"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Custom authenticator credentials are used to access the SDS server.",
+            "The local GCE VM service account credentials are used to access the SDS server.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -40742,8 +41778,8 @@
             "INVALID"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Use TLS certificates to access the SDS server.",
+            "Use local GCE VM credentials to access the SDS server.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -40752,7 +41788,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "CircuitBreakers": {
-      "description": "Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.",
+      "description": "Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.",
       "id": "CircuitBreakers",
       "properties": {
         "connectTimeout": {
@@ -40804,10 +41840,10 @@
             "SIMPLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Do not setup a TLS connection to the backends.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.",
+            "Originate a TLS connection to the backends."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -40826,7 +41862,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Commitment": {
-      "description": "Represents a regional Commitment resource.\n\nCreating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a regional Commitment resource. Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts.",
       "id": "Commitment",
       "properties": {
         "autoRenew": {
@@ -41039,36 +42075,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41155,36 +42191,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41253,36 +42289,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41309,11 +42345,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Condition": {
-      "description": "A condition to be met.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "Condition",
       "properties": {
         "iam": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes supplied by the IAM system.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "APPROVER",
             "ATTRIBUTION",
@@ -41325,19 +42361,19 @@
             "SECURITY_REALM"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "op": {
-          "description": "An operator to apply the subject with.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "DISCHARGED",
             "EQUALS",
@@ -41347,21 +42383,21 @@
             "NO_OP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "svc": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes discharged by the service.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sys": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes supplied by any service that owns resources and uses the IAM system for access control.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "IP",
             "NAME",
@@ -41370,16 +42406,16 @@
             "SERVICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "values": {
-          "description": "The objects of the condition.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -41455,7 +42491,7 @@
       "id": "CorsPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "allowCredentials": {
-          "description": "In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header.\nDefault is false.",
+          "description": "In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "allowHeaders": {
@@ -41473,14 +42509,14 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "allowOriginRegexes": {
-          "description": "Specifies the regualar expression patterns that match allowed origins. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nAn origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
+          "description": "Specifies the regualar expression patterns that match allowed origins. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "allowOrigins": {
-          "description": "Specifies the list of origins that will be allowed to do CORS requests.\nAn origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
+          "description": "Specifies the list of origins that will be allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -41521,7 +42557,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "rsaEncryptedKey": {
-          "description": "Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.\n\nThe key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine:  \n- The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. \n- After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding.  Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:\nhttps://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem",
+          "description": "Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sha256": {
@@ -41583,13 +42619,13 @@
         },
         "stateOverride": {
           "$ref": "RolloutPolicy",
-          "description": "The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state."
+          "description": "The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Disk": {
-      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Disk resources:\n\n* [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionDisks)\n\nPersistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options.\n\nThe disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks.\n\nThe regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read  Regional resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.disks ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionDisks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionDisks) Persistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options. The disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional resources.",
       "id": "Disk",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -41602,14 +42638,14 @@
         },
         "diskEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine).\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later."
         },
         "eraseWindowsVssSignature": {
           "description": "Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -41640,7 +42676,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41702,7 +42738,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provisionedIops": {
-          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.",
+          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41737,12 +42773,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sizeGb": {
-          "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk.\n\nIf you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.",
+          "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- regions/region/disks/disk",
+          "description": "The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskId": {
@@ -41750,7 +42786,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set.\n\nTo create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9\n\n\nAlternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD\n\n\nTo create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format:\nglobal/images/my-custom-image\n\n\nYou can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name:\nglobal/images/family/my-image-family",
+          "description": "The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
@@ -41762,15 +42798,15 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInPlaceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "[Deprecated] The source in-place snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots \n- projects/project/global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots \n- global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots",
+          "description": "[Deprecated] The source in-place snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots - projects/project/global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots - global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInPlaceSnapshotId": {
-          "description": "[Deprecated] [Output Only] The unique ID of the in-place snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact in-place snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an in-place snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source in-place snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the in-place snapshot that was used.",
+          "description": "Deprecated The unique ID of the in-place snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact in-place snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an in-place snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source in-place snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the in-place snapshot that was used.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstantSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The source instant snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot \n- zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot",
+          "description": "The source instant snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstantSnapshotId": {
@@ -41778,7 +42814,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot \n- projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot \n- global/snapshots/snapshot",
+          "description": "The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -41794,7 +42830,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation.  \n- CREATING: Disk is provisioning. \n- RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. \n- FAILED: Disk creation failed. \n- READY: Disk is ready for use. \n- DELETING: Disk is deleting.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. ",
           "enum": [
             "CREATING",
             "DELETING",
@@ -41803,11 +42839,11 @@
             "RESTORING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Disk is provisioning",
+            "Disk is deleting.",
+            "Disk creation failed.",
+            "Disk is ready for use.",
+            "Source data is being copied into the disk."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41824,11 +42860,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard  or pd-ssd",
+          "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "userLicenses": {
-          "description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license:\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch",
+          "description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -41916,36 +42952,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41988,7 +43024,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instantiateFrom": {
-          "description": "Specifies whether to include the disk and what image to use. Possible values are:  \n- source-image: to use the same image that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- source-image-family: to use the same image family that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- custom-image: to use a user-provided image url for disk creation. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- attach-read-only: to attach a read-only disk. Applicable to read-only disks. \n- do-not-include: to exclude a disk from the template. Applicable to additional read-write disks, local SSDs, and read-only disks.",
+          "description": "Specifies whether to include the disk and what image to use. Possible values are: - source-image: to use the same image that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - source-image-family: to use the same image family that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - custom-image: to use a user-provided image url for disk creation. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - attach-read-only: to attach a read-only disk. Applicable to read-only disks. - do-not-include: to exclude a disk from the template. Applicable to additional read-write disks, local SSDs, and read-only disks. ",
           "enum": [
             "ATTACH_READ_ONLY",
             "BLANK",
@@ -41999,13 +43035,13 @@
             "SOURCE_IMAGE_FAMILY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attach the existing disk in read-only mode. The request will fail if the disk was attached in read-write mode on the source instance. Applicable to: read-only disks.",
+            "Create a blank disk. The disk will be created unformatted. Applicable to: additional read-write disks, local SSDs.",
+            "Use the custom image specified in the custom_image field. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks.",
+            "Use the default instantiation option for the corresponding type of disk. For boot disk and any other R/W disks, new custom images will be created from each disk. For read-only disks, they will be attached in read-only mode. Local SSD disks will be created as blank volumes.",
+            "Do not include the disk in the instance template. Applicable to: additional read-write disks, local SSDs, read-only disks.",
+            "Use the same source image used for creation of the source instance's corresponding disk. The request will fail if the source VM's disk was created from a snapshot. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks.",
+            "Use the same source image family used for creation of the source instance's corresponding disk. The request will fail if the source image of the source disk does not belong to any image family. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -42073,36 +43109,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42132,18 +43168,18 @@
       "id": "DiskMoveRequest",
       "properties": {
         "destinationZone": {
-          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the disk. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n- projects/project/zones/zone \n- zones/zone",
+          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the disk. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone - projects/project/zones/zone - zones/zone ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetDisk": {
-          "description": "The URL of the target disk to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a disk:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk",
+          "description": "The URL of the target disk to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a disk: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "DiskType": {
-      "description": "Represents a Disk Type resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Disk Type resources:\n\n* [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionDiskTypes) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/diskTypes)\n\nYou can choose from a variety of disk types based on your needs. For more information, read Storage options.\n\nThe diskTypes resource represents disk types for a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks.\n\nThe regionDiskTypes resource represents disk types for a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional persistent disks. (== resource_for {$api_version}.diskTypes ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionDiskTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Disk Type resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk Type resources: * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionDiskTypes) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/diskTypes) You can choose from a variety of disk types based on your needs. For more information, read Storage options. The diskTypes resource represents disk types for a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDiskTypes resource represents disk types for a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional persistent disks.",
       "id": "DiskType",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -42269,36 +43305,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42385,36 +43421,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42483,36 +43519,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42542,7 +43578,7 @@
       "id": "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "resourcePolicies": {
-          "description": "Resource policies to be added to this disk. Currently you can only specify one policy here.",
+          "description": "Full or relative path to the resource policy to be added to this disk. You can only specify one resource policy.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -42618,36 +43654,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42695,9 +43731,9 @@
             "EVEN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The group picks zones for creating VM instances to fulfill the requested number of VMs within present resource constraints and to maximize utilization of unused zonal reservations. Recommended for batch workloads that do not require high availability.",
+            "The group prioritizes acquisition of resources, scheduling VMs in zones where resources are available while distributing VMs as evenly as possible across selected zones to minimize the impact of zonal failure. Recommended for highly available serving workloads.",
+            "The group schedules VM instance creation and deletion to achieve and maintain an even number of managed instances across the selected zones. The distribution is even when the number of managed instances does not differ by more than 1 between any two zones. Recommended for highly available serving workloads."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42772,9 +43808,9 @@
             "SUBNET_PEERING_ROUTE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "For routes exported from local network.",
+            "The peering route.",
+            "The peering route corresponding to subnetwork range."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -42841,36 +43877,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42897,7 +43933,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Expr": {
-      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.\n\nExample (Comparison):\n\ntitle: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\"\n\nExample (Equality):\n\ntitle: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\"\n\nExample (Logic):\n\ntitle: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\"\n\nExample (Data Manipulation):\n\ntitle: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\"\n\nThe exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
+      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
       "id": "Expr",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
@@ -42920,7 +43956,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ExternalVpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents an external VPN gateway.\n\nExternal VPN gateway is the on-premises VPN gateway(s) or another cloud provider's VPN gateway that connects to your Google Cloud VPN gateway.\n\nTo create a highly available VPN from Google Cloud Platform to your VPN gateway or another cloud provider's VPN gateway, you must create a external VPN gateway resource with information about the other gateway.\n\nFor more information about using external VPN gateways, see  Creating an HA VPN gateway and tunnel pair to a peer VPN. (== resource_for {$api_version}.externalVpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an external VPN gateway. External VPN gateway is the on-premises VPN gateway(s) or another cloud provider's VPN gateway that connects to your Google Cloud VPN gateway. To create a highly available VPN from Google Cloud Platform to your VPN gateway or another cloud provider's VPN gateway, you must create a external VPN gateway resource with information about the other gateway. For more information about using external VPN gateways, see Creating an HA VPN gateway and tunnel pair to a peer VPN.",
       "id": "ExternalVpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -42937,7 +43973,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "interfaces": {
-          "description": "List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway.\n\nIf your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers? gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.",
+          "description": "A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ExternalVpnGatewayInterface"
           },
@@ -42949,7 +43985,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this ExternalVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an ExternalVpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this ExternalVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an ExternalVpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42978,9 +44014,9 @@
             "TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The external VPN gateway has four public IP addresses; at the time of writing this API, the AWS virtual private gateway is an example which has four public IP addresses for high availability connections; there should be two VPN connections in the AWS virtual private gateway , each AWS VPN connection has two public IP addresses; please make sure to put two public IP addresses from one AWS VPN connection into interfaces 0 and 1 of this external VPN gateway, and put the other two public IP addresses from another AWS VPN connection into interfaces 2 and 3 of this external VPN gateway. When displaying highly available configuration status for the VPN tunnels connected to FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY external VPN gateway, Google will always detect whether interfaces 0 and 1 are connected on one interface of HA Cloud VPN gateway, and detect whether interfaces 2 and 3 are connected to another interface of the HA Cloud VPN gateway.",
+            "The external VPN gateway has only one public IP address which internally provide redundancy or failover.",
+            "The external VPN gateway has two public IP addresses which are redundant with each other, the following two types of setup on your on-premises side would have this type of redundancy: (1) Two separate on-premises gateways, each with one public IP address, the two on-premises gateways are redundant with each other. (2) A single on-premise gateway with two public IP addresses that are redundant with eatch other."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42996,7 +44032,7 @@
       "id": "ExternalVpnGatewayInterface",
       "properties": {
         "id": {
-          "description": "The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: \n- SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 \n- TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 \n- FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3",
+          "description": "The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3 ",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -43027,7 +44063,7 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#externalVpnGatewayList",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#externalVpnGatewayList  for lists of externalVpnGateways.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#externalVpnGatewayList for lists of externalVpnGateways.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
@@ -43071,36 +44107,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43152,7 +44188,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Firewall": {
-      "description": "Represents a Firewall Rule resource.\n\nFirewall rules allow or deny ingress traffic to, and egress traffic from your instances. For more information, read Firewall rules.",
+      "description": "Represents a Firewall Rule resource. Firewall rules allow or deny ingress traffic to, and egress traffic from your instances. For more information, read Firewall rules.",
       "id": "Firewall",
       "properties": {
         "allowed": {
@@ -43164,7 +44200,7 @@
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "ports": {
-                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
                 "items": {
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -43188,7 +44224,7 @@
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "ports": {
-                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
                 "items": {
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -43204,7 +44240,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "destinationRanges": {
-          "description": "If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.",
+          "description": "If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -43217,8 +44253,8 @@
             "INGRESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that firewall should apply to outgoing traffic.",
+            "Indicates that firewall should apply to incoming traffic."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -43256,7 +44292,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used:\nglobal/networks/default\nIf you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network \n- projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network \n- global/networks/default",
+          "description": "URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "priority": {
@@ -43273,7 +44309,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceRanges": {
-          "description": "If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.",
+          "description": "If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -43371,36 +44407,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43468,7 +44504,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "FirewallPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Firewall Policy resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.firewallPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Firewall Policy resource.",
       "id": "FirewallPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "associations": {
@@ -43487,12 +44523,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -43539,7 +44575,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "shortName": {
-          "description": "User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -43628,36 +44664,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43763,7 +44799,7 @@
       "id": "FirewallPolicyRuleMatcher",
       "properties": {
         "destIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -43777,7 +44813,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "srcIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -43801,7 +44837,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -43838,7 +44874,7 @@
       "id": "FixedOrPercent",
       "properties": {
         "calculated": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode.\n\n \n- If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. \n- If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. ",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -43856,15 +44892,15 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ForwardingRule": {
-      "description": "Represents a Forwarding Rule resource.\n\nForwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/forwardingRules)\n\nA forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway).\n\nFor more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.forwardingRules ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalForwardingRules ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionForwardingRules ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.",
       "id": "ForwardingRule",
       "properties": {
         "IPAddress": {
-          "description": "IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule.\n\nIf you don't specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address:\n\n* IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in:  \n- projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name \n- regions/region/addresses/address-name \n- global/addresses/address-name \n- address-name  \n\nThe loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule's target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications).\n\nMust be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n\nFor Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.",
+          "description": "IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don't specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule's target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "IPProtocol": {
-          "description": "The IP protocol to which this rule applies.\n\nFor protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.\n\nThe valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:  \n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. \n- Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.  \n- Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. \n- HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. \n- Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.",
+          "description": "The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).",
           "enum": [
             "AH",
             "ALL",
@@ -43888,7 +44924,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "allPorts": {
-          "description": "This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.\n\nYou can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nFor TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.",
+          "description": "This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "allowGlobalAccess": {
@@ -43908,7 +44944,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -43941,7 +44977,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this resource, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this resource, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -43953,7 +44989,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "loadBalancingScheme": {
-          "description": "Specifies the forwarding rule type.\n\n \n- EXTERNAL is used for:  \n- Classic Cloud VPN gateways \n- Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address \n- HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing    \n- INTERNAL is used for:  \n- Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address \n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing   \n- INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for:  \n- Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing   \n- INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for:  \n- Traffic Director    \n\nFor more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.",
+          "description": "Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "EXTERNAL_MANAGED",
@@ -43973,23 +45009,23 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metadataFilters": {
-          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match.\nmetadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references.\nmetadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilter"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "This field is not used for external load balancing.\n\nFor Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used.\n\nFor Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.",
+          "description": "This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.\n\nFor regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.\n\nIf this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.",
           "enum": [
             "FIXED_STANDARD",
             "PREMIUM",
@@ -43998,20 +45034,20 @@
             "STANDARD_OVERRIDES_FIXED_STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Public internet quality with fixed bandwidth.",
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Price competitive network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products.",
+            "(Output only) Temporary tier for FIXED_STANDARD when fixed standard tier is expired or not configured."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portRange": {
-          "description": "This field can be used only if:  \n- Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL,  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED \n- IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.  \n\nPackets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or  backend_service.\n\nYou can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nForwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.\n\nSome types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:  \n- TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 \n- TargetHttpsProxy: 443 \n- TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints \n- TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 \n- TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 \n- TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500",
+          "description": "This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\\\d+(?:-\\\\d+)?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends.\n\nYou can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nYou can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.\n\nForwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.\n\nFor more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).",
+          "description": "The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\\\d+(?:-\\\\d+)?",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -44031,10 +45067,10 @@
             "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "The connection has been accepted by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve traffic going forward.",
+            "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been rejected by the producer.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -44052,19 +45088,19 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceDirectoryRegistrations": {
-          "description": "Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.\n\nIt is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ForwardingRuleServiceDirectoryRegistration"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "serviceLabel": {
-          "description": "An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name.\n\nThe label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.\n\nThis field is only used for internal load balancing.",
+          "description": "An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceName": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.\n\nThis field is only used for internal load balancing.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceIpRanges": {
@@ -44075,7 +45111,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "subnetwork": {
-          "description": "This field is only used for internal load balancing.\n\nFor internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.\n\nIf the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.",
+          "description": "This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "target": {
@@ -44152,36 +45188,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44268,36 +45304,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44394,36 +45430,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44467,7 +45503,6 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#futureReservation",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -44547,7 +45582,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "lockTime": {
-          "description": "Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.",
+          "description": "Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "procurementStatus": {
@@ -44566,17 +45601,17 @@
             "PROVISIONING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Future reservation is approved by GCP.",
+            "Future reservation is cancelled by the customer.",
+            "Future reservation is committed by the customer.",
+            "Future reservation is rejected by GCP.",
+            "Future reservation failed. No additional reservations were provided.",
+            "Future reservation is partially fulfilled. Additional reservations were provided but did not reach total_count reserved instance slots.",
+            "Future reservation is fulfilled completely.",
+            "Future reservation is pending approval by GCP.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Future reservation is being procured by GCP. Beyond this point, Future reservation is locked and no further modifications are allowed.",
+            "Future reservation capacity is being provisioned. This state will be entered after start_time, while reservations are being created to provide total_count reserved instance slots. This state will not persist past start_time + 24h."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -44590,11 +45625,10 @@
           "$ref": "Duration"
         },
         "endTime": {
-          "description": "TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "startTime": {
-          "description": "Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string. TODO(b/183994731): Replace with Timestamp.",
+          "description": "Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -44621,7 +45655,6 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#futureReservationsAggregatedListResponse",
-          "description": "Type of resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
@@ -44672,36 +45705,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44746,7 +45779,6 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#futureReservationsListResponse",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource.Always compute#reservationsList for listsof reservations",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
@@ -44797,36 +45829,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44855,7 +45887,7 @@
     "FutureReservationsScopedList": {
       "id": "FutureReservationsScopedList",
       "properties": {
-        "resources": {
+        "futureReservations": {
           "description": "A list of future reservations contained in this scope.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "FutureReservation"
@@ -44895,36 +45927,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44954,7 +45986,7 @@
       "id": "GRPCHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "grpcServiceName": {
-          "description": "The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention:\n- Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend.\n- Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service.\nThe grpc_service_name can only be ASCII.",
+          "description": "The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "port": {
@@ -44967,16 +45999,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45110,7 +46142,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryPath": {
-          "description": "The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('/') or a nested namespace ('/\\/') or a specified key ('/\\/\\')",
+          "description": "The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('') or a nested namespace ('\\/') or a specified key ('\\/\\').",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryValue": {
@@ -45169,7 +46201,7 @@
       "id": "GuestOsFeature",
       "properties": {
         "type": {
-          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "enum": [
             "BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE",
             "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -45214,16 +46246,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45255,9 +46287,9 @@
             "ENABLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Health Checker will not parse the header field.",
+            "Health Checker will parse and report the weight in the header field, but load balancing will not be based on the weights and will use equal weights.",
+            "Health Checker will try to parse and report the weight in the header field, and load balancing will be based on the weights as long as all backends have a valid weight or only a subset of backends has the UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT WeightError. The latter case is to continue the weighted load balancing while some backends are in TIMEOUT or UNKNOWN health status."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45281,16 +46313,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45322,9 +46354,9 @@
             "ENABLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Health Checker will not parse the header field.",
+            "Health Checker will parse and report the weight in the header field, but load balancing will not be based on the weights and will use equal weights.",
+            "Health Checker will try to parse and report the weight in the header field, and load balancing will be based on the weights as long as all backends have a valid weight or only a subset of backends has the UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT WeightError. The latter case is to continue the weighted load balancing while some backends are in TIMEOUT or UNKNOWN health status."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45348,16 +46380,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45389,9 +46421,9 @@
             "ENABLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Health Checker will not parse the header field.",
+            "Health Checker will parse and report the weight in the header field, but load balancing will not be based on the weights and will use equal weights.",
+            "Health Checker will try to parse and report the weight in the header field, and load balancing will be based on the weights as long as all backends have a valid weight or only a subset of backends has the UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT WeightError. The latter case is to continue the weighted load balancing while some backends are in TIMEOUT or UNKNOWN health status."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45399,7 +46431,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a Health Check resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Health Check resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionHealthChecks)\n\nInternal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`).\n\nTraffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nInternal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nExternal HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nNetwork load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks).\n\nFor more information, see Health checks overview.",
+      "description": "Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.",
       "id": "HealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -45570,36 +46602,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45637,7 +46669,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckReference": {
-      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- global/httpHealthChecks/health-check",
+      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - global/httpHealthChecks/health-check ",
       "id": "HealthCheckReference",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheck": {
@@ -45647,7 +46679,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckService": {
-      "description": "Represents a Health-Check as a Service resource.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.regionHealthCheckServices ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Health-Check as a Service resource.",
       "id": "HealthCheckService",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -45664,33 +46696,33 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.  \n- NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. \n- AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .",
+          "description": "Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .",
           "enum": [
             "AND",
             "NO_AGGREGATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY.",
+            "An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthStatusAggregationStrategy": {
-          "description": "This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead.\n\nPolicy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated.  \n- NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. \n- AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .",
+          "description": "This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .",
           "enum": [
             "AND",
             "NO_AGGREGATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY.",
+            "This is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45710,14 +46742,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkEndpointGroups": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "notificationEndpoints": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -45807,36 +46839,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45863,7 +46895,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckServiceReference": {
-      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check service. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service \n- projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service \n- regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service",
+      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check service. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service - projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service - regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service ",
       "id": "HealthCheckServiceReference",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheckService": {
@@ -45932,36 +46964,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46030,36 +47062,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46153,36 +47185,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46251,36 +47283,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46360,10 +47392,10 @@
             "WEIGHT_NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The response to a Health Check probe had the HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight, but its content was invalid (i.e., not a non-negative single-precision floating-point number in decimal string representation).",
+            "The response to a Health Check probe did not have the HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight.",
+            "This is the value when the accompanied health status is either TIMEOUT (i.e.,the Health Check probe was not able to get a response in time) or UNKNOWN. For the latter, it should be typically because there has not been sufficient time to parse and report the weight for a new backend (which is with 0.0.0.0 ip address). However, it can be also due to an outage case for which the health status is explicitly reset to UNKNOWN.",
+            "This is the default value when WeightReportMode is DISABLE, and is also the initial value when WeightReportMode has just updated to ENABLE or DRY_RUN and there has not been sufficient time to parse and report the backend weight."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -46417,7 +47449,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "hosts": {
-          "description": "The list of host patterns to match. They must be valid hostnames with optional port numbers in the format host:port. * matches any string of ([a-z0-9-.]*). In that case, * must be the first character and must be followed in the pattern by either - or ..\n* based matching is not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The list of host patterns to match. They must be valid hostnames with optional port numbers in the format host:port. * matches any string of ([a-z0-9-.]*). In that case, * must be the first character and must be followed in the pattern by either - or .. * based matching is not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -46435,12 +47467,12 @@
       "id": "HttpFaultAbort",
       "properties": {
         "httpStatus": {
-          "description": "The HTTP status code used to abort the request.\nThe value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.\nFor gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this  mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.",
+          "description": "The HTTP status code used to abort the request. The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive. For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "percentage": {
-          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.\nThe value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
+          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection. The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -46456,7 +47488,7 @@
           "description": "Specifies the value of the fixed delay interval."
         },
         "percentage": {
-          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) on which delay will be introduced as part of fault injection.\nThe value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
+          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) on which delay will be introduced as part of fault injection. The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -46537,35 +47569,35 @@
       "id": "HttpHeaderMatch",
       "properties": {
         "exactMatch": {
-          "description": "The value should exactly match contents of exactMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value should exactly match contents of exactMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerName": {
-          "description": "The name of the HTTP header to match.\nFor matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\".\nFor matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\".\nWhen the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true, only non-binary user-specified custom metadata and the `content-type` header are supported. The following transport-level headers cannot be used in header matching rules: `:authority`, `:method`, `:path`, `:scheme`, `user-agent`, `accept-encoding`, `content-encoding`, `grpc-accept-encoding`, `grpc-encoding`, `grpc-previous-rpc-attempts`, `grpc-tags-bin`, `grpc-timeout` and `grpc-trace-bin.",
+          "description": "The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\". For matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\". When the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true, only non-binary user-specified custom metadata and the `content-type` header are supported. The following transport-level headers cannot be used in header matching rules: `:authority`, `:method`, `:path`, `:scheme`, `user-agent`, `accept-encoding`, `content-encoding`, `grpc-accept-encoding`, `grpc-encoding`, `grpc-previous-rpc-attempts`, `grpc-tags-bin`, `grpc-timeout` and `grpc-trace-bin.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "invertMatch": {
-          "description": "If set to false, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are met. If set to true, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are NOT met.\nThe default setting is false.",
+          "description": "If set to false, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are met. If set to true, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are NOT met. The default setting is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "prefixMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must start with the contents of prefixMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must start with the contents of prefixMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "presentMatch": {
-          "description": "A header with the contents of headerName must exist. The match takes place whether or not the request's header has a value.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "A header with the contents of headerName must exist. The match takes place whether or not the request's header has a value. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rangeMatch": {
           "$ref": "Int64RangeMatch",
-          "description": "The header value must be an integer and its value must be in the range specified in rangeMatch. If the header does not contain an integer, number or is empty, the match fails.\nFor example for a range [-5, 0]  \n- -3 will match. \n- 0 will not match. \n- 0.25 will not match. \n- -3someString will not match.  \nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.\nNote that rangeMatch is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL."
+          "description": "The header value must be an integer and its value must be in the range specified in rangeMatch. If the header does not contain an integer, number or is empty, the match fails. For example for a range [-5, 0] - -3 will match. - 0 will not match. - 0.25 will not match. - -3someString will not match. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set. Note that rangeMatch is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL."
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see:  github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nFor matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to PORT and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.\nNote that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to PORT and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set. Note that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "suffixMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must end with the contents of suffixMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must end with the contents of suffixMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -46584,14 +47616,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "replace": {
-          "description": "If false, headerValue is appended to any values that already exist for the header. If true, headerValue is set for the header, discarding any values that were set for that header.\nThe default value is false.",
+          "description": "If false, headerValue is appended to any values that already exist for the header. If true, headerValue is set for the header, discarding any values that were set for that header. The default value is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HttpHealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource.\n\nLegacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .",
       "id": "HttpHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -46722,36 +47754,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46782,7 +47814,7 @@
       "id": "HttpQueryParameterMatch",
       "properties": {
         "exactMatch": {
-          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter exactly matches the contents of exactMatch.\nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter exactly matches the contents of exactMatch. Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -46790,11 +47822,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "presentMatch": {
-          "description": "Specifies that the queryParameterMatch matches if the request contains the query parameter, irrespective of whether the parameter has a value or not.\nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "Specifies that the queryParameterMatch matches if the request contains the query parameter, irrespective of whether the parameter has a value or not. Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter matches the regular expression specified by regexMatch. For the regular expression grammar, please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.\nNote that regexMatch only applies when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter matches the regular expression specified by regexMatch. For the regular expression grammar, please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set. Note that regexMatch only applies when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -46805,23 +47837,23 @@
       "id": "HttpRedirectAction",
       "properties": {
         "hostRedirect": {
-          "description": "The host that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request.\nThe value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
+          "description": "The host that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "httpsRedirect": {
-          "description": "If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to https. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request will remain the same as that of the request.\nThis must only be set for UrlMaps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted.\nThe default is set to false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to https. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request will remain the same as that of the request. This must only be set for UrlMaps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "pathRedirect": {
-          "description": "The path that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request.\npathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The path that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "prefixRedirect": {
-          "description": "The prefix that replaces the prefixMatch specified in the HttpRouteRuleMatch, retaining the remaining portion of the URL before redirecting the request.\nprefixRedirect cannot be supplied together with pathRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The prefix that replaces the prefixMatch specified in the HttpRouteRuleMatch, retaining the remaining portion of the URL before redirecting the request. prefixRedirect cannot be supplied together with pathRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "redirectResponseCode": {
-          "description": "The HTTP Status code to use for this RedirectAction.\nSupported values are:  \n- MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT, which is the default value and corresponds to 301. \n- FOUND, which corresponds to 302. \n- SEE_OTHER which corresponds to 303. \n- TEMPORARY_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 307. In this case, the request method will be retained. \n- PERMANENT_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 308. In this case, the request method will be retained.",
+          "description": "The HTTP Status code to use for this RedirectAction. Supported values are: - MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT, which is the default value and corresponds to 301. - FOUND, which corresponds to 302. - SEE_OTHER which corresponds to 303. - TEMPORARY_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 307. In this case, the request method will be retained. - PERMANENT_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 308. In this case, the request method will be retained. ",
           "enum": [
             "FOUND",
             "MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT",
@@ -46830,16 +47862,16 @@
             "TEMPORARY_REDIRECT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Http Status Code 302 - Found.",
+            "Http Status Code 301 - Moved Permanently.",
+            "Http Status Code 308 - Permanent Redirect maintaining HTTP method.",
+            "Http Status Code 303 - See Other.",
+            "Http Status Code 307 - Temporary Redirect maintaining HTTP method."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "stripQuery": {
-          "description": "If set to true, any accompanying query portion of the original URL is removed prior to redirecting the request. If set to false, the query portion of the original URL is retained.\nThe default is set to false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, any accompanying query portion of the original URL is removed prior to redirecting the request. If set to false, the query portion of the original URL is retained. The default is set to false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -46856,10 +47888,10 @@
         },
         "perTryTimeout": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies a non-zero timeout per retry attempt.\nIf not specified, will use the timeout set in HttpRouteAction. If timeout in HttpRouteAction is not set, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route."
+          "description": "Specifies a non-zero timeout per retry attempt. If not specified, will use the timeout set in HttpRouteAction. If timeout in HttpRouteAction is not set, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route."
         },
         "retryConditions": {
-          "description": "Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:  \n- 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. \n- gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.\n- \n- connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. \n- retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. \n- refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. \n- cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled \n- deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded \n- resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted \n- unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable",
+          "description": "Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -46873,34 +47905,34 @@
       "properties": {
         "corsPolicy": {
           "$ref": "CorsPolicy",
-          "description": "The specification for allowing client side cross-origin requests. Please see W3C Recommendation for Cross Origin Resource Sharing \nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "The specification for allowing client side cross-origin requests. Please see W3C Recommendation for Cross Origin Resource Sharing Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "faultInjectionPolicy": {
           "$ref": "HttpFaultInjection",
-          "description": "The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. For the requests impacted by fault injection,\ntimeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy."
+          "description": "The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. For the requests impacted by fault injection, timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy."
         },
         "maxStreamDuration": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the maximum duration (timeout) for streams on the selected route. Unlike the timeout field where the timeout duration starts from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream), the duration in this field is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.\nIf not specified, will use the largest maxStreamDuration among all backend services associated with the route.\nThis field is only allowed if the Url map is used with backend services with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "Specifies the maximum duration (timeout) for streams on the selected route. Unlike the timeout field where the timeout duration starts from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream), the duration in this field is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, will use the largest maxStreamDuration among all backend services associated with the route. This field is only allowed if the Url map is used with backend services with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
         },
         "requestMirrorPolicy": {
           "$ref": "RequestMirrorPolicy",
-          "description": "Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. Loadbalancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Prior to sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. Loadbalancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Prior to sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "retryPolicy": {
           "$ref": "HttpRetryPolicy",
-          "description": "Specifies the retry policy associated with this route.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "timeout": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the timeout for the selected route. Timeout is computed from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream) up until the response has been completely processed. Timeout includes all retries.\nIf not specified, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the timeout for the selected route. Timeout is computed from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream) up until the response has been completely processed. Timeout includes all retries. If not specified, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "urlRewrite": {
           "$ref": "UrlRewrite",
-          "description": "The spec to modify the URL of the request, prior to forwarding the request to the matched service.\nurlRewrite is the only action supported in UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "The spec to modify the URL of the request, prior to forwarding the request to the matched service. urlRewrite is the only action supported in UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "weightedBackendServices": {
-          "description": "A list of weighted backend services to send traffic to when a route match occurs. The weights determine the fraction of traffic that flows to their corresponding backend service. If all traffic needs to go to a single backend service, there must be one  weightedBackendService with weight set to a non-zero number.\nOnce a backendService is identified and before forwarding the request to the backend service, advanced routing actions such as URL rewrites and header transformations are applied depending on additional settings specified in this HttpRouteAction.",
+          "description": "A list of weighted backend services to send traffic to when a route match occurs. The weights determine the fraction of traffic that flows to their corresponding backend service. If all traffic needs to go to a single backend service, there must be one weightedBackendService with weight set to a non-zero number. Once a backendService is identified and before forwarding the request to the backend service, advanced routing actions such as URL rewrites and header transformations are applied depending on additional settings specified in this HttpRouteAction.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "WeightedBackendService"
           },
@@ -46914,22 +47946,22 @@
       "id": "HttpRouteRule",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
-          "description": "The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule.\nThe description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nThe headerAction specified here are applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction \nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction specified here are applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "httpFilterConfigs": {
-          "description": "Outbound route specific configuration for networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterConfigs only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Outbound route specific configuration for networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterConfigs only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpFilterConfig"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "httpFilterMetadata": {
-          "description": "Outbound route specific metadata supplied to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterMetadata only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.\nThe only configTypeUrl supported is type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Struct \nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Outbound route specific metadata supplied to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterMetadata only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details. The only configTypeUrl supported is type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Struct Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpFilterConfig"
           },
@@ -46943,21 +47975,21 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "priority": {
-          "description": "For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which load balancer will interpret routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied.\nYou cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number between 0 and 2147483647 inclusive.\nPriority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules.",
+          "description": "For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which load balancer will interpret routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number between 0 and 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "routeAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If  routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a routeRule's routeAction."
+          "description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a routeRule's routeAction."
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect.\nIf urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -46967,7 +47999,7 @@
       "id": "HttpRouteRuleMatch",
       "properties": {
         "fullPathMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must exactly match the value specified in fullPathMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor that may be part of the original URL.\nfullPathMatch must be between 1 and 1024 characters.\nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must exactly match the value specified in fullPathMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor that may be part of the original URL. fullPathMatch must be between 1 and 1024 characters. Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerMatches": {
@@ -46978,36 +48010,36 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ignoreCase": {
-          "description": "Specifies that prefixMatch and fullPathMatch matches are case sensitive.\nThe default value is false.\nignoreCase must not be used with regexMatch.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "Specifies that prefixMatch and fullPathMatch matches are case sensitive. The default value is false. ignoreCase must not be used with regexMatch. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "metadataFilters": {
-          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant routing configuration is made available to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match.\nmetadataFilters specified here will be applied after those specified in ForwardingRule that refers to the UrlMap this HttpRouteRuleMatch belongs to.\nmetadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant routing configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applied after those specified in ForwardingRule that refers to the UrlMap this HttpRouteRuleMatch belongs to. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilter"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "prefixMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the request's path must begin with the specified prefixMatch. prefixMatch must begin with a /.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.\nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the request's path must begin with the specified prefixMatch. prefixMatch must begin with a /. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters. Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryParameterMatches": {
-          "description": "Specifies a list of query parameter match criteria, all of which must match corresponding query parameters in the request.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a list of query parameter match criteria, all of which must match corresponding query parameters in the request. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpQueryParameterMatch"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must satisfy the regular expression specified in regexMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor supplied with the original URL. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.\nNote that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must satisfy the regular expression specified in regexMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor supplied with the original URL. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified. Note that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HttpsHealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource.\n\nLegacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .",
       "id": "HttpsHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -47138,36 +48170,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47194,7 +48226,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Image": {
-      "description": "Represents an Image resource.\n\nYou can use images to create boot disks for your VM instances. For more information, read Images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.images ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Image resource. You can use images to create boot disks for your VM instances. For more information, read Images.",
       "id": "Image",
       "properties": {
         "archiveSizeBytes": {
@@ -47224,7 +48256,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -47237,7 +48269,7 @@
         },
         "imageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image).\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later."
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#image",
@@ -47245,7 +48277,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this image, which is essentially a hash of the labels used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an image.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this image, which is essentially a hash of the labels used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an image.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47271,6 +48303,10 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
+        "locked": {
+          "description": "A flag for marketplace VM disk created from the image, which is designed for marketplace VM disk to prevent the proprietary data on the disk from being accessed unwantedly. The flag will be inherited by the disk created from the image. The disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - R/W or R/O disk attach - Disk detach, if disk is created via create-on-create - Create images - Create snapshots - Create disk clone (create disk from the current disk) The image with the locked field set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Create images from the current image - Update the locked field for the current image The instance with at least one disk with locked flag set to true will be prohibited from performing the operations below: - Secondary disk attach - Create instant snapshot - Create machine images - Create instance template - Delete the instance with --keep-disk parameter set to true ",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "name": {
           "annotations": {
             "required": [
@@ -47300,7 +48336,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "source": {
-              "description": "The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+              "description": "The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
@@ -47308,7 +48344,7 @@
         },
         "rolloutOverride": {
           "$ref": "RolloutPolicy",
-          "description": "A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible."
+          "description": "A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method."
         },
         "satisfiesPzs": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
@@ -47327,7 +48363,7 @@
           "description": "Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance."
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk \n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": {
@@ -47339,7 +48375,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "URL of the source image used to create this image.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
@@ -47351,7 +48387,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -47382,10 +48418,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Image is deleting.",
+            "Image creation failed due to an error.",
+            "Image hasn't been created as yet.",
+            "Image has been successfully created."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47395,6 +48431,13 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "userLicenses": {
+          "description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch ",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -47470,36 +48513,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47526,7 +48569,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InPlaceSnapshot": {
-      "description": "Represents a InPlaceSnapshot resource.\n\nYou can use in-place snapshots to create disk rollback points quickly.. (== resource_for {$api_version}.inPlaceSnapshots ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a InPlaceSnapshot resource. You can use in-place snapshots to create disk rollback points quickly..",
       "id": "InPlaceSnapshot",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -47557,7 +48600,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InPlaceSnapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a InPlaceSnapshot.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InPlaceSnapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a InPlaceSnapshot.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47586,7 +48629,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this in-place snapshot. Note that the source disk must be in the same zone/region as the in-place snapshot to be created. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk",
+          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this in-place snapshot. Note that the source disk must be in the same zone/region as the in-place snapshot to be created. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskId": {
@@ -47602,10 +48645,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "InPlaceSnapshot creation is in progress.",
+            "InPlaceSnapshot is currently being deleted.",
+            "InPlaceSnapshot creation failed.",
+            "InPlaceSnapshot has been created successfully."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47677,36 +48720,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47765,7 +48808,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Instance": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance resource.\n\nAn instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instances ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances.",
       "id": "Instance",
       "properties": {
         "advancedMachineFeatures": {
@@ -47773,7 +48816,7 @@
           "description": "Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features."
         },
         "canIpForward": {
-          "description": "Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding.",
+          "description": "Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding .",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "confidentialInstanceConfig": {
@@ -47811,7 +48854,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47833,7 +48876,7 @@
         },
         "instanceEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts data for an instance with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf you are creating a new instance, this field encrypts the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance using a key that you provide.\n\nIf you are restarting an instance protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, you must provide the correct key in order to successfully restart the instance.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to start the instance later.\n\nInstance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt local SSDs and in-memory content in a managed instance group."
+          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts data for an instance with a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new instance, this field encrypts the local SSD and in-memory contents of the instance using a key that you provide. If you are restarting an instance protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, you must provide the correct key in order to successfully restart the instance. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the instance, then the local SSD and in-memory contents will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to start the instance later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt local SSDs and in-memory content in a managed instance group."
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#instance",
@@ -47841,7 +48884,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47870,7 +48913,7 @@
               "compute.instances.insert"
             ]
           },
-          "description": "Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type:\nzones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1\n\n\nTo create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB):\nzones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY\n\n\nFor example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 \n\nFor a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types.",
+          "description": "Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1 To create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB): zones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY For example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 For a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metadata": {
@@ -47909,9 +48952,9 @@
             "SHUTDOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates user chose no operation.",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47921,16 +48964,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use  INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
           "enum": [
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Each network interface inherits PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess from its subnetwork."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47973,7 +49016,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceAccounts": {
-          "description": "A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported.\n\nService accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information.",
+          "description": "A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported. Service accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ServiceAccount"
           },
@@ -48006,7 +49049,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see  Instance life cycle.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle.",
           "enum": [
             "DEPROVISIONING",
             "PROVISIONING",
@@ -48020,16 +49063,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -48120,36 +49163,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48176,7 +49219,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroup": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance Group resource.\n\nInstance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing.\n\nInstance groups can either be managed or unmanaged.\n\nTo create  managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead.\n\nUse zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups.\n\nFor more information, read Instance groups.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionInstanceGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance Group resource. Instance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing. Instance groups can either be managed or unmanaged. To create managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead. Use zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups. For more information, read Instance groups.",
       "id": "InstanceGroup",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -48213,7 +49256,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "namedPorts": {
-          "description": "Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80}\n\nThis allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"http\", port: 80},{name: \"http\", port: 8080}] \n\nNamed ports apply to all instances in this instance group.",
+          "description": " Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80} This allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"http\", port: 80},{name: \"http\", port: 8080}] Named ports apply to all instances in this instance group. ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "NamedPort"
           },
@@ -48319,36 +49362,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48435,36 +49478,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48491,7 +49534,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroupManager": {
-      "description": "Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================\n\nRepresents a Managed Instance Group resource.\n\nAn instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.\n\nFor zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource.\n\nFor regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceGroupManagers ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionInstanceGroupManagers ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.",
       "id": "InstanceGroupManager",
       "properties": {
         "autoHealingPolicies": {
@@ -48520,7 +49563,7 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions."
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
+          "description": "An optional description of this resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "distributionPolicy": {
@@ -48540,7 +49583,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -48600,6 +49643,10 @@
           "description": "The service account to be used as credentials for all operations performed by the managed instance group on instances. The service accounts needs all permissions required to create and delete instances. By default, the service account {projectNumber}@cloudservices.gserviceaccount.com is used.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "standbyPolicy": {
+          "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy",
+          "description": "Stanby policy for stopped and suspended instances."
+        },
         "statefulPolicy": {
           "$ref": "StatefulPolicy",
           "description": "Stateful configuration for this Instanced Group Manager"
@@ -48627,12 +49674,12 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "targetStoppedSize": {
-          "description": "The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you:  \n- Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. \n- Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method.",
+          "description": "The target number of stopped instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Stop instance using the stopInstances method or start instances using the startInstances method. - Manually change the targetStoppedSize using the update method. ",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "targetSuspendedSize": {
-          "description": "The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you:  \n- Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. \n- Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method.",
+          "description": "The target number of suspended instances for this managed instance group. This number changes when you: - Suspend instance using the suspendInstances method or resume instances using the resumeInstances method. - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update method. ",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -48641,7 +49688,7 @@
           "description": "The update policy for this managed instance group."
         },
         "versions": {
-          "description": "Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances.\n\nEach version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates.",
+          "description": "Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances. Each version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerVersion"
           },
@@ -48663,7 +49710,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "creating": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully. If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -48793,36 +49840,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48849,7 +49896,6 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroupManagerAutoHealingPolicy": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerAutoHealingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheck": {
@@ -48863,7 +49909,7 @@
         },
         "maxUnavailable": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "Maximum number of instances that can be unavailable when autohealing. When 'percent' is used, the value is rounded if necessary. The instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: 1. Instance's status is RUNNING. 2. Instance's currentAction is NONE (in particular its liveness health check result was observed to be HEALTHY at least once as it passed VERIFYING). 3. There is no outgoing action on an instance triggered by IGM.\n\nBy default, number of concurrently autohealed instances is smaller than the managed instance group target size. However, if a zonal managed instance group has only one instance, or a regional managed instance group has only one instance per zone, autohealing will recreate these instances when they become unhealthy."
+          "description": "Maximum number of instances that can be unavailable when autohealing. When 'percent' is used, the value is rounded if necessary. The instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: 1. Instance's status is RUNNING. 2. Instance's currentAction is NONE (in particular its liveness health check result was observed to be HEALTHY at least once as it passed VERIFYING). 3. There is no outgoing action on an instance triggered by IGM. By default, number of concurrently autohealed instances is smaller than the managed instance group target size. However, if a zonal managed instance group has only one instance, or a regional managed instance group has only one instance per zone, autohealing will recreate these instances when they become unhealthy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -48873,7 +49919,7 @@
       "properties": {
         "metadataBasedReadinessSignal": {
           "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerInstanceLifecyclePolicyMetadataBasedReadinessSignal",
-          "description": "The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance.\n\nIf a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them."
+          "description": "The configuration for metadata based readiness signal sent by the instance during initialization when stopping / suspending an instance. The Instance Group Manager will wait for a signal that indicates successful initialization before stopping / suspending an instance. If a successful readiness signal is not sent before timeout, the corresponding instance will not be stopped / suspended. Instead, an error will be visible in the lastAttempt.errors field of the managed instance in the listmanagedinstances method. If metadataBasedReadinessSignal.timeoutSec is unset, the Instance Group Manager will directly proceed to suspend / stop instances, skipping initialization on them."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -48950,36 +49996,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49005,6 +50051,16 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy": {
+      "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStandbyPolicy",
+      "properties": {
+        "initialDelaySec": {
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InstanceGroupManagerStatus": {
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus",
       "properties": {
@@ -49069,24 +50125,24 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy",
       "properties": {
         "instanceRedistributionType": {
-          "description": "The  instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are:  \n- PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. \n- NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled.",
+          "description": "The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. ",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "PROACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "No action is being proactively performed in order to bring this IGM to its target instance distribution.",
+            "This IGM will actively converge to its target instance distribution."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maxSurge": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates.\n\nAt least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge."
+          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge."
         },
         "maxUnavailable": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied:\n\n \n- The instance's status is RUNNING. \n- If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available.  This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates.\n\nAt least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable."
+          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: - The instance's status is RUNNING. - If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable."
         },
         "minReadySec": {
           "description": "Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].",
@@ -49102,10 +50158,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -49118,10 +50174,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -49132,8 +50188,8 @@
             "SUBSTITUTE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Instances will be recreated (with the same name)",
+            "Default option: instances will be deleted and created (with a new name)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -49144,8 +50200,8 @@
             "PROACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "No action is being proactively performed in order to bring this IGM to its target version distribution (regardless of whether this distribution is expressed using instanceTemplate or versions field).",
+            "This IGM will actively converge to its target version distribution (regardless of whether this distribution is expressed using instanceTemplate or versions field)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -49169,7 +50225,7 @@
         },
         "targetSize": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to:  \n- If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. \n- if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded.  If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information."
+          "description": "Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to: - If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. - if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -49192,7 +50248,7 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "allInstances": {
-          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of ?instances?. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
+          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "instances": {
@@ -49211,15 +50267,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -49227,15 +50283,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -49243,10 +50299,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -49379,36 +50435,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49465,7 +50521,7 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagersResizeAdvancedRequest",
       "properties": {
         "noCreationRetries": {
-          "description": "If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds.\n\nThis flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario.\n\nThis flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way.\n\nYou can see which instances is being creating in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API.",
+          "description": "If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds. This flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario. This flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way. You can see which instances is being creating in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "targetSize": {
@@ -49532,36 +50588,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49761,36 +50817,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49826,8 +50882,8 @@
             "RUNNING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Includes all instances in the generated list regardless of their state.",
+            "Includes instances in the generated list only if they have a RUNNING state."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -49890,36 +50946,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50024,36 +51080,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50140,36 +51196,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50234,19 +51290,19 @@
             "VERIFYING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group.",
+            "The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful.",
+            "The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased.",
+            "The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group has not scheduled any actions for this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is recreating this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is restarting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is resuming this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is starting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is stopping this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is suspending this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is verifying this already created instance. Verification happens every time the instance is (re)created or restarted and consists of: 1. Waiting until health check specified as part of this managed instance group's autohealing policy reports HEALTHY. Note: Applies only if autohealing policy has a health check specified 2. Waiting for addition verification steps performed as post-instance creation (subject to future extensions)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50279,18 +51335,17 @@
       "id": "InstanceMoveRequest",
       "properties": {
         "destinationZone": {
-          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the instance. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n- projects/project/zones/zone \n- zones/zone",
+          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the instance. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone - projects/project/zones/zone - zones/zone ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetInstance": {
-          "description": "The URL of the target instance to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The URL of the target instance to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceProperties": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "InstanceProperties",
       "properties": {
         "advancedMachineFeatures": {
@@ -50369,23 +51424,23 @@
             "SHUTDOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates user chose no operation.",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use  INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
           "enum": [
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Each network interface inherits PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess from its subnetwork."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50436,14 +51491,14 @@
       "id": "InstanceReference",
       "properties": {
         "instance": {
-          "description": "The URL for a specific instance.",
+          "description": "The URL for a specific instance. @required compute.instancegroups.addInstances/removeInstances",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceTemplate": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance Template resource.\n\nYou can use instance templates to create VM instances and managed instance groups. For more information, read Instance Templates. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceTemplates ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance Template resource. You can use instance templates to create VM instances and managed instance groups. For more information, read Instance Templates.",
       "id": "InstanceTemplate",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -50487,7 +51542,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstance": {
-          "description": "The source instance used to create the template. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The source instance used to create the template. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstanceParams": {
@@ -50558,36 +51613,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50642,16 +51697,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -50725,9 +51780,11 @@
           "enum": [
             "HIERARCHY",
             "NETWORK",
+            "NETWORK_REGIONAL",
             "UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
             "",
             "",
             ""
@@ -50773,7 +51830,7 @@
       "id": "InstancesResumeRequest",
       "properties": {
         "disks": {
-          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIn order to resume the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided.\n\nIf the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
+          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to resume the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKeyProtectedDisk"
           },
@@ -50781,7 +51838,7 @@
         },
         "instanceEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance resume will not succeed."
+          "description": "Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. If the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance resume will not succeed."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -50829,36 +51886,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50969,7 +52026,7 @@
       "id": "InstancesStartWithEncryptionKeyRequest",
       "properties": {
         "disks": {
-          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIn order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided.\n\nIf the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
+          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKeyProtectedDisk"
           },
@@ -50977,13 +52034,13 @@
         },
         "instanceEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance start will not succeed."
+          "description": "Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. If the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance start will not succeed."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstantSnapshot": {
-      "description": "Represents a InstantSnapshot resource.\n\nYou can use instant snapshots to create disk rollback points quickly.. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instantSnapshots ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a InstantSnapshot resource. You can use instant snapshots to create disk rollback points quickly..",
       "id": "InstantSnapshot",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -51014,7 +52071,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InstantSnapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a InstantSnapshot.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InstantSnapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a InstantSnapshot.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51047,7 +52104,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this instant snapshot. Note that the source disk must be in the same zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- regions/region/disks/disk",
+          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this instant snapshot. Note that the source disk must be in the same zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskId": {
@@ -51063,10 +52120,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "InstantSnapshot creation is in progress.",
+            "InstantSnapshot is currently being deleted.",
+            "InstantSnapshot creation failed.",
+            "InstantSnapshot has been created successfully."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51174,36 +52231,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51247,7 +52304,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Interconnect": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect resource.\n\nAn Interconnect resource is a dedicated connection between the GCP network and your on-premises network. For more information, read the  Dedicated Interconnect Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.interconnects ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect resource. An Interconnect resource is a dedicated connection between the GCP network and your on-premises network. For more information, read the Dedicated Interconnect Overview.",
       "id": "Interconnect",
       "properties": {
         "adminEnabled": {
@@ -51301,16 +52358,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "interconnectType": {
-          "description": "Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: \n- PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. \n- DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.",
+          "description": "Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: - PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. - DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.",
           "enum": [
             "DEDICATED",
             "IT_PRIVATE",
             "PARTNER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer.",
+            "[Deprecated] A private, physical interconnection with the customer.",
+            "A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers via partner."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51320,7 +52377,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Interconnect, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Interconnect.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Interconnect, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Interconnect.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51332,14 +52389,14 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "linkType": {
-          "description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: \n- LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics \n- LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
+          "description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
           "enum": [
             "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
             "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
+            "10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51347,6 +52404,14 @@
           "description": "URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "macsec": {
+          "$ref": "InterconnectMacsec",
+          "description": "Configuration to enable Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router."
+        },
+        "macsecEnabled": {
+          "description": "Enable or disable MACsec on this Interconnect. MACsec enablement will fail if the macsec object is not specified.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "name": {
           "annotations": {
             "required": [
@@ -51362,14 +52427,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationalStatus": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect's functionality, which can take one of the following values: \n- OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect's functionality, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. ",
           "enum": [
             "OS_ACTIVE",
             "OS_UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect is valid, turned up, and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect.",
+            "The interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51400,14 +52465,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect is valid, turned up, and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect.",
+            "The interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -51415,7 +52480,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InterconnectAttachment": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource.\n\nYou can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read  Creating VLAN Attachments. (== resource_for {$api_version}.interconnectAttachments ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments.",
       "id": "InterconnectAttachment",
       "properties": {
         "adminEnabled": {
@@ -51423,7 +52488,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "bandwidth": {
-          "description": "Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: \n- BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s \n- BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s \n- BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s \n- BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s \n- BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s \n- BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s \n- BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s \n- BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s \n- BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s \n- BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s \n- BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s \n- BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s",
+          "description": "Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s ",
           "enum": [
             "BPS_100M",
             "BPS_10G",
@@ -51439,18 +52504,18 @@
             "BPS_5G"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "100 Mbit/s",
+            "10 Gbit/s",
+            "1 Gbit/s",
+            "200 Mbit/s",
+            "20 Gbit/s",
+            "2 Gbit/s",
+            "300 Mbit/s",
+            "400 Mbit/s",
+            "500 Mbit/s",
+            "50 Gbit/s",
+            "50 Mbit/s",
+            "5 Gbit/s"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51506,7 +52571,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "edgeAvailabilityDomain": {
-          "description": "Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY.",
+          "description": "Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY.",
           "enum": [
             "AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1",
             "AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2",
@@ -51520,14 +52585,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "encryption": {
-          "description": "Indicates the user-supplied encryption option of this VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment). Can only be specified at attachment creation for PARTNER or DEDICATED attachments. Possible values are: \n- NONE - This is the default value, which means that the VLAN attachment carries unencrypted traffic. VMs are able to send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. \n- IPSEC - The VLAN attachment carries only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device, such as an HA VPN gateway or third-party IPsec VPN. VMs cannot directly send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. To use IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect, the VLAN attachment must be created with this option. \nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "Indicates the user-supplied encryption option of this VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment). Can only be specified at attachment creation for PARTNER or DEDICATED attachments. Possible values are: - NONE - This is the default value, which means that the VLAN attachment carries unencrypted traffic. VMs are able to send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. - IPSEC - The VLAN attachment carries only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device, such as an HA VPN gateway or third-party IPsec VPN. VMs cannot directly send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. To use *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect*, the VLAN attachment must be created with this option. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "enum": [
             "IPSEC",
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect attachment will carry only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device such as HA VPN gateway; VMs cannot directly send traffic to or receive traffic from such an interconnect attachment. To use IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect, the interconnect attachment must be created with this option.",
+            "This is the default value, which means the Interconnect Attachment will carry unencrypted traffic. VMs will be able to send traffic to or receive traffic from such interconnect attachment."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51545,7 +52610,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipsecInternalAddresses": {
-          "description": "List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway's interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool.\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway's interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -51557,7 +52622,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InterconnectAttachment, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InterconnectAttachment.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InterconnectAttachment, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InterconnectAttachment.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51579,14 +52644,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationalStatus": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: \n- OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. \n- OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. ",
           "enum": [
             "OS_ACTIVE",
             "OS_UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that attachment has been turned up and is ready to use.",
+            "Indicates that attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51628,19 +52693,19 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "stackType": {
-          "description": "The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.\n\nThis field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations.",
+          "description": "The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4_IPV6",
             "IPV4_ONLY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect attachment can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.",
+            "The interconnect attachment will only be assigned IPv4 addresses."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. \n- UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. \n- PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. \n- PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. \n- PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. \n- DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DEFUNCT",
@@ -51651,27 +52716,27 @@
             "UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Indicates that attachment has been turned up and is ready to use.",
+            "The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was wiped out, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted.",
+            "A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it.",
+            "PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for the customer to activate.",
+            "A newly created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: \n- DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. \n- PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. \n- PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner.",
+          "description": "The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. ",
           "enum": [
             "DEDICATED",
             "PARTNER",
             "PARTNER_PROVIDER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attachment to a dedicated interconnect.",
+            "Attachment to a partner interconnect, created by the customer.",
+            "Attachment to a partner interconnect, created by the partner."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51751,36 +52816,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51867,36 +52932,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51996,36 +53061,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52122,14 +53187,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "The state of a LACP link, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The link is configured and active within the bundle. \n- DETACHED: The link is not configured within the bundle. This means that the rest of the object should be empty.",
+          "description": "The state of a LACP link, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The link is configured and active within the bundle. - DETACHED: The link is not configured within the bundle. This means that the rest of the object should be empty. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DETACHED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The link is configured and active within the bundle.",
+            "The link is not configured within the bundle, this means the rest of the object should be empty."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -52140,7 +53205,7 @@
       "id": "InterconnectDiagnosticsLinkOpticalPower",
       "properties": {
         "state": {
-          "description": "The status of the current value when compared to the warning and alarm levels for the receiving or transmitting transceiver. Possible states include:  \n- OK: The value has not crossed a warning threshold. \n- LOW_WARNING: The value has crossed below the low warning threshold. \n- HIGH_WARNING: The value has crossed above the high warning threshold. \n- LOW_ALARM: The value has crossed below the low alarm threshold. \n- HIGH_ALARM: The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold.",
+          "description": "The status of the current value when compared to the warning and alarm levels for the receiving or transmitting transceiver. Possible states include: - OK: The value has not crossed a warning threshold. - LOW_WARNING: The value has crossed below the low warning threshold. - HIGH_WARNING: The value has crossed above the high warning threshold. - LOW_ALARM: The value has crossed below the low alarm threshold. - HIGH_ALARM: The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold. ",
           "enum": [
             "HIGH_ALARM",
             "HIGH_WARNING",
@@ -52149,11 +53214,11 @@
             "OK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed above the high warning threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed below the low alarm threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed below the low warning threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has not crossed a warning threshold."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52186,6 +53251,10 @@
         "lacpStatus": {
           "$ref": "InterconnectDiagnosticsLinkLACPStatus"
         },
+        "macsec": {
+          "$ref": "InterconnectDiagnosticsMacsecStatus",
+          "description": "Describes the status of MACsec encryption on this link."
+        },
         "receivingOpticalPower": {
           "$ref": "InterconnectDiagnosticsLinkOpticalPower",
           "description": "An InterconnectDiagnostics.LinkOpticalPower object, describing the current value and status of the received light level."
@@ -52197,6 +53266,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InterconnectDiagnosticsMacsecStatus": {
+      "description": "Describes the status of MACsec encryption on the link.",
+      "id": "InterconnectDiagnosticsMacsecStatus",
+      "properties": {
+        "ckn": {
+          "description": "Indicates the Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) currently being used if MACsec is operational.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "operational": {
+          "description": "Indicates whether or not MACsec is operational on this link.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InterconnectList": {
       "description": "Response to the list request, and contains a list of interconnects.",
       "id": "InterconnectList",
@@ -52258,36 +53342,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52314,7 +53398,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InterconnectLocation": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource.\n\nYou can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read  Creating VLAN Attachments.",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments.",
       "id": "InterconnectLocation",
       "properties": {
         "address": {
@@ -52330,7 +53414,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "continent": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: \n- AFRICA \n- ASIA_PAC \n- EUROPE \n- NORTH_AMERICA \n- SOUTH_AMERICA",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: - AFRICA - ASIA_PAC - EUROPE - NORTH_AMERICA - SOUTH_AMERICA ",
           "enum": [
             "AFRICA",
             "ASIA_PAC",
@@ -52407,14 +53491,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: \n- CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects. \n- AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects. - AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects. ",
           "enum": [
             "AVAILABLE",
             "CLOSED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.",
+            "The InterconnectLocation is closed for provisioning new Interconnects."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52486,36 +53570,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52559,10 +53643,10 @@
             "LP_LOCAL_REGION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This region is not in any common network presence with this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "This region shares the same regional network presence as this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "[Deprecated] This region is not in any common network presence with this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "[Deprecated] This region shares the same regional network presence as this InterconnectLocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52573,6 +53657,76 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InterconnectMacsec": {
+      "description": "Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (Macsec) on this Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router.",
+      "id": "InterconnectMacsec",
+      "properties": {
+        "failOpen": {
+          "description": "If set to true, the Interconnect will be configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect will be configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "preSharedKeys": {
+          "description": "Required. A keychain placeholder describing a set of named key objects along with their start times. A MACsec CKN/CAK will be generated for each key in the key chain. Google router will automatically pick the key with the most recent startTime when establishing or re-establishing a MACsec secure link.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "InterconnectMacsecPreSharedKey"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "InterconnectMacsecConfig": {
+      "description": "MACsec configuration information for the Interconnect. Contains the generated Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) and the key (CAK) for this Interconnect.",
+      "id": "InterconnectMacsecConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "preSharedKeys": {
+          "description": "A keychain placeholder describing a set of named key objects along with their start times. A MACsec CKN/CAK will be generated for each key in the key chain. Google router will automatically pick the key with the most recent startTime when establishing or re-establishing a MACsec secure link.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "InterconnectMacsecConfigPreSharedKey"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "InterconnectMacsecConfigPreSharedKey": {
+      "description": "Describes a pre-shared key used to setup MACsec in static connectivity association key (CAK) mode.",
+      "id": "InterconnectMacsecConfigPreSharedKey",
+      "properties": {
+        "cak": {
+          "description": "An auto-generated Connectivity Association Key (CAK) for this key.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "ckn": {
+          "description": "An auto-generated Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) for this key.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "User provided name for this pre-shared key.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "startTime": {
+          "description": "User provided timestamp on or after which this key is valid.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "InterconnectMacsecPreSharedKey": {
+      "description": "Describes a pre-shared key used to setup MACsec in static connectivity association key (CAK) mode.",
+      "id": "InterconnectMacsecPreSharedKey",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Required. A name for this pre-shared key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "startTime": {
+          "description": "A RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the key is valid. startTime can be in the future. If the keychain has a single key, startTime can be omitted. If the keychain has multiple keys, startTime is mandatory for each key. The start times of keys must be in increasing order. The start times of two consecutive keys must be at least 6 hours apart.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InterconnectOutageNotification": {
       "description": "Description of a planned outage on this Interconnect.",
       "id": "InterconnectOutageNotification",
@@ -52594,7 +53748,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "issueType": {
-          "description": "Form this outage is expected to take, which can take one of the following values: \n- OUTAGE: The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window. \n- PARTIAL_OUTAGE: Some circuits comprising the Interconnect as a whole should remain up, but with reduced bandwidth. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"IT_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
+          "description": "Form this outage is expected to take, which can take one of the following values: - OUTAGE: The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window. - PARTIAL_OUTAGE: Some circuits comprising the Interconnect as a whole should remain up, but with reduced bandwidth. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"IT_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
           "enum": [
             "IT_OUTAGE",
             "IT_PARTIAL_OUTAGE",
@@ -52602,10 +53756,10 @@
             "PARTIAL_OUTAGE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "[Deprecated] The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window.",
+            "[Deprecated] Some circuits comprising the Interconnect will be out of service during the expected window. The interconnect as a whole should remain up, albeit with reduced bandwidth.",
+            "The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window.",
+            "Some circuits comprising the Interconnect will be out of service during the expected window. The interconnect as a whole should remain up, albeit with reduced bandwidth."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52614,14 +53768,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "source": {
-          "description": "The party that generated this notification, which can take the following value: \n- GOOGLE: this notification as generated by Google. Note that the value of NSRC_GOOGLE has been deprecated in favor of GOOGLE.",
+          "description": "The party that generated this notification, which can take the following value: - GOOGLE: this notification as generated by Google. Note that the value of NSRC_GOOGLE has been deprecated in favor of GOOGLE.",
           "enum": [
             "GOOGLE",
             "NSRC_GOOGLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This notification was generated by Google.",
+            "[Deprecated] This notification was generated by Google."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52631,7 +53785,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "State of this notification, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: This outage notification is active. The event could be in the past, present, or future. See start_time and end_time for scheduling. \n- CANCELLED: The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start. \n- COMPLETED: The outage associated with this notification is complete.  Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"NS_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
+          "description": "State of this notification, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: This outage notification is active. The event could be in the past, present, or future. See start_time and end_time for scheduling. - CANCELLED: The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start. - COMPLETED: The outage associated with this notification is complete. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"NS_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "CANCELLED",
@@ -52640,11 +53794,11 @@
             "NS_CANCELED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This outage notification is active. The event could be in the future, present, or past. See start_time and end_time for scheduling.",
+            "The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start.",
+            "The outage associated with this notification is complete.",
+            "[Deprecated] This outage notification is active. The event could be in the future, present, or past. See start_time and end_time for scheduling.",
+            "[Deprecated] The outage associated with this notification was canceled before the outage was due to start."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -52661,6 +53815,20 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "InterconnectsGetMacsecConfigResponse": {
+      "description": "Response for the InterconnectsGetMacsecConfigRequest.",
+      "id": "InterconnectsGetMacsecConfigResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "etag": {
+          "description": "end_interface: MixerGetResponseWithEtagBuilder",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "result": {
+          "$ref": "InterconnectMacsecConfig"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "InternalIpAddress": {
       "id": "InternalIpAddress",
       "properties": {
@@ -52692,12 +53860,12 @@
             "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Reserved IP ranges on peer networks.",
+            "Used IP ranges on peer networks, including peer subnetwork IP ranges.",
+            "Reserved IP ranges on peer networks of peer networks.",
+            "Used IP ranges on peer networks of peer networks.",
+            "Reserved IP ranges on local network.",
+            "Subnetwork IP ranges on local network.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -52786,36 +53954,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52902,36 +54070,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52977,7 +54145,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "jwtHeaders": {
-          "description": "jwt_headers and jwt_params define where to extract the JWT from an HTTP request. If no explicit location is specified, the following default locations are tried in order:\n\n1. The Authorization header using the Bearer schema. See `here `_. Example:\n\nAuthorization: Bearer .\n\n2. `access_token` query parameter. See `this `_\n\nMultiple JWTs can be verified for a request. Each JWT has to be extracted from the locations its issuer specified or from the default locations.\n\nThis field is set if JWT is sent in a request header. This field specifies the header name. For example, if `header=x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion`, the header format will be x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion: .",
+          "description": "jwt_headers and jwt_params define where to extract the JWT from an HTTP request. If no explicit location is specified, the following default locations are tried in order: 1. The Authorization header using the Bearer schema. See `here `_. Example: Authorization: Bearer . 2. `access_token` query parameter. See `this `_ Multiple JWTs can be verified for a request. Each JWT has to be extracted from the locations its issuer specified or from the default locations. This field is set if JWT is sent in a request header. This field specifies the header name. For example, if `header=x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion`, the header format will be x-goog-iap-jwt-assertion: .",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "JwtHeader"
           },
@@ -53009,7 +54177,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "License": {
-      "description": "Represents a License resource.\n\nA License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.licenses ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a License resource. A License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
       "id": "License",
       "properties": {
         "chargesUseFee": {
@@ -53068,7 +54236,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LicenseCode": {
-      "description": "Represents a License Code resource.\n\nA License Code is a unique identifier used to represent a license resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.licenseCodes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a License Code resource. A License Code is a unique identifier used to represent a license resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
       "id": "LicenseCode",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -53120,11 +54288,11 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Machines are not allowed to attach boot disks with this License Code. Requests to create new resources with this license will be rejected.",
+            "Use is allowed for anyone with USE_READ_ONLY access to this License Code.",
+            "Use of this license is limited to a project whitelist.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Reserved state."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -53240,36 +54408,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53335,10 +54503,10 @@
             "TARGET_SHAPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "GCE picks zones for creating VM instances to fulfill the requested number of VMs within present resource constraints and to maximize utilization of unused zonal reservations. Recommended for batch workloads that do not require high availability.",
+            "GCE always selects a single zone for all the VMs, optimizing for resource quotas, available reservations and general capacity. Recommended for batch workloads that cannot tollerate distribution over multiple zones. This the default shape in Bulk Insert and Capacity Advisor APIs.",
+            "GCE prioritizes acquisition of resources, scheduling VMs in zones where resources are available while distributing VMs as evenly as possible across allowed zones to minimize the impact of zonal failure. Recommended for highly available serving workloads.",
+            "This value is unused."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -53356,9 +54524,9 @@
             "PREFERENCE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Location is allowed for use.",
+            "Location is prohibited.",
+            "Default value, unused."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -53366,43 +54534,43 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfig": {
-      "description": "Specifies what kind of log the caller must write",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfig",
       "properties": {
         "cloudAudit": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions",
-          "description": "Cloud audit options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "counter": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigCounterOptions",
-          "description": "Counter options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "dataAccess": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigDataAccessOptions",
-          "description": "Data access options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions": {
-      "description": "Write a Cloud Audit log",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions",
       "properties": {
         "authorizationLoggingOptions": {
           "$ref": "AuthorizationLoggingOptions",
-          "description": "Information used by the Cloud Audit Logging pipeline."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "logName": {
-          "description": "The log_name to populate in the Cloud Audit Record.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ADMIN_ACTIVITY",
             "DATA_ACCESS",
             "UNSPECIFIED_LOG_NAME"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -53410,55 +54578,55 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCounterOptions": {
-      "description": "Increment a streamz counter with the specified metric and field names.\n\nMetric names should start with a '/', generally be lowercase-only, and end in \"_count\". Field names should not contain an initial slash. The actual exported metric names will have \"/iam/policy\" prepended.\n\nField names correspond to IAM request parameters and field values are their respective values.\n\nSupported field names: - \"authority\", which is \"[token]\" if IAMContext.token is present, otherwise the value of IAMContext.authority_selector if present, and otherwise a representation of IAMContext.principal; or - \"iam_principal\", a representation of IAMContext.principal even if a token or authority selector is present; or - \"\" (empty string), resulting in a counter with no fields.\n\nExamples: counter { metric: \"/debug_access_count\" field: \"iam_principal\" } ==> increment counter /iam/policy/debug_access_count {iam_principal=[value of IAMContext.principal]}",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCounterOptions",
       "properties": {
         "customFields": {
-          "description": "Custom fields.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "field": {
-          "description": "The field value to attribute.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metric": {
-          "description": "The metric to update.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField": {
-      "description": "Custom fields. These can be used to create a counter with arbitrary field/value pairs. See: go/rpcsp-custom-fields.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name is the field name.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "value": {
-          "description": "Value is the field value. It is important that in contrast to the CounterOptions.field, the value here is a constant that is not derived from the IAMContext.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigDataAccessOptions": {
-      "description": "Write a Data Access (Gin) log",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigDataAccessOptions",
       "properties": {
         "logMode": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "LOG_FAIL_CLOSED",
             "LOG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -53466,7 +54634,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MachineImage": {
-      "description": "Represents a machine image resource.\n\nA machine image is a Compute Engine resource that stores all the configuration, metadata, permissions, and data from one or more disks required to create a Virtual machine (VM) instance. For more information, see Machine images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.machineImages ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a machine image resource. A machine image is a Compute Engine resource that stores all the configuration, metadata, permissions, and data from one or more disks required to create a Virtual machine (VM) instance. For more information, see Machine images.",
       "id": "MachineImage",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -53493,7 +54661,7 @@
         },
         "machineImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later."
         },
         "name": {
           "annotations": {
@@ -53525,7 +54693,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceInstance": {
-          "description": "The source instance used to create the machine image. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The source instance used to create the machine image. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstanceProperties": {
@@ -53626,36 +54794,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53682,7 +54850,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MachineType": {
-      "description": "Represents a Machine Type resource.\n\nYou can use specific machine types for your VM instances based on performance and pricing requirements. For more information, read Machine Types. (== resource_for {$api_version}.machineTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Machine Type resource. You can use specific machine types for your VM instances based on performance and pricing requirements. For more information, read Machine Types.",
       "id": "MachineType",
       "properties": {
         "accelerators": {
@@ -53837,36 +55005,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53953,36 +55121,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54051,36 +55219,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54111,7 +55279,7 @@
       "id": "ManagedInstance",
       "properties": {
         "currentAction": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current action that the managed instance group has scheduled for the instance. Possible values: \n- NONE The instance is running, and the managed instance group does not have any scheduled actions for this instance. \n- CREATING The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful. \n- CREATING_WITHOUT_RETRIES The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased instead. \n- RECREATING The managed instance group is recreating this instance. \n- DELETING The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance. \n- ABANDONING The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group. \n- RESTARTING The managed instance group is restarting the instance. \n- REFRESHING The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance. \n- VERIFYING The managed instance group has created the instance and it is in the process of being verified.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current action that the managed instance group has scheduled for the instance. Possible values: - NONE The instance is running, and the managed instance group does not have any scheduled actions for this instance. - CREATING The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful. - CREATING_WITHOUT_RETRIES The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased instead. - RECREATING The managed instance group is recreating this instance. - DELETING The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance. - ABANDONING The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group. - RESTARTING The managed instance group is restarting the instance. - REFRESHING The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance. - VERIFYING The managed instance group has created the instance and it is in the process of being verified. ",
           "enum": [
             "ABANDONING",
             "CREATING",
@@ -54128,19 +55296,19 @@
             "VERIFYING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group.",
+            "The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful.",
+            "The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased.",
+            "The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group has not scheduled any actions for this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is recreating this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is restarting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is resuming this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is starting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is stopping this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is suspending this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is verifying this already created instance. Verification happens every time the instance is (re)created or restarted and consists of: 1. Waiting until health check specified as part of this managed instance group's autohealing policy reports HEALTHY. Note: Applies only if autohealing policy has a health check specified 2. Waiting for addition verification steps performed as post-instance creation (subject to future extensions)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -54175,16 +55343,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -54218,11 +55386,11 @@
             "SUSPENDED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The managed instance will eventually be ABANDONED, i.e. dissociated from the managed instance group.",
+            "The managed instance will eventually be DELETED.",
+            "The managed instance will eventually reach status RUNNING.",
+            "The managed instance will eventually reach status TERMINATED.",
+            "The managed instance will eventually reach status SUSPENDED."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -54246,11 +55414,11 @@
             "UNKNOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The instance is being drained. The existing connections to the instance have time to complete, but the new ones are being refused.",
+            "The instance is reachable i.e. a connection to the application health checking endpoint can be established, and conforms to the requirements defined by the health check.",
+            "The instance is unreachable i.e. a connection to the application health checking endpoint cannot be established, or the server does not respond within the specified timeout.",
+            "The instance is reachable, but does not conform to the requirements defined by the health check.",
+            "The health checking system is aware of the instance but its health is not known at the moment."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -54265,8 +55433,8 @@
             "UNHEALTHY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The instance is reachable i.e. a connection to the application health checking endpoint can be established, and conforms to the requirements defined by the health check.",
+            "The instance is reachable, but does not conform to the requirements defined by the health check."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -54325,13 +55493,14 @@
       "id": "Metadata",
       "properties": {
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "items": {
           "description": "Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.",
           "items": {
+            "description": "Metadata",
             "properties": {
               "key": {
                 "annotations": {
@@ -54383,27 +55552,27 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MetadataFilter": {
-      "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata.\nAn example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves  Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in <a href=\"https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v2/api/v2/core/base.proto#envoy-api-msg-core-node\" Node metadata of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.",
+      "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.",
       "id": "MetadataFilter",
       "properties": {
         "filterLabels": {
-          "description": "The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria \nThis list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.",
+          "description": "The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilterLabelMatch"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "filterMatchCriteria": {
-          "description": "Specifies how individual filterLabel matches within the list of filterLabels contribute towards the overall metadataFilter match.\nSupported values are:  \n- MATCH_ANY: At least one of the filterLabels must have a matching label in the provided metadata. \n- MATCH_ALL: All filterLabels must have matching labels in the provided metadata.",
+          "description": "Specifies how individual filterLabel matches within the list of filterLabels contribute towards the overall metadataFilter match. Supported values are: - MATCH_ANY: At least one of the filterLabels must have a matching label in the provided metadata. - MATCH_ALL: All filterLabels must have matching labels in the provided metadata. ",
           "enum": [
             "MATCH_ALL",
             "MATCH_ANY",
             "NOT_SET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Specifies that all filterLabels must match for the metadataFilter to be considered a match.",
+            "Specifies that any filterLabel must match for the metadataFilter to be considered a match.",
+            "Indicates that the match criteria was not set. A metadataFilter must never be created with this value."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -54415,11 +55584,11 @@
       "id": "MetadataFilterLabelMatch",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of metadata label.\nThe name can have a maximum length of 1024 characters and must be at least 1 character long.",
+          "description": "Name of metadata label. The name can have a maximum length of 1024 characters and must be at least 1 character long.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "value": {
-          "description": "The value of the label must match the specified value.\nvalue can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The value of the label must match the specified value. value can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -54438,8 +55607,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Client certificate can be omitted, connection can be either plaintext or TLS.",
+            "Client certificate must be presented, connection is in TLS."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -54447,7 +55616,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NamedPort": {
-      "description": "The named port. For example: .",
+      "description": "The named port. For example: <\"http\", 80>.",
       "id": "NamedPort",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
@@ -54463,7 +55632,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Network": {
-      "description": "Represents a VPC Network resource.\n\nNetworks connect resources to each other and to the internet. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a VPC Network resource. Networks connect resources to each other and to the internet. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.",
       "id": "Network",
       "properties": {
         "IPv4Range": {
@@ -54472,7 +55641,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "autoCreateSubnetworks": {
-          "description": "Must be set to create a VPC network. If not set, a legacy network is created.\n\nWhen set to true, the VPC network is created in auto mode. When set to false, the VPC network is created in custom mode.\n\nAn auto mode VPC network starts with one subnet per region. Each subnet has a predetermined range as described in Auto mode VPC network IP ranges.\n\nFor custom mode VPC networks, you can add subnets using the subnetworks insert method.",
+          "description": "Must be set to create a VPC network. If not set, a legacy network is created. When set to true, the VPC network is created in auto mode. When set to false, the VPC network is created in custom mode. An auto mode VPC network starts with one subnet per region. Each subnet has a predetermined range as described in Auto mode VPC network IP ranges. For custom mode VPC networks, you can add subnets using the subnetworks insert method.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -54547,7 +55716,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEdgeSecurityService": {
-      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor network edge security service resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEdgeSecurityServices ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor network edge security service resource.",
       "id": "NetworkEdgeSecurityService",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -54559,7 +55728,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a NetworkEdgeSecurityService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkEdgeSecurityService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a NetworkEdgeSecurityService.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a NetworkEdgeSecurityService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkEdgeSecurityService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a NetworkEdgeSecurityService.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -54570,7 +55739,6 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#networkEdgeSecurityService",
-          "description": "[Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEdgeSecurityServicefor NetworkEdgeSecurityServices",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -54617,7 +55785,6 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#networkEdgeSecurityServiceAggregatedList",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#networkEdgeSecurityServiceAggregatedList for lists of Network Edge Security Services.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
@@ -54668,36 +55835,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54766,36 +55933,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54837,7 +56004,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instance": {
-          "description": "The name for a specific VM instance that the IP address belongs to. This is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group.\n\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+          "description": "The name for a specific VM instance that the IP address belongs to. This is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipAddress": {
@@ -54853,7 +56020,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroup": {
-      "description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. For more information about using NEGs, see  Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with internet NEGs,  Setting up zonal NEGs, or  Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with serverless NEGs. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEndpointGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalNetworkEndpointGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionNetworkEndpointGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints. A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. For more information about using NEGs, see Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with internet NEGs, Setting up zonal NEGs, or Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with serverless NEGs.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup",
       "properties": {
         "annotations": {
@@ -54911,7 +56078,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkEndpointType": {
-          "description": "Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.",
+          "description": "Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.",
           "enum": [
             "GCE_VM_IP",
             "GCE_VM_IP_PORT",
@@ -54923,14 +56090,14 @@
             "SERVERLESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an IP address.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by IP address and port pair.",
+            "The network endpoint is the primary IP address on any network interface of a VM in Compute Engine.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by fully qualified domain name and port.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an internet IP address and port.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an IP address and port. The endpoint belongs to a VM or pod running in a customer's on-premises.",
+            "The network endpoint is either public Google APIs or services exposed by other GCP Project with a Service Attachment. The connection is set up by private service connect",
+            "The network endpoint is handled by specified serverless infrastructure."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -54969,7 +56136,7 @@
             "LOAD_BALANCING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "The network endpoint group is a backend of a load balancer."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55048,36 +56215,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55104,53 +56271,53 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine": {
-      "description": "Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present.\n\nNote: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine",
       "properties": {
         "service": {
-          "description": "Optional serving service.\n\nThe service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"default\", \"my-service\".",
+          "description": "Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: \"default\", \"my-service\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, the request URLs \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1\" and \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"-dot-appname.appspot.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v1\" } and { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1\" and \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"-dot-appname.appspot.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v1\" } and { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "Optional serving version.\n\nThe version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"v1\", \"v2\".",
+          "description": "Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: \"v1\", \"v2\".",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask.\n\nNote: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction",
       "properties": {
         "function": {
-          "description": "A user-defined name of the Cloud Function.\n\nThe function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"func1\".",
+          "description": "A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: \"func1\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, request URLs \"mydomain.com/function1\" and \"mydomain.com/function2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"/\". The URL mask will parse them to { function = \"function1\" } and { function = \"function2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs \" mydomain.com/function1\" and \"mydomain.com/function2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"/\". The URL mask will parse them to { function = \"function1\" } and { function = \"function2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudRun": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask.\n\nNote: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudRun",
       "properties": {
         "service": {
-          "description": "Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run.\n\nThe service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.\n\nExample value: \"run-service\".",
+          "description": "Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: \"run-service\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "tag": {
-          "description": "Optional Cloud Run tag represents the \"named-revision\" to provide additional fine-grained traffic routing information.\n\nThe tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.\n\nExample value: \"revision-0010\".",
+          "description": "Optional Cloud Run tag represents the \"named-revision\" to provide additional fine-grained traffic routing information. The tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: \"revision-0010\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse service and tag fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Run services without having to create multiple network endpoint groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, request URLs \"foo1.domain.com/bar1\" and \"foo1.domain.com/bar2\" can be backed by the same Serverless Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with URL mask \".domain.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service=\"bar1\", tag=\"foo1\" } and { service=\"bar2\", tag=\"foo2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse service and tag fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Run services without having to create multiple network endpoint groups and backend services. For example, request URLs \"foo1.domain.com/bar1\" and \"foo1.domain.com/bar2\" can be backed by the same Serverless Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with URL mask \".domain.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service=\"bar1\", tag=\"foo1\" } and { service=\"bar2\", tag=\"foo2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -55240,36 +56407,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55296,23 +56463,23 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupServerlessDeployment": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided.\n\nNote: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupServerlessDeployment",
       "properties": {
         "platform": {
-          "description": "The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include:\n\n \n- API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com \n- App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com \n- Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com \n- Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com",
+          "description": "The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "resource": {
-          "description": "The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows:\n\n \n- API Gateway: The gateway ID \n- App Engine: The service name \n- Cloud Functions: The function name \n- Cloud Run: The service name",
+          "description": "The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows:\n\n \n- API Gateway: The gateway ID \n- App Engine: The service and version \n- Cloud Functions: The function name \n- Cloud Run: The service and tag",
+          "description": "A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows:\n\n \n- API Gateway: Unused \n- App Engine: The service version \n- Cloud Functions: Unused \n- Cloud Run: The service tag",
+          "description": "The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -55361,8 +56528,8 @@
             "SKIP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Show the health status for each network endpoint. Impacts latency of the call.",
+            "Health status for network endpoints will not be provided."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -55434,36 +56601,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55532,36 +56699,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55640,16 +56807,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ipv6AccessType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.\n\nValid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "INTERNAL",
             "UNSPECIFIED_IPV6_ACCESS_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This network interface can have external IPv6.",
+            "This network interface can have internal IPv6.",
+            "IPv6 access type not set. Means this network interface hasn't been turned on IPv6 yet."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55667,7 +56834,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred.\n\nIf you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/network \n- projects/project/global/networks/network \n- global/networks/default",
+          "description": "URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkIP": {
@@ -55682,9 +56849,9 @@
             "VIRTIO_NET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "GVNIC",
+            "No type specified.",
+            "VIRTIO"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55694,15 +56861,15 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "stackType": {
-          "description": "The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.\n\nThis field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.",
+          "description": "The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4_IPV6",
             "IPV4_ONLY",
             "UNSPECIFIED_STACK_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "The network interface can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.",
+            "The network interface will be assigned IPv4 address.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -55715,7 +56882,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "subnetwork": {
-          "description": "The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork \n- regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork",
+          "description": "The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -55735,14 +56902,14 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Allocates an internal IPv4 IP address from subnets secondary IP Range.",
+            "No IP allocation is done for the subinterface.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "subnetwork": {
-          "description": "If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork \n- regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork",
+          "description": "If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "vlan": {
@@ -55814,36 +56981,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55890,7 +57057,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": {
-          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.",
+          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "importCustomRoutes": {
@@ -55898,7 +57065,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": {
-          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.",
+          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -55921,8 +57088,8 @@
             "INACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Matching configuration exists on the peer.",
+            "There is no matching configuration on the peer, including the case when peer does not exist."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56120,7 +57287,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeGroup": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource.\n\nA sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.",
       "id": "NodeGroup",
       "properties": {
         "autoscalingPolicy": {
@@ -56154,7 +57321,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maintenancePolicy": {
-          "description": "Specifies how to handle instances when a node in the group undergoes maintenance. Set to one of: DEFAULT, RESTART_IN_PLACE, or MIGRATE_WITHIN_NODE_GROUP. The default value is DEFAULT. For more information, see  Maintenance policies.",
+          "description": "Specifies how to handle instances when a node in the group undergoes maintenance. Set to one of: DEFAULT, RESTART_IN_PLACE, or MIGRATE_WITHIN_NODE_GROUP. The default value is DEFAULT. For more information, see Maintenance policies.",
           "enum": [
             "DEFAULT",
             "MAINTENANCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -56162,10 +57329,10 @@
             "RESTART_IN_PLACE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Allow the node and corresponding instances to retain default maintenance behavior.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "When maintenance must be done on a node, the instances on that node will be moved to other nodes in the group. Instances with onHostMaintenance = MIGRATE will live migrate to their destinations while instances with onHostMaintenance = TERMINATE will terminate and then restart on their destination nodes if automaticRestart = true.",
+            "Instances in this group will restart on the same node when maintenance has completed. Instances must have onHostMaintenance = TERMINATE, and they will only restart if automaticRestart = true."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56287,36 +57454,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56356,7 +57523,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mode": {
-          "description": "The autoscaling mode. Set to one of: ON, OFF, or ONLY_SCALE_OUT. For more information, see  Autoscaler modes.",
+          "description": "The autoscaling mode. Set to one of: ON, OFF, or ONLY_SCALE_OUT. For more information, see Autoscaler modes.",
           "enum": [
             "MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "OFF",
@@ -56365,9 +57532,9 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Autoscaling is disabled.",
+            "Autocaling is fully enabled.",
+            "Autoscaling will only scale out and will not remove nodes."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -56435,36 +57602,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56671,36 +57838,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56769,36 +57936,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56835,7 +58002,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeTemplate": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Template resource.\n\nYou can use a template to define properties for nodes in a node group. For more information, read Creating node groups and instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeTemplates ==)",
+      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Template resource. You can use a template to define properties for nodes in a node group. For more information, read Creating node groups and instances.",
       "id": "NodeTemplate",
       "properties": {
         "accelerators": {
@@ -56899,7 +58066,7 @@
         },
         "nodeTypeFlexibility": {
           "$ref": "NodeTemplateNodeTypeFlexibility",
-          "description": "The flexible properties of the desired node type. Node groups that use this node template will create nodes of a type that matches these properties.\n\nThis field is mutually exclusive with the node_type property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
+          "description": "The flexible properties of the desired node type. Node groups that use this node template will create nodes of a type that matches these properties. This field is mutually exclusive with the node_type property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
         },
         "region": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The name of the region where the node template resides, such as us-central1.",
@@ -56915,7 +58082,7 @@
         },
         "serverBinding": {
           "$ref": "ServerBinding",
-          "description": "Sets the binding properties for the physical server. Valid values include:  \n- [Default] RESTART_NODE_ON_ANY_SERVER: Restarts VMs on any available physical server \n- RESTART_NODE_ON_MINIMAL_SERVER: Restarts VMs on the same physical server whenever possible  \n\nSee Sole-tenant node options for more information."
+          "description": "Sets the binding properties for the physical server. Valid values include: - *[Default]* RESTART_NODE_ON_ANY_SERVER: Restarts VMs on any available physical server - RESTART_NODE_ON_MINIMAL_SERVER: Restarts VMs on the same physical server whenever possible See Sole-tenant node options for more information."
         },
         "status": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The status of the node template. One of the following values: CREATING, READY, and DELETING.",
@@ -56926,10 +58093,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Resources are being allocated.",
+            "The node template is currently being deleted.",
+            "Invalid status.",
+            "The node template is ready."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -57008,36 +58175,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57124,36 +58291,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57237,36 +58404,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57293,7 +58460,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeType": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Type resource.\n\nEach node within a node group must have a node type. A node type specifies the total amount of cores and memory for that node. Currently, the only available node type is n1-node-96-624 node type that has 96 vCPUs and 624 GB of memory, available in multiple zones. For more information read Node types. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Type resource. Each node within a node group must have a node type. A node type specifies the total amount of cores and memory for that node. Currently, the only available node type is n1-node-96-624 node type that has 96 vCPUs and 624 GB of memory, available in multiple zones. For more information read Node types.",
       "id": "NodeType",
       "properties": {
         "cpuPlatform": {
@@ -57425,36 +58592,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57541,36 +58708,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57639,36 +58806,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57695,7 +58862,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NotificationEndpoint": {
-      "description": "Represents a notification endpoint.\n\nA notification endpoint resource defines an endpoint to receive notifications when there are status changes detected by the associated health check service.\n\nFor more information, see  Health checks overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.notificationEndpoint ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionNotificationEndpoints ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a notification endpoint. A notification endpoint resource defines an endpoint to receive notifications when there are status changes detected by the associated health check service. For more information, see Health checks overview.",
       "id": "NotificationEndpoint",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -57805,36 +58972,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57948,36 +59115,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58046,36 +59213,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58102,7 +59269,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Operation": {
-      "description": "Represents an Operation resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has three Operation resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)\n\nYou can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.\n\nOperations can be global, regional or zonal.  \n- For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. \n- For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. \n- For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.  \n\nFor more information, read  Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.",
       "id": "Operation",
       "properties": {
         "clientOperationId": {
@@ -58269,36 +59436,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -58398,36 +59565,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58514,36 +59681,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58612,36 +59779,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58775,7 +59942,7 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
             "",
-            "",
+            "From BfdSession object creation time.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -58804,9 +59971,9 @@
             "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Only applies to Echo packets. This shows the intervals between sending and receiving the same packet.",
+            "Intervals between received packets.",
+            "Intervals between transmitted packets.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -58815,7 +59982,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "PacketMirroring": {
-      "description": "Represents a Packet Mirroring resource.\n\nPacket Mirroring clones the traffic of specified instances in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network and forwards it to a collector destination, such as an instance group of an internal TCP/UDP load balancer, for analysis or examination. For more information about setting up Packet Mirroring, see Using Packet Mirroring. (== resource_for {$api_version}.packetMirrorings ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Packet Mirroring resource. Packet Mirroring clones the traffic of specified instances in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network and forwards it to a collector destination, such as an instance group of an internal TCP/UDP load balancer, for analysis or examination. For more information about setting up Packet Mirroring, see Using Packet Mirroring.",
       "id": "PacketMirroring",
       "properties": {
         "collectorIlb": {
@@ -58831,7 +59998,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enable": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether or not this packet mirroring takes effect. If set to FALSE, this packet mirroring policy will not be enforced on the network.\n\nThe default is TRUE.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether or not this packet mirroring takes effect. If set to FALSE, this packet mirroring policy will not be enforced on the network. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
             "FALSE",
             "TRUE"
@@ -58880,7 +60047,7 @@
           "description": "Specifies the mirrored VPC network. Only packets in this network will be mirrored. All mirrored VMs should have a NIC in the given network. All mirrored subnetworks should belong to the given network."
         },
         "priority": {
-          "description": "The priority of applying this configuration. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching rule. In the case of two rules that apply for a given Instance, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins.\n\nDefault value is 1000. Valid range is 0 through 65535.",
+          "description": "The priority of applying this configuration. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching rule. In the case of two rules that apply for a given Instance, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. Default value is 1000. Valid range is 0 through 65535.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -58968,36 +60135,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59048,9 +60215,9 @@
             "INGRESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Default, both directions are mirrored.",
+            "Only egress traffic is mirrored.",
+            "Only ingress traffic is mirrored."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -59132,36 +60299,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59191,14 +60358,14 @@
       "id": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfo",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A set of virtual machine instances that are being mirrored. They must live in zones contained in the same region as this packetMirroring.\n\nNote that this config will apply only to those network interfaces of the Instances that belong to the network specified in this packetMirroring.\n\nYou may specify a maximum of 50 Instances.",
+          "description": "A set of virtual machine instances that are being mirrored. They must live in zones contained in the same region as this packetMirroring. Note that this config will apply only to those network interfaces of the Instances that belong to the network specified in this packetMirroring. You may specify a maximum of 50 Instances.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfoInstanceInfo"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "subnetworks": {
-          "description": "A set of subnetworks for which traffic from/to all VM instances will be mirrored. They must live in the same region as this packetMirroring.\n\nYou may specify a maximum of 5 subnetworks.",
+          "description": "A set of subnetworks for which traffic from/to all VM instances will be mirrored. They must live in the same region as this packetMirroring. You may specify a maximum of 5 subnetworks.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfoSubnetInfo"
           },
@@ -59299,36 +60466,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59360,15 +60527,15 @@
       "properties": {
         "defaultRouteAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the  pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathMatcher's defaultRouteAction."
+          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathMatcher's defaultRouteAction."
         },
         "defaultService": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This will be used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService \n- compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService \n- global/backendServices/backendService  If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified.\nOnly one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect  or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\nAuthorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service:  \n- compute.backendBuckets.use \n- compute.backendServices.use",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This will be used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. Only one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "defaultUrlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect.\nIf defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "description": {
           "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
@@ -59376,21 +60543,21 @@
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nHeaderAction specified here are applied after the matching HttpRouteRule HeaderAction and before the HeaderAction in the UrlMap \nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. HeaderAction specified here are applied after the matching HttpRouteRule HeaderAction and before the HeaderAction in the UrlMap Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pathRules": {
-          "description": "The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis.\nFor example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list.\nWithin a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set.",
+          "description": "The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PathRule"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "routeRules": {
-          "description": "The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number.\nWithin a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules.",
+          "description": "The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpRouteRule"
           },
@@ -59412,15 +60579,15 @@
         },
         "routeAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathRule's routeAction."
+          "description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathRule's routeAction."
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect.\nIf urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -59463,12 +60630,12 @@
             "UNAPPLIED_DELETION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The per-instance config is being applied to the instance, but is not yet effective, possibly waiting for the instance to, for example, REFRESH.",
+            "The per-instance config deletion is being applied on the instance, possibly waiting for the instance to, for example, REFRESH.",
+            "The per-instance config is effective on the instance, meaning that all disks, ips and metadata specified in this config are attached or set on the instance.",
+            "*[Default]* The default status, when no per-instance config exists.",
+            "The per-instance config is set on an instance but not been applied yet.",
+            "The per-instance config has been deleted, but the deletion is not yet applied."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -59564,7 +60731,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.\n\n\n\nA `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.\n\nFor some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).\n\n**JSON example:**\n\n{ \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 }\n\n**YAML example:**\n\nbindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3\n\nFor a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -59582,23 +60749,23 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "etag": {
-          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.\n\n**Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
+          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "iamOwned": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rules": {
-          "description": "If more than one rule is specified, the rules are applied in the following manner: - All matching LOG rules are always applied. - If any DENY/DENY_WITH_LOG rule matches, permission is denied. Logging will be applied if one or more matching rule requires logging. - Otherwise, if any ALLOW/ALLOW_WITH_LOG rule matches, permission is granted. Logging will be applied if one or more matching rule requires logging. - Otherwise, if no rule applies, permission is denied.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Rule"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy.\n\nValid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.\n\nAny operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:\n\n* Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions\n\n**Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.\n\nIf a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.\n\nTo learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -59675,8 +60842,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple VM instances can use a disk in READ_ONLY mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in READ_WRITE mode. Only one VM instance at a time can be attached to a disk in READ_WRITE mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -59798,7 +60965,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Project": {
-      "description": "Represents a Project resource.\n\nA project is used to organize resources in a Google Cloud Platform environment. For more information, read about the  Resource Hierarchy. (== resource_for {$api_version}.projects ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Project resource. A project is used to organize resources in a Google Cloud Platform environment. For more information, read about the Resource Hierarchy.",
       "id": "Project",
       "properties": {
         "commonInstanceMetadata": {
@@ -59819,11 +60986,11 @@
             "STANDARD_OVERRIDES_FIXED_STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Public internet quality with fixed bandwidth.",
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Price competitive network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products.",
+            "(Output only) Temporary tier for FIXED_STANDARD when fixed standard tier is expired or not configured."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -59843,7 +61010,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is not the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.",
           "format": "uint64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -59934,6 +61101,10 @@
         "organization": {
           "description": "Optional organization ID managed by Cloud Resource Manager, for which to list shared VPC host projects. If not specified, the organization will be inferred from the project.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "returnPartialPage": {
+          "description": "Opt-in for partial page behavior which provides a partial filled page (number of items on which may be smaller than maxResults) within the API deadline. If opt-in, then the user should rely on if nextPageToken is empty in the response to determine if there is a next page. Empty page is also valid and possible. The default value is false.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -59951,11 +61122,11 @@
             "STANDARD_OVERRIDES_FIXED_STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Public internet quality with fixed bandwidth.",
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Price competitive network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products.",
+            "(Output only) Temporary tier for FIXED_STANDARD when fixed standard tier is expired or not configured."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -59989,7 +61160,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -60121,36 +61292,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60216,7 +61387,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -60358,36 +61529,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60473,36 +61644,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60614,36 +61785,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60708,7 +61879,7 @@
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_P4_GPUS",
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_T4_GPUS",
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
-            "COMMITTED_P2D_CPUS",
+            "COMMITTED_T2D_CPUS",
             "CPUS",
             "CPUS_ALL_REGIONS",
             "DISKS_TOTAL_GB",
@@ -60763,7 +61934,6 @@
             "NVIDIA_T4_GPUS",
             "NVIDIA_T4_VWS_GPUS",
             "NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
-            "P2D_CPUS",
             "PACKET_MIRRORINGS",
             "PD_EXTREME_TOTAL_PROVISIONED_IOPS",
             "PREEMPTIBLE_CPUS",
@@ -60780,6 +61950,7 @@
             "PRIVATE_V6_ACCESS_SUBNETWORKS",
             "PSC_GOOGLE_APIS_FORWARDING_RULES_PER_NETWORK",
             "PSC_ILB_CONSUMER_FORWARDING_RULES_PER_PRODUCER_NETWORK",
+            "PSC_INTERNAL_LB_FORWARDING_RULES",
             "PUBLIC_ADVERTISED_PREFIXES",
             "PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES",
             "REGIONAL_AUTOSCALERS",
@@ -60793,6 +61964,7 @@
             "SECURITY_POLICY_CEVAL_RULES",
             "SECURITY_POLICY_RULES",
             "SECURITY_POLICY_RULES_PER_REGION",
+            "SERVICE_ATTACHMENTS",
             "SNAPSHOTS",
             "SSD_TOTAL_GB",
             "SSL_CERTIFICATES",
@@ -60800,6 +61972,7 @@
             "STATIC_BYOIP_ADDRESSES",
             "SUBNETWORKS",
             "SUBNET_RANGES_PER_NETWORK",
+            "T2D_CPUS",
             "TARGET_HTTPS_PROXIES",
             "TARGET_HTTP_PROXIES",
             "TARGET_INSTANCES",
@@ -60841,6 +62014,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "Guest CPUs",
             "",
             "",
             "",
@@ -60925,6 +62099,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.",
             "",
             "",
             "",
@@ -60992,7 +62167,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "referenceType": {
-          "description": "A description of the reference type with no implied semantics. Possible values include:  \n- MEMBER_OF",
+          "description": "A description of the reference type with no implied semantics. Possible values include: 1. MEMBER_OF ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "referrer": {
@@ -61007,7 +62182,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Region": {
-      "description": "Represents a Region resource.\n\nA region is a geographical area where a resource is located. For more information, read Regions and Zones. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regions ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Region resource. A region is a geographical area where a resource is located. For more information, read Regions and Zones.",
       "id": "Region",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -61138,36 +62313,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61266,36 +62441,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61419,36 +62594,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61549,36 +62724,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61650,7 +62825,7 @@
       "id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "allInstances": {
-          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of ?instances?. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
+          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "instances": {
@@ -61669,15 +62844,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -61685,15 +62860,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -61701,10 +62876,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -61810,36 +62985,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61899,7 +63074,7 @@
       "id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersResizeAdvancedRequest",
       "properties": {
         "noCreationRetries": {
-          "description": "If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds.\n\nThis flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario.\n\nThis flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way.\n\nYou can see which instances ar being created in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API.",
+          "description": "If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds. This flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario. This flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way. You can see which instances ar being created in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "targetSize": {
@@ -62070,36 +63245,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62135,8 +63310,8 @@
             "RUNNING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Matches any status of the instances, running, non-running and others.",
+            "Instance is in RUNNING state if it is running."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -62166,64 +63341,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResource": {
-      "description": "A transient resource used in compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not saved anywhere and used only to process the request.",
-      "id": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResource",
-      "properties": {
-        "instanceSpecs": {
-          "additionalProperties": {
-            "$ref": "BulkInsertInstanceResource"
-          },
-          "description": "Specification of named homogeneous instance sets to find location for.\nKeys of this map are arbitrary (but must be different), defined by the caller used only in the response. They must follow RFC 1035 name standard. Specifically, they must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.\nValues are trimmed BulkInsertInstanceResource messages, without the following fields:  \n- min_count\n- predefined_name\n- name_pattern\n- per_instance_properties\n- instance\n- secure_tag\n- location_policy",
-          "type": "object"
-        },
-        "locationPolicy": {
-          "$ref": "LocationPolicy",
-          "description": "Location policy to indicate allowed zones for instances, together with the shape of the distribution."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponse": {
-      "description": "Response for for compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations.",
-      "id": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "recommendedLocations": {
-          "additionalProperties": {
-            "$ref": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponseRecommendationsForInstanceSpecs"
-          },
-          "description": "Instance count recommendations, keys are instance spec names.",
-          "type": "object"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponseRecommendation": {
-      "description": "Instance count recommendation for a single zone.",
-      "id": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponseRecommendation",
-      "properties": {
-        "instanceCount": {
-          "description": "Count of instances recommended.",
-          "format": "int32",
-          "type": "integer"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponseRecommendationsForInstanceSpecs": {
-      "description": "Instance count recommendations for a single instance specification.",
-      "id": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponseRecommendationsForInstanceSpecs",
-      "properties": {
-        "locations": {
-          "additionalProperties": {
-            "$ref": "RegionInstancesRecommendLocationsResponseRecommendation"
-          },
-          "description": "Instance count recommendations, keys are zone names.",
-          "type": "object"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "RegionInstantSnapshotsExportRequest": {
       "id": "RegionInstantSnapshotsExportRequest",
       "properties": {
@@ -62295,36 +63412,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62350,6 +63467,63 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse": {
+      "id": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "firewallPolicys": {
+          "description": "Effective firewalls from firewall policy.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "firewalls": {
+          "description": "Effective firewalls on the network.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Firewall"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy": {
+      "id": "RegionNetworkFirewallPoliciesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponseEffectiveFirewallPolicy",
+      "properties": {
+        "displayName": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The display name of the firewall policy.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "rules": {
+          "description": "The rules that apply to the network.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "FirewallPolicyRule"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The type of the firewall policy.",
+          "enum": [
+            "HIERARCHY",
+            "NETWORK",
+            "NETWORK_REGIONAL",
+            "UNSPECIFIED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "RegionSetLabelsRequest": {
       "id": "RegionSetLabelsRequest",
       "properties": {
@@ -62425,7 +63599,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Reservation": {
-      "description": "Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read  Reserving zonal resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.reservations ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.",
       "id": "Reservation",
       "properties": {
         "commitment": {
@@ -62494,11 +63668,11 @@
             "UPDATING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Resources are being allocated for the reservation.",
+            "Reservation is currently being deleted.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Reservation has allocated all its resources.",
+            "Reservation is currently being resized."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -62514,7 +63688,7 @@
       "id": "ReservationAffinity",
       "properties": {
         "consumeReservationType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See  Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
+          "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
           "enum": [
             "ANY_RESERVATION",
             "NO_RESERVATION",
@@ -62523,10 +63697,10 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Consume any allocation available.",
+            "Do not consume from any allocated capacity.",
+            "Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations.",
+            "Prefer to consume from a specific reservation, but still consume any reservation available if the specified reservation is not available or exhausted. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -62614,36 +63788,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62729,36 +63903,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62838,36 +64012,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62980,36 +64154,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63036,7 +64210,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ResourcePolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Resource Policy resource. You can use resource policies to schedule actions for some Compute Engine resources. For example, you can use them to schedule persistent disk snapshots.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.resourcePolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Resource Policy resource. You can use resource policies to schedule actions for some Compute Engine resources. For example, you can use them to schedule persistent disk snapshots.",
       "id": "ResourcePolicy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -63103,11 +64277,11 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Resource policy is being created.",
+            "Resource policy is being deleted.",
+            "Resource policy is expired and will not run again.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Resource policy is ready to be used."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -63190,36 +64364,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63282,7 +64456,7 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_COLLOCATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
+            "Specifies collocation option that provides tight collocation with minimum network latency.",
             "",
             ""
           ],
@@ -63309,8 +64483,8 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_SCOPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Specifies availability domain scope across hosts. VMs will be spread across different hosts.",
+            "VMs will be spread across different instrastructure to not share power, host and networking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -63322,8 +64496,8 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_PLACEMENT_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "VMs are placed without regard for shared hosts",
+            "VMs do not share the same hosts",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -63457,36 +64631,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63566,7 +64740,6 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "onPolicySwitch": {
-          "description": "TODO(b/165626794): Remove this field Specifies the behavior to apply to existing, scheduled snapshots snapshots if the policy is changed.",
           "enum": [
             "DO_NOT_RETROACTIVELY_APPLY",
             "RETROACTIVELY_APPLY",
@@ -63773,14 +64946,14 @@
           "additionalProperties": {
             "type": "string"
           },
-          "description": "Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource.\n\nCurrently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a.\n\nThe value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.",
+          "description": "Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.",
           "type": "object"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Route": {
-      "description": "Represents a Route resource.\n\nA route defines a path from VM instances in the VPC network to a specific destination. This destination can be inside or outside the VPC network. For more information, read the Routes overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.routes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Route resource. A route defines a path from VM instances in the VPC network to a specific destination. This destination can be inside or outside the VPC network. For more information, read the Routes overview.",
       "id": "Route",
       "properties": {
         "allowConflictingSubnetworks": {
@@ -63816,8 +64989,8 @@
             "WITHDRAW_ROUTE_IF_ILB_UNHEALTHY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not Withdraw route if the ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the ILB. This is default behavior for ilb as next hop route without IlbRouteBehavior.",
+            "Withdraw route if the ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the internal load balancing. Currently the withdrawn route will be reinserted when the backends are restored to healthy. If you wish to prevent the re-insertion of the route and trigger the fall-back at your discretion, override the health result from the backends to signal as healthy only when ready to fallback."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -63846,15 +65019,15 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopGateway": {
-          "description": "The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL:  projects/project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway",
+          "description": "The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopIlb": {
-          "description": "The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- 10.128.0.56 \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule \n- regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule",
+          "description": "The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopInstance": {
-          "description": "The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example:\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/",
+          "description": "The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": {
@@ -63941,36 +65114,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -64059,36 +65232,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -64115,7 +65288,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Router": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud Router resource.\n\nFor more information about Cloud Router, read the Cloud Router overview.",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud Router resource. For more information about Cloud Router, read the Cloud Router overview.",
       "id": "Router",
       "properties": {
         "bgp": {
@@ -64138,7 +65311,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "encryptedInterconnectRouter": {
-          "description": "Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN attachments (interconnectAttachments).\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN attachments (interconnectAttachments). Not currently available publicly. ",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "id": {
@@ -64284,36 +65457,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -64363,9 +65536,9 @@
               "ALL_VPC_SUBNETS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "Advertise peer subnets of the router's VPC.",
+              "Advertise all available subnets (including peer VPC subnets).",
+              "Advertise the router's own VPC subnets."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -64384,7 +65557,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "keepaliveInterval": {
-          "description": "The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer.\nHold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer.\nBGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers.\nIf set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.",
+          "description": "The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -64407,7 +65580,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "advertisedGroups": {
-          "description": "User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, which can take one of the following options: \n- ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all available subnets, including peer VPC subnets. \n- ALL_VPC_SUBNETS: Advertises the router's own VPC subnets. Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and overrides the list defined for the router (in the \"bgp\" message). These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.",
+          "description": "User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, which can take one of the following options: - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all available subnets, including peer VPC subnets. - ALL_VPC_SUBNETS: Advertises the router's own VPC subnets. Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and overrides the list defined for the router (in the \"bgp\" message). These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.",
           "items": {
             "enum": [
               "ALL_PEER_VPC_SUBNETS",
@@ -64415,9 +65588,9 @@
               "ALL_VPC_SUBNETS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "Advertise peer subnets of the router's VPC.",
+              "Advertise all available subnets (including peer VPC subnets).",
+              "Advertise the router's own VPC subnets."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -64437,10 +65610,10 @@
         },
         "bfd": {
           "$ref": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
-          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering.\nNot currently available publicly."
+          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly."
         },
         "enable": {
-          "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection.\nIf set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
+          "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
             "FALSE",
             "TRUE"
@@ -64468,14 +65641,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "managementType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. \n- MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users \n- MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT",
             "MANAGED_BY_USER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The BGP peer is automatically created for PARTNER type InterconnectAttachment; Google will automatically create/delete this BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created/deleted, and Google will update the ipAddress and peerIpAddress when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is provisioned. This type of BGP peer cannot be created or deleted, but can be modified for all fields except for name, ipAddress and peerIpAddress.",
+            "Default value, the BGP peer is manually created and managed by user."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -64518,12 +65691,12 @@
       "id": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
       "properties": {
         "minReceiveInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set, this value must be between 100 and 30000.\nThe default is 300.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 100 and 30000. The default is 300.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "minTransmitInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set, this value must be between 100 and 30000.\nThe default is 300.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 100 and 30000. The default is 300.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -64542,7 +65715,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "multiplier": {
-          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set, the value must be a value between 2 and 16.\nThe default is 3.",
+          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 2 and 16. The default is 3.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -64559,7 +65732,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionInitializationMode": {
-          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
+          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DISABLED",
@@ -64596,14 +65769,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "managementType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. \n- MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. \n- MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT",
             "MANAGED_BY_USER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interface is automatically created for PARTNER type InterconnectAttachment, Google will automatically create/update/delete this interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created/provisioned/deleted. This type of interface cannot be manually managed by user.",
+            "Default value, the interface is manually created and managed by user."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -64694,36 +65867,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -64761,7 +65934,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "enableDynamicPortAllocation": {
-          "description": "Enable Dynamic Port Allocation.\nIf not specified, it is disabled by default.\nIf set to true, \n- Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. \n- enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. \n- If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.",
+          "description": "Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. ",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": {
@@ -64777,7 +65950,7 @@
           "description": "Configure logging on this NAT."
         },
         "maxPortsPerVm": {
-          "description": "Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled.\nIf Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect.\nIf Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set.\nIf Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.",
+          "description": "Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -64792,14 +65965,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "natIpAllocateOption": {
-          "description": "Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: \n- MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. \n- AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.",
+          "description": "Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. ",
           "enum": [
             "AUTO_ONLY",
             "MANUAL_ONLY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Nat IPs are allocated by GCP; customers can not specify any Nat IPs.",
+            "Only use Nat IPs provided by customers. When specified Nat IPs are not enough then the Nat service fails for new VMs."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -64818,16 +65991,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": {
-          "description": "Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: \n- ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. \n- ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. \n- LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES or ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES, then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region.",
+          "description": "Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES or ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES, then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region.",
           "enum": [
             "ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES",
             "ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES",
             "LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "All the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.",
+            "All the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.",
+            "A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -64870,16 +66043,16 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "filter": {
-          "description": "Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: \n- ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. \n- TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. \n- ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.",
+          "description": "Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALL",
             "ERRORS_ONLY",
             "TRANSLATIONS_ONLY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Export logs for all (successful and unsuccessful) connections.",
+            "Export logs for connection failures only.",
+            "Export logs for successful connections only."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -64898,7 +66071,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "match": {
-          "description": "CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced.\n\nThe following examples are valid match expressions:\n\n\"inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')\"\n\n\"destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'\"",
+          "description": "CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding `action` is enforced. The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: \"inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, '2.2.0.0/16')\" \"destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'\" The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: \"nexthop.hub == '/projects/my-project/global/hub/hub-1'\"",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ruleNumber": {
@@ -64913,14 +66086,14 @@
       "id": "RouterNatRuleAction",
       "properties": {
         "sourceNatActiveIps": {
-          "description": "A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the project. This field is used for public NAT.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceNatDrainIps": {
-          "description": "A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. This field is used for public NAT.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -64953,9 +66126,9 @@
               "PRIMARY_IP_RANGE"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "The primary and all the secondary ranges are allowed to Nat.",
+              "A list of secondary ranges are allowed to Nat.",
+              "The primary range is allowed to Nat."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -65245,36 +66418,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -65301,11 +66474,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Rule": {
-      "description": "A rule to be applied in a Policy.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "Rule",
       "properties": {
         "action": {
-          "description": "Required",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ALLOW",
             "ALLOW_WITH_LOG",
@@ -65315,49 +66488,49 @@
             "NO_ACTION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "conditions": {
-          "description": "Additional restrictions that must be met. All conditions must pass for the rule to match.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Condition"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "Human-readable description of the rule.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ins": {
-          "description": "If one or more 'in' clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in at least one of these entries.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "logConfigs": {
-          "description": "The config returned to callers of tech.iam.IAM.CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "LogConfig"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "notIns": {
-          "description": "If one or more 'not_in' clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in none of the entries.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "permissions": {
-          "description": "A permission is a string of form '..' (e.g., 'storage.buckets.list'). A value of '*' matches all permissions, and a verb part of '*' (e.g., 'storage.buckets.*') matches all verbs.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -65379,16 +66552,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -65441,11 +66614,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd",
+          "description": "[Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -65489,8 +66662,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple virtual machines can use a disk in read-only mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in read-write mode. Only one virtual machine at a time can be attached to a disk in read-write mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -65550,10 +66723,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The current autoscaling recommendation is influenced by this scaling schedule.",
+            "This scaling schedule has been disabled by the user.",
+            "This scaling schedule will never become active again.",
+            "The current autoscaling recommendation is not influenced by this scaling schedule."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -65565,7 +66738,7 @@
       "id": "Scheduling",
       "properties": {
         "automaticRestart": {
-          "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.\n\nBy default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.",
+          "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "availabilityDomain": {
@@ -65573,6 +66746,16 @@
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "currentCpus": {
+          "description": "Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "currentMemoryMb": {
+          "description": "Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": {
           "description": "Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.",
           "format": "int32",
@@ -65597,7 +66780,7 @@
             "PERIODIC"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "VMs receive infrastructure and hypervisor updates on a periodic basis, minimizing the number of maintenance operations (live migrations or terminations) on an individual VM. This may mean a VM will take longer to receive an update than if it was configured for AS_NEEDED. Security updates will still be applied as soon as they are available."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -65620,14 +66803,24 @@
             "TERMINATE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "*[Default]* Allows Compute Engine to automatically migrate instances out of the way of maintenance events.",
+            "Tells Compute Engine to terminate and (optionally) restart the instance away from the maintenance activity. If you would like your instance to be restarted, set the automaticRestart flag to true. Your instance may be restarted more than once, and it may be restarted outside the window of maintenance events."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "preemptible": {
           "description": "Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.",
           "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "provisioningModel": {
+          "description": "Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SPOT"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Heavily discounted, no guaranteed runtime."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -65648,8 +66841,8 @@
             "OPERATOR_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Requires Compute Engine to seek for matched nodes.",
+            "Requires Compute Engine to avoid certain nodes.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -65762,36 +66955,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -65869,36 +67062,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -65934,7 +67127,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SecurityPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.\n\nOnly external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see  Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.",
       "id": "SecurityPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "adaptiveProtectionConfig": {
@@ -65970,7 +67163,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -65985,7 +67178,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -66030,7 +67223,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.",
+          "description": "The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google\u2019s cache.",
           "enum": [
             "CLOUD_ARMOR",
             "CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE",
@@ -66226,36 +67419,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -66315,7 +67508,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enableLogging": {
-          "description": "Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on \"goto_next\" rules.\n\nThis field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on \"goto_next\" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "headerAction": {
@@ -66344,6 +67537,10 @@
           "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptions",
           "description": "Must be specified if the action is \"rate_based_ban\" or \"throttle\". Cannot be specified for any other actions."
         },
+        "redirectOptions": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleRedirectOptions",
+          "description": "Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions."
+        },
         "redirectTarget": {
           "description": "This must be specified for redirect actions. Cannot be specified for any other actions.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -66359,7 +67556,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "targetResources": {
-          "description": "A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -66422,7 +67619,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            ""
+            "Matches the source IP address of a request to the IP ranges supplied in config."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -66433,21 +67630,21 @@
       "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcherConfig",
       "properties": {
         "destIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range.\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "destPorts": {
-          "description": "Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcherConfigDestinationPort"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "layer4Configs": {
-          "description": "Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcherConfigLayer4Config"
           },
@@ -66471,7 +67668,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"]. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -66488,7 +67685,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"]. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -66510,21 +67707,31 @@
           "description": "Can only be specified if the action for the rule is \"rate_based_ban\". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'."
         },
         "conformAction": {
-          "description": "Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are \"allow\", \"fairshare\", and \"drop_overload\".",
+          "description": "Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is \"allow\" only.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enforceOnKey": {
-          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is \"IP\", each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas \"ALL_IPs\" means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.",
+          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: \u201cALL\u201d -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. \u201cALL_IPS\u201d -- This definition, equivalent to \"ALL\", has been depprecated. \u201cIP\u201d -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. \u201cHTTP_HEADER\u201d -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under \u201cenforce_on_key_name\u201d. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to \u201cALL\u201d. \u201cXFF_IP\u201d -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to \u201cALL\u201d.",
           "enum": [
+            "ALL",
             "ALL_IPS",
-            "IP"
+            "HTTP_HEADER",
+            "IP",
+            "XFF_IP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
             "",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "enforceOnKeyName": {
+          "description": "Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "exceedAction": {
           "description": "When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are \"deny()\" where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -66552,6 +67759,28 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SecurityPolicyRuleRedirectOptions": {
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleRedirectOptions",
+      "properties": {
+        "target": {
+          "description": "Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "Type of the redirect action.",
+          "enum": [
+            "EXTERNAL_302",
+            "GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SecuritySettings": {
       "description": "The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService.",
       "id": "SecuritySettings",
@@ -66569,7 +67798,7 @@
           "description": "[Deprecated] Authorization config defines the Role Based Access Control (RBAC) config. Authorization config defines the Role Based Access Control (RBAC) config."
         },
         "clientTlsPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends.\nclientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nIf left blank, communications are not encrypted.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "clientTlsSettings": {
@@ -66577,7 +67806,7 @@
           "description": "[Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service."
         },
         "subjectAltNames": {
-          "description": "Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service.\nNote that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities.\nOnly applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode). Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -66587,7 +67816,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SerialPortOutput": {
-      "description": "An instance's serial console output.",
+      "description": "An instance serial console output.",
       "id": "SerialPortOutput",
       "properties": {
         "contents": {
@@ -66626,8 +67855,8 @@
             "SERVER_BINDING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Node may associate with any physical server over its lifetime.",
+            "Node may associate with minimal physical servers over its lifetime.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -66651,7 +67880,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "tlsMode": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether connections should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This field can be set to one of the following:  \n- SIMPLE Secure connections with standard TLS semantics.  \n- MUTUAL Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether connections should be secured using TLS. The value of this field determines how TLS is enforced. This field can be set to one of the following: - SIMPLE Secure connections with standard TLS semantics. - MUTUAL Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication. ",
           "enum": [
             "INVALID",
             "MUTUAL",
@@ -66659,8 +67888,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Secure connections to the backends using mutual TLS by presenting client certificates for authentication.",
+            "Secure connections with standard TLS semantics."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -66686,7 +67915,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ServiceAttachment": {
-      "description": "Represents a ServiceAttachment resource.\n\nA service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19",
+      "description": "Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19",
       "id": "ServiceAttachment",
       "properties": {
         "connectedEndpoints": {
@@ -66717,13 +67946,6 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
-        "consumerForwardingRules": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerForwardingRule"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
         "consumerRejectLists": {
           "description": "Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.",
           "items": {
@@ -66867,36 +68089,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -66930,10 +68152,6 @@
           "description": "The url of a connected endpoint.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "forwardingRule": {
-          "description": "The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
         "pscConnectionId": {
           "description": "The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.",
           "format": "uint64",
@@ -66949,44 +68167,10 @@
             "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ServiceAttachmentConsumerForwardingRule": {
-      "description": "[Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.",
-      "id": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerForwardingRule",
-      "properties": {
-        "forwardingRule": {
-          "description": "The url of a consumer forwarding rule.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "pscConnectionId": {
-          "description": "The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.",
-          "format": "uint64",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "status": {
-          "description": "The status of the forwarding rule.",
-          "enum": [
-            "ACCEPTED",
-            "CLOSED",
-            "PENDING",
-            "REJECTED",
-            "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "The connection has been accepted by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been closed by the producer.",
+            "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.",
+            "The consumer is still connected but not using the connection.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -67069,36 +68253,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -67167,36 +68351,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -67226,6 +68410,13 @@
       "description": "The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups.",
       "id": "ShareSettings",
       "properties": {
+        "folderMap": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "ShareSettingsFolderConfig"
+          },
+          "description": "A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
         "projects": {
           "description": "A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.",
           "items": {
@@ -67236,20 +68427,35 @@
         "shareType": {
           "description": "Type of sharing for this shared-reservation",
           "enum": [
+            "DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS",
+            "LOCAL",
             "ORGANIZATION",
             "SHARE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "SPECIFIC_PROJECTS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Shared-reservation is open to direct child projects of specific folders.",
+            "Default value.",
+            "Shared-reservation is open to entire Organization",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Shared-reservation is open to specific projects"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ShareSettingsFolderConfig": {
+      "description": "Config for each folder in the share settings.",
+      "id": "ShareSettingsFolderConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "folderId": {
+          "description": "The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ShieldedInstanceConfig": {
       "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options.",
       "id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig",
@@ -67270,9 +68476,17 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ShieldedInstanceIdentity": {
-      "description": "A shielded Instance identity entry.",
+      "description": "A Shielded Instance Identity.",
       "id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentity",
       "properties": {
+        "eccP256EncryptionKey": {
+          "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
+          "description": "An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the ECC P256 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM."
+        },
+        "eccP256SigningKey": {
+          "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
+          "description": "An Attestation Key (AK) made by the ECC P256 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM."
+        },
         "encryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
           "description": "An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM."
@@ -67335,7 +68549,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ShieldedVmIdentity": {
-      "description": "A shielded VM identity entry.",
+      "description": "A Shielded VM Identity.",
       "id": "ShieldedVmIdentity",
       "properties": {
         "encryptionKey": {
@@ -67397,7 +68611,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Snapshot": {
-      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource.\n\nYou can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read  Creating persistent disk snapshots. (== resource_for {$api_version}.snapshots ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource. You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read Creating persistent disk snapshots.",
       "id": "Snapshot",
       "properties": {
         "autoCreated": {
@@ -67431,7 +68645,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -67448,7 +68662,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -67502,7 +68716,7 @@
         },
         "snapshotEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later."
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
           "description": "The source disk used to create this snapshot.",
@@ -67516,6 +68730,14 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshot": {
+          "description": "The source instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot ",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sourceInstantSnapshotId": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this snapshot. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact instant snapshot that was used.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "status": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.",
           "enum": [
@@ -67526,11 +68748,11 @@
             "UPLOADING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Snapshot creation is in progress.",
+            "Snapshot is currently being deleted.",
+            "Snapshot creation failed.",
+            "Snapshot has been created successfully.",
+            "Snapshot is being uploaded."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -67557,6 +68779,13 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "userLicenses": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -67622,36 +68851,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -67685,7 +68914,7 @@
           "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key."
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk",
+          "description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -67706,7 +68935,6 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SourceInstanceProperties": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "SourceInstanceProperties",
       "properties": {
         "canIpForward": {
@@ -67769,9 +68997,9 @@
             "SHUTDOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates user chose no operation.",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -67794,7 +69022,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SslCertificate": {
-      "description": "Represents an SSL Certificate resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two SSL Certificate resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionSslCertificates)\n\n\n\nThe sslCertificates are used by:  \n- external HTTPS load balancers \n- SSL proxy load balancers  \n\nThe regionSslCertificates are used by internal HTTPS load balancers.\n\nOptionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read  Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and  Troubleshooting SSL certificates. (== resource_for {$api_version}.sslCertificates ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionSslCertificates ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an SSL Certificate resource. Google Compute Engine has two SSL Certificate resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionSslCertificates) The sslCertificates are used by: - external HTTPS load balancers - SSL proxy load balancers The regionSslCertificates are used by internal HTTPS load balancers. Optionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and Troubleshooting SSL certificates.",
       "id": "SslCertificate",
       "properties": {
         "certificate": {
@@ -67867,8 +69095,8 @@
             "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Google-managed SSLCertificate.",
+            "Certificate uploaded by user.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -67944,36 +69172,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -68060,36 +69288,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -68131,13 +69359,13 @@
               "PROVISIONING"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
+              "A managed certificate can be provisioned, no issues for this domain.",
               "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "Failed to check CAA records for the domain.",
+              "Certificate issuance forbidden by an explicit CAA record for the domain.",
+              "There seems to be problem with the user's DNS or load balancer configuration for this domain.",
+              "Reached rate-limit for certificates per top-level private domain.",
+              "Certificate provisioning for this domain is under way. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -68162,12 +69390,12 @@
             "RENEWAL_FAILED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The certificate management is working, and a certificate has been provisioned.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The certificate management is working. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate.",
+            "Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.",
+            "Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. It won't be retried. To try again delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.",
+            "Renewal of the certificate has failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. The existing cert is still serving; however, it will expire shortly. To provision a renewed certificate, delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details on which domain failed, consult domain_status field."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -68232,36 +69460,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -68347,36 +69575,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -68415,7 +69643,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SslPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource.\n\nUse SSL policies to control the SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, offered by an HTTPS or SSL Proxy load balancer. For more information, read  SSL Policy Concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.sslPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource. Use SSL policies to control the SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, offered by an HTTPS or SSL Proxy load balancer. For more information, read SSL Policy Concepts.",
       "id": "SslPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -68423,7 +69651,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "customFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The\n- method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.",
+          "description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -68441,7 +69669,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68463,9 +69691,9 @@
             "TLS_1_2"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "TLS 1.0",
+            "TLS 1.1",
+            "TLS 1.2"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68483,10 +69711,10 @@
             "RESTRICTED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Compatible profile. Allows the broadset set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the load balancer.",
+            "Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the customFeatures field.",
+            "Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the load balancer.",
+            "Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68536,36 +69764,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -68677,7 +69905,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Subnetwork": {
-      "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource.\n\nA subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual Private Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary IP ranges. For more information, read  Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network. (== resource_for {$api_version}.subnetworks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource. A subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual Private Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary IP ranges. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.",
       "id": "Subnetwork",
       "properties": {
         "aggregationInterval": {
@@ -68701,7 +69929,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "allowSubnetCidrRoutesOverlap": {
-          "description": "Whether this subnetwork can conflict with static routes. Setting this to true allows this subnetwork's primary and secondary ranges to conflict with routes that have already been configured on the corresponding network. Static routes will take precedence over the subnetwork route if the route prefix length is at least as large as the subnetwork prefix length.\n\nAlso, packets destined to IPs within subnetwork may contain private/sensitive data and are prevented from leaving the virtual network. Setting this field to true will disable this feature.\n\nThe default value is false and applies to all existing subnetworks and automatically created subnetworks.\n\nThis field cannot be set to true at resource creation time.",
+          "description": "Whether this subnetwork can conflict with static routes. Setting this to true allows this subnetwork's primary and secondary ranges to conflict with routes that have already been configured on the corresponding network. Static routes will take precedence over the subnetwork route if the route prefix length is at least as large as the subnetwork prefix length. Also, packets destined to IPs within subnetwork may contain private/sensitive data and are prevented from leaving the virtual network. Setting this field to true will disable this feature. The default value is false and applies to all existing subnetworks and automatically created subnetworks. This field cannot be set to true at resource creation time.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -68729,7 +69957,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68759,9 +69987,9 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_IPV6_ACCESS_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "VMs in this subnet can have external IPv6.",
+            "VMs in this subnet can have internal IPv6.",
+            "IPv6 access type not set. Means this subnet hasn't been turned on IPv6 yet."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68804,7 +70032,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority.\n\nThis field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
           "enum": [
             "DISABLE_GOOGLE_ACCESS",
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
@@ -68812,10 +70040,10 @@
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE_FOR_SERVICE_ACCOUNTS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Disable private IPv6 access to/from Google services.",
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services.",
+            "Deprecated in favor of enable PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess on instance directly. Outbound private IPv6 access is enabled per VM based on Service Accounts. This applies only to VMs with primary service accounts as listed in private_ipv6_google_access_service_account."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68838,13 +70066,13 @@
             "REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subnetwork used to aggregate multiple private subnetworks.",
+            "Subnetworks created for Cloud Extension Machines.",
+            "Subnet reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+            "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.",
+            "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.",
+            "Subnetworks created for Private Service Connect in the producer network.",
+            "Subnetwork used for Regional Internal/External HTTP(S) Load Balancing."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68863,8 +70091,8 @@
             "BACKUP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The ACTIVE subnet that is currently used.",
+            "The BACKUP subnet that could be promoted to ACTIVE."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68884,15 +70112,15 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "stackType": {
-          "description": "The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.\n\nThis field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
+          "description": "The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4_IPV6",
             "IPV4_ONLY",
             "UNSPECIFIED_STACK_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "New VMs in this subnet can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.",
+            "New VMs in this subnet will only be assigned IPv4 addresses.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -68904,8 +70132,8 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subnetwork is being drained.",
+            "Subnetwork is ready for use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -68988,36 +70216,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -69104,36 +70332,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -69292,36 +70520,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -69366,10 +70594,15 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is adjusted based on the `subset_size` parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.",
+            "No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "subsetSize": {
+          "description": "The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -69387,16 +70620,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -69428,7 +70661,7 @@
       "id": "Tags",
       "properties": {
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -69437,13 +70670,14 @@
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
+          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetGrpcProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target gRPC Proxy resource.\n\nA target gRPC proxy is a component of load balancers intended for load balancing gRPC traffic. Only global forwarding rules with load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED can reference a target gRPC proxy. The target gRPC Proxy references a URL map that specifies how traffic is routed to gRPC backend services. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetGrpcProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target gRPC Proxy resource. A target gRPC proxy is a component of load balancers intended for load balancing gRPC traffic. Only global forwarding rules with load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED can reference a target gRPC proxy. The target gRPC Proxy references a URL map that specifies how traffic is routed to gRPC backend services.",
       "id": "TargetGrpcProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -69558,36 +70792,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -69656,36 +70890,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -69712,7 +70946,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetHttpProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target HTTP Proxy resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Target HTTP Proxy resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/targetHttpProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionTargetHttpProxies)\n\nA target HTTP proxy is a component of GCP HTTP load balancers.\n\n* targetHttpProxies are used by external HTTP load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by internal HTTP load balancers.\n\nForwarding rules reference a target HTTP proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and  Forwarding rule concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetHttpProxies ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionTargetHttpProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target HTTP Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTP Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpProxies) A target HTTP proxy is a component of GCP HTTP load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by external HTTP load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by internal HTTP load balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTP proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.",
       "id": "TargetHttpProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -69729,7 +70963,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "httpFilters": {
-          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/v1alpha1/projects/project/locations/locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list.\nhttpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
+          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/v1alpha1/projects/project/locations/ locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list. httpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -69751,7 +70985,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "region": {
@@ -69841,36 +71075,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -69957,36 +71191,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -70055,36 +71289,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -70131,9 +71365,9 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The load balancer will not attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "The load balancer will attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "No overrides to the default QUIC policy. This option is implicit if no QUIC override has been specified in the request."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -70154,7 +71388,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetHttpsProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionTargetHttpsProxies)\n\nA target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers.\n\n* targetHttpsProxies are used by external HTTPS load balancers. * regionTargetHttpsProxies are used by internal HTTPS load balancers.\n\nForwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and  Forwarding rule concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetHttpsProxies ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionTargetHttpsProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpsProxies are used by external HTTPS load balancers. * regionTargetHttpsProxies are used by internal HTTPS load balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.",
       "id": "TargetHttpsProxy",
       "properties": {
         "authentication": {
@@ -70166,7 +71400,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "authorizationPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy.\nRefer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details.\nauthorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "certificateMap": {
@@ -70187,7 +71421,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "httpFilters": {
-          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/beta/projects/project/locations/locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list.\nhttpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
+          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/beta/projects/project/locations/ locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list. httpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -70209,20 +71443,20 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "quicOverride": {
-          "description": "Specifies the QUIC override policy for this TargetHttpsProxy resource. This setting determines whether the load balancer attempts to negotiate QUIC with clients. You can specify NONE, ENABLE, or DISABLE.  \n- When quic-override is set to NONE, Google manages whether QUIC is used. \n- When quic-override is set to ENABLE, the load balancer uses QUIC when possible. \n- When quic-override is set to DISABLE, the load balancer doesn't use QUIC. \n- If the quic-override flag is not specified, NONE is implied.",
+          "description": "Specifies the QUIC override policy for this TargetHttpsProxy resource. This setting determines whether the load balancer attempts to negotiate QUIC with clients. You can specify NONE, ENABLE, or DISABLE. - When quic-override is set to NONE, Google manages whether QUIC is used. - When quic-override is set to ENABLE, the load balancer uses QUIC when possible. - When quic-override is set to DISABLE, the load balancer doesn't use QUIC. - If the quic-override flag is not specified, NONE is implied. ",
           "enum": [
             "DISABLE",
             "ENABLE",
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The load balancer will not attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "The load balancer will attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "No overrides to the default QUIC policy. This option is implicit if no QUIC override has been specified in the request."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -70239,7 +71473,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serverTlsPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ServerTlsPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authenticate inbound traffic.\nserverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nIf left blank, communications are not encrypted.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ServerTlsPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authenticate inbound traffic. serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sslCertificates": {
@@ -70254,7 +71488,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMap": {
-          "description": "A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map:  \n- https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map \n- projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map \n- global/urlMaps/url-map",
+          "description": "A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -70328,36 +71562,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -70444,36 +71678,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -70500,7 +71734,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetInstance": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target Instance resource.\n\nYou can use a target instance to handle traffic for one or more forwarding rules, which is ideal for forwarding protocol traffic that is managed by a single source. For example, ESP, AH, TCP, or UDP. For more information, read Target instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetInstances ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target Instance resource. You can use a target instance to handle traffic for one or more forwarding rules, which is ideal for forwarding protocol traffic that is managed by a single source. For example, ESP, AH, TCP, or UDP. For more information, read Target instances.",
       "id": "TargetInstance",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -70517,7 +71751,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instance": {
-          "description": "A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
@@ -70536,7 +71770,7 @@
             "NO_NAT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "No NAT performed."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -70627,36 +71861,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -70743,36 +71977,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -70841,36 +72075,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -70897,11 +72131,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetPool": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target Pool resource.\n\nTarget pools are used for network TCP/UDP load balancing. A target pool references member instances, an associated legacy HttpHealthCheck resource, and, optionally, a backup target pool. For more information, read Using target pools. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetPools ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target Pool resource. Target pools are used for network TCP/UDP load balancing. A target pool references member instances, an associated legacy HttpHealthCheck resource, and, optionally, a backup target pool. For more information, read Using target pools.",
       "id": "TargetPool",
       "properties": {
         "backupPool": {
-          "description": "The server-defined URL for the resource. This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool, and its failoverRatio field is properly set to a value between [0, 1].\n\nbackupPool and failoverRatio together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below failoverRatio, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool.\n\nIn case where failoverRatio and backupPool are not set, or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
+          "description": "The server-defined URL for the resource. This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool, and its failoverRatio field is properly set to a value between [0, 1]. backupPool and failoverRatio together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below failoverRatio, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool. In case where failoverRatio and backupPool are not set, or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -70913,7 +72147,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "failoverRatio": {
-          "description": "This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool (i.e., not as a backup pool to some other target pool). The value of the field must be in [0, 1].\n\nIf set, backupPool must also be set. They together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below this number, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool.\n\nIn case where failoverRatio is not set or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
+          "description": "This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool (i.e., not as a backup pool to some other target pool). The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. If set, backupPool must also be set. They together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below this number, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool. In case where failoverRatio is not set or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -70959,7 +72193,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionAffinity": {
-          "description": "Session affinity option, must be one of the following values:\nNONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.\nCLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.\nCLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.",
+          "description": "Session affinity option, must be one of the following values: NONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool. CLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. CLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.",
           "enum": [
             "CLIENT_IP",
             "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -70971,14 +72205,14 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.",
+            "1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "The hash is based on a user specified header field.",
+            "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.",
+            "No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -71053,36 +72287,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -71186,36 +72420,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -71258,7 +72492,7 @@
       "id": "TargetPoolsAddInstanceRequest",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A full or partial URL to an instance to add to this target pool. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name \n- projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name \n- zones/zone/instances/instance-name",
+          "description": "A full or partial URL to an instance to add to this target pool. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project-id/zones/zone /instances/instance-name - projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name - zones/zone/instances/instance-name ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "InstanceReference"
           },
@@ -71271,7 +72505,7 @@
       "id": "TargetPoolsRemoveHealthCheckRequest",
       "properties": {
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "Health check URL to be removed. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- global/httpHealthChecks/health-check",
+          "description": "Health check URL to be removed. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project /global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - global/httpHealthChecks/health-check ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HealthCheckReference"
           },
@@ -71336,36 +72570,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -71452,7 +72686,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetSslProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource.\n\nA target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetSslProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource. A target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies.",
       "id": "TargetSslProxy",
       "properties": {
         "certificateMap": {
@@ -71577,36 +72811,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -71661,7 +72895,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetTcpProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource.\n\nA target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetTcpProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource. A target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview.",
       "id": "TargetTcpProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -71688,7 +72922,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "proxyHeader": {
@@ -71775,36 +73009,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -71831,7 +73065,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetVpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target VPN Gateway resource.\n\nThe target VPN gateway resource represents a Classic Cloud VPN gateway. For more information, read the the Cloud VPN Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetVpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target VPN Gateway resource. The target VPN gateway resource represents a Classic Cloud VPN gateway. For more information, read the the Cloud VPN Overview.",
       "id": "TargetVpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -71860,7 +73094,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this TargetVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a TargetVpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this TargetVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a TargetVpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -71992,36 +73226,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -72108,36 +73342,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -72206,36 +73440,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -72351,8 +73585,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "USE_PATH specifies that the certificates and private key are obtained from a locally mounted filesystem path.",
+            "USE_SDS specifies that the certificates and private key are obtained from a SDS server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -72414,8 +73648,8 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "USE_PATH specifies that the certificates and private key are obtained from a locally mounted filesystem path.",
+            "USE_SDS specifies that the certificates and private key are obtained from a SDS server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -72483,9 +73717,9 @@
             "UNSCHEDULED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Scheduled maintenance (e.g. maintenance after uptime guarantee is complete).",
+            "No type specified. Do not use this value.",
+            "Unscheduled maintenance (e.g. emergency maintenance during uptime guarantee)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -72506,7 +73740,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "UrlMap": {
-      "description": "Represents a URL Map resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two URL Map resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionUrlMaps)\n\nA URL map resource is a component of certain types of GCP load balancers and Traffic Director.\n\n* urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers.\n\nFor a list of supported URL map features by load balancer type, see the  Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table.\n\nFor a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the  Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table.\n\nThis resource defines mappings from host names and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket.\n\nTo use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a URL Map resource. Google Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of GCP load balancers and Traffic Director. * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from host names and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts.",
       "id": "UrlMap",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -72515,28 +73749,28 @@
         },
         "defaultRouteAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the  hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction.\ndefaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "defaultService": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect  or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\ndefaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "defaultUrlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect.\nIf defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "description": {
           "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a UrlMap. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the UrlMap, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a UrlMap.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a UrlMap. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the UrlMap, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a UrlMap.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nThe headerAction specified here take effect after headerAction specified under pathMatcher.\nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction specified here take effect after headerAction specified under pathMatcher. Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "hostRules": {
           "description": "The list of HostRules to use against the URL.",
@@ -72576,7 +73810,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "tests": {
-          "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update this UrlMap will succeed only if all of the test cases pass. You can specify a maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update this UrlMap will succeed only if all of the test cases pass. You can specify a maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "UrlMapTest"
           },
@@ -72646,36 +73880,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -72724,11 +73958,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "expectedOutputUrl": {
-          "description": "The expected output URL evaluated by load balancer containing the scheme, host, path and query parameters.\nFor rules that forward requests to backends, the test passes only when expectedOutputUrl matches the request forwarded by load balancer to backends. For rules with urlRewrite, the test verifies that the forwarded request matches hostRewrite and pathPrefixRewrite in the urlRewrite action. When service is specified, expectedOutputUrl`s scheme is ignored.\nFor rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl matches the URL in the load balancer's redirect response. If urlRedirect specifies https_redirect, the test passes only if the scheme in expectedOutputUrl is also set to https. If urlRedirect specifies strip_query, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl does not contain any query parameters.\nexpectedOutputUrl is optional when service is specified.",
+          "description": "The expected output URL evaluated by load balancer containing the scheme, host, path and query parameters. For rules that forward requests to backends, the test passes only when expectedOutputUrl matches the request forwarded by load balancer to backends. For rules with urlRewrite, the test verifies that the forwarded request matches hostRewrite and pathPrefixRewrite in the urlRewrite action. When service is specified, expectedOutputUrl`s scheme is ignored. For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl matches the URL in the load balancer's redirect response. If urlRedirect specifies https_redirect, the test passes only if the scheme in expectedOutputUrl is also set to https. If urlRedirect specifies strip_query, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl does not contain any query parameters. expectedOutputUrl is optional when service is specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "expectedRedirectResponseCode": {
-          "description": "For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedRedirectResponseCode matches the HTTP status code in load balancer's redirect response.\nexpectedRedirectResponseCode cannot be set when service is set.",
+          "description": "For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedRedirectResponseCode matches the HTTP status code in load balancer's redirect response. expectedRedirectResponseCode cannot be set when service is set.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -72752,7 +73986,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "Expected BackendService or BackendBucket resource the given URL should be mapped to.\nservice cannot be set if expectedRedirectResponseCode is set.",
+          "description": "Expected BackendService or BackendBucket resource the given URL should be mapped to. service cannot be set if expectedRedirectResponseCode is set.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -72868,36 +74102,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -72966,36 +74200,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -73045,11 +74279,11 @@
       "id": "UrlRewrite",
       "properties": {
         "hostRewrite": {
-          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected service, the request's host header is replaced with contents of hostRewrite.\nThe value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
+          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected service, the request's host header is replaced with contents of hostRewrite. The value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pathPrefixRewrite": {
-          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend service, the matching portion of the request's path is replaced by pathPrefixRewrite.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend service, the matching portion of the request's path is replaced by pathPrefixRewrite. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -73156,36 +74390,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -73220,7 +74454,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "reportNamePrefix": {
-          "description": "An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.",
+          "description": "An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -73386,36 +74620,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -73442,7 +74676,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway.\n\nHA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely connect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud network through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region. For more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see  Cloud VPN topologies . (== resource_for {$api_version}.vpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway. HA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely connect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud network through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region. For more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see Cloud VPN topologies .",
       "id": "VpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -73464,7 +74698,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an VpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an VpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -73502,6 +74736,18 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "stackType": {
+          "description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are enabled. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IPV4_IPV6",
+            "IPV4_ONLY"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Enable VPN gateway with both IPv4 and IPv6 protocols.",
+            "Enable VPN gateway with only IPv4 protocol."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "vpnInterfaces": {
           "description": "The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway.",
           "items": {
@@ -73580,36 +74826,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -73696,36 +74942,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -73775,8 +75021,8 @@
             "CONNECTION_REDUNDANCY_NOT_MET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "VPN tunnels are configured with adequate redundancy from Cloud VPN gateway to the peer VPN gateway. For both GCP-to-non-GCP and GCP-to-GCP connections, the adequate redundancy is a pre-requirement for users to get 99.99% availability on GCP side; please note that for any connection, end-to-end 99.99% availability is subject to proper configuration on the peer VPN gateway.",
+            "VPN tunnels are not configured with adequate redundancy from the Cloud VPN gateway to the peer gateway"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -73850,7 +75096,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "interconnectAttachment": {
-          "description": "URL of the VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment) resource for this VPN gateway interface. When the value of this field is present, the VPN gateway is used for IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect; all egress or ingress traffic for this VPN gateway interface goes through the specified VLAN attachment resource.\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "URL of the VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment) resource for this VPN gateway interface. When the value of this field is present, the VPN gateway is used for IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect; all egress or ingress traffic for this VPN gateway interface goes through the specified VLAN attachment resource. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipAddress": {
@@ -73912,36 +75158,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -73968,7 +75214,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VpnTunnel": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud VPN Tunnel resource.\n\nFor more information about VPN, read the  the Cloud VPN Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.vpnTunnels ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud VPN Tunnel resource. For more information about VPN, read the the Cloud VPN Overview.",
       "id": "VpnTunnel",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -73999,7 +75245,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnTunnel, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a VpnTunnel.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnTunnel, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a VpnTunnel.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -74072,7 +75318,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the VPN tunnel, which can be one of the following: \n- PROVISIONING: Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel. \n- WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG: Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from the user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule, and Route resources are needed to setup the VPN tunnel. \n- FIRST_HANDSHAKE: Successful first handshake with the peer VPN. \n- ESTABLISHED: Secure session is successfully established with the peer VPN. \n- NETWORK_ERROR: Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS \n- AUTHORIZATION_ERROR: Auth error (for example, bad shared secret). \n- NEGOTIATION_FAILURE: Handshake failed. \n- DEPROVISIONING: Resources are being deallocated for the VPN tunnel. \n- FAILED: Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used. \n- NO_INCOMING_PACKETS: No incoming packets from peer. \n- REJECTED: Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denied access. \n- ALLOCATING_RESOURCES: Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources. \n- STOPPED: Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted for Classic VPN tunnels or the project is in frozen state. \n- PEER_IDENTITY_MISMATCH: Peer identity does not match peer IP, probably behind NAT. \n- TS_NARROWING_NOT_ALLOWED: Traffic selector narrowing not allowed for an HA-VPN tunnel.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the VPN tunnel, which can be one of the following: - PROVISIONING: Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel. - WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG: Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from the user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule, and Route resources are needed to setup the VPN tunnel. - FIRST_HANDSHAKE: Successful first handshake with the peer VPN. - ESTABLISHED: Secure session is successfully established with the peer VPN. - NETWORK_ERROR: Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS - AUTHORIZATION_ERROR: Auth error (for example, bad shared secret). - NEGOTIATION_FAILURE: Handshake failed. - DEPROVISIONING: Resources are being deallocated for the VPN tunnel. - FAILED: Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used. - NO_INCOMING_PACKETS: No incoming packets from peer. - REJECTED: Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denied access. - ALLOCATING_RESOURCES: Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources. - STOPPED: Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted for Classic VPN tunnels or the project is in frozen state. - PEER_IDENTITY_MISMATCH: Peer identity does not match peer IP, probably behind NAT. - TS_NARROWING_NOT_ALLOWED: Traffic selector narrowing not allowed for an HA-VPN tunnel. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALLOCATING_RESOURCES",
             "AUTHORIZATION_ERROR",
@@ -74089,19 +75335,19 @@
             "WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources (specifically, a borg task).",
+            "Auth error (e.g. bad shared secret).",
+            "Resources is being deallocated for the VPN tunnel.",
+            "Secure session is successfully established with peer VPN.",
+            "Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used.",
+            "Successful first handshake with peer VPN.",
+            "Handshake failed.",
+            "Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS",
+            "No incoming packets from peer",
+            "Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel.",
+            "Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denylisted.",
+            "Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted.",
+            "Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule and Route resources are needed to setup VPN tunnel."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -74189,36 +75435,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -74305,36 +75551,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -74403,36 +75649,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -74476,7 +75722,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "Google specified expression set ID. The format should be: - E.g. XSS-20170329",
+          "description": "Google specified expression set ID. The format should be: - E.g. XSS-20170329 required",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -74486,14 +75732,14 @@
       "id": "WafExpressionSetExpression",
       "properties": {
         "id": {
-          "description": "Expression ID should uniquely identify the origin of the expression. E.g. owasp-crs-v020901-id973337 identifies Owasp core rule set version 2.9.1 rule id 973337. The ID could be used to determine the individual attack definition that has been detected. It could also be used to exclude it from the policy in case of false positive.",
+          "description": "Expression ID should uniquely identify the origin of the expression. E.g. owasp-crs-v020901-id973337 identifies Owasp core rule set version 2.9.1 rule id 973337. The ID could be used to determine the individual attack definition that has been detected. It could also be used to exclude it from the policy in case of false positive. required",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "WeightedBackendService": {
-      "description": "In contrast to a single BackendService in  HttpRouteAction to which all matching traffic is directed to, WeightedBackendService allows traffic to be split across multiple BackendServices. The volume of traffic for each BackendService is proportional to the weight specified in each WeightedBackendService",
+      "description": "In contrast to a single BackendService in HttpRouteAction to which all matching traffic is directed to, WeightedBackendService allows traffic to be split across multiple BackendServices. The volume of traffic for each BackendService is proportional to the weight specified in each WeightedBackendService",
       "id": "WeightedBackendService",
       "properties": {
         "backendService": {
@@ -74502,10 +75748,10 @@
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nheaderAction specified here take effect before headerAction in the enclosing HttpRouteRule, PathMatcher and UrlMap.\nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. headerAction specified here take effect before headerAction in the enclosing HttpRouteRule, PathMatcher and UrlMap. Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "weight": {
-          "description": "Specifies the fraction of traffic sent to backendService, computed as weight / (sum of all weightedBackendService weights in routeAction) .\nThe selection of a backend service is determined only for new traffic. Once a user's request has been directed to a backendService, subsequent requests will be sent to the same backendService as determined by the BackendService's session affinity policy.\nThe value must be between 0 and 1000",
+          "description": "Specifies the fraction of traffic sent to backendService, computed as weight / (sum of all weightedBackendService weights in routeAction) . The selection of a backend service is determined only for new traffic. Once a user's request has been directed to a backendService, subsequent requests will be sent to the same backendService as determined by the BackendService's session affinity policy. The value must be between 0 and 1000",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -74572,36 +75818,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -74651,7 +75897,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Zone": {
-      "description": "Represents a Zone resource.\n\nA zone is a deployment area. These deployment areas are subsets of a region. For example the zone us-east1-a is located in the us-east1 region. For more information, read Regions and Zones. (== resource_for {$api_version}.zones ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Zone resource. A zone is a deployment area. These deployment areas are subsets of a region. For example the zone us-east1-a is located in the us-east1 region. For more information, read Regions and Zones.",
       "id": "Zone",
       "properties": {
         "availableCpuPlatforms": {
@@ -74785,36 +76031,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
index 7714d09a490..6ce829b64b4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Compute Engine resources"
@@ -12,13 +12,13 @@
           "description": "View your Google Compute Engine resources"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control": {
-          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Cloud Storage and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_only": {
           "description": "View your data in Google Cloud Storage"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write": {
-          "description": "Manage your data in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data in Cloud Storage and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -26,32 +26,59 @@
   "basePath": "/compute/beta/",
   "baseUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/compute/beta/",
   "batchPath": "batch/compute/beta",
-  "description": "Creates and runs virtual machines on Google Cloud Platform.",
+  "description": "Creates and runs virtual machines on Google Cloud Platform. ",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-  "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/compute/docs/reference/latest/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/RRb_Xr6enMoYQoQ7UmFL5PJ2s0Q\"",
+  "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/compute/",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/compute_engine-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/compute_engine-32.png"
   },
   "id": "compute:beta",
   "kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+  "mtlsRootUrl": "https://compute.mtls.googleapis.com/",
   "name": "compute",
   "ownerDomain": "google.com",
   "ownerName": "Google",
   "parameters": {
+    "$.xgafv": {
+      "description": "V1 error format.",
+      "enum": [
+        "1",
+        "2"
+      ],
+      "enumDescriptions": [
+        "v1 error format",
+        "v2 error format"
+      ],
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "access_token": {
+      "description": "OAuth access token.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
     "alt": {
       "default": "json",
-      "description": "Data format for the response.",
+      "description": "Data format for response.",
       "enum": [
-        "json"
+        "json",
+        "media",
+        "proto"
       ],
       "enumDescriptions": [
-        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json"
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json",
+        "Media download with context-dependent Content-Type",
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf"
       ],
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     },
+    "callback": {
+      "description": "JSONP",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
     "fields": {
       "description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
       "location": "query",
@@ -74,12 +101,22 @@
       "type": "boolean"
     },
     "quotaUser": {
-      "description": "An opaque string that represents a user for quota purposes. Must not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "uploadType": {
+      "description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "upload_protocol": {
+      "description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").",
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     },
     "userIp": {
-      "description": "Deprecated. Please use quotaUser instead.",
+      "description": "Legacy name for parameter that has been superseded by `quotaUser`.",
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     }
@@ -90,6 +127,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of accelerator types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/acceleratorTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -97,7 +135,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -115,7 +153,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -149,6 +187,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified accelerator type.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/acceleratorTypes/{acceleratorType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -191,6 +230,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of accelerator types that are available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/acceleratorTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -199,7 +239,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -212,7 +252,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -257,6 +297,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of addresses.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -264,7 +305,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -282,7 +323,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -316,6 +357,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.addresses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -346,7 +388,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -362,6 +404,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -404,6 +447,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an address resource in the specified project by using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.addresses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -426,7 +470,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -445,6 +489,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of addresses contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -453,7 +498,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -466,7 +511,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -507,6 +552,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an Address. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.addresses.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -530,7 +576,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -556,6 +602,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.addresses.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -605,6 +652,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of autoscalers.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -612,7 +660,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -630,7 +678,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -664,6 +712,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -687,7 +736,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -710,6 +759,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified autoscaler resource. Gets a list of available autoscalers by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -752,6 +802,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -767,7 +818,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -793,6 +844,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of autoscalers contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -801,7 +853,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -814,7 +866,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -855,6 +907,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -876,7 +929,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -902,6 +955,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -947,6 +1001,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -968,7 +1023,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -998,6 +1053,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/addSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.addSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1019,7 +1075,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1038,6 +1094,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified BackendBucket resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1060,7 +1117,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1076,6 +1133,7 @@
         },
         "deleteSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Deletes a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1104,7 +1162,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1120,6 +1178,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified BackendBucket resource. Gets a list of available backend buckets by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1154,6 +1213,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1194,6 +1254,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a BackendBucket resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1208,7 +1269,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1227,6 +1288,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1234,7 +1296,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1247,7 +1309,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1281,6 +1343,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1303,7 +1366,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1322,6 +1385,7 @@
         },
         "setEdgeSecurityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the edge security policy for the specified backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1343,7 +1407,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1362,6 +1426,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1398,6 +1463,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1435,6 +1501,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1457,7 +1524,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1480,6 +1547,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/addSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.addSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1501,7 +1569,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1520,6 +1588,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all BackendService resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1527,7 +1596,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1545,7 +1614,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1579,6 +1648,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1601,7 +1671,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1617,6 +1687,7 @@
         },
         "deleteSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Deletes a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1645,7 +1716,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1661,6 +1732,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified BackendService resource. Gets a list of available backend services.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1694,7 +1766,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "getHealth": {
-          "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService.\n\nExample request body:\n\n{ \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }",
+          "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1731,6 +1804,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1770,7 +1844,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Creates a BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1785,7 +1860,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1804,6 +1879,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of BackendService resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1811,7 +1887,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1824,7 +1900,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1857,7 +1933,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "description": "Patches the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1880,7 +1957,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1899,6 +1976,7 @@
         },
         "setEdgeSecurityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the edge security policy for the specified backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.setEdgeSecurityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1920,7 +1998,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1939,6 +2017,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1975,6 +2054,7 @@
         },
         "setSecurityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the Google Cloud Armor security policy for the specified backend service. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor Overview",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/setSecurityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.setSecurityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1996,7 +2076,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2015,6 +2095,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2052,6 +2133,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2074,7 +2156,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2097,6 +2179,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of disk types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2104,7 +2187,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2122,7 +2205,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2156,6 +2239,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified disk type. Gets a list of available disk types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskTypes/{diskType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2198,6 +2282,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of disk types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2206,7 +2291,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2219,7 +2304,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2264,6 +2349,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to a disk. You can only add one policy which will be applied to this disk for scheduling snapshot creation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2287,7 +2373,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2313,6 +2399,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of persistent disks.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2320,7 +2407,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2338,7 +2425,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2372,6 +2459,7 @@
         },
         "createSnapshot": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.createSnapshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2400,7 +2488,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2426,6 +2514,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified persistent disk. Deleting a disk removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.disks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2448,7 +2537,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2471,6 +2560,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns a specified persistent disk. Gets a list of available persistent disks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2513,6 +2603,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2561,6 +2652,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a persistent disk in the specified project using the data in the request. You can create a disk from a source (sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk) or create an empty 500 GB data disk by omitting all properties. You can also create a disk that is larger than the default size by specifying the sizeGb property.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2576,7 +2668,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2607,6 +2699,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of persistent disks contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2615,7 +2708,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2628,7 +2721,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2669,6 +2762,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from a disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2692,7 +2786,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2718,6 +2812,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the specified persistent disk. You can only increase the size of the disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2741,7 +2836,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2767,6 +2862,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2811,6 +2907,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a disk. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2827,7 +2924,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2860,6 +2957,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2902,6 +3000,67 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
+        },
+        "update": {
+          "description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.disks.update",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "disk"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "disk": {
+              "description": "The disk name for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "paths": {
+              "location": "query",
+              "repeated": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Disk"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
         }
       }
     },
@@ -2909,6 +3068,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified externalVpnGateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{externalVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2931,7 +3091,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2947,6 +3107,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified externalVpnGateway. Get a list of available externalVpnGateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{externalVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2981,6 +3142,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ExternalVpnGateway in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2995,7 +3157,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3014,6 +3176,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of ExternalVpnGateway available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3021,7 +3184,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3034,7 +3197,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3068,6 +3231,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an ExternalVpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3104,6 +3268,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3145,6 +3310,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAssociation": {
           "description": "Inserts an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.addAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3164,7 +3330,7 @@
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3183,6 +3349,7 @@
         },
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3197,7 +3364,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3216,6 +3383,7 @@
         },
         "cloneRules": {
           "description": "Copies rules to the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/cloneRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.cloneRules",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3230,7 +3398,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3251,6 +3419,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3265,7 +3434,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3281,6 +3450,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3307,6 +3477,7 @@
         },
         "getAssociation": {
           "description": "Gets an association with the specified name.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3338,6 +3509,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3370,6 +3542,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3402,6 +3575,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.insert",
           "parameters": {
@@ -3411,7 +3585,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3430,11 +3604,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the policies that have been configured for the specified folder or organization.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3447,7 +3622,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3479,6 +3654,7 @@
         },
         "listAssociations": {
           "description": "Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/listAssociations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.listAssociations",
           "parameters": {
@@ -3494,11 +3670,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "move": {
           "description": "Moves the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/move",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.move",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3518,7 +3696,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3534,6 +3712,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3548,7 +3727,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3567,6 +3746,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3587,7 +3767,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3606,6 +3786,7 @@
         },
         "removeAssociation": {
           "description": "Removes an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.removeAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3625,7 +3806,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3641,6 +3822,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3661,7 +3843,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3677,6 +3859,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3705,6 +3888,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3738,6 +3922,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified firewall.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3760,7 +3945,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3776,6 +3961,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified firewall.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3810,6 +3996,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a firewall rule in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3824,7 +4011,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3843,6 +4030,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of firewall rules available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3850,7 +4038,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3863,7 +4051,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3897,6 +4085,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified firewall rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3919,7 +4108,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3938,6 +4127,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3975,6 +4165,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified firewall rule with the data included in the request. Note that all fields will be updated if using PUT, even fields that are not specified. To update individual fields, please use PATCH instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3997,7 +4188,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4020,6 +4211,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of forwarding rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4027,7 +4219,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4045,7 +4237,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4079,6 +4271,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified ForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4109,7 +4302,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4125,6 +4318,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified ForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4167,6 +4361,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ForwardingRule resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4189,7 +4384,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4208,6 +4403,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of ForwardingRule resources available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4216,7 +4412,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4229,7 +4425,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4270,6 +4466,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4300,7 +4497,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4319,6 +4516,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4342,7 +4540,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4368,6 +4566,7 @@
         },
         "setTarget": {
           "description": "Changes target URL for forwarding rule. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}/setTarget",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.setTarget",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4398,7 +4597,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4417,6 +4616,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4466,6 +4666,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4488,7 +4689,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4504,6 +4705,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified address resource. Gets a list of available addresses by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4538,6 +4740,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an address resource in the specified project by using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4552,7 +4755,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4571,6 +4774,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of global addresses.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4578,7 +4782,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4591,7 +4795,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4625,6 +4829,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a GlobalAddress. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4661,6 +4866,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4702,6 +4908,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified GlobalForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4724,7 +4931,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4740,6 +4947,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified GlobalForwardingRule resource. Gets a list of available forwarding rules by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4774,6 +4982,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a GlobalForwardingRule resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4788,7 +4997,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4807,6 +5016,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of GlobalForwardingRule resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4814,7 +5024,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4827,7 +5037,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4861,6 +5071,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4883,7 +5094,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4901,7 +5112,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "setLabels": {
-          "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4938,6 +5150,7 @@
         },
         "setTarget": {
           "description": "Changes target URL for the GlobalForwardingRule resource. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}/setTarget",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.setTarget",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4960,7 +5173,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4979,6 +5192,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5020,6 +5234,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "attachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Attach a network endpoint to the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5041,7 +5256,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5060,6 +5275,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group.Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if there are backend services referencing it.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5081,7 +5297,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5097,6 +5313,7 @@
         },
         "detachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Detach the network endpoint from the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5118,7 +5335,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5137,6 +5354,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5170,6 +5388,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5184,7 +5403,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5203,6 +5422,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups that are located in the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5210,7 +5430,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5223,7 +5443,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5257,6 +5477,7 @@
         },
         "listNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Lists the network endpoints in the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/listNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.listNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5265,7 +5486,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5284,7 +5505,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5322,6 +5543,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all operations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5329,7 +5551,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5347,7 +5569,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5381,6 +5603,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5411,6 +5634,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified Operations resource. Gets a list of operations by making a `list()` request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5445,6 +5669,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5452,7 +5677,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5465,7 +5690,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5498,7 +5723,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5537,6 +5763,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5564,6 +5791,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified Operations resource. Gets a list of operations by making a `list()` request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5595,11 +5823,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified organization.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5612,7 +5841,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5648,6 +5877,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5670,7 +5900,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5686,6 +5916,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5720,6 +5951,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a global PublicDelegatedPrefix in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5734,7 +5966,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5753,6 +5985,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the global PublicDelegatedPrefixes for a project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5760,7 +5993,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5773,7 +6006,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5807,6 +6040,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5829,7 +6063,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5852,6 +6086,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all HealthCheck resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5859,7 +6094,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5877,7 +6112,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5911,6 +6146,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5933,7 +6169,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5949,6 +6185,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5983,6 +6220,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5997,7 +6235,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6016,6 +6254,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6023,7 +6262,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6036,7 +6275,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6070,6 +6309,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6092,7 +6332,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6111,6 +6351,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6148,6 +6389,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6170,7 +6412,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6193,6 +6435,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6215,7 +6458,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6231,6 +6474,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HttpHealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available HTTP health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6265,6 +6509,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6279,7 +6524,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6298,6 +6543,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HttpHealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6305,7 +6551,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6318,7 +6564,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6352,6 +6598,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6374,7 +6621,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6393,6 +6640,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6430,6 +6678,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6452,7 +6701,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6475,6 +6724,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6497,7 +6747,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6513,6 +6763,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available HTTPS health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6547,6 +6798,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6561,7 +6813,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6580,6 +6832,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HttpsHealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6587,7 +6840,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6600,7 +6853,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6634,6 +6887,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6656,7 +6910,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6675,6 +6929,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6712,6 +6967,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6734,7 +6990,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6757,6 +7013,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the latest image that is part of an image family, is not deprecated and is rolled out in the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/imageFamilyViews/{family}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.imageFamilyViews.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6803,6 +7060,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified image.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.images.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6825,7 +7083,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6840,7 +7098,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deprecate": {
-          "description": "Sets the deprecation status of an image.\n\nIf an empty request body is given, clears the deprecation status instead.",
+          "description": "Sets the deprecation status of an image. If an empty request body is given, clears the deprecation status instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}/deprecate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.deprecate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6863,7 +7122,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6882,6 +7141,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified image. Gets a list of available images by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6916,6 +7176,7 @@
         },
         "getFromFamily": {
           "description": "Returns the latest image that is part of an image family and is not deprecated.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/family/{family}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.getFromFamily",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6950,6 +7211,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6990,6 +7252,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an image in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7009,7 +7272,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7031,6 +7294,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of custom images available to the specified project. Custom images are images you create that belong to your project. This method does not get any images that belong to other projects, including publicly-available images, like Debian 8. If you want to get a list of publicly-available images, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7038,7 +7302,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7051,7 +7315,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7085,6 +7349,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified image with the data included in the request. Only the following fields can be modified: family, description, deprecation status.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.images.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7107,7 +7372,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7126,6 +7391,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7162,6 +7428,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an image. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7198,6 +7465,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7238,7 +7506,8 @@
     "instanceGroupManagers": {
       "methods": {
         "abandonInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7261,7 +7530,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7286,6 +7555,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups and groups them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7293,7 +7563,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7311,7 +7581,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7345,6 +7615,7 @@
         },
         "applyUpdatesToInstances": {
           "description": "Applies changes to selected instances on the managed instance group. This method can be used to apply new overrides and/or new versions.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7387,6 +7658,7 @@
         },
         "createInstances": {
           "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configs in this managed instance group. Instances are created using the current instance template. The create instances operation is marked DONE if the createInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or actions with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.createInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7409,7 +7681,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7433,7 +7705,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group. Note that the instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read  Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group. Note that the instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7456,7 +7729,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7477,7 +7750,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group for immediate deletion. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances are still being deleted. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group for immediate deletion. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances are still being deleted. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7500,7 +7774,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7525,6 +7799,7 @@
         },
         "deletePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Deletes selected per-instance configs for the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7567,6 +7842,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group. Gets a list of available managed instance groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7606,7 +7882,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nA managed instance group can have up to 1000 VM instances per group. Please contact Cloud Support if you need an increase in this limit.",
+          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. A managed instance group can have up to 1000 VM instances per group. Please contact Cloud Support if you need an increase in this limit.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7622,7 +7899,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7647,6 +7924,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of managed instance groups that are contained within the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7655,7 +7933,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7668,7 +7946,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7708,6 +7986,7 @@
         },
         "listErrors": {
           "description": "Lists all errors thrown by actions on instances for a given managed instance group. The filter and orderBy query parameters are not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listErrors",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listErrors",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7717,12 +7996,12 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "instanceGroupManager": {
-              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}.",
+              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|1-9{0,19}.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -7736,7 +8015,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7776,6 +8055,7 @@
         },
         "listManagedInstances": {
           "description": "Lists all of the instances in the managed instance group. Each instance in the list has a currentAction, which indicates the action that the managed instance group is performing on the instance. For example, if the group is still creating an instance, the currentAction is CREATING. If a previous action failed, the list displays the errors for that failed action. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listManagedInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listManagedInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7785,7 +8065,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7804,7 +8084,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7844,6 +8124,7 @@
         },
         "listPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Lists all of the per-instance configs defined for the managed instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7853,7 +8134,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7872,7 +8153,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7912,6 +8193,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is patched even if the instances in the group are still in the process of being patched. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listManagedInstances method. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7934,7 +8216,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7959,6 +8241,7 @@
         },
         "patchPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or patches per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7981,7 +8264,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8005,7 +8288,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "recreateInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/recreateInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.recreateInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8028,7 +8312,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8052,7 +8336,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resize": {
-          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nWhen resizing down, the instance group arbitrarily chooses the order in which VMs are deleted. The group takes into account some VM attributes when making the selection including:\n\n+ The status of the VM instance. + The health of the VM instance. + The instance template version the VM is based on. + For regional managed instance groups, the location of the VM instance.\n\nThis list is subject to change.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. When resizing down, the instance group arbitrarily chooses the order in which VMs are deleted. The group takes into account some VM attributes when making the selection including: + The status of the VM instance. + The health of the VM instance. + The instance template version the VM is based on. + For regional managed instance groups, the location of the VM instance. This list is subject to change. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8076,7 +8361,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8104,7 +8389,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resizeAdvanced": {
-          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method.\n\nIf you increase the size of the instance group, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating, creatingWithoutRetries, or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method. If you increase the size of the instance group, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating, creatingWithoutRetries, or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeAdvanced",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.resizeAdvanced",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8127,7 +8413,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8152,6 +8438,7 @@
         },
         "setAutoHealingPolicies": {
           "description": "Motifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use instanceGroupManagers.patch instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8174,7 +8461,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8199,6 +8486,7 @@
         },
         "setInstanceTemplate": {
           "description": "Specifies the instance template to use when creating new instances in this group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8221,7 +8509,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8246,6 +8534,7 @@
         },
         "setTargetPools": {
           "description": "Modifies the target pools to which all instances in this managed instance group are assigned. The target pools automatically apply to all of the instances in the managed instance group. This operation is marked DONE when you make the request even if the instances have not yet been added to their target pools. The change might take some time to apply to all of the instances in the group depending on the size of the group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8268,7 +8557,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8293,6 +8582,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8338,6 +8628,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is updated even if the instances in the group have not yet been updated. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listManagedInstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8360,7 +8651,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8385,6 +8676,7 @@
         },
         "updatePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8407,7 +8699,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8435,7 +8727,8 @@
     "instanceGroups": {
       "methods": {
         "addInstances": {
-          "description": "Adds a list of instances to the specified instance group. All of the instances in the instance group must be in the same network/subnetwork. Read  Adding instances for more information.",
+          "description": "Adds a list of instances to the specified instance group. All of the instances in the instance group must be in the same network/subnetwork. Read Adding instances for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/addInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.addInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8458,7 +8751,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8483,6 +8776,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instance groups and sorts them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8490,7 +8784,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8508,7 +8802,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8541,7 +8835,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified instance group. The instances in the group are not deleted. Note that instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read  Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified instance group. The instances in the group are not deleted. Note that instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8564,7 +8859,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8585,7 +8880,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Returns the specified zonal instance group. Get a list of available zonal instance groups by making a list() request.\n\nFor managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "description": "Returns the specified zonal instance group. Get a list of available zonal instance groups by making a list() request. For managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8626,6 +8922,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8641,7 +8938,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8665,7 +8962,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the list of zonal instance group resources contained within the specified zone.\n\nFor managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of zonal instance group resources contained within the specified zone. For managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8674,7 +8972,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8687,7 +8985,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8727,6 +9025,7 @@
         },
         "listInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the specified instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/listInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.listInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8736,7 +9035,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8755,7 +9054,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8797,7 +9096,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "removeInstances": {
-          "description": "Removes one or more instances from the specified instance group, but does not delete those instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Removes one or more instances from the specified instance group, but does not delete those instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/removeInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.removeInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8820,7 +9120,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8845,6 +9145,7 @@
         },
         "setNamedPorts": {
           "description": "Sets the named ports for the specified instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/setNamedPorts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.setNamedPorts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8867,7 +9168,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8892,6 +9193,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8941,6 +9243,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified instance template. Deleting an instance template is permanent and cannot be undone. It is not possible to delete templates that are already in use by a managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8963,7 +9266,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -8979,6 +9282,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified instance template. Gets a list of available instance templates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9013,6 +9317,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9053,6 +9358,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance template in the specified project using the data that is included in the request. If you are creating a new template to update an existing instance group, your new instance template must use the same network or, if applicable, the same subnetwork as the original template.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9067,7 +9373,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -9086,6 +9392,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9093,7 +9400,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9106,7 +9413,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9140,6 +9447,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9176,6 +9484,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9217,6 +9526,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Adds an access config to an instance's network interface.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/addAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.addAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9247,7 +9557,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9273,6 +9583,7 @@
         },
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to an instance. You can only add one policy right now which will be applied to this instance for scheduling live migrations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9296,7 +9607,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9322,6 +9633,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves aggregated list of all of the instances in your project across all regions and zones.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9329,7 +9641,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9347,7 +9659,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9381,6 +9693,7 @@
         },
         "attachDisk": {
           "description": "Attaches an existing Disk resource to an instance. You must first create the disk before you can attach it. It is not possible to create and attach a disk at the same time. For more information, read Adding a persistent disk to your instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/attachDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.attachDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9409,7 +9722,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9435,6 +9748,7 @@
         },
         "bulkInsert": {
           "description": "Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/bulkInsert",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.bulkInsert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9450,7 +9764,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9476,6 +9790,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Instance resource. For more information, see Deleting an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instances.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9499,7 +9814,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9522,6 +9837,7 @@
         },
         "deleteAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Deletes an access config from an instance's network interface.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/deleteAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.deleteAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9559,7 +9875,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9582,6 +9898,7 @@
         },
         "detachDisk": {
           "description": "Detaches a disk from an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/detachDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.detachDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9612,7 +9929,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9635,6 +9952,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Instance resource. Gets a list of available instances by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9677,6 +9995,7 @@
         },
         "getEffectiveFirewalls": {
           "description": "Returns effective firewalls applied to an interface of the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9726,6 +10045,7 @@
         },
         "getGuestAttributes": {
           "description": "Returns the specified guest attributes entry.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getGuestAttributes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getGuestAttributes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9778,6 +10098,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9826,6 +10147,7 @@
         },
         "getScreenshot": {
           "description": "Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/screenshot",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getScreenshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9868,6 +10190,7 @@
         },
         "getSerialPortOutput": {
           "description": "Returns the last 1 MB of serial port output from the specified instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/serialPort",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getSerialPortOutput",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9900,7 +10223,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "start": {
-              "description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`.\n\nIf the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value.\n\nYou can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.",
+              "description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.",
               "format": "int64",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -9925,6 +10248,7 @@
         },
         "getShieldedInstanceIdentity": {
           "description": "Returns the Shielded Instance Identity of an instance",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getShieldedInstanceIdentity",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getShieldedInstanceIdentity",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9967,6 +10291,7 @@
         },
         "getShieldedVmIdentity": {
           "description": "Returns the Shielded VM Identity of an instance",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getShieldedVmIdentity",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getShieldedVmIdentity",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10009,6 +10334,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10024,17 +10350,17 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "sourceInstanceTemplate": {
-              "description": "Specifies instance template to create the instance.\n\nThis field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate",
+              "description": "Specifies instance template to create the instance. This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate ",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "sourceMachineImage": {
-              "description": "Specifies the machine image to use to create the instance.\n\nThis field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a machine image:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/global/machineImages/machineImage \n- projects/project/global/global/machineImages/machineImage \n- global/machineImages/machineImage",
+              "description": "Specifies the machine image to use to create the instance. This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a machine image: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/global /machineImages/machineImage - projects/project/global/global/machineImages/machineImage - global/machineImages/machineImage ",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10060,6 +10386,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instances contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10068,7 +10395,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10081,7 +10408,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10122,6 +10449,7 @@
         },
         "listReferrers": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of resources that refer to the VM instance specified in the request. For example, if the VM instance is part of a managed or unmanaged instance group, the referrers list includes the instance group. For more information, read Viewing referrers to VM instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/referrers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.listReferrers",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10131,7 +10459,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10151,7 +10479,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10192,6 +10520,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10215,7 +10544,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10241,6 +10570,7 @@
         },
         "reset": {
           "description": "Performs a reset on the instance. This is a hard reset the VM does not do a graceful shutdown. For more information, see Resetting an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/reset",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.reset",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10264,7 +10594,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10287,6 +10617,7 @@
         },
         "resume": {
           "description": "Resumes an instance that was suspended using the instances().suspend method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/resume",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.resume",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10310,7 +10641,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10334,8 +10665,48 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
+        "sendDiagnosticInterrupt": {
+          "description": "Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.instances.sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "instance"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
         "setDeletionProtection": {
           "description": "Sets deletion protection on the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setDeletionProtection",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setDeletionProtection",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10358,7 +10729,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10388,6 +10759,7 @@
         },
         "setDiskAutoDelete": {
           "description": "Sets the auto-delete flag for a disk attached to an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setDiskAutoDelete",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setDiskAutoDelete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10426,7 +10798,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10449,6 +10821,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10493,6 +10866,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets labels on an instance. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10516,7 +10890,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10542,6 +10916,7 @@
         },
         "setMachineResources": {
           "description": "Changes the number and/or type of accelerator for a stopped instance to the values specified in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineResources",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMachineResources",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10565,7 +10940,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10591,6 +10966,7 @@
         },
         "setMachineType": {
           "description": "Changes the machine type for a stopped instance to the machine type specified in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineType",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMachineType",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10614,7 +10990,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10640,6 +11016,7 @@
         },
         "setMetadata": {
           "description": "Sets metadata for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMetadata",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMetadata",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10663,7 +11040,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10689,6 +11066,7 @@
         },
         "setMinCpuPlatform": {
           "description": "Changes the minimum CPU platform that this instance should use. This method can only be called on a stopped instance. For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMinCpuPlatform",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setMinCpuPlatform",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10712,7 +11090,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10738,6 +11116,7 @@
         },
         "setName": {
           "description": "Sets name of an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setName",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setName",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10761,7 +11140,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10787,6 +11166,7 @@
         },
         "setScheduling": {
           "description": "Sets an instance's scheduling options. You can only call this method on a stopped instance, that is, a VM instance that is in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setScheduling",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setScheduling",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10810,7 +11190,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10836,6 +11216,7 @@
         },
         "setServiceAccount": {
           "description": "Sets the service account on the instance. For more information, read Changing the service account and access scopes for an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setServiceAccount",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setServiceAccount",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10859,7 +11240,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10885,6 +11266,7 @@
         },
         "setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the Shielded Instance integrity policy for an instance. You can only use this method on a running instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10908,7 +11290,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10934,6 +11316,7 @@
         },
         "setShieldedVmIntegrityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the Shielded VM integrity policy for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a running VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setShieldedVmIntegrityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.setShieldedVmIntegrityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10957,7 +11340,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10983,6 +11366,7 @@
         },
         "setTags": {
           "description": "Sets network tags for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setTags",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.setTags",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11006,7 +11390,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11032,6 +11416,7 @@
         },
         "simulateMaintenanceEvent": {
           "description": "Simulates a maintenance event on the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/simulateMaintenanceEvent",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.simulateMaintenanceEvent",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11073,6 +11458,7 @@
         },
         "start": {
           "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/start",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.start",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11096,7 +11482,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11119,6 +11505,7 @@
         },
         "startWithEncryptionKey": {
           "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/startWithEncryptionKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.startWithEncryptionKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11142,7 +11529,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11168,6 +11555,7 @@
         },
         "stop": {
           "description": "Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/stop",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.stop",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11191,7 +11579,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11214,6 +11602,7 @@
         },
         "suspend": {
           "description": "This method suspends a running instance, saving its state to persistent storage, and allows you to resume the instance at a later time. Suspended instances incur reduced per-minute, virtual machine usage charges while they are suspended. Any resources the virtual machine is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/suspend",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.suspend",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11242,7 +11631,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11265,6 +11654,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11309,7 +11699,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "update": {
-          "description": "Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See  Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.",
+          "description": "Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.instances.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11335,9 +11726,9 @@
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
                 "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "No changes can be made to the instance.",
+                "The instance will not restart.",
+                "The instance will restart."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -11352,9 +11743,9 @@
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
                 "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "No changes can be made to the instance.",
+                "The instance will not restart.",
+                "The instance will restart."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -11367,7 +11758,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11393,6 +11784,7 @@
         },
         "updateAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Updates the specified access config from an instance's network interface with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11423,7 +11815,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11449,6 +11841,7 @@
         },
         "updateDisplayDevice": {
           "description": "Updates the Display config for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a stopped VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateDisplayDevice",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateDisplayDevice",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11472,7 +11865,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11498,6 +11891,7 @@
         },
         "updateNetworkInterface": {
           "description": "Updates an instance's network interface. This method can only update an interface's alias IP range and attached network. See Modifying alias IP ranges for an existing instance for instructions on changing alias IP ranges. See Migrating a VM between networks for instructions on migrating an interface. This method follows PATCH semantics.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateNetworkInterface",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateNetworkInterface",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11528,7 +11922,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11554,6 +11948,7 @@
         },
         "updateShieldedInstanceConfig": {
           "description": "Updates the Shielded Instance config for an instance. You can only use this method on a stopped instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateShieldedInstanceConfig",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateShieldedInstanceConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11577,7 +11972,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11603,6 +11998,7 @@
         },
         "updateShieldedVmConfig": {
           "description": "Updates the Shielded VM config for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a stopped VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateShieldedVmConfig",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateShieldedVmConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11626,7 +12022,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11656,6 +12052,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of interconnect attachments.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11663,7 +12060,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11681,7 +12078,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11715,6 +12112,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified interconnect attachment.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11745,7 +12143,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -11761,6 +12159,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified interconnect attachment.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11803,6 +12202,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an InterconnectAttachment in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11825,7 +12225,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11849,6 +12249,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect attachments contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11857,7 +12258,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11870,7 +12271,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11911,6 +12312,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified interconnect attachment with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11941,7 +12343,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -11960,6 +12362,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an InterconnectAttachment. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11983,7 +12386,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12009,6 +12412,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12058,6 +12462,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the details for the specified interconnect location. Gets a list of available interconnect locations by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnectLocations/{interconnectLocation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectLocations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12092,6 +12497,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect locations available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnectLocations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectLocations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12099,7 +12505,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12112,7 +12518,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12150,6 +12556,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified interconnect.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12172,7 +12579,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12188,6 +12595,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified interconnect. Get a list of available interconnects by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12222,6 +12630,7 @@
         },
         "getDiagnostics": {
           "description": "Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified interconnect.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}/getDiagnostics",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.getDiagnostics",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12256,6 +12665,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Interconnect in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12270,7 +12680,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12289,6 +12699,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12296,7 +12707,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12309,7 +12720,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12343,6 +12754,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified interconnect with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12365,7 +12777,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12384,6 +12796,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an Interconnect. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12420,6 +12833,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12460,7 +12874,8 @@
     "licenseCodes": {
       "methods": {
         "get": {
-          "description": "Return a specified license code. License codes are mirrored across all projects that have permissions to read the License Code.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Return a specified license code. License codes are mirrored across all projects that have permissions to read the License Code. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{licenseCode}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12494,7 +12909,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12535,7 +12951,8 @@
     "licenses": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified license.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified license. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.licenses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12558,7 +12975,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12573,7 +12990,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Returns the specified License resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns the specified License resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12607,7 +13025,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12647,7 +13066,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Create a License resource in the specified project.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Create a License resource in the specified project. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12662,7 +13082,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12683,7 +13103,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the list of licenses available in the specified project. This method does not get any licenses that belong to other projects, including licenses attached to publicly-available images, like Debian 9. If you want to get a list of publicly-available licenses, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of licenses available in the specified project. This method does not get any licenses that belong to other projects, including licenses attached to publicly-available images, like Debian 9. If you want to get a list of publicly-available licenses, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12691,7 +13112,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12704,7 +13125,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12737,7 +13158,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12773,7 +13195,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12815,6 +13238,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified machine image. Deleting a machine image is permanent and cannot be undone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{machineImage}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12837,7 +13261,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12853,6 +13277,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified machine image. Gets a list of available machine images by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{machineImage}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12887,6 +13312,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12927,6 +13353,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a machine image in the specified project using the data that is included in the request. If you are creating a new machine image to update an existing instance, your new machine image should use the same network or, if applicable, the same subnetwork as the original instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12941,7 +13368,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12965,6 +13392,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of machine images that are contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12972,7 +13400,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12985,7 +13413,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13019,6 +13447,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13055,6 +13484,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/machineImages/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.machineImages.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13096,6 +13526,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of machine types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/machineTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13103,7 +13534,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13121,7 +13552,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13155,6 +13586,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified machine type. Gets a list of available machine types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/machineTypes/{machineType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13197,6 +13629,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of machine types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/machineTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13205,7 +13638,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13218,7 +13651,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13263,6 +13696,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups and sorts them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13270,7 +13704,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13288,7 +13722,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13322,6 +13756,7 @@
         },
         "attachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Attach a list of network endpoints to the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13344,7 +13779,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13369,6 +13804,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group. The network endpoints in the NEG and the VM instances they belong to are not terminated when the NEG is deleted. Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if there are backend services referencing it.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13391,7 +13827,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13413,6 +13849,7 @@
         },
         "detachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Detach a list of network endpoints from the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13435,7 +13872,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13460,6 +13897,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13500,6 +13938,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13515,7 +13954,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13540,6 +13979,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups that are located in the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13548,7 +13988,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13561,7 +14001,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13601,6 +14041,7 @@
         },
         "listNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Lists the network endpoints in the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/listNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.listNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13610,7 +14051,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13629,7 +14070,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13672,6 +14113,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13721,6 +14163,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addPeering": {
           "description": "Adds a peering to the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/addPeering",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.addPeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13743,7 +14186,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13762,6 +14205,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13784,7 +14228,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13800,6 +14244,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network. Gets a list of available networks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13834,6 +14279,7 @@
         },
         "getEffectiveFirewalls": {
           "description": "Returns the effective firewalls on a given network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13868,6 +14314,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13882,7 +14329,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13901,6 +14348,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of networks available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13908,7 +14356,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13921,7 +14369,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13955,6 +14403,7 @@
         },
         "listPeeringRoutes": {
           "description": "Lists the peering routes exchanged over peering connection.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/listPeeringRoutes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.listPeeringRoutes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13969,14 +14418,14 @@
                 "OUTGOING"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                ""
+                "For routes exported from peer network.",
+                "For routes exported from local network."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13996,7 +14445,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14040,6 +14489,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified network with the data included in the request. Only the following fields can be modified: routingConfig.routingMode.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14062,7 +14512,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14081,6 +14531,7 @@
         },
         "removePeering": {
           "description": "Removes a peering from the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/removePeering",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.removePeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14103,7 +14554,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14122,6 +14573,7 @@
         },
         "switchToCustomMode": {
           "description": "Switches the network mode from auto subnet mode to custom subnet mode.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/switchToCustomMode",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.switchToCustomMode",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14144,7 +14596,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14160,6 +14612,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14196,7 +14649,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "updatePeering": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes",
+          "description": "Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/updatePeering",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networks.updatePeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14219,7 +14673,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14242,6 +14696,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addNodes": {
           "description": "Adds specified number of nodes to the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/addNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.addNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14265,7 +14720,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14291,6 +14746,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node groups. Note: use nodeGroups.listNodes for more details about each group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14298,7 +14754,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14316,7 +14772,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14350,6 +14806,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NodeGroup resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14373,7 +14830,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14396,6 +14853,7 @@
         },
         "deleteNodes": {
           "description": "Deletes specified nodes from the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/deleteNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.deleteNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14419,7 +14877,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14445,6 +14903,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified NodeGroup. Get a list of available NodeGroups by making a list() request. Note: the \"nodes\" field should not be used. Use nodeGroups.listNodes instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14487,6 +14946,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14535,6 +14995,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a NodeGroup resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14558,7 +15019,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14584,6 +15045,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node groups available to the specified project. Note: use nodeGroups.listNodes for more details about each group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14592,7 +15054,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14605,7 +15067,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14646,6 +15108,7 @@
         },
         "listNodes": {
           "description": "Lists nodes in the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/listNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.listNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14655,7 +15118,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14675,7 +15138,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14716,6 +15179,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14739,7 +15203,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14765,6 +15229,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14809,6 +15274,7 @@
         },
         "setNodeTemplate": {
           "description": "Updates the node template of the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/setNodeTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.setNodeTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14832,7 +15298,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14858,6 +15324,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14907,6 +15374,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node templates.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14914,7 +15382,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14932,7 +15400,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14966,6 +15434,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NodeTemplate resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{nodeTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14996,7 +15465,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15012,6 +15481,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified node template. Gets a list of available node templates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{nodeTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15054,6 +15524,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15102,6 +15573,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a NodeTemplate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15124,7 +15596,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15143,6 +15615,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node templates available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15151,7 +15624,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15164,7 +15637,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15205,6 +15678,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15249,6 +15723,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15298,6 +15773,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15305,7 +15781,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15323,7 +15799,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15357,6 +15833,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified node type. Gets a list of available node types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeTypes/{nodeType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15399,6 +15876,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15407,7 +15885,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15420,7 +15898,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15465,6 +15943,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAssociation": {
           "description": "Inserts an association for the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/addAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.addAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15477,7 +15956,7 @@
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15503,6 +15982,7 @@
         },
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15510,7 +15990,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15536,6 +16016,7 @@
         },
         "copyRules": {
           "description": "Copies rules to the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/copyRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.copyRules",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15543,7 +16024,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15571,6 +16052,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15578,7 +16060,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15601,6 +16083,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15627,6 +16110,7 @@
         },
         "getAssociation": {
           "description": "Gets an association with the specified name.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/getAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.getAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15658,6 +16142,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15690,6 +16175,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.insert",
           "parameters": {
@@ -15699,7 +16185,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15718,11 +16204,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15735,7 +16222,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15767,6 +16254,7 @@
         },
         "listAssociations": {
           "description": "Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/listAssociations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.listAssociations",
           "parameters": {
@@ -15782,11 +16270,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "move": {
           "description": "Moves the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/move",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.move",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15799,7 +16289,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15822,6 +16312,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15829,7 +16320,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15855,6 +16346,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15868,7 +16360,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15894,6 +16386,7 @@
         },
         "removeAssociation": {
           "description": "Removes an association for the specified security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/removeAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.removeAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15906,7 +16399,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15929,6 +16422,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.organizationSecurityPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15942,7 +16436,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15969,6 +16463,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of packetMirrorings.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15976,7 +16471,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15994,7 +16489,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16028,6 +16523,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PacketMirroring resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16058,7 +16554,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16074,6 +16570,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PacketMirroring resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16116,6 +16613,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PacketMirroring resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16138,7 +16636,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16157,6 +16655,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of PacketMirroring resources available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16165,7 +16664,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16178,7 +16677,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16219,6 +16718,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified PacketMirroring resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16249,7 +16749,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16268,6 +16768,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16317,6 +16818,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "disableXpnHost": {
           "description": "Disable this project as a shared VPC host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/disableXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.disableXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16331,7 +16833,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16347,6 +16849,7 @@
         },
         "disableXpnResource": {
           "description": "Disable a service resource (also known as service project) associated with this host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/disableXpnResource",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.disableXpnResource",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16361,7 +16864,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16380,6 +16883,7 @@
         },
         "enableXpnHost": {
           "description": "Enable this project as a shared VPC host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/enableXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.enableXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16394,7 +16898,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16410,6 +16914,7 @@
         },
         "enableXpnResource": {
           "description": "Enable service resource (a.k.a service project) for a host project, so that subnets in the host project can be used by instances in the service project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/enableXpnResource",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.enableXpnResource",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16424,7 +16929,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16443,6 +16948,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Project resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16469,6 +16975,7 @@
         },
         "getXpnHost": {
           "description": "Gets the shared VPC host project that this project links to. May be empty if no link exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/getXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.getXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16494,6 +17001,7 @@
         },
         "getXpnResources": {
           "description": "Gets service resources (a.k.a service project) associated with this host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/getXpnResources",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.getXpnResources",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16501,7 +17009,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16514,7 +17022,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16547,6 +17055,7 @@
         },
         "listXpnHosts": {
           "description": "Lists all shared VPC host projects visible to the user in an organization.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/listXpnHosts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.listXpnHosts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16554,7 +17063,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16567,7 +17076,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16603,6 +17112,7 @@
         },
         "moveDisk": {
           "description": "Moves a persistent disk from one zone to another.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/moveDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.moveDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16617,7 +17127,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16636,6 +17146,7 @@
         },
         "moveInstance": {
           "description": "Moves an instance and its attached persistent disks from one zone to another.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/moveInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.moveInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16650,7 +17161,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16669,6 +17180,7 @@
         },
         "setCommonInstanceMetadata": {
           "description": "Sets metadata common to all instances within the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setCommonInstanceMetadata",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16683,7 +17195,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16702,6 +17214,7 @@
         },
         "setDefaultNetworkTier": {
           "description": "Sets the default network tier of the project. The default network tier is used when an address/forwardingRule/instance is created without specifying the network tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setDefaultNetworkTier",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setDefaultNetworkTier",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16716,7 +17229,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16735,6 +17248,7 @@
         },
         "setUsageExportBucket": {
           "description": "Enables the usage export feature and sets the usage export bucket where reports are stored. If you provide an empty request body using this method, the usage export feature will be disabled.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setUsageExportBucket",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setUsageExportBucket",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16749,7 +17263,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16775,6 +17289,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16797,7 +17312,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16813,6 +17328,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16847,6 +17363,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PublicAdvertisedPrefix in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16861,7 +17378,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16880,6 +17397,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the PublicAdvertisedPrefixes for a project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16887,7 +17405,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16900,7 +17418,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16934,6 +17452,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16956,7 +17475,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16979,6 +17498,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Lists all PublicDelegatedPrefix resources owned by the specific project across all scopes.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16986,7 +17506,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17004,7 +17524,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17038,6 +17558,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17068,7 +17589,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17084,6 +17605,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17126,6 +17648,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PublicDelegatedPrefix in the specified project in the given region using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17148,7 +17671,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17167,6 +17690,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the PublicDelegatedPrefixes for a project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17175,7 +17699,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17188,7 +17712,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17229,6 +17753,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17259,7 +17784,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17282,6 +17807,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17312,7 +17838,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17328,6 +17854,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17370,6 +17897,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17392,7 +17920,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17411,6 +17939,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of autoscalers contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17419,7 +17948,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17432,7 +17961,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17473,6 +18002,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17501,7 +18031,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17520,6 +18050,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17565,6 +18096,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17593,7 +18125,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17616,6 +18148,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17646,7 +18179,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17662,6 +18195,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17704,6 +18238,7 @@
         },
         "getHealth": {
           "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this regional BackendService.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17748,6 +18283,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17795,7 +18331,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17818,7 +18355,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17837,6 +18374,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of regional BackendService resources available to the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17845,7 +18383,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17858,7 +18396,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17898,7 +18436,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Understanding backend services This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Understanding backend services This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17929,7 +18468,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17948,6 +18487,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17992,6 +18532,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18036,7 +18577,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "update": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18067,7 +18609,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18089,7 +18631,8 @@
     "regionCommitments": {
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
-          "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.",
+          "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18097,7 +18640,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18115,7 +18658,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18149,6 +18692,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified commitment resource. Gets a list of available commitments by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18191,6 +18735,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a commitment in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18213,7 +18758,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18232,6 +18777,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of commitments contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18240,7 +18786,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18253,7 +18799,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18294,6 +18840,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18339,6 +18886,7 @@
         },
         "updateReservations": {
           "description": "Transfers GPUs or local SSDs between reservations within commitments.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}/updateReservations",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.updateReservations",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18369,7 +18917,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18392,6 +18940,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional disk type. Gets a list of available disk types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskTypes/{diskType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDiskTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18434,6 +18983,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of regional disk types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDiskTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18442,7 +18992,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18455,7 +19005,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18500,6 +19050,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to a regional disk. You can only add one policy which will be applied to this disk for scheduling snapshot creation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18530,7 +19081,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18549,6 +19100,7 @@
         },
         "createSnapshot": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.createSnapshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18579,7 +19131,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18598,6 +19150,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional persistent disk. Deleting a regional disk removes all the replicas of its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18627,7 +19180,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18643,6 +19196,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns a specified regional persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18685,6 +19239,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18733,6 +19288,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a persistent regional disk in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18755,7 +19311,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18779,6 +19335,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of persistent disks contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18787,7 +19344,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18800,7 +19357,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18841,6 +19398,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from a regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18871,7 +19429,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18890,6 +19448,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the specified regional persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18920,7 +19479,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18939,6 +19498,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18983,6 +19543,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on the target regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19006,7 +19567,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19032,6 +19593,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19074,6 +19636,67 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
+        },
+        "update": {
+          "description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.regionDisks.update",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region",
+            "disk"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "disk": {
+              "description": "The disk name for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "paths": {
+              "location": "query",
+              "repeated": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "The name of the region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Disk"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
         }
       }
     },
@@ -19081,6 +19704,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional HealthCheckService.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19110,7 +19734,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19126,6 +19750,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional HealthCheckService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19167,6 +19792,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a regional HealthCheckService resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19189,7 +19815,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19208,6 +19834,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the HealthCheckService resources that have been configured for the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19216,7 +19843,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19229,7 +19856,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19270,6 +19897,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified regional HealthCheckService resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19299,7 +19927,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19318,6 +19946,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19367,6 +19996,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19397,7 +20027,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19413,6 +20043,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19455,6 +20086,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19477,7 +20109,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19496,6 +20128,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19504,7 +20137,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19517,7 +20150,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19558,6 +20191,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19588,7 +20222,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19607,6 +20241,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19652,6 +20287,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19682,7 +20318,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19704,7 +20340,8 @@
     "regionInstanceGroupManagers": {
       "methods": {
         "abandonInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19733,7 +20370,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19752,6 +20389,7 @@
         },
         "applyUpdatesToInstances": {
           "description": "Apply updates to selected instances the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19794,6 +20432,7 @@
         },
         "createInstances": {
           "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configs in this regional managed instance group. Instances are created using the current instance template. The create instances operation is marked DONE if the createInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or actions with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.createInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19822,7 +20461,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19841,6 +20480,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19869,7 +20509,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19884,7 +20524,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. The deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if the deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. The deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if the deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19913,7 +20554,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19932,6 +20573,7 @@
         },
         "deletePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Deletes selected per-instance configs for the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19974,6 +20616,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20013,7 +20656,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nA regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.",
+          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. A regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20035,7 +20679,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20054,6 +20698,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups that are contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20062,7 +20707,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20075,7 +20720,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20115,6 +20760,7 @@
         },
         "listErrors": {
           "description": "Lists all errors thrown by actions on instances for a given regional managed instance group. The filter and orderBy query parameters are not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listErrors",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listErrors",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20124,12 +20770,12 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "instanceGroupManager": {
-              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}.",
+              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|1-9{0,19}.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -20143,7 +20789,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20183,6 +20829,7 @@
         },
         "listManagedInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the managed instance group and instances that are scheduled to be created. The list includes any current actions that the group has scheduled for its instances. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listManagedInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listManagedInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20192,7 +20839,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20211,7 +20858,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20251,6 +20898,7 @@
         },
         "listPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Lists all of the per-instance configs defined for the managed instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20260,7 +20908,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20279,7 +20927,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20319,6 +20967,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is patched even if the instances in the group are still in the process of being patched. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20347,7 +20996,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20366,6 +21015,7 @@
         },
         "patchPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or patches per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20394,7 +21044,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20412,7 +21062,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "recreateInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/recreateInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.recreateInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20441,7 +21092,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20459,7 +21110,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resize": {
-          "description": "Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances.\n\nThe resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20489,7 +21141,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20513,6 +21165,7 @@
         },
         "setAutoHealingPolicies": {
           "description": "Modifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setAutoHealingPolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20541,7 +21194,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20560,6 +21213,7 @@
         },
         "setInstanceTemplate": {
           "description": "Sets the instance template to use when creating new instances or recreating instances in this group. Existing instances are not affected.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20588,7 +21242,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20607,6 +21261,7 @@
         },
         "setTargetPools": {
           "description": "Modifies the target pools to which all new instances in this group are assigned. Existing instances in the group are not affected.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20635,7 +21290,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20654,6 +21309,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20699,6 +21355,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is updated even if the instances in the group have not yet been updated. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20727,7 +21384,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20746,6 +21403,7 @@
         },
         "updatePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20774,7 +21432,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20797,6 +21455,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified instance group resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20837,6 +21496,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instance group resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20845,7 +21505,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20858,7 +21518,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20898,6 +21558,7 @@
         },
         "listInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the specified instance group and displays information about the named ports. Depending on the specified options, this method can list all instances or only the instances that are running. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/listInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.listInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20907,7 +21568,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20926,7 +21587,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20969,6 +21630,7 @@
         },
         "setNamedPorts": {
           "description": "Sets the named ports for the specified regional instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/setNamedPorts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.setNamedPorts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20997,7 +21659,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21016,6 +21678,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21065,6 +21728,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "bulkInsert": {
           "description": "Creates multiple instances in a given region. Count specifies the number of instances to create.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instances/bulkInsert",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21087,7 +21751,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21110,6 +21774,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group. Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if it is configured as a backend of a backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21138,7 +21803,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21154,6 +21819,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21194,6 +21860,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21215,7 +21882,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21234,6 +21901,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of regional network endpoint groups available to the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21242,7 +21910,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21255,7 +21923,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21299,6 +21967,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NotificationEndpoint in the given region",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{notificationEndpoint}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21329,7 +21998,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21345,6 +22014,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified NotificationEndpoint resource in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{notificationEndpoint}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21387,6 +22057,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Create a NotificationEndpoint in the specified project in the given region using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21409,7 +22080,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21428,6 +22099,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the NotificationEndpoints for a project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21436,7 +22108,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21449,7 +22121,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21490,6 +22162,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21539,6 +22212,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified region-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21577,6 +22251,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified region-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21619,6 +22294,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21627,7 +22303,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21640,7 +22316,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21680,7 +22356,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21727,6 +22404,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource in the region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21750,7 +22428,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21773,6 +22451,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource in the specified region. Get a list of available SSL certificates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21815,6 +22494,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21837,7 +22517,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21856,6 +22536,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21864,7 +22545,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21877,7 +22558,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21918,6 +22599,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21967,6 +22649,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21990,7 +22673,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22013,6 +22696,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified region. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22055,6 +22739,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22077,7 +22762,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22096,6 +22781,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22104,7 +22790,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22117,7 +22803,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22158,6 +22844,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22181,7 +22868,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22207,6 +22894,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22256,6 +22944,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22279,7 +22968,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22302,6 +22991,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified region. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22344,6 +23034,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22366,7 +23057,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22385,6 +23076,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpsProxy resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22393,7 +23085,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22406,7 +23098,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22447,6 +23139,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Replaces SslCertificates for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22470,7 +23163,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22496,6 +23189,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22519,7 +23213,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22545,6 +23239,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22594,6 +23289,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified UrlMap resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22640,6 +23336,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified UrlMap resource. Gets a list of available URL maps by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22682,6 +23379,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a UrlMap resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22722,7 +23420,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "invalidateCache": {
-          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap.\n\nFor more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap. For more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}/invalidateCache",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.invalidateCache",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22772,6 +23471,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of UrlMap resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22780,7 +23480,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22793,7 +23493,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22834,6 +23534,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22883,6 +23584,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22928,6 +23630,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22977,6 +23680,7 @@
         },
         "validate": {
           "description": "Runs static validation for the UrlMap. In particular, the tests of the provided UrlMap will be run. Calling this method does NOT create the UrlMap.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}/validate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.validate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23025,6 +23729,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Region resource. Gets a list of available regions by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regions.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23059,6 +23764,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of region resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regions.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23066,7 +23772,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23079,7 +23785,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23117,6 +23823,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of reservations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23124,7 +23831,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23142,7 +23849,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23176,6 +23883,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.reservations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23192,7 +23900,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23222,6 +23930,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves information about the specified reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23264,6 +23973,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23312,6 +24022,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new reservation. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23327,7 +24038,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23353,6 +24064,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "A list of all the reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23361,7 +24073,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23374,7 +24086,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23415,6 +24127,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the reservation (applicable to standalone reservations only). For more information, read Modifying reservations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23431,7 +24144,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23464,6 +24177,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23508,6 +24222,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23550,6 +24265,67 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
+        },
+        "update": {
+          "description": "Update share settings of the reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.reservations.update",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "reservation"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "paths": {
+              "location": "query",
+              "repeated": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "reservation": {
+              "description": "Name of the reservation to update.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "updateMask": {
+              "description": "Update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.",
+              "format": "google-fieldmask",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "Name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Reservation"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
         }
       }
     },
@@ -23557,6 +24333,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of resource policies.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23564,7 +24341,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23582,7 +24359,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23616,6 +24393,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resourcePolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23639,7 +24417,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23662,6 +24440,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves all information of the specified resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resourcePolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23704,6 +24483,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23752,6 +24532,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23774,7 +24555,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23793,6 +24574,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "A list all the resource policies that have been configured for the specified project in specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23801,7 +24583,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23814,7 +24596,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23855,6 +24637,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23899,6 +24682,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23948,6 +24732,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of routers.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/routers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23955,7 +24740,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23973,7 +24758,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24007,6 +24792,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Router resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.routers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24030,7 +24816,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24053,6 +24839,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Router resource. Gets a list of available routers by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24095,6 +24882,7 @@
         },
         "getNatMappingInfo": {
           "description": "Retrieves runtime Nat mapping information of VM endpoints.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getNatMappingInfo",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.getNatMappingInfo",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24104,7 +24892,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24122,7 +24910,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24170,6 +24958,7 @@
         },
         "getRouterStatus": {
           "description": "Retrieves runtime information of the specified router.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getRouterStatus",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.getRouterStatus",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24212,6 +25001,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Router resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24234,7 +25024,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24253,6 +25043,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Router resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24261,7 +25052,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24274,7 +25065,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24315,6 +25106,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.routers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24338,7 +25130,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24364,6 +25156,7 @@
         },
         "preview": {
           "description": "Preview fields auto-generated during router create and update operations. Calling this method does NOT create or update the router.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/preview",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.preview",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24409,6 +25202,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24454,6 +25248,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method conforms to PUT semantics, which requests that the state of the target resource be created or replaced with the state defined by the representation enclosed in the request message payload.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.routers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24477,7 +25272,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24507,6 +25302,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Route resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{route}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.routes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24522,7 +25318,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24545,6 +25341,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Route resource. Gets a list of available routes by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{route}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24579,6 +25376,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Route resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24593,7 +25391,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24612,6 +25410,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Route resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24619,7 +25418,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24632,7 +25431,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24666,6 +25465,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routes.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24707,6 +25507,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24748,6 +25549,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24763,7 +25565,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24786,6 +25588,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24820,6 +25623,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24860,6 +25664,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24874,7 +25679,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24898,6 +25703,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24905,7 +25711,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24918,7 +25724,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24952,6 +25758,7 @@
         },
         "listPreconfiguredExpressionSets": {
           "description": "Gets the current list of preconfigured Web Application Firewall (WAF) expressions.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/listPreconfiguredExpressionSets",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.listPreconfiguredExpressionSets",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24959,7 +25766,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24972,7 +25779,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25000,11 +25807,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request. This cannot be used to be update the rules in the policy. Please use the per rule methods like addRule, patchRule, and removeRule instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25020,7 +25829,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25046,6 +25855,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25093,6 +25903,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25132,6 +25943,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a security policy. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25168,6 +25980,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25209,6 +26022,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all ServiceAttachment resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/serviceAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25216,7 +26030,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25234,7 +26048,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25268,6 +26082,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified ServiceAttachment in the given scope",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25291,7 +26106,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25314,6 +26129,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified ServiceAttachment resource in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25356,6 +26172,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25404,6 +26221,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ServiceAttachment in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25426,7 +26244,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25445,6 +26263,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the ServiceAttachments for a project in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25453,7 +26272,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25466,7 +26285,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25507,6 +26326,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified ServiceAttachment resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25529,7 +26349,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25554,6 +26374,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25598,6 +26419,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25646,7 +26468,8 @@
     "snapshots": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot.\n\nFor more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot. For more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25662,7 +26485,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25685,6 +26508,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Snapshot resource. Gets a list of available snapshots by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25719,6 +26543,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25759,6 +26584,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25773,7 +26599,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25792,6 +26618,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25799,7 +26626,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25812,7 +26639,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25846,6 +26673,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25882,6 +26710,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a snapshot. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25918,6 +26747,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25959,6 +26789,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all SslCertificate resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25966,7 +26797,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25984,7 +26815,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26018,6 +26849,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26033,7 +26865,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26056,6 +26888,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource. Gets a list of available SSL certificates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26090,6 +26923,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26104,7 +26938,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26123,6 +26957,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26130,7 +26965,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26143,7 +26978,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26177,6 +27012,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26218,6 +27054,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SSL policy. The SSL policy resource can be deleted only if it is not in use by any TargetHttpsProxy or TargetSslProxy resources.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26233,7 +27070,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26255,6 +27092,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Lists all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26288,6 +27126,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SSL policy resource. Gets a list of available SSL policies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26302,7 +27141,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26321,6 +27160,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the SSL policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26328,7 +27168,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26341,7 +27181,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26375,6 +27215,7 @@
         },
         "listAvailableFeatures": {
           "description": "Lists all features that can be specified in the SSL policy when using custom profile.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/listAvailableFeatures",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.listAvailableFeatures",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26382,7 +27223,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26395,7 +27236,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26429,6 +27270,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified SSL policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26444,7 +27286,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26469,6 +27311,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26510,6 +27353,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of subnetworks.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26517,7 +27361,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26535,7 +27379,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26569,6 +27413,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified subnetwork.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26592,7 +27437,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26615,6 +27460,7 @@
         },
         "expandIpCidrRange": {
           "description": "Expands the IP CIDR range of the subnetwork to a specified value.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.expandIpCidrRange",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26638,7 +27484,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26664,6 +27510,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified subnetwork. Gets a list of available subnetworks list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26706,6 +27553,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26754,6 +27602,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a subnetwork in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26776,7 +27625,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26795,6 +27644,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26803,7 +27653,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26816,7 +27666,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26857,6 +27707,7 @@
         },
         "listUsable": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.listUsable",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26864,7 +27715,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26877,7 +27728,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26897,6 +27748,11 @@
               "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "boolean"
+            },
+            "serviceProject": {
+              "description": "The project id or project number in which the subnetwork is intended to be used. Only applied for Shared VPC. See [Shared VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/shared-vpc/)",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable",
@@ -26911,6 +27767,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified subnetwork with the data included in the request. Only certain fields can be updated with a patch request as indicated in the field descriptions. You must specify the current fingerprint of the subnetwork resource being patched.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26940,7 +27797,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26966,6 +27823,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27010,6 +27868,7 @@
         },
         "setPrivateIpGoogleAccess": {
           "description": "Set whether VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigning external IP addresses through Private Google Access.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.setPrivateIpGoogleAccess",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27033,7 +27892,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27059,6 +27918,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27108,6 +27968,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetGrpcProxy in the given scope",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27123,7 +27984,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27146,6 +28007,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27180,6 +28042,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetGrpcProxy in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27194,7 +28057,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -27213,6 +28076,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the TargetGrpcProxies for a project in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27220,7 +28084,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27233,7 +28097,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27267,6 +28131,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27282,7 +28147,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27308,6 +28173,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27349,6 +28215,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27356,7 +28223,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27374,7 +28241,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27408,6 +28275,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27423,7 +28291,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27446,6 +28314,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27480,6 +28349,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27494,7 +28364,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -27513,6 +28383,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27520,7 +28391,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27533,7 +28404,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27566,7 +28437,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules. (== suppress_warning http-rest-shadowed ==)",
+          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27582,7 +28454,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27608,6 +28480,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27623,7 +28496,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27649,6 +28522,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27690,6 +28564,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpsProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27697,7 +28572,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27715,7 +28590,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27749,6 +28624,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27764,7 +28640,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27787,6 +28663,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource. Gets a list of available target HTTPS proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27821,6 +28698,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27835,7 +28713,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -27854,6 +28732,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpsProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27861,7 +28740,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27874,7 +28753,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27907,7 +28786,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules. (== suppress_warning http-rest-shadowed ==)",
+          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27923,7 +28803,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27947,8 +28827,50 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
+        "setCertificateMap": {
+          "description": "Changes the Certificate Map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setCertificateMap",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setCertificateMap",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "targetHttpsProxy"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "targetHttpsProxy": {
+              "description": "Name of the TargetHttpsProxy resource whose CertificateMap is to be set. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setCertificateMap",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "TargetHttpsProxiesSetCertificateMapRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
         "setQuicOverride": {
           "description": "Sets the QUIC override policy for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setQuicOverride",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setQuicOverride",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27964,7 +28886,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27989,6 +28911,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Replaces SslCertificates for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28004,7 +28927,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28030,6 +28953,7 @@
         },
         "setSslPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the SSL policy for TargetHttpsProxy. The SSL policy specifies the server-side support for SSL features. This affects connections between clients and the HTTPS proxy load balancer. They do not affect the connection between the load balancer and the backends.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setSslPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28045,7 +28969,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28070,6 +28994,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28085,7 +29010,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28111,6 +29036,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28152,6 +29078,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28159,7 +29086,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28177,7 +29104,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28211,6 +29138,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetInstance resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{targetInstance}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28227,7 +29155,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28257,6 +29185,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetInstance resource. Gets a list of available target instances by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{targetInstance}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28299,6 +29228,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetInstance resource in the specified project and zone using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28314,7 +29244,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28340,6 +29270,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of TargetInstance resources available to the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28348,7 +29279,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28361,7 +29292,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28402,6 +29333,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28451,6 +29383,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addHealthCheck": {
           "description": "Adds health check URLs to a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/addHealthCheck",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.addHealthCheck",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28474,7 +29407,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28500,6 +29433,7 @@
         },
         "addInstance": {
           "description": "Adds an instance to a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/addInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.addInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28523,7 +29457,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28549,6 +29483,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target pools.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28556,7 +29491,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28574,7 +29509,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28608,6 +29543,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28631,7 +29567,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28654,6 +29590,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified target pool. Gets a list of available target pools by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28696,6 +29633,7 @@
         },
         "getHealth": {
           "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for each IP for the instance that is referenced by the given target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28741,6 +29679,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a target pool in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28763,7 +29702,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -28782,6 +29721,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of target pools available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28790,7 +29730,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28803,7 +29743,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28844,6 +29784,7 @@
         },
         "removeHealthCheck": {
           "description": "Removes health check URL from a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/removeHealthCheck",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.removeHealthCheck",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28867,7 +29808,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28893,6 +29834,7 @@
         },
         "removeInstance": {
           "description": "Removes instance URL from a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/removeInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.removeInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28916,7 +29858,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28942,6 +29884,7 @@
         },
         "setBackup": {
           "description": "Changes a backup target pool's configurations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/setBackup",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.setBackup",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -28971,7 +29914,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -28997,6 +29940,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29046,6 +29990,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetSslProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29061,7 +30006,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29084,6 +30029,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetSslProxy resource. Gets a list of available target SSL proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29118,6 +30064,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetSslProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29132,7 +30079,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -29151,6 +30098,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetSslProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29158,7 +30106,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29171,7 +30119,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29205,6 +30153,7 @@
         },
         "setBackendService": {
           "description": "Changes the BackendService for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setBackendService",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setBackendService",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29220,7 +30169,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29244,8 +30193,50 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
+        "setCertificateMap": {
+          "description": "Changes the Certificate Map for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setCertificateMap",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setCertificateMap",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "targetSslProxy"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "targetSslProxy": {
+              "description": "Name of the TargetSslProxy resource whose CertificateMap is to be set. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setCertificateMap",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "TargetSslProxiesSetCertificateMapRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
         "setProxyHeader": {
           "description": "Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setProxyHeader",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setProxyHeader",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29261,7 +30252,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29287,6 +30278,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Changes SslCertificates for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29302,7 +30294,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29328,6 +30320,7 @@
         },
         "setSslPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the SSL policy for TargetSslProxy. The SSL policy specifies the server-side support for SSL features. This affects connections between clients and the SSL proxy load balancer. They do not affect the connection between the load balancer and the backends.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setSslPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setSslPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29343,7 +30336,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29368,6 +30361,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29409,6 +30403,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetTcpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29424,7 +30419,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29447,6 +30442,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetTcpProxy resource. Gets a list of available target TCP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29481,6 +30477,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetTcpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29495,7 +30492,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -29514,6 +30511,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetTcpProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29521,7 +30519,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29534,7 +30532,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29568,6 +30566,7 @@
         },
         "setBackendService": {
           "description": "Changes the BackendService for TargetTcpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}/setBackendService",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.setBackendService",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29583,7 +30582,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29609,6 +30608,7 @@
         },
         "setProxyHeader": {
           "description": "Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetTcpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}/setProxyHeader",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.setProxyHeader",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29624,7 +30624,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29650,6 +30650,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29691,6 +30692,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target VPN gateways.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29698,7 +30700,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29716,7 +30718,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29750,6 +30752,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified target VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{targetVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29773,7 +30776,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29796,6 +30799,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified target VPN gateway. Gets a list of available target VPN gateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{targetVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29838,6 +30842,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a target VPN gateway in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29860,7 +30865,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -29879,6 +30884,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of target VPN gateways available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29887,7 +30893,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29900,7 +30906,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29941,6 +30947,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a TargetVpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -29964,7 +30971,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -29990,6 +30997,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30039,6 +31047,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all UrlMap resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30046,7 +31055,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30064,7 +31073,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30098,6 +31107,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified UrlMap resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30113,7 +31123,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30136,6 +31146,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified UrlMap resource. Gets a list of available URL maps by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30170,6 +31181,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a UrlMap resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30184,7 +31196,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -30202,7 +31214,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "invalidateCache": {
-          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap.\n\nFor more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap. For more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}/invalidateCache",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.invalidateCache",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30218,7 +31231,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30244,6 +31257,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of UrlMap resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30251,7 +31265,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30264,7 +31278,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30298,6 +31312,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30313,7 +31328,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30339,6 +31354,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30376,6 +31392,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30391,7 +31408,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30417,6 +31434,7 @@
         },
         "validate": {
           "description": "Runs static validation for the UrlMap. In particular, the tests of the provided UrlMap will be run. Calling this method does NOT create the UrlMap.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}/validate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.validate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30457,6 +31475,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of VPN gateways.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30464,7 +31483,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30482,7 +31501,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30516,6 +31535,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30539,7 +31559,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30562,6 +31582,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified VPN gateway. Gets a list of available VPN gateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30604,6 +31625,7 @@
         },
         "getStatus": {
           "description": "Returns the status for the specified VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}/getStatus",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.getStatus",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30646,6 +31668,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a VPN gateway in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30668,7 +31691,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -30687,6 +31710,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of VPN gateways available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30695,7 +31719,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30708,7 +31732,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30749,6 +31773,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a VpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30772,7 +31797,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30798,6 +31823,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30847,6 +31873,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of VPN tunnels.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30854,7 +31881,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30872,7 +31899,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30906,6 +31933,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified VpnTunnel resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{vpnTunnel}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30929,7 +31957,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -30952,6 +31980,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified VpnTunnel resource. Gets a list of available VPN tunnels by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{vpnTunnel}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -30994,6 +32023,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a VpnTunnel resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31016,7 +32046,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -31035,6 +32065,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of VpnTunnel resources contained in the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31043,7 +32074,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31056,7 +32087,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31097,6 +32128,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a VpnTunnel. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31120,7 +32152,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31146,6 +32178,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31195,6 +32228,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified zone-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31233,6 +32267,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified zone-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31275,6 +32310,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31283,7 +32319,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31296,7 +32332,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31336,7 +32372,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31383,6 +32420,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Zone resource. Gets a list of available zones by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zones.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31417,6 +32455,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Zone resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zones.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -31424,7 +32463,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31437,7 +32476,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -31472,7 +32511,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210525",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -31492,7 +32531,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AcceleratorType": {
-      "description": "Represents an Accelerator Type resource.\n\nGoogle Cloud Platform provides graphics processing units (accelerators) that you can add to VM instances to improve or accelerate performance when working with intensive workloads. For more information, read GPUs on Compute Engine. (== resource_for {$api_version}.acceleratorTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Accelerator Type resource. Google Cloud Platform provides graphics processing units (accelerators) that you can add to VM instances to improve or accelerate performance when working with intensive workloads. For more information, read GPUs on Compute Engine.",
       "id": "AcceleratorType",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -31606,36 +32645,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31722,36 +32761,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31820,36 +32859,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31902,14 +32941,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.\n\nIf an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.\n\nIf an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.",
           "enum": [
             "PREMIUM",
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -31938,7 +32977,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Address": {
-      "description": "Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier.\n\nUse global internal addresses for reserved peering network range.\n\nUse regional external addresses for the following resources:\n\n- External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA)\n\nUse regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes:\n\n- Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses\n\nFor more information, read reserved IP address.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.addresses ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalAddresses ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.",
       "id": "Address",
       "properties": {
         "address": {
@@ -31953,8 +32992,8 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "A publicly visible external IP address.",
+            "A private network IP address, for use with an Instance or Internal Load Balancer forwarding rule.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -31992,7 +33031,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Address, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Address.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32009,7 +33048,7 @@
               "compute.addresses.insert"
             ]
           },
-          "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.",
+          "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32018,14 +33057,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer.\n\nIf this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.",
           "enum": [
             "PREMIUM",
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32035,7 +33074,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "purpose": {
-          "description": "The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values:  \n- `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. \n- `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork \n- `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. \n- `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. \n- `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose. ",
           "enum": [
             "DNS_RESOLVER",
             "GCE_ENDPOINT",
@@ -32046,18 +33085,18 @@
             "VPC_PEERING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "DNS resolver address in the subnetwork.",
+            "VM internal/alias IP, Internal LB service IP, etc.",
+            "A regional internal IP address range reserved for the VLAN attachment that is used in IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect. This regional internal IP address range must not overlap with any IP address range of subnet/route in the VPC network and its peering networks. After the VLAN attachment is created with the reserved IP address range, when creating a new VPN gateway, its interface IP address is allocated from the associated VLAN attachment\u2019s IP address range.",
+            "External IP automatically reserved for Cloud NAT.",
+            "A private network IP address that can be used to configure Private Service Connect. This purpose can be specified only for GLOBAL addresses of Type INTERNAL",
+            "A private network IP address that can be shared by multiple Internal Load Balancer forwarding rules.",
+            "IP range for peer networks."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "region": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. This field is not applicable to global addresses.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "selfLink": {
@@ -32072,9 +33111,9 @@
             "RESERVING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Address is being used by another resource and is not available.",
+            "Address is reserved and available to use.",
+            "Address is being reserved."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32160,36 +33199,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -32276,36 +33315,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -32374,36 +33413,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -32520,7 +33559,7 @@
             "PERIODIC"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "VMs receive infrastructure and hypervisor updates on a periodic basis, minimizing the number of maintenance operations (live migrations or terminations) on an individual VM. This may mean a VM will take longer to receive an update than if it was configured for AS_NEEDED. Security updates will still be applied as soon as they are available."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32565,12 +33604,12 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "deviceName": {
-          "description": "Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance.\n\nIf not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.",
+          "description": "Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later.\n\nInstance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group."
+          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group."
         },
         "diskSizeGb": {
           "description": "The size of the disk in GB.",
@@ -32578,7 +33617,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -32591,7 +33630,7 @@
         },
         "initializeParams": {
           "$ref": "AttachedDiskInitializeParams",
-          "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance.\n\nThis property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
+          "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
         },
         "interface": {
           "description": "Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.",
@@ -32624,8 +33663,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple virtual machines can use a disk in read-only mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in read-write mode. Only one virtual machine at a time can be attached to a disk in read-write mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32634,7 +33673,7 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk"
         },
         "source": {
-          "description": "Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nIf desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.\n\nNote that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.",
+          "description": "Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
@@ -32648,12 +33687,19 @@
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userLicenses": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AttachedDiskInitializeParams": {
-      "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance.\n\nThis property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.",
+      "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.",
       "id": "AttachedDiskInitializeParams",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
@@ -32670,11 +33716,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example:\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard\n\n\nOther values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType \n- projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType \n- zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType  Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
+          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.\n\nGuest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -32699,14 +33745,14 @@
             "USE_EXISTING_DISK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Always recreate the disk.",
+            "Recreate the disk if source (image, snapshot) of this disk is different from source of existing disk.",
+            "Use the existing disk, this is the default behaviour."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provisionedIops": {
-          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.",
+          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32718,15 +33764,15 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nTo create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9\n\n\nAlternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD\n\n\nTo create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format:\nglobal/images/my-custom-image\n\n\nYou can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name:\nglobal/images/family/my-image-family\n\n\nIf the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
+          "description": "The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nInstance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
+          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nTo create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format:\nglobal/snapshots/my-backup\n\n\nIf the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
+          "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -32737,7 +33783,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuditConfig": {
-      "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.\n\nIf there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.\n\nExample Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:\n\n{ \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] }\n\nFor sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.",
+      "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.",
       "id": "AuditConfig",
       "properties": {
         "auditLogConfigs": {
@@ -32748,7 +33794,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "exemptedMembers": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -32762,18 +33808,18 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuditLogConfig": {
-      "description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example:\n\n{ \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] }\n\nThis enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
+      "description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
       "id": "AuditLogConfig",
       "properties": {
         "exemptedMembers": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of [Binding.members][].",
+          "description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ignoreChildExemptions": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "logType": {
@@ -32785,10 +33831,10 @@
             "LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy",
+            "Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list",
+            "Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create",
+            "Default case. Should never be this."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -32796,11 +33842,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuthorizationLoggingOptions": {
-      "description": "Authorization-related information used by Cloud Audit Logging.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "AuthorizationLoggingOptions",
       "properties": {
         "permissionType": {
-          "description": "The type of the permission that was checked.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ADMIN_READ",
             "ADMIN_WRITE",
@@ -32809,11 +33855,11 @@
             "PERMISSION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -32821,12 +33867,12 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Autoscaler": {
-      "description": "Represents an Autoscaler resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Autoscaler resources:\n\n* [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/autoscalers) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionAutoscalers)\n\nUse autoscalers to automatically add or delete instances from a managed instance group according to your defined autoscaling policy. For more information, read Autoscaling Groups of Instances.\n\nFor zonal managed instance groups resource, use the autoscaler resource.\n\nFor regional managed instance groups, use the regionAutoscalers resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.autoscalers ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionAutoscalers ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Autoscaler resource. Google Compute Engine has two Autoscaler resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/autoscalers) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionAutoscalers) Use autoscalers to automatically add or delete instances from a managed instance group according to your defined autoscaling policy. For more information, read Autoscaling Groups of Instances. For zonal managed instance groups resource, use the autoscaler resource. For regional managed instance groups, use the regionAutoscalers resource.",
       "id": "Autoscaler",
       "properties": {
         "autoscalingPolicy": {
           "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy",
-          "description": "The configuration parameters for the autoscaling algorithm. You can define one or more signals for an autoscaler: cpuUtilization, customMetricUtilizations, and loadBalancingUtilization.\n\nIf none of these are specified, the default will be to autoscale based on cpuUtilization to 0.6 or 60%."
+          "description": "The configuration parameters for the autoscaling algorithm. You can define one or more signals for an autoscaler: cpuUtilization, customMetricUtilizations, and loadBalancingUtilization. If none of these are specified, the default will be to autoscale based on cpuUtilization to 0.6 or 60%."
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
@@ -32877,7 +33923,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the autoscaler configuration. Current set of possible values:  \n- PENDING: Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration. \n- DELETING: Configuration is being deleted. \n- ACTIVE: Configuration is acknowledged to be effective. Some warnings might be present in the statusDetails field. \n- ERROR: Configuration has errors. Actionable for users. Details are present in the statusDetails field.  New values might be added in the future.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the autoscaler configuration. Current set of possible values: - PENDING: Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration. - DELETING: Configuration is being deleted. - ACTIVE: Configuration is acknowledged to be effective. Some warnings might be present in the statusDetails field. - ERROR: Configuration has errors. Actionable for users. Details are present in the statusDetails field. New values might be added in the future.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DELETING",
@@ -32885,10 +33931,10 @@
             "PENDING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Configuration is acknowledged to be effective",
+            "Configuration is being deleted",
+            "Configuration has errors. Actionable for users.",
+            "Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32939,7 +33985,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "unreachables": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -32978,36 +34024,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33094,36 +34140,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33157,7 +34203,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of error, warning, or notice returned. Current set of possible values:  \n- ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY (WARNING): All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state). \n- BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): There is no backend service attached to the instance group. \n- CAPPED_AT_MAX_NUM_REPLICAS (WARNING): Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas. \n- CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS_TOO_SPARSE (WARNING): The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling. \n- CUSTOM_METRIC_INVALID (ERROR): The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels. \n- MIN_EQUALS_MAX (WARNING): The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group. \n- MISSING_CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling. \n- MISSING_LOAD_BALANCING_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer. \n- MODE_OFF (WARNING): Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved. \n- MODE_ONLY_UP (WARNING): Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. The autoscaler can add instances but not remove any. \n- MORE_THAN_ONE_BACKEND_SERVICE (ERROR): The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it. \n- NOT_ENOUGH_QUOTA_AVAILABLE (ERROR): There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances. \n- REGION_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): Shown only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region. \n- SCALING_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): The target to be scaled does not exist. \n- UNSUPPORTED_MAX_RATE_LOAD_BALANCING_CONFIGURATION (ERROR): Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate. \n- ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout.  New values might be added in the future. Some of the values might not be available in all API versions.",
+          "description": "The type of error, warning, or notice returned. Current set of possible values: - ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY (WARNING): All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state). - BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): There is no backend service attached to the instance group. - CAPPED_AT_MAX_NUM_REPLICAS (WARNING): Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas. - CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS_TOO_SPARSE (WARNING): The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling. - CUSTOM_METRIC_INVALID (ERROR): The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels. - MIN_EQUALS_MAX (WARNING): The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group. - MISSING_CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling. - MISSING_LOAD_BALANCING_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer. - MODE_OFF (WARNING): Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved. - MODE_ONLY_UP (WARNING): Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. The autoscaler can add instances but not remove any. - MORE_THAN_ONE_BACKEND_SERVICE (ERROR): The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it. - NOT_ENOUGH_QUOTA_AVAILABLE (ERROR): There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances. - REGION_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): Shown only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region. - SCALING_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): The target to be scaled does not exist. - UNSUPPORTED_MAX_RATE_LOAD_BALANCING_CONFIGURATION (ERROR): Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate. - ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout. New values might be added in the future. Some of the values might not be available in all API versions.",
           "enum": [
             "ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY",
             "BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST",
@@ -33181,26 +34227,26 @@
             "ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state).",
+            "There is no backend service attached to the instance group.",
+            "Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas.",
+            "The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling.",
+            "The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels.",
+            "The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group.",
+            "The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling.",
+            "The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer.",
+            "Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved.",
+            "Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only scale out\" mode. Instances in the group will be only added.",
+            "Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. Instances in the group will be only added.",
+            "The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it.",
+            "There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances.",
+            "Showed only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region.",
+            "The target to be scaled does not exist.",
+            "For some scaling schedules minRequiredReplicas is greater than maxNumReplicas. Autoscaler always recommends at most maxNumReplicas instances.",
+            "For some scaling schedules minRequiredReplicas is less than minNumReplicas. Autoscaler always recommends at least minNumReplicas instances.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate.",
+            "For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -33250,36 +34296,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33310,7 +34356,7 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "coolDownPeriodSec": {
-          "description": "The number of seconds that the autoscaler waits before it starts collecting information from a new instance. This prevents the autoscaler from collecting information when the instance is initializing, during which the collected usage would not be reliable. The default time autoscaler waits is 60 seconds.\n\nVirtual machine initialization times might vary because of numerous factors. We recommend that you test how long an instance may take to initialize. To do this, create an instance and time the startup process.",
+          "description": "The number of seconds that the autoscaler waits before it starts collecting information from a new instance. This prevents the autoscaler from collecting information when the instance is initializing, during which the collected usage would not be reliable. The default time autoscaler waits is 60 seconds. Virtual machine initialization times might vary because of numerous factors. We recommend that you test how long an instance may take to initialize. To do this, create an instance and time the startup process.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -33348,10 +34394,10 @@
             "ONLY_UP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not automatically scale the MIG in or out. The recommended_size field contains the size of MIG that would be set if the actuation mode was enabled.",
+            "Automatically scale the MIG in and out according to the policy.",
+            "Automatically create VMs according to the policy, but do not scale the MIG in.",
+            "Automatically create VMs according to the policy, but do not scale the MIG in."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -33376,21 +34422,21 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicyCpuUtilization",
       "properties": {
         "predictiveMethod": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether predictive autoscaling based on CPU metric is enabled. Valid values are:\n\n* NONE (default). No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics. * OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY. Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether predictive autoscaling based on CPU metric is enabled. Valid values are: * NONE (default). No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics. * OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY. Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY",
             "PREDICTIVE_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics",
+            "Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "utilizationTarget": {
-          "description": "The target CPU utilization that the autoscaler maintains. Must be a float value in the range (0, 1]. If not specified, the default is 0.6.\n\nIf the CPU level is below the target utilization, the autoscaler scales in the number of instances until it reaches the minimum number of instances you specified or until the average CPU of your instances reaches the target utilization.\n\nIf the average CPU is above the target utilization, the autoscaler scales out until it reaches the maximum number of instances you specified or until the average utilization reaches the target utilization.",
+          "description": "The target CPU utilization that the autoscaler maintains. Must be a float value in the range (0, 1]. If not specified, the default is 0.6. If the CPU level is below the target utilization, the autoscaler scales in the number of instances until it reaches the minimum number of instances you specified or until the average CPU of your instances reaches the target utilization. If the average CPU is above the target utilization, the autoscaler scales out until it reaches the maximum number of instances you specified or until the average utilization reaches the target utilization.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -33402,20 +34448,20 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicyCustomMetricUtilization",
       "properties": {
         "filter": {
-          "description": "A filter string, compatible with a Stackdriver Monitoring filter string for TimeSeries.list API call. This filter is used to select a specific TimeSeries for the purpose of autoscaling and to determine whether the metric is exporting per-instance or per-group data.\n\nFor the filter to be valid for autoscaling purposes, the following rules apply:  \n- You can only use the AND operator for joining selectors. \n- You can only use direct equality comparison operator (=) without any functions for each selector. \n- You can specify the metric in both the filter string and in the metric field. However, if specified in both places, the metric must be identical. \n- The monitored resource type determines what kind of values are expected for the metric. If it is a gce_instance, the autoscaler expects the metric to include a separate TimeSeries for each instance in a group. In such a case, you cannot filter on resource labels.\nIf the resource type is any other value, the autoscaler expects this metric to contain values that apply to the entire autoscaled instance group and resource label filtering can be performed to point autoscaler at the correct TimeSeries to scale upon. This is called a per-group metric for the purpose of autoscaling.\n\nIf not specified, the type defaults to gce_instance.  \n\nTry to provide a filter that is selective enough to pick just one TimeSeries for the autoscaled group or for each of the instances (if you are using gce_instance resource type). If multiple TimeSeries are returned upon the query execution, the autoscaler will sum their respective values to obtain its scaling value.",
+          "description": "A filter string, compatible with a Stackdriver Monitoring filter string for TimeSeries.list API call. This filter is used to select a specific TimeSeries for the purpose of autoscaling and to determine whether the metric is exporting per-instance or per-group data. For the filter to be valid for autoscaling purposes, the following rules apply: - You can only use the AND operator for joining selectors. - You can only use direct equality comparison operator (=) without any functions for each selector. - You can specify the metric in both the filter string and in the metric field. However, if specified in both places, the metric must be identical. - The monitored resource type determines what kind of values are expected for the metric. If it is a gce_instance, the autoscaler expects the metric to include a separate TimeSeries for each instance in a group. In such a case, you cannot filter on resource labels. If the resource type is any other value, the autoscaler expects this metric to contain values that apply to the entire autoscaled instance group and resource label filtering can be performed to point autoscaler at the correct TimeSeries to scale upon. This is called a *per-group metric* for the purpose of autoscaling. If not specified, the type defaults to gce_instance. Try to provide a filter that is selective enough to pick just one TimeSeries for the autoscaled group or for each of the instances (if you are using gce_instance resource type). If multiple TimeSeries are returned upon the query execution, the autoscaler will sum their respective values to obtain its scaling value.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metric": {
-          "description": "The identifier (type) of the Stackdriver Monitoring metric. The metric cannot have negative values.\n\nThe metric must have a value type of INT64 or DOUBLE.",
+          "description": "The identifier (type) of the Stackdriver Monitoring metric. The metric cannot have negative values. The metric must have a value type of INT64 or DOUBLE.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "singleInstanceAssignment": {
-          "description": "If scaling is based on a per-group metric value that represents the total amount of work to be done or resource usage, set this value to an amount assigned for a single instance of the scaled group. Autoscaler keeps the number of instances proportional to the value of this metric. The metric itself does not change value due to group resizing.\n\nA good metric to use with the target is for example pubsub.googleapis.com/subscription/num_undelivered_messages or a custom metric exporting the total number of requests coming to your instances.\n\nA bad example would be a metric exporting an average or median latency, since this value can't include a chunk assignable to a single instance, it could be better used with utilization_target instead.",
+          "description": "If scaling is based on a per-group metric value that represents the total amount of work to be done or resource usage, set this value to an amount assigned for a single instance of the scaled group. Autoscaler keeps the number of instances proportional to the value of this metric. The metric itself does not change value due to group resizing. A good metric to use with the target is for example pubsub.googleapis.com/subscription/num_undelivered_messages or a custom metric exporting the total number of requests coming to your instances. A bad example would be a metric exporting an average or median latency, since this value can't include a chunk assignable to a single instance, it could be better used with utilization_target instead.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "utilizationTarget": {
-          "description": "The target value of the metric that autoscaler maintains. This must be a positive value. A utilization metric scales number of virtual machines handling requests to increase or decrease proportionally to the metric.\n\nFor example, a good metric to use as a utilization_target is https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/instance/network/received_bytes_count. The autoscaler works to keep this value constant for each of the instances.",
+          "description": "The target value of the metric that autoscaler maintains. This must be a positive value. A utilization metric scales number of virtual machines handling requests to increase or decrease proportionally to the metric. For example, a good metric to use as a utilization_target is https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/instance/network/received_bytes_count. The autoscaler works to keep this value constant for each of the instances.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -33427,9 +34473,9 @@
             "GAUGE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a cumulative or delta metric, expressed as the rate of growth per minute.",
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a cumulative or delta metric, expressed as the rate of growth per second.",
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a gauge metric. The autoscaler will collect the average utilization of the virtual machines from the last couple of minutes, and compare the value to the utilization target value to perform autoscaling."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -33507,7 +34553,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "timeZone": {
-          "description": "The time zone to use when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the tz database: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tz_database. This field is assigned a default value of ?UTC? if left empty.",
+          "description": "The time zone to use when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the tz database: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tz_database. This field is assigned a default value of \u201cUTC\u201d if left empty.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -33518,21 +34564,21 @@
       "id": "Backend",
       "properties": {
         "balancingMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see  Connection balancing mode.",
+          "description": "Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.",
           "enum": [
             "CONNECTION",
             "RATE",
             "UTILIZATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.",
+            "Balance based on requests per second (RPS).",
+            "Balance based on the backend utilization."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "capacityScaler": {
-          "description": "A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.\n\nNot supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing",
+          "description": "A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -33545,40 +34591,41 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "group": {
-          "description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme.\n\n \n- When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing),  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. \n\n\n- When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported.  \n\nFor regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service.\n\nYou must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
+          "description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maxConnections": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxConnectionsPerInstance": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxRate": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxRatePerEndpoint": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "maxRatePerInstance": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "maxUtilization": {
+          "description": "Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -33586,7 +34633,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendBucket": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.\n\nThis Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load balancer. For more information, read Backend Buckets.",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource. This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load balancer. For more information, read Backend Buckets.",
       "id": "BackendBucket",
       "properties": {
         "bucketName": {
@@ -33598,14 +34645,14 @@
           "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendBucket."
         },
         "compressionMode": {
-          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client?s Accept-Encoding header.",
+          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.",
           "enum": [
             "AUTOMATIC",
             "DISABLED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.",
+            "Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -33670,7 +34717,7 @@
           "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy."
         },
         "cacheMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are:\n\nUSE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.\n\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.\n\nCACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
           "enum": [
             "CACHE_ALL_STATIC",
             "FORCE_CACHE_ALL",
@@ -33678,10 +34725,10 @@
             "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+            "Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -33845,36 +34892,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33901,11 +34948,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendService": {
-      "description": "Represents a Backend Service resource.\n\nA backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly.\n\nBackend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped.\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionBackendServices)\n\nFor more information, see Backend Services.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.backendService ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.",
       "id": "BackendService",
       "properties": {
         "affinityCookieTtlSec": {
-          "description": "Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE.\n\nIf set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400).\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -33918,20 +34965,20 @@
         },
         "cdnPolicy": {
           "$ref": "BackendServiceCdnPolicy",
-          "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for  external HTTP(S) Load Balancing."
+          "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types."
         },
         "circuitBreakers": {
           "$ref": "CircuitBreakers"
         },
         "compressionMode": {
-          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client?s Accept-Encoding header.",
+          "description": "Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.",
           "enum": [
             "AUTOMATIC",
             "DISABLED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.",
+            "Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -33943,21 +34990,21 @@
         },
         "consistentHash": {
           "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings",
-          "description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "customRequestHeaders": {
-          "description": "Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.",
+          "description": "Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "customResponseHeaders": {
-          "description": "Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.",
+          "description": "Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -33972,20 +35019,20 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enableCDN": {
-          "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.",
+          "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "failoverPolicy": {
           "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend."
+          "description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview)."
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See  Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
+          "description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -34006,7 +35053,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "loadBalancingScheme": {
-          "description": "Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose  INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose  INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.",
+          "description": "Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "INTERNAL",
@@ -34015,16 +35062,16 @@
             "INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+            "Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "localityLbPolicy": {
-          "description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are:  \n- ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. \n- LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. \n- RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. \n- RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. \n- ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. \n- MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 \n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nIf sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect.\n\nOnly the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "enum": [
             "INVALID_LB_POLICY",
             "LEAST_REQUEST",
@@ -34036,12 +35083,12 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.",
+            "This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824",
+            "Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.",
+            "The load balancer selects a random healthy host.",
+            "The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.",
+            "This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34051,7 +35098,7 @@
         },
         "maxStreamDuration": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.\nIf not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.\nThis value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.\nThis field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
@@ -34064,19 +35111,19 @@
         },
         "outlierDetection": {
           "$ref": "OutlierDetection",
-          "description": "Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "port": {
-          "description": "Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80.\n\nBackend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.",
+          "description": "Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "portName": {
-          "description": "A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs.\n\n\n\nBackend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.",
+          "description": "A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "protocol": {
-          "description": "The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends.\n\nPossible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information.\n\nMust be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "enum": [
             "GRPC",
             "HTTP",
@@ -34088,14 +35135,14 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "gRPC (available for Traffic Director).",
             "",
+            "HTTP/2 with SSL.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "TCP proxying with SSL.",
+            "TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.",
+            "UDP.",
+            "If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34109,14 +35156,14 @@
         },
         "securitySettings": {
           "$ref": "SecuritySettings",
-          "description": "This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "
         },
         "selfLink": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionAffinity": {
-          "description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL:\n\n* For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or  CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "enum": [
             "CLIENT_IP",
             "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -34128,14 +35175,14 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.",
+            "1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "The hash is based on a user specified header field.",
+            "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.",
+            "No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34219,36 +35266,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -34290,7 +35337,7 @@
           "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy."
         },
         "cacheMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are:\n\nUSE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.\n\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.\n\nCACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
           "enum": [
             "CACHE_ALL_STATIC",
             "FORCE_CACHE_ALL",
@@ -34298,10 +35345,10 @@
             "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+            "Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34388,7 +35435,7 @@
       "id": "BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends": {
-          "description": "Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL.\n\nIf set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP.\n\nIf set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy).\n\nIf set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.",
+          "description": "Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.",
           "enum": [
             "ALWAYS_PERSIST",
             "DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL",
@@ -34401,13 +35448,17 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "enableStrongAffinity": {
+          "description": "Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
         "idleTimeoutSec": {
-          "description": "Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds).\n\nFor L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours.\n\nFor NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours.\n\nThis field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.",
+          "description": "Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "trackingMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options:\n\nPER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol.\n\nPER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.",
+          "description": "Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.",
           "enum": [
             "INVALID_TRACKING_MODE",
             "PER_CONNECTION",
@@ -34424,19 +35475,19 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy": {
-      "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes).",
+      "description": "For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes).",
       "id": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": {
-          "description": "This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": {
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "failoverRatio": {
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.",
+          "description": "The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -34481,7 +35532,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "oauth2ClientSecret": {
-          "description": "OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field.",
+          "description": "OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "oauth2ClientSecretSha256": {
@@ -34552,36 +35603,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -34675,36 +35726,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -34731,7 +35782,6 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BfdPacket": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "BfdPacket",
       "properties": {
         "authenticationPresent": {
@@ -34979,15 +36029,15 @@
       "id": "Binding",
       "properties": {
         "bindingId": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "condition": {
           "$ref": "Expr",
-          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding.\n\nIf the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request.\n\nIf the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.\n\nTo learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
+          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
         },
         "members": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values:\n\n* `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account.\n\n* `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.\n\n* `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` .\n\n\n\n* `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.\n\n* `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`.\n\n* `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding.\n\n* `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding.\n\n* `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.\n\n\n\n* `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.",
+          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -35001,7 +36051,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BulkInsertInstanceResource": {
-      "description": "A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.",
+      "description": "A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.",
       "id": "BulkInsertInstanceResource",
       "properties": {
         "count": {
@@ -35023,7 +36073,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "namePattern": {
-          "description": "The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.",
+          "description": "The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "perInstanceProperties": {
@@ -35034,7 +36084,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "sourceInstanceTemplate": {
-          "description": "Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396.\n\nIt can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate  \n\nThis field is optional.",
+          "description": "Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -35112,7 +36162,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "CircuitBreakers": {
-      "description": "Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.",
+      "description": "Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.",
       "id": "CircuitBreakers",
       "properties": {
         "connectTimeout": {
@@ -35148,7 +36198,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Commitment": {
-      "description": "Represents a regional Commitment resource.\n\nCreating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a regional Commitment resource. Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts.",
       "id": "Commitment",
       "properties": {
         "category": {
@@ -35351,36 +36401,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -35467,36 +36517,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -35565,36 +36615,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -35621,11 +36671,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Condition": {
-      "description": "A condition to be met.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "Condition",
       "properties": {
         "iam": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes supplied by the IAM system.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "APPROVER",
             "ATTRIBUTION",
@@ -35637,19 +36687,19 @@
             "SECURITY_REALM"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "op": {
-          "description": "An operator to apply the subject with.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "DISCHARGED",
             "EQUALS",
@@ -35659,21 +36709,21 @@
             "NO_OP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "svc": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes discharged by the service.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sys": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes supplied by any service that owns resources and uses the IAM system for access control.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "IP",
             "NAME",
@@ -35682,16 +36732,16 @@
             "SERVICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "values": {
-          "description": "The objects of the condition.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -35767,7 +36817,7 @@
       "id": "CorsPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "allowCredentials": {
-          "description": "In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header.\nDefault is false.",
+          "description": "In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "allowHeaders": {
@@ -35785,14 +36835,14 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "allowOriginRegexes": {
-          "description": "Specifies the regualar expression patterns that match allowed origins. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nAn origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
+          "description": "Specifies the regualar expression patterns that match allowed origins. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "allowOrigins": {
-          "description": "Specifies the list of origins that will be allowed to do CORS requests.\nAn origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
+          "description": "Specifies the list of origins that will be allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -35833,7 +36883,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "rsaEncryptedKey": {
-          "description": "Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.\n\nThe key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine:  \n- The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. \n- After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding.  Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at:\nhttps://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem",
+          "description": "Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sha256": {
@@ -35892,12 +36942,16 @@
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "stateOverride": {
+          "$ref": "RolloutPolicy",
+          "description": "The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Disk": {
-      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Disk resources:\n\n* [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionDisks)\n\nPersistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options.\n\nThe disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks.\n\nThe regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read  Regional resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.disks ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionDisks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionDisks) Persistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options. The disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional resources.",
       "id": "Disk",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -35910,14 +36964,14 @@
         },
         "diskEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine).\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later."
         },
         "eraseWindowsVssSignature": {
           "description": "Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -35948,7 +37002,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36010,7 +37064,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provisionedIops": {
-          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.",
+          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36041,12 +37095,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sizeGb": {
-          "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk.\n\nIf you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.",
+          "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- regions/region/disks/disk",
+          "description": "The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskId": {
@@ -36054,7 +37108,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set.\n\nTo create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9\n\n\nAlternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD\n\n\nTo create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format:\nglobal/images/my-custom-image\n\n\nYou can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name:\nglobal/images/family/my-image-family",
+          "description": "The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
@@ -36066,7 +37120,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot \n- projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot \n- global/snapshots/snapshot",
+          "description": "The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -36082,7 +37136,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation.  \n- CREATING: Disk is provisioning. \n- RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. \n- FAILED: Disk creation failed. \n- READY: Disk is ready for use. \n- DELETING: Disk is deleting.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. ",
           "enum": [
             "CREATING",
             "DELETING",
@@ -36091,11 +37145,11 @@
             "RESTORING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Disk is provisioning",
+            "Disk is deleting.",
+            "Disk creation failed.",
+            "Disk is ready for use.",
+            "Source data is being copied into the disk."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36112,9 +37166,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard  or pd-ssd",
+          "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "userLicenses": {
+          "description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch ",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "users": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance",
           "items": {
@@ -36197,36 +37258,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36269,7 +37330,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instantiateFrom": {
-          "description": "Specifies whether to include the disk and what image to use. Possible values are:  \n- source-image: to use the same image that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- source-image-family: to use the same image family that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- custom-image: to use a user-provided image url for disk creation. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- attach-read-only: to attach a read-only disk. Applicable to read-only disks. \n- do-not-include: to exclude a disk from the template. Applicable to additional read-write disks, local SSDs, and read-only disks.",
+          "description": "Specifies whether to include the disk and what image to use. Possible values are: - source-image: to use the same image that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - source-image-family: to use the same image family that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - custom-image: to use a user-provided image url for disk creation. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - attach-read-only: to attach a read-only disk. Applicable to read-only disks. - do-not-include: to exclude a disk from the template. Applicable to additional read-write disks, local SSDs, and read-only disks. ",
           "enum": [
             "ATTACH_READ_ONLY",
             "BLANK",
@@ -36280,13 +37341,13 @@
             "SOURCE_IMAGE_FAMILY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attach the existing disk in read-only mode. The request will fail if the disk was attached in read-write mode on the source instance. Applicable to: read-only disks.",
+            "Create a blank disk. The disk will be created unformatted. Applicable to: additional read-write disks, local SSDs.",
+            "Use the custom image specified in the custom_image field. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks.",
+            "Use the default instantiation option for the corresponding type of disk. For boot disk and any other R/W disks, new custom images will be created from each disk. For read-only disks, they will be attached in read-only mode. Local SSD disks will be created as blank volumes.",
+            "Do not include the disk in the instance template. Applicable to: additional read-write disks, local SSDs, read-only disks.",
+            "Use the same source image used for creation of the source instance's corresponding disk. The request will fail if the source VM's disk was created from a snapshot. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks.",
+            "Use the same source image family used for creation of the source instance's corresponding disk. The request will fail if the source image of the source disk does not belong to any image family. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -36354,36 +37415,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36413,18 +37474,18 @@
       "id": "DiskMoveRequest",
       "properties": {
         "destinationZone": {
-          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the disk. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n- projects/project/zones/zone \n- zones/zone",
+          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the disk. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone - projects/project/zones/zone - zones/zone ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetDisk": {
-          "description": "The URL of the target disk to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a disk:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk",
+          "description": "The URL of the target disk to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a disk: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "DiskType": {
-      "description": "Represents a Disk Type resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Disk Type resources:\n\n* [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionDiskTypes) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/diskTypes)\n\nYou can choose from a variety of disk types based on your needs. For more information, read Storage options.\n\nThe diskTypes resource represents disk types for a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks.\n\nThe regionDiskTypes resource represents disk types for a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional persistent disks. (== resource_for {$api_version}.diskTypes ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionDiskTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Disk Type resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk Type resources: * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionDiskTypes) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/diskTypes) You can choose from a variety of disk types based on your needs. For more information, read Storage options. The diskTypes resource represents disk types for a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDiskTypes resource represents disk types for a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional persistent disks.",
       "id": "DiskType",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -36546,36 +37607,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36662,36 +37723,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36760,36 +37821,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36819,7 +37880,7 @@
       "id": "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "resourcePolicies": {
-          "description": "Resource policies to be added to this disk. Currently you can only specify one policy here.",
+          "description": "Full or relative path to the resource policy to be added to this disk. You can only specify one resource policy.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -36895,36 +37956,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36972,9 +38033,9 @@
             "EVEN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The group picks zones for creating VM instances to fulfill the requested number of VMs within present resource constraints and to maximize utilization of unused zonal reservations. Recommended for batch workloads that do not require high availability.",
+            "The group prioritizes acquisition of resources, scheduling VMs in zones where resources are available while distributing VMs as evenly as possible across selected zones to minimize the impact of zonal failure. Recommended for highly available serving workloads.",
+            "The group schedules VM instance creation and deletion to achieve and maintain an even number of managed instances across the selected zones. The distribution is even when the number of managed instances does not differ by more than 1 between any two zones. Recommended for highly available serving workloads."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37049,9 +38110,9 @@
             "SUBNET_PEERING_ROUTE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "For routes exported from local network.",
+            "The peering route.",
+            "The peering route corresponding to subnetwork range."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -37118,36 +38179,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37174,7 +38235,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Expr": {
-      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.\n\nExample (Comparison):\n\ntitle: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\"\n\nExample (Equality):\n\ntitle: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\"\n\nExample (Logic):\n\ntitle: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\"\n\nExample (Data Manipulation):\n\ntitle: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\"\n\nThe exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
+      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
       "id": "Expr",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
@@ -37197,7 +38258,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ExternalVpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents an external VPN gateway.\n\nExternal VPN gateway is the on-premises VPN gateway(s) or another cloud provider's VPN gateway that connects to your Google Cloud VPN gateway.\n\nTo create a highly available VPN from Google Cloud Platform to your VPN gateway or another cloud provider's VPN gateway, you must create a external VPN gateway resource with information about the other gateway.\n\nFor more information about using external VPN gateways, see  Creating an HA VPN gateway and tunnel pair to a peer VPN. (== resource_for {$api_version}.externalVpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an external VPN gateway. External VPN gateway is the on-premises VPN gateway(s) or another cloud provider's VPN gateway that connects to your Google Cloud VPN gateway. To create a highly available VPN from Google Cloud Platform to your VPN gateway or another cloud provider's VPN gateway, you must create a external VPN gateway resource with information about the other gateway. For more information about using external VPN gateways, see Creating an HA VPN gateway and tunnel pair to a peer VPN.",
       "id": "ExternalVpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -37214,7 +38275,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "interfaces": {
-          "description": "List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway.\n\nIf your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers? gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.",
+          "description": "A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ExternalVpnGatewayInterface"
           },
@@ -37226,7 +38287,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this ExternalVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an ExternalVpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this ExternalVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an ExternalVpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37255,9 +38316,9 @@
             "TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The external VPN gateway has four public IP addresses; at the time of writing this API, the AWS virtual private gateway is an example which has four public IP addresses for high availability connections; there should be two VPN connections in the AWS virtual private gateway , each AWS VPN connection has two public IP addresses; please make sure to put two public IP addresses from one AWS VPN connection into interfaces 0 and 1 of this external VPN gateway, and put the other two public IP addresses from another AWS VPN connection into interfaces 2 and 3 of this external VPN gateway. When displaying highly available configuration status for the VPN tunnels connected to FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY external VPN gateway, Google will always detect whether interfaces 0 and 1 are connected on one interface of HA Cloud VPN gateway, and detect whether interfaces 2 and 3 are connected to another interface of the HA Cloud VPN gateway.",
+            "The external VPN gateway has only one public IP address which internally provide redundancy or failover.",
+            "The external VPN gateway has two public IP addresses which are redundant with each other, the following two types of setup on your on-premises side would have this type of redundancy: (1) Two separate on-premises gateways, each with one public IP address, the two on-premises gateways are redundant with each other. (2) A single on-premise gateway with two public IP addresses that are redundant with eatch other."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37273,7 +38334,7 @@
       "id": "ExternalVpnGatewayInterface",
       "properties": {
         "id": {
-          "description": "The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: \n- SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 \n- TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 \n- FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3",
+          "description": "The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3 ",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -37304,7 +38365,7 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#externalVpnGatewayList",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#externalVpnGatewayList  for lists of externalVpnGateways.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#externalVpnGatewayList for lists of externalVpnGateways.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
@@ -37348,36 +38409,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37429,7 +38490,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Firewall": {
-      "description": "Represents a Firewall Rule resource.\n\nFirewall rules allow or deny ingress traffic to, and egress traffic from your instances. For more information, read Firewall rules.",
+      "description": "Represents a Firewall Rule resource. Firewall rules allow or deny ingress traffic to, and egress traffic from your instances. For more information, read Firewall rules.",
       "id": "Firewall",
       "properties": {
         "allowed": {
@@ -37441,7 +38502,7 @@
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "ports": {
-                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
                 "items": {
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -37465,7 +38526,7 @@
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "ports": {
-                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
                 "items": {
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -37481,7 +38542,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "destinationRanges": {
-          "description": "If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.",
+          "description": "If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -37494,8 +38555,8 @@
             "INGRESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that firewall should apply to outgoing traffic.",
+            "Indicates that firewall should apply to incoming traffic."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37533,7 +38594,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used:\nglobal/networks/default\nIf you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network \n- projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network \n- global/networks/default",
+          "description": "URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "priority": {
@@ -37546,7 +38607,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceRanges": {
-          "description": "If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.",
+          "description": "If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -37644,36 +38705,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37741,7 +38802,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "FirewallPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Firewall Policy resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.firewallPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Firewall Policy resource.",
       "id": "FirewallPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "associations": {
@@ -37760,12 +38821,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37808,7 +38869,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "shortName": {
-          "description": "User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -37897,36 +38958,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38025,7 +39086,7 @@
       "id": "FirewallPolicyRuleMatcher",
       "properties": {
         "destIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -38039,7 +39100,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "srcIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -38056,7 +39117,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -38070,7 +39131,7 @@
       "id": "FixedOrPercent",
       "properties": {
         "calculated": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode.\n\n \n- If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. \n- If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. ",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -38088,15 +39149,15 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ForwardingRule": {
-      "description": "Represents a Forwarding Rule resource.\n\nForwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/forwardingRules)\n\nA forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway).\n\nFor more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.forwardingRules ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalForwardingRules ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionForwardingRules ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.",
       "id": "ForwardingRule",
       "properties": {
         "IPAddress": {
-          "description": "IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule.\n\nIf you don't specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address:\n\n* IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in:  \n- projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name \n- regions/region/addresses/address-name \n- global/addresses/address-name \n- address-name  \n\nThe loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule's target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications).\n\nMust be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n\nFor Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.",
+          "description": "IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don't specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule's target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "IPProtocol": {
-          "description": "The IP protocol to which this rule applies.\n\nFor protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.\n\nThe valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:  \n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. \n- Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.  \n- Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. \n- HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. \n- Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.",
+          "description": "The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).",
           "enum": [
             "AH",
             "ESP",
@@ -38118,7 +39179,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "allPorts": {
-          "description": "This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.\n\nYou can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nFor TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.",
+          "description": "This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "allowGlobalAccess": {
@@ -38138,7 +39199,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38171,7 +39232,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this resource, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this resource, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38183,7 +39244,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "loadBalancingScheme": {
-          "description": "Specifies the forwarding rule type.\n\n \n- EXTERNAL is used for:  \n- Classic Cloud VPN gateways \n- Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address \n- HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing    \n- INTERNAL is used for:  \n- Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address \n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing   \n- INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for:  \n- Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing   \n- INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for:  \n- Traffic Director    \n\nFor more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.",
+          "description": "Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "INTERNAL",
@@ -38201,39 +39262,39 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metadataFilters": {
-          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match.\nmetadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references.\nmetadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilter"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "This field is not used for external load balancing.\n\nFor Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used.\n\nFor Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.",
+          "description": "This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.\n\nFor regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.\n\nIf this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.",
           "enum": [
             "PREMIUM",
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portRange": {
-          "description": "This field can be used only if:  \n- Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL,  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED \n- IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.  \n\nPackets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or  backend_service.\n\nYou can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nForwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.\n\nSome types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:  \n- TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 \n- TargetHttpsProxy: 443 \n- TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints \n- TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 \n- TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 \n- TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500",
+          "description": "This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\\\d+(?:-\\\\d+)?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends.\n\nYou can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nYou can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.\n\nForwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.\n\nFor more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).",
+          "description": "The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\\\d+(?:-\\\\d+)?",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -38253,10 +39314,10 @@
             "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "The connection has been accepted by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve traffic going forward.",
+            "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been rejected by the producer.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -38270,23 +39331,23 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceDirectoryRegistrations": {
-          "description": "Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.\n\nIt is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ForwardingRuleServiceDirectoryRegistration"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "serviceLabel": {
-          "description": "An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name.\n\nThe label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.\n\nThis field is only used for internal load balancing.",
+          "description": "An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceName": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.\n\nThis field is only used for internal load balancing.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "subnetwork": {
-          "description": "This field is only used for internal load balancing.\n\nFor internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.\n\nIf the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.",
+          "description": "This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "target": {
@@ -38363,36 +39424,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38479,36 +39540,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38605,36 +39666,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38664,7 +39725,7 @@
       "id": "GRPCHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "grpcServiceName": {
-          "description": "The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention:\n- Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend.\n- Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service.\nThe grpc_service_name can only be ASCII.",
+          "description": "The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "port": {
@@ -38677,16 +39738,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -38791,7 +39852,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryPath": {
-          "description": "The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('/') or a nested namespace ('/\\/') or a specified key ('/\\/\\')",
+          "description": "The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('') or a nested namespace ('\\/') or a specified key ('\\/\\').",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryValue": {
@@ -38850,7 +39911,7 @@
       "id": "GuestOsFeature",
       "properties": {
         "type": {
-          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "enum": [
             "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "GVNIC",
@@ -38893,16 +39954,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38946,16 +40007,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38999,16 +40060,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39036,7 +40097,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a Health Check resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Health Check resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionHealthChecks)\n\nInternal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`).\n\nTraffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nInternal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nExternal HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nNetwork load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks).\n\nFor more information, see Health checks overview.",
+      "description": "Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.",
       "id": "HealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -39198,36 +40259,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39265,7 +40326,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckReference": {
-      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- global/httpHealthChecks/health-check",
+      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - global/httpHealthChecks/health-check ",
       "id": "HealthCheckReference",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheck": {
@@ -39275,7 +40336,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckService": {
-      "description": "Represents a Health-Check as a Service resource.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.regionHealthCheckServices ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Health-Check as a Service resource.",
       "id": "HealthCheckService",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -39292,33 +40353,33 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.  \n- NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. \n- AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .",
+          "description": "Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .",
           "enum": [
             "AND",
             "NO_AGGREGATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY.",
+            "An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthStatusAggregationStrategy": {
-          "description": "This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead.\n\nPolicy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated.  \n- NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. \n- AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .",
+          "description": "This field is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. - AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .",
           "enum": [
             "AND",
             "NO_AGGREGATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY.",
+            "This is deprecated. Use health_status_aggregation_policy instead. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39338,14 +40399,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkEndpointGroups": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "notificationEndpoints": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -39363,7 +40424,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckServiceReference": {
-      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check service. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service \n- projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service \n- regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service",
+      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check service. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service - projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service - regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service ",
       "id": "HealthCheckServiceReference",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheckService": {
@@ -39432,36 +40493,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39555,36 +40616,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39653,36 +40714,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39762,10 +40823,10 @@
             "WEIGHT_NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The response to a Health Check probe had the HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight, but its content was invalid (i.e., not a non-negative single-precision floating-point number in decimal string representation).",
+            "The response to a Health Check probe did not have the HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight.",
+            "This is the value when the accompanied health status is either TIMEOUT (i.e.,the Health Check probe was not able to get a response in time) or UNKNOWN. For the latter, it should be typically because there has not been sufficient time to parse and report the weight for a new backend (which is with 0.0.0.0 ip address). However, it can be also due to an outage case for which the health status is explicitly reset to UNKNOWN.",
+            "This is the default value when WeightReportMode is DISABLE, and is also the initial value when WeightReportMode has just updated to ENABLE or DRY_RUN and there has not been sufficient time to parse and report the backend weight."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -39819,7 +40880,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "hosts": {
-          "description": "The list of host patterns to match. They must be valid hostnames with optional port numbers in the format host:port. * matches any string of ([a-z0-9-.]*). In that case, * must be the first character and must be followed in the pattern by either - or ..\n* based matching is not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The list of host patterns to match. They must be valid hostnames with optional port numbers in the format host:port. * matches any string of ([a-z0-9-.]*). In that case, * must be the first character and must be followed in the pattern by either - or .. * based matching is not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -39837,12 +40898,12 @@
       "id": "HttpFaultAbort",
       "properties": {
         "httpStatus": {
-          "description": "The HTTP status code used to abort the request.\nThe value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.\nFor gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this  mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.",
+          "description": "The HTTP status code used to abort the request. The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive. For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "percentage": {
-          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.\nThe value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
+          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection. The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -39858,7 +40919,7 @@
           "description": "Specifies the value of the fixed delay interval."
         },
         "percentage": {
-          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) on which delay will be introduced as part of fault injection.\nThe value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
+          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) on which delay will be introduced as part of fault injection. The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -39939,35 +41000,35 @@
       "id": "HttpHeaderMatch",
       "properties": {
         "exactMatch": {
-          "description": "The value should exactly match contents of exactMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value should exactly match contents of exactMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerName": {
-          "description": "The name of the HTTP header to match.\nFor matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\".\nFor matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\".\nWhen the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true, only non-binary user-specified custom metadata and the `content-type` header are supported. The following transport-level headers cannot be used in header matching rules: `:authority`, `:method`, `:path`, `:scheme`, `user-agent`, `accept-encoding`, `content-encoding`, `grpc-accept-encoding`, `grpc-encoding`, `grpc-previous-rpc-attempts`, `grpc-tags-bin`, `grpc-timeout` and `grpc-trace-bin.",
+          "description": "The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\". For matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\". When the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true, only non-binary user-specified custom metadata and the `content-type` header are supported. The following transport-level headers cannot be used in header matching rules: `:authority`, `:method`, `:path`, `:scheme`, `user-agent`, `accept-encoding`, `content-encoding`, `grpc-accept-encoding`, `grpc-encoding`, `grpc-previous-rpc-attempts`, `grpc-tags-bin`, `grpc-timeout` and `grpc-trace-bin.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "invertMatch": {
-          "description": "If set to false, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are met. If set to true, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are NOT met.\nThe default setting is false.",
+          "description": "If set to false, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are met. If set to true, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are NOT met. The default setting is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "prefixMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must start with the contents of prefixMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must start with the contents of prefixMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "presentMatch": {
-          "description": "A header with the contents of headerName must exist. The match takes place whether or not the request's header has a value.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "A header with the contents of headerName must exist. The match takes place whether or not the request's header has a value. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rangeMatch": {
           "$ref": "Int64RangeMatch",
-          "description": "The header value must be an integer and its value must be in the range specified in rangeMatch. If the header does not contain an integer, number or is empty, the match fails.\nFor example for a range [-5, 0]  \n- -3 will match. \n- 0 will not match. \n- 0.25 will not match. \n- -3someString will not match.  \nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.\nNote that rangeMatch is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL."
+          "description": "The header value must be an integer and its value must be in the range specified in rangeMatch. If the header does not contain an integer, number or is empty, the match fails. For example for a range [-5, 0] - -3 will match. - 0 will not match. - 0.25 will not match. - -3someString will not match. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set. Note that rangeMatch is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL."
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see:  github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nFor matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to PORT and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.\nNote that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to PORT and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set. Note that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "suffixMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must end with the contents of suffixMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must end with the contents of suffixMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -39986,14 +41047,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "replace": {
-          "description": "If false, headerValue is appended to any values that already exist for the header. If true, headerValue is set for the header, discarding any values that were set for that header.\nThe default value is false.",
+          "description": "If false, headerValue is appended to any values that already exist for the header. If true, headerValue is set for the header, discarding any values that were set for that header. The default value is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HttpHealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource.\n\nLegacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .",
       "id": "HttpHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -40120,36 +41181,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40180,7 +41241,7 @@
       "id": "HttpQueryParameterMatch",
       "properties": {
         "exactMatch": {
-          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter exactly matches the contents of exactMatch.\nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter exactly matches the contents of exactMatch. Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -40188,11 +41249,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "presentMatch": {
-          "description": "Specifies that the queryParameterMatch matches if the request contains the query parameter, irrespective of whether the parameter has a value or not.\nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "Specifies that the queryParameterMatch matches if the request contains the query parameter, irrespective of whether the parameter has a value or not. Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter matches the regular expression specified by regexMatch. For the regular expression grammar, please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.\nNote that regexMatch only applies when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter matches the regular expression specified by regexMatch. For the regular expression grammar, please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set. Note that regexMatch only applies when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -40203,23 +41264,23 @@
       "id": "HttpRedirectAction",
       "properties": {
         "hostRedirect": {
-          "description": "The host that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request.\nThe value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
+          "description": "The host that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "httpsRedirect": {
-          "description": "If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to https. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request will remain the same as that of the request.\nThis must only be set for UrlMaps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted.\nThe default is set to false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to https. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request will remain the same as that of the request. This must only be set for UrlMaps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "pathRedirect": {
-          "description": "The path that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request.\npathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The path that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "prefixRedirect": {
-          "description": "The prefix that replaces the prefixMatch specified in the HttpRouteRuleMatch, retaining the remaining portion of the URL before redirecting the request.\nprefixRedirect cannot be supplied together with pathRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The prefix that replaces the prefixMatch specified in the HttpRouteRuleMatch, retaining the remaining portion of the URL before redirecting the request. prefixRedirect cannot be supplied together with pathRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "redirectResponseCode": {
-          "description": "The HTTP Status code to use for this RedirectAction.\nSupported values are:  \n- MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT, which is the default value and corresponds to 301. \n- FOUND, which corresponds to 302. \n- SEE_OTHER which corresponds to 303. \n- TEMPORARY_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 307. In this case, the request method will be retained. \n- PERMANENT_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 308. In this case, the request method will be retained.",
+          "description": "The HTTP Status code to use for this RedirectAction. Supported values are: - MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT, which is the default value and corresponds to 301. - FOUND, which corresponds to 302. - SEE_OTHER which corresponds to 303. - TEMPORARY_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 307. In this case, the request method will be retained. - PERMANENT_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 308. In this case, the request method will be retained. ",
           "enum": [
             "FOUND",
             "MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT",
@@ -40228,16 +41289,16 @@
             "TEMPORARY_REDIRECT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Http Status Code 302 - Found.",
+            "Http Status Code 301 - Moved Permanently.",
+            "Http Status Code 308 - Permanent Redirect maintaining HTTP method.",
+            "Http Status Code 303 - See Other.",
+            "Http Status Code 307 - Temporary Redirect maintaining HTTP method."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "stripQuery": {
-          "description": "If set to true, any accompanying query portion of the original URL is removed prior to redirecting the request. If set to false, the query portion of the original URL is retained.\nThe default is set to false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, any accompanying query portion of the original URL is removed prior to redirecting the request. If set to false, the query portion of the original URL is retained. The default is set to false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -40254,10 +41315,10 @@
         },
         "perTryTimeout": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies a non-zero timeout per retry attempt.\nIf not specified, will use the timeout set in HttpRouteAction. If timeout in HttpRouteAction is not set, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route."
+          "description": "Specifies a non-zero timeout per retry attempt. If not specified, will use the timeout set in HttpRouteAction. If timeout in HttpRouteAction is not set, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route."
         },
         "retryConditions": {
-          "description": "Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:  \n- 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. \n- gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.\n- \n- connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. \n- retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. \n- refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. \n- cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled \n- deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded \n- resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted \n- unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable",
+          "description": "Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -40271,34 +41332,34 @@
       "properties": {
         "corsPolicy": {
           "$ref": "CorsPolicy",
-          "description": "The specification for allowing client side cross-origin requests. Please see W3C Recommendation for Cross Origin Resource Sharing \nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "The specification for allowing client side cross-origin requests. Please see W3C Recommendation for Cross Origin Resource Sharing Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "faultInjectionPolicy": {
           "$ref": "HttpFaultInjection",
-          "description": "The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. For the requests impacted by fault injection,\ntimeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy."
+          "description": "The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. For the requests impacted by fault injection, timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy."
         },
         "maxStreamDuration": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the maximum duration (timeout) for streams on the selected route. Unlike the timeout field where the timeout duration starts from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream), the duration in this field is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.\nIf not specified, will use the largest maxStreamDuration among all backend services associated with the route.\nThis field is only allowed if the Url map is used with backend services with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "Specifies the maximum duration (timeout) for streams on the selected route. Unlike the timeout field where the timeout duration starts from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream), the duration in this field is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, will use the largest maxStreamDuration among all backend services associated with the route. This field is only allowed if the Url map is used with backend services with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
         },
         "requestMirrorPolicy": {
           "$ref": "RequestMirrorPolicy",
-          "description": "Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. Loadbalancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Prior to sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. Loadbalancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Prior to sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "retryPolicy": {
           "$ref": "HttpRetryPolicy",
-          "description": "Specifies the retry policy associated with this route.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "timeout": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the timeout for the selected route. Timeout is computed from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream) up until the response has been completely processed. Timeout includes all retries.\nIf not specified, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the timeout for the selected route. Timeout is computed from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream) up until the response has been completely processed. Timeout includes all retries. If not specified, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "urlRewrite": {
           "$ref": "UrlRewrite",
-          "description": "The spec to modify the URL of the request, prior to forwarding the request to the matched service.\nurlRewrite is the only action supported in UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "The spec to modify the URL of the request, prior to forwarding the request to the matched service. urlRewrite is the only action supported in UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "weightedBackendServices": {
-          "description": "A list of weighted backend services to send traffic to when a route match occurs. The weights determine the fraction of traffic that flows to their corresponding backend service. If all traffic needs to go to a single backend service, there must be one  weightedBackendService with weight set to a non-zero number.\nOnce a backendService is identified and before forwarding the request to the backend service, advanced routing actions such as URL rewrites and header transformations are applied depending on additional settings specified in this HttpRouteAction.",
+          "description": "A list of weighted backend services to send traffic to when a route match occurs. The weights determine the fraction of traffic that flows to their corresponding backend service. If all traffic needs to go to a single backend service, there must be one weightedBackendService with weight set to a non-zero number. Once a backendService is identified and before forwarding the request to the backend service, advanced routing actions such as URL rewrites and header transformations are applied depending on additional settings specified in this HttpRouteAction.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "WeightedBackendService"
           },
@@ -40312,22 +41373,22 @@
       "id": "HttpRouteRule",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
-          "description": "The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule.\nThe description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nThe headerAction specified here are applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction \nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction specified here are applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "httpFilterConfigs": {
-          "description": "Outbound route specific configuration for networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterConfigs only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Outbound route specific configuration for networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterConfigs only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpFilterConfig"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "httpFilterMetadata": {
-          "description": "Outbound route specific metadata supplied to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterMetadata only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.\nThe only configTypeUrl supported is type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Struct \nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Outbound route specific metadata supplied to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled by Traffic Director. httpFilterMetadata only applies for Loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details. The only configTypeUrl supported is type.googleapis.com/google.protobuf.Struct Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpFilterConfig"
           },
@@ -40341,21 +41402,21 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "priority": {
-          "description": "For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which load balancer will interpret routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied.\nYou cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number between 0 and 2147483647 inclusive.\nPriority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules.",
+          "description": "For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which load balancer will interpret routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number between 0 and 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "routeAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If  routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a routeRule's routeAction."
+          "description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a routeRule's routeAction."
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect.\nIf urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -40365,7 +41426,7 @@
       "id": "HttpRouteRuleMatch",
       "properties": {
         "fullPathMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must exactly match the value specified in fullPathMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor that may be part of the original URL.\nfullPathMatch must be between 1 and 1024 characters.\nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must exactly match the value specified in fullPathMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor that may be part of the original URL. fullPathMatch must be between 1 and 1024 characters. Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerMatches": {
@@ -40376,36 +41437,36 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ignoreCase": {
-          "description": "Specifies that prefixMatch and fullPathMatch matches are case sensitive.\nThe default value is false.\nignoreCase must not be used with regexMatch.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "Specifies that prefixMatch and fullPathMatch matches are case sensitive. The default value is false. ignoreCase must not be used with regexMatch. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "metadataFilters": {
-          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant routing configuration is made available to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match.\nmetadataFilters specified here will be applied after those specified in ForwardingRule that refers to the UrlMap this HttpRouteRuleMatch belongs to.\nmetadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant routing configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applied after those specified in ForwardingRule that refers to the UrlMap this HttpRouteRuleMatch belongs to. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilter"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "prefixMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the request's path must begin with the specified prefixMatch. prefixMatch must begin with a /.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.\nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the request's path must begin with the specified prefixMatch. prefixMatch must begin with a /. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters. Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryParameterMatches": {
-          "description": "Specifies a list of query parameter match criteria, all of which must match corresponding query parameters in the request.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a list of query parameter match criteria, all of which must match corresponding query parameters in the request. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpQueryParameterMatch"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must satisfy the regular expression specified in regexMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor supplied with the original URL. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.\nNote that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must satisfy the regular expression specified in regexMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor supplied with the original URL. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified. Note that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HttpsHealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource.\n\nLegacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .",
       "id": "HttpsHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -40532,36 +41593,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40588,7 +41649,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Image": {
-      "description": "Represents an Image resource.\n\nYou can use images to create boot disks for your VM instances. For more information, read Images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.images ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Image resource. You can use images to create boot disks for your VM instances. For more information, read Images.",
       "id": "Image",
       "properties": {
         "archiveSizeBytes": {
@@ -40618,7 +41679,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -40631,7 +41692,7 @@
         },
         "imageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image).\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later."
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#image",
@@ -40639,7 +41700,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this image, which is essentially a hash of the labels used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an image.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this image, which is essentially a hash of the labels used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an image.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -40694,12 +41755,16 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "source": {
-              "description": "The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+              "description": "The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
           "type": "object"
         },
+        "rolloutOverride": {
+          "$ref": "RolloutPolicy",
+          "description": "A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method."
+        },
         "satisfiesPzs": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -40713,7 +41778,7 @@
           "description": "Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance."
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk \n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": {
@@ -40725,7 +41790,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "URL of the source image used to create this image.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
@@ -40737,7 +41802,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -40768,10 +41833,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Image is deleting.",
+            "Image creation failed due to an error.",
+            "Image hasn't been created as yet.",
+            "Image has been successfully created."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -40781,6 +41846,13 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "userLicenses": {
+          "description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch ",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -40856,36 +41928,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40944,7 +42016,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Instance": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance resource.\n\nAn instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instances ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances.",
       "id": "Instance",
       "properties": {
         "advancedMachineFeatures": {
@@ -40952,7 +42024,7 @@
           "description": "Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features."
         },
         "canIpForward": {
-          "description": "Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding.",
+          "description": "Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding .",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "confidentialInstanceConfig": {
@@ -40990,7 +42062,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41016,7 +42088,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41045,7 +42117,7 @@
               "compute.instances.insert"
             ]
           },
-          "description": "Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type:\nzones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1\n\n\nTo create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB):\nzones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY\n\n\nFor example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 \n\nFor a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types.",
+          "description": "Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1 To create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB): zones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY For example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 For a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metadata": {
@@ -41084,23 +42156,23 @@
             "SHUTDOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates user chose no operation.",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use  INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
           "enum": [
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Each network interface inherits PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess from its subnetwork."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41128,7 +42200,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceAccounts": {
-          "description": "A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported.\n\nService accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information.",
+          "description": "A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported. Service accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ServiceAccount"
           },
@@ -41161,7 +42233,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see  Instance life cycle.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle.",
           "enum": [
             "DEPROVISIONING",
             "PROVISIONING",
@@ -41175,16 +42247,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41271,36 +42343,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41327,7 +42399,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroup": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance Group resource.\n\nInstance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing.\n\nInstance groups can either be managed or unmanaged.\n\nTo create  managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead.\n\nUse zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups.\n\nFor more information, read Instance groups.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionInstanceGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance Group resource. Instance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing. Instance groups can either be managed or unmanaged. To create managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead. Use zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups. For more information, read Instance groups.",
       "id": "InstanceGroup",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -41364,7 +42436,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "namedPorts": {
-          "description": "Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80}\n\nThis allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"http\", port: 80},{name: \"http\", port: 8080}] \n\nNamed ports apply to all instances in this instance group.",
+          "description": " Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80} This allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"http\", port: 80},{name: \"http\", port: 8080}] Named ports apply to all instances in this instance group. ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "NamedPort"
           },
@@ -41466,36 +42538,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41582,36 +42654,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41638,7 +42710,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroupManager": {
-      "description": "Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================\n\nRepresents a Managed Instance Group resource.\n\nAn instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.\n\nFor zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource.\n\nFor regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceGroupManagers ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionInstanceGroupManagers ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.",
       "id": "InstanceGroupManager",
       "properties": {
         "autoHealingPolicies": {
@@ -41667,7 +42739,7 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions."
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
+          "description": "An optional description of this resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "distributionPolicy": {
@@ -41687,7 +42759,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41770,7 +42842,7 @@
           "description": "The update policy for this managed instance group."
         },
         "versions": {
-          "description": "Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances.\n\nEach version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates.",
+          "description": "Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances. Each version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerVersion"
           },
@@ -41792,7 +42864,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "creating": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully. If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -41902,36 +42974,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41958,7 +43030,6 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroupManagerAutoHealingPolicy": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerAutoHealingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheck": {
@@ -42034,36 +43105,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42153,24 +43224,24 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy",
       "properties": {
         "instanceRedistributionType": {
-          "description": "The  instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are:  \n- PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. \n- NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled.",
+          "description": "The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. ",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "PROACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "No action is being proactively performed in order to bring this IGM to its target instance distribution.",
+            "This IGM will actively converge to its target instance distribution."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maxSurge": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates.\n\nAt least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge."
+          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge."
         },
         "maxUnavailable": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied:\n\n \n- The instance's status is RUNNING. \n- If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available.  This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates.\n\nAt least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable."
+          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: - The instance's status is RUNNING. - If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable."
         },
         "minReadySec": {
           "description": "Minimum number of seconds to wait for after a newly created instance becomes available. This value must be from range [0, 3600].",
@@ -42186,10 +43257,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42202,10 +43273,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42216,8 +43287,8 @@
             "SUBSTITUTE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Instances will be recreated (with the same name)",
+            "Default option: instances will be deleted and created (with a new name)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42228,8 +43299,8 @@
             "PROACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "No action is being proactively performed in order to bring this IGM to its target version distribution (regardless of whether this distribution is expressed using instanceTemplate or versions field).",
+            "This IGM will actively converge to its target version distribution (regardless of whether this distribution is expressed using instanceTemplate or versions field)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -42249,7 +43320,7 @@
         },
         "targetSize": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to:  \n- If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. \n- if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded.  If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information."
+          "description": "Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to: - If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. - if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -42272,7 +43343,7 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "allInstances": {
-          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of ?instances?. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
+          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "instances": {
@@ -42283,7 +43354,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -42291,15 +43362,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -42307,10 +43378,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -42340,6 +43411,10 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "skipInstancesOnValidationError": {
+          "description": "Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group's zone or region.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -42439,36 +43514,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42525,7 +43600,7 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagersResizeAdvancedRequest",
       "properties": {
         "noCreationRetries": {
-          "description": "If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds.\n\nThis flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario.\n\nThis flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way.\n\nYou can see which instances is being creating in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API.",
+          "description": "If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds. This flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario. This flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way. You can see which instances is being creating in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "targetSize": {
@@ -42579,36 +43654,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42761,36 +43836,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42826,8 +43901,8 @@
             "RUNNING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Includes all instances in the generated list regardless of their state.",
+            "Includes instances in the generated list only if they have a RUNNING state."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -42890,36 +43965,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43024,36 +44099,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43140,36 +44215,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43230,15 +44305,15 @@
             "VERIFYING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group.",
+            "The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful.",
+            "The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased.",
+            "The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group has not scheduled any actions for this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is recreating this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is restarting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is verifying this already created instance. Verification happens every time the instance is (re)created or restarted and consists of: 1. Waiting until health check specified as part of this managed instance group's autohealing policy reports HEALTHY. Note: Applies only if autohealing policy has a health check specified 2. Waiting for addition verification steps performed as post-instance creation (subject to future extensions)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -43271,18 +44346,17 @@
       "id": "InstanceMoveRequest",
       "properties": {
         "destinationZone": {
-          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the instance. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n- projects/project/zones/zone \n- zones/zone",
+          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the instance. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone - projects/project/zones/zone - zones/zone ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetInstance": {
-          "description": "The URL of the target instance to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The URL of the target instance to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceProperties": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "InstanceProperties",
       "properties": {
         "advancedMachineFeatures": {
@@ -43361,23 +44435,23 @@
             "SHUTDOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates user chose no operation.",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use  INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
           "enum": [
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Each network interface inherits PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess from its subnetwork."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -43421,14 +44495,14 @@
       "id": "InstanceReference",
       "properties": {
         "instance": {
-          "description": "The URL for a specific instance.",
+          "description": "The URL for a specific instance. @required compute.instancegroups.addInstances/removeInstances",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceTemplate": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance Template resource.\n\nYou can use instance templates to create VM instances and managed instance groups. For more information, read Instance Templates. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceTemplates ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance Template resource. You can use instance templates to create VM instances and managed instance groups. For more information, read Instance Templates.",
       "id": "InstanceTemplate",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -43468,7 +44542,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstance": {
-          "description": "The source instance used to create the template. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The source instance used to create the template. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstanceParams": {
@@ -43539,36 +44613,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43623,16 +44697,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -43752,7 +44826,7 @@
       "id": "InstancesResumeRequest",
       "properties": {
         "disks": {
-          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIn order to resume the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided.\n\nIf the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
+          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to resume the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKeyProtectedDisk"
           },
@@ -43760,7 +44834,7 @@
         },
         "instanceEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance resume will not succeed."
+          "description": "Decrypts data associated with an instance that is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. If the instance you are starting is protected with a customer-supplied encryption key, the correct key must be provided otherwise the instance resume will not succeed."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -43808,36 +44882,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43948,7 +45022,7 @@
       "id": "InstancesStartWithEncryptionKeyRequest",
       "properties": {
         "disks": {
-          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIn order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided.\n\nIf the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
+          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKeyProtectedDisk"
           },
@@ -43975,7 +45049,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Interconnect": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect resource.\n\nAn Interconnect resource is a dedicated connection between the GCP network and your on-premises network. For more information, read the  Dedicated Interconnect Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.interconnects ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect resource. An Interconnect resource is a dedicated connection between the GCP network and your on-premises network. For more information, read the Dedicated Interconnect Overview.",
       "id": "Interconnect",
       "properties": {
         "adminEnabled": {
@@ -44029,16 +45103,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "interconnectType": {
-          "description": "Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: \n- PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. \n- DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.",
+          "description": "Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: - PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. - DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.",
           "enum": [
             "DEDICATED",
             "IT_PRIVATE",
             "PARTNER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer.",
+            "[Deprecated] A private, physical interconnection with the customer.",
+            "A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers via partner."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44048,7 +45122,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Interconnect, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Interconnect.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this Interconnect, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an Interconnect.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44060,14 +45134,14 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "linkType": {
-          "description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: \n- LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics \n- LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
+          "description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
           "enum": [
             "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
             "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
+            "10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44090,14 +45164,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationalStatus": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect's functionality, which can take one of the following values: \n- OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect's functionality, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. ",
           "enum": [
             "OS_ACTIVE",
             "OS_UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect is valid, turned up, and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect.",
+            "The interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44120,14 +45194,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect is valid, turned up, and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect.",
+            "The interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -44135,7 +45209,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InterconnectAttachment": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource.\n\nYou can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read  Creating VLAN Attachments. (== resource_for {$api_version}.interconnectAttachments ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments.",
       "id": "InterconnectAttachment",
       "properties": {
         "adminEnabled": {
@@ -44143,7 +45217,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "bandwidth": {
-          "description": "Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: \n- BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s \n- BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s \n- BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s \n- BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s \n- BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s \n- BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s \n- BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s \n- BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s \n- BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s \n- BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s \n- BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s \n- BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s",
+          "description": "Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s ",
           "enum": [
             "BPS_100M",
             "BPS_10G",
@@ -44159,18 +45233,18 @@
             "BPS_5G"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "100 Mbit/s",
+            "10 Gbit/s",
+            "1 Gbit/s",
+            "200 Mbit/s",
+            "20 Gbit/s",
+            "2 Gbit/s",
+            "300 Mbit/s",
+            "400 Mbit/s",
+            "500 Mbit/s",
+            "50 Gbit/s",
+            "50 Mbit/s",
+            "5 Gbit/s"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44203,7 +45277,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "edgeAvailabilityDomain": {
-          "description": "Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY.",
+          "description": "Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY.",
           "enum": [
             "AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1",
             "AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2",
@@ -44217,14 +45291,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "encryption": {
-          "description": "Indicates the user-supplied encryption option of this VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment). Can only be specified at attachment creation for PARTNER or DEDICATED attachments. Possible values are: \n- NONE - This is the default value, which means that the VLAN attachment carries unencrypted traffic. VMs are able to send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. \n- IPSEC - The VLAN attachment carries only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device, such as an HA VPN gateway or third-party IPsec VPN. VMs cannot directly send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. To use IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect, the VLAN attachment must be created with this option. \nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "Indicates the user-supplied encryption option of this VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment). Can only be specified at attachment creation for PARTNER or DEDICATED attachments. Possible values are: - NONE - This is the default value, which means that the VLAN attachment carries unencrypted traffic. VMs are able to send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. - IPSEC - The VLAN attachment carries only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device, such as an HA VPN gateway or third-party IPsec VPN. VMs cannot directly send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. To use *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect*, the VLAN attachment must be created with this option. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "enum": [
             "IPSEC",
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect attachment will carry only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device such as HA VPN gateway; VMs cannot directly send traffic to or receive traffic from such an interconnect attachment. To use IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect, the interconnect attachment must be created with this option.",
+            "This is the default value, which means the Interconnect Attachment will carry unencrypted traffic. VMs will be able to send traffic to or receive traffic from such interconnect attachment."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44242,7 +45316,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipsecInternalAddresses": {
-          "description": "List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway's interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool.\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway's interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -44254,7 +45328,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InterconnectAttachment, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InterconnectAttachment.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InterconnectAttachment, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InterconnectAttachment.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44276,14 +45350,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationalStatus": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: \n- OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. \n- OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. ",
           "enum": [
             "OS_ACTIVE",
             "OS_UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that attachment has been turned up and is ready to use.",
+            "Indicates that attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44317,7 +45391,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. \n- UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. \n- PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. \n- PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. \n- PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. \n- DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DEFUNCT",
@@ -44328,27 +45402,27 @@
             "UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Indicates that attachment has been turned up and is ready to use.",
+            "The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was wiped out, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted.",
+            "A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it.",
+            "PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for the customer to activate.",
+            "A newly created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: \n- DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. \n- PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. \n- PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner.",
+          "description": "The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. ",
           "enum": [
             "DEDICATED",
             "PARTNER",
             "PARTNER_PROVIDER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attachment to a dedicated interconnect.",
+            "Attachment to a partner interconnect, created by the customer.",
+            "Attachment to a partner interconnect, created by the partner."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44428,36 +45502,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44544,36 +45618,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44673,36 +45747,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44799,14 +45873,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "The state of a LACP link, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The link is configured and active within the bundle. \n- DETACHED: The link is not configured within the bundle. This means that the rest of the object should be empty.",
+          "description": "The state of a LACP link, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The link is configured and active within the bundle. - DETACHED: The link is not configured within the bundle. This means that the rest of the object should be empty. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DETACHED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The link is configured and active within the bundle.",
+            "The link is not configured within the bundle, this means the rest of the object should be empty."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -44817,7 +45891,7 @@
       "id": "InterconnectDiagnosticsLinkOpticalPower",
       "properties": {
         "state": {
-          "description": "The status of the current value when compared to the warning and alarm levels for the receiving or transmitting transceiver. Possible states include:  \n- OK: The value has not crossed a warning threshold. \n- LOW_WARNING: The value has crossed below the low warning threshold. \n- HIGH_WARNING: The value has crossed above the high warning threshold. \n- LOW_ALARM: The value has crossed below the low alarm threshold. \n- HIGH_ALARM: The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold.",
+          "description": "The status of the current value when compared to the warning and alarm levels for the receiving or transmitting transceiver. Possible states include: - OK: The value has not crossed a warning threshold. - LOW_WARNING: The value has crossed below the low warning threshold. - HIGH_WARNING: The value has crossed above the high warning threshold. - LOW_ALARM: The value has crossed below the low alarm threshold. - HIGH_ALARM: The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold. ",
           "enum": [
             "HIGH_ALARM",
             "HIGH_WARNING",
@@ -44826,11 +45900,11 @@
             "OK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed above the high warning threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed below the low alarm threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed below the low warning threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has not crossed a warning threshold."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -44935,36 +46009,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44991,7 +46065,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InterconnectLocation": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource.\n\nYou can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read  Creating VLAN Attachments.",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments.",
       "id": "InterconnectLocation",
       "properties": {
         "address": {
@@ -45007,7 +46081,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "continent": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: \n- AFRICA \n- ASIA_PAC \n- EUROPE \n- NORTH_AMERICA \n- SOUTH_AMERICA",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: - AFRICA - ASIA_PAC - EUROPE - NORTH_AMERICA - SOUTH_AMERICA ",
           "enum": [
             "AFRICA",
             "ASIA_PAC",
@@ -45080,14 +46154,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: \n- CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects. \n- AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects. - AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects. ",
           "enum": [
             "AVAILABLE",
             "CLOSED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.",
+            "The InterconnectLocation is closed for provisioning new Interconnects."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45155,36 +46229,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45228,10 +46302,10 @@
             "LP_LOCAL_REGION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This region is not in any common network presence with this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "This region shares the same regional network presence as this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "[Deprecated] This region is not in any common network presence with this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "[Deprecated] This region shares the same regional network presence as this InterconnectLocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45263,7 +46337,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "issueType": {
-          "description": "Form this outage is expected to take, which can take one of the following values: \n- OUTAGE: The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window. \n- PARTIAL_OUTAGE: Some circuits comprising the Interconnect as a whole should remain up, but with reduced bandwidth. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"IT_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
+          "description": "Form this outage is expected to take, which can take one of the following values: - OUTAGE: The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window. - PARTIAL_OUTAGE: Some circuits comprising the Interconnect as a whole should remain up, but with reduced bandwidth. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"IT_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
           "enum": [
             "IT_OUTAGE",
             "IT_PARTIAL_OUTAGE",
@@ -45271,10 +46345,10 @@
             "PARTIAL_OUTAGE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "[Deprecated] The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window.",
+            "[Deprecated] Some circuits comprising the Interconnect will be out of service during the expected window. The interconnect as a whole should remain up, albeit with reduced bandwidth.",
+            "The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window.",
+            "Some circuits comprising the Interconnect will be out of service during the expected window. The interconnect as a whole should remain up, albeit with reduced bandwidth."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45283,14 +46357,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "source": {
-          "description": "The party that generated this notification, which can take the following value: \n- GOOGLE: this notification as generated by Google. Note that the value of NSRC_GOOGLE has been deprecated in favor of GOOGLE.",
+          "description": "The party that generated this notification, which can take the following value: - GOOGLE: this notification as generated by Google. Note that the value of NSRC_GOOGLE has been deprecated in favor of GOOGLE.",
           "enum": [
             "GOOGLE",
             "NSRC_GOOGLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This notification was generated by Google.",
+            "[Deprecated] This notification was generated by Google."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45300,7 +46374,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "State of this notification, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: This outage notification is active. The event could be in the past, present, or future. See start_time and end_time for scheduling. \n- CANCELLED: The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start. \n- COMPLETED: The outage associated with this notification is complete.  Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"NS_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
+          "description": "State of this notification, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: This outage notification is active. The event could be in the past, present, or future. See start_time and end_time for scheduling. - CANCELLED: The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start. - COMPLETED: The outage associated with this notification is complete. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"NS_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "CANCELLED",
@@ -45309,11 +46383,11 @@
             "NS_CANCELED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This outage notification is active. The event could be in the future, present, or past. See start_time and end_time for scheduling.",
+            "The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start.",
+            "The outage associated with this notification is complete.",
+            "[Deprecated] This outage notification is active. The event could be in the future, present, or past. See start_time and end_time for scheduling.",
+            "[Deprecated] The outage associated with this notification was canceled before the outage was due to start."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45331,7 +46405,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "License": {
-      "description": "Represents a License resource.\n\nA License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.licenses ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a License resource. A License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
       "id": "License",
       "properties": {
         "chargesUseFee": {
@@ -45386,7 +46460,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LicenseCode": {
-      "description": "Represents a License Code resource.\n\nA License Code is a unique identifier used to represent a license resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.licenseCodes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a License Code resource. A License Code is a unique identifier used to represent a license resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
       "id": "LicenseCode",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -45438,11 +46512,11 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Machines are not allowed to attach boot disks with this License Code. Requests to create new resources with this license will be rejected.",
+            "Use is allowed for anyone with USE_READ_ONLY access to this License Code.",
+            "Use of this license is limited to a project whitelist.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Reserved state."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45558,36 +46632,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45658,9 +46732,9 @@
             "PREFERENCE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Location is allowed for use.",
+            "Location is prohibited.",
+            "Default value, unused."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45668,43 +46742,43 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfig": {
-      "description": "Specifies what kind of log the caller must write",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfig",
       "properties": {
         "cloudAudit": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions",
-          "description": "Cloud audit options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "counter": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigCounterOptions",
-          "description": "Counter options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "dataAccess": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigDataAccessOptions",
-          "description": "Data access options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions": {
-      "description": "Write a Cloud Audit log",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions",
       "properties": {
         "authorizationLoggingOptions": {
           "$ref": "AuthorizationLoggingOptions",
-          "description": "Information used by the Cloud Audit Logging pipeline."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "logName": {
-          "description": "The log_name to populate in the Cloud Audit Record.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ADMIN_ACTIVITY",
             "DATA_ACCESS",
             "UNSPECIFIED_LOG_NAME"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45712,55 +46786,55 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCounterOptions": {
-      "description": "Increment a streamz counter with the specified metric and field names.\n\nMetric names should start with a '/', generally be lowercase-only, and end in \"_count\". Field names should not contain an initial slash. The actual exported metric names will have \"/iam/policy\" prepended.\n\nField names correspond to IAM request parameters and field values are their respective values.\n\nSupported field names: - \"authority\", which is \"[token]\" if IAMContext.token is present, otherwise the value of IAMContext.authority_selector if present, and otherwise a representation of IAMContext.principal; or - \"iam_principal\", a representation of IAMContext.principal even if a token or authority selector is present; or - \"\" (empty string), resulting in a counter with no fields.\n\nExamples: counter { metric: \"/debug_access_count\" field: \"iam_principal\" } ==> increment counter /iam/policy/debug_access_count {iam_principal=[value of IAMContext.principal]}",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCounterOptions",
       "properties": {
         "customFields": {
-          "description": "Custom fields.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "field": {
-          "description": "The field value to attribute.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metric": {
-          "description": "The metric to update.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField": {
-      "description": "Custom fields. These can be used to create a counter with arbitrary field/value pairs. See: go/rpcsp-custom-fields.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name is the field name.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "value": {
-          "description": "Value is the field value. It is important that in contrast to the CounterOptions.field, the value here is a constant that is not derived from the IAMContext.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigDataAccessOptions": {
-      "description": "Write a Data Access (Gin) log",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigDataAccessOptions",
       "properties": {
         "logMode": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "LOG_FAIL_CLOSED",
             "LOG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45768,7 +46842,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MachineImage": {
-      "description": "Represents a machine image resource.\n\nA machine image is a Compute Engine resource that stores all the configuration, metadata, permissions, and data from one or more disks required to create a Virtual machine (VM) instance. For more information, see Machine images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.machineImages ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a machine image resource. A machine image is a Compute Engine resource that stores all the configuration, metadata, permissions, and data from one or more disks required to create a Virtual machine (VM) instance. For more information, see Machine images.",
       "id": "MachineImage",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -45795,7 +46869,7 @@
         },
         "machineImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later."
         },
         "name": {
           "annotations": {
@@ -45823,7 +46897,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceInstance": {
-          "description": "The source instance used to create the machine image. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The source instance used to create the machine image. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstanceProperties": {
@@ -45924,36 +46998,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45980,7 +47054,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MachineType": {
-      "description": "Represents a Machine Type resource.\n\nYou can use specific machine types for your VM instances based on performance and pricing requirements. For more information, read Machine Types. (== resource_for {$api_version}.machineTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Machine Type resource. You can use specific machine types for your VM instances based on performance and pricing requirements. For more information, read Machine Types.",
       "id": "MachineType",
       "properties": {
         "accelerators": {
@@ -46131,36 +47205,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46247,36 +47321,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46345,36 +47419,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46405,7 +47479,7 @@
       "id": "ManagedInstance",
       "properties": {
         "currentAction": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current action that the managed instance group has scheduled for the instance. Possible values: \n- NONE The instance is running, and the managed instance group does not have any scheduled actions for this instance. \n- CREATING The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful. \n- CREATING_WITHOUT_RETRIES The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased instead. \n- RECREATING The managed instance group is recreating this instance. \n- DELETING The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance. \n- ABANDONING The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group. \n- RESTARTING The managed instance group is restarting the instance. \n- REFRESHING The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance. \n- VERIFYING The managed instance group has created the instance and it is in the process of being verified.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current action that the managed instance group has scheduled for the instance. Possible values: - NONE The instance is running, and the managed instance group does not have any scheduled actions for this instance. - CREATING The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful. - CREATING_WITHOUT_RETRIES The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased instead. - RECREATING The managed instance group is recreating this instance. - DELETING The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance. - ABANDONING The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group. - RESTARTING The managed instance group is restarting the instance. - REFRESHING The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance. - VERIFYING The managed instance group has created the instance and it is in the process of being verified. ",
           "enum": [
             "ABANDONING",
             "CREATING",
@@ -46418,15 +47492,15 @@
             "VERIFYING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group.",
+            "The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful.",
+            "The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased.",
+            "The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group has not scheduled any actions for this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is recreating this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is restarting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is verifying this already created instance. Verification happens every time the instance is (re)created or restarted and consists of: 1. Waiting until health check specified as part of this managed instance group's autohealing policy reports HEALTHY. Note: Applies only if autohealing policy has a health check specified 2. Waiting for addition verification steps performed as post-instance creation (subject to future extensions)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -46461,16 +47535,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -46506,11 +47580,11 @@
             "UNKNOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The instance is being drained. The existing connections to the instance have time to complete, but the new ones are being refused.",
+            "The instance is reachable i.e. a connection to the application health checking endpoint can be established, and conforms to the requirements defined by the health check.",
+            "The instance is unreachable i.e. a connection to the application health checking endpoint cannot be established, or the server does not respond within the specified timeout.",
+            "The instance is reachable, but does not conform to the requirements defined by the health check.",
+            "The health checking system is aware of the instance but its health is not known at the moment."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -46573,13 +47647,14 @@
       "id": "Metadata",
       "properties": {
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "items": {
           "description": "Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.",
           "items": {
+            "description": "Metadata",
             "properties": {
               "key": {
                 "annotations": {
@@ -46616,27 +47691,27 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MetadataFilter": {
-      "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata.\nAn example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves  Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in <a href=\"https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v2/api/v2/core/base.proto#envoy-api-msg-core-node\" Node metadata of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.",
+      "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.",
       "id": "MetadataFilter",
       "properties": {
         "filterLabels": {
-          "description": "The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria \nThis list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.",
+          "description": "The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilterLabelMatch"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "filterMatchCriteria": {
-          "description": "Specifies how individual filterLabel matches within the list of filterLabels contribute towards the overall metadataFilter match.\nSupported values are:  \n- MATCH_ANY: At least one of the filterLabels must have a matching label in the provided metadata. \n- MATCH_ALL: All filterLabels must have matching labels in the provided metadata.",
+          "description": "Specifies how individual filterLabel matches within the list of filterLabels contribute towards the overall metadataFilter match. Supported values are: - MATCH_ANY: At least one of the filterLabels must have a matching label in the provided metadata. - MATCH_ALL: All filterLabels must have matching labels in the provided metadata. ",
           "enum": [
             "MATCH_ALL",
             "MATCH_ANY",
             "NOT_SET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Specifies that all filterLabels must match for the metadataFilter to be considered a match.",
+            "Specifies that any filterLabel must match for the metadataFilter to be considered a match.",
+            "Indicates that the match criteria was not set. A metadataFilter must never be created with this value."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -46648,18 +47723,18 @@
       "id": "MetadataFilterLabelMatch",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of metadata label.\nThe name can have a maximum length of 1024 characters and must be at least 1 character long.",
+          "description": "Name of metadata label. The name can have a maximum length of 1024 characters and must be at least 1 character long.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "value": {
-          "description": "The value of the label must match the specified value.\nvalue can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The value of the label must match the specified value. value can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NamedPort": {
-      "description": "The named port. For example: .",
+      "description": "The named port. For example: <\"http\", 80>.",
       "id": "NamedPort",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
@@ -46675,7 +47750,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Network": {
-      "description": "Represents a VPC Network resource.\n\nNetworks connect resources to each other and to the internet. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a VPC Network resource. Networks connect resources to each other and to the internet. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.",
       "id": "Network",
       "properties": {
         "IPv4Range": {
@@ -46684,7 +47759,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "autoCreateSubnetworks": {
-          "description": "Must be set to create a VPC network. If not set, a legacy network is created.\n\nWhen set to true, the VPC network is created in auto mode. When set to false, the VPC network is created in custom mode.\n\nAn auto mode VPC network starts with one subnet per region. Each subnet has a predetermined range as described in Auto mode VPC network IP ranges.\n\nFor custom mode VPC networks, you can add subnets using the subnetworks insert method.",
+          "description": "Must be set to create a VPC network. If not set, a legacy network is created. When set to true, the VPC network is created in auto mode. When set to false, the VPC network is created in custom mode. An auto mode VPC network starts with one subnet per region. Each subnet has a predetermined range as described in Auto mode VPC network IP ranges. For custom mode VPC networks, you can add subnets using the subnetworks insert method.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -46766,7 +47841,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instance": {
-          "description": "The name for a specific VM instance that the IP address belongs to. This is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group.\n\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+          "description": "The name for a specific VM instance that the IP address belongs to. This is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipAddress": {
@@ -46782,7 +47857,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroup": {
-      "description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. For more information about using NEGs, see  Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with internet NEGs,  Setting up zonal NEGs, or  Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with serverless NEGs. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEndpointGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalNetworkEndpointGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionNetworkEndpointGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints. A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. For more information about using NEGs, see Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with internet NEGs, Setting up zonal NEGs, or Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with serverless NEGs.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup",
       "properties": {
         "annotations": {
@@ -46840,25 +47915,31 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkEndpointType": {
-          "description": "Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.",
+          "description": "Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.",
           "enum": [
             "GCE_VM_IP",
             "GCE_VM_IP_PORT",
             "INTERNET_FQDN_PORT",
             "INTERNET_IP_PORT",
             "NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT",
+            "PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT",
             "SERVERLESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an IP address.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by IP address and port pair.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by fully qualified domain name and port.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an internet IP address and port.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an IP address and port. The endpoint belongs to a VM or pod running in a customer's on-premises.",
+            "The network endpoint is either public Google APIs or services exposed by other GCP Project with a Service Attachment. The connection is set up by private service connect",
+            "The network endpoint is handled by specified serverless infrastructure."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "pscTargetService": {
+          "description": "The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: \"asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com\"",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "region": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -46867,6 +47948,10 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "serverlessDeployment": {
+          "$ref": "NetworkEndpointGroupServerlessDeployment",
+          "description": "Only valid when networkEndpointType is \"SERVERLESS\". Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set."
+        },
         "size": {
           "description": "[Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.",
           "format": "int32",
@@ -46951,36 +48036,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47007,53 +48092,53 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine": {
-      "description": "Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present.\n\nNote: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine",
       "properties": {
         "service": {
-          "description": "Optional serving service.\n\nThe service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"default\", \"my-service\".",
+          "description": "Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: \"default\", \"my-service\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, the request URLs \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1\" and \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"-dot-appname.appspot.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v1\" } and { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1\" and \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"-dot-appname.appspot.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v1\" } and { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "Optional serving version.\n\nThe version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"v1\", \"v2\".",
+          "description": "Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: \"v1\", \"v2\".",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask.\n\nNote: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction",
       "properties": {
         "function": {
-          "description": "A user-defined name of the Cloud Function.\n\nThe function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"func1\".",
+          "description": "A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: \"func1\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, request URLs \"mydomain.com/function1\" and \"mydomain.com/function2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"/\". The URL mask will parse them to { function = \"function1\" } and { function = \"function2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs \" mydomain.com/function1\" and \"mydomain.com/function2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"/\". The URL mask will parse them to { function = \"function1\" } and { function = \"function2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudRun": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask.\n\nNote: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudRun",
       "properties": {
         "service": {
-          "description": "Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run.\n\nThe service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.\n\nExample value: \"run-service\".",
+          "description": "Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: \"run-service\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "tag": {
-          "description": "Optional Cloud Run tag represents the \"named-revision\" to provide additional fine-grained traffic routing information.\n\nThe tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.\n\nExample value: \"revision-0010\".",
+          "description": "Optional Cloud Run tag represents the \"named-revision\" to provide additional fine-grained traffic routing information. The tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: \"revision-0010\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse service and tag fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Run services without having to create multiple network endpoint groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, request URLs \"foo1.domain.com/bar1\" and \"foo1.domain.com/bar2\" can be backed by the same Serverless Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with URL mask \".domain.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service=\"bar1\", tag=\"foo1\" } and { service=\"bar2\", tag=\"foo2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse service and tag fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Run services without having to create multiple network endpoint groups and backend services. For example, request URLs \"foo1.domain.com/bar1\" and \"foo1.domain.com/bar2\" can be backed by the same Serverless Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with URL mask \".domain.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service=\"bar1\", tag=\"foo1\" } and { service=\"bar2\", tag=\"foo2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -47143,36 +48228,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47198,6 +48283,29 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "NetworkEndpointGroupServerlessDeployment": {
+      "description": "Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupServerlessDeployment",
+      "properties": {
+        "platform": {
+          "description": "The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com ",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "resource": {
+          "description": "The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name ",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "urlMask": {
+          "description": "A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag ",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "version": {
+          "description": "The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag ",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest": {
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupsAttachEndpointsRequest",
       "properties": {
@@ -47241,8 +48349,8 @@
             "SKIP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Show the health status for each network endpoint. Impacts latency of the call.",
+            "Health status for network endpoints will not be provided."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -47314,36 +48422,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47412,36 +48520,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47515,14 +48623,14 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ipv6AccessType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.\n\nValid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "UNSPECIFIED_IPV6_ACCESS_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This network interface can have external IPv6.",
+            "IPv6 access type not set. Means this network interface hasn't been turned on IPv6 yet."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47540,7 +48648,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred.\n\nIf you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/network \n- projects/project/global/networks/network \n- global/networks/default",
+          "description": "URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkIP": {
@@ -47555,28 +48663,33 @@
             "VIRTIO_NET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "GVNIC",
+            "No type specified.",
+            "VIRTIO"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "queueCount": {
+          "description": "The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
         "stackType": {
-          "description": "The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.\n\nThis field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.",
+          "description": "The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4_IPV6",
             "IPV4_ONLY",
             "UNSPECIFIED_STACK_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "The network interface can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.",
+            "The network interface will be assigned IPv4 address.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "subnetwork": {
-          "description": "The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork \n- regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork",
+          "description": "The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -47643,36 +48756,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47715,7 +48828,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": {
-          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.",
+          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "importCustomRoutes": {
@@ -47723,7 +48836,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": {
-          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.",
+          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -47746,8 +48859,8 @@
             "INACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Matching configuration exists on the peer.",
+            "There is no matching configuration on the peer, including the case when peer does not exist."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47926,7 +49039,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeGroup": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource.\n\nA sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.",
       "id": "NodeGroup",
       "properties": {
         "autoscalingPolicy": {
@@ -47960,7 +49073,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maintenancePolicy": {
-          "description": "Specifies how to handle instances when a node in the group undergoes maintenance. Set to one of: DEFAULT, RESTART_IN_PLACE, or MIGRATE_WITHIN_NODE_GROUP. The default value is DEFAULT. For more information, see  Maintenance policies.",
+          "description": "Specifies how to handle instances when a node in the group undergoes maintenance. Set to one of: DEFAULT, RESTART_IN_PLACE, or MIGRATE_WITHIN_NODE_GROUP. The default value is DEFAULT. For more information, see Maintenance policies.",
           "enum": [
             "DEFAULT",
             "MAINTENANCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -47968,10 +49081,10 @@
             "RESTART_IN_PLACE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Allow the node and corresponding instances to retain default maintenance behavior.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "When maintenance must be done on a node, the instances on that node will be moved to other nodes in the group. Instances with onHostMaintenance = MIGRATE will live migrate to their destinations while instances with onHostMaintenance = TERMINATE will terminate and then restart on their destination nodes if automaticRestart = true.",
+            "Instances in this group will restart on the same node when maintenance has completed. Instances must have onHostMaintenance = TERMINATE, and they will only restart if automaticRestart = true."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -48085,36 +49198,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48154,7 +49267,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mode": {
-          "description": "The autoscaling mode. Set to one of: ON, OFF, or ONLY_SCALE_OUT. For more information, see  Autoscaler modes.",
+          "description": "The autoscaling mode. Set to one of: ON, OFF, or ONLY_SCALE_OUT. For more information, see Autoscaler modes.",
           "enum": [
             "MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "OFF",
@@ -48163,9 +49276,9 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Autoscaling is disabled.",
+            "Autocaling is fully enabled.",
+            "Autoscaling will only scale out and will not remove nodes."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -48233,36 +49346,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48465,36 +49578,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48563,36 +49676,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48629,7 +49742,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeTemplate": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Template resource.\n\nYou can use a template to define properties for nodes in a node group. For more information, read Creating node groups and instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeTemplates ==)",
+      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Template resource. You can use a template to define properties for nodes in a node group. For more information, read Creating node groups and instances.",
       "id": "NodeTemplate",
       "properties": {
         "accelerators": {
@@ -48693,7 +49806,7 @@
         },
         "nodeTypeFlexibility": {
           "$ref": "NodeTemplateNodeTypeFlexibility",
-          "description": "The flexible properties of the desired node type. Node groups that use this node template will create nodes of a type that matches these properties.\n\nThis field is mutually exclusive with the node_type property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
+          "description": "The flexible properties of the desired node type. Node groups that use this node template will create nodes of a type that matches these properties. This field is mutually exclusive with the node_type property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
         },
         "region": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The name of the region where the node template resides, such as us-central1.",
@@ -48705,7 +49818,7 @@
         },
         "serverBinding": {
           "$ref": "ServerBinding",
-          "description": "Sets the binding properties for the physical server. Valid values include:  \n- [Default] RESTART_NODE_ON_ANY_SERVER: Restarts VMs on any available physical server \n- RESTART_NODE_ON_MINIMAL_SERVER: Restarts VMs on the same physical server whenever possible  \n\nSee Sole-tenant node options for more information."
+          "description": "Sets the binding properties for the physical server. Valid values include: - *[Default]* RESTART_NODE_ON_ANY_SERVER: Restarts VMs on any available physical server - RESTART_NODE_ON_MINIMAL_SERVER: Restarts VMs on the same physical server whenever possible See Sole-tenant node options for more information."
         },
         "status": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The status of the node template. One of the following values: CREATING, READY, and DELETING.",
@@ -48716,10 +49829,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Resources are being allocated.",
+            "The node template is currently being deleted.",
+            "Invalid status.",
+            "The node template is ready."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -48798,36 +49911,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48914,36 +50027,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49027,36 +50140,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49083,7 +50196,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeType": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Type resource.\n\nEach node within a node group must have a node type. A node type specifies the total amount of cores and memory for that node. Currently, the only available node type is n1-node-96-624 node type that has 96 vCPUs and 624 GB of memory, available in multiple zones. For more information read Node types. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Type resource. Each node within a node group must have a node type. A node type specifies the total amount of cores and memory for that node. Currently, the only available node type is n1-node-96-624 node type that has 96 vCPUs and 624 GB of memory, available in multiple zones. For more information read Node types.",
       "id": "NodeType",
       "properties": {
         "cpuPlatform": {
@@ -49211,36 +50324,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49327,36 +50440,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49425,36 +50538,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49481,7 +50594,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NotificationEndpoint": {
-      "description": "Represents a notification endpoint.\n\nA notification endpoint resource defines an endpoint to receive notifications when there are status changes detected by the associated health check service.\n\nFor more information, see  Health checks overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.notificationEndpoint ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionNotificationEndpoints ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a notification endpoint. A notification endpoint resource defines an endpoint to receive notifications when there are status changes detected by the associated health check service. For more information, see Health checks overview.",
       "id": "NotificationEndpoint",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -49610,36 +50723,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49666,7 +50779,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Operation": {
-      "description": "Represents an Operation resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has three Operation resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)\n\nYou can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.\n\nOperations can be global, regional or zonal.  \n- For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. \n- For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. \n- For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.  \n\nFor more information, read  Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.",
       "id": "Operation",
       "properties": {
         "clientOperationId": {
@@ -49829,36 +50942,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -49958,36 +51071,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50074,36 +51187,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50172,36 +51285,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50325,7 +51438,7 @@
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
             "",
-            "",
+            "From BfdSession object creation time.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -50354,9 +51467,9 @@
             "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Only applies to Echo packets. This shows the intervals between sending and receiving the same packet.",
+            "Intervals between received packets.",
+            "Intervals between transmitted packets.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -50365,7 +51478,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "PacketMirroring": {
-      "description": "Represents a Packet Mirroring resource.\n\nPacket Mirroring clones the traffic of specified instances in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network and forwards it to a collector destination, such as an instance group of an internal TCP/UDP load balancer, for analysis or examination. For more information about setting up Packet Mirroring, see Using Packet Mirroring. (== resource_for {$api_version}.packetMirrorings ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Packet Mirroring resource. Packet Mirroring clones the traffic of specified instances in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network and forwards it to a collector destination, such as an instance group of an internal TCP/UDP load balancer, for analysis or examination. For more information about setting up Packet Mirroring, see Using Packet Mirroring.",
       "id": "PacketMirroring",
       "properties": {
         "collectorIlb": {
@@ -50381,7 +51494,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enable": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether or not this packet mirroring takes effect. If set to FALSE, this packet mirroring policy will not be enforced on the network.\n\nThe default is TRUE.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether or not this packet mirroring takes effect. If set to FALSE, this packet mirroring policy will not be enforced on the network. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
             "FALSE",
             "TRUE"
@@ -50430,7 +51543,7 @@
           "description": "Specifies the mirrored VPC network. Only packets in this network will be mirrored. All mirrored VMs should have a NIC in the given network. All mirrored subnetworks should belong to the given network."
         },
         "priority": {
-          "description": "The priority of applying this configuration. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching rule. In the case of two rules that apply for a given Instance, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins.\n\nDefault value is 1000. Valid range is 0 through 65535.",
+          "description": "The priority of applying this configuration. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching rule. In the case of two rules that apply for a given Instance, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. Default value is 1000. Valid range is 0 through 65535.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -50514,36 +51627,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50594,9 +51707,9 @@
             "INGRESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Default, both directions are mirrored.",
+            "Only egress traffic is mirrored.",
+            "Only ingress traffic is mirrored."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -50678,36 +51791,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50737,14 +51850,14 @@
       "id": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfo",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A set of virtual machine instances that are being mirrored. They must live in zones contained in the same region as this packetMirroring.\n\nNote that this config will apply only to those network interfaces of the Instances that belong to the network specified in this packetMirroring.\n\nYou may specify a maximum of 50 Instances.",
+          "description": "A set of virtual machine instances that are being mirrored. They must live in zones contained in the same region as this packetMirroring. Note that this config will apply only to those network interfaces of the Instances that belong to the network specified in this packetMirroring. You may specify a maximum of 50 Instances.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfoInstanceInfo"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "subnetworks": {
-          "description": "A set of subnetworks for which traffic from/to all VM instances will be mirrored. They must live in the same region as this packetMirroring.\n\nYou may specify a maximum of 5 subnetworks.",
+          "description": "A set of subnetworks for which traffic from/to all VM instances will be mirrored. They must live in the same region as this packetMirroring. You may specify a maximum of 5 subnetworks.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfoSubnetInfo"
           },
@@ -50845,36 +51958,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50906,15 +52019,15 @@
       "properties": {
         "defaultRouteAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the  pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathMatcher's defaultRouteAction."
+          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathMatcher's defaultRouteAction."
         },
         "defaultService": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This will be used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService \n- compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService \n- global/backendServices/backendService  If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified.\nOnly one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect  or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\nAuthorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service:  \n- compute.backendBuckets.use \n- compute.backendServices.use",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This will be used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. Only one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "defaultUrlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect.\nIf defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "description": {
           "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
@@ -50922,21 +52035,21 @@
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nHeaderAction specified here are applied after the matching HttpRouteRule HeaderAction and before the HeaderAction in the UrlMap \nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. HeaderAction specified here are applied after the matching HttpRouteRule HeaderAction and before the HeaderAction in the UrlMap Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pathRules": {
-          "description": "The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis.\nFor example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list.\nWithin a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set.",
+          "description": "The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PathRule"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "routeRules": {
-          "description": "The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number.\nWithin a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules.",
+          "description": "The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpRouteRule"
           },
@@ -50958,15 +52071,15 @@
         },
         "routeAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathRule's routeAction."
+          "description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathRule's routeAction."
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect.\nIf urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -50998,12 +52111,12 @@
             "UNAPPLIED_DELETION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The per-instance config is being applied to the instance, but is not yet effective, possibly waiting for the instance to, for example, REFRESH.",
+            "The per-instance config deletion is being applied on the instance, possibly waiting for the instance to, for example, REFRESH.",
+            "The per-instance config is effective on the instance, meaning that all disks, ips and metadata specified in this config are attached or set on the instance.",
+            "*[Default]* The default status, when no per-instance config exists.",
+            "The per-instance config is set on an instance but not been applied yet.",
+            "The per-instance config has been deleted, but the deletion is not yet applied."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -51011,7 +52124,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.\n\n\n\nA `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.\n\nFor some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).\n\n**JSON example:**\n\n{ \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 }\n\n**YAML example:**\n\nbindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3\n\nFor a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -51029,23 +52142,23 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "etag": {
-          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.\n\n**Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
+          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "iamOwned": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rules": {
-          "description": "If more than one rule is specified, the rules are applied in the following manner: - All matching LOG rules are always applied. - If any DENY/DENY_WITH_LOG rule matches, permission is denied. Logging will be applied if one or more matching rule requires logging. - Otherwise, if any ALLOW/ALLOW_WITH_LOG rule matches, permission is granted. Logging will be applied if one or more matching rule requires logging. - Otherwise, if no rule applies, permission is denied.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Rule"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy.\n\nValid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.\n\nAny operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:\n\n* Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions\n\n**Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.\n\nIf a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.\n\nTo learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -51108,8 +52221,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple VM instances can use a disk in READ_ONLY mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in READ_WRITE mode. Only one VM instance at a time can be attached to a disk in READ_WRITE mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51121,7 +52234,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Project": {
-      "description": "Represents a Project resource.\n\nA project is used to organize resources in a Google Cloud Platform environment. For more information, read about the  Resource Hierarchy. (== resource_for {$api_version}.projects ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Project resource. A project is used to organize resources in a Google Cloud Platform environment. For more information, read about the Resource Hierarchy.",
       "id": "Project",
       "properties": {
         "commonInstanceMetadata": {
@@ -51139,8 +52252,8 @@
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51160,7 +52273,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is not the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.",
           "format": "uint64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51265,8 +52378,8 @@
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -51290,7 +52403,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51418,36 +52531,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51513,7 +52626,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51569,9 +52682,11 @@
           "enum": [
             "ANNOUNCED",
             "DELETING",
-            "INITIALIZING"
+            "INITIALIZING",
+            "READY_TO_ANNOUNCE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
             "",
             "",
             ""
@@ -51649,36 +52764,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51764,36 +52879,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51905,36 +53020,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51997,7 +53112,7 @@
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_P4_GPUS",
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_T4_GPUS",
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
-            "COMMITTED_P2D_CPUS",
+            "COMMITTED_T2D_CPUS",
             "CPUS",
             "CPUS_ALL_REGIONS",
             "DISKS_TOTAL_GB",
@@ -52046,7 +53161,6 @@
             "NVIDIA_T4_GPUS",
             "NVIDIA_T4_VWS_GPUS",
             "NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
-            "P2D_CPUS",
             "PACKET_MIRRORINGS",
             "PD_EXTREME_TOTAL_PROVISIONED_IOPS",
             "PREEMPTIBLE_CPUS",
@@ -52062,6 +53176,7 @@
             "PREEMPTIBLE_NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
             "PRIVATE_V6_ACCESS_SUBNETWORKS",
             "PSC_ILB_CONSUMER_FORWARDING_RULES_PER_PRODUCER_NETWORK",
+            "PSC_INTERNAL_LB_FORWARDING_RULES",
             "PUBLIC_ADVERTISED_PREFIXES",
             "PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES",
             "REGIONAL_AUTOSCALERS",
@@ -52075,12 +53190,14 @@
             "SECURITY_POLICY_CEVAL_RULES",
             "SECURITY_POLICY_RULES",
             "SECURITY_POLICY_RULES_PER_REGION",
+            "SERVICE_ATTACHMENTS",
             "SNAPSHOTS",
             "SSD_TOTAL_GB",
             "SSL_CERTIFICATES",
             "STATIC_ADDRESSES",
             "STATIC_BYOIP_ADDRESSES",
             "SUBNETWORKS",
+            "T2D_CPUS",
             "TARGET_HTTPS_PROXIES",
             "TARGET_HTTP_PROXIES",
             "TARGET_INSTANCES",
@@ -52120,6 +53237,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "Guest CPUs",
             "",
             "",
             "",
@@ -52197,6 +53315,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.",
             "",
             "",
             "",
@@ -52239,7 +53358,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "referenceType": {
-          "description": "A description of the reference type with no implied semantics. Possible values include:  \n- MEMBER_OF",
+          "description": "A description of the reference type with no implied semantics. Possible values include: 1. MEMBER_OF ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "referrer": {
@@ -52254,7 +53373,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Region": {
-      "description": "Represents a Region resource.\n\nA region is a geographical area where a resource is located. For more information, read Regions and Zones. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regions ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Region resource. A region is a geographical area where a resource is located. For more information, read Regions and Zones.",
       "id": "Region",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -52381,36 +53500,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52509,36 +53628,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52662,36 +53781,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52792,36 +53911,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52893,7 +54012,7 @@
       "id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "allInstances": {
-          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of ?instances?. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
+          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "instances": {
@@ -52904,7 +54023,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -52912,15 +54031,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -52928,10 +54047,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -52961,6 +54080,10 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "skipInstancesOnValidationError": {
+          "description": "Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group's zone or region.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -53029,36 +54152,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53214,36 +54337,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53279,8 +54402,8 @@
             "RUNNING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Matches any status of the instances, running, non-running and others.",
+            "Instance is in RUNNING state if it is running."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -53371,36 +54494,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53501,7 +54624,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Reservation": {
-      "description": "Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read  Reserving zonal resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.reservations ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.",
       "id": "Reservation",
       "properties": {
         "commitment": {
@@ -53544,6 +54667,10 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "shareSettings": {
+          "$ref": "ShareSettings",
+          "description": "Share-settings for shared-reservation"
+        },
         "specificReservation": {
           "$ref": "AllocationSpecificSKUReservation",
           "description": "Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes."
@@ -53562,11 +54689,11 @@
             "UPDATING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Resources are being allocated for the reservation.",
+            "Reservation is currently being deleted.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Reservation has allocated all its resources.",
+            "Reservation is currently being resized."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -53582,7 +54709,7 @@
       "id": "ReservationAffinity",
       "properties": {
         "consumeReservationType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See  Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
+          "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
           "enum": [
             "ANY_RESERVATION",
             "NO_RESERVATION",
@@ -53591,10 +54718,10 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Consume any allocation available.",
+            "Do not consume from any allocated capacity.",
+            "Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations.",
+            "Prefer to consume from a specific reservation, but still consume any reservation available if the specified reservation is not available or exhausted. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -53682,36 +54809,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53797,36 +54924,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53906,36 +55033,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54048,36 +55175,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54104,7 +55231,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ResourcePolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Resource Policy resource. You can use resource policies to schedule actions for some Compute Engine resources. For example, you can use them to schedule persistent disk snapshots.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.resourcePolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Resource Policy resource. You can use resource policies to schedule actions for some Compute Engine resources. For example, you can use them to schedule persistent disk snapshots.",
       "id": "ResourcePolicy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -54167,11 +55294,11 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Resource policy is being created.",
+            "Resource policy is being deleted.",
+            "Resource policy is expired and will not run again.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Resource policy is ready to be used."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -54250,36 +55377,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54475,36 +55602,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54697,8 +55824,26 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "RolloutPolicy": {
+      "description": "A rollout policy configuration.",
+      "id": "RolloutPolicy",
+      "properties": {
+        "defaultRolloutTime": {
+          "description": "An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "locationRolloutPolicies": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.",
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Route": {
-      "description": "Represents a Route resource.\n\nA route defines a path from VM instances in the VPC network to a specific destination. This destination can be inside or outside the VPC network. For more information, read the Routes overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.routes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Route resource. A route defines a path from VM instances in the VPC network to a specific destination. This destination can be inside or outside the VPC network. For more information, read the Routes overview.",
       "id": "Route",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -54748,15 +55893,15 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopGateway": {
-          "description": "The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL:  projects/project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway",
+          "description": "The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopIlb": {
-          "description": "The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- 10.128.0.56 \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule \n- regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule",
+          "description": "The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopInstance": {
-          "description": "The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example:\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/",
+          "description": "The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": {
@@ -54839,36 +55984,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -54957,36 +56102,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55013,7 +56158,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Router": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud Router resource.\n\nFor more information about Cloud Router, read the Cloud Router overview.",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud Router resource. For more information about Cloud Router, read the Cloud Router overview.",
       "id": "Router",
       "properties": {
         "bgp": {
@@ -55036,7 +56181,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "encryptedInterconnectRouter": {
-          "description": "Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN attachments (interconnectAttachments).\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN attachments (interconnectAttachments). Not currently available publicly. ",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "id": {
@@ -55178,36 +56323,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55255,7 +56400,7 @@
               "ALL_SUBNETS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              ""
+              "Advertise all available subnets (including peer VPC subnets)."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -55274,7 +56419,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "keepaliveInterval": {
-          "description": "The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer.\nHold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer.\nBGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers.\nIf set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.",
+          "description": "The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -55297,13 +56442,13 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "advertisedGroups": {
-          "description": "User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, which can take one of the following options: \n- ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all available subnets, including peer VPC subnets. \n- ALL_VPC_SUBNETS: Advertises the router's own VPC subnets. Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and overrides the list defined for the router (in the \"bgp\" message). These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.",
+          "description": "User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, which can take one of the following options: - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all available subnets, including peer VPC subnets. - ALL_VPC_SUBNETS: Advertises the router's own VPC subnets. Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and overrides the list defined for the router (in the \"bgp\" message). These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.",
           "items": {
             "enum": [
               "ALL_SUBNETS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              ""
+              "Advertise all available subnets (including peer VPC subnets)."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -55323,10 +56468,10 @@
         },
         "bfd": {
           "$ref": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
-          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering.\nNot currently available publicly."
+          "description": "BFD configuration for the BGP peering. Not currently available publicly."
         },
         "enable": {
-          "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection.\nIf set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
+          "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
             "FALSE",
             "TRUE"
@@ -55346,14 +56491,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "managementType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. \n- MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users \n- MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT",
             "MANAGED_BY_USER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The BGP peer is automatically created for PARTNER type InterconnectAttachment; Google will automatically create/delete this BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created/deleted, and Google will update the ipAddress and peerIpAddress when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is provisioned. This type of BGP peer cannot be created or deleted, but can be modified for all fields except for name, ipAddress and peerIpAddress.",
+            "Default value, the BGP peer is manually created and managed by user."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55392,22 +56537,22 @@
       "id": "RouterBgpPeerBfd",
       "properties": {
         "minReceiveInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set, this value must be between 100 and 30000.\nThe default is 300.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the transmit interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 100 and 30000. The default is 300.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "minTransmitInterval": {
-          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set, this value must be between 100 and 30000.\nThe default is 300.",
+          "description": "The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the corresponding receive interval of the other router. Not currently available publicly. If set, this value must be between 100 and 30000. The default is 300.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "multiplier": {
-          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set, the value must be a value between 2 and 16.\nThe default is 3.",
+          "description": "The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. Not currently available publicly. If set, the value must be a value between 2 and 16. The default is 3.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "sessionInitializationMode": {
-          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.\nNot currently available publicly.\nIf set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
+          "description": "The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. Not currently available publicly. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is PASSIVE.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DISABLED",
@@ -55439,14 +56584,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "managementType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. \n- MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. \n- MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT",
             "MANAGED_BY_USER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interface is automatically created for PARTNER type InterconnectAttachment, Google will automatically create/update/delete this interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created/provisioned/deleted. This type of interface cannot be manually managed by user.",
+            "Default value, the interface is manually created and managed by user."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55537,36 +56682,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55626,14 +56771,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "natIpAllocateOption": {
-          "description": "Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: \n- MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. \n- AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.",
+          "description": "Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. ",
           "enum": [
             "AUTO_ONLY",
             "MANUAL_ONLY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Nat IPs are allocated by GCP; customers can not specify any Nat IPs.",
+            "Only use Nat IPs provided by customers. When specified Nat IPs are not enough then the Nat service fails for new VMs."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55645,16 +56790,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": {
-          "description": "Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: \n- ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. \n- ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. \n- LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES or ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES, then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region.",
+          "description": "Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES or ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES, then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region.",
           "enum": [
             "ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES",
             "ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES",
             "LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "All the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.",
+            "All the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.",
+            "A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -55692,16 +56837,16 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "filter": {
-          "description": "Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: \n- ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. \n- TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. \n- ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.",
+          "description": "Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALL",
             "ERRORS_ONLY",
             "TRANSLATIONS_ONLY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Export logs for all (successful and unsuccessful) connections.",
+            "Export logs for connection failures only.",
+            "Export logs for successful connections only."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -55732,9 +56877,9 @@
               "PRIMARY_IP_RANGE"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "The primary and all the secondary ranges are allowed to Nat.",
+              "A list of secondary ranges are allowed to Nat.",
+              "The primary range is allowed to Nat."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -55969,36 +57114,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56025,11 +57170,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Rule": {
-      "description": "A rule to be applied in a Policy.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "Rule",
       "properties": {
         "action": {
-          "description": "Required",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ALLOW",
             "ALLOW_WITH_LOG",
@@ -56039,49 +57184,49 @@
             "NO_ACTION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "conditions": {
-          "description": "Additional restrictions that must be met. All conditions must pass for the rule to match.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Condition"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "Human-readable description of the rule.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ins": {
-          "description": "If one or more 'in' clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in at least one of these entries.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "logConfigs": {
-          "description": "The config returned to callers of tech.iam.IAM.CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "LogConfig"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "notIns": {
-          "description": "If one or more 'not_in' clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in none of the entries.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "permissions": {
-          "description": "A permission is a string of form '..' (e.g., 'storage.buckets.list'). A value of '*' matches all permissions, and a verb part of '*' (e.g., 'storage.buckets.*') matches all verbs.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -56103,16 +57248,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56165,11 +57310,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd",
+          "description": "[Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -56211,8 +57356,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple virtual machines can use a disk in read-only mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in read-write mode. Only one virtual machine at a time can be attached to a disk in read-write mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56272,10 +57417,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The current autoscaling recommendation is influenced by this scaling schedule.",
+            "This scaling schedule has been disabled by the user.",
+            "This scaling schedule will never become active again.",
+            "The current autoscaling recommendation is not influenced by this scaling schedule."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -56287,7 +57432,7 @@
       "id": "Scheduling",
       "properties": {
         "automaticRestart": {
-          "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.\n\nBy default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.",
+          "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": {
@@ -56310,7 +57455,7 @@
             "PERIODIC"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "VMs receive infrastructure and hypervisor updates on a periodic basis, minimizing the number of maintenance operations (live migrations or terminations) on an individual VM. This may mean a VM will take longer to receive an update than if it was configured for AS_NEEDED. Security updates will still be applied as soon as they are available."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56333,8 +57478,8 @@
             "TERMINATE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "*[Default]* Allows Compute Engine to automatically migrate instances out of the way of maintenance events.",
+            "Tells Compute Engine to terminate and (optionally) restart the instance away from the maintenance activity. If you would like your instance to be restarted, set the automaticRestart flag to true. Your instance may be restarted more than once, and it may be restarted outside the window of maintenance events."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56361,8 +57506,8 @@
             "OPERATOR_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Requires Compute Engine to seek for matched nodes.",
+            "Requires Compute Engine to avoid certain nodes.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -56412,7 +57557,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SecurityPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.\n\nOnly external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see  Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.",
       "id": "SecurityPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "adaptiveProtectionConfig": {
@@ -56442,7 +57587,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56457,7 +57602,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this security policy, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56498,7 +57643,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR policies apply to backend services. FIREWALL policies apply to organizations.",
+          "description": "The type indicates the intended use of the security policy. CLOUD_ARMOR - Cloud Armor backend security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services. They filter requests before they hit the origin servers. CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE - Cloud Armor edge security policies can be configured to filter incoming HTTP requests targeting backend services (including Cloud CDN-enabled) as well as backend buckets (GCS). They filter requests before the request is served from Google\u2019s cache.",
           "enum": [
             "CLOUD_ARMOR",
             "CLOUD_ARMOR_EDGE",
@@ -56654,36 +57799,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56743,9 +57888,13 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enableLogging": {
-          "description": "Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on \"goto_next\" rules.\n\nThis field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on \"goto_next\" rules. This field may only be specified when the versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
+        "headerAction": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleHttpHeaderAction",
+          "description": "Optional, additional actions that are performed on headers."
+        },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#securityPolicyRule",
           "description": "[Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#securityPolicyRule for security policy rules",
@@ -56764,6 +57913,14 @@
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
+        "rateLimitOptions": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptions",
+          "description": "Must be specified if the action is \"rate_based_ban\" or \"throttle\". Cannot be specified for any other actions."
+        },
+        "redirectOptions": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleRedirectOptions",
+          "description": "Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions."
+        },
         "ruleNumber": {
           "description": "Identifier for the rule. This is only unique within the given security policy. This can only be set during rule creation, if rule number is not specified it will be generated by the server.",
           "format": "int64",
@@ -56775,7 +57932,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "targetResources": {
-          "description": "A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network's VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -56791,6 +57948,33 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SecurityPolicyRuleHttpHeaderAction": {
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleHttpHeaderAction",
+      "properties": {
+        "requestHeadersToAdds": {
+          "description": "The list of request headers to add or overwrite if they're already present.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleHttpHeaderActionHttpHeaderOption"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SecurityPolicyRuleHttpHeaderActionHttpHeaderOption": {
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleHttpHeaderActionHttpHeaderOption",
+      "properties": {
+        "headerName": {
+          "description": "The name of the header to set.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "headerValue": {
+          "description": "The value to set the named header to.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcher": {
       "description": "Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified.",
       "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcher",
@@ -56811,7 +57995,7 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            ""
+            "Matches the source IP address of a request to the IP ranges supplied in config."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -56822,14 +58006,14 @@
       "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcherConfig",
       "properties": {
         "destIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range.\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "layer4Configs": {
-          "description": "Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleMatcherConfigLayer4Config"
           },
@@ -56853,7 +58037,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].\n\nThis field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
+          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"]. This field may only be specified when versioned_expr is set to FIREWALL.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -56862,6 +58046,93 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptions": {
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptions",
+      "properties": {
+        "banDurationSec": {
+          "description": "Can only be specified if the action for the rule is \"rate_based_ban\". If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "banThreshold": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptionsThreshold",
+          "description": "Can only be specified if the action for the rule is \"rate_based_ban\". If specified, the key will be banned for the configured 'ban_duration_sec' when the number of requests that exceed the 'rate_limit_threshold' also exceed this 'ban_threshold'."
+        },
+        "conformAction": {
+          "description": "Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is \"allow\" only.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "enforceOnKey": {
+          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: \u201cALL\u201d -- A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. \u201cALL_IPS\u201d -- This definition, equivalent to \"ALL\", has been depprecated. \u201cIP\u201d -- The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. \u201cHTTP_HEADER\u201d -- The value of the HTTP Header whose name is configured under \u201cenforce_on_key_name\u201d. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the Header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to \u201cALL\u201d. \u201cXFF_IP\u201d -- The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP Header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key type defaults to \u201cALL\u201d.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ALL",
+            "ALL_IPS",
+            "HTTP_HEADER",
+            "IP",
+            "XFF_IP"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "enforceOnKeyName": {
+          "description": "Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP Header whose value is taken as the key value.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "exceedAction": {
+          "description": "When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are \"deny()\" where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "rateLimitThreshold": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptionsThreshold",
+          "description": "Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptionsThreshold": {
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleRateLimitOptionsThreshold",
+      "properties": {
+        "count": {
+          "description": "Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "intervalSec": {
+          "description": "Interval over which the threshold is computed.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SecurityPolicyRuleRedirectOptions": {
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyRuleRedirectOptions",
+      "properties": {
+        "target": {
+          "description": "Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "Type of the redirect action.",
+          "enum": [
+            "EXTERNAL_302",
+            "GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SecuritySettings": {
       "description": "The authentication and authorization settings for a BackendService.",
       "id": "SecuritySettings",
@@ -56871,11 +58142,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "clientTlsPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends.\nclientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nIf left blank, communications are not encrypted.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "subjectAltNames": {
-          "description": "Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service.\nNote that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities.\nOnly applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode). Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -56885,7 +58156,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SerialPortOutput": {
-      "description": "An instance's serial console output.",
+      "description": "An instance serial console output.",
       "id": "SerialPortOutput",
       "properties": {
         "contents": {
@@ -56924,8 +58195,8 @@
             "SERVER_BINDING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Node may associate with any physical server over its lifetime.",
+            "Node may associate with minimal physical servers over its lifetime.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -56952,7 +58223,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ServiceAttachment": {
-      "description": "Represents a ServiceAttachment resource.\n\nA service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19",
+      "description": "Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19",
       "id": "ServiceAttachment",
       "properties": {
         "connectedEndpoints": {
@@ -56983,13 +58254,6 @@
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
-        "consumerForwardingRules": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] An array of forwarding rules for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerForwardingRule"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
         "consumerRejectLists": {
           "description": "Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.",
           "items": {
@@ -57133,36 +58397,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57196,10 +58460,6 @@
           "description": "The url of a connected endpoint.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "forwardingRule": {
-          "description": "The url of a consumer forwarding rule. [Deprecated] Do not use.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
         "pscConnectionId": {
           "description": "The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.",
           "format": "uint64",
@@ -57215,44 +58475,10 @@
             "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ServiceAttachmentConsumerForwardingRule": {
-      "description": "[Output Only] A consumer forwarding rule connected to this service attachment. [Deprecated] Do not use.",
-      "id": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerForwardingRule",
-      "properties": {
-        "forwardingRule": {
-          "description": "The url of a consumer forwarding rule.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "pscConnectionId": {
-          "description": "The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.",
-          "format": "uint64",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "status": {
-          "description": "The status of the forwarding rule.",
-          "enum": [
-            "ACCEPTED",
-            "CLOSED",
-            "PENDING",
-            "REJECTED",
-            "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "The connection has been accepted by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been closed by the producer.",
+            "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.",
+            "The consumer is still connected but not using the connection.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -57335,36 +58561,134 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList": {
+      "id": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList",
+      "properties": {
+        "serviceAttachments": {
+          "description": "A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachment"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57390,100 +58714,30 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList": {
-      "id": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList",
+    "ShareSettings": {
+      "description": "The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups.",
+      "id": "ShareSettings",
       "properties": {
-        "serviceAttachments": {
-          "description": "A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.",
+        "projects": {
+          "description": "A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.",
           "items": {
-            "$ref": "ServiceAttachment"
+            "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
-        "warning": {
-          "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty.",
-          "properties": {
-            "code": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
-              "enum": [
-                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
-                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
-                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
-                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
-                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
-                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
-                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
-                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
-                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
-                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
-                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
-                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
-                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
-                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
-                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
-                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
-                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
-                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
-                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
-                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
-                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
-                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
-                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
-                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
-                "UNREACHABLE"
-              ],
-              "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
-              ],
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
-              "items": {
-                "properties": {
-                  "key": {
-                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
-                    "type": "string"
-                  },
-                  "value": {
-                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
-                    "type": "string"
-                  }
-                },
-                "type": "object"
-              },
-              "type": "array"
-            },
-            "message": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "type": "object"
+        "shareType": {
+          "description": "Type of sharing for this shared-reservation",
+          "enum": [
+            "LOCAL",
+            "SHARE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "SPECIFIC_PROJECTS"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Default value.",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Shared-reservation is open to specific projects"
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -57508,7 +58762,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ShieldedInstanceIdentity": {
-      "description": "A shielded Instance identity entry.",
+      "description": "A Shielded Instance Identity.",
       "id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentity",
       "properties": {
         "encryptionKey": {
@@ -57573,7 +58827,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ShieldedVmIdentity": {
-      "description": "A shielded VM identity entry.",
+      "description": "A Shielded VM Identity.",
       "id": "ShieldedVmIdentity",
       "properties": {
         "encryptionKey": {
@@ -57635,7 +58889,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Snapshot": {
-      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource.\n\nYou can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read  Creating persistent disk snapshots. (== resource_for {$api_version}.snapshots ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource. You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read Creating persistent disk snapshots.",
       "id": "Snapshot",
       "properties": {
         "autoCreated": {
@@ -57679,7 +58933,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -57729,7 +58983,7 @@
         },
         "snapshotEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later."
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
           "description": "The source disk used to create this snapshot.",
@@ -57753,11 +59007,11 @@
             "UPLOADING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Snapshot creation is in progress.",
+            "Snapshot is currently being deleted.",
+            "Snapshot creation failed.",
+            "Snapshot has been created successfully.",
+            "Snapshot is being uploaded."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -57784,6 +59038,13 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "userLicenses": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -57849,36 +59110,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57912,7 +59173,7 @@
           "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key."
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk",
+          "description": "URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -57933,7 +59194,6 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SourceInstanceProperties": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "SourceInstanceProperties",
       "properties": {
         "canIpForward": {
@@ -57996,9 +59256,9 @@
             "SHUTDOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates user chose no operation.",
+            "Default value. This value is unused.",
+            "Indicates user chose to opt for VM shutdown on key revocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58021,7 +59281,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SslCertificate": {
-      "description": "Represents an SSL Certificate resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two SSL Certificate resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionSslCertificates)\n\n\n\nThe sslCertificates are used by:  \n- external HTTPS load balancers \n- SSL proxy load balancers  \n\nThe regionSslCertificates are used by internal HTTPS load balancers.\n\nOptionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read  Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and  Troubleshooting SSL certificates. (== resource_for {$api_version}.sslCertificates ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionSslCertificates ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an SSL Certificate resource. Google Compute Engine has two SSL Certificate resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionSslCertificates) The sslCertificates are used by: - external HTTPS load balancers - SSL proxy load balancers The regionSslCertificates are used by internal HTTPS load balancers. Optionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and Troubleshooting SSL certificates.",
       "id": "SslCertificate",
       "properties": {
         "certificate": {
@@ -58090,8 +59350,8 @@
             "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Google-managed SSLCertificate.",
+            "Certificate uploaded by user.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -58167,36 +59427,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58283,36 +59543,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58354,13 +59614,13 @@
               "PROVISIONING"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
+              "A managed certificate can be provisioned, no issues for this domain.",
               "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "Failed to check CAA records for the domain.",
+              "Certificate issuance forbidden by an explicit CAA record for the domain.",
+              "There seems to be problem with the user's DNS or load balancer configuration for this domain.",
+              "Reached rate-limit for certificates per top-level private domain.",
+              "Certificate provisioning for this domain is under way. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -58385,12 +59645,12 @@
             "RENEWAL_FAILED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The certificate management is working, and a certificate has been provisioned.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The certificate management is working. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate.",
+            "Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.",
+            "Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. It won't be retried. To try again delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.",
+            "Renewal of the certificate has failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. The existing cert is still serving; however, it will expire shortly. To provision a renewed certificate, delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details on which domain failed, consult domain_status field."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -58455,36 +59715,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58570,36 +59830,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -58638,7 +59898,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SslPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource.\n\nUse SSL policies to control the SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, offered by an HTTPS or SSL Proxy load balancer. For more information, read  SSL Policy Concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.sslPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource. Use SSL policies to control the SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, offered by an HTTPS or SSL Proxy load balancer. For more information, read SSL Policy Concepts.",
       "id": "SslPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -58646,7 +59906,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "customFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The\n- method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.",
+          "description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -58664,7 +59924,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58686,9 +59946,9 @@
             "TLS_1_2"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "TLS 1.0",
+            "TLS 1.1",
+            "TLS 1.2"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58706,10 +59966,10 @@
             "RESTRICTED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Compatible profile. Allows the broadset set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the load balancer.",
+            "Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the customFeatures field.",
+            "Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the load balancer.",
+            "Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58751,36 +60011,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -58860,11 +60120,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Subnetwork": {
-      "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource.\n\nA subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual Private Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary IP ranges. For more information, read  Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network. (== resource_for {$api_version}.subnetworks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource. A subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual Private Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary IP ranges. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.",
       "id": "Subnetwork",
       "properties": {
         "allowSubnetCidrRoutesOverlap": {
-          "description": "Whether this subnetwork can conflict with static routes. Setting this to true allows this subnetwork's primary and secondary ranges to conflict with routes that have already been configured on the corresponding network. Static routes will take precedence over the subnetwork route if the route prefix length is at least as large as the subnetwork prefix length.\n\nAlso, packets destined to IPs within subnetwork may contain private/sensitive data and are prevented from leaving the virtual network. Setting this field to true will disable this feature.\n\nThe default value is false and applies to all existing subnetworks and automatically created subnetworks.\n\nThis field cannot be set to true at resource creation time.",
+          "description": "Whether this subnetwork can conflict with static routes. Setting this to true allows this subnetwork's primary and secondary ranges to conflict with routes that have already been configured on the corresponding network. Static routes will take precedence over the subnetwork route if the route prefix length is at least as large as the subnetwork prefix length. Also, packets destined to IPs within subnetwork may contain private/sensitive data and are prevented from leaving the virtual network. Setting this field to true will disable this feature. The default value is false and applies to all existing subnetworks and automatically created subnetworks. This field cannot be set to true at resource creation time.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -58884,7 +60144,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58908,8 +60168,8 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_IPV6_ACCESS_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "VMs in this subnet can have external IPv6.",
+            "IPv6 access type not set. Means this subnet hasn't been turned on IPv6 yet."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58940,16 +60200,16 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority.\n\nThis field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
           "enum": [
             "DISABLE_GOOGLE_ACCESS",
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Disable private IPv6 access to/from Google services.",
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58963,11 +60223,11 @@
             "REGIONAL_MANAGED_PROXY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subnet reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+            "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.",
+            "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.",
+            "Subnetworks created for Private Service Connect in the producer network.",
+            "Subnetwork used for Regional Internal/External HTTP(S) Load Balancing."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58982,8 +60242,8 @@
             "BACKUP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The ACTIVE subnet that is currently used.",
+            "The BACKUP subnet that could be promoted to ACTIVE."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -58999,15 +60259,15 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "stackType": {
-          "description": "The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.\n\nThis field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
+          "description": "The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4_IPV6",
             "IPV4_ONLY",
             "UNSPECIFIED_STACK_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "New VMs in this subnet can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.",
+            "New VMs in this subnet will only be assigned IPv4 addresses.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -59019,8 +60279,8 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subnetwork is being drained.",
+            "Subnetwork is ready for use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -59095,36 +60355,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59211,36 +60471,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59395,36 +60655,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59469,8 +60729,8 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is adjusted based on the `subset_size` parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.",
+            "No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -59490,16 +60750,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -59531,7 +60791,7 @@
       "id": "Tags",
       "properties": {
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -59540,13 +60800,14 @@
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
+          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetGrpcProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target gRPC Proxy resource.\n\nA target gRPC proxy is a component of load balancers intended for load balancing gRPC traffic. Only global forwarding rules with load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED can reference a target gRPC proxy. The target gRPC Proxy references a URL map that specifies how traffic is routed to gRPC backend services. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetGrpcProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target gRPC Proxy resource. A target gRPC proxy is a component of load balancers intended for load balancing gRPC traffic. Only global forwarding rules with load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED can reference a target gRPC proxy. The target gRPC Proxy references a URL map that specifies how traffic is routed to gRPC backend services.",
       "id": "TargetGrpcProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -59661,36 +60922,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59759,36 +61020,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -59815,7 +61076,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetHttpProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target HTTP Proxy resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Target HTTP Proxy resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/targetHttpProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionTargetHttpProxies)\n\nA target HTTP proxy is a component of GCP HTTP load balancers.\n\n* targetHttpProxies are used by external HTTP load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by internal HTTP load balancers.\n\nForwarding rules reference a target HTTP proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and  Forwarding rule concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetHttpProxies ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionTargetHttpProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target HTTP Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTP Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpProxies) A target HTTP proxy is a component of GCP HTTP load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by external HTTP load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by internal HTTP load balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTP proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.",
       "id": "TargetHttpProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -59832,7 +61093,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "httpFilters": {
-          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/v1alpha1/projects/project/locations/locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list.\nhttpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
+          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/v1alpha1/projects/project/locations/ locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list. httpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -59854,7 +61115,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "region": {
@@ -59940,36 +61201,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60056,36 +61317,134 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "TargetHttpsProxiesScopedList": {
+      "id": "TargetHttpsProxiesScopedList",
+      "properties": {
+        "targetHttpsProxies": {
+          "description": "A list of TargetHttpsProxies contained in this scope.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "TargetHttpsProxy"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60111,100 +61470,12 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "TargetHttpsProxiesScopedList": {
-      "id": "TargetHttpsProxiesScopedList",
+    "TargetHttpsProxiesSetCertificateMapRequest": {
+      "id": "TargetHttpsProxiesSetCertificateMapRequest",
       "properties": {
-        "targetHttpsProxies": {
-          "description": "A list of TargetHttpsProxies contained in this scope.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "TargetHttpsProxy"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "warning": {
-          "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.",
-          "properties": {
-            "code": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
-              "enum": [
-                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
-                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
-                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
-                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
-                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
-                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
-                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
-                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
-                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
-                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
-                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
-                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
-                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
-                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
-                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
-                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
-                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
-                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
-                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
-                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
-                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
-                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
-                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
-                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
-                "UNREACHABLE"
-              ],
-              "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
-              ],
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
-              "items": {
-                "properties": {
-                  "key": {
-                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
-                    "type": "string"
-                  },
-                  "value": {
-                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
-                    "type": "string"
-                  }
-                },
-                "type": "object"
-              },
-              "type": "array"
-            },
-            "message": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "type": "object"
+        "certificateMap": {
+          "description": "URL of the Certificate Map to associate with this TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -60220,9 +61491,9 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The load balancer will not attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "The load balancer will attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "No overrides to the default QUIC policy. This option is implicit if no QUIC override has been specified in the request."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -60243,7 +61514,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetHttpsProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionTargetHttpsProxies)\n\nA target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers.\n\n* targetHttpsProxies are used by external HTTPS load balancers. * regionTargetHttpsProxies are used by internal HTTPS load balancers.\n\nForwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and  Forwarding rule concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetHttpsProxies ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionTargetHttpsProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpsProxies are used by external HTTPS load balancers. * regionTargetHttpsProxies are used by internal HTTPS load balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.",
       "id": "TargetHttpsProxy",
       "properties": {
         "authentication": {
@@ -60255,7 +61526,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "authorizationPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy.\nRefer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details.\nauthorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "certificateMap": {
+          "description": "URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -60272,7 +61547,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "httpFilters": {
-          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/beta/projects/project/locations/locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list.\nhttpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
+          "description": "URLs to networkservices.HttpFilter resources enabled for xDS clients using this configuration. For example, https://networkservices.googleapis.com/beta/projects/project/locations/ locationhttpFilters/httpFilter Only filters that handle outbound connection and stream events may be specified. These filters work in conjunction with a default set of HTTP filters that may already be configured by Traffic Director. Traffic Director will determine the final location of these filters within xDS configuration based on the name of the HTTP filter. If Traffic Director positions multiple filters at the same location, those filters will be in the same order as specified in this list. httpFilters only applies for loadbalancers with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. See ForwardingRule for more details.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -60294,20 +61569,20 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "quicOverride": {
-          "description": "Specifies the QUIC override policy for this TargetHttpsProxy resource. This setting determines whether the load balancer attempts to negotiate QUIC with clients. You can specify NONE, ENABLE, or DISABLE.  \n- When quic-override is set to NONE, Google manages whether QUIC is used. \n- When quic-override is set to ENABLE, the load balancer uses QUIC when possible. \n- When quic-override is set to DISABLE, the load balancer doesn't use QUIC. \n- If the quic-override flag is not specified, NONE is implied.",
+          "description": "Specifies the QUIC override policy for this TargetHttpsProxy resource. This setting determines whether the load balancer attempts to negotiate QUIC with clients. You can specify NONE, ENABLE, or DISABLE. - When quic-override is set to NONE, Google manages whether QUIC is used. - When quic-override is set to ENABLE, the load balancer uses QUIC when possible. - When quic-override is set to DISABLE, the load balancer doesn't use QUIC. - If the quic-override flag is not specified, NONE is implied. ",
           "enum": [
             "DISABLE",
             "ENABLE",
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The load balancer will not attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "The load balancer will attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "No overrides to the default QUIC policy. This option is implicit if no QUIC override has been specified in the request."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -60320,7 +61595,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serverTlsPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ServerTlsPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authenticate inbound traffic.\nserverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nIf left blank, communications are not encrypted.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ServerTlsPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authenticate inbound traffic. serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sslCertificates": {
@@ -60335,7 +61610,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMap": {
-          "description": "A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map:  \n- https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map \n- projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map \n- global/urlMaps/url-map",
+          "description": "A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -60409,36 +61684,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60525,36 +61800,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60581,7 +61856,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetInstance": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target Instance resource.\n\nYou can use a target instance to handle traffic for one or more forwarding rules, which is ideal for forwarding protocol traffic that is managed by a single source. For example, ESP, AH, TCP, or UDP. For more information, read Target instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetInstances ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target Instance resource. You can use a target instance to handle traffic for one or more forwarding rules, which is ideal for forwarding protocol traffic that is managed by a single source. For example, ESP, AH, TCP, or UDP. For more information, read Target instances.",
       "id": "TargetInstance",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -60598,7 +61873,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instance": {
-          "description": "A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
@@ -60617,7 +61892,7 @@
             "NO_NAT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "No NAT performed."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -60704,36 +61979,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60820,36 +62095,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60918,36 +62193,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -60974,11 +62249,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetPool": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target Pool resource.\n\nTarget pools are used for network TCP/UDP load balancing. A target pool references member instances, an associated legacy HttpHealthCheck resource, and, optionally, a backup target pool. For more information, read Using target pools. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetPools ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target Pool resource. Target pools are used for network TCP/UDP load balancing. A target pool references member instances, an associated legacy HttpHealthCheck resource, and, optionally, a backup target pool. For more information, read Using target pools.",
       "id": "TargetPool",
       "properties": {
         "backupPool": {
-          "description": "The server-defined URL for the resource. This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool, and its failoverRatio field is properly set to a value between [0, 1].\n\nbackupPool and failoverRatio together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below failoverRatio, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool.\n\nIn case where failoverRatio and backupPool are not set, or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
+          "description": "The server-defined URL for the resource. This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool, and its failoverRatio field is properly set to a value between [0, 1]. backupPool and failoverRatio together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below failoverRatio, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool. In case where failoverRatio and backupPool are not set, or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -60990,7 +62265,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "failoverRatio": {
-          "description": "This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool (i.e., not as a backup pool to some other target pool). The value of the field must be in [0, 1].\n\nIf set, backupPool must also be set. They together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below this number, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool.\n\nIn case where failoverRatio is not set or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
+          "description": "This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool (i.e., not as a backup pool to some other target pool). The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. If set, backupPool must also be set. They together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below this number, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool. In case where failoverRatio is not set or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -61032,7 +62307,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionAffinity": {
-          "description": "Session affinity option, must be one of the following values:\nNONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.\nCLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.\nCLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.",
+          "description": "Session affinity option, must be one of the following values: NONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool. CLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. CLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.",
           "enum": [
             "CLIENT_IP",
             "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -61044,14 +62319,14 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.",
+            "1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "The hash is based on a user specified header field.",
+            "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.",
+            "No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -61126,36 +62401,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61259,36 +62534,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61331,7 +62606,7 @@
       "id": "TargetPoolsAddInstanceRequest",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A full or partial URL to an instance to add to this target pool. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name \n- projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name \n- zones/zone/instances/instance-name",
+          "description": "A full or partial URL to an instance to add to this target pool. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project-id/zones/zone /instances/instance-name - projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name - zones/zone/instances/instance-name ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "InstanceReference"
           },
@@ -61344,7 +62619,7 @@
       "id": "TargetPoolsRemoveHealthCheckRequest",
       "properties": {
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "Health check URL to be removed. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- global/httpHealthChecks/health-check",
+          "description": "Health check URL to be removed. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project /global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - global/httpHealthChecks/health-check ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HealthCheckReference"
           },
@@ -61409,36 +62684,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61483,6 +62758,16 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "TargetSslProxiesSetCertificateMapRequest": {
+      "id": "TargetSslProxiesSetCertificateMapRequest",
+      "properties": {
+        "certificateMap": {
+          "description": "URL of the Certificate Map to associate with this TargetSslProxy.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "TargetSslProxiesSetProxyHeaderRequest": {
       "id": "TargetSslProxiesSetProxyHeaderRequest",
       "properties": {
@@ -61515,9 +62800,13 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetSslProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource.\n\nA target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetSslProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource. A target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies.",
       "id": "TargetSslProxy",
       "properties": {
+        "certificateMap": {
+          "description": "URL of a certificate map that identifies a certificate map associated with the given target proxy. This field can only be set for global target proxies. If set, sslCertificates will be ignored.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -61636,36 +62925,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61720,7 +63009,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetTcpProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource.\n\nA target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetTcpProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource. A target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview.",
       "id": "TargetTcpProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -61747,7 +63036,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "proxyHeader": {
@@ -61834,36 +63123,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -61890,7 +63179,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetVpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target VPN Gateway resource.\n\nThe target VPN gateway resource represents a Classic Cloud VPN gateway. For more information, read the the Cloud VPN Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetVpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target VPN Gateway resource. The target VPN gateway resource represents a Classic Cloud VPN gateway. For more information, read the the Cloud VPN Overview.",
       "id": "TargetVpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -61919,7 +63208,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this TargetVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a TargetVpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this TargetVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a TargetVpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -62051,36 +63340,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62167,36 +63456,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62265,36 +63554,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62408,7 +63697,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "UrlMap": {
-      "description": "Represents a URL Map resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two URL Map resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionUrlMaps)\n\nA URL map resource is a component of certain types of GCP load balancers and Traffic Director.\n\n* urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers.\n\nFor a list of supported URL map features by load balancer type, see the  Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table.\n\nFor a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the  Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table.\n\nThis resource defines mappings from host names and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket.\n\nTo use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a URL Map resource. Google Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of GCP load balancers and Traffic Director. * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from host names and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts.",
       "id": "UrlMap",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -62417,28 +63706,28 @@
         },
         "defaultRouteAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the  hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction.\ndefaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "defaultService": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect  or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\ndefaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "defaultUrlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect.\nIf defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "description": {
           "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a UrlMap. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the UrlMap, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a UrlMap.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a UrlMap. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the UrlMap, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a UrlMap.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nThe headerAction specified here take effect after headerAction specified under pathMatcher.\nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction specified here take effect after headerAction specified under pathMatcher. Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "hostRules": {
           "description": "The list of HostRules to use against the URL.",
@@ -62478,7 +63767,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "tests": {
-          "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update this UrlMap will succeed only if all of the test cases pass. You can specify a maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update this UrlMap will succeed only if all of the test cases pass. You can specify a maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "UrlMapTest"
           },
@@ -62548,36 +63837,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62621,11 +63910,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "expectedOutputUrl": {
-          "description": "The expected output URL evaluated by load balancer containing the scheme, host, path and query parameters.\nFor rules that forward requests to backends, the test passes only when expectedOutputUrl matches the request forwarded by load balancer to backends. For rules with urlRewrite, the test verifies that the forwarded request matches hostRewrite and pathPrefixRewrite in the urlRewrite action. When service is specified, expectedOutputUrl`s scheme is ignored.\nFor rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl matches the URL in the load balancer's redirect response. If urlRedirect specifies https_redirect, the test passes only if the scheme in expectedOutputUrl is also set to https. If urlRedirect specifies strip_query, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl does not contain any query parameters.\nexpectedOutputUrl is optional when service is specified.",
+          "description": "The expected output URL evaluated by load balancer containing the scheme, host, path and query parameters. For rules that forward requests to backends, the test passes only when expectedOutputUrl matches the request forwarded by load balancer to backends. For rules with urlRewrite, the test verifies that the forwarded request matches hostRewrite and pathPrefixRewrite in the urlRewrite action. When service is specified, expectedOutputUrl`s scheme is ignored. For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl matches the URL in the load balancer's redirect response. If urlRedirect specifies https_redirect, the test passes only if the scheme in expectedOutputUrl is also set to https. If urlRedirect specifies strip_query, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl does not contain any query parameters. expectedOutputUrl is optional when service is specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "expectedRedirectResponseCode": {
-          "description": "For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedRedirectResponseCode matches the HTTP status code in load balancer's redirect response.\nexpectedRedirectResponseCode cannot be set when service is set.",
+          "description": "For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedRedirectResponseCode matches the HTTP status code in load balancer's redirect response. expectedRedirectResponseCode cannot be set when service is set.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -62645,7 +63934,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "Expected BackendService or BackendBucket resource the given URL should be mapped to.\nservice cannot be set if expectedRedirectResponseCode is set.",
+          "description": "Expected BackendService or BackendBucket resource the given URL should be mapped to. service cannot be set if expectedRedirectResponseCode is set.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -62761,36 +64050,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62859,36 +64148,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -62938,11 +64227,11 @@
       "id": "UrlRewrite",
       "properties": {
         "hostRewrite": {
-          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected service, the request's host header is replaced with contents of hostRewrite.\nThe value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
+          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected service, the request's host header is replaced with contents of hostRewrite. The value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pathPrefixRewrite": {
-          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend service, the matching portion of the request's path is replaced by pathPrefixRewrite.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend service, the matching portion of the request's path is replaced by pathPrefixRewrite. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -63049,36 +64338,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63113,7 +64402,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "reportNamePrefix": {
-          "description": "An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.",
+          "description": "An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -63236,36 +64525,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63292,7 +64581,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway.\n\nHA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely connect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud network through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region. For more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see  Cloud VPN topologies . (== resource_for {$api_version}.vpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway. HA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely connect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud network through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region. For more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see Cloud VPN topologies .",
       "id": "VpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -63314,7 +64603,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an VpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an VpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -63430,36 +64719,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63546,36 +64835,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63625,8 +64914,8 @@
             "CONNECTION_REDUNDANCY_NOT_MET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "VPN tunnels are configured with adequate redundancy from Cloud VPN gateway to the peer VPN gateway. For both GCP-to-non-GCP and GCP-to-GCP connections, the adequate redundancy is a pre-requirement for users to get 99.99% availability on GCP side; please note that for any connection, end-to-end 99.99% availability is subject to proper configuration on the peer VPN gateway.",
+            "VPN tunnels are not configured with adequate redundancy from the Cloud VPN gateway to the peer gateway"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -63700,7 +64989,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "interconnectAttachment": {
-          "description": "URL of the VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment) resource for this VPN gateway interface. When the value of this field is present, the VPN gateway is used for IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect; all egress or ingress traffic for this VPN gateway interface goes through the specified VLAN attachment resource.\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "URL of the VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment) resource for this VPN gateway interface. When the value of this field is present, the VPN gateway is used for IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect; all egress or ingress traffic for this VPN gateway interface goes through the specified VLAN attachment resource. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipAddress": {
@@ -63762,36 +65051,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -63818,7 +65107,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VpnTunnel": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud VPN Tunnel resource.\n\nFor more information about VPN, read the  the Cloud VPN Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.vpnTunnels ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud VPN Tunnel resource. For more information about VPN, read the the Cloud VPN Overview.",
       "id": "VpnTunnel",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -63849,7 +65138,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnTunnel, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a VpnTunnel.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnTunnel, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a VpnTunnel.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -63922,7 +65211,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the VPN tunnel, which can be one of the following: \n- PROVISIONING: Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel. \n- WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG: Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from the user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule, and Route resources are needed to setup the VPN tunnel. \n- FIRST_HANDSHAKE: Successful first handshake with the peer VPN. \n- ESTABLISHED: Secure session is successfully established with the peer VPN. \n- NETWORK_ERROR: Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS \n- AUTHORIZATION_ERROR: Auth error (for example, bad shared secret). \n- NEGOTIATION_FAILURE: Handshake failed. \n- DEPROVISIONING: Resources are being deallocated for the VPN tunnel. \n- FAILED: Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used. \n- NO_INCOMING_PACKETS: No incoming packets from peer. \n- REJECTED: Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denied access. \n- ALLOCATING_RESOURCES: Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources. \n- STOPPED: Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted for Classic VPN tunnels or the project is in frozen state. \n- PEER_IDENTITY_MISMATCH: Peer identity does not match peer IP, probably behind NAT. \n- TS_NARROWING_NOT_ALLOWED: Traffic selector narrowing not allowed for an HA-VPN tunnel.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the VPN tunnel, which can be one of the following: - PROVISIONING: Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel. - WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG: Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from the user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule, and Route resources are needed to setup the VPN tunnel. - FIRST_HANDSHAKE: Successful first handshake with the peer VPN. - ESTABLISHED: Secure session is successfully established with the peer VPN. - NETWORK_ERROR: Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS - AUTHORIZATION_ERROR: Auth error (for example, bad shared secret). - NEGOTIATION_FAILURE: Handshake failed. - DEPROVISIONING: Resources are being deallocated for the VPN tunnel. - FAILED: Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used. - NO_INCOMING_PACKETS: No incoming packets from peer. - REJECTED: Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denied access. - ALLOCATING_RESOURCES: Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources. - STOPPED: Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted for Classic VPN tunnels or the project is in frozen state. - PEER_IDENTITY_MISMATCH: Peer identity does not match peer IP, probably behind NAT. - TS_NARROWING_NOT_ALLOWED: Traffic selector narrowing not allowed for an HA-VPN tunnel. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALLOCATING_RESOURCES",
             "AUTHORIZATION_ERROR",
@@ -63939,19 +65228,19 @@
             "WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources (specifically, a borg task).",
+            "Auth error (e.g. bad shared secret).",
+            "Resources is being deallocated for the VPN tunnel.",
+            "Secure session is successfully established with peer VPN.",
+            "Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used.",
+            "Successful first handshake with peer VPN.",
+            "Handshake failed.",
+            "Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS",
+            "No incoming packets from peer",
+            "Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel.",
+            "Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denylisted.",
+            "Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted.",
+            "Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule and Route resources are needed to setup VPN tunnel."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -64039,36 +65328,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -64155,36 +65444,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -64253,36 +65542,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -64326,7 +65615,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "Google specified expression set ID. The format should be: - E.g. XSS-20170329",
+          "description": "Google specified expression set ID. The format should be: - E.g. XSS-20170329 required",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -64336,14 +65625,14 @@
       "id": "WafExpressionSetExpression",
       "properties": {
         "id": {
-          "description": "Expression ID should uniquely identify the origin of the expression. E.g. owasp-crs-v020901-id973337 identifies Owasp core rule set version 2.9.1 rule id 973337. The ID could be used to determine the individual attack definition that has been detected. It could also be used to exclude it from the policy in case of false positive.",
+          "description": "Expression ID should uniquely identify the origin of the expression. E.g. owasp-crs-v020901-id973337 identifies Owasp core rule set version 2.9.1 rule id 973337. The ID could be used to determine the individual attack definition that has been detected. It could also be used to exclude it from the policy in case of false positive. required",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "WeightedBackendService": {
-      "description": "In contrast to a single BackendService in  HttpRouteAction to which all matching traffic is directed to, WeightedBackendService allows traffic to be split across multiple BackendServices. The volume of traffic for each BackendService is proportional to the weight specified in each WeightedBackendService",
+      "description": "In contrast to a single BackendService in HttpRouteAction to which all matching traffic is directed to, WeightedBackendService allows traffic to be split across multiple BackendServices. The volume of traffic for each BackendService is proportional to the weight specified in each WeightedBackendService",
       "id": "WeightedBackendService",
       "properties": {
         "backendService": {
@@ -64352,10 +65641,10 @@
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nheaderAction specified here take effect before headerAction in the enclosing HttpRouteRule, PathMatcher and UrlMap.\nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. headerAction specified here take effect before headerAction in the enclosing HttpRouteRule, PathMatcher and UrlMap. Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "weight": {
-          "description": "Specifies the fraction of traffic sent to backendService, computed as weight / (sum of all weightedBackendService weights in routeAction) .\nThe selection of a backend service is determined only for new traffic. Once a user's request has been directed to a backendService, subsequent requests will be sent to the same backendService as determined by the BackendService's session affinity policy.\nThe value must be between 0 and 1000",
+          "description": "Specifies the fraction of traffic sent to backendService, computed as weight / (sum of all weightedBackendService weights in routeAction) . The selection of a backend service is determined only for new traffic. Once a user's request has been directed to a backendService, subsequent requests will be sent to the same backendService as determined by the BackendService's session affinity policy. The value must be between 0 and 1000",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -64422,36 +65711,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -64501,7 +65790,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Zone": {
-      "description": "Represents a Zone resource.\n\nA zone is a deployment area. These deployment areas are subsets of a region. For example the zone us-east1-a is located in the us-east1 region. For more information, read Regions and Zones. (== resource_for {$api_version}.zones ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Zone resource. A zone is a deployment area. These deployment areas are subsets of a region. For example the zone us-east1-a is located in the us-east1 region. For more information, read Regions and Zones.",
       "id": "Zone",
       "properties": {
         "availableCpuPlatforms": {
@@ -64625,36 +65914,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
index 55470b63cb8..6863c0da757 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Compute Engine resources"
@@ -12,13 +12,13 @@
           "description": "View your Google Compute Engine resources"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control": {
-          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data and permissions in Cloud Storage and see the email address for your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_only": {
           "description": "View your data in Google Cloud Storage"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write": {
-          "description": "Manage your data in Google Cloud Storage"
+          "description": "Manage your data in Cloud Storage and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -26,32 +26,59 @@
   "basePath": "/compute/v1/",
   "baseUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/compute/v1/",
   "batchPath": "batch/compute/v1",
-  "description": "Creates and runs virtual machines on Google Cloud Platform.",
+  "description": "Creates and runs virtual machines on Google Cloud Platform. ",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-  "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/compute/docs/reference/latest/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/AWlC1CUhDio0ZwFn0uNZXPL9SGU\"",
+  "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/compute/",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/compute_engine-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/compute_engine-32.png"
   },
   "id": "compute:v1",
   "kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+  "mtlsRootUrl": "https://compute.mtls.googleapis.com/",
   "name": "compute",
   "ownerDomain": "google.com",
   "ownerName": "Google",
   "parameters": {
+    "$.xgafv": {
+      "description": "V1 error format.",
+      "enum": [
+        "1",
+        "2"
+      ],
+      "enumDescriptions": [
+        "v1 error format",
+        "v2 error format"
+      ],
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "access_token": {
+      "description": "OAuth access token.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
     "alt": {
       "default": "json",
-      "description": "Data format for the response.",
+      "description": "Data format for response.",
       "enum": [
-        "json"
+        "json",
+        "media",
+        "proto"
       ],
       "enumDescriptions": [
-        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json"
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/json",
+        "Media download with context-dependent Content-Type",
+        "Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf"
       ],
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     },
+    "callback": {
+      "description": "JSONP",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
     "fields": {
       "description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
       "location": "query",
@@ -74,12 +101,22 @@
       "type": "boolean"
     },
     "quotaUser": {
-      "description": "An opaque string that represents a user for quota purposes. Must not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "uploadType": {
+      "description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").",
+      "location": "query",
+      "type": "string"
+    },
+    "upload_protocol": {
+      "description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").",
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     },
     "userIp": {
-      "description": "Deprecated. Please use quotaUser instead.",
+      "description": "Legacy name for parameter that has been superseded by `quotaUser`.",
       "location": "query",
       "type": "string"
     }
@@ -90,6 +127,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of accelerator types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/acceleratorTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -97,7 +135,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -115,7 +153,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -149,6 +187,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified accelerator type.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/acceleratorTypes/{acceleratorType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -191,6 +230,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of accelerator types that are available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/acceleratorTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.acceleratorTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -199,7 +239,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -212,7 +252,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -257,6 +297,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of addresses.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -264,7 +305,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -282,7 +323,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -316,6 +357,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.addresses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -346,7 +388,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -362,6 +404,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -404,6 +447,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an address resource in the specified project by using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.addresses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -426,7 +470,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -445,6 +489,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of addresses contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.addresses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -453,7 +498,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -466,7 +511,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -511,6 +556,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of autoscalers.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -518,7 +564,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -536,7 +582,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -570,6 +616,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -593,7 +640,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -616,6 +663,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified autoscaler resource. Gets a list of available autoscalers by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -658,6 +706,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -673,7 +722,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -699,6 +748,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of autoscalers contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -707,7 +757,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -720,7 +770,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -761,6 +811,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -782,7 +833,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -808,6 +859,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.autoscalers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -829,7 +881,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -859,6 +911,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/addSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.addSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -880,7 +933,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -899,6 +952,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified BackendBucket resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -921,7 +975,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -937,6 +991,7 @@
         },
         "deleteSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Deletes a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend bucket.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}/deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -965,7 +1020,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -981,6 +1036,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified BackendBucket resource. Gets a list of available backend buckets by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1015,6 +1071,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a BackendBucket resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1029,7 +1086,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1048,6 +1105,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of BackendBucket resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1055,7 +1113,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1068,7 +1126,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1102,6 +1160,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1124,7 +1183,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1143,6 +1202,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendBucket resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendBuckets/{backendBucket}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.backendBuckets.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1165,7 +1225,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1188,6 +1248,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Adds a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/addSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.addSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1209,7 +1270,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1228,6 +1289,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all BackendService resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1235,7 +1297,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1253,7 +1315,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1287,6 +1349,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1309,7 +1372,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1325,6 +1388,7 @@
         },
         "deleteSignedUrlKey": {
           "description": "Deletes a key for validating requests with signed URLs for this backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.deleteSignedUrlKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1353,7 +1417,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1369,6 +1433,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified BackendService resource. Gets a list of available backend services.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1402,7 +1467,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "getHealth": {
-          "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService.\n\nExample request body:\n\n{ \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }",
+          "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this BackendService. Example request body: { \"group\": \"/zones/us-east1-b/instanceGroups/lb-backend-example\" }",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1438,7 +1504,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Creates a BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1453,7 +1520,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1472,6 +1539,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of BackendService resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1479,7 +1547,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1492,7 +1560,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1525,7 +1593,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "description": "Patches the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1548,7 +1617,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1567,6 +1636,7 @@
         },
         "setSecurityPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the Google Cloud Armor security policy for the specified backend service. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor Overview",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}/setSecurityPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.setSecurityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1588,7 +1658,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1607,6 +1677,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.backendServices.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1629,7 +1700,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -1652,6 +1723,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of disk types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1659,7 +1731,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1677,7 +1749,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1711,6 +1783,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified disk type. Gets a list of available disk types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskTypes/{diskType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1753,6 +1826,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of disk types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.diskTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1761,7 +1835,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1774,7 +1848,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1819,6 +1893,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to a disk. You can only add one policy which will be applied to this disk for scheduling snapshot creation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1842,7 +1917,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1868,6 +1943,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of persistent disks.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1875,7 +1951,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1893,7 +1969,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1927,6 +2003,7 @@
         },
         "createSnapshot": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.createSnapshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -1955,7 +2032,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -1981,6 +2058,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified persistent disk. Deleting a disk removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.disks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2003,7 +2081,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2026,6 +2104,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns a specified persistent disk. Gets a list of available persistent disks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2068,6 +2147,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2116,6 +2196,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a persistent disk in the specified project using the data in the request. You can create a disk from a source (sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk) or create an empty 500 GB data disk by omitting all properties. You can also create a disk that is larger than the default size by specifying the sizeGb property.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2131,7 +2212,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2162,6 +2243,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of persistent disks contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.disks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2170,7 +2252,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2183,7 +2265,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2224,6 +2306,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from a disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2247,7 +2330,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2273,6 +2356,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the specified persistent disk. You can only increase the size of the disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2296,7 +2380,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2322,6 +2406,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2366,6 +2451,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a disk. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2382,7 +2468,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2415,6 +2501,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.disks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2464,6 +2551,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified externalVpnGateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{externalVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2486,7 +2574,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2502,6 +2590,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified externalVpnGateway. Get a list of available externalVpnGateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{externalVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2536,6 +2625,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ExternalVpnGateway in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2550,7 +2640,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2569,6 +2659,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of ExternalVpnGateway available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2576,7 +2667,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2589,7 +2680,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2623,6 +2714,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an ExternalVpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2659,6 +2751,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/externalVpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.externalVpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2700,6 +2793,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAssociation": {
           "description": "Inserts an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.addAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2719,7 +2813,7 @@
               "type": "boolean"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2738,6 +2832,7 @@
         },
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2752,7 +2847,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2771,6 +2866,7 @@
         },
         "cloneRules": {
           "description": "Copies rules to the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/cloneRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.cloneRules",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2785,7 +2881,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -2806,6 +2902,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2820,7 +2917,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2836,6 +2933,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2862,6 +2960,7 @@
         },
         "getAssociation": {
           "description": "Gets an association with the specified name.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2893,6 +2992,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2925,6 +3025,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -2957,6 +3058,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.insert",
           "parameters": {
@@ -2966,7 +3068,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -2985,11 +3087,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the policies that have been configured for the specified folder or organization.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3002,7 +3105,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3034,6 +3137,7 @@
         },
         "listAssociations": {
           "description": "Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/listAssociations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.listAssociations",
           "parameters": {
@@ -3049,11 +3153,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "move": {
           "description": "Moves the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/move",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.move",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3073,7 +3179,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3089,6 +3195,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3103,7 +3210,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3122,6 +3229,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3142,7 +3250,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3161,6 +3269,7 @@
         },
         "removeAssociation": {
           "description": "Removes an association for the specified firewall policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeAssociation",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.removeAssociation",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3180,7 +3289,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3196,6 +3305,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule of the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3216,7 +3326,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3232,6 +3342,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3260,6 +3371,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/firewallPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3293,6 +3405,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified firewall.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3315,7 +3428,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3331,6 +3444,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified firewall.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3365,6 +3479,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a firewall rule in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3379,7 +3494,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3398,6 +3513,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of firewall rules available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3405,7 +3521,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3418,7 +3534,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3452,6 +3568,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified firewall rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3474,7 +3591,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3493,6 +3610,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified firewall rule with the data included in the request. Note that all fields will be updated if using PUT, even fields that are not specified. To update individual fields, please use PATCH instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewalls/{firewall}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.firewalls.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3515,7 +3633,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3538,6 +3656,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of forwarding rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3545,7 +3664,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3563,7 +3682,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3597,6 +3716,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified ForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3627,7 +3747,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3643,6 +3763,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified ForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3685,6 +3806,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a ForwardingRule resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3707,7 +3829,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3726,6 +3848,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of ForwardingRule resources available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3734,7 +3857,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3747,7 +3870,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3788,6 +3911,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3818,7 +3942,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3837,6 +3961,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3860,7 +3985,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -3886,6 +4011,7 @@
         },
         "setTarget": {
           "description": "Changes target URL for forwarding rule. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}/setTarget",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.forwardingRules.setTarget",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3916,7 +4042,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3939,6 +4065,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified address resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -3961,7 +4088,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -3977,6 +4104,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified address resource. Gets a list of available addresses by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses/{address}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4011,6 +4139,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an address resource in the specified project by using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4025,7 +4154,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4044,6 +4173,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of global addresses.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/addresses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalAddresses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4051,7 +4181,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4064,7 +4194,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4102,6 +4232,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified GlobalForwardingRule resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4124,7 +4255,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4140,6 +4271,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified GlobalForwardingRule resource. Gets a list of available forwarding rules by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4174,6 +4306,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a GlobalForwardingRule resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4188,7 +4321,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4207,6 +4340,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of GlobalForwardingRule resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4214,7 +4348,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4227,7 +4361,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4261,6 +4395,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4283,7 +4418,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4301,7 +4436,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "setLabels": {
-          "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "description": "Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4338,6 +4474,7 @@
         },
         "setTarget": {
           "description": "Changes target URL for the GlobalForwardingRule resource. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/forwardingRules/{forwardingRule}/setTarget",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalForwardingRules.setTarget",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4360,7 +4497,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4383,6 +4520,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "attachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Attach a network endpoint to the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4404,7 +4542,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4423,6 +4561,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group.Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if there are backend services referencing it.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4444,7 +4583,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4460,6 +4599,7 @@
         },
         "detachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Detach the network endpoint from the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4481,7 +4621,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4500,6 +4640,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4533,6 +4674,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4547,7 +4689,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -4566,6 +4708,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups that are located in the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4573,7 +4716,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4586,7 +4729,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4620,6 +4763,7 @@
         },
         "listNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Lists the network endpoints in the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/listNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.listNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4628,7 +4772,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4647,7 +4791,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4685,6 +4829,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all operations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4692,7 +4837,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4710,7 +4855,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4744,6 +4889,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4774,6 +4920,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified Operations resource. Gets a list of operations by making a `list()` request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4808,6 +4955,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4815,7 +4963,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4828,7 +4976,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4861,7 +5009,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4900,6 +5049,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4927,6 +5077,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified Operations resource. Gets a list of operations by making a `list()` request.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -4958,11 +5109,12 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified organization.",
+          "flatPath": "locations/global/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalOrganizationOperations.list",
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -4975,7 +5127,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5011,6 +5163,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5033,7 +5186,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5049,6 +5202,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5083,6 +5237,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a global PublicDelegatedPrefix in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5097,7 +5252,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5116,6 +5271,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the global PublicDelegatedPrefixes for a project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5123,7 +5279,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5136,7 +5292,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5170,6 +5326,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified global PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5192,7 +5349,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5215,6 +5372,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all HealthCheck resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5222,7 +5380,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5240,7 +5398,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5274,6 +5432,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5296,7 +5455,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5312,6 +5471,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5346,6 +5506,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5360,7 +5521,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5379,6 +5540,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5386,7 +5548,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5399,7 +5561,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5433,6 +5595,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5455,7 +5618,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5474,6 +5637,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.healthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5496,7 +5660,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5519,6 +5683,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HttpHealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5541,7 +5706,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5557,6 +5722,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HttpHealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available HTTP health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5591,6 +5757,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5605,7 +5772,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5624,6 +5791,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HttpHealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5631,7 +5799,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5644,7 +5812,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5678,6 +5846,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5700,7 +5869,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5719,6 +5888,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpHealthChecks/{httpHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.httpHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5741,7 +5911,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5764,6 +5934,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5786,7 +5957,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5802,6 +5973,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HttpsHealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available HTTPS health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5836,6 +6008,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5850,7 +6023,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5869,6 +6042,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HttpsHealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5876,7 +6050,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5889,7 +6063,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -5923,6 +6097,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5945,7 +6120,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -5964,6 +6139,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HttpsHealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/httpsHealthChecks/{httpsHealthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.httpsHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -5986,7 +6162,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6005,10 +6181,58 @@
         }
       }
     },
+    "imageFamilyViews": {
+      "methods": {
+        "get": {
+          "description": "Returns the latest image that is part of an image family, is not deprecated and is rolled out in the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/imageFamilyViews/{family}",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.imageFamilyViews.get",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "family"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "family": {
+              "description": "Name of the image family to search for.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/imageFamilyViews/{family}",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "ImageFamilyView"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        }
+      }
+    },
     "images": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified image.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.images.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6031,7 +6255,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6046,7 +6270,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deprecate": {
-          "description": "Sets the deprecation status of an image.\n\nIf an empty request body is given, clears the deprecation status instead.",
+          "description": "Sets the deprecation status of an image. If an empty request body is given, clears the deprecation status instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}/deprecate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.deprecate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6069,7 +6294,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6088,6 +6313,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified image. Gets a list of available images by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6122,6 +6348,7 @@
         },
         "getFromFamily": {
           "description": "Returns the latest image that is part of an image family and is not deprecated.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/family/{family}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.getFromFamily",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6156,6 +6383,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6196,6 +6424,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an image in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6215,7 +6444,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6237,6 +6466,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of custom images available to the specified project. Custom images are images you create that belong to your project. This method does not get any images that belong to other projects, including publicly-available images, like Debian 8. If you want to get a list of publicly-available images, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.images.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6244,7 +6474,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6257,7 +6487,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6291,6 +6521,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified image with the data included in the request. Only the following fields can be modified: family, description, deprecation status.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{image}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.images.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6313,7 +6544,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -6332,6 +6563,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6368,6 +6600,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on an image. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6404,6 +6637,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/images/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.images.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6444,7 +6678,8 @@
     "instanceGroupManagers": {
       "methods": {
         "abandonInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6467,7 +6702,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6492,6 +6727,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups and groups them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6499,7 +6735,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6517,7 +6753,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6551,6 +6787,7 @@
         },
         "applyUpdatesToInstances": {
           "description": "Applies changes to selected instances on the managed instance group. This method can be used to apply new overrides and/or new versions.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6593,6 +6830,7 @@
         },
         "createInstances": {
           "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configs in this managed instance group. Instances are created using the current instance template. The create instances operation is marked DONE if the createInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or actions with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.createInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6615,7 +6853,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6639,7 +6877,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group. Note that the instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read  Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group. Note that the instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6662,7 +6901,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6683,7 +6922,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group for immediate deletion. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances are still being deleted. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group for immediate deletion. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances are still being deleted. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6706,7 +6946,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6731,6 +6971,7 @@
         },
         "deletePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Deletes selected per-instance configs for the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6773,6 +7014,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group. Gets a list of available managed instance groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6812,7 +7054,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nA managed instance group can have up to 1000 VM instances per group. Please contact Cloud Support if you need an increase in this limit.",
+          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. A managed instance group can have up to 1000 VM instances per group. Please contact Cloud Support if you need an increase in this limit.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6828,7 +7071,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6853,6 +7096,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of managed instance groups that are contained within the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6861,7 +7105,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6874,7 +7118,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6914,6 +7158,7 @@
         },
         "listErrors": {
           "description": "Lists all errors thrown by actions on instances for a given managed instance group. The filter and orderBy query parameters are not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listErrors",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listErrors",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6923,12 +7168,12 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "instanceGroupManager": {
-              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}.",
+              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|1-9{0,19}.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -6942,7 +7187,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -6982,6 +7227,7 @@
         },
         "listManagedInstances": {
           "description": "Lists all of the instances in the managed instance group. Each instance in the list has a currentAction, which indicates the action that the managed instance group is performing on the instance. For example, if the group is still creating an instance, the currentAction is CREATING. If a previous action failed, the list displays the errors for that failed action. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listManagedInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listManagedInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -6991,7 +7237,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7010,7 +7256,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7050,6 +7296,7 @@
         },
         "listPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Lists all of the per-instance configs defined for the managed instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7059,7 +7306,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7078,7 +7325,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7118,6 +7365,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is patched even if the instances in the group are still in the process of being patched. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listManagedInstances method. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7140,7 +7388,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7165,6 +7413,7 @@
         },
         "patchPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or patches per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7187,7 +7436,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7211,7 +7460,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "recreateInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/recreateInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.recreateInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7234,7 +7484,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7258,7 +7508,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resize": {
-          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nWhen resizing down, the instance group arbitrarily chooses the order in which VMs are deleted. The group takes into account some VM attributes when making the selection including:\n\n+ The status of the VM instance. + The health of the VM instance. + The instance template version the VM is based on. + For regional managed instance groups, the location of the VM instance.\n\nThis list is subject to change.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Resizes the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes instances. The resize operation is marked DONE when the resize actions are scheduled even if the group has not yet added or deleted any instances. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. When resizing down, the instance group arbitrarily chooses the order in which VMs are deleted. The group takes into account some VM attributes when making the selection including: + The status of the VM instance. + The health of the VM instance. + The instance template version the VM is based on. + For regional managed instance groups, the location of the VM instance. This list is subject to change. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7282,7 +7533,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7311,6 +7562,7 @@
         },
         "setInstanceTemplate": {
           "description": "Specifies the instance template to use when creating new instances in this group. The templates for existing instances in the group do not change unless you run recreateInstances, run applyUpdatesToInstances, or set the group's updatePolicy.type to PROACTIVE.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7333,7 +7585,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7358,6 +7610,7 @@
         },
         "setTargetPools": {
           "description": "Modifies the target pools to which all instances in this managed instance group are assigned. The target pools automatically apply to all of the instances in the managed instance group. This operation is marked DONE when you make the request even if the instances have not yet been added to their target pools. The change might take some time to apply to all of the instances in the group depending on the size of the group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7380,7 +7633,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7405,6 +7658,7 @@
         },
         "updatePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7427,7 +7681,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7455,7 +7709,8 @@
     "instanceGroups": {
       "methods": {
         "addInstances": {
-          "description": "Adds a list of instances to the specified instance group. All of the instances in the instance group must be in the same network/subnetwork. Read  Adding instances for more information.",
+          "description": "Adds a list of instances to the specified instance group. All of the instances in the instance group must be in the same network/subnetwork. Read Adding instances for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/addInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.addInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7478,7 +7733,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7503,6 +7758,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instance groups and sorts them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7510,7 +7766,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7528,7 +7784,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7561,7 +7817,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified instance group. The instances in the group are not deleted. Note that instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read  Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified instance group. The instances in the group are not deleted. Note that instance group must not belong to a backend service. Read Deleting an instance group for more information.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7584,7 +7841,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7605,7 +7862,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Returns the specified zonal instance group. Get a list of available zonal instance groups by making a list() request.\n\nFor managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "description": "Returns the specified zonal instance group. Get a list of available zonal instance groups by making a list() request. For managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7646,6 +7904,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7661,7 +7920,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7685,7 +7944,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the list of zonal instance group resources contained within the specified zone.\n\nFor managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of zonal instance group resources contained within the specified zone. For managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManagers or regionInstanceGroupManagers methods instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7694,7 +7954,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7707,7 +7967,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7747,6 +8007,7 @@
         },
         "listInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the specified instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/listInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.listInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7756,7 +8017,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7775,7 +8036,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7817,7 +8078,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "removeInstances": {
-          "description": "Removes one or more instances from the specified instance group, but does not delete those instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Removes one or more instances from the specified instance group, but does not delete those instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/removeInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.removeInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7840,7 +8102,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7865,6 +8127,7 @@
         },
         "setNamedPorts": {
           "description": "Sets the named ports for the specified instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/setNamedPorts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceGroups.setNamedPorts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7887,7 +8150,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7916,6 +8179,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified instance template. Deleting an instance template is permanent and cannot be undone. It is not possible to delete templates that are already in use by a managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7938,7 +8202,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -7954,6 +8218,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified instance template. Gets a list of available instance templates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{instanceTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -7988,6 +8253,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8028,6 +8294,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance template in the specified project using the data that is included in the request. If you are creating a new template to update an existing instance group, your new instance template must use the same network or, if applicable, the same subnetwork as the original template.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8042,7 +8309,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -8061,6 +8328,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of instance templates that are contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8068,7 +8336,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8081,7 +8349,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8115,6 +8383,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8151,6 +8420,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/instanceTemplates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instanceTemplates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8192,6 +8462,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Adds an access config to an instance's network interface.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/addAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.addAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8222,7 +8493,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8248,6 +8519,7 @@
         },
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to an instance. You can only add one policy right now which will be applied to this instance for scheduling live migrations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8271,7 +8543,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8297,6 +8569,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves aggregated list of all of the instances in your project across all regions and zones.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/instances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8304,7 +8577,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8322,7 +8595,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8356,6 +8629,7 @@
         },
         "attachDisk": {
           "description": "Attaches an existing Disk resource to an instance. You must first create the disk before you can attach it. It is not possible to create and attach a disk at the same time. For more information, read Adding a persistent disk to your instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/attachDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.attachDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8384,7 +8658,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8410,6 +8684,7 @@
         },
         "bulkInsert": {
           "description": "Creates multiple instances. Count specifies the number of instances to create.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/bulkInsert",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.bulkInsert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8425,7 +8700,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8451,6 +8726,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Instance resource. For more information, see Deleting an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.instances.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8474,7 +8750,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8497,6 +8773,7 @@
         },
         "deleteAccessConfig": {
           "description": "Deletes an access config from an instance's network interface.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/deleteAccessConfig",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.deleteAccessConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8534,7 +8811,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8557,6 +8834,7 @@
         },
         "detachDisk": {
           "description": "Detaches a disk from an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/detachDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.detachDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8587,7 +8865,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8610,6 +8888,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Instance resource. Gets a list of available instances by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8652,6 +8931,7 @@
         },
         "getEffectiveFirewalls": {
           "description": "Returns effective firewalls applied to an interface of the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8701,6 +8981,7 @@
         },
         "getGuestAttributes": {
           "description": "Returns the specified guest attributes entry.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getGuestAttributes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getGuestAttributes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8753,6 +9034,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8801,6 +9083,7 @@
         },
         "getScreenshot": {
           "description": "Returns the screenshot from the specified instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/screenshot",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getScreenshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8843,6 +9126,7 @@
         },
         "getSerialPortOutput": {
           "description": "Returns the last 1 MB of serial port output from the specified instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/serialPort",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getSerialPortOutput",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8875,7 +9159,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "start": {
-              "description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`.\n\nIf the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value.\n\nYou can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.",
+              "description": "Specifies the starting byte position of the output to return. To start with the first byte of output to the specified port, omit this field or set it to `0`. If the output for that byte position is available, this field matches the `start` parameter sent with the request. If the amount of serial console output exceeds the size of the buffer (1 MB), the oldest output is discarded and is no longer available. If the requested start position refers to discarded output, the start position is adjusted to the oldest output still available, and the adjusted start position is returned as the `start` property value. You can also provide a negative start position, which translates to the most recent number of bytes written to the serial port. For example, -3 is interpreted as the most recent 3 bytes written to the serial console.",
               "format": "int64",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
@@ -8900,6 +9184,7 @@
         },
         "getShieldedInstanceIdentity": {
           "description": "Returns the Shielded Instance Identity of an instance",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/getShieldedInstanceIdentity",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.getShieldedInstanceIdentity",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8942,6 +9227,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an instance resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8957,12 +9243,12 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "sourceInstanceTemplate": {
-              "description": "Specifies instance template to create the instance.\n\nThis field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate",
+              "description": "Specifies instance template to create the instance. This field is optional. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate ",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -8988,6 +9274,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instances contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -8996,7 +9283,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9009,7 +9296,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9050,6 +9337,7 @@
         },
         "listReferrers": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of resources that refer to the VM instance specified in the request. For example, if the VM instance is part of a managed or unmanaged instance group, the referrers list includes the instance group. For more information, read Viewing referrers to VM instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/referrers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.instances.listReferrers",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9059,7 +9347,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9079,7 +9367,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9120,6 +9408,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9143,7 +9432,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9169,6 +9458,7 @@
         },
         "reset": {
           "description": "Performs a reset on the instance. This is a hard reset the VM does not do a graceful shutdown. For more information, see Resetting an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/reset",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.instances.reset",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -9192,7 +9482,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9213,38 +9503,28 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setDeletionProtection": {
-          "description": "Sets deletion protection on the instance.",
+        "sendDiagnosticInterrupt": {
+          "description": "Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setDeletionProtection",
+          "id": "compute.instances.sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
-            "resource"
+            "instance"
           ],
           "parameters": {
-            "deletionProtection": {
-              "default": "true",
-              "description": "Whether the resource should be protected against deletion.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "boolean"
-            },
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
               "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "resource": {
-              "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
               "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9256,47 +9536,29 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setDeletionProtection",
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "Operation"
-          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/sendDiagnosticInterrupt",
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setDiskAutoDelete": {
-          "description": "Sets the auto-delete flag for a disk attached to an instance.",
+        "setDeletionProtection": {
+          "description": "Sets deletion protection on the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setDeletionProtection",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setDiskAutoDelete",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setDeletionProtection",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
-            "instance",
-            "autoDelete",
-            "deviceName"
+            "resource"
           ],
           "parameters": {
-            "autoDelete": {
-              "description": "Whether to auto-delete the disk when the instance is deleted.",
+            "deletionProtection": {
+              "default": "true",
+              "description": "Whether the resource should be protected against deletion.",
               "location": "query",
-              "required": true,
               "type": "boolean"
             },
-            "deviceName": {
-              "description": "The device name of the disk to modify. Make a get() request on the instance to view currently attached disks and device names.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "pattern": "\\w[\\w.-]{0,254}",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "instance": {
-              "description": "The instance name for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
             "project": {
               "description": "Project ID for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -9305,44 +9567,10 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "zone": {
-              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setDiskAutoDelete",
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "Operation"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
-          ]
-        },
-        "setIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setIamPolicy",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "project",
-            "zone",
-            "resource"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
             "resource": {
               "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -9358,59 +9586,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "ZoneSetPolicyRequest"
-          },
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "Policy"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
-          ]
-        },
-        "setLabels": {
-          "description": "Sets labels on an instance. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setLabels",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "project",
-            "zone",
-            "instance"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
-            "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "zone": {
-              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setLabels",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "InstancesSetLabelsRequest"
-          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setDeletionProtection",
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -9419,67 +9595,34 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setMachineResources": {
-          "description": "Changes the number and/or type of accelerator for a stopped instance to the values specified in the request.",
+        "setDiskAutoDelete": {
+          "description": "Sets the auto-delete flag for a disk attached to an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setDiskAutoDelete",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setMachineResources",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setDiskAutoDelete",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
-            "instance"
+            "instance",
+            "autoDelete",
+            "deviceName"
           ],
           "parameters": {
-            "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+            "autoDelete": {
+              "description": "Whether to auto-delete the disk when the instance is deleted.",
+              "location": "query",
               "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
+              "type": "boolean"
             },
-            "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+            "deviceName": {
+              "description": "The device name of the disk to modify. Make a get() request on the instance to view currently attached disks and device names.",
               "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "zone": {
-              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "pattern": "\\w[\\w.-]{0,254}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineResources",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "InstancesSetMachineResourcesRequest"
-          },
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "Operation"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
-          ]
-        },
-        "setMachineType": {
-          "description": "Changes the machine type for a stopped instance to the machine type specified in the request.",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setMachineType",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "project",
-            "zone",
-            "instance"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
+            },
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "description": "The instance name for this request.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
@@ -9493,7 +9636,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9505,10 +9648,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineType",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "InstancesSetMachineTypeRequest"
-          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setDiskAutoDelete",
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -9517,23 +9657,17 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setMetadata": {
-          "description": "Sets metadata for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+        "setIamPolicy": {
+          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setMetadata",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
-            "instance"
+            "resource"
           ],
           "parameters": {
-            "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
             "project": {
               "description": "Project ID for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -9541,9 +9675,11 @@
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-              "location": "query",
+            "resource": {
+              "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
             "zone": {
@@ -9554,22 +9690,23 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMetadata",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "Metadata"
+            "$ref": "ZoneSetPolicyRequest"
           },
           "response": {
-            "$ref": "Operation"
+            "$ref": "Policy"
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setMinCpuPlatform": {
-          "description": "Changes the minimum CPU platform that this instance should use. This method can only be called on a stopped instance. For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.",
+        "setLabels": {
+          "description": "Sets labels on an instance. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setMinCpuPlatform",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9591,7 +9728,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9603,9 +9740,9 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMinCpuPlatform",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setLabels",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "InstancesSetMinCpuPlatformRequest"
+            "$ref": "InstancesSetLabelsRequest"
           },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -9615,10 +9752,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setScheduling": {
-          "description": "Sets an instance's scheduling options. You can only call this method on a stopped instance, that is, a VM instance that is in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.",
+        "setMachineResources": {
+          "description": "Changes the number and/or type of accelerator for a stopped instance to the values specified in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineResources",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setScheduling",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setMachineResources",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9626,7 +9764,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Instance name for this request.",
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
@@ -9640,7 +9778,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9652,9 +9790,9 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setScheduling",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineResources",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "Scheduling"
+            "$ref": "InstancesSetMachineResourcesRequest"
           },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -9664,10 +9802,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setServiceAccount": {
-          "description": "Sets the service account on the instance. For more information, read Changing the service account and access scopes for an instance.",
+        "setMachineType": {
+          "description": "Changes the machine type for a stopped instance to the machine type specified in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineType",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setServiceAccount",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setMachineType",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9675,7 +9814,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance resource to start.",
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
@@ -9689,7 +9828,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9701,9 +9840,9 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setServiceAccount",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMachineType",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "InstancesSetServiceAccountRequest"
+            "$ref": "InstancesSetMachineTypeRequest"
           },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -9713,10 +9852,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": {
-          "description": "Sets the Shielded Instance integrity policy for an instance. You can only use this method on a running instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
-          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
+        "setMetadata": {
+          "description": "Sets metadata for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMetadata",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setMetadata",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9724,7 +9864,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name or id of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
@@ -9738,7 +9878,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9750,9 +9890,9 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMetadata",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy"
+            "$ref": "Metadata"
           },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -9762,10 +9902,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "setTags": {
-          "description": "Sets network tags for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+        "setMinCpuPlatform": {
+          "description": "Changes the minimum CPU platform that this instance should use. This method can only be called on a stopped instance. For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMinCpuPlatform",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.setTags",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setMinCpuPlatform",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9787,7 +9928,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9799,9 +9940,9 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setTags",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setMinCpuPlatform",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "Tags"
+            "$ref": "InstancesSetMinCpuPlatformRequest"
           },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -9811,10 +9952,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "simulateMaintenanceEvent": {
-          "description": "Simulates a maintenance event on the instance.",
+        "setScheduling": {
+          "description": "Sets an instance's scheduling options. You can only call this method on a stopped instance, that is, a VM instance that is in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setScheduling",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.simulateMaintenanceEvent",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setScheduling",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9822,7 +9964,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "description": "Instance name for this request.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
@@ -9835,6 +9977,11 @@
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "zone": {
               "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -9843,7 +9990,10 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/simulateMaintenanceEvent",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setScheduling",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Scheduling"
+          },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -9852,10 +10002,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "start": {
-          "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
+        "setServiceAccount": {
+          "description": "Sets the service account on the instance. For more information, read Changing the service account and access scopes for an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setServiceAccount",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.start",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setServiceAccount",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9877,7 +10028,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9889,7 +10040,10 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/start",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setServiceAccount",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "InstancesSetServiceAccountRequest"
+          },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -9898,10 +10052,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "startWithEncryptionKey": {
-          "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
-          "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.startWithEncryptionKey",
+        "setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": {
+          "description": "Sets the Shielded Instance integrity policy for an instance. You can only use this method on a running instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9909,7 +10064,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance resource to start.",
+              "description": "Name or id of the instance scoping this request.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
@@ -9923,7 +10078,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9935,9 +10090,9 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/startWithEncryptionKey",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "InstancesStartWithEncryptionKeyRequest"
+            "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy"
           },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -9947,10 +10102,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "stop": {
-          "description": "Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.",
+        "setTags": {
+          "description": "Sets network tags for the specified instance to the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setTags",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.stop",
+          "id": "compute.instances.setTags",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -9958,7 +10114,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance resource to stop.",
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
@@ -9972,7 +10128,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -9984,7 +10140,10 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/stop",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/setTags",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Tags"
+          },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -9993,27 +10152,28 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+        "simulateMaintenanceEvent": {
+          "description": "Simulates a maintenance event on the instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/simulateMaintenanceEvent",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.testIamPermissions",
+          "id": "compute.instances.simulateMaintenanceEvent",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
-            "resource"
+            "instance"
           ],
           "parameters": {
-            "project": {
-              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
               "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "resource": {
-              "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
               "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10025,23 +10185,20 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest"
-          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/simulateMaintenanceEvent",
           "response": {
-            "$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse"
+            "$ref": "Operation"
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "update": {
-          "description": "Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See  Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.",
-          "httpMethod": "PUT",
-          "id": "compute.instances.update",
+        "start": {
+          "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/start",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.instances.start",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -10049,46 +10206,12 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance resource to update.",
+              "description": "Name of the instance resource to start.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "minimalAction": {
-              "description": "Specifies the action to take when updating an instance even if the updated properties do not require it. If not specified, then Compute Engine acts based on the minimum action that the updated properties require.",
-              "enum": [
-                "INVALID",
-                "NO_EFFECT",
-                "REFRESH",
-                "RESTART"
-              ],
-              "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
-              ],
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-              "description": "Specifies the most disruptive action that can be taken on the instance as part of the update. Compute Engine returns an error if the instance properties require a more disruptive action as part of the instance update. Valid options from lowest to highest are NO_EFFECT, REFRESH, and RESTART.",
-              "enum": [
-                "INVALID",
-                "NO_EFFECT",
-                "REFRESH",
-                "RESTART"
-              ],
-              "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
-              ],
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
             "project": {
               "description": "Project ID for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -10097,7 +10220,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10109,10 +10232,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
-          "request": {
-            "$ref": "Instance"
-          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/start",
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -10121,30 +10241,24 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "updateAccessConfig": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified access config from an instance's network interface with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+        "startWithEncryptionKey": {
+          "description": "Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/startWithEncryptionKey",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
-          "id": "compute.instances.updateAccessConfig",
+          "id": "compute.instances.startWithEncryptionKey",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
-            "instance",
-            "networkInterface"
+            "instance"
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "The instance name for this request.",
+              "description": "Name of the instance resource to start.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "networkInterface": {
-              "description": "The name of the network interface where the access config is attached.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
             "project": {
               "description": "Project ID for this request.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -10153,7 +10267,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10165,9 +10279,9 @@
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateAccessConfig",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/startWithEncryptionKey",
           "request": {
-            "$ref": "AccessConfig"
+            "$ref": "InstancesStartWithEncryptionKeyRequest"
           },
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -10177,10 +10291,11 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
           ]
         },
-        "updateDisplayDevice": {
-          "description": "Updates the Display config for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a stopped VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
-          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-          "id": "compute.instances.updateDisplayDevice",
+        "stop": {
+          "description": "Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/stop",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.instances.stop",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
             "zone",
@@ -10188,9 +10303,9 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "instance": {
-              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "description": "Name of the instance resource to stop.",
               "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10202,7 +10317,241 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/stop",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
+        "testIamPermissions": {
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.instances.testIamPermissions",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "resource"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "resource": {
+              "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
+        "update": {
+          "description": "Updates an instance only if the necessary resources are available. This method can update only a specific set of instance properties. See Updating a running instance for a list of updatable instance properties.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
+          "httpMethod": "PUT",
+          "id": "compute.instances.update",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "instance"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Name of the instance resource to update.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "minimalAction": {
+              "description": "Specifies the action to take when updating an instance even if the updated properties do not require it. If not specified, then Compute Engine acts based on the minimum action that the updated properties require.",
+              "enum": [
+                "INVALID",
+                "NO_EFFECT",
+                "REFRESH",
+                "RESTART"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "",
+                "No changes can be made to the instance.",
+                "The instance will not restart.",
+                "The instance will restart."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
+              "description": "Specifies the most disruptive action that can be taken on the instance as part of the update. Compute Engine returns an error if the instance properties require a more disruptive action as part of the instance update. Valid options from lowest to highest are NO_EFFECT, REFRESH, and RESTART.",
+              "enum": [
+                "INVALID",
+                "NO_EFFECT",
+                "REFRESH",
+                "RESTART"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "",
+                "No changes can be made to the instance.",
+                "The instance will not restart.",
+                "The instance will restart."
+              ],
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "Instance"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
+        "updateAccessConfig": {
+          "description": "Updates the specified access config from an instance's network interface with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateAccessConfig",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.instances.updateAccessConfig",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "instance",
+            "networkInterface"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "The instance name for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "networkInterface": {
+              "description": "The name of the network interface where the access config is attached.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "zone": {
+              "description": "The name of the zone for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateAccessConfig",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "AccessConfig"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
+        "updateDisplayDevice": {
+          "description": "Updates the Display config for a VM instance. You can only use this method on a stopped VM instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateDisplayDevice",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.instances.updateDisplayDevice",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "zone",
+            "instance"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "instance": {
+              "description": "Name of the instance scoping this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10228,6 +10577,7 @@
         },
         "updateNetworkInterface": {
           "description": "Updates an instance's network interface. This method can only update an interface's alias IP range and attached network. See Modifying alias IP ranges for an existing instance for instructions on changing alias IP ranges. See Migrating a VM between networks for instructions on migrating an interface. This method follows PATCH semantics.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateNetworkInterface",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateNetworkInterface",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10258,7 +10608,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10284,6 +10634,7 @@
         },
         "updateShieldedInstanceConfig": {
           "description": "Updates the Shielded Instance config for an instance. You can only use this method on a stopped instance. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}/updateShieldedInstanceConfig",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.instances.updateShieldedInstanceConfig",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10307,7 +10658,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10337,6 +10688,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of interconnect attachments.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10344,7 +10696,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10362,7 +10714,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10396,6 +10748,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified interconnect attachment.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10426,7 +10779,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -10442,6 +10795,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified interconnect attachment.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10484,6 +10838,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an InterconnectAttachment in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10506,7 +10861,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10530,6 +10885,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect attachments contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10538,7 +10894,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10551,7 +10907,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10592,6 +10948,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified interconnect attachment with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/interconnectAttachments/{interconnectAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.interconnectAttachments.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10622,7 +10979,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -10645,6 +11002,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the details for the specified interconnect location. Gets a list of available interconnect locations by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnectLocations/{interconnectLocation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectLocations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10679,6 +11037,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect locations available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnectLocations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnectLocations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10686,7 +11045,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10699,7 +11058,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10737,6 +11096,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified interconnect.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10759,7 +11119,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -10775,6 +11135,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified interconnect. Get a list of available interconnects by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10809,6 +11170,7 @@
         },
         "getDiagnostics": {
           "description": "Returns the interconnectDiagnostics for the specified interconnect.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}/getDiagnostics",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.getDiagnostics",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10843,6 +11205,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Interconnect in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10857,7 +11220,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -10876,6 +11239,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of interconnect available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10883,7 +11247,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10896,7 +11260,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -10930,6 +11294,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified interconnect with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/interconnects/{interconnect}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.interconnects.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -10952,7 +11317,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -10974,7 +11339,8 @@
     "licenseCodes": {
       "methods": {
         "get": {
-          "description": "Return a specified license code. License codes are mirrored across all projects that have permissions to read the License Code.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Return a specified license code. License codes are mirrored across all projects that have permissions to read the License Code. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{licenseCode}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11008,7 +11374,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenseCodes/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenseCodes.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11049,7 +11416,8 @@
     "licenses": {
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified license.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified license. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.licenses.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11072,7 +11440,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -11087,7 +11455,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Returns the specified License resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns the specified License resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{license}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11121,7 +11490,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11161,7 +11531,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Create a License resource in the specified project.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Create a License resource in the specified project. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11176,7 +11547,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -11197,7 +11568,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the list of licenses available in the specified project. This method does not get any licenses that belong to other projects, including licenses attached to publicly-available images, like Debian 9. If you want to get a list of publicly-available licenses, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of licenses available in the specified project. This method does not get any licenses that belong to other projects, including licenses attached to publicly-available images, like Debian 9. If you want to get a list of publicly-available licenses, use this method to make a request to the respective image project, such as debian-cloud or windows-cloud. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.licenses.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11205,7 +11577,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11218,7 +11590,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11251,7 +11623,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
-          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11287,7 +11660,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
-          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images.",
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/licenses/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.licenses.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11329,6 +11703,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of machine types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/machineTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11336,7 +11711,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11354,7 +11729,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11388,6 +11763,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified machine type. Gets a list of available machine types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/machineTypes/{machineType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11430,6 +11806,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of machine types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/machineTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.machineTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11438,7 +11815,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11451,7 +11828,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11496,6 +11873,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups and sorts them by zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11503,7 +11881,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11521,7 +11899,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11555,6 +11933,7 @@
         },
         "attachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Attach a list of network endpoints to the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.attachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11577,7 +11956,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11602,6 +11981,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group. The network endpoints in the NEG and the VM instances they belong to are not terminated when the NEG is deleted. Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if there are backend services referencing it.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11624,7 +12004,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11646,6 +12026,7 @@
         },
         "detachNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Detach a list of network endpoints from the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.detachNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11668,7 +12049,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11693,6 +12074,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11733,6 +12115,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11748,7 +12131,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11773,6 +12156,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of network endpoint groups that are located in the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11781,7 +12165,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11794,7 +12178,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11834,6 +12218,7 @@
         },
         "listNetworkEndpoints": {
           "description": "Lists the network endpoints in the specified network endpoint group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}/listNetworkEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.listNetworkEndpoints",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11843,7 +12228,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11862,7 +12247,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -11905,6 +12290,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11954,6 +12340,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addPeering": {
           "description": "Adds a peering to the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/addPeering",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.addPeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -11976,7 +12363,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -11995,6 +12382,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.networks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12017,7 +12405,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12033,6 +12421,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network. Gets a list of available networks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12067,6 +12456,7 @@
         },
         "getEffectiveFirewalls": {
           "description": "Returns the effective firewalls on a given network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.getEffectiveFirewalls",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12101,6 +12491,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12115,7 +12506,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12134,6 +12525,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of networks available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12141,7 +12533,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12154,7 +12546,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12188,6 +12580,7 @@
         },
         "listPeeringRoutes": {
           "description": "Lists the peering routes exchanged over peering connection.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/listPeeringRoutes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.networks.listPeeringRoutes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12202,14 +12595,14 @@
                 "OUTGOING"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                ""
+                "For routes exported from peer network.",
+                "For routes exported from local network."
               ],
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12229,7 +12622,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12273,6 +12666,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified network with the data included in the request. Only the following fields can be modified: routingConfig.routingMode.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12295,7 +12689,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12314,6 +12708,7 @@
         },
         "removePeering": {
           "description": "Removes a peering from the specified network.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/removePeering",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.removePeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12336,7 +12731,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12355,6 +12750,7 @@
         },
         "switchToCustomMode": {
           "description": "Switches the network mode from auto subnet mode to custom subnet mode.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/switchToCustomMode",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.networks.switchToCustomMode",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12377,7 +12773,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12392,7 +12788,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "updatePeering": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request Only the following fields can be modified: NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes, and NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes",
+          "description": "Updates the specified network peering with the data included in the request. You can only modify the NetworkPeering.export_custom_routes field and the NetworkPeering.import_custom_routes field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}/updatePeering",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.networks.updatePeering",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12415,7 +12812,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -12438,6 +12835,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addNodes": {
           "description": "Adds specified number of nodes to the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/addNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.addNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12461,7 +12859,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12487,6 +12885,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node groups. Note: use nodeGroups.listNodes for more details about each group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12494,7 +12893,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12512,7 +12911,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12546,6 +12945,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NodeGroup resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12569,7 +12969,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12592,6 +12992,7 @@
         },
         "deleteNodes": {
           "description": "Deletes specified nodes from the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/deleteNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.deleteNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12615,7 +13016,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12641,6 +13042,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified NodeGroup. Get a list of available NodeGroups by making a list() request. Note: the \"nodes\" field should not be used. Use nodeGroups.listNodes instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12683,6 +13085,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12731,6 +13134,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a NodeGroup resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12754,7 +13158,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12780,6 +13184,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node groups available to the specified project. Note: use nodeGroups.listNodes for more details about each group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12788,7 +13193,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12801,7 +13206,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12842,6 +13247,7 @@
         },
         "listNodes": {
           "description": "Lists nodes in the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/listNodes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.listNodes",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12851,7 +13257,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12871,7 +13277,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12912,6 +13318,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -12935,7 +13342,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -12961,6 +13368,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13005,6 +13413,7 @@
         },
         "setNodeTemplate": {
           "description": "Updates the node template of the node group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{nodeGroup}/setNodeTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.setNodeTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13028,7 +13437,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13054,6 +13463,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeGroups.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13103,6 +13513,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node templates.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13110,7 +13521,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13128,7 +13539,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13162,6 +13573,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NodeTemplate resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{nodeTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13192,7 +13604,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13208,6 +13620,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified node template. Gets a list of available node templates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{nodeTemplate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13250,6 +13663,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13298,6 +13712,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a NodeTemplate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13320,7 +13735,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13339,6 +13754,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node templates available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13347,7 +13763,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13360,7 +13776,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13401,6 +13817,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13445,6 +13862,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/nodeTemplates/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.nodeTemplates.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13494,6 +13912,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of node types.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/nodeTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13501,7 +13920,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13519,7 +13938,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13553,6 +13972,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified node type. Gets a list of available node types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeTypes/{nodeType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13595,6 +14015,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of node types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/nodeTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.nodeTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13603,7 +14024,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13616,7 +14037,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13661,6 +14082,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of packetMirrorings.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13668,7 +14090,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13686,7 +14108,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13720,6 +14142,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PacketMirroring resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13750,7 +14173,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13766,6 +14189,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PacketMirroring resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13808,6 +14232,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PacketMirroring resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13830,7 +14255,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13849,6 +14274,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of PacketMirroring resources available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13857,7 +14283,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13870,7 +14296,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -13911,6 +14337,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified PacketMirroring resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{packetMirroring}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -13941,7 +14368,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -13960,6 +14387,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/packetMirrorings/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.packetMirrorings.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14009,6 +14437,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "disableXpnHost": {
           "description": "Disable this project as a shared VPC host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/disableXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.disableXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14023,7 +14452,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14039,6 +14468,7 @@
         },
         "disableXpnResource": {
           "description": "Disable a service resource (also known as service project) associated with this host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/disableXpnResource",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.disableXpnResource",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14053,7 +14483,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14072,6 +14502,7 @@
         },
         "enableXpnHost": {
           "description": "Enable this project as a shared VPC host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/enableXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.enableXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14086,7 +14517,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14102,6 +14533,7 @@
         },
         "enableXpnResource": {
           "description": "Enable service resource (a.k.a service project) for a host project, so that subnets in the host project can be used by instances in the service project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/enableXpnResource",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.enableXpnResource",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14116,7 +14548,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14135,6 +14567,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Project resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14161,6 +14594,7 @@
         },
         "getXpnHost": {
           "description": "Gets the shared VPC host project that this project links to. May be empty if no link exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/getXpnHost",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.getXpnHost",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14186,6 +14620,7 @@
         },
         "getXpnResources": {
           "description": "Gets service resources (a.k.a service project) associated with this host project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/getXpnResources",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.projects.getXpnResources",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14193,7 +14628,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14206,7 +14641,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14239,6 +14674,7 @@
         },
         "listXpnHosts": {
           "description": "Lists all shared VPC host projects visible to the user in an organization.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/listXpnHosts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.listXpnHosts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14246,7 +14682,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14259,7 +14695,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14295,6 +14731,7 @@
         },
         "moveDisk": {
           "description": "Moves a persistent disk from one zone to another.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/moveDisk",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.moveDisk",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14309,7 +14746,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14328,6 +14765,7 @@
         },
         "moveInstance": {
           "description": "Moves an instance and its attached persistent disks from one zone to another.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/moveInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.moveInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14342,7 +14780,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14361,6 +14799,7 @@
         },
         "setCommonInstanceMetadata": {
           "description": "Sets metadata common to all instances within the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setCommonInstanceMetadata",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14375,7 +14814,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14394,6 +14833,7 @@
         },
         "setDefaultNetworkTier": {
           "description": "Sets the default network tier of the project. The default network tier is used when an address/forwardingRule/instance is created without specifying the network tier field.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setDefaultNetworkTier",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setDefaultNetworkTier",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14408,7 +14848,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14427,6 +14867,7 @@
         },
         "setUsageExportBucket": {
           "description": "Enables the usage export feature and sets the usage export bucket where reports are stored. If you provide an empty request body using this method, the usage export feature will be disabled.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/setUsageExportBucket",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.projects.setUsageExportBucket",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14441,7 +14882,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14467,6 +14908,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14489,7 +14931,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14505,6 +14947,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PublicAdvertisedPrefix resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14539,6 +14982,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PublicAdvertisedPrefix in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14553,7 +14997,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14572,6 +15016,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the PublicAdvertisedPrefixes for a project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14579,7 +15024,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14592,7 +15037,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14626,6 +15071,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/publicAdvertisedPrefixes/{publicAdvertisedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14648,7 +15094,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14671,6 +15117,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Lists all PublicDelegatedPrefix resources owned by the specific project across all scopes.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14678,7 +15125,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14696,7 +15143,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14730,6 +15177,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14760,7 +15208,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14776,6 +15224,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14818,6 +15267,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a PublicDelegatedPrefix in the specified project in the given region using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14840,7 +15290,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14859,6 +15309,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the PublicDelegatedPrefixes for a project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14867,7 +15318,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14880,7 +15331,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -14921,6 +15372,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified PublicDelegatedPrefix resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/publicDelegatedPrefixes/{publicDelegatedPrefix}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.publicDelegatedPrefixes.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -14951,7 +15403,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -14974,6 +15426,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15004,7 +15457,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15020,6 +15473,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified autoscaler.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers/{autoscaler}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15062,6 +15516,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15084,7 +15539,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15103,6 +15558,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of autoscalers contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15111,7 +15567,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15124,7 +15580,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15165,6 +15621,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15193,7 +15650,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15212,6 +15669,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates an autoscaler in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/autoscalers",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionAutoscalers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15240,7 +15698,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15263,6 +15721,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15293,7 +15752,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15309,6 +15768,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional BackendService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15351,6 +15811,7 @@
         },
         "getHealth": {
           "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this regional BackendService.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15394,7 +15855,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Creates a regional BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15417,7 +15879,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15436,6 +15898,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of regional BackendService resources available to the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15444,7 +15907,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15457,7 +15920,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15497,7 +15960,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Understanding backend services This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Understanding backend services This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15528,7 +15992,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15546,7 +16010,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "update": {
-          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see  Backend services overview.",
+          "description": "Updates the specified regional BackendService resource with the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/backendServices/{backendService}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionBackendServices.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15577,7 +16042,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15599,7 +16064,8 @@
     "regionCommitments": {
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
-          "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments.",
+          "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of commitments by region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15607,7 +16073,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15625,7 +16091,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15659,6 +16125,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified commitment resource. Gets a list of available commitments by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments/{commitment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15701,6 +16168,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a commitment in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15723,7 +16191,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15742,6 +16210,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of commitments contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/commitments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionCommitments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15750,7 +16219,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15763,7 +16232,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15808,6 +16277,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional disk type. Gets a list of available disk types by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskTypes/{diskType}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDiskTypes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15850,6 +16320,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of regional disk types available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/diskTypes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDiskTypes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15858,7 +16329,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15871,7 +16342,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -15916,6 +16387,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Adds existing resource policies to a regional disk. You can only add one policy which will be applied to this disk for scheduling snapshot creation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/addResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.addResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15946,7 +16418,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -15965,6 +16437,7 @@
         },
         "createSnapshot": {
           "description": "Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.createSnapshot",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -15995,7 +16468,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16014,6 +16487,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional persistent disk. Deleting a regional disk removes all the replicas of its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16043,7 +16517,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16059,6 +16533,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns a specified regional persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16101,6 +16576,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16149,6 +16625,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a persistent regional disk in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16171,7 +16648,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16195,6 +16672,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of persistent disks contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16203,7 +16681,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16216,7 +16694,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16257,6 +16735,7 @@
         },
         "removeResourcePolicies": {
           "description": "Removes resource policies from a regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/removeResourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.removeResourcePolicies",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16287,7 +16766,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16306,6 +16785,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the specified regional persistent disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16336,7 +16816,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16355,6 +16835,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16399,6 +16880,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on the target regional disk.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16422,7 +16904,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16448,6 +16930,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionDisks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16497,6 +16980,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified regional HealthCheckService.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16526,7 +17010,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16542,6 +17026,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified regional HealthCheckService resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16583,6 +17068,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a regional HealthCheckService resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16605,7 +17091,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16624,6 +17110,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the HealthCheckService resources that have been configured for the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16632,7 +17119,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16645,7 +17132,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16686,6 +17173,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates the specified regional HealthCheckService resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16715,7 +17203,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16738,6 +17226,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16768,7 +17257,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16784,6 +17273,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource. Gets a list of available health checks by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16826,6 +17316,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16848,7 +17339,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16867,6 +17358,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16875,7 +17367,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16888,7 +17380,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -16929,6 +17421,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -16959,7 +17452,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -16978,6 +17471,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17008,7 +17502,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17030,7 +17524,8 @@
     "regionInstanceGroupManagers": {
       "methods": {
         "abandonInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed instance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the instance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are applied by the managed instance group. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked as DONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have not yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the status of the abandoning action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17059,7 +17554,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17078,6 +17573,7 @@
         },
         "applyUpdatesToInstances": {
           "description": "Apply updates to selected instances the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17120,6 +17616,7 @@
         },
         "createInstances": {
           "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configs in this regional managed instance group. Instances are created using the current instance template. The create instances operation is marked DONE if the createInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or actions with the listmanagedinstances method.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.createInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17148,7 +17645,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17167,6 +17664,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances in that group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17195,7 +17693,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17210,7 +17708,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "deleteInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. The deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if the deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target pools of which they were a member. This method reduces the targetSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you delete. The deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if the deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the deleting action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17239,7 +17738,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17258,6 +17757,7 @@
         },
         "deletePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Deletes selected per-instance configs for the managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17300,6 +17800,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17339,7 +17840,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "insert": {
-          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nA regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.",
+          "description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are created using the specified instance template. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is created even if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. A regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17361,7 +17863,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17380,6 +17882,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups that are contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17388,7 +17891,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17401,7 +17904,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17441,6 +17944,7 @@
         },
         "listErrors": {
           "description": "Lists all errors thrown by actions on instances for a given regional managed instance group. The filter and orderBy query parameters are not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listErrors",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listErrors",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17450,12 +17954,12 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
             "instanceGroupManager": {
-              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}.",
+              "description": "The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035, or an unsigned long integer: must match regexp pattern: (?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)|1-9{0,19}.",
               "location": "path",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
@@ -17469,7 +17973,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17509,6 +18013,7 @@
         },
         "listManagedInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the managed instance group and instances that are scheduled to be created. The list includes any current actions that the group has scheduled for its instances. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listManagedInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listManagedInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17518,7 +18023,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17537,7 +18042,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17577,6 +18082,7 @@
         },
         "listPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Lists all of the per-instance configs defined for the managed instance group. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.listPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17586,7 +18092,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17605,7 +18111,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17645,6 +18151,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Updates a managed instance group using the information that you specify in the request. This operation is marked as DONE when the group is patched even if the instances in the group are still in the process of being patched. You must separately verify the status of the individual instances with the listmanagedinstances method. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17673,7 +18180,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17692,6 +18199,7 @@
         },
         "patchPerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or patches per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.patchPerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17720,7 +18228,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17738,7 +18246,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "recreateInstances": {
-          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "description": "Flags the specified VM instances in the managed instance group to be immediately recreated. Each instance is recreated using the group's current configuration. This operation is marked as DONE when the flag is set even if the instances have not yet been recreated. You must separately verify the status of each instance by checking its currentAction field; for more information, see Checking the status of managed instances. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/recreateInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.recreateInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17767,7 +18276,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17785,7 +18294,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "resize": {
-          "description": "Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances.\n\nThe resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "description": "Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17815,7 +18325,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -17839,6 +18349,7 @@
         },
         "setInstanceTemplate": {
           "description": "Sets the instance template to use when creating new instances or recreating instances in this group. Existing instances are not affected.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setInstanceTemplate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setInstanceTemplate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17867,7 +18378,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17886,6 +18397,7 @@
         },
         "setTargetPools": {
           "description": "Modifies the target pools to which all new instances in this group are assigned. Existing instances in the group are not affected.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/setTargetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.setTargetPools",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17914,7 +18426,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17933,6 +18445,7 @@
         },
         "updatePerInstanceConfigs": {
           "description": "Inserts or updates per-instance configs for the managed instance group. perInstanceConfig.name serves as a key used to distinguish whether to perform insert or patch.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.updatePerInstanceConfigs",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -17961,7 +18474,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -17984,6 +18497,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified instance group resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18024,6 +18538,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of instance group resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18032,7 +18547,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18045,7 +18560,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18085,6 +18600,7 @@
         },
         "listInstances": {
           "description": "Lists the instances in the specified instance group and displays information about the named ports. Depending on the specified options, this method can list all instances or only the instances that are running. The orderBy query parameter is not supported.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/listInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.listInstances",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18094,7 +18610,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18113,7 +18629,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18156,6 +18672,7 @@
         },
         "setNamedPorts": {
           "description": "Sets the named ports for the specified regional instance group.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroups/{instanceGroup}/setNamedPorts",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroups.setNamedPorts",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18184,7 +18701,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18207,6 +18724,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "bulkInsert": {
           "description": "Creates multiple instances in a given region. Count specifies the number of instances to create.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instances/bulkInsert",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18229,7 +18747,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18252,6 +18770,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified network endpoint group. Note that the NEG cannot be deleted if it is configured as a backend of a backend service.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18280,7 +18799,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18296,6 +18815,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified network endpoint group. Gets a list of available network endpoint groups by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups/{networkEndpointGroup}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18336,6 +18856,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18357,7 +18878,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18376,6 +18897,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of regional network endpoint groups available to the specified project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18384,7 +18906,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18397,7 +18919,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18441,6 +18963,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified NotificationEndpoint in the given region",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{notificationEndpoint}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18471,7 +18994,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18487,6 +19010,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified NotificationEndpoint resource in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints/{notificationEndpoint}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18529,6 +19053,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Create a NotificationEndpoint in the specified project in the given region using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18551,7 +19076,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18570,6 +19095,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the NotificationEndpoints for a project in the given region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/notificationEndpoints",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionNotificationEndpoints.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18578,7 +19104,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18591,7 +19117,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18636,6 +19162,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified region-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18674,6 +19201,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified region-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18716,6 +19244,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18724,7 +19253,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18737,7 +19266,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18777,7 +19306,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18824,6 +19354,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource in the region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18847,7 +19378,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18870,6 +19401,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource in the specified region. Get a list of available SSL certificates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18912,6 +19444,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18934,7 +19467,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -18953,6 +19486,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionSslCertificates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -18961,7 +19495,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -18974,7 +19508,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19019,6 +19553,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19042,7 +19577,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19065,6 +19600,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified region. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19107,6 +19643,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19129,7 +19666,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19148,6 +19685,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19156,7 +19694,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19169,7 +19707,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19210,6 +19748,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19233,7 +19772,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19263,6 +19802,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19286,7 +19826,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19309,6 +19849,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified region. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19351,6 +19892,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19373,7 +19915,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -19392,6 +19934,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpsProxy resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19400,7 +19943,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19413,7 +19956,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19454,6 +19997,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Replaces SslCertificates for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19477,7 +20021,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19503,6 +20047,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionTargetHttpsProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19526,7 +20071,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19556,6 +20101,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified UrlMap resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19602,6 +20148,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified UrlMap resource. Gets a list of available URL maps by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19644,6 +20191,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a UrlMap resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19685,6 +20233,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of UrlMap resources available to the specified project in the specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19693,7 +20242,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19706,7 +20255,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19747,6 +20296,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19796,6 +20346,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19845,6 +20396,7 @@
         },
         "validate": {
           "description": "Runs static validation for the UrlMap. In particular, the tests of the provided UrlMap will be run. Calling this method does NOT create the UrlMap.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/urlMaps/{urlMap}/validate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.regionUrlMaps.validate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19893,6 +20445,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Region resource. Gets a list of available regions by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regions.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19927,6 +20480,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of region resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.regions.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19934,7 +20488,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19947,7 +20501,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -19985,6 +20539,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of reservations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -19992,7 +20547,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20010,7 +20565,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20044,6 +20599,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.reservations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20060,7 +20616,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20090,6 +20646,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves information about the specified reservation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20132,6 +20689,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20180,6 +20738,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new reservation. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20195,7 +20754,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20221,6 +20780,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "A list of all the reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.reservations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20229,7 +20789,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20242,7 +20802,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20283,6 +20843,7 @@
         },
         "resize": {
           "description": "Resizes the reservation (applicable to standalone reservations only). For more information, read Modifying reservations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservation}/resize",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.resize",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20299,7 +20860,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20332,6 +20893,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20376,6 +20938,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.reservations.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20425,6 +20988,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of resource policies.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20432,7 +20996,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20450,7 +21014,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20484,6 +21048,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resourcePolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20507,7 +21072,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20530,6 +21095,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves all information of the specified resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resourcePolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20572,6 +21138,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20620,6 +21187,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new resource policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20642,7 +21210,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -20661,6 +21229,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "A list all the resource policies that have been configured for the specified project in specified region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20669,7 +21238,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20682,7 +21251,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20723,6 +21292,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20767,6 +21337,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20816,6 +21387,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of routers.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/routers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20823,7 +21395,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20841,7 +21413,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20875,6 +21447,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Router resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.routers.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20898,7 +21471,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20921,6 +21494,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Router resource. Gets a list of available routers by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20963,6 +21537,7 @@
         },
         "getNatMappingInfo": {
           "description": "Retrieves runtime Nat mapping information of VM endpoints.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getNatMappingInfo",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.getNatMappingInfo",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -20972,7 +21547,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -20985,7 +21560,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21033,6 +21608,7 @@
         },
         "getRouterStatus": {
           "description": "Retrieves runtime information of the specified router.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getRouterStatus",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.getRouterStatus",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21075,6 +21651,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Router resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21097,7 +21674,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21116,6 +21693,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Router resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routers.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21124,7 +21702,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21137,7 +21715,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21178,6 +21756,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.routers.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21201,7 +21780,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21227,6 +21806,7 @@
         },
         "preview": {
           "description": "Preview fields auto-generated during router create and update operations. Calling this method does NOT create or update the router.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/preview",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routers.preview",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21272,6 +21852,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the request. This method conforms to PUT semantics, which requests that the state of the target resource be created or replaced with the state defined by the representation enclosed in the request message payload.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.routers.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21295,7 +21876,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21325,6 +21906,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified Route resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{route}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.routes.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21340,7 +21922,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21363,6 +21945,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Route resource. Gets a list of available routes by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes/{route}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routes.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21397,6 +21980,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a Route resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.routes.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21411,7 +21995,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21430,6 +22014,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Route resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/routes",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.routes.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21437,7 +22022,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21450,7 +22035,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21488,6 +22073,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addRule": {
           "description": "Inserts a rule into a security policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/addRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.addRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21524,6 +22110,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21539,7 +22126,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21562,6 +22149,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "List all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21596,6 +22184,7 @@
         },
         "getRule": {
           "description": "Gets a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/getRule",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.getRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21636,6 +22225,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a new policy in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21650,7 +22240,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -21669,6 +22259,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "List all the policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21676,7 +22267,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21689,7 +22280,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21723,6 +22314,7 @@
         },
         "listPreconfiguredExpressionSets": {
           "description": "Gets the current list of preconfigured Web Application Firewall (WAF) expressions.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/listPreconfiguredExpressionSets",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.listPreconfiguredExpressionSets",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21730,7 +22322,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21743,7 +22335,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21771,11 +22363,13 @@
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request. This cannot be used to be update the rules in the policy. Please use the per rule methods like addRule, patchRule, and removeRule instead.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21791,7 +22385,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -21817,6 +22411,7 @@
         },
         "patchRule": {
           "description": "Patches a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/patchRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.patchRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21859,6 +22454,7 @@
         },
         "removeRule": {
           "description": "Deletes a rule at the specified priority.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/securityPolicies/{securityPolicy}/removeRule",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.securityPolicies.removeRule",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -21898,15 +22494,77 @@
         }
       }
     },
-    "snapshots": {
+    "serviceAttachments": {
       "methods": {
+        "aggregatedList": {
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of all ServiceAttachment resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/serviceAttachments",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.aggregatedList",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "filter": {
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "includeAllScopes": {
+              "description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            },
+            "maxResults": {
+              "default": "500",
+              "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+              "format": "uint32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "minimum": "0",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "orderBy": {
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "pageToken": {
+              "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Name of the project scoping this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "returnPartialSuccess": {
+              "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/serviceAttachments",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentAggregatedList"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
         "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot.\n\nFor more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
+          "description": "Deletes the specified ServiceAttachment in the given scope",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-          "id": "compute.snapshots.delete",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
-            "snapshot"
+            "region",
+            "serviceAttachment"
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "project": {
@@ -21916,20 +22574,27 @@
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Name of the region of this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "snapshot": {
-              "description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to delete.",
+            "serviceAttachment": {
+              "description": "Name of the ServiceAttachment resource to delete.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Operation"
           },
@@ -21939,12 +22604,14 @@
           ]
         },
         "get": {
-          "description": "Returns the specified Snapshot resource. Gets a list of available snapshots by making a list() request.",
+          "description": "Returns the specified ServiceAttachment resource in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
-          "id": "compute.snapshots.get",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
-            "snapshot"
+            "region",
+            "serviceAttachment"
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "project": {
@@ -21954,17 +22621,24 @@
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
-            "snapshot": {
-              "description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to return.",
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Name of the region of this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "serviceAttachment": {
+              "description": "Name of the ServiceAttachment resource to return.",
               "location": "path",
               "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
           "response": {
-            "$ref": "Snapshot"
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachment"
           },
           "scopes": [
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -21974,10 +22648,12 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
-          "id": "compute.snapshots.getIamPolicy",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
             "project",
+            "region",
             "resource"
           ],
           "parameters": {
@@ -21994,15 +22670,22 @@
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "The name of the region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
             "resource": {
               "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
               "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
               "required": true,
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
-          "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "response": {
             "$ref": "Policy"
           },
@@ -22012,16 +22695,60 @@
             "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
           ]
         },
+        "insert": {
+          "description": "Creates a ServiceAttachment in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.insert",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Name of the region of this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachment"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
         "list": {
-          "description": "Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.",
+          "description": "Lists the ServiceAttachments for a project in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
-          "id": "compute.snapshots.list",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
-            "project"
+            "project",
+            "region"
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22034,7 +22761,327 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "pageToken": {
+              "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "Name of the region of this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "returnPartialSuccess": {
+              "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentList"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
+        "patch": {
+          "description": "Patches the specified ServiceAttachment resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
+          "httpMethod": "PATCH",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.patch",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region",
+            "serviceAttachment"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "The region scoping this request and should conform to RFC1035.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "serviceAttachment": {
+              "description": "The resource id of the ServiceAttachment to patch. It should conform to RFC1035 resource name or be a string form on an unsigned long number.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{serviceAttachment}",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachment"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
+        "setIamPolicy": {
+          "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.setIamPolicy",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region",
+            "resource"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "The name of the region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "resource": {
+              "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "RegionSetPolicyRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Policy"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
+        "testIamPermissions": {
+          "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+          "httpMethod": "POST",
+          "id": "compute.serviceAttachments.testIamPermissions",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "region",
+            "resource"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "region": {
+              "description": "The name of the region for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "resource": {
+              "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
+          "request": {
+            "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest"
+          },
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        }
+      }
+    },
+    "snapshots": {
+      "methods": {
+        "delete": {
+          "description": "Deletes the specified Snapshot resource. Keep in mind that deleting a single snapshot might not necessarily delete all the data on that snapshot. If any data on the snapshot that is marked for deletion is needed for subsequent snapshots, the data will be moved to the next corresponding snapshot. For more information, see Deleting snapshots.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+          "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+          "id": "compute.snapshots.delete",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "snapshot"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "requestId": {
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "snapshot": {
+              "description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to delete.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Operation"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute"
+          ]
+        },
+        "get": {
+          "description": "Returns the specified Snapshot resource. Gets a list of available snapshots by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.snapshots.get",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "snapshot"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "snapshot": {
+              "description": "Name of the Snapshot resource to return.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{snapshot}",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Snapshot"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
+        "getIamPolicy": {
+          "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.snapshots.getIamPolicy",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project",
+            "resource"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": {
+              "description": "Requested IAM Policy version.",
+              "format": "int32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Project ID for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "resource": {
+              "description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "Policy"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
+        "list": {
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.snapshots.list",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "filter": {
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "maxResults": {
+              "default": "500",
+              "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+              "format": "uint32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "minimum": "0",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "orderBy": {
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22068,6 +23115,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22104,6 +23152,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a snapshot. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22140,6 +23189,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.snapshots.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22181,6 +23231,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all SslCertificate resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22188,7 +23239,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22206,7 +23257,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22240,6 +23291,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SslCertificate resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22255,7 +23307,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22278,6 +23330,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SslCertificate resource. Gets a list of available SSL certificates by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates/{sslCertificate}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22312,6 +23365,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a SslCertificate resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22326,7 +23380,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22345,6 +23399,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of SslCertificate resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslCertificates.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22352,7 +23407,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22365,7 +23420,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22403,6 +23458,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified SSL policy. The SSL policy resource can be deleted only if it is not in use by any TargetHttpsProxy or TargetSslProxy resources.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22418,7 +23474,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22440,6 +23496,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Lists all of the ordered rules present in a single specified policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22473,6 +23530,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Returns the specified SSL policy resource. Gets a list of available SSL policies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22487,7 +23545,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22506,6 +23564,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists all the SSL policies that have been configured for the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22513,7 +23572,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22526,7 +23585,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22560,6 +23619,7 @@
         },
         "listAvailableFeatures": {
           "description": "Lists all features that can be specified in the SSL policy when using custom profile.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/listAvailableFeatures",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.listAvailableFeatures",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22567,7 +23627,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22580,7 +23640,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22614,6 +23674,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified SSL policy with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/sslPolicies/{sslPolicy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.sslPolicies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22629,7 +23690,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22658,6 +23719,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of subnetworks.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22665,7 +23727,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22683,7 +23745,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22717,6 +23779,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified subnetwork.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22740,7 +23803,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22763,6 +23826,7 @@
         },
         "expandIpCidrRange": {
           "description": "Expands the IP CIDR range of the subnetwork to a specified value.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/expandIpCidrRange",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.expandIpCidrRange",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22786,7 +23850,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22812,6 +23876,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified subnetwork. Gets a list of available subnetworks list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22854,6 +23919,7 @@
         },
         "getIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/getIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.getIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22902,6 +23968,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a subnetwork in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22924,7 +23991,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -22943,6 +24010,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of subnetworks available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -22951,7 +24019,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -22964,7 +24032,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23005,6 +24073,7 @@
         },
         "listUsable": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all usable subnetworks in the project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/subnetworks/listUsable",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.listUsable",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23012,7 +24081,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23025,7 +24094,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23059,6 +24128,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified subnetwork with the data included in the request. Only certain fields can be updated with a patch request as indicated in the field descriptions. You must specify the current fingerprint of the subnetwork resource being patched.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23088,7 +24158,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23114,6 +24184,7 @@
         },
         "setIamPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/setIamPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.setIamPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23158,6 +24229,7 @@
         },
         "setPrivateIpGoogleAccess": {
           "description": "Set whether VMs in this subnet can access Google services without assigning external IP addresses through Private Google Access.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork}/setPrivateIpGoogleAccess",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.setPrivateIpGoogleAccess",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23181,7 +24253,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23207,6 +24279,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.subnetworks.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23256,6 +24329,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetGrpcProxy in the given scope",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23271,7 +24345,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23294,6 +24368,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23328,6 +24403,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetGrpcProxy in the specified project in the given scope using the parameters that are included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23342,7 +24418,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23361,6 +24437,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Lists the TargetGrpcProxies for a project in the given scope.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23368,7 +24445,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23381,7 +24458,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23415,6 +24492,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified TargetGrpcProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetGrpcProxies/{targetGrpcProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetGrpcProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23430,7 +24508,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23460,6 +24538,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23467,7 +24546,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23485,7 +24564,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23519,6 +24598,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23534,7 +24614,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23557,6 +24637,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpProxy resource. Gets a list of available target HTTP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23591,6 +24672,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23605,7 +24687,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23624,6 +24706,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23631,7 +24714,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23644,7 +24727,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23677,7 +24760,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules. (== suppress_warning http-rest-shadowed ==)",
+          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23693,7 +24777,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23719,6 +24803,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpProxies/{targetHttpProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23734,7 +24819,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23764,6 +24849,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetHttpsProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23771,7 +24857,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23789,7 +24875,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23823,6 +24909,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23838,7 +24925,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23861,6 +24948,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource. Gets a list of available target HTTPS proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23895,6 +24983,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetHttpsProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23909,7 +24998,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -23928,6 +25017,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetHttpsProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23935,7 +25025,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23948,7 +25038,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -23981,7 +25071,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "patch": {
-          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules. (== suppress_warning http-rest-shadowed ==)",
+          "description": "Patches the specified TargetHttpsProxy resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -23997,7 +25088,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24023,6 +25114,7 @@
         },
         "setQuicOverride": {
           "description": "Sets the QUIC override policy for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setQuicOverride",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setQuicOverride",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24038,7 +25130,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24063,6 +25155,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Replaces SslCertificates for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24078,7 +25171,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24104,6 +25197,7 @@
         },
         "setSslPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the SSL policy for TargetHttpsProxy. The SSL policy specifies the server-side support for SSL features. This affects connections between clients and the HTTPS proxy load balancer. They do not affect the connection between the load balancer and the backends.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setSslPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setSslPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24119,7 +25213,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24144,6 +25238,7 @@
         },
         "setUrlMap": {
           "description": "Changes the URL map for TargetHttpsProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/targetHttpsProxies/{targetHttpsProxy}/setUrlMap",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetHttpsProxies.setUrlMap",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24159,7 +25254,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24189,6 +25284,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target instances.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24196,7 +25292,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24214,7 +25310,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24248,6 +25344,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetInstance resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{targetInstance}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24264,7 +25361,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24294,6 +25391,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetInstance resource. Gets a list of available target instances by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances/{targetInstance}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24336,6 +25434,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetInstance resource in the specified project and zone using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24351,7 +25450,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24377,6 +25476,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of TargetInstance resources available to the specified project and zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/targetInstances",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetInstances.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24385,7 +25485,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24398,7 +25498,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24443,6 +25543,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "addHealthCheck": {
           "description": "Adds health check URLs to a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/addHealthCheck",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.addHealthCheck",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24466,7 +25567,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24492,6 +25593,7 @@
         },
         "addInstance": {
           "description": "Adds an instance to a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/addInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.addInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24515,7 +25617,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24541,6 +25643,7 @@
         },
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target pools.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24548,7 +25651,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24566,7 +25669,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24600,6 +25703,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24623,7 +25727,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24646,6 +25750,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified target pool. Gets a list of available target pools by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24688,6 +25793,7 @@
         },
         "getHealth": {
           "description": "Gets the most recent health check results for each IP for the instance that is referenced by the given target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/getHealth",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.getHealth",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24733,6 +25839,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a target pool in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24755,7 +25862,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -24774,6 +25881,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of target pools available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24782,7 +25890,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24795,7 +25903,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24836,6 +25944,7 @@
         },
         "removeHealthCheck": {
           "description": "Removes health check URL from a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/removeHealthCheck",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.removeHealthCheck",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24859,7 +25968,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24885,6 +25994,7 @@
         },
         "removeInstance": {
           "description": "Removes instance URL from a target pool.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/removeInstance",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.removeInstance",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24908,7 +26018,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24934,6 +26044,7 @@
         },
         "setBackup": {
           "description": "Changes a backup target pool's configurations.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetPools/{targetPool}/setBackup",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetPools.setBackup",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -24963,7 +26074,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -24993,6 +26104,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetSslProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25008,7 +26120,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25031,6 +26143,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetSslProxy resource. Gets a list of available target SSL proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25065,6 +26178,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetSslProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25079,7 +26193,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25098,6 +26212,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetSslProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25105,7 +26220,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25118,7 +26233,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25152,6 +26267,7 @@
         },
         "setBackendService": {
           "description": "Changes the BackendService for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setBackendService",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setBackendService",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25167,7 +26283,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25193,6 +26309,7 @@
         },
         "setProxyHeader": {
           "description": "Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setProxyHeader",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setProxyHeader",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25208,7 +26325,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25234,6 +26351,7 @@
         },
         "setSslCertificates": {
           "description": "Changes SslCertificates for TargetSslProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setSslCertificates",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setSslCertificates",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25249,7 +26367,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25275,6 +26393,7 @@
         },
         "setSslPolicy": {
           "description": "Sets the SSL policy for TargetSslProxy. The SSL policy specifies the server-side support for SSL features. This affects connections between clients and the SSL proxy load balancer. They do not affect the connection between the load balancer and the backends.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetSslProxies/{targetSslProxy}/setSslPolicy",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetSslProxies.setSslPolicy",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25290,7 +26409,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25319,6 +26438,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetTcpProxy resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25334,7 +26454,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25357,6 +26477,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified TargetTcpProxy resource. Gets a list of available target TCP proxies by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25391,6 +26512,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a TargetTcpProxy resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25405,7 +26527,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25424,6 +26546,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of TargetTcpProxy resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25431,7 +26554,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25444,7 +26567,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25478,6 +26601,7 @@
         },
         "setBackendService": {
           "description": "Changes the BackendService for TargetTcpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}/setBackendService",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.setBackendService",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25493,7 +26617,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25519,6 +26643,7 @@
         },
         "setProxyHeader": {
           "description": "Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetTcpProxy.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}/setProxyHeader",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.setProxyHeader",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25534,7 +26659,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25564,6 +26689,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of target VPN gateways.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25571,7 +26697,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25589,7 +26715,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25623,6 +26749,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified target VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{targetVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25646,7 +26773,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25669,6 +26796,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified target VPN gateway. Gets a list of available target VPN gateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways/{targetVpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25711,6 +26839,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a target VPN gateway in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25733,7 +26862,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25752,6 +26881,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of target VPN gateways available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/targetVpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.targetVpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25760,7 +26890,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25773,7 +26903,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25818,6 +26948,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of all UrlMap resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25825,7 +26956,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25843,7 +26974,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25877,6 +27008,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified UrlMap resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25892,7 +27024,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -25915,6 +27047,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified UrlMap resource. Gets a list of available URL maps by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25949,6 +27082,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a UrlMap resource in the specified project using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25963,7 +27097,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -25981,7 +27115,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "invalidateCache": {
-          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap.\n\nFor more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "description": "Initiates a cache invalidation operation, invalidating the specified path, scoped to the specified UrlMap. For more information, see [Invalidating cached content](/cdn/docs/invalidating-cached-content).",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}/invalidateCache",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.invalidateCache",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -25997,7 +27132,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26023,6 +27158,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of UrlMap resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26030,7 +27166,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26043,7 +27179,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26077,6 +27213,7 @@
         },
         "patch": {
           "description": "Patches the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PATCH",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.patch",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26092,7 +27229,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26118,6 +27255,7 @@
         },
         "update": {
           "description": "Updates the specified UrlMap resource with the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}",
           "httpMethod": "PUT",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.update",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26133,7 +27271,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26159,6 +27297,7 @@
         },
         "validate": {
           "description": "Runs static validation for the UrlMap. In particular, the tests of the provided UrlMap will be run. Calling this method does NOT create the UrlMap.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/urlMaps/{urlMap}/validate",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.urlMaps.validate",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26199,6 +27338,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of VPN gateways.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26206,7 +27346,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26224,7 +27364,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26258,6 +27398,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26281,7 +27422,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26304,6 +27445,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified VPN gateway. Gets a list of available VPN gateways by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26346,6 +27488,7 @@
         },
         "getStatus": {
           "description": "Returns the status for the specified VPN gateway.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{vpnGateway}/getStatus",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.getStatus",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26388,6 +27531,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a VPN gateway in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26410,7 +27554,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26429,6 +27573,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of VPN gateways available to the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26437,7 +27582,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26450,7 +27595,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26491,6 +27636,7 @@
         },
         "setLabels": {
           "description": "Sets the labels on a VpnGateway. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{resource}/setLabels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.setLabels",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26514,7 +27660,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26540,6 +27686,7 @@
         },
         "testIamPermissions": {
           "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnGateways/{resource}/testIamPermissions",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnGateways.testIamPermissions",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26589,6 +27736,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "aggregatedList": {
           "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of VPN tunnels.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.aggregatedList",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26596,7 +27744,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26614,7 +27762,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26648,6 +27796,7 @@
         },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified VpnTunnel resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{vpnTunnel}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26671,7 +27820,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26694,6 +27843,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified VpnTunnel resource. Gets a list of available VPN tunnels by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels/{vpnTunnel}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26736,6 +27886,7 @@
         },
         "insert": {
           "description": "Creates a VpnTunnel resource in the specified project and region using the data included in the request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.insert",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26758,7 +27909,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "requestId": {
-              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+              "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             }
@@ -26777,6 +27928,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of VpnTunnel resources contained in the specified project and region.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/vpnTunnels",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.vpnTunnels.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26785,7 +27937,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26798,7 +27950,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26843,6 +27995,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified zone-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "DELETE",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.delete",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26881,6 +28034,7 @@
         },
         "get": {
           "description": "Retrieves the specified zone-specific Operations resource.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26923,6 +28077,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves a list of Operation resources contained within the specified zone.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -26931,7 +28086,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26944,7 +28099,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -26984,7 +28139,8 @@
           ]
         },
         "wait": {
-          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress.\n\nThis method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically:  \n- In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. \n- If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`.",
+          "description": "Waits for the specified Operation resource to return as `DONE` or for the request to approach the 2 minute deadline, and retrieves the specified Operation resource. This method differs from the `GET` method in that it waits for no more than the default deadline (2 minutes) and then returns the current state of the operation, which might be `DONE` or still in progress. This method is called on a best-effort basis. Specifically: - In uncommon cases, when the server is overloaded, the request might return before the default deadline is reached, or might return after zero seconds. - If the default deadline is reached, there is no guarantee that the operation is actually done when the method returns. Be prepared to retry if the operation is not `DONE`. ",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/operations/{operation}/wait",
           "httpMethod": "POST",
           "id": "compute.zoneOperations.wait",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27031,6 +28187,7 @@
       "methods": {
         "get": {
           "description": "Returns the specified Zone resource. Gets a list of available zones by making a list() request.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zones.get",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27065,6 +28222,7 @@
         },
         "list": {
           "description": "Retrieves the list of Zone resources available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones",
           "httpMethod": "GET",
           "id": "compute.zones.list",
           "parameterOrder": [
@@ -27072,7 +28230,7 @@
           ],
           "parameters": {
             "filter": {
-              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`.\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27085,7 +28243,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "orderBy": {
-              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -27120,7 +28278,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210525",
+  "revision": "20210802",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -27140,7 +28298,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AcceleratorType": {
-      "description": "Represents an Accelerator Type resource.\n\nGoogle Cloud Platform provides graphics processing units (accelerators) that you can add to VM instances to improve or accelerate performance when working with intensive workloads. For more information, read GPUs on Compute Engine. (== resource_for {$api_version}.acceleratorTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Accelerator Type resource. Google Cloud Platform provides graphics processing units (accelerators) that you can add to VM instances to improve or accelerate performance when working with intensive workloads. For more information, read GPUs on Compute Engine.",
       "id": "AcceleratorType",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -27254,36 +28412,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -27370,36 +28528,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -27468,36 +28626,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -27550,14 +28708,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.\n\nIf an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier.\n\nIf an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP.",
           "enum": [
             "PREMIUM",
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -27586,7 +28744,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Address": {
-      "description": "Use global external addresses for GFE-based external HTTP(S) load balancers in Premium Tier.\n\nUse global internal addresses for reserved peering network range.\n\nUse regional external addresses for the following resources:\n\n- External IP addresses for VM instances - Regional external forwarding rules - Cloud NAT external IP addresses - GFE based LBs in Standard Tier - Network LBs in Premium or Standard Tier - Cloud VPN gateways (both Classic and HA)\n\nUse regional internal IP addresses for subnet IP ranges (primary and secondary). This includes:\n\n- Internal IP addresses for VM instances - Alias IP ranges of VM instances (/32 only) - Regional internal forwarding rules - Internal TCP/UDP load balancer addresses - Internal HTTP(S) load balancer addresses - Cloud DNS inbound forwarding IP addresses\n\nFor more information, read reserved IP address.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.addresses ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalAddresses ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an IP Address resource. Google Compute Engine has two IP Address resources: * [Global (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalAddresses) * [Regional (external and internal)](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/addresses) For more information, see Reserving a static external IP address.",
       "id": "Address",
       "properties": {
         "address": {
@@ -27601,8 +28759,8 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "A publicly visible external IP address.",
+            "A private network IP address, for use with an Instance or Internal Load Balancer forwarding rule.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -27645,7 +28803,7 @@
               "compute.addresses.insert"
             ]
           },
-          "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.",
+          "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -27654,14 +28812,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer.\n\nIf this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Internal IP addresses are always Premium Tier; global external IP addresses are always Premium Tier; regional external IP addresses can be either Standard or Premium Tier. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.",
           "enum": [
             "PREMIUM",
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -27671,7 +28829,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "purpose": {
-          "description": "The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values:  \n- `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. \n- `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork \n- `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. \n- `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. \n- `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - GCE_ENDPOINT for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, load balancers, and similar resources. - DNS_RESOLVER for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork for a Cloud DNS inbound forwarder IP addresses (regional internal IP address in a subnet of a VPC network) - VPC_PEERING for global internal IP addresses used for private services access allocated ranges. - NAT_AUTO for the regional external IP addresses used by Cloud NAT when allocating addresses using . - IPSEC_INTERCONNECT for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose. ",
           "enum": [
             "DNS_RESOLVER",
             "GCE_ENDPOINT",
@@ -27682,18 +28840,18 @@
             "VPC_PEERING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "DNS resolver address in the subnetwork.",
+            "VM internal/alias IP, Internal LB service IP, etc.",
+            "A regional internal IP address range reserved for the VLAN attachment that is used in IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect. This regional internal IP address range must not overlap with any IP address range of subnet/route in the VPC network and its peering networks. After the VLAN attachment is created with the reserved IP address range, when creating a new VPN gateway, its interface IP address is allocated from the associated VLAN attachment\u2019s IP address range.",
+            "External IP automatically reserved for Cloud NAT.",
+            "A private network IP address that can be used to configure Private Service Connect. This purpose can be specified only for GLOBAL addresses of Type INTERNAL",
+            "A private network IP address that can be shared by multiple Internal Load Balancer forwarding rules.",
+            "IP range for peer networks."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "region": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. This field is not applicable to global addresses.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "selfLink": {
@@ -27708,9 +28866,9 @@
             "RESERVING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Address is being used by another resource and is not available.",
+            "Address is reserved and available to use.",
+            "Address is being reserved."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -27796,36 +28954,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -27912,36 +29070,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -28010,36 +29168,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -28186,12 +29344,12 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "deviceName": {
-          "description": "Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance.\n\nIf not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.",
+          "description": "Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIf you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later.\n\nInstance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group."
+          "description": "Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group."
         },
         "diskSizeGb": {
           "description": "The size of the disk in GB.",
@@ -28199,7 +29357,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -28212,7 +29370,7 @@
         },
         "initializeParams": {
           "$ref": "AttachedDiskInitializeParams",
-          "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance.\n\nThis property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
+          "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
         },
         "interface": {
           "description": "Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.",
@@ -28245,8 +29403,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple virtual machines can use a disk in read-only mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in read-write mode. Only one virtual machine at a time can be attached to a disk in read-write mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -28255,7 +29413,7 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk"
         },
         "source": {
-          "description": "Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nIf desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.\n\nNote that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.",
+          "description": "Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
@@ -28274,7 +29432,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AttachedDiskInitializeParams": {
-      "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance.\n\nThis property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.",
+      "description": "[Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both.",
       "id": "AttachedDiskInitializeParams",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
@@ -28291,7 +29449,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example:\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard\n\n\nOther values include pd-ssd and local-ssd. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType \n- projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType \n- zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType  Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
+          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labels": {
@@ -28309,14 +29467,14 @@
             "USE_EXISTING_DISK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Always recreate the disk.",
+            "Recreate the disk if source (image, snapshot) of this disk is different from source of existing disk.",
+            "Use the existing disk, this is the default behaviour."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provisionedIops": {
-          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.",
+          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -28328,15 +29486,15 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nTo create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9\n\n\nAlternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD\n\n\nTo create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format:\nglobal/images/my-custom-image\n\n\nYou can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name:\nglobal/images/family/my-image-family\n\n\nIf the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
+          "description": "The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nInstance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
+          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD.\n\nTo create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format:\nglobal/snapshots/my-backup\n\n\nIf the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
+          "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -28347,7 +29505,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuditConfig": {
-      "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.\n\nIf there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.\n\nExample Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:\n\n{ \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] }\n\nFor sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.",
+      "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.",
       "id": "AuditConfig",
       "properties": {
         "auditLogConfigs": {
@@ -28358,7 +29516,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "exemptedMembers": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -28372,18 +29530,18 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuditLogConfig": {
-      "description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example:\n\n{ \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] }\n\nThis enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
+      "description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
       "id": "AuditLogConfig",
       "properties": {
         "exemptedMembers": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of [Binding.members][].",
+          "description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ignoreChildExemptions": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "logType": {
@@ -28395,10 +29553,10 @@
             "LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy",
+            "Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list",
+            "Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create",
+            "Default case. Should never be this."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -28406,11 +29564,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AuthorizationLoggingOptions": {
-      "description": "Authorization-related information used by Cloud Audit Logging.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "AuthorizationLoggingOptions",
       "properties": {
         "permissionType": {
-          "description": "The type of the permission that was checked.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ADMIN_READ",
             "ADMIN_WRITE",
@@ -28419,11 +29577,11 @@
             "PERMISSION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -28431,12 +29589,12 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Autoscaler": {
-      "description": "Represents an Autoscaler resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Autoscaler resources:\n\n* [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/autoscalers) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionAutoscalers)\n\nUse autoscalers to automatically add or delete instances from a managed instance group according to your defined autoscaling policy. For more information, read Autoscaling Groups of Instances.\n\nFor zonal managed instance groups resource, use the autoscaler resource.\n\nFor regional managed instance groups, use the regionAutoscalers resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.autoscalers ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionAutoscalers ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Autoscaler resource. Google Compute Engine has two Autoscaler resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/autoscalers) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionAutoscalers) Use autoscalers to automatically add or delete instances from a managed instance group according to your defined autoscaling policy. For more information, read Autoscaling Groups of Instances. For zonal managed instance groups resource, use the autoscaler resource. For regional managed instance groups, use the regionAutoscalers resource.",
       "id": "Autoscaler",
       "properties": {
         "autoscalingPolicy": {
           "$ref": "AutoscalingPolicy",
-          "description": "The configuration parameters for the autoscaling algorithm. You can define one or more signals for an autoscaler: cpuUtilization, customMetricUtilizations, and loadBalancingUtilization.\n\nIf none of these are specified, the default will be to autoscale based on cpuUtilization to 0.6 or 60%."
+          "description": "The configuration parameters for the autoscaling algorithm. You can define one or more signals for an autoscaler: cpuUtilization, customMetricUtilizations, and loadBalancingUtilization. If none of these are specified, the default will be to autoscale based on cpuUtilization to 0.6 or 60%."
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
@@ -28487,7 +29645,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the autoscaler configuration. Current set of possible values:  \n- PENDING: Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration. \n- DELETING: Configuration is being deleted. \n- ACTIVE: Configuration is acknowledged to be effective. Some warnings might be present in the statusDetails field. \n- ERROR: Configuration has errors. Actionable for users. Details are present in the statusDetails field.  New values might be added in the future.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the autoscaler configuration. Current set of possible values: - PENDING: Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration. - DELETING: Configuration is being deleted. - ACTIVE: Configuration is acknowledged to be effective. Some warnings might be present in the statusDetails field. - ERROR: Configuration has errors. Actionable for users. Details are present in the statusDetails field. New values might be added in the future.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DELETING",
@@ -28495,10 +29653,10 @@
             "PENDING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Configuration is acknowledged to be effective",
+            "Configuration is being deleted",
+            "Configuration has errors. Actionable for users.",
+            "Autoscaler backend hasn't read new/updated configuration"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -28549,7 +29707,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "unreachables": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources. end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -28588,36 +29746,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -28704,36 +29862,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -28767,7 +29925,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of error, warning, or notice returned. Current set of possible values:  \n- ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY (WARNING): All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state). \n- BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): There is no backend service attached to the instance group. \n- CAPPED_AT_MAX_NUM_REPLICAS (WARNING): Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas. \n- CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS_TOO_SPARSE (WARNING): The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling. \n- CUSTOM_METRIC_INVALID (ERROR): The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels. \n- MIN_EQUALS_MAX (WARNING): The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group. \n- MISSING_CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling. \n- MISSING_LOAD_BALANCING_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer. \n- MODE_OFF (WARNING): Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved. \n- MODE_ONLY_UP (WARNING): Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. The autoscaler can add instances but not remove any. \n- MORE_THAN_ONE_BACKEND_SERVICE (ERROR): The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it. \n- NOT_ENOUGH_QUOTA_AVAILABLE (ERROR): There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances. \n- REGION_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): Shown only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region. \n- SCALING_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): The target to be scaled does not exist. \n- UNSUPPORTED_MAX_RATE_LOAD_BALANCING_CONFIGURATION (ERROR): Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate. \n- ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout.  New values might be added in the future. Some of the values might not be available in all API versions.",
+          "description": "The type of error, warning, or notice returned. Current set of possible values: - ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY (WARNING): All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state). - BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): There is no backend service attached to the instance group. - CAPPED_AT_MAX_NUM_REPLICAS (WARNING): Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas. - CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS_TOO_SPARSE (WARNING): The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling. - CUSTOM_METRIC_INVALID (ERROR): The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels. - MIN_EQUALS_MAX (WARNING): The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group. - MISSING_CUSTOM_METRIC_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling. - MISSING_LOAD_BALANCING_DATA_POINTS (WARNING): The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer. - MODE_OFF (WARNING): Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved. - MODE_ONLY_UP (WARNING): Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. The autoscaler can add instances but not remove any. - MORE_THAN_ONE_BACKEND_SERVICE (ERROR): The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it. - NOT_ENOUGH_QUOTA_AVAILABLE (ERROR): There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances. - REGION_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): Shown only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region. - SCALING_TARGET_DOES_NOT_EXIST (ERROR): The target to be scaled does not exist. - UNSUPPORTED_MAX_RATE_LOAD_BALANCING_CONFIGURATION (ERROR): Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate. - ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT (ERROR): For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout. New values might be added in the future. Some of the values might not be available in all API versions.",
           "enum": [
             "ALL_INSTANCES_UNHEALTHY",
             "BACKEND_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST",
@@ -28791,26 +29949,26 @@
             "ZONE_RESOURCE_STOCKOUT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "All instances in the instance group are unhealthy (not in RUNNING state).",
+            "There is no backend service attached to the instance group.",
+            "Autoscaler recommends a size greater than maxNumReplicas.",
+            "The custom metric samples are not exported often enough to be a credible base for autoscaling.",
+            "The custom metric that was specified does not exist or does not have the necessary labels.",
+            "The minNumReplicas is equal to maxNumReplicas. This means the autoscaler cannot add or remove instances from the instance group.",
+            "The autoscaler did not receive any data from the custom metric configured for autoscaling.",
+            "The autoscaler is configured to scale based on a load balancing signal but the instance group has not received any requests from the load balancer.",
+            "Autoscaling is turned off. The number of instances in the group won't change automatically. The autoscaling configuration is preserved.",
+            "Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only scale out\" mode. Instances in the group will be only added.",
+            "Autoscaling is in the \"Autoscale only out\" mode. Instances in the group will be only added.",
+            "The instance group cannot be autoscaled because it has more than one backend service attached to it.",
+            "There is insufficient quota for the necessary resources, such as CPU or number of instances.",
+            "Showed only for regional autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen region.",
+            "The target to be scaled does not exist.",
+            "For some scaling schedules minRequiredReplicas is greater than maxNumReplicas. Autoscaler always recommends at most maxNumReplicas instances.",
+            "For some scaling schedules minRequiredReplicas is less than minNumReplicas. Autoscaler always recommends at least minNumReplicas instances.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Autoscaling does not work with an HTTP/S load balancer that has been configured for maxRate.",
+            "For zonal autoscalers: there is a resource stockout in the chosen zone. For regional autoscalers: in at least one of the zones you're using there is a resource stockout."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -28860,36 +30018,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -28920,7 +30078,7 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "coolDownPeriodSec": {
-          "description": "The number of seconds that the autoscaler waits before it starts collecting information from a new instance. This prevents the autoscaler from collecting information when the instance is initializing, during which the collected usage would not be reliable. The default time autoscaler waits is 60 seconds.\n\nVirtual machine initialization times might vary because of numerous factors. We recommend that you test how long an instance may take to initialize. To do this, create an instance and time the startup process.",
+          "description": "The number of seconds that the autoscaler waits before it starts collecting information from a new instance. This prevents the autoscaler from collecting information when the instance is initializing, during which the collected usage would not be reliable. The default time autoscaler waits is 60 seconds. Virtual machine initialization times might vary because of numerous factors. We recommend that you test how long an instance may take to initialize. To do this, create an instance and time the startup process.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -28958,10 +30116,10 @@
             "ONLY_UP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not automatically scale the MIG in or out. The recommended_size field contains the size of MIG that would be set if the actuation mode was enabled.",
+            "Automatically scale the MIG in and out according to the policy.",
+            "Automatically create VMs according to the policy, but do not scale the MIG in.",
+            "Automatically create VMs according to the policy, but do not scale the MIG in."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -28983,19 +30141,19 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicyCpuUtilization",
       "properties": {
         "predictiveMethod": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether predictive autoscaling based on CPU metric is enabled. Valid values are:\n\n* NONE (default). No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics. * OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY. Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether predictive autoscaling based on CPU metric is enabled. Valid values are: * NONE (default). No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics. * OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY. Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "OPTIMIZE_AVAILABILITY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "No predictive method is used. The autoscaler scales the group to meet current demand based on real-time metrics",
+            "Predictive autoscaling improves availability by monitoring daily and weekly load patterns and scaling out ahead of anticipated demand."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "utilizationTarget": {
-          "description": "The target CPU utilization that the autoscaler maintains. Must be a float value in the range (0, 1]. If not specified, the default is 0.6.\n\nIf the CPU level is below the target utilization, the autoscaler scales in the number of instances until it reaches the minimum number of instances you specified or until the average CPU of your instances reaches the target utilization.\n\nIf the average CPU is above the target utilization, the autoscaler scales out until it reaches the maximum number of instances you specified or until the average utilization reaches the target utilization.",
+          "description": "The target CPU utilization that the autoscaler maintains. Must be a float value in the range (0, 1]. If not specified, the default is 0.6. If the CPU level is below the target utilization, the autoscaler scales in the number of instances until it reaches the minimum number of instances you specified or until the average CPU of your instances reaches the target utilization. If the average CPU is above the target utilization, the autoscaler scales out until it reaches the maximum number of instances you specified or until the average utilization reaches the target utilization.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -29007,20 +30165,20 @@
       "id": "AutoscalingPolicyCustomMetricUtilization",
       "properties": {
         "filter": {
-          "description": "A filter string, compatible with a Stackdriver Monitoring filter string for TimeSeries.list API call. This filter is used to select a specific TimeSeries for the purpose of autoscaling and to determine whether the metric is exporting per-instance or per-group data.\n\nFor the filter to be valid for autoscaling purposes, the following rules apply:  \n- You can only use the AND operator for joining selectors. \n- You can only use direct equality comparison operator (=) without any functions for each selector. \n- You can specify the metric in both the filter string and in the metric field. However, if specified in both places, the metric must be identical. \n- The monitored resource type determines what kind of values are expected for the metric. If it is a gce_instance, the autoscaler expects the metric to include a separate TimeSeries for each instance in a group. In such a case, you cannot filter on resource labels.\nIf the resource type is any other value, the autoscaler expects this metric to contain values that apply to the entire autoscaled instance group and resource label filtering can be performed to point autoscaler at the correct TimeSeries to scale upon. This is called a per-group metric for the purpose of autoscaling.\n\nIf not specified, the type defaults to gce_instance.  \n\nTry to provide a filter that is selective enough to pick just one TimeSeries for the autoscaled group or for each of the instances (if you are using gce_instance resource type). If multiple TimeSeries are returned upon the query execution, the autoscaler will sum their respective values to obtain its scaling value.",
+          "description": "A filter string, compatible with a Stackdriver Monitoring filter string for TimeSeries.list API call. This filter is used to select a specific TimeSeries for the purpose of autoscaling and to determine whether the metric is exporting per-instance or per-group data. For the filter to be valid for autoscaling purposes, the following rules apply: - You can only use the AND operator for joining selectors. - You can only use direct equality comparison operator (=) without any functions for each selector. - You can specify the metric in both the filter string and in the metric field. However, if specified in both places, the metric must be identical. - The monitored resource type determines what kind of values are expected for the metric. If it is a gce_instance, the autoscaler expects the metric to include a separate TimeSeries for each instance in a group. In such a case, you cannot filter on resource labels. If the resource type is any other value, the autoscaler expects this metric to contain values that apply to the entire autoscaled instance group and resource label filtering can be performed to point autoscaler at the correct TimeSeries to scale upon. This is called a *per-group metric* for the purpose of autoscaling. If not specified, the type defaults to gce_instance. Try to provide a filter that is selective enough to pick just one TimeSeries for the autoscaled group or for each of the instances (if you are using gce_instance resource type). If multiple TimeSeries are returned upon the query execution, the autoscaler will sum their respective values to obtain its scaling value.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metric": {
-          "description": "The identifier (type) of the Stackdriver Monitoring metric. The metric cannot have negative values.\n\nThe metric must have a value type of INT64 or DOUBLE.",
+          "description": "The identifier (type) of the Stackdriver Monitoring metric. The metric cannot have negative values. The metric must have a value type of INT64 or DOUBLE.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "singleInstanceAssignment": {
-          "description": "If scaling is based on a per-group metric value that represents the total amount of work to be done or resource usage, set this value to an amount assigned for a single instance of the scaled group. Autoscaler keeps the number of instances proportional to the value of this metric. The metric itself does not change value due to group resizing.\n\nA good metric to use with the target is for example pubsub.googleapis.com/subscription/num_undelivered_messages or a custom metric exporting the total number of requests coming to your instances.\n\nA bad example would be a metric exporting an average or median latency, since this value can't include a chunk assignable to a single instance, it could be better used with utilization_target instead.",
+          "description": "If scaling is based on a per-group metric value that represents the total amount of work to be done or resource usage, set this value to an amount assigned for a single instance of the scaled group. Autoscaler keeps the number of instances proportional to the value of this metric. The metric itself does not change value due to group resizing. A good metric to use with the target is for example pubsub.googleapis.com/subscription/num_undelivered_messages or a custom metric exporting the total number of requests coming to your instances. A bad example would be a metric exporting an average or median latency, since this value can't include a chunk assignable to a single instance, it could be better used with utilization_target instead.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "utilizationTarget": {
-          "description": "The target value of the metric that autoscaler maintains. This must be a positive value. A utilization metric scales number of virtual machines handling requests to increase or decrease proportionally to the metric.\n\nFor example, a good metric to use as a utilization_target is https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/instance/network/received_bytes_count. The autoscaler works to keep this value constant for each of the instances.",
+          "description": "The target value of the metric that autoscaler maintains. This must be a positive value. A utilization metric scales number of virtual machines handling requests to increase or decrease proportionally to the metric. For example, a good metric to use as a utilization_target is https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/instance/network/received_bytes_count. The autoscaler works to keep this value constant for each of the instances.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -29032,9 +30190,9 @@
             "GAUGE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a cumulative or delta metric, expressed as the rate of growth per minute.",
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a cumulative or delta metric, expressed as the rate of growth per second.",
+            "Sets the utilization target value for a gauge metric. The autoscaler will collect the average utilization of the virtual machines from the last couple of minutes, and compare the value to the utilization target value to perform autoscaling."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -29096,7 +30254,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "timeZone": {
-          "description": "The time zone to use when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the tz database: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tz_database. This field is assigned a default value of ?UTC? if left empty.",
+          "description": "The time zone to use when interpreting the schedule. The value of this field must be a time zone name from the tz database: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tz_database. This field is assigned a default value of \u201cUTC\u201d if left empty.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -29107,21 +30265,21 @@
       "id": "Backend",
       "properties": {
         "balancingMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see  Connection balancing mode.",
+          "description": "Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Restrictions and guidelines. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and will be ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.",
           "enum": [
             "CONNECTION",
             "RATE",
             "UTILIZATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.",
+            "Balance based on requests per second (RPS).",
+            "Balance based on the backend utilization."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "capacityScaler": {
-          "description": "A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.\n\nNot supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing",
+          "description": "A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -29134,40 +30292,41 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "group": {
-          "description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. The type of backend that a backend service supports depends on the backend service's loadBalancingScheme.\n\n \n- When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing),  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED , the backend can be either an instance group or a NEG. The backends on the backend service must be either all instance groups or all NEGs. You cannot mix instance group and NEG backends on the same backend service. \n\n\n- When the loadBalancingScheme for the backend service is EXTERNAL for Network Load Balancing or INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, the backend must be an instance group. NEGs are not supported.  \n\nFor regional services, the backend must be in the same region as the backend service.\n\nYou must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
+          "description": "The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#backends). You must use the *fully-qualified* URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maxConnections": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxConnectionsPerEndpoint": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxConnectionsPerInstance": {
-          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE. Not supported by:\n\n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - Network Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxRate": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "maxRatePerEndpoint": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "maxRatePerInstance": {
-          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode.\n\nNot available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
+          "description": "Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
         "maxUtilization": {
+          "description": "Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATIONbalancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -29175,7 +30334,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendBucket": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.\n\nThis Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load balancer. For more information, read Backend Buckets.",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource. This Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load balancer. For more information, read Backend Buckets.",
       "id": "BackendBucket",
       "properties": {
         "bucketName": {
@@ -29239,7 +30398,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "cacheMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are:\n\nUSE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.\n\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.\n\nCACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
           "enum": [
             "CACHE_ALL_STATIC",
             "FORCE_CACHE_ALL",
@@ -29247,10 +30406,10 @@
             "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+            "Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -29393,36 +30552,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -29449,11 +30608,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendService": {
-      "description": "Represents a Backend Service resource.\n\nA backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly.\n\nBackend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped.\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/backendServices) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionBackendServices)\n\nFor more information, see Backend Services.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.backendService ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Backend Service resource. A backend service defines how Google Cloud load balancers distribute traffic. The backend service configuration contains a set of values, such as the protocol used to connect to backends, various distribution and session settings, health checks, and timeouts. These settings provide fine-grained control over how your load balancer behaves. Most of the settings have default values that allow for easy configuration if you need to get started quickly. Backend services in Google Compute Engine can be either regionally or globally scoped. * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/backendServices) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionBackendServices) For more information, see Backend Services.",
       "id": "BackendService",
       "properties": {
         "affinityCookieTtlSec": {
-          "description": "Lifetime of cookies in seconds. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS, and the sessionAffinity is GENERATED_COOKIE, or HTTP_COOKIE.\n\nIf set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400).\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is one day (86,400). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -29466,7 +30625,7 @@
         },
         "cdnPolicy": {
           "$ref": "BackendServiceCdnPolicy",
-          "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for  external HTTP(S) Load Balancing."
+          "description": "Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types."
         },
         "circuitBreakers": {
           "$ref": "CircuitBreakers"
@@ -29476,21 +30635,21 @@
         },
         "consistentHash": {
           "$ref": "ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings",
-          "description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "customRequestHeaders": {
-          "description": "Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied requests.",
+          "description": "Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "customResponseHeaders": {
-          "description": "Headers that the HTTP/S load balancer should add to proxied responses.",
+          "description": "Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See [Creating custom headers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/custom-headers).",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -29501,20 +30660,20 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enableCDN": {
-          "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service. Only applicable if the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL and the protocol is HTTP or HTTPS.",
+          "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "failoverPolicy": {
           "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend."
+          "description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview)."
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See  Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
+          "description": "The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -29535,7 +30694,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "loadBalancingScheme": {
-          "description": "Specifies the load balancer type. Choose EXTERNAL for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy and Network Load Balancing. Choose  INTERNAL for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing. Choose  INTERNAL_MANAGED for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED for Traffic Director. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.",
+          "description": "Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "INTERNAL",
@@ -29544,16 +30703,16 @@
             "INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+            "Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "localityLbPolicy": {
-          "description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are:  \n- ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. \n- LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. \n- RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. \n- RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. \n- ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. \n- MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 \n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nIf sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect.\n\nOnly the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only the default ROUND_ROBIN policy is supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "enum": [
             "INVALID_LB_POLICY",
             "LEAST_REQUEST",
@@ -29565,12 +30724,12 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.",
+            "This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824",
+            "Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.",
+            "The load balancer selects a random healthy host.",
+            "The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.",
+            "This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -29580,7 +30739,7 @@
         },
         "maxStreamDuration": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.\nIf not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite.\nThis value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service.\nThis field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
@@ -29593,19 +30752,19 @@
         },
         "outlierDetection": {
           "$ref": "OutlierDetection",
-          "description": "Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled.\n\nThis field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.  \n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "port": {
-          "description": "Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80.\n\nBackend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port.",
+          "description": "Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "portName": {
-          "description": "A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. Required when the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL (except Network Load Balancing), INTERNAL_MANAGED, or  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED and the backends are instance groups. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs.\n\n\n\nBackend services for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing require you omit port_name.",
+          "description": "A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be [defined on each backend instance group](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#named_ports). This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "protocol": {
-          "description": "The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends.\n\nPossible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancer or for Traffic Director for more information.\n\nMust be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "enum": [
             "GRPC",
             "HTTP",
@@ -29616,13 +30775,13 @@
             "UDP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "gRPC (available for Traffic Director).",
             "",
+            "HTTP/2 with SSL.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "TCP proxying with SSL.",
+            "TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.",
+            "UDP."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -29636,14 +30795,14 @@
         },
         "securitySettings": {
           "$ref": "SecuritySettings",
-          "description": "This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either:  \n- A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. \n- A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "This field specifies the security policy that applies to this backend service. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "
         },
         "selfLink": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionAffinity": {
-          "description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is EXTERNAL:\n\n* For Network Load Balancing, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or  CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO. * For all other load balancers that use loadBalancingScheme=EXTERNAL, the possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, or GENERATED_COOKIE. * You can use GENERATED_COOKIE if the protocol is HTTP, HTTP2, or HTTPS.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, CLIENT_IP_PROTO, or CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO.\n\nWhen the loadBalancingScheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, or INTERNAL_MANAGED, possible values are NONE, CLIENT_IP, GENERATED_COOKIE, HEADER_FIELD, or HTTP_COOKIE.\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "enum": [
             "CLIENT_IP",
             "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -29655,14 +30814,14 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.",
+            "1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "The hash is based on a user specified header field.",
+            "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.",
+            "No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -29743,36 +30902,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -29814,7 +30973,7 @@
           "description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy."
         },
         "cacheMode": {
-          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are:\n\nUSE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.\n\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.\n\nCACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+          "description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
           "enum": [
             "CACHE_ALL_STATIC",
             "FORCE_CACHE_ALL",
@@ -29822,10 +30981,10 @@
             "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.",
+            "Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -29908,19 +31067,19 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy": {
-      "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. GCP has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes).",
+      "description": "For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes).",
       "id": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": {
-          "description": "This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": {
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. The default is false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "failoverRatio": {
-          "description": "Applicable only to Failover for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio.",
+          "description": "The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external TCP/UDP Load Balancing](/network/networklb-failover-overview).",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -29965,7 +31124,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "oauth2ClientSecret": {
-          "description": "OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field.",
+          "description": "OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "oauth2ClientSecretSha256": {
@@ -30036,36 +31195,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -30159,36 +31318,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -30219,15 +31378,15 @@
       "id": "Binding",
       "properties": {
         "bindingId": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "condition": {
           "$ref": "Expr",
-          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding.\n\nIf the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request.\n\nIf the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.\n\nTo learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
+          "description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
         },
         "members": {
-          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values:\n\n* `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account.\n\n* `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.\n\n* `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` .\n\n\n\n* `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.\n\n* `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`.\n\n* `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding.\n\n* `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding.\n\n* `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.\n\n\n\n* `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.",
+          "description": "Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -30241,7 +31400,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BulkInsertInstanceResource": {
-      "description": "A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.recommendLocations. This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.",
+      "description": "A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests.",
       "id": "BulkInsertInstanceResource",
       "properties": {
         "count": {
@@ -30263,7 +31422,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "namePattern": {
-          "description": "The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern should contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: name_pattern of inst-#### will generate instance names such as inst-0001, inst-0002, ... . If there already exist instance(s) whose names match the name pattern in the same project and zone, then the generated instance numbers will start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### will be inst-0051, inst-0052, etc. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.",
+          "description": "The string pattern used for the names of the VMs. Either name_pattern or per_instance_properties must be set. The pattern must contain one continuous sequence of placeholder hash characters (#) with each character corresponding to one digit of the generated instance name. Example: a name_pattern of inst-#### generates instance names such as inst-0001 and inst-0002. If existing instances in the same project and zone have names that match the name pattern then the generated instance numbers start after the biggest existing number. For example, if there exists an instance with name inst-0050, then instance names generated using the pattern inst-#### begin with inst-0051. The name pattern placeholder #...# can contain up to 18 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "perInstanceProperties": {
@@ -30274,7 +31433,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "sourceInstanceTemplate": {
-          "description": "Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396.\n\nIt can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate \n- global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate  \n\nThis field is optional.",
+          "description": "Specifies the instance template from which to create instances. You may combine sourceInstanceTemplate with instanceProperties to override specific values from an existing instance template. Bulk API follows the semantics of JSON Merge Patch described by RFC 7396. It can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance template: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - projects/project/global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate - global/instanceTemplates/instanceTemplate This field is optional.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -30338,7 +31497,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "CircuitBreakers": {
-      "description": "Settings controlling the volume of connections to a backend service.",
+      "description": "Settings controlling the volume of requests, connections and retries to this backend service.",
       "id": "CircuitBreakers",
       "properties": {
         "maxConnections": {
@@ -30370,7 +31529,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Commitment": {
-      "description": "Represents a regional Commitment resource.\n\nCreating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionCommitments ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a regional Commitment resource. Creating a commitment resource means that you are purchasing a committed use contract with an explicit start and end time. You can create commitments based on vCPUs and memory usage and receive discounted rates. For full details, read Signing Up for Committed Use Discounts.",
       "id": "Commitment",
       "properties": {
         "category": {
@@ -30477,6 +31636,30 @@
         "statusMessage": {
           "description": "[Output Only] An optional, human-readable explanation of the status.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "The type of commitment, which affects the discount rate and the eligible resources. Type MEMORY_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to memory optimized machines. Type ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED specifies a commitment that will only apply to accelerator optimized machines.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ACCELERATOR_OPTIMIZED",
+            "COMPUTE_OPTIMIZED",
+            "GENERAL_PURPOSE",
+            "GENERAL_PURPOSE_E2",
+            "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2",
+            "GENERAL_PURPOSE_N2D",
+            "MEMORY_OPTIMIZED",
+            "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -30549,36 +31732,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -30665,36 +31848,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -30763,36 +31946,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -30819,11 +32002,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Condition": {
-      "description": "A condition to be met.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "Condition",
       "properties": {
         "iam": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes supplied by the IAM system.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "APPROVER",
             "ATTRIBUTION",
@@ -30835,19 +32018,19 @@
             "SECURITY_REALM"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "op": {
-          "description": "An operator to apply the subject with.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "DISCHARGED",
             "EQUALS",
@@ -30857,21 +32040,21 @@
             "NO_OP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "svc": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes discharged by the service.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sys": {
-          "description": "Trusted attributes supplied by any service that owns resources and uses the IAM system for access control.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "IP",
             "NAME",
@@ -30880,16 +32063,16 @@
             "SERVICE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "values": {
-          "description": "The objects of the condition.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -30965,7 +32148,7 @@
       "id": "CorsPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "allowCredentials": {
-          "description": "In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header.\nDefault is false.",
+          "description": "In response to a preflight request, setting this to true indicates that the actual request can include user credentials. This translates to the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. Default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "allowHeaders": {
@@ -30983,14 +32166,14 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "allowOriginRegexes": {
-          "description": "Specifies the regualar expression patterns that match allowed origins. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nAn origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
+          "description": "Specifies the regualar expression patterns that match allowed origins. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "allowOrigins": {
-          "description": "Specifies the list of origins that will be allowed to do CORS requests.\nAn origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
+          "description": "Specifies the list of origins that will be allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -31030,6 +32213,10 @@
           "description": "Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "rsaEncryptedKey": {
+          "description": "Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem ",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "sha256": {
           "description": "[Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -31091,7 +32278,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Disk": {
-      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Disk resources:\n\n* [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionDisks)\n\nPersistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options.\n\nThe disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks.\n\nThe regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read  Regional resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.disks ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionDisks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionDisks) Persistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options. The disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional resources.",
       "id": "Disk",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -31104,10 +32291,10 @@
         },
         "diskEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine).\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later."
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -31124,7 +32311,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -31182,7 +32369,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "provisionedIops": {
-          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS must be provisioned for the disk.",
+          "description": "Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -31213,12 +32400,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sizeGb": {
-          "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk.\n\nIf you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.",
+          "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.",
           "format": "int64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk  \n- zones/zone/disks/disk  \n- regions/region/disks/disk",
+          "description": "The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskId": {
@@ -31226,7 +32413,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set.\n\nTo create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9\n\n\nAlternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image:\nprojects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD\n\n\nTo create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format:\nglobal/images/my-custom-image\n\n\nYou can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name:\nglobal/images/family/my-image-family",
+          "description": "The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
@@ -31238,7 +32425,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot \n- projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot \n- global/snapshots/snapshot",
+          "description": "The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -31254,7 +32441,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation.  \n- CREATING: Disk is provisioning. \n- RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. \n- FAILED: Disk creation failed. \n- READY: Disk is ready for use. \n- DELETING: Disk is deleting.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting. ",
           "enum": [
             "CREATING",
             "DELETING",
@@ -31263,16 +32450,16 @@
             "RESTORING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Disk is provisioning",
+            "Disk is deleting.",
+            "Disk creation failed.",
+            "Disk is ready for use.",
+            "Source data is being copied into the disk."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard  or pd-ssd",
+          "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "users": {
@@ -31357,36 +32544,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31429,7 +32616,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instantiateFrom": {
-          "description": "Specifies whether to include the disk and what image to use. Possible values are:  \n- source-image: to use the same image that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- source-image-family: to use the same image family that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- custom-image: to use a user-provided image url for disk creation. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. \n- attach-read-only: to attach a read-only disk. Applicable to read-only disks. \n- do-not-include: to exclude a disk from the template. Applicable to additional read-write disks, local SSDs, and read-only disks.",
+          "description": "Specifies whether to include the disk and what image to use. Possible values are: - source-image: to use the same image that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - source-image-family: to use the same image family that was used to create the source instance's corresponding disk. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - custom-image: to use a user-provided image url for disk creation. Applicable to the boot disk and additional read-write disks. - attach-read-only: to attach a read-only disk. Applicable to read-only disks. - do-not-include: to exclude a disk from the template. Applicable to additional read-write disks, local SSDs, and read-only disks. ",
           "enum": [
             "ATTACH_READ_ONLY",
             "BLANK",
@@ -31440,13 +32627,13 @@
             "SOURCE_IMAGE_FAMILY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attach the existing disk in read-only mode. The request will fail if the disk was attached in read-write mode on the source instance. Applicable to: read-only disks.",
+            "Create a blank disk. The disk will be created unformatted. Applicable to: additional read-write disks, local SSDs.",
+            "Use the custom image specified in the custom_image field. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks.",
+            "Use the default instantiation option for the corresponding type of disk. For boot disk and any other R/W disks, new custom images will be created from each disk. For read-only disks, they will be attached in read-only mode. Local SSD disks will be created as blank volumes.",
+            "Do not include the disk in the instance template. Applicable to: additional read-write disks, local SSDs, read-only disks.",
+            "Use the same source image used for creation of the source instance's corresponding disk. The request will fail if the source VM's disk was created from a snapshot. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks.",
+            "Use the same source image family used for creation of the source instance's corresponding disk. The request will fail if the source image of the source disk does not belong to any image family. Applicable to: boot disk, additional read-write disks."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -31514,36 +32701,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31573,18 +32760,18 @@
       "id": "DiskMoveRequest",
       "properties": {
         "destinationZone": {
-          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the disk. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n- projects/project/zones/zone \n- zones/zone",
+          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the disk. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone - projects/project/zones/zone - zones/zone ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetDisk": {
-          "description": "The URL of the target disk to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a disk:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk",
+          "description": "The URL of the target disk to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a disk: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "DiskType": {
-      "description": "Represents a Disk Type resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Disk Type resources:\n\n* [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionDiskTypes) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/diskTypes)\n\nYou can choose from a variety of disk types based on your needs. For more information, read Storage options.\n\nThe diskTypes resource represents disk types for a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks.\n\nThe regionDiskTypes resource represents disk types for a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional persistent disks. (== resource_for {$api_version}.diskTypes ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionDiskTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Disk Type resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk Type resources: * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionDiskTypes) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/diskTypes) You can choose from a variety of disk types based on your needs. For more information, read Storage options. The diskTypes resource represents disk types for a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDiskTypes resource represents disk types for a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional persistent disks.",
       "id": "DiskType",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -31706,36 +32893,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31822,36 +33009,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31920,36 +33107,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -31979,7 +33166,7 @@
       "id": "DisksAddResourcePoliciesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "resourcePolicies": {
-          "description": "Resource policies to be added to this disk. Currently you can only specify one policy here.",
+          "description": "Full or relative path to the resource policy to be added to this disk. You can only specify one resource policy.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -32055,36 +33242,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -32132,9 +33319,9 @@
             "EVEN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The group picks zones for creating VM instances to fulfill the requested number of VMs within present resource constraints and to maximize utilization of unused zonal reservations. Recommended for batch workloads that do not require high availability.",
+            "The group prioritizes acquisition of resources, scheduling VMs in zones where resources are available while distributing VMs as evenly as possible across selected zones to minimize the impact of zonal failure. Recommended for highly available serving workloads.",
+            "The group schedules VM instance creation and deletion to achieve and maintain an even number of managed instances across the selected zones. The distribution is even when the number of managed instances does not differ by more than 1 between any two zones. Recommended for highly available serving workloads."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32208,9 +33395,9 @@
             "SUBNET_PEERING_ROUTE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "For routes exported from local network.",
+            "The peering route.",
+            "The peering route corresponding to subnetwork range."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -32277,36 +33464,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -32333,7 +33520,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Expr": {
-      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.\n\nExample (Comparison):\n\ntitle: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\"\n\nExample (Equality):\n\ntitle: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\"\n\nExample (Logic):\n\ntitle: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\"\n\nExample (Data Manipulation):\n\ntitle: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\"\n\nThe exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
+      "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
       "id": "Expr",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
@@ -32356,7 +33543,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ExternalVpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents an external VPN gateway.\n\nExternal VPN gateway is the on-premises VPN gateway(s) or another cloud provider's VPN gateway that connects to your Google Cloud VPN gateway.\n\nTo create a highly available VPN from Google Cloud Platform to your VPN gateway or another cloud provider's VPN gateway, you must create a external VPN gateway resource with information about the other gateway.\n\nFor more information about using external VPN gateways, see  Creating an HA VPN gateway and tunnel pair to a peer VPN. (== resource_for {$api_version}.externalVpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an external VPN gateway. External VPN gateway is the on-premises VPN gateway(s) or another cloud provider's VPN gateway that connects to your Google Cloud VPN gateway. To create a highly available VPN from Google Cloud Platform to your VPN gateway or another cloud provider's VPN gateway, you must create a external VPN gateway resource with information about the other gateway. For more information about using external VPN gateways, see Creating an HA VPN gateway and tunnel pair to a peer VPN.",
       "id": "ExternalVpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -32373,7 +33560,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "interfaces": {
-          "description": "List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway.\n\nIf your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers? gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.",
+          "description": "A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers' gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ExternalVpnGatewayInterface"
           },
@@ -32385,7 +33572,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this ExternalVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an ExternalVpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this ExternalVpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an ExternalVpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32414,9 +33601,9 @@
             "TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The external VPN gateway has four public IP addresses; at the time of writing this API, the AWS virtual private gateway is an example which has four public IP addresses for high availability connections; there should be two VPN connections in the AWS virtual private gateway , each AWS VPN connection has two public IP addresses; please make sure to put two public IP addresses from one AWS VPN connection into interfaces 0 and 1 of this external VPN gateway, and put the other two public IP addresses from another AWS VPN connection into interfaces 2 and 3 of this external VPN gateway. When displaying highly available configuration status for the VPN tunnels connected to FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY external VPN gateway, Google will always detect whether interfaces 0 and 1 are connected on one interface of HA Cloud VPN gateway, and detect whether interfaces 2 and 3 are connected to another interface of the HA Cloud VPN gateway.",
+            "The external VPN gateway has only one public IP address which internally provide redundancy or failover.",
+            "The external VPN gateway has two public IP addresses which are redundant with each other, the following two types of setup on your on-premises side would have this type of redundancy: (1) Two separate on-premises gateways, each with one public IP address, the two on-premises gateways are redundant with each other. (2) A single on-premise gateway with two public IP addresses that are redundant with eatch other."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32432,7 +33619,7 @@
       "id": "ExternalVpnGatewayInterface",
       "properties": {
         "id": {
-          "description": "The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: \n- SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 \n- TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 \n- FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3",
+          "description": "The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3 ",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -32463,7 +33650,7 @@
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#externalVpnGatewayList",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#externalVpnGatewayList  for lists of externalVpnGateways.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#externalVpnGatewayList for lists of externalVpnGateways.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextPageToken": {
@@ -32507,36 +33694,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -32588,7 +33775,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Firewall": {
-      "description": "Represents a Firewall Rule resource.\n\nFirewall rules allow or deny ingress traffic to, and egress traffic from your instances. For more information, read Firewall rules.",
+      "description": "Represents a Firewall Rule resource. Firewall rules allow or deny ingress traffic to, and egress traffic from your instances. For more information, read Firewall rules.",
       "id": "Firewall",
       "properties": {
         "allowed": {
@@ -32600,7 +33787,7 @@
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "ports": {
-                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
                 "items": {
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -32624,7 +33811,7 @@
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "ports": {
-                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+                "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
                 "items": {
                   "type": "string"
                 },
@@ -32640,7 +33827,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "destinationRanges": {
-          "description": "If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.",
+          "description": "If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -32653,8 +33840,8 @@
             "INGRESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that firewall should apply to outgoing traffic.",
+            "Indicates that firewall should apply to incoming traffic."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32688,7 +33875,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used:\nglobal/networks/default\nIf you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network \n- projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network \n- global/networks/default",
+          "description": "URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "priority": {
@@ -32701,7 +33888,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceRanges": {
-          "description": "If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.",
+          "description": "If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -32799,36 +33986,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -32896,7 +34083,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "FirewallPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Firewall Policy resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.firewallPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Firewall Policy resource.",
       "id": "FirewallPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "associations": {
@@ -32915,12 +34102,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "displayName": {
-          "description": "Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -32963,7 +34150,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "shortName": {
-          "description": "User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -33052,36 +34239,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33180,7 +34367,7 @@
       "id": "FirewallPolicyRuleMatcher",
       "properties": {
         "destIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -33194,7 +34381,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "srcIpRanges": {
-          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.",
+          "description": "CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -33211,7 +34398,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port.\n\nExample inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
+          "description": "An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [\"22\"], [\"80\",\"443\"], and [\"12345-12349\"].",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -33225,7 +34412,7 @@
       "id": "FixedOrPercent",
       "properties": {
         "calculated": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode.\n\n \n- If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. \n- If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Absolute value of VM instances calculated based on the specific mode. - If the value is fixed, then the calculated value is equal to the fixed value. - If the value is a percent, then the calculated value is percent/100 * targetSize. For example, the calculated value of a 80% of a managed instance group with 150 instances would be (80/100 * 150) = 120 VM instances. If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. ",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -33243,15 +34430,15 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ForwardingRule": {
-      "description": "Represents a Forwarding Rule resource.\n\nForwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/forwardingRules)\n\nA forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway).\n\nFor more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.forwardingRules ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalForwardingRules ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionForwardingRules ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.",
       "id": "ForwardingRule",
       "properties": {
         "IPAddress": {
-          "description": "IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule.\n\nIf you don't specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address:\n\n* IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in:  \n- projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name \n- regions/region/addresses/address-name \n- global/addresses/address-name \n- address-name  \n\nThe loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule's target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications).\n\nMust be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.\n\nFor Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.",
+          "description": "IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don't specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule's target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "IPProtocol": {
-          "description": "The IP protocol to which this rule applies.\n\nFor protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT.\n\nThe valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products:  \n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. \n- Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid.  \n- Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. \n- HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. \n- Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.",
+          "description": "The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).",
           "enum": [
             "AH",
             "ESP",
@@ -33271,7 +34458,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "allPorts": {
-          "description": "This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance.\n\nYou can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nFor TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.",
+          "description": "This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "allowGlobalAccess": {
@@ -33291,7 +34478,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -33324,7 +34511,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this resource, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this resource, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -33336,7 +34523,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "loadBalancingScheme": {
-          "description": "Specifies the forwarding rule type.\n\n \n- EXTERNAL is used for:  \n- Classic Cloud VPN gateways \n- Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address \n- HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing    \n- INTERNAL is used for:  \n- Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address \n- Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing   \n- INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for:  \n- Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing   \n- INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for:  \n- Traffic Director    \n\nFor more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.",
+          "description": "Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "INTERNAL",
@@ -33354,39 +34541,39 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metadataFilters": {
-          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match.\nmetadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references.\nmetadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilter"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "This field is not used for external load balancing.\n\nFor Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used.\n\nFor Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.",
+          "description": "This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkTier": {
-          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD.\n\nFor regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM.\n\nIf this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.",
+          "description": "This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.",
           "enum": [
             "PREMIUM",
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portRange": {
-          "description": "This field can be used only if:  \n- Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL,  INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED \n- IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP.  \n\nPackets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or  backend_service.\n\nYou can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nForwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.\n\nSome types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports:  \n- TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 \n- TargetHttpsProxy: 443 \n- TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints \n- TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 \n- TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 \n- TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500",
+          "description": "This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\\\d+(?:-\\\\d+)?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ports": {
-          "description": "The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends.\n\nYou can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive.\n\nYou can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous.\n\nForwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports.\n\nFor more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications).",
+          "description": "The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\\\d+(?:-\\\\d+)?",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -33397,6 +34584,23 @@
           "format": "uint64",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "pscConnectionStatus": {
+          "enum": [
+            "ACCEPTED",
+            "CLOSED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "REJECTED",
+            "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The connection has been accepted by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been closed by the producer and will not serve traffic going forward.",
+            "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been rejected by the producer.",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "region": {
           "description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -33406,23 +34610,23 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceDirectoryRegistrations": {
-          "description": "Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource.\n\nIt is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+          "description": "Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ForwardingRuleServiceDirectoryRegistration"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "serviceLabel": {
-          "description": "An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name.\n\nThe label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.\n\nThis field is only used for internal load balancing.",
+          "description": "An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.",
           "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceName": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule.\n\nThis field is only used for internal load balancing.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "subnetwork": {
-          "description": "This field is only used for internal load balancing.\n\nFor internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule.\n\nIf the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.",
+          "description": "This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "target": {
@@ -33499,36 +34703,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33615,36 +34819,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33741,36 +34945,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -33800,7 +35004,7 @@
       "id": "GRPCHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "grpcServiceName": {
-          "description": "The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention:\n- Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend.\n- Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service.\nThe grpc_service_name can only be ASCII.",
+          "description": "The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "port": {
@@ -33813,16 +35017,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, gRPC health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -33927,7 +35131,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryPath": {
-          "description": "The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('/') or a nested namespace ('/\\/') or a specified key ('/\\/\\')",
+          "description": "The path to be queried. This can be the default namespace ('') or a nested namespace ('\\/') or a specified key ('\\/\\').",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryValue": {
@@ -33986,7 +35190,7 @@
       "id": "GuestOsFeature",
       "properties": {
         "type": {
-          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "enum": [
             "FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "GVNIC",
@@ -34029,16 +35233,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP2 health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34082,16 +35286,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34135,16 +35339,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, HTTPS health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34172,7 +35376,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a Health Check resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Health Check resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionHealthChecks)\n\nInternal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`).\n\nTraffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nInternal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nExternal HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`).\n\nNetwork load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (httpHealthChecks).\n\nFor more information, see Health checks overview.",
+      "description": "Represents a Health Check resource. Google Compute Engine has two Health Check resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks) Internal HTTP(S) load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Traffic Director must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Internal TCP/UDP load balancers can use either regional or global health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks` or `compute.v1.HealthChecks`). External HTTP(S), TCP proxy, and SSL proxy load balancers as well as managed instance group auto-healing must use global health checks (`compute.v1.HealthChecks`). Backend service-based network load balancers must use regional health checks (`compute.v1.regionHealthChecks`). Target pool-based network load balancers must use legacy HTTP health checks (`compute.v1.httpHealthChecks`). For more information, see Health checks overview.",
       "id": "HealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -34334,36 +35538,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -34401,7 +35605,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckReference": {
-      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- global/httpHealthChecks/health-check",
+      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - projects/project-id/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - global/httpHealthChecks/health-check ",
       "id": "HealthCheckReference",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheck": {
@@ -34411,7 +35615,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckService": {
-      "description": "Represents a Health-Check as a Service resource.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.regionHealthCheckServices ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Health-Check as a Service resource.",
       "id": "HealthCheckService",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -34428,21 +35632,21 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "healthStatusAggregationPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified.  \n- NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service. \n- AND. If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY. .",
+          "description": "Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .",
           "enum": [
             "AND",
             "NO_AGGREGATION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "If any backend's health check reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the entire health check service. If all backend's are healthy, the HealthState of the health check service is HEALTHY.",
+            "An EndpointHealth message is returned for each backend in the health check service."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -34462,14 +35666,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkEndpointGroups": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "notificationEndpoints": {
-          "description": "List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -34487,7 +35691,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HealthCheckServiceReference": {
-      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check service. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service \n- projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service \n- regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service",
+      "description": "A full or valid partial URL to a health check service. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service - projects/project-id/regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service - regions/us-west1/healthCheckServices/health-check-service ",
       "id": "HealthCheckServiceReference",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheckService": {
@@ -34556,36 +35760,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -34679,36 +35883,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -34777,36 +35981,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -34886,10 +36090,10 @@
             "WEIGHT_NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The response to a Health Check probe had the HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight, but its content was invalid (i.e., not a non-negative single-precision floating-point number in decimal string representation).",
+            "The response to a Health Check probe did not have the HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight.",
+            "This is the value when the accompanied health status is either TIMEOUT (i.e.,the Health Check probe was not able to get a response in time) or UNKNOWN. For the latter, it should be typically because there has not been sufficient time to parse and report the weight for a new backend (which is with 0.0.0.0 ip address). However, it can be also due to an outage case for which the health status is explicitly reset to UNKNOWN.",
+            "This is the default value when WeightReportMode is DISABLE, and is also the initial value when WeightReportMode has just updated to ENABLE or DRY_RUN and there has not been sufficient time to parse and report the backend weight."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -34943,7 +36147,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "hosts": {
-          "description": "The list of host patterns to match. They must be valid hostnames with optional port numbers in the format host:port. * matches any string of ([a-z0-9-.]*). In that case, * must be the first character and must be followed in the pattern by either - or ..\n* based matching is not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The list of host patterns to match. They must be valid hostnames with optional port numbers in the format host:port. * matches any string of ([a-z0-9-.]*). In that case, * must be the first character and must be followed in the pattern by either - or .. * based matching is not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -34961,12 +36165,12 @@
       "id": "HttpFaultAbort",
       "properties": {
         "httpStatus": {
-          "description": "The HTTP status code used to abort the request.\nThe value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive.\nFor gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this  mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.",
+          "description": "The HTTP status code used to abort the request. The value must be between 200 and 599 inclusive. For gRPC protocol, the gRPC status code is mapped to HTTP status code according to this mapping table. HTTP status 200 is mapped to gRPC status UNKNOWN. Injecting an OK status is currently not supported by Traffic Director.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "percentage": {
-          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection.\nThe value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
+          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) which will be aborted as part of fault injection. The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -34982,7 +36186,7 @@
           "description": "Specifies the value of the fixed delay interval."
         },
         "percentage": {
-          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) on which delay will be introduced as part of fault injection.\nThe value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
+          "description": "The percentage of traffic (connections/operations/requests) on which delay will be introduced as part of fault injection. The value must be between 0.0 and 100.0 inclusive.",
           "format": "double",
           "type": "number"
         }
@@ -35044,35 +36248,35 @@
       "id": "HttpHeaderMatch",
       "properties": {
         "exactMatch": {
-          "description": "The value should exactly match contents of exactMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value should exactly match contents of exactMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerName": {
-          "description": "The name of the HTTP header to match.\nFor matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\".\nFor matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\".\nWhen the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true, only non-binary user-specified custom metadata and the `content-type` header are supported. The following transport-level headers cannot be used in header matching rules: `:authority`, `:method`, `:path`, `:scheme`, `user-agent`, `accept-encoding`, `content-encoding`, `grpc-accept-encoding`, `grpc-encoding`, `grpc-previous-rpc-attempts`, `grpc-tags-bin`, `grpc-timeout` and `grpc-trace-bin.",
+          "description": "The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\". For matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\". When the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true, only non-binary user-specified custom metadata and the `content-type` header are supported. The following transport-level headers cannot be used in header matching rules: `:authority`, `:method`, `:path`, `:scheme`, `user-agent`, `accept-encoding`, `content-encoding`, `grpc-accept-encoding`, `grpc-encoding`, `grpc-previous-rpc-attempts`, `grpc-tags-bin`, `grpc-timeout` and `grpc-trace-bin.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "invertMatch": {
-          "description": "If set to false, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are met. If set to true, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are NOT met.\nThe default setting is false.",
+          "description": "If set to false, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are met. If set to true, the headerMatch is considered a match if the match criteria above are NOT met. The default setting is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "prefixMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must start with the contents of prefixMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must start with the contents of prefixMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "presentMatch": {
-          "description": "A header with the contents of headerName must exist. The match takes place whether or not the request's header has a value.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "A header with the contents of headerName must exist. The match takes place whether or not the request's header has a value. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rangeMatch": {
           "$ref": "Int64RangeMatch",
-          "description": "The header value must be an integer and its value must be in the range specified in rangeMatch. If the header does not contain an integer, number or is empty, the match fails.\nFor example for a range [-5, 0]  \n- -3 will match. \n- 0 will not match. \n- 0.25 will not match. \n- -3someString will not match.  \nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.\nNote that rangeMatch is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL."
+          "description": "The header value must be an integer and its value must be in the range specified in rangeMatch. If the header does not contain an integer, number or is empty, the match fails. For example for a range [-5, 0] - -3 will match. - 0 will not match. - 0.25 will not match. - -3someString will not match. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set. Note that rangeMatch is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL."
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see:  github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nFor matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to PORT and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.\nNote that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to PORT and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set. Note that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "suffixMatch": {
-          "description": "The value of the header must end with the contents of suffixMatch.\nOnly one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The value of the header must end with the contents of suffixMatch. Only one of exactMatch, prefixMatch, suffixMatch, regexMatch, presentMatch or rangeMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -35091,14 +36295,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "replace": {
-          "description": "If false, headerValue is appended to any values that already exist for the header. If true, headerValue is set for the header, discarding any values that were set for that header.\nThe default value is false.",
+          "description": "If false, headerValue is appended to any values that already exist for the header. If true, headerValue is set for the header, discarding any values that were set for that header. The default value is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HttpHealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource.\n\nLegacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTP Health Check resource. Legacy HTTP health checks are now only required by target pool-based network load balancers. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .",
       "id": "HttpHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -35225,36 +36429,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -35285,7 +36489,7 @@
       "id": "HttpQueryParameterMatch",
       "properties": {
         "exactMatch": {
-          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter exactly matches the contents of exactMatch.\nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter exactly matches the contents of exactMatch. Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -35293,11 +36497,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "presentMatch": {
-          "description": "Specifies that the queryParameterMatch matches if the request contains the query parameter, irrespective of whether the parameter has a value or not.\nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
+          "description": "Specifies that the queryParameterMatch matches if the request contains the query parameter, irrespective of whether the parameter has a value or not. Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter matches the regular expression specified by regexMatch. For the regular expression grammar, please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nOnly one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set.\nNote that regexMatch only applies when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "The queryParameterMatch matches if the value of the parameter matches the regular expression specified by regexMatch. For the regular expression grammar, please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax Only one of presentMatch, exactMatch or regexMatch must be set. Note that regexMatch only applies when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -35308,23 +36512,23 @@
       "id": "HttpRedirectAction",
       "properties": {
         "hostRedirect": {
-          "description": "The host that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request.\nThe value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
+          "description": "The host that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. The value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "httpsRedirect": {
-          "description": "If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to https. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request will remain the same as that of the request.\nThis must only be set for UrlMaps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted.\nThe default is set to false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, the URL scheme in the redirected request is set to https. If set to false, the URL scheme of the redirected request will remain the same as that of the request. This must only be set for UrlMaps used in TargetHttpProxys. Setting this true for TargetHttpsProxy is not permitted. The default is set to false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "pathRedirect": {
-          "description": "The path that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request.\npathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The path that will be used in the redirect response instead of the one that was supplied in the request. pathRedirect cannot be supplied together with prefixRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "prefixRedirect": {
-          "description": "The prefix that replaces the prefixMatch specified in the HttpRouteRuleMatch, retaining the remaining portion of the URL before redirecting the request.\nprefixRedirect cannot be supplied together with pathRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The prefix that replaces the prefixMatch specified in the HttpRouteRuleMatch, retaining the remaining portion of the URL before redirecting the request. prefixRedirect cannot be supplied together with pathRedirect. Supply one alone or neither. If neither is supplied, the path of the original request will be used for the redirect. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "redirectResponseCode": {
-          "description": "The HTTP Status code to use for this RedirectAction.\nSupported values are:  \n- MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT, which is the default value and corresponds to 301. \n- FOUND, which corresponds to 302. \n- SEE_OTHER which corresponds to 303. \n- TEMPORARY_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 307. In this case, the request method will be retained. \n- PERMANENT_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 308. In this case, the request method will be retained.",
+          "description": "The HTTP Status code to use for this RedirectAction. Supported values are: - MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT, which is the default value and corresponds to 301. - FOUND, which corresponds to 302. - SEE_OTHER which corresponds to 303. - TEMPORARY_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 307. In this case, the request method will be retained. - PERMANENT_REDIRECT, which corresponds to 308. In this case, the request method will be retained. ",
           "enum": [
             "FOUND",
             "MOVED_PERMANENTLY_DEFAULT",
@@ -35333,16 +36537,16 @@
             "TEMPORARY_REDIRECT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Http Status Code 302 - Found.",
+            "Http Status Code 301 - Moved Permanently.",
+            "Http Status Code 308 - Permanent Redirect maintaining HTTP method.",
+            "Http Status Code 303 - See Other.",
+            "Http Status Code 307 - Temporary Redirect maintaining HTTP method."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "stripQuery": {
-          "description": "If set to true, any accompanying query portion of the original URL is removed prior to redirecting the request. If set to false, the query portion of the original URL is retained.\nThe default is set to false.",
+          "description": "If set to true, any accompanying query portion of the original URL is removed prior to redirecting the request. If set to false, the query portion of the original URL is retained. The default is set to false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
@@ -35359,10 +36563,10 @@
         },
         "perTryTimeout": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies a non-zero timeout per retry attempt.\nIf not specified, will use the timeout set in HttpRouteAction. If timeout in HttpRouteAction is not set, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route."
+          "description": "Specifies a non-zero timeout per retry attempt. If not specified, will use the timeout set in HttpRouteAction. If timeout in HttpRouteAction is not set, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route."
         },
         "retryConditions": {
-          "description": "Specifies one or more conditions when this retry rule applies. Valid values are:  \n- 5xx: Loadbalancer will attempt a retry if the backend service responds with any 5xx response code, or if the backend service does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. \n- gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504.\n- \n- connect-failure: Loadbalancer will retry on failures connecting to backend services, for example due to connection timeouts. \n- retriable-4xx: Loadbalancer will retry for retriable 4xx response codes. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. \n- refused-stream:Loadbalancer will retry if the backend service resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. \n- cancelledLoadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled \n- deadline-exceeded: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded \n- resource-exhausted: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted \n- unavailable: Loadbalancer will retry if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable",
+          "description": "Specifies one or more conditions when this retry policy applies. Valid values are: - 5xx: Retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with any 5xx response code, or if the instance or endpoint does not respond at all, example: disconnects, reset, read timeout, connection failure, and refused streams. - gateway-error: Similar to 5xx, but only applies to response codes 502, 503 or 504. - - connect-failure: A retry will be attempted on failures connecting to the instance or endpoint, for example due to connection timeouts. - retriable-4xx: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint responds with a retriable 4xx response code. Currently the only retriable error supported is 409. - refused-stream: A retry will be attempted if the instance or endpoint resets the stream with a REFUSED_STREAM error code. This reset type indicates that it is safe to retry. - cancelled: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to cancelled. - deadline-exceeded: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to deadline-exceeded. - internal: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to internal. - resource-exhausted: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to resource-exhausted. - unavailable: A retry will be attempted if the gRPC status code in the response header is set to unavailable. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -35376,34 +36580,34 @@
       "properties": {
         "corsPolicy": {
           "$ref": "CorsPolicy",
-          "description": "The specification for allowing client side cross-origin requests. Please see W3C Recommendation for Cross Origin Resource Sharing \nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "The specification for allowing client side cross-origin requests. Please see W3C Recommendation for Cross Origin Resource Sharing Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "faultInjectionPolicy": {
           "$ref": "HttpFaultInjection",
-          "description": "The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. For the requests impacted by fault injection,\ntimeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy."
+          "description": "The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be introduced by Loadbalancer on a percentage of requests before sending those request to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can be aborted by the Loadbalancer for a percentage of requests. For the requests impacted by fault injection, timeout and retry_policy will be ignored by clients that are configured with a fault_injection_policy."
         },
         "maxStreamDuration": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the maximum duration (timeout) for streams on the selected route. Unlike the timeout field where the timeout duration starts from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream), the duration in this field is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed.\nIf not specified, will use the largest maxStreamDuration among all backend services associated with the route.\nThis field is only allowed if the Url map is used with backend services with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
+          "description": "Specifies the maximum duration (timeout) for streams on the selected route. Unlike the timeout field where the timeout duration starts from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream), the duration in this field is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, will use the largest maxStreamDuration among all backend services associated with the route. This field is only allowed if the Url map is used with backend services with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED."
         },
         "requestMirrorPolicy": {
           "$ref": "RequestMirrorPolicy",
-          "description": "Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. Loadbalancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Prior to sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the policy on how requests intended for the route's backends are shadowed to a separate mirrored backend service. Loadbalancer does not wait for responses from the shadow service. Prior to sending traffic to the shadow service, the host / authority header is suffixed with -shadow. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "retryPolicy": {
           "$ref": "HttpRetryPolicy",
-          "description": "Specifies the retry policy associated with this route.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the retry policy associated with this route. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "timeout": {
           "$ref": "Duration",
-          "description": "Specifies the timeout for the selected route. Timeout is computed from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream) up until the response has been completely processed. Timeout includes all retries.\nIf not specified, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies the timeout for the selected route. Timeout is computed from the time the request has been fully processed (i.e. end-of-stream) up until the response has been completely processed. Timeout includes all retries. If not specified, will use the largest timeout among all backend services associated with the route. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "urlRewrite": {
           "$ref": "UrlRewrite",
-          "description": "The spec to modify the URL of the request, prior to forwarding the request to the matched service.\nurlRewrite is the only action supported in UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "The spec to modify the URL of the request, prior to forwarding the request to the matched service. urlRewrite is the only action supported in UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "weightedBackendServices": {
-          "description": "A list of weighted backend services to send traffic to when a route match occurs. The weights determine the fraction of traffic that flows to their corresponding backend service. If all traffic needs to go to a single backend service, there must be one  weightedBackendService with weight set to a non-zero number.\nOnce a backendService is identified and before forwarding the request to the backend service, advanced routing actions such as URL rewrites and header transformations are applied depending on additional settings specified in this HttpRouteAction.",
+          "description": "A list of weighted backend services to send traffic to when a route match occurs. The weights determine the fraction of traffic that flows to their corresponding backend service. If all traffic needs to go to a single backend service, there must be one weightedBackendService with weight set to a non-zero number. Once a backendService is identified and before forwarding the request to the backend service, advanced routing actions such as URL rewrites and header transformations are applied depending on additional settings specified in this HttpRouteAction.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "WeightedBackendService"
           },
@@ -35417,12 +36621,12 @@
       "id": "HttpRouteRule",
       "properties": {
         "description": {
-          "description": "The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule.\nThe description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The short description conveying the intent of this routeRule. The description can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nThe headerAction specified here are applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction \nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction specified here are applied before the matching pathMatchers[].headerAction and after pathMatchers[].routeRules[].routeAction.weightedBackendService.backendServiceWeightAction[].headerAction Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "matchRules": {
           "description": "The list of criteria for matching attributes of a request to this routeRule. This list has OR semantics: the request matches this routeRule when any of the matchRules are satisfied. However predicates within a given matchRule have AND semantics. All predicates within a matchRule must match for the request to match the rule.",
@@ -35432,21 +36636,21 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "priority": {
-          "description": "For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which load balancer will interpret routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied.\nYou cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number between 0 and 2147483647 inclusive.\nPriority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules.",
+          "description": "For routeRules within a given pathMatcher, priority determines the order in which load balancer will interpret routeRules. RouteRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. The priority of a rule decreases as its number increases (1, 2, 3, N+1). The first rule that matches the request is applied. You cannot configure two or more routeRules with the same priority. Priority for each rule must be set to a number between 0 and 2147483647 inclusive. Priority numbers can have gaps, which enable you to add or remove rules in the future without affecting the rest of the rules. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12, 16 is a valid series of priority numbers to which you could add rules numbered from 6 to 8, 10 to 11, and 13 to 15 in the future without any impact on existing rules.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "routeAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If  routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a routeRule's routeAction."
+          "description": "In response to a matching matchRule, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a routeRule's routeAction."
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect.\nIf urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When this rule is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -35456,7 +36660,7 @@
       "id": "HttpRouteRuleMatch",
       "properties": {
         "fullPathMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must exactly match the value specified in fullPathMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor that may be part of the original URL.\nfullPathMatch must be between 1 and 1024 characters.\nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must exactly match the value specified in fullPathMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor that may be part of the original URL. fullPathMatch must be between 1 and 1024 characters. Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerMatches": {
@@ -35467,36 +36671,36 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ignoreCase": {
-          "description": "Specifies that prefixMatch and fullPathMatch matches are case sensitive.\nThe default value is false.\nignoreCase must not be used with regexMatch.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "Specifies that prefixMatch and fullPathMatch matches are case sensitive. The default value is false. ignoreCase must not be used with regexMatch. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "metadataFilters": {
-          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant routing configuration is made available to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match.\nmetadataFilters specified here will be applied after those specified in ForwardingRule that refers to the UrlMap this HttpRouteRuleMatch belongs to.\nmetadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant routing configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applied after those specified in ForwardingRule that refers to the UrlMap this HttpRouteRuleMatch belongs to. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilter"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "prefixMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the request's path must begin with the specified prefixMatch. prefixMatch must begin with a /.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.\nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the request's path must begin with the specified prefixMatch. prefixMatch must begin with a /. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters. Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "queryParameterMatches": {
-          "description": "Specifies a list of query parameter match criteria, all of which must match corresponding query parameters in the request.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a list of query parameter match criteria, all of which must match corresponding query parameters in the request. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpQueryParameterMatch"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "regexMatch": {
-          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must satisfy the regular expression specified in regexMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor supplied with the original URL. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax \nOnly one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified.\nNote that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
+          "description": "For satisfying the matchRule condition, the path of the request must satisfy the regular expression specified in regexMatch after removing any query parameters and anchor supplied with the original URL. For regular expression grammar please see github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax Only one of prefixMatch, fullPathMatch or regexMatch must be specified. Note that regexMatch only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "HttpsHealthCheck": {
-      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource.\n\nLegacy health checks are required by network load balancers. For more information, read Health Check Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a legacy HTTPS Health Check resource. Legacy HTTPS health checks have been deprecated. If you are using a target pool-based network load balancer, you must use a legacy HTTP (not HTTPS) health check. For all other load balancers, including backend service-based network load balancers, and for managed instance group auto-healing, you must use modern (non-legacy) health checks. For more information, see Health checks overview .",
       "id": "HttpsHealthCheck",
       "properties": {
         "checkIntervalSec": {
@@ -35623,36 +36827,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -35679,7 +36883,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Image": {
-      "description": "Represents an Image resource.\n\nYou can use images to create boot disks for your VM instances. For more information, read Images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.images ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Image resource. You can use images to create boot disks for your VM instances. For more information, read Images.",
       "id": "Image",
       "properties": {
         "archiveSizeBytes": {
@@ -35709,7 +36913,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read  Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
+          "description": "A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "GuestOsFeature"
           },
@@ -35722,7 +36926,7 @@
         },
         "imageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image).\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later."
+          "description": "Encrypts the image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt an image with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the image later (e.g. to create a disk from the image). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the image, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the image later."
         },
         "kind": {
           "default": "compute#image",
@@ -35730,7 +36934,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this image, which is essentially a hash of the labels used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an image.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this image, which is essentially a hash of the labels used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an image.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -35785,7 +36989,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "source": {
-              "description": "The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+              "description": "The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the raw disk image archive is stored. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/image_archive_name - https://storage.googleapis.com/bucket_name/folder_name/ image_archive_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
               "type": "string"
             }
           },
@@ -35804,7 +37008,7 @@
           "description": "Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance."
         },
         "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk \n- zones/zone/disks/disk \n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source disk used to create this image. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": {
@@ -35816,7 +37020,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImage": {
-          "description": "URL of the source image used to create this image.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source image used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ images/image_name - projects/project_id/global/images/image_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
@@ -35828,7 +37032,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "URL of the source snapshot used to create this image.\n\nIn order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following:  \n- The rawDisk.source URL  \n- The sourceDisk URL  \n- The sourceImage URL  \n- The sourceSnapshot URL",
+          "description": "URL of the source snapshot used to create this image. The following are valid formats for the URL: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/global/ snapshots/snapshot_name - projects/project_id/global/snapshots/snapshot_name In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": {
@@ -35859,10 +37063,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Image is deleting.",
+            "Image creation failed due to an error.",
+            "Image hasn't been created as yet.",
+            "Image has been successfully created."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -35876,6 +37080,16 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ImageFamilyView": {
+      "id": "ImageFamilyView",
+      "properties": {
+        "image": {
+          "$ref": "Image",
+          "description": "The latest image that is part of the specified image family in the requested location, and that is not deprecated."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ImageList": {
       "description": "Contains a list of images.",
       "id": "ImageList",
@@ -35937,36 +37151,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36025,7 +37239,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Instance": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance resource.\n\nAn instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instances ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance resource. An instance is a virtual machine that is hosted on Google Cloud Platform. For more information, read Virtual Machine Instances.",
       "id": "Instance",
       "properties": {
         "advancedMachineFeatures": {
@@ -36033,7 +37247,7 @@
           "description": "Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features."
         },
         "canIpForward": {
-          "description": "Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding.",
+          "description": "Allows this instance to send and receive packets with non-matching destination or source IPs. This is required if you plan to use this instance to forward routes. For more information, see Enabling IP Forwarding .",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "confidentialInstanceConfig": {
@@ -36067,7 +37281,7 @@
           "description": "Enables display device for the instance."
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the instance's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update the instance. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36093,7 +37307,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the label's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36122,7 +37336,7 @@
               "compute.instances.insert"
             ]
           },
-          "description": "Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type:\nzones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1\n\n\nTo create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB):\nzones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY\n\n\nFor example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 \n\nFor a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types.",
+          "description": "Full or partial URL of the machine type resource to use for this instance, in the format: zones/zone/machineTypes/machine-type. This is provided by the client when the instance is created. For example, the following is a valid partial url to a predefined machine type: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/n1-standard-1 To create a custom machine type, provide a URL to a machine type in the following format, where CPUS is 1 or an even number up to 32 (2, 4, 6, ... 24, etc), and MEMORY is the total memory for this instance. Memory must be a multiple of 256 MB and must be supplied in MB (e.g. 5 GB of memory is 5120 MB): zones/zone/machineTypes/custom-CPUS-MEMORY For example: zones/us-central1-f/machineTypes/custom-4-5120 For a full list of restrictions, read the Specifications for custom machine types.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metadata": {
@@ -36151,16 +37365,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use  INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
           "enum": [
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Each network interface inherits PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess from its subnetwork."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36188,7 +37402,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serviceAccounts": {
-          "description": "A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported.\n\nService accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information.",
+          "description": "A list of service accounts, with their specified scopes, authorized for this instance. Only one service account per VM instance is supported. Service accounts generate access tokens that can be accessed through the metadata server and used to authenticate applications on the instance. See Service Accounts for more information.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "ServiceAccount"
           },
@@ -36205,7 +37419,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see  Instance life cycle.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the instance. One of the following values: PROVISIONING, STAGING, RUNNING, STOPPING, SUSPENDING, SUSPENDED, REPAIRING, and TERMINATED. For more information about the status of the instance, see Instance life cycle.",
           "enum": [
             "DEPROVISIONING",
             "PROVISIONING",
@@ -36219,16 +37433,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36315,36 +37529,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36371,7 +37585,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroup": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance Group resource.\n\nInstance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing.\n\nInstance groups can either be managed or unmanaged.\n\nTo create  managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead.\n\nUse zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups.\n\nFor more information, read Instance groups.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionInstanceGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance Group resource. Instance Groups can be used to configure a target for load balancing. Instance groups can either be managed or unmanaged. To create managed instance groups, use the instanceGroupManager or regionInstanceGroupManager resource instead. Use zonal unmanaged instance groups if you need to apply load balancing to groups of heterogeneous instances or if you need to manage the instances yourself. You cannot create regional unmanaged instance groups. For more information, read Instance groups.",
       "id": "InstanceGroup",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -36408,7 +37622,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "namedPorts": {
-          "description": "Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80}\n\nThis allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"http\", port: 80},{name: \"http\", port: 8080}] \n\nNamed ports apply to all instances in this instance group.",
+          "description": " Assigns a name to a port number. For example: {name: \"http\", port: 80} This allows the system to reference ports by the assigned name instead of a port number. Named ports can also contain multiple ports. For example: [{name: \"http\", port: 80},{name: \"http\", port: 8080}] Named ports apply to all instances in this instance group. ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "NamedPort"
           },
@@ -36510,36 +37724,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36626,36 +37840,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36682,7 +37896,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroupManager": {
-      "description": "Whether the instance is a standby. Properties of a standby instance comparing to the regular instance: ========================================================================= | regular | standby ========================================================================= managed by IGM? | yes | yes added to the IG? | yes | yes counts towards IGM's target size? | yes | no taken into account by Autoscaler? | yes | no receives traffic from LB? | yes | no =========================================================================\n\nRepresents a Managed Instance Group resource.\n\nAn instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups.\n\nFor zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource.\n\nFor regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceGroupManagers ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionInstanceGroupManagers ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Managed Instance Group resource. An instance group is a collection of VM instances that you can manage as a single entity. For more information, read Instance groups. For zonal Managed Instance Group, use the instanceGroupManagers resource. For regional Managed Instance Group, use the regionInstanceGroupManagers resource.",
       "id": "InstanceGroupManager",
       "properties": {
         "autoHealingPolicies": {
@@ -36711,7 +37925,7 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] The list of instance actions and the number of instances in this managed instance group that are scheduled for each of those actions."
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
+          "description": "An optional description of this resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "distributionPolicy": {
@@ -36719,7 +37933,7 @@
           "description": "Policy specifying the intended distribution of managed instances across zones in a regional managed instance group."
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. This field may be used in optimistic locking. It will be ignored when inserting an InstanceGroupManager. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the InstanceGroupManager, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an InstanceGroupManager.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -36798,7 +38012,7 @@
           "description": "The update policy for this managed instance group."
         },
         "versions": {
-          "description": "Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances.\n\nEach version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates.",
+          "description": "Specifies the instance templates used by this managed instance group to create instances. Each version is defined by an instanceTemplate and a name. Every version can appear at most once per instance group. This field overrides the top-level instanceTemplate field. Read more about the relationships between these fields. Exactly one version must leave the targetSize field unset. That version will be applied to all remaining instances. For more information, read about canary updates.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerVersion"
           },
@@ -36820,7 +38034,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "creating": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully.\n\nIf you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that are scheduled to be created or are currently being created. If the group fails to create any of these instances, it tries again until it creates the instance successfully. If you have disabled creation retries, this field will not be populated; instead, the creatingWithoutRetries field will be populated.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -36930,36 +38144,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -36986,7 +38200,6 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceGroupManagerAutoHealingPolicy": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerAutoHealingPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "healthCheck": {
@@ -37062,36 +38275,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37177,24 +38390,24 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy",
       "properties": {
         "instanceRedistributionType": {
-          "description": "The  instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are:  \n- PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. \n- NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled.",
+          "description": "The instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. Valid values are: - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region. - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive redistribution is disabled. ",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "PROACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "No action is being proactively performed in order to bring this IGM to its target instance distribution.",
+            "This IGM will actively converge to its target instance distribution."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maxSurge": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates.\n\nAt least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge."
+          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be created above the specified targetSize during the update process. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxSurge is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxSurge."
         },
         "maxUnavailable": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied:\n\n \n- The instance's status is RUNNING. \n- If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available.  This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates.\n\nAt least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable."
+          "description": "The maximum number of instances that can be unavailable during the update process. An instance is considered available if all of the following conditions are satisfied: - The instance's status is RUNNING. - If there is a health check on the instance group, the instance's health check status must be HEALTHY at least once. If there is no health check on the group, then the instance only needs to have a status of RUNNING to be considered available. This value can be either a fixed number or, if the group has 10 or more instances, a percentage. If you set a percentage, the number of instances is rounded if necessary. The default value for maxUnavailable is a fixed value equal to the number of zones in which the managed instance group operates. At least one of either maxSurge or maxUnavailable must be greater than 0. Learn more about maxUnavailable."
         },
         "minimalAction": {
           "description": "Minimal action to be taken on an instance. You can specify either RESTART to restart existing instances or REPLACE to delete and create new instances from the target template. If you specify a RESTART, the Updater will attempt to perform that action only. However, if the Updater determines that the minimal action you specify is not enough to perform the update, it might perform a more disruptive action.",
@@ -37205,10 +38418,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37219,8 +38432,8 @@
             "SUBSTITUTE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Instances will be recreated (with the same name)",
+            "Default option: instances will be deleted and created (with a new name)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -37231,8 +38444,8 @@
             "PROACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "No action is being proactively performed in order to bring this IGM to its target version distribution (regardless of whether this distribution is expressed using instanceTemplate or versions field).",
+            "This IGM will actively converge to its target version distribution (regardless of whether this distribution is expressed using instanceTemplate or versions field)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -37252,7 +38465,7 @@
         },
         "targetSize": {
           "$ref": "FixedOrPercent",
-          "description": "Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to:  \n- If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. \n- if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded.  If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information."
+          "description": "Specifies the intended number of instances to be created from the instanceTemplate. The final number of instances created from the template will be equal to: - If expressed as a fixed number, the minimum of either targetSize.fixed or instanceGroupManager.targetSize is used. - if expressed as a percent, the targetSize would be (targetSize.percent/100 * InstanceGroupManager.targetSize) If there is a remainder, the number is rounded. If unset, this version will update any remaining instances not updated by another version. Read Starting a canary update for more information."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -37275,7 +38488,7 @@
       "id": "InstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "allInstances": {
-          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of ?instances?. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
+          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "instances": {
@@ -37286,7 +38499,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -37294,15 +38507,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -37310,10 +38523,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -37343,6 +38556,10 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "skipInstancesOnValidationError": {
+          "description": "Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group's zone or region.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -37442,36 +38659,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37567,36 +38784,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37737,36 +38954,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -37802,8 +39019,8 @@
             "RUNNING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Includes all instances in the generated list regardless of their state.",
+            "Includes instances in the generated list only if they have a RUNNING state."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -37866,36 +39083,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38000,36 +39217,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38116,36 +39333,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38206,15 +39423,15 @@
             "VERIFYING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group.",
+            "The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful.",
+            "The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased.",
+            "The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group has not scheduled any actions for this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is recreating this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is restarting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is verifying this already created instance. Verification happens every time the instance is (re)created or restarted and consists of: 1. Waiting until health check specified as part of this managed instance group's autohealing policy reports HEALTHY. Note: Applies only if autohealing policy has a health check specified 2. Waiting for addition verification steps performed as post-instance creation (subject to future extensions)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38247,18 +39464,17 @@
       "id": "InstanceMoveRequest",
       "properties": {
         "destinationZone": {
-          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the instance. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone \n- projects/project/zones/zone \n- zones/zone",
+          "description": "The URL of the destination zone to move the instance. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a zone: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone - projects/project/zones/zone - zones/zone ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "targetInstance": {
-          "description": "The URL of the target instance to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The URL of the target instance to move. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs to an instance: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceProperties": {
-      "description": "",
       "id": "InstanceProperties",
       "properties": {
         "advancedMachineFeatures": {
@@ -38323,16 +39539,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use  INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default.",
           "enum": [
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services. If specified, the subnetwork who is attached to the instance's default network interface will be assigned an internal IPv6 prefix if it doesn't have before.",
+            "Each network interface inherits PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess from its subnetwork."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38372,14 +39588,14 @@
       "id": "InstanceReference",
       "properties": {
         "instance": {
-          "description": "The URL for a specific instance.",
+          "description": "The URL for a specific instance. @required compute.instancegroups.addInstances/removeInstances",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InstanceTemplate": {
-      "description": "Represents an Instance Template resource.\n\nYou can use instance templates to create VM instances and managed instance groups. For more information, read Instance Templates. (== resource_for {$api_version}.instanceTemplates ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Instance Template resource. You can use instance templates to create VM instances and managed instance groups. For more information, read Instance Templates.",
       "id": "InstanceTemplate",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -38419,7 +39635,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstance": {
-          "description": "The source instance used to create the template. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "The source instance used to create the template. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstanceParams": {
@@ -38490,36 +39706,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38574,16 +39790,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -38716,36 +39932,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -38842,7 +40058,7 @@
       "id": "InstancesStartWithEncryptionKeyRequest",
       "properties": {
         "disks": {
-          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nIn order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided.\n\nIf the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
+          "description": "Array of disks associated with this instance that are protected with a customer-supplied encryption key. In order to start the instance, the disk url and its corresponding key must be provided. If the disk is not protected with a customer-supplied encryption key it should not be specified.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKeyProtectedDisk"
           },
@@ -38869,7 +40085,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Interconnect": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect resource.\n\nAn Interconnect resource is a dedicated connection between the GCP network and your on-premises network. For more information, read the  Dedicated Interconnect Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.interconnects ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect resource. An Interconnect resource is a dedicated connection between the GCP network and your on-premises network. For more information, read the Dedicated Interconnect Overview.",
       "id": "Interconnect",
       "properties": {
         "adminEnabled": {
@@ -38923,16 +40139,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "interconnectType": {
-          "description": "Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: \n- PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. \n- DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.",
+          "description": "Type of interconnect, which can take one of the following values: - PARTNER: A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers though a partner. - DEDICATED: A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer. Note that a value IT_PRIVATE has been deprecated in favor of DEDICATED.",
           "enum": [
             "DEDICATED",
             "IT_PRIVATE",
             "PARTNER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "A dedicated physical interconnection with the customer.",
+            "[Deprecated] A private, physical interconnection with the customer.",
+            "A partner-managed interconnection shared between customers via partner."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38942,14 +40158,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "linkType": {
-          "description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: \n- LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics \n- LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
+          "description": "Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.",
           "enum": [
             "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR",
             "LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "100G Ethernet, LR Optics.",
+            "10G Ethernet, LR Optics. [(rate_bps) = 10000000000];"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -38972,14 +40188,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationalStatus": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect's functionality, which can take one of the following values: \n- OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect's functionality, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. ",
           "enum": [
             "OS_ACTIVE",
             "OS_UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect is valid, turned up, and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect.",
+            "The interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39002,14 +40218,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. \n- UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of Interconnect functionality, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The Interconnect is valid, turned up and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNPROVISIONED: The Interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect is valid, turned up, and ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect.",
+            "The interconnect has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this interconnect."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -39017,7 +40233,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InterconnectAttachment": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource.\n\nYou can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read  Creating VLAN Attachments. (== resource_for {$api_version}.interconnectAttachments ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments.",
       "id": "InterconnectAttachment",
       "properties": {
         "adminEnabled": {
@@ -39025,7 +40241,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "bandwidth": {
-          "description": "Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: \n- BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s \n- BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s \n- BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s \n- BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s \n- BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s \n- BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s \n- BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s \n- BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s \n- BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s \n- BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s \n- BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s \n- BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s",
+          "description": "Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s ",
           "enum": [
             "BPS_100M",
             "BPS_10G",
@@ -39041,18 +40257,18 @@
             "BPS_5G"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "100 Mbit/s",
+            "10 Gbit/s",
+            "1 Gbit/s",
+            "200 Mbit/s",
+            "20 Gbit/s",
+            "2 Gbit/s",
+            "300 Mbit/s",
+            "400 Mbit/s",
+            "500 Mbit/s",
+            "50 Gbit/s",
+            "50 Mbit/s",
+            "5 Gbit/s"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39085,7 +40301,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "edgeAvailabilityDomain": {
-          "description": "Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 \n- AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY.",
+          "description": "Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY.",
           "enum": [
             "AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1",
             "AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2",
@@ -39099,14 +40315,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "encryption": {
-          "description": "Indicates the user-supplied encryption option of this VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment). Can only be specified at attachment creation for PARTNER or DEDICATED attachments. Possible values are: \n- NONE - This is the default value, which means that the VLAN attachment carries unencrypted traffic. VMs are able to send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. \n- IPSEC - The VLAN attachment carries only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device, such as an HA VPN gateway or third-party IPsec VPN. VMs cannot directly send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. To use IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect, the VLAN attachment must be created with this option. \nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "Indicates the user-supplied encryption option of this VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment). Can only be specified at attachment creation for PARTNER or DEDICATED attachments. Possible values are: - NONE - This is the default value, which means that the VLAN attachment carries unencrypted traffic. VMs are able to send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. - IPSEC - The VLAN attachment carries only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device, such as an HA VPN gateway or third-party IPsec VPN. VMs cannot directly send traffic to, or receive traffic from, such a VLAN attachment. To use *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect*, the VLAN attachment must be created with this option. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "enum": [
             "IPSEC",
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interconnect attachment will carry only encrypted traffic that is encrypted by an IPsec device such as HA VPN gateway; VMs cannot directly send traffic to or receive traffic from such an interconnect attachment. To use IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect, the interconnect attachment must be created with this option.",
+            "This is the default value, which means the Interconnect Attachment will carry unencrypted traffic. VMs will be able to send traffic to or receive traffic from such interconnect attachment."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39124,7 +40340,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipsecInternalAddresses": {
-          "description": "List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway's interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool.\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway's interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway's IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -39146,14 +40362,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "operationalStatus": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: \n- OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. \n- OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. ",
           "enum": [
             "OS_ACTIVE",
             "OS_UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that attachment has been turned up and is ready to use.",
+            "Indicates that attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39187,7 +40403,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. \n- UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. \n- PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. \n- PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. \n- PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. \n- DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DEFUNCT",
@@ -39198,27 +40414,27 @@
             "UNPROVISIONED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Indicates that attachment has been turned up and is ready to use.",
+            "The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was wiped out, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted.",
+            "A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it.",
+            "PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for the customer to activate.",
+            "A newly created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Indicates that attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
-          "description": "The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: \n- DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. \n- PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. \n- PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner.",
+          "description": "The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. ",
           "enum": [
             "DEDICATED",
             "PARTNER",
             "PARTNER_PROVIDER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attachment to a dedicated interconnect.",
+            "Attachment to a partner interconnect, created by the customer.",
+            "Attachment to a partner interconnect, created by the partner."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39298,36 +40514,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39414,36 +40630,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39543,36 +40759,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39669,14 +40885,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "The state of a LACP link, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: The link is configured and active within the bundle. \n- DETACHED: The link is not configured within the bundle. This means that the rest of the object should be empty.",
+          "description": "The state of a LACP link, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The link is configured and active within the bundle. - DETACHED: The link is not configured within the bundle. This means that the rest of the object should be empty. ",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "DETACHED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The link is configured and active within the bundle.",
+            "The link is not configured within the bundle, this means the rest of the object should be empty."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -39687,7 +40903,7 @@
       "id": "InterconnectDiagnosticsLinkOpticalPower",
       "properties": {
         "state": {
-          "description": "The status of the current value when compared to the warning and alarm levels for the receiving or transmitting transceiver. Possible states include:  \n- OK: The value has not crossed a warning threshold. \n- LOW_WARNING: The value has crossed below the low warning threshold. \n- HIGH_WARNING: The value has crossed above the high warning threshold. \n- LOW_ALARM: The value has crossed below the low alarm threshold. \n- HIGH_ALARM: The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold.",
+          "description": "The status of the current value when compared to the warning and alarm levels for the receiving or transmitting transceiver. Possible states include: - OK: The value has not crossed a warning threshold. - LOW_WARNING: The value has crossed below the low warning threshold. - HIGH_WARNING: The value has crossed above the high warning threshold. - LOW_ALARM: The value has crossed below the low alarm threshold. - HIGH_ALARM: The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold. ",
           "enum": [
             "HIGH_ALARM",
             "HIGH_WARNING",
@@ -39696,11 +40912,11 @@
             "OK"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The value has crossed above the high alarm threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed above the high warning threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed below the low alarm threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has crossed below the low warning threshold.",
+            "The value of the current optical power has not crossed a warning threshold."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -39805,36 +41021,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -39861,7 +41077,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "InterconnectLocation": {
-      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource.\n\nYou can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read  Creating VLAN Attachments.",
+      "description": "Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) Location resource. You can use this resource to find location details about an Interconnect attachment (VLAN). For more information about interconnect attachments, read Creating VLAN Attachments.",
       "id": "InterconnectLocation",
       "properties": {
         "address": {
@@ -39877,7 +41093,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "continent": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: \n- AFRICA \n- ASIA_PAC \n- EUROPE \n- NORTH_AMERICA \n- SOUTH_AMERICA",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Continent for this location, which can take one of the following values: - AFRICA - ASIA_PAC - EUROPE - NORTH_AMERICA - SOUTH_AMERICA ",
           "enum": [
             "AFRICA",
             "ASIA_PAC",
@@ -39950,14 +41166,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: \n- CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects. \n- AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of this InterconnectLocation, which can take one of the following values: - CLOSED: The InterconnectLocation is closed and is unavailable for provisioning new Interconnects. - AVAILABLE: The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects. ",
           "enum": [
             "AVAILABLE",
             "CLOSED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The InterconnectLocation is available for provisioning new Interconnects.",
+            "The InterconnectLocation is closed for provisioning new Interconnects."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -40025,36 +41241,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40098,10 +41314,10 @@
             "LP_LOCAL_REGION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This region is not in any common network presence with this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "This region shares the same regional network presence as this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "[Deprecated] This region is not in any common network presence with this InterconnectLocation.",
+            "[Deprecated] This region shares the same regional network presence as this InterconnectLocation."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -40133,7 +41349,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "issueType": {
-          "description": "Form this outage is expected to take, which can take one of the following values: \n- OUTAGE: The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window. \n- PARTIAL_OUTAGE: Some circuits comprising the Interconnect as a whole should remain up, but with reduced bandwidth. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"IT_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
+          "description": "Form this outage is expected to take, which can take one of the following values: - OUTAGE: The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window. - PARTIAL_OUTAGE: Some circuits comprising the Interconnect as a whole should remain up, but with reduced bandwidth. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"IT_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
           "enum": [
             "IT_OUTAGE",
             "IT_PARTIAL_OUTAGE",
@@ -40141,10 +41357,10 @@
             "PARTIAL_OUTAGE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "[Deprecated] The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window.",
+            "[Deprecated] Some circuits comprising the Interconnect will be out of service during the expected window. The interconnect as a whole should remain up, albeit with reduced bandwidth.",
+            "The Interconnect may be completely out of service for some or all of the specified window.",
+            "Some circuits comprising the Interconnect will be out of service during the expected window. The interconnect as a whole should remain up, albeit with reduced bandwidth."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -40153,14 +41369,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "source": {
-          "description": "The party that generated this notification, which can take the following value: \n- GOOGLE: this notification as generated by Google. Note that the value of NSRC_GOOGLE has been deprecated in favor of GOOGLE.",
+          "description": "The party that generated this notification, which can take the following value: - GOOGLE: this notification as generated by Google. Note that the value of NSRC_GOOGLE has been deprecated in favor of GOOGLE.",
           "enum": [
             "GOOGLE",
             "NSRC_GOOGLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This notification was generated by Google.",
+            "[Deprecated] This notification was generated by Google."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -40170,7 +41386,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "state": {
-          "description": "State of this notification, which can take one of the following values: \n- ACTIVE: This outage notification is active. The event could be in the past, present, or future. See start_time and end_time for scheduling. \n- CANCELLED: The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start. \n- COMPLETED: The outage associated with this notification is complete.  Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"NS_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
+          "description": "State of this notification, which can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: This outage notification is active. The event could be in the past, present, or future. See start_time and end_time for scheduling. - CANCELLED: The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start. - COMPLETED: The outage associated with this notification is complete. Note that the versions of this enum prefixed with \"NS_\" have been deprecated in favor of the unprefixed values.",
           "enum": [
             "ACTIVE",
             "CANCELLED",
@@ -40179,11 +41395,11 @@
             "NS_CANCELED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This outage notification is active. The event could be in the future, present, or past. See start_time and end_time for scheduling.",
+            "The outage associated with this notification was cancelled before the outage was due to start.",
+            "The outage associated with this notification is complete.",
+            "[Deprecated] This outage notification is active. The event could be in the future, present, or past. See start_time and end_time for scheduling.",
+            "[Deprecated] The outage associated with this notification was canceled before the outage was due to start."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -40201,7 +41417,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "License": {
-      "description": "Represents a License resource.\n\nA License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.licenses ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a License resource. A License represents billing and aggregate usage data for public and marketplace images. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
       "id": "License",
       "properties": {
         "chargesUseFee": {
@@ -40256,7 +41472,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LicenseCode": {
-      "description": "Represents a License Code resource.\n\nA License Code is a unique identifier used to represent a license resource.  Caution This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. (== resource_for {$api_version}.licenseCodes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a License Code resource. A License Code is a unique identifier used to represent a license resource. *Caution* This resource is intended for use only by third-party partners who are creating Cloud Marketplace images. ",
       "id": "LicenseCode",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -40308,11 +41524,11 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Machines are not allowed to attach boot disks with this License Code. Requests to create new resources with this license will be rejected.",
+            "Use is allowed for anyone with USE_READ_ONLY access to this License Code.",
+            "Use of this license is limited to a project whitelist.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Reserved state."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -40428,36 +41644,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40528,9 +41744,9 @@
             "PREFERENCE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Location is allowed for use.",
+            "Location is prohibited.",
+            "Default value, unused."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -40538,43 +41754,43 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfig": {
-      "description": "Specifies what kind of log the caller must write",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfig",
       "properties": {
         "cloudAudit": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions",
-          "description": "Cloud audit options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "counter": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigCounterOptions",
-          "description": "Counter options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "dataAccess": {
           "$ref": "LogConfigDataAccessOptions",
-          "description": "Data access options."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions": {
-      "description": "Write a Cloud Audit log",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCloudAuditOptions",
       "properties": {
         "authorizationLoggingOptions": {
           "$ref": "AuthorizationLoggingOptions",
-          "description": "Information used by the Cloud Audit Logging pipeline."
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
         },
         "logName": {
-          "description": "The log_name to populate in the Cloud Audit Record.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ADMIN_ACTIVITY",
             "DATA_ACCESS",
             "UNSPECIFIED_LOG_NAME"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -40582,55 +41798,55 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCounterOptions": {
-      "description": "Increment a streamz counter with the specified metric and field names.\n\nMetric names should start with a '/', generally be lowercase-only, and end in \"_count\". Field names should not contain an initial slash. The actual exported metric names will have \"/iam/policy\" prepended.\n\nField names correspond to IAM request parameters and field values are their respective values.\n\nSupported field names: - \"authority\", which is \"[token]\" if IAMContext.token is present, otherwise the value of IAMContext.authority_selector if present, and otherwise a representation of IAMContext.principal; or - \"iam_principal\", a representation of IAMContext.principal even if a token or authority selector is present; or - \"\" (empty string), resulting in a counter with no fields.\n\nExamples: counter { metric: \"/debug_access_count\" field: \"iam_principal\" } ==> increment counter /iam/policy/debug_access_count {iam_principal=[value of IAMContext.principal]}",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCounterOptions",
       "properties": {
         "customFields": {
-          "description": "Custom fields.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "field": {
-          "description": "The field value to attribute.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "metric": {
-          "description": "The metric to update.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField": {
-      "description": "Custom fields. These can be used to create a counter with arbitrary field/value pairs. See: go/rpcsp-custom-fields.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigCounterOptionsCustomField",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name is the field name.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "value": {
-          "description": "Value is the field value. It is important that in contrast to the CounterOptions.field, the value here is a constant that is not derived from the IAMContext.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "LogConfigDataAccessOptions": {
-      "description": "Write a Data Access (Gin) log",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "LogConfigDataAccessOptions",
       "properties": {
         "logMode": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "LOG_FAIL_CLOSED",
             "LOG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -40638,7 +41854,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MachineType": {
-      "description": "Represents a Machine Type resource.\n\nYou can use specific machine types for your VM instances based on performance and pricing requirements. For more information, read Machine Types. (== resource_for {$api_version}.machineTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Machine Type resource. You can use specific machine types for your VM instances based on performance and pricing requirements. For more information, read Machine Types.",
       "id": "MachineType",
       "properties": {
         "accelerators": {
@@ -40808,36 +42024,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -40924,36 +42140,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41022,36 +42238,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41082,7 +42298,7 @@
       "id": "ManagedInstance",
       "properties": {
         "currentAction": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The current action that the managed instance group has scheduled for the instance. Possible values: \n- NONE The instance is running, and the managed instance group does not have any scheduled actions for this instance. \n- CREATING The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful. \n- CREATING_WITHOUT_RETRIES The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased instead. \n- RECREATING The managed instance group is recreating this instance. \n- DELETING The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance. \n- ABANDONING The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group. \n- RESTARTING The managed instance group is restarting the instance. \n- REFRESHING The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance. \n- VERIFYING The managed instance group has created the instance and it is in the process of being verified.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The current action that the managed instance group has scheduled for the instance. Possible values: - NONE The instance is running, and the managed instance group does not have any scheduled actions for this instance. - CREATING The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful. - CREATING_WITHOUT_RETRIES The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased instead. - RECREATING The managed instance group is recreating this instance. - DELETING The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance. - ABANDONING The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group. - RESTARTING The managed instance group is restarting the instance. - REFRESHING The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance. - VERIFYING The managed instance group has created the instance and it is in the process of being verified. ",
           "enum": [
             "ABANDONING",
             "CREATING",
@@ -41095,15 +42311,15 @@
             "VERIFYING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The managed instance group is abandoning this instance. The instance will be removed from the instance group and from any target pools that are associated with this group.",
+            "The managed instance group is creating this instance. If the group fails to create this instance, it will try again until it is successful.",
+            "The managed instance group is attempting to create this instance only once. If the group fails to create this instance, it does not try again and the group's targetSize value is decreased.",
+            "The managed instance group is permanently deleting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group has not scheduled any actions for this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is recreating this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is applying configuration changes to the instance without stopping it. For example, the group can update the target pool list for an instance without stopping that instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is restarting this instance.",
+            "The managed instance group is verifying this already created instance. Verification happens every time the instance is (re)created or restarted and consists of: 1. Waiting until health check specified as part of this managed instance group's autohealing policy reports HEALTHY. Note: Applies only if autohealing policy has a health check specified 2. Waiting for addition verification steps performed as post-instance creation (subject to future extensions)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41138,16 +42354,16 @@
             "TERMINATED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The Nanny is halted and we are performing tear down tasks like network deprogramming, releasing quota, IP, tearing down disks etc.",
+            "Resources are being allocated for the instance.",
+            "The instance is in repair.",
+            "The instance is running.",
+            "All required resources have been allocated and the instance is being started.",
+            "The instance has stopped successfully.",
+            "The instance is currently stopping (either being deleted or killed).",
+            "The instance has suspended.",
+            "The instance is suspending.",
+            "The instance has stopped (either by explicit action or underlying failure)."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41183,11 +42399,11 @@
             "UNKNOWN"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The instance is being drained. The existing connections to the instance have time to complete, but the new ones are being refused.",
+            "The instance is reachable i.e. a connection to the application health checking endpoint can be established, and conforms to the requirements defined by the health check.",
+            "The instance is unreachable i.e. a connection to the application health checking endpoint cannot be established, or the server does not respond within the specified timeout.",
+            "The instance is reachable, but does not conform to the requirements defined by the health check.",
+            "The health checking system is aware of the instance but its health is not known at the moment."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41250,13 +42466,14 @@
       "id": "Metadata",
       "properties": {
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "items": {
           "description": "Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB.",
           "items": {
+            "description": "Metadata",
             "properties": {
               "key": {
                 "annotations": {
@@ -41293,27 +42510,27 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "MetadataFilter": {
-      "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies.\nFor each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata.\nAn example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves  Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in <a href=\"https://www.envoyproxy.io/docs/envoy/latest/api-v2/api/v2/core/base.proto#envoy-api-msg-core-node\" Node metadata of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.",
+      "description": "Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.",
       "id": "MetadataFilter",
       "properties": {
         "filterLabels": {
-          "description": "The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria \nThis list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.",
+          "description": "The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "MetadataFilterLabelMatch"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "filterMatchCriteria": {
-          "description": "Specifies how individual filterLabel matches within the list of filterLabels contribute towards the overall metadataFilter match.\nSupported values are:  \n- MATCH_ANY: At least one of the filterLabels must have a matching label in the provided metadata. \n- MATCH_ALL: All filterLabels must have matching labels in the provided metadata.",
+          "description": "Specifies how individual filterLabel matches within the list of filterLabels contribute towards the overall metadataFilter match. Supported values are: - MATCH_ANY: At least one of the filterLabels must have a matching label in the provided metadata. - MATCH_ALL: All filterLabels must have matching labels in the provided metadata. ",
           "enum": [
             "MATCH_ALL",
             "MATCH_ANY",
             "NOT_SET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Specifies that all filterLabels must match for the metadataFilter to be considered a match.",
+            "Specifies that any filterLabel must match for the metadataFilter to be considered a match.",
+            "Indicates that the match criteria was not set. A metadataFilter must never be created with this value."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -41325,18 +42542,18 @@
       "id": "MetadataFilterLabelMatch",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
-          "description": "Name of metadata label.\nThe name can have a maximum length of 1024 characters and must be at least 1 character long.",
+          "description": "Name of metadata label. The name can have a maximum length of 1024 characters and must be at least 1 character long.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "value": {
-          "description": "The value of the label must match the specified value.\nvalue can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "The value of the label must match the specified value. value can have a maximum length of 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NamedPort": {
-      "description": "The named port. For example: .",
+      "description": "The named port. For example: <\"http\", 80>.",
       "id": "NamedPort",
       "properties": {
         "name": {
@@ -41352,7 +42569,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Network": {
-      "description": "Represents a VPC Network resource.\n\nNetworks connect resources to each other and to the internet. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a VPC Network resource. Networks connect resources to each other and to the internet. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.",
       "id": "Network",
       "properties": {
         "IPv4Range": {
@@ -41361,7 +42578,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "autoCreateSubnetworks": {
-          "description": "Must be set to create a VPC network. If not set, a legacy network is created.\n\nWhen set to true, the VPC network is created in auto mode. When set to false, the VPC network is created in custom mode.\n\nAn auto mode VPC network starts with one subnet per region. Each subnet has a predetermined range as described in Auto mode VPC network IP ranges.\n\nFor custom mode VPC networks, you can add subnets using the subnetworks insert method.",
+          "description": "Must be set to create a VPC network. If not set, a legacy network is created. When set to true, the VPC network is created in auto mode. When set to false, the VPC network is created in custom mode. An auto mode VPC network starts with one subnet per region. Each subnet has a predetermined range as described in Auto mode VPC network IP ranges. For custom mode VPC networks, you can add subnets using the subnetworks insert method.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -41443,7 +42660,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instance": {
-          "description": "The name for a specific VM instance that the IP address belongs to. This is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group.\n\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
+          "description": "The name for a specific VM instance that the IP address belongs to. This is required for network endpoints of type GCE_VM_IP_PORT. The instance must be in the same zone of network endpoint group. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipAddress": {
@@ -41459,7 +42676,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroup": {
-      "description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. For more information about using NEGs, see  Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with internet NEGs,  Setting up zonal NEGs, or  Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with serverless NEGs. (== resource_for {$api_version}.networkEndpointGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalNetworkEndpointGroups ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionNetworkEndpointGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints. A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. For more information about using NEGs, see Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with internet NEGs, Setting up zonal NEGs, or Setting up external HTTP(S) Load Balancing with serverless NEGs.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup",
       "properties": {
         "annotations": {
@@ -41513,7 +42730,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkEndpointType": {
-          "description": "Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.",
+          "description": "Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.",
           "enum": [
             "GCE_VM_IP",
             "GCE_VM_IP_PORT",
@@ -41523,12 +42740,12 @@
             "SERVERLESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an IP address.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by IP address and port pair.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by fully qualified domain name and port.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an internet IP address and port.",
+            "The network endpoint is represented by an IP address and port. The endpoint belongs to a VM or pod running in a customer's on-premises.",
+            "The network endpoint is handled by specified serverless infrastructure."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -41624,36 +42841,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41680,53 +42897,53 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine": {
-      "description": "Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present.\n\nNote: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for an App Engine network endpoint group (NEG). The service is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The version is optional and can only be provided explicitly or in the URL mask when service is present. Note: App Engine service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupAppEngine",
       "properties": {
         "service": {
-          "description": "Optional serving service.\n\nThe service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"default\", \"my-service\".",
+          "description": "Optional serving service. The service name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: \"default\", \"my-service\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, the request URLs \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1\" and \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"-dot-appname.appspot.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v1\" } and { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse service and version fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple App Engine services without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, the request URLs \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v1\" and \"foo1-dot-appname.appspot.com/v2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"-dot-appname.appspot.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v1\" } and { service = \"foo1\", version = \"v2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "Optional serving version.\n\nThe version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"v1\", \"v2\".",
+          "description": "Optional serving version. The version name is case-sensitive and must be 1-100 characters long. Example value: \"v1\", \"v2\".",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask.\n\nNote: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Function network endpoint group (NEG). The function must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Function must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudFunction",
       "properties": {
         "function": {
-          "description": "A user-defined name of the Cloud Function.\n\nThe function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long.\n\nExample value: \"func1\".",
+          "description": "A user-defined name of the Cloud Function. The function name is case-sensitive and must be 1-63 characters long. Example value: \"func1\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, request URLs \"mydomain.com/function1\" and \"mydomain.com/function2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"/\". The URL mask will parse them to { function = \"function1\" } and { function = \"function2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse function field from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Cloud Functions without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend services. For example, request URLs \" mydomain.com/function1\" and \"mydomain.com/function2\" can be backed by the same Serverless NEG with URL mask \"/\". The URL mask will parse them to { function = \"function1\" } and { function = \"function2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudRun": {
-      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask.\n\nNote: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
+      "description": "Configuration for a Cloud Run network endpoint group (NEG). The service must be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. The tag is optional, may be provided explicitly or in the URL mask. Note: Cloud Run service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG.",
       "id": "NetworkEndpointGroupCloudRun",
       "properties": {
         "service": {
-          "description": "Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run.\n\nThe service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.\n\nExample value: \"run-service\".",
+          "description": "Cloud Run service is the main resource of Cloud Run. The service must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: \"run-service\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "tag": {
-          "description": "Optional Cloud Run tag represents the \"named-revision\" to provide additional fine-grained traffic routing information.\n\nThe tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.\n\nExample value: \"revision-0010\".",
+          "description": "Optional Cloud Run tag represents the \"named-revision\" to provide additional fine-grained traffic routing information. The tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Example value: \"revision-0010\".",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMask": {
-          "description": "A template to parse service and tag fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Run services without having to create multiple network endpoint groups and backend services.\n\nFor example, request URLs \"foo1.domain.com/bar1\" and \"foo1.domain.com/bar2\" can be backed by the same Serverless Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with URL mask \".domain.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service=\"bar1\", tag=\"foo1\" } and { service=\"bar2\", tag=\"foo2\" } respectively.",
+          "description": "A template to parse service and tag fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple Run services without having to create multiple network endpoint groups and backend services. For example, request URLs \"foo1.domain.com/bar1\" and \"foo1.domain.com/bar2\" can be backed by the same Serverless Network Endpoint Group (NEG) with URL mask \".domain.com/\". The URL mask will parse them to { service=\"bar1\", tag=\"foo1\" } and { service=\"bar2\", tag=\"foo2\" } respectively.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -41792,36 +43009,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -41883,8 +43100,8 @@
             "SKIP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Show the health status for each network endpoint. Impacts latency of the call.",
+            "Health status for network endpoints will not be provided."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -41947,36 +43164,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42045,36 +43262,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42148,14 +43365,14 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "ipv6AccessType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork.\n\nValid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6.",
           "enum": [
             "EXTERNAL",
             "UNSPECIFIED_IPV6_ACCESS_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This network interface can have external IPv6.",
+            "IPv6 access type not set. Means this network interface hasn't been turned on IPv6 yet."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42173,7 +43390,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred.\n\nIf you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/network \n- projects/project/global/networks/network \n- global/networks/default",
+          "description": "URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "networkIP": {
@@ -42188,28 +43405,33 @@
             "VIRTIO_NET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "GVNIC",
+            "No type specified.",
+            "VIRTIO"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "queueCount": {
+          "description": "The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users.",
+          "format": "int32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
         "stackType": {
-          "description": "The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used.\n\nThis field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.",
+          "description": "The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4_IPV6",
             "IPV4_ONLY",
             "UNSPECIFIED_STACK_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "The network interface can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.",
+            "The network interface will be assigned IPv4 address.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "subnetwork": {
-          "description": "The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork \n- regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork",
+          "description": "The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -42276,36 +43498,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42348,7 +43570,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "exportSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": {
-          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.",
+          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are exported. The default value is true, all subnet routes are exported. IPv4 special-use ranges are always exported to peers and are not controlled by this field.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "importCustomRoutes": {
@@ -42356,7 +43578,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "importSubnetRoutesWithPublicIp": {
-          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. The IPv4 special-use ranges (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPv4#Special_addresses) are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.",
+          "description": "Whether subnet routes with public IP range are imported. The default value is false. IPv4 special-use ranges are always imported from peers and are not controlled by this field.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "name": {
@@ -42379,8 +43601,8 @@
             "INACTIVE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Matching configuration exists on the peer.",
+            "There is no matching configuration on the peer, including the case when peer does not exist."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42516,7 +43738,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeGroup": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Group resource.\n\nA sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeGroups ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a sole-tenant Node Group resource. A sole-tenant node is a physical server that is dedicated to hosting VM instances only for your specific project. Use sole-tenant nodes to keep your instances physically separated from instances in other projects, or to group your instances together on the same host hardware. For more information, read Sole-tenant nodes.",
       "id": "NodeGroup",
       "properties": {
         "autoscalingPolicy": {
@@ -42550,7 +43772,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maintenancePolicy": {
-          "description": "Specifies how to handle instances when a node in the group undergoes maintenance. Set to one of: DEFAULT, RESTART_IN_PLACE, or MIGRATE_WITHIN_NODE_GROUP. The default value is DEFAULT. For more information, see  Maintenance policies.",
+          "description": "Specifies how to handle instances when a node in the group undergoes maintenance. Set to one of: DEFAULT, RESTART_IN_PLACE, or MIGRATE_WITHIN_NODE_GROUP. The default value is DEFAULT. For more information, see Maintenance policies.",
           "enum": [
             "DEFAULT",
             "MAINTENANCE_POLICY_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -42558,10 +43780,10 @@
             "RESTART_IN_PLACE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Allow the node and corresponding instances to retain default maintenance behavior.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "When maintenance must be done on a node, the instances on that node will be moved to other nodes in the group. Instances with onHostMaintenance = MIGRATE will live migrate to their destinations while instances with onHostMaintenance = TERMINATE will terminate and then restart on their destination nodes if automaticRestart = true.",
+            "Instances in this group will restart on the same node when maintenance has completed. Instances must have onHostMaintenance = TERMINATE, and they will only restart if automaticRestart = true."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -42675,36 +43897,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -42744,7 +43966,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "mode": {
-          "description": "The autoscaling mode. Set to one of: ON, OFF, or ONLY_SCALE_OUT. For more information, see  Autoscaler modes.",
+          "description": "The autoscaling mode. Set to one of: ON, OFF, or ONLY_SCALE_OUT. For more information, see Autoscaler modes.",
           "enum": [
             "MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "OFF",
@@ -42753,9 +43975,9 @@
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Autoscaling is disabled.",
+            "Autocaling is fully enabled.",
+            "Autoscaling will only scale out and will not remove nodes."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -42823,36 +44045,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43055,36 +44277,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43153,36 +44375,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43219,7 +44441,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeTemplate": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Template resource.\n\nYou can use a template to define properties for nodes in a node group. For more information, read Creating node groups and instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeTemplates ==)",
+      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Template resource. You can use a template to define properties for nodes in a node group. For more information, read Creating node groups and instances.",
       "id": "NodeTemplate",
       "properties": {
         "accelerators": {
@@ -43283,7 +44505,7 @@
         },
         "nodeTypeFlexibility": {
           "$ref": "NodeTemplateNodeTypeFlexibility",
-          "description": "The flexible properties of the desired node type. Node groups that use this node template will create nodes of a type that matches these properties.\n\nThis field is mutually exclusive with the node_type property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
+          "description": "The flexible properties of the desired node type. Node groups that use this node template will create nodes of a type that matches these properties. This field is mutually exclusive with the node_type property; you can only define one or the other, but not both."
         },
         "region": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The name of the region where the node template resides, such as us-central1.",
@@ -43295,7 +44517,7 @@
         },
         "serverBinding": {
           "$ref": "ServerBinding",
-          "description": "Sets the binding properties for the physical server. Valid values include:  \n- [Default] RESTART_NODE_ON_ANY_SERVER: Restarts VMs on any available physical server \n- RESTART_NODE_ON_MINIMAL_SERVER: Restarts VMs on the same physical server whenever possible  \n\nSee Sole-tenant node options for more information."
+          "description": "Sets the binding properties for the physical server. Valid values include: - *[Default]* RESTART_NODE_ON_ANY_SERVER: Restarts VMs on any available physical server - RESTART_NODE_ON_MINIMAL_SERVER: Restarts VMs on the same physical server whenever possible See Sole-tenant node options for more information."
         },
         "status": {
           "description": "[Output Only] The status of the node template. One of the following values: CREATING, READY, and DELETING.",
@@ -43306,10 +44528,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Resources are being allocated.",
+            "The node template is currently being deleted.",
+            "Invalid status.",
+            "The node template is ready."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -43388,36 +44610,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43504,36 +44726,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43617,36 +44839,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43673,7 +44895,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NodeType": {
-      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Type resource.\n\nEach node within a node group must have a node type. A node type specifies the total amount of cores and memory for that node. Currently, the only available node type is n1-node-96-624 node type that has 96 vCPUs and 624 GB of memory, available in multiple zones. For more information read Node types. (== resource_for {$api_version}.nodeTypes ==)",
+      "description": "Represent a sole-tenant Node Type resource. Each node within a node group must have a node type. A node type specifies the total amount of cores and memory for that node. Currently, the only available node type is n1-node-96-624 node type that has 96 vCPUs and 624 GB of memory, available in multiple zones. For more information read Node types.",
       "id": "NodeType",
       "properties": {
         "cpuPlatform": {
@@ -43801,36 +45023,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -43917,36 +45139,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44015,36 +45237,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44071,7 +45293,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "NotificationEndpoint": {
-      "description": "Represents a notification endpoint.\n\nA notification endpoint resource defines an endpoint to receive notifications when there are status changes detected by the associated health check service.\n\nFor more information, see  Health checks overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.notificationEndpoint ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionNotificationEndpoints ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a notification endpoint. A notification endpoint resource defines an endpoint to receive notifications when there are status changes detected by the associated health check service. For more information, see Health checks overview.",
       "id": "NotificationEndpoint",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -44200,36 +45422,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44256,7 +45478,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Operation": {
-      "description": "Represents an Operation resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has three Operation resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations)\n\nYou can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses.\n\nOperations can be global, regional or zonal.  \n- For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. \n- For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. \n- For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource.  \n\nFor more information, read  Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.globalOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionOperations ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.zoneOperations ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.",
       "id": "Operation",
       "properties": {
         "clientOperationId": {
@@ -44419,36 +45641,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -44548,36 +45770,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44664,36 +45886,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44762,36 +45984,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -44878,7 +46100,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "PacketMirroring": {
-      "description": "Represents a Packet Mirroring resource.\n\nPacket Mirroring clones the traffic of specified instances in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network and forwards it to a collector destination, such as an instance group of an internal TCP/UDP load balancer, for analysis or examination. For more information about setting up Packet Mirroring, see Using Packet Mirroring. (== resource_for {$api_version}.packetMirrorings ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Packet Mirroring resource. Packet Mirroring clones the traffic of specified instances in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) network and forwards it to a collector destination, such as an instance group of an internal TCP/UDP load balancer, for analysis or examination. For more information about setting up Packet Mirroring, see Using Packet Mirroring.",
       "id": "PacketMirroring",
       "properties": {
         "collectorIlb": {
@@ -44894,7 +46116,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enable": {
-          "description": "Indicates whether or not this packet mirroring takes effect. If set to FALSE, this packet mirroring policy will not be enforced on the network.\n\nThe default is TRUE.",
+          "description": "Indicates whether or not this packet mirroring takes effect. If set to FALSE, this packet mirroring policy will not be enforced on the network. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
             "FALSE",
             "TRUE"
@@ -44943,7 +46165,7 @@
           "description": "Specifies the mirrored VPC network. Only packets in this network will be mirrored. All mirrored VMs should have a NIC in the given network. All mirrored subnetworks should belong to the given network."
         },
         "priority": {
-          "description": "The priority of applying this configuration. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching rule. In the case of two rules that apply for a given Instance, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins.\n\nDefault value is 1000. Valid range is 0 through 65535.",
+          "description": "The priority of applying this configuration. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there is more than one matching rule. In the case of two rules that apply for a given Instance, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. Default value is 1000. Valid range is 0 through 65535.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -45027,36 +46249,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45107,9 +46329,9 @@
             "INGRESS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Default, both directions are mirrored.",
+            "Only egress traffic is mirrored.",
+            "Only ingress traffic is mirrored."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45191,36 +46413,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45250,14 +46472,14 @@
       "id": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfo",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A set of virtual machine instances that are being mirrored. They must live in zones contained in the same region as this packetMirroring.\n\nNote that this config will apply only to those network interfaces of the Instances that belong to the network specified in this packetMirroring.\n\nYou may specify a maximum of 50 Instances.",
+          "description": "A set of virtual machine instances that are being mirrored. They must live in zones contained in the same region as this packetMirroring. Note that this config will apply only to those network interfaces of the Instances that belong to the network specified in this packetMirroring. You may specify a maximum of 50 Instances.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfoInstanceInfo"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "subnetworks": {
-          "description": "A set of subnetworks for which traffic from/to all VM instances will be mirrored. They must live in the same region as this packetMirroring.\n\nYou may specify a maximum of 5 subnetworks.",
+          "description": "A set of subnetworks for which traffic from/to all VM instances will be mirrored. They must live in the same region as this packetMirroring. You may specify a maximum of 5 subnetworks.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PacketMirroringMirroredResourceInfoSubnetInfo"
           },
@@ -45358,36 +46580,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -45419,15 +46641,15 @@
       "properties": {
         "defaultRouteAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the  pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathMatcher's defaultRouteAction."
+          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the pathRules or routeRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathMatcher's defaultRouteAction."
         },
         "defaultService": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This will be used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService \n- compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService \n- global/backendServices/backendService  If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified.\nOnly one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect  or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\nAuthorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service:  \n- compute.backendBuckets.use \n- compute.backendServices.use",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL to the BackendService resource. This will be used if none of the pathRules or routeRules defined by this PathMatcher are matched. For example, the following are all valid URLs to a BackendService resource: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/backendServices/backendService - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendServices/backendService - global/backendServices/backendService If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be specified. Only one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set. Authorization requires one or more of the following Google IAM permissions on the specified resource default_service: - compute.backendBuckets.use - compute.backendServices.use ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "defaultUrlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect.\nIf defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When none of the specified pathRules or routeRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "description": {
           "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
@@ -45435,21 +46657,21 @@
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nHeaderAction specified here are applied after the matching HttpRouteRule HeaderAction and before the HeaderAction in the UrlMap \nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. HeaderAction specified here are applied after the matching HttpRouteRule HeaderAction and before the HeaderAction in the UrlMap Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "The name to which this PathMatcher is referred by the HostRule.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pathRules": {
-          "description": "The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis.\nFor example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list.\nWithin a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set.",
+          "description": "The list of path rules. Use this list instead of routeRules when routing based on simple path matching is all that's required. The order by which path rules are specified does not matter. Matches are always done on the longest-path-first basis. For example: a pathRule with a path /a/b/c/* will match before /a/b/* irrespective of the order in which those paths appear in this list. Within a given pathMatcher, only one of pathRules or routeRules must be set.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "PathRule"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "routeRules": {
-          "description": "The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number.\nWithin a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules.",
+          "description": "The list of HTTP route rules. Use this list instead of pathRules when advanced route matching and routing actions are desired. routeRules are evaluated in order of priority, from the lowest to highest number. Within a given pathMatcher, you can set only one of pathRules or routeRules.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HttpRouteRule"
           },
@@ -45471,15 +46693,15 @@
         },
         "routeAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathRule's routeAction."
+          "description": "In response to a matching path, the load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be set. Conversely if service is set, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of routeAction or urlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within a pathRule's routeAction."
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any  weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the backend service resource to which traffic is directed if this rule is matched. If routeAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if service is specified, routeAction cannot contain any weightedBackendService s. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of urlRedirect, service or routeAction.weightedBackendService must be set.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect.\nIf urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When a path pattern is matched, the request is redirected to a URL specified by urlRedirect. If urlRedirect is specified, service or routeAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -45511,12 +46733,12 @@
             "UNAPPLIED_DELETION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The per-instance config is being applied to the instance, but is not yet effective, possibly waiting for the instance to, for example, REFRESH.",
+            "The per-instance config deletion is being applied on the instance, possibly waiting for the instance to, for example, REFRESH.",
+            "The per-instance config is effective on the instance, meaning that all disks, ips and metadata specified in this config are attached or set on the instance.",
+            "*[Default]* The default status, when no per-instance config exists.",
+            "The per-instance config is set on an instance but not been applied yet.",
+            "The per-instance config has been deleted, but the deletion is not yet applied."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45524,7 +46746,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.\n\n\n\nA `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.\n\nFor some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).\n\n**JSON example:**\n\n{ \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 }\n\n**YAML example:**\n\nbindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3\n\nFor a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -45542,23 +46764,23 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "etag": {
-          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.\n\n**Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
+          "description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "iamOwned": {
-          "description": "",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "rules": {
-          "description": "If more than one rule is specified, the rules are applied in the following manner: - All matching LOG rules are always applied. - If any DENY/DENY_WITH_LOG rule matches, permission is denied. Logging will be applied if one or more matching rule requires logging. - Otherwise, if any ALLOW/ALLOW_WITH_LOG rule matches, permission is granted. Logging will be applied if one or more matching rule requires logging. - Otherwise, if no rule applies, permission is denied.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Rule"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "version": {
-          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy.\n\nValid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.\n\nAny operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:\n\n* Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions\n\n**Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.\n\nIf a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.\n\nTo learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+          "description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -45621,8 +46843,8 @@
             "READ_WRITE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Attaches this disk in read-only mode. Multiple VM instances can use a disk in READ_ONLY mode at a time.",
+            "*[Default]* Attaches this disk in READ_WRITE mode. Only one VM instance at a time can be attached to a disk in READ_WRITE mode."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45634,7 +46856,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Project": {
-      "description": "Represents a Project resource.\n\nA project is used to organize resources in a Google Cloud Platform environment. For more information, read about the  Resource Hierarchy. (== resource_for {$api_version}.projects ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Project resource. A project is used to organize resources in a Google Cloud Platform environment. For more information, read about the Resource Hierarchy.",
       "id": "Project",
       "properties": {
         "commonInstanceMetadata": {
@@ -45652,8 +46874,8 @@
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45673,7 +46895,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is not the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. This is *not* the project ID, and is just a unique ID used by Compute Engine to identify resources.",
           "format": "uint64",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45778,8 +47000,8 @@
             "STANDARD"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "High quality, Google-grade network tier, support for all networking products.",
+            "Public internet quality, only limited support for other networking products."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -45803,7 +47025,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicAdvertisedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicAdvertisedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicAdvertisedPrefix.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -45931,36 +47153,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46026,7 +47248,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a new PublicDelegatedPrefix. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the PublicDelegatedPrefix, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a PublicDelegatedPrefix.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -46082,9 +47304,11 @@
           "enum": [
             "ANNOUNCED",
             "DELETING",
-            "INITIALIZING"
+            "INITIALIZING",
+            "READY_TO_ANNOUNCE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
             "",
             "",
             ""
@@ -46162,36 +47386,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46277,36 +47501,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46418,36 +47642,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -46510,7 +47734,7 @@
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_P4_GPUS",
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_T4_GPUS",
             "COMMITTED_NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
-            "COMMITTED_P2D_CPUS",
+            "COMMITTED_T2D_CPUS",
             "CPUS",
             "CPUS_ALL_REGIONS",
             "DISKS_TOTAL_GB",
@@ -46559,7 +47783,6 @@
             "NVIDIA_T4_GPUS",
             "NVIDIA_T4_VWS_GPUS",
             "NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
-            "P2D_CPUS",
             "PACKET_MIRRORINGS",
             "PD_EXTREME_TOTAL_PROVISIONED_IOPS",
             "PREEMPTIBLE_CPUS",
@@ -46574,6 +47797,7 @@
             "PREEMPTIBLE_NVIDIA_T4_VWS_GPUS",
             "PREEMPTIBLE_NVIDIA_V100_GPUS",
             "PSC_ILB_CONSUMER_FORWARDING_RULES_PER_PRODUCER_NETWORK",
+            "PSC_INTERNAL_LB_FORWARDING_RULES",
             "PUBLIC_ADVERTISED_PREFIXES",
             "PUBLIC_DELEGATED_PREFIXES",
             "REGIONAL_AUTOSCALERS",
@@ -46587,12 +47811,14 @@
             "SECURITY_POLICY_CEVAL_RULES",
             "SECURITY_POLICY_RULES",
             "SECURITY_POLICY_RULES_PER_REGION",
+            "SERVICE_ATTACHMENTS",
             "SNAPSHOTS",
             "SSD_TOTAL_GB",
             "SSL_CERTIFICATES",
             "STATIC_ADDRESSES",
             "STATIC_BYOIP_ADDRESSES",
             "SUBNETWORKS",
+            "T2D_CPUS",
             "TARGET_HTTPS_PROXIES",
             "TARGET_HTTP_PROXIES",
             "TARGET_INSTANCES",
@@ -46632,6 +47858,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "Guest CPUs",
             "",
             "",
             "",
@@ -46708,6 +47935,7 @@
             "",
             "",
             "",
+            "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.",
             "",
             "",
             "",
@@ -46750,7 +47978,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "referenceType": {
-          "description": "A description of the reference type with no implied semantics. Possible values include:  \n- MEMBER_OF",
+          "description": "A description of the reference type with no implied semantics. Possible values include: 1. MEMBER_OF ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "referrer": {
@@ -46765,7 +47993,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Region": {
-      "description": "Represents a Region resource.\n\nA region is a geographical area where a resource is located. For more information, read Regions and Zones. (== resource_for {$api_version}.regions ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Region resource. A region is a geographical area where a resource is located. For more information, read Regions and Zones.",
       "id": "Region",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -46892,36 +48120,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47007,36 +48235,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47160,36 +48388,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47290,36 +48518,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47391,7 +48619,7 @@
       "id": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest",
       "properties": {
         "allInstances": {
-          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of ?instances?. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
+          "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d. If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified in the request.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "instances": {
@@ -47402,7 +48630,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "minimalAction": {
-          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
+          "description": "The minimal action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: At minimum, delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the minimum action is NONE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the necessary action is performed to execute the update.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -47410,15 +48638,15 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "mostDisruptiveAllowedAction": {
-          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update:  \n- REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. \n- RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. \n- REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. \n- NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all.  By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
+          "description": "The most disruptive action that you want to perform on each instance during the update: - REPLACE: Delete the instance and create it again. - RESTART: Stop the instance and start it again. - REFRESH: Do not stop the instance. - NONE: Do not disrupt the instance at all. By default, the most disruptive allowed action is REPLACE. If your update requires a more disruptive action than you set with this flag, the update request will fail.",
           "enum": [
             "NONE",
             "REFRESH",
@@ -47426,10 +48654,10 @@
             "RESTART"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Do not perform any action.",
+            "Updates applied in runtime, instances will not be disrupted.",
+            "Old instances will be deleted. New instances will be created from the target template.",
+            "Every instance will be restarted."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -47459,6 +48687,10 @@
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
+        },
+        "skipInstancesOnValidationError": {
+          "description": "Specifies whether the request should proceed despite the inclusion of instances that are not members of the group or that are already in the process of being deleted or abandoned. If this field is set to `false` and such an instance is specified in the request, the operation fails. The operation always fails if the request contains a malformed instance URL or a reference to an instance that exists in a zone or region other than the group's zone or region.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -47527,36 +48759,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47700,36 +48932,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47765,8 +48997,8 @@
             "RUNNING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Matches any status of the instances, running, non-running and others.",
+            "Instance is in RUNNING state if it is running."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -47857,36 +49089,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -47987,7 +49219,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Reservation": {
-      "description": "Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read  Reserving zonal resources. (== resource_for {$api_version}.reservations ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources.",
       "id": "Reservation",
       "properties": {
         "commitment": {
@@ -48048,11 +49280,11 @@
             "UPDATING"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Resources are being allocated for the reservation.",
+            "Reservation is currently being deleted.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Reservation has allocated all its resources.",
+            "Reservation is currently being resized."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -48068,7 +49300,7 @@
       "id": "ReservationAffinity",
       "properties": {
         "consumeReservationType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See  Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
+          "description": "Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
           "enum": [
             "ANY_RESERVATION",
             "NO_RESERVATION",
@@ -48076,9 +49308,9 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Consume any allocation available.",
+            "Do not consume from any allocated capacity.",
+            "Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -48166,36 +49398,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48281,36 +49513,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48390,36 +49622,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48532,36 +49764,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48588,7 +49820,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "ResourcePolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Resource Policy resource. You can use resource policies to schedule actions for some Compute Engine resources. For example, you can use them to schedule persistent disk snapshots.\n\n(== resource_for {$api_version}.resourcePolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Resource Policy resource. You can use resource policies to schedule actions for some Compute Engine resources. For example, you can use them to schedule persistent disk snapshots.",
       "id": "ResourcePolicy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -48651,11 +49883,11 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Resource policy is being created.",
+            "Resource policy is being deleted.",
+            "Resource policy is expired and will not run again.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Resource policy is ready to be used."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -48734,36 +49966,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -48959,36 +50191,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49182,7 +50414,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Route": {
-      "description": "Represents a Route resource.\n\nA route defines a path from VM instances in the VPC network to a specific destination. This destination can be inside or outside the VPC network. For more information, read the Routes overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.routes ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Route resource. A route defines a path from VM instances in the VPC network to a specific destination. This destination can be inside or outside the VPC network. For more information, read the Routes overview.",
       "id": "Route",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -49232,15 +50464,15 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopGateway": {
-          "description": "The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL:  projects/project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway",
+          "description": "The URL to a gateway that should handle matching packets. You can only specify the internet gateway using a full or partial valid URL: projects/ project/global/gateways/default-internet-gateway",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopIlb": {
-          "description": "The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs:  \n- 10.128.0.56 \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule \n- regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule",
+          "description": "The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopInstance": {
-          "description": "The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example:\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/",
+          "description": "The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "nextHopIp": {
@@ -49319,36 +50551,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -49437,36 +50669,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49493,7 +50725,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Router": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud Router resource.\n\nFor more information about Cloud Router, read the Cloud Router overview.",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud Router resource. For more information about Cloud Router, read the Cloud Router overview.",
       "id": "Router",
       "properties": {
         "bgp": {
@@ -49516,7 +50748,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "encryptedInterconnectRouter": {
-          "description": "Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN attachments (interconnectAttachments).\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN attachments (interconnectAttachments). Not currently available publicly. ",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "id": {
@@ -49658,36 +50890,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -49735,7 +50967,7 @@
               "ALL_SUBNETS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              ""
+              "Advertise all available subnets (including peer VPC subnets)."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -49754,7 +50986,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "keepaliveInterval": {
-          "description": "The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer.\nHold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer.\nBGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers.\nIf set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.",
+          "description": "The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are sent to the peer. Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a peer. BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between the two peers. If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -49777,13 +51009,13 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "advertisedGroups": {
-          "description": "User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, which can take one of the following options: \n- ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all available subnets, including peer VPC subnets. \n- ALL_VPC_SUBNETS: Advertises the router's own VPC subnets. Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and overrides the list defined for the router (in the \"bgp\" message). These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.",
+          "description": "User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, which can take one of the following options: - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all available subnets, including peer VPC subnets. - ALL_VPC_SUBNETS: Advertises the router's own VPC subnets. Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and overrides the list defined for the router (in the \"bgp\" message). These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.",
           "items": {
             "enum": [
               "ALL_SUBNETS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              ""
+              "Advertise all available subnets (including peer VPC subnets)."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -49802,7 +51034,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "enable": {
-          "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection.\nIf set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
+          "description": "The status of the BGP peer connection. If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the peer connection can be established with routing information. The default is TRUE.",
           "enum": [
             "FALSE",
             "TRUE"
@@ -49822,14 +51054,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "managementType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. \n- MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users \n- MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you or other users - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT",
             "MANAGED_BY_USER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The BGP peer is automatically created for PARTNER type InterconnectAttachment; Google will automatically create/delete this BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created/deleted, and Google will update the ipAddress and peerIpAddress when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is provisioned. This type of BGP peer cannot be created or deleted, but can be modified for all fields except for name, ipAddress and peerIpAddress.",
+            "Default value, the BGP peer is manually created and managed by user."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -49876,14 +51108,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "managementType": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. \n- MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. \n- MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly by users. - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, or deleted. ",
           "enum": [
             "MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT",
             "MANAGED_BY_USER"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The interface is automatically created for PARTNER type InterconnectAttachment, Google will automatically create/update/delete this interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created/provisioned/deleted. This type of interface cannot be manually managed by user.",
+            "Default value, the interface is manually created and managed by user."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -49961,36 +51193,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50050,14 +51282,14 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "natIpAllocateOption": {
-          "description": "Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: \n- MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. \n- AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty.",
+          "description": "Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. ",
           "enum": [
             "AUTO_ONLY",
             "MANUAL_ONLY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Nat IPs are allocated by GCP; customers can not specify any Nat IPs.",
+            "Only use Nat IPs provided by customers. When specified Nat IPs are not enough then the Nat service fails for new VMs."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50069,16 +51301,16 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": {
-          "description": "Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: \n- ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. \n- ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. \n- LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES or ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES, then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region.",
+          "description": "Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below) The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES or ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES, then there should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network in this region.",
           "enum": [
             "ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES",
             "ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES",
             "LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "All the IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.",
+            "All the primary IP ranges in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.",
+            "A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat (specified in the field subnetwork below)"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50116,16 +51348,16 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "filter": {
-          "description": "Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: \n- ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. \n- TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. \n- ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful.",
+          "description": "Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALL",
             "ERRORS_ONLY",
             "TRANSLATIONS_ONLY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Export logs for all (successful and unsuccessful) connections.",
+            "Export logs for connection failures only.",
+            "Export logs for successful connections only."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -50156,9 +51388,9 @@
               "PRIMARY_IP_RANGE"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "The primary and all the secondary ranges are allowed to Nat.",
+              "A list of secondary ranges are allowed to Nat.",
+              "The primary range is allowed to Nat."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -50386,36 +51618,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50442,11 +51674,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Rule": {
-      "description": "A rule to be applied in a Policy.",
+      "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
       "id": "Rule",
       "properties": {
         "action": {
-          "description": "Required",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "enum": [
             "ALLOW",
             "ALLOW_WITH_LOG",
@@ -50456,49 +51688,49 @@
             "NO_ACTION"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
+            "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
         "conditions": {
-          "description": "Additional restrictions that must be met. All conditions must pass for the rule to match.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Condition"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "description": {
-          "description": "Human-readable description of the rule.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ins": {
-          "description": "If one or more 'in' clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in at least one of these entries.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "logConfigs": {
-          "description": "The config returned to callers of tech.iam.IAM.CheckPolicy for any entries that match the LOG action.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "LogConfig"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "notIns": {
-          "description": "If one or more 'not_in' clauses are specified, the rule matches if the PRINCIPAL/AUTHORITY_SELECTOR is in none of the entries.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
         "permissions": {
-          "description": "A permission is a string of form '..' (e.g., 'storage.buckets.list'). A value of '*' matches all permissions, and a verb part of '*' (e.g., 'storage.buckets.*') matches all verbs.",
+          "description": "This is deprecated and has no effect. Do not use.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -50520,16 +51752,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, SSL health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50576,10 +51808,10 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The current autoscaling recommendation is influenced by this scaling schedule.",
+            "This scaling schedule has been disabled by the user.",
+            "This scaling schedule will never become active again.",
+            "The current autoscaling recommendation is not influenced by this scaling schedule."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -50591,7 +51823,7 @@
       "id": "Scheduling",
       "properties": {
         "automaticRestart": {
-          "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted.\n\nBy default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.",
+          "description": "Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "locationHint": {
@@ -50617,8 +51849,8 @@
             "TERMINATE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "*[Default]* Allows Compute Engine to automatically migrate instances out of the way of maintenance events.",
+            "Tells Compute Engine to terminate and (optionally) restart the instance away from the maintenance activity. If you would like your instance to be restarted, set the automaticRestart flag to true. Your instance may be restarted more than once, and it may be restarted outside the window of maintenance events."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50645,8 +51877,8 @@
             "OPERATOR_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Requires Compute Engine to seek for matched nodes.",
+            "Requires Compute Engine to avoid certain nodes.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -50696,9 +51928,12 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SecurityPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource.\n\nOnly external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see  Google Cloud Armor security policy overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.securityPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Google Cloud Armor security policy resource. Only external backend services that use load balancers can reference a security policy. For more information, see Google Cloud Armor security policy overview.",
       "id": "SecurityPolicy",
       "properties": {
+        "adaptiveProtectionConfig": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyAdaptiveProtectionConfig"
+        },
         "advancedOptionsConfig": {
           "$ref": "SecurityPolicyAdvancedOptionsConfig"
         },
@@ -50711,7 +51946,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the security policy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -50744,6 +51979,40 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "SecurityPolicyAdaptiveProtectionConfig": {
+      "description": "Configuration options for Cloud Armor Adaptive Protection (CAAP).",
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyAdaptiveProtectionConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "layer7DdosDefenseConfig": {
+          "$ref": "SecurityPolicyAdaptiveProtectionConfigLayer7DdosDefenseConfig",
+          "description": "If set to true, enables Cloud Armor Machine Learning."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SecurityPolicyAdaptiveProtectionConfigLayer7DdosDefenseConfig": {
+      "description": "Configuration options for L7 DDoS detection.",
+      "id": "SecurityPolicyAdaptiveProtectionConfigLayer7DdosDefenseConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "enable": {
+          "description": "If set to true, enables CAAP for L7 DDoS detection.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "ruleVisibility": {
+          "description": "Rule visibility can be one of the following: STANDARD - opaque rules. (default) PREMIUM - transparent rules.",
+          "enum": [
+            "PREMIUM",
+            "STANDARD"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SecurityPolicyAdvancedOptionsConfig": {
       "id": "SecurityPolicyAdvancedOptionsConfig",
       "properties": {
@@ -50828,36 +52097,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -50943,7 +52212,7 @@
             "SRC_IPS_V1"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "Matches the source IP address of a request to the IP ranges supplied in config."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -50968,11 +52237,11 @@
       "id": "SecuritySettings",
       "properties": {
         "clientTlsPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends.\nclientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nIf left blank, communications are not encrypted.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "subjectAltNames": {
-          "description": "Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service.\nNote that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities.\nOnly applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode). Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -50982,7 +52251,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SerialPortOutput": {
-      "description": "An instance's serial console output.",
+      "description": "An instance serial console output.",
       "id": "SerialPortOutput",
       "properties": {
         "contents": {
@@ -51021,8 +52290,8 @@
             "SERVER_BINDING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Node may associate with any physical server over its lifetime.",
+            "Node may associate with minimal physical servers over its lifetime.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -51048,98 +52317,44 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ShieldedInstanceConfig": {
-      "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options.",
-      "id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig",
-      "properties": {
-        "enableIntegrityMonitoring": {
-          "description": "Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
-        "enableSecureBoot": {
-          "description": "Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
-        "enableVtpm": {
-          "description": "Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ShieldedInstanceIdentity": {
-      "description": "A shielded Instance identity entry.",
-      "id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentity",
-      "properties": {
-        "encryptionKey": {
-          "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
-          "description": "An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM."
-        },
-        "kind": {
-          "default": "compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity for shielded Instance identity entry.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "signingKey": {
-          "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
-          "description": "An Attestation Key (AK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM."
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry": {
-      "description": "A Shielded Instance Identity Entry.",
-      "id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
+    "ServiceAttachment": {
+      "description": "Represents a ServiceAttachment resource. A service attachment represents a service that a producer has exposed. It encapsulates the load balancer which fronts the service runs and a list of NAT IP ranges that the producers uses to represent the consumers connecting to the service. next tag = 19",
+      "id": "ServiceAttachment",
       "properties": {
-        "ekCert": {
-          "description": "A PEM-encoded X.509 certificate. This field can be empty.",
-          "type": "string"
+        "connectedEndpoints": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] An array of connections for all the consumers connected to this service attachment.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentConnectedEndpoint"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         },
-        "ekPub": {
-          "description": "A PEM-encoded public key.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": {
-      "description": "The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured.",
-      "id": "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
-      "properties": {
-        "updateAutoLearnPolicy": {
-          "description": "Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "SignedUrlKey": {
-      "description": "Represents a customer-supplied Signing Key used by Cloud CDN Signed URLs",
-      "id": "SignedUrlKey",
-      "properties": {
-        "keyName": {
-          "description": "Name of the key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
-          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+        "connectionPreference": {
+          "description": "The connection preference of service attachment. The value can be set to ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC. An ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC service attachment is one that always accepts the connection from consumer forwarding rules.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ACCEPT_AUTOMATIC",
+            "ACCEPT_MANUAL",
+            "CONNECTION_PREFERENCE_UNSPECIFIED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "keyValue": {
-          "description": "128-bit key value used for signing the URL. The key value must be a valid RFC 4648 Section 5 base64url encoded string.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
-    "Snapshot": {
-      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource.\n\nYou can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read  Creating persistent disk snapshots. (== resource_for {$api_version}.snapshots ==)",
-      "id": "Snapshot",
-      "properties": {
-        "autoCreated": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk.",
-          "type": "boolean"
+        "consumerAcceptLists": {
+          "description": "Projects that are allowed to connect to this service attachment.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerProjectLimit"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         },
-        "chainName": {
-          "description": "Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value.",
-          "type": "string"
+        "consumerRejectLists": {
+          "description": "Projects that are not allowed to connect to this service attachment. The project can be specified using its id or number.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
@@ -51149,148 +52364,83 @@
           "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "diskSizeGb": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.",
-          "format": "int64",
-          "type": "string"
+        "enableProxyProtocol": {
+          "description": "If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.",
+          "type": "boolean"
         },
-        "downloadBytes": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.",
-          "format": "int64",
+        "fingerprint": {
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment.",
+          "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier.",
           "format": "uint64",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "default": "compute#snapshot",
-          "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.",
-          "format": "byte",
+          "default": "compute#serviceAttachment",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "labels": {
-          "additionalProperties": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "description": "Labels to apply to this snapshot. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. Label values may be empty.",
-          "type": "object"
-        },
-        "licenseCodes": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this snapshot.",
-          "items": {
-            "format": "int64",
-            "type": "string"
+        "name": {
+          "annotations": {
+            "required": [
+              "compute.serviceAttachments.insert"
+            ]
           },
-          "type": "array"
+          "description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+          "type": "string"
         },
-        "licenses": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] A list of public visible licenses that apply to this snapshot. This can be because the original image had licenses attached (such as a Windows image).",
+        "natSubnets": {
+          "description": "An array of URLs where each entry is the URL of a subnet provided by the service producer to use for NAT in this service attachment.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
           "type": "array"
         },
-        "locationHint": {
-          "description": "An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.",
+        "producerForwardingRule": {
+          "description": "The URL of a forwarding rule with loadBalancingScheme INTERNAL* that is serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
-          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
-          "type": "string"
+        "pscServiceAttachmentId": {
+          "$ref": "Uint128",
+          "description": "[Output Only] An 128-bit global unique ID of the PSC service attachment."
         },
-        "satisfiesPzs": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
-          "type": "boolean"
+        "region": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.",
+          "type": "string"
         },
         "selfLink": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
-        "snapshotEncryptionKey": {
-          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later."
-        },
-        "sourceDisk": {
-          "description": "The source disk used to create this snapshot.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": {
-          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key."
-        },
-        "sourceDiskId": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.",
-          "enum": [
-            "CREATING",
-            "DELETING",
-            "FAILED",
-            "READY",
-            "UPLOADING"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "storageBytes": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.",
-          "format": "int64",
+        "targetService": {
+          "description": "The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.",
           "type": "string"
-        },
-        "storageBytesStatus": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.",
-          "enum": [
-            "UPDATING",
-            "UP_TO_DATE"
-          ],
-          "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
-          ],
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "storageLocations": {
-          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).",
-          "items": {
-            "type": "string"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "SnapshotList": {
-      "description": "Contains a list of Snapshot resources.",
-      "id": "SnapshotList",
+    "ServiceAttachmentAggregatedList": {
+      "description": "Contains a list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList.",
+      "id": "ServiceAttachmentAggregatedList",
       "properties": {
         "id": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "items": {
-          "description": "A list of Snapshot resources.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "Snapshot"
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList",
+            "description": "Name of the scope containing this set of ServiceAttachments."
           },
-          "type": "array"
+          "description": "A list of ServiceAttachmentsScopedList resources.",
+          "type": "object"
         },
         "kind": {
-          "default": "compute#snapshotList",
+          "default": "compute#serviceAttachmentAggregatedList",
           "description": "Type of resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -51302,6 +52452,13 @@
           "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "unreachables": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
         "warning": {
           "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.",
           "properties": {
@@ -51335,36 +52492,640 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ServiceAttachmentConnectedEndpoint": {
+      "description": "[Output Only] A connection connected to this service attachment.",
+      "id": "ServiceAttachmentConnectedEndpoint",
+      "properties": {
+        "endpoint": {
+          "description": "The url of a connected endpoint.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "pscConnectionId": {
+          "description": "The PSC connection id of the connected endpoint.",
+          "format": "uint64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "description": "The status of a connected endpoint to this service attachment.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ACCEPTED",
+            "CLOSED",
+            "PENDING",
+            "REJECTED",
+            "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The connection has been accepted by the producer.",
+            "The connection has been closed by the producer.",
+            "The connection is pending acceptance by the producer.",
+            "The consumer is still connected but not using the connection.",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ServiceAttachmentConsumerProjectLimit": {
+      "id": "ServiceAttachmentConsumerProjectLimit",
+      "properties": {
+        "connectionLimit": {
+          "description": "The value of the limit to set.",
+          "format": "uint32",
+          "type": "integer"
+        },
+        "projectIdOrNum": {
+          "description": "The project id or number for the project to set the limit for.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ServiceAttachmentList": {
+      "id": "ServiceAttachmentList",
+      "properties": {
+        "id": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "items": {
+          "description": "A list of ServiceAttachment resources.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachment"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "kind": {
+          "default": "compute#serviceAttachmentList",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "selfLink": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList": {
+      "id": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList",
+      "properties": {
+        "serviceAttachments": {
+          "description": "A list of ServiceAttachments contained in this scope.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "ServiceAttachment"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ShieldedInstanceConfig": {
+      "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options.",
+      "id": "ShieldedInstanceConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "enableIntegrityMonitoring": {
+          "description": "Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "enableSecureBoot": {
+          "description": "Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "enableVtpm": {
+          "description": "Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ShieldedInstanceIdentity": {
+      "description": "A Shielded Instance Identity.",
+      "id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentity",
+      "properties": {
+        "encryptionKey": {
+          "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
+          "description": "An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM."
+        },
+        "kind": {
+          "default": "compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#shieldedInstanceIdentity for shielded Instance identity entry.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "signingKey": {
+          "$ref": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
+          "description": "An Attestation Key (AK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance's vTPM."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry": {
+      "description": "A Shielded Instance Identity Entry.",
+      "id": "ShieldedInstanceIdentityEntry",
+      "properties": {
+        "ekCert": {
+          "description": "A PEM-encoded X.509 certificate. This field can be empty.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "ekPub": {
+          "description": "A PEM-encoded public key.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy": {
+      "description": "The policy describes the baseline against which Instance boot integrity is measured.",
+      "id": "ShieldedInstanceIntegrityPolicy",
+      "properties": {
+        "updateAutoLearnPolicy": {
+          "description": "Updates the integrity policy baseline using the measurements from the VM instance's most recent boot.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SignedUrlKey": {
+      "description": "Represents a customer-supplied Signing Key used by Cloud CDN Signed URLs",
+      "id": "SignedUrlKey",
+      "properties": {
+        "keyName": {
+          "description": "Name of the key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "keyValue": {
+          "description": "128-bit key value used for signing the URL. The key value must be a valid RFC 4648 Section 5 base64url encoded string.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Snapshot": {
+      "description": "Represents a Persistent Disk Snapshot resource. You can use snapshots to back up data on a regular interval. For more information, read Creating persistent disk snapshots.",
+      "id": "Snapshot",
+      "properties": {
+        "autoCreated": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Set to true if snapshots are automatically created by applying resource policy on the target disk.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "chainName": {
+          "description": "Creates the new snapshot in the snapshot chain labeled with the specified name. The chain name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. This is an uncommon option only for advanced service owners who needs to create separate snapshot chains, for example, for chargeback tracking. When you describe your snapshot resource, this field is visible only if it has a non-empty value.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "creationTimestamp": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "description": {
+          "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "diskSizeGb": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "downloadBytes": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Number of bytes downloaded to restore a snapshot to a disk.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.",
+          "format": "uint64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "kind": {
+          "default": "compute#snapshot",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#snapshot for Snapshot resources.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labelFingerprint": {
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this snapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a snapshot.",
+          "format": "byte",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "labels": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "description": "Labels to apply to this snapshot. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. Label values may be empty.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "licenseCodes": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this snapshot.",
+          "items": {
+            "format": "int64",
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "licenses": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] A list of public visible licenses that apply to this snapshot. This can be because the original image had licenses attached (such as a Windows image).",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "locationHint": {
+          "description": "An opaque location hint used to place the snapshot close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.",
+          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "satisfiesPzs": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "selfLink": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "snapshotEncryptionKey": {
+          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
+          "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later."
+        },
+        "sourceDisk": {
+          "description": "The source disk used to create this snapshot.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": {
+          "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
+          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key."
+        },
+        "sourceDiskId": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this snapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the snapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "status": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the snapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, READY, or UPLOADING.",
+          "enum": [
+            "CREATING",
+            "DELETING",
+            "FAILED",
+            "READY",
+            "UPLOADING"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Snapshot creation is in progress.",
+            "Snapshot is currently being deleted.",
+            "Snapshot creation failed.",
+            "Snapshot has been created successfully.",
+            "Snapshot is being uploaded."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "storageBytes": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] A size of the storage used by the snapshot. As snapshots share storage, this number is expected to change with snapshot creation/deletion.",
+          "format": "int64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "storageBytesStatus": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date.",
+          "enum": [
+            "UPDATING",
+            "UP_TO_DATE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "",
+            ""
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "storageLocations": {
+          "description": "Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "SnapshotList": {
+      "description": "Contains a list of Snapshot resources.",
+      "id": "SnapshotList",
+      "properties": {
+        "id": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "items": {
+          "description": "A list of Snapshot resources.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Snapshot"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "kind": {
+          "default": "compute#snapshotList",
+          "description": "Type of resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "selfLink": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51405,7 +53166,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SslCertificate": {
-      "description": "Represents an SSL Certificate resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two SSL Certificate resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionSslCertificates)\n\n\n\nThe sslCertificates are used by:  \n- external HTTPS load balancers \n- SSL proxy load balancers  \n\nThe regionSslCertificates are used by internal HTTPS load balancers.\n\nOptionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read  Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and  Troubleshooting SSL certificates. (== resource_for {$api_version}.sslCertificates ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionSslCertificates ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an SSL Certificate resource. Google Compute Engine has two SSL Certificate resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/sslCertificates) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionSslCertificates) The sslCertificates are used by: - external HTTPS load balancers - SSL proxy load balancers The regionSslCertificates are used by internal HTTPS load balancers. Optionally, certificate file contents that you upload can contain a set of up to five PEM-encoded certificates. The API call creates an object (sslCertificate) that holds this data. You can use SSL keys and certificates to secure connections to a load balancer. For more information, read Creating and using SSL certificates, SSL certificates quotas and limits, and Troubleshooting SSL certificates.",
       "id": "SslCertificate",
       "properties": {
         "certificate": {
@@ -51474,8 +53235,8 @@
             "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "Google-managed SSLCertificate.",
+            "Certificate uploaded by user.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -51551,36 +53312,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51667,36 +53428,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51738,13 +53499,13 @@
               "PROVISIONING"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
+              "A managed certificate can be provisioned, no issues for this domain.",
               "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              "",
-              ""
+              "Failed to check CAA records for the domain.",
+              "Certificate issuance forbidden by an explicit CAA record for the domain.",
+              "There seems to be problem with the user's DNS or load balancer configuration for this domain.",
+              "Reached rate-limit for certificates per top-level private domain.",
+              "Certificate provisioning for this domain is under way. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate."
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -51769,12 +53530,12 @@
             "RENEWAL_FAILED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
+            "The certificate management is working, and a certificate has been provisioned.",
             "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The certificate management is working. GCP will attempt to provision the first certificate.",
+            "Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.",
+            "Certificate provisioning failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. It won't be retried. To try again delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details of which domain failed, consult domain_status field.",
+            "Renewal of the certificate has failed due to an issue with the DNS or load balancing configuration. The existing cert is still serving; however, it will expire shortly. To provision a renewed certificate, delete and create a new managed SslCertificate resource. For details on which domain failed, consult domain_status field."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -51839,36 +53600,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -51954,36 +53715,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52022,7 +53783,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "SslPolicy": {
-      "description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource.\n\nUse SSL policies to control the SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, offered by an HTTPS or SSL Proxy load balancer. For more information, read  SSL Policy Concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.sslPolicies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents an SSL Policy resource. Use SSL policies to control the SSL features, such as versions and cipher suites, offered by an HTTPS or SSL Proxy load balancer. For more information, read SSL Policy Concepts.",
       "id": "SslPolicy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -52030,7 +53791,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "customFeatures": {
-          "description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The\n- method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.",
+          "description": "A list of features enabled when the selected profile is CUSTOM. The method returns the set of features that can be specified in this list. This field must be empty if the profile is not CUSTOM.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -52048,7 +53809,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a SslPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the SslPolicy, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an SslPolicy.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52070,9 +53831,9 @@
             "TLS_1_2"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "TLS 1.0",
+            "TLS 1.1",
+            "TLS 1.2"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52090,10 +53851,10 @@
             "RESTRICTED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Compatible profile. Allows the broadset set of clients, even those which support only out-of-date SSL features to negotiate with the load balancer.",
+            "Custom profile. Allow only the set of allowed SSL features specified in the customFeatures field.",
+            "Modern profile. Supports a wide set of SSL features, allowing modern clients to negotiate SSL with the load balancer.",
+            "Restricted profile. Supports a reduced set of SSL features, intended to meet stricter compliance requirements."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52135,36 +53896,36 @@
                   "UNREACHABLE"
                 ],
                 "enumDescriptions": [
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  "",
-                  ""
+                  "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                  "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                  "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                  "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                  "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                  "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                  "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                  "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                  "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                  "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                  "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                  "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                  "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                  "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                  "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                  "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                  "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                  "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                  "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                  "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                  "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                  "A given scope cannot be reached."
                 ],
                 "type": "string"
               },
               "data": {
-                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+                "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
                 "items": {
                   "properties": {
                     "key": {
@@ -52244,7 +54005,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Subnetwork": {
-      "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource.\n\nA subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual Private Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary IP ranges. For more information, read  Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network. (== resource_for {$api_version}.subnetworks ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Subnetwork resource. A subnetwork (also known as a subnet) is a logical partition of a Virtual Private Cloud network with one primary IP range and zero or more secondary IP ranges. For more information, read Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Network.",
       "id": "Subnetwork",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -52264,7 +54025,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52288,8 +54049,8 @@
             "UNSPECIFIED_IPV6_ACCESS_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "VMs in this subnet can have external IPv6.",
+            "IPv6 access type not set. Means this subnet hasn't been turned on IPv6 yet."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52320,16 +54081,16 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": {
-          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority.\n\nThis field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
+          "description": "The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. This is an expanded field of enablePrivateV6Access. If both fields are set, privateIpv6GoogleAccess will take priority. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
           "enum": [
             "DISABLE_GOOGLE_ACCESS",
             "ENABLE_BIDIRECTIONAL_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE",
             "ENABLE_OUTBOUND_VM_ACCESS_TO_GOOGLE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Disable private IPv6 access to/from Google services.",
+            "Bidirectional private IPv6 access to/from Google services.",
+            "Outbound private IPv6 access from VMs in this subnet to Google services."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52338,12 +54099,14 @@
           "enum": [
             "INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER",
             "PRIVATE",
-            "PRIVATE_RFC_1918"
+            "PRIVATE_RFC_1918",
+            "PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subnet reserved for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.",
+            "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.",
+            "Regular user created or automatically created subnet.",
+            "Subnetworks created for Private Service Connect in the producer network."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52358,8 +54121,8 @@
             "BACKUP"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The ACTIVE subnet that is currently used.",
+            "The BACKUP subnet that could be promoted to ACTIVE."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52375,15 +54138,15 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "stackType": {
-          "description": "The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used.\n\nThis field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
+          "description": "The stack type for this subnet to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch.",
           "enum": [
             "IPV4_IPV6",
             "IPV4_ONLY",
             "UNSPECIFIED_STACK_TYPE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
+            "New VMs in this subnet can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.",
+            "New VMs in this subnet will only be assigned IPv4 addresses.",
             ""
           ],
           "type": "string"
@@ -52395,8 +54158,8 @@
             "READY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Subnetwork is being drained.",
+            "Subnetwork is ready for use."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -52471,36 +54234,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52587,36 +54350,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52771,36 +54534,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -52848,16 +54611,16 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "portSpecification": {
-          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values:\nUSE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking.\nUSE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking.\nUSE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking.\n\n\nIf not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
+          "description": "Specifies how port is selected for health checking, can be one of following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: The port number in port is used for health checking. USE_NAMED_PORT: The portName is used for health checking. USE_SERVING_PORT: For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking. If not specified, TCP health check follows behavior specified in port and portName fields.",
           "enum": [
             "USE_FIXED_PORT",
             "USE_NAMED_PORT",
             "USE_SERVING_PORT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The port number in port is used for health checking.",
+            "The portName is used for health checking.",
+            "For NetworkEndpointGroup, the port specified for each network endpoint is used for health checking. For other backends, the port or named port specified in the Backend Service is used for health checking."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52889,7 +54652,7 @@
       "id": "Tags",
       "properties": {
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
+          "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -52898,13 +54661,14 @@
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
+          "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?",
           "type": "array"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetGrpcProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target gRPC Proxy resource.\n\nA target gRPC proxy is a component of load balancers intended for load balancing gRPC traffic. Only global forwarding rules with load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED can reference a target gRPC proxy. The target gRPC Proxy references a URL map that specifies how traffic is routed to gRPC backend services. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetGrpcProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target gRPC Proxy resource. A target gRPC proxy is a component of load balancers intended for load balancing gRPC traffic. Only global forwarding rules with load balancing scheme INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED can reference a target gRPC proxy. The target gRPC Proxy references a URL map that specifies how traffic is routed to gRPC backend services.",
       "id": "TargetGrpcProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -53019,36 +54783,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53117,36 +54881,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53173,7 +54937,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetHttpProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target HTTP Proxy resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Target HTTP Proxy resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/targetHttpProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionTargetHttpProxies)\n\nA target HTTP proxy is a component of GCP HTTP load balancers.\n\n* targetHttpProxies are used by external HTTP load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by internal HTTP load balancers.\n\nForwarding rules reference a target HTTP proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and  Forwarding rule concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetHttpProxies ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionTargetHttpProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target HTTP Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTP Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpProxies) A target HTTP proxy is a component of GCP HTTP load balancers. * targetHttpProxies are used by external HTTP load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionTargetHttpProxies are used by internal HTTP load balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTP proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.",
       "id": "TargetHttpProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -53205,7 +54969,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "region": {
@@ -53322,36 +55086,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53420,36 +55184,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53486,9 +55250,9 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The load balancer will not attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "The load balancer will attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "No overrides to the default QUIC policy. This option is implicit if no QUIC override has been specified in the request."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -53509,11 +55273,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetHttpsProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionTargetHttpsProxies)\n\nA target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers.\n\n* targetHttpsProxies are used by external HTTPS load balancers. * regionTargetHttpsProxies are used by internal HTTPS load balancers.\n\nForwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and  Forwarding rule concepts. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetHttpsProxies ==) (== resource_for {$api_version}.regionTargetHttpsProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target HTTPS Proxy resource. Google Compute Engine has two Target HTTPS Proxy resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/targetHttpsProxies) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionTargetHttpsProxies) A target HTTPS proxy is a component of GCP HTTPS load balancers. * targetHttpsProxies are used by external HTTPS load balancers. * regionTargetHttpsProxies are used by internal HTTPS load balancers. Forwarding rules reference a target HTTPS proxy, and the target proxy then references a URL map. For more information, read Using Target Proxies and Forwarding rule concepts.",
       "id": "TargetHttpsProxy",
       "properties": {
         "authorizationPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy.\nRefer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details.\nauthorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.AuthorizationPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authorize inbound traffic. If left blank, access will not be restricted by an authorization policy. Refer to the AuthorizationPolicy resource for additional details. authorizationPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -53545,20 +55309,20 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "quicOverride": {
-          "description": "Specifies the QUIC override policy for this TargetHttpsProxy resource. This setting determines whether the load balancer attempts to negotiate QUIC with clients. You can specify NONE, ENABLE, or DISABLE.  \n- When quic-override is set to NONE, Google manages whether QUIC is used. \n- When quic-override is set to ENABLE, the load balancer uses QUIC when possible. \n- When quic-override is set to DISABLE, the load balancer doesn't use QUIC. \n- If the quic-override flag is not specified, NONE is implied.",
+          "description": "Specifies the QUIC override policy for this TargetHttpsProxy resource. This setting determines whether the load balancer attempts to negotiate QUIC with clients. You can specify NONE, ENABLE, or DISABLE. - When quic-override is set to NONE, Google manages whether QUIC is used. - When quic-override is set to ENABLE, the load balancer uses QUIC when possible. - When quic-override is set to DISABLE, the load balancer doesn't use QUIC. - If the quic-override flag is not specified, NONE is implied. ",
           "enum": [
             "DISABLE",
             "ENABLE",
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "The load balancer will not attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "The load balancer will attempt to negotiate QUIC with clients.",
+            "No overrides to the default QUIC policy. This option is implicit if no QUIC override has been specified in the request."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -53571,7 +55335,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "serverTlsPolicy": {
-          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ServerTlsPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authenticate inbound traffic.\nserverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\nIf left blank, communications are not encrypted.\nNote: This field currently has no impact.",
+          "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ServerTlsPolicy resource that describes how the proxy should authenticate inbound traffic. serverTlsPolicy only applies to a global TargetHttpsProxy attached to globalForwardingRules with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sslCertificates": {
@@ -53586,7 +55350,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "urlMap": {
-          "description": "A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map:  \n- https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map \n- projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map \n- global/urlMaps/url-map",
+          "description": "A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map ",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -53660,36 +55424,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53776,36 +55540,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -53832,7 +55596,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetInstance": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target Instance resource.\n\nYou can use a target instance to handle traffic for one or more forwarding rules, which is ideal for forwarding protocol traffic that is managed by a single source. For example, ESP, AH, TCP, or UDP. For more information, read Target instances. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetInstances ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target Instance resource. You can use a target instance to handle traffic for one or more forwarding rules, which is ideal for forwarding protocol traffic that is managed by a single source. For example, ESP, AH, TCP, or UDP. For more information, read Target instances.",
       "id": "TargetInstance",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -53849,7 +55613,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "instance": {
-          "description": "A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance \n- zones/zone/instances/instance",
+          "description": "A URL to the virtual machine instance that handles traffic for this target instance. When creating a target instance, you can provide the fully-qualified URL or a valid partial URL to the desired virtual machine. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - zones/zone/instances/instance ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "kind": {
@@ -53868,7 +55632,7 @@
             "NO_NAT"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            ""
+            "No NAT performed."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -53951,36 +55715,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54067,36 +55831,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54165,36 +55929,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54221,11 +55985,11 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetPool": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target Pool resource.\n\nTarget pools are used for network TCP/UDP load balancing. A target pool references member instances, an associated legacy HttpHealthCheck resource, and, optionally, a backup target pool. For more information, read Using target pools. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetPools ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target Pool resource. Target pools are used for network TCP/UDP load balancing. A target pool references member instances, an associated legacy HttpHealthCheck resource, and, optionally, a backup target pool. For more information, read Using target pools.",
       "id": "TargetPool",
       "properties": {
         "backupPool": {
-          "description": "The server-defined URL for the resource. This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool, and its failoverRatio field is properly set to a value between [0, 1].\n\nbackupPool and failoverRatio together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below failoverRatio, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool.\n\nIn case where failoverRatio and backupPool are not set, or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
+          "description": "The server-defined URL for the resource. This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool, and its failoverRatio field is properly set to a value between [0, 1]. backupPool and failoverRatio together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below failoverRatio, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool. In case where failoverRatio and backupPool are not set, or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -54237,7 +56001,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "failoverRatio": {
-          "description": "This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool (i.e., not as a backup pool to some other target pool). The value of the field must be in [0, 1].\n\nIf set, backupPool must also be set. They together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below this number, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool.\n\nIn case where failoverRatio is not set or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
+          "description": "This field is applicable only when the containing target pool is serving a forwarding rule as the primary pool (i.e., not as a backup pool to some other target pool). The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. If set, backupPool must also be set. They together define the fallback behavior of the primary target pool: if the ratio of the healthy instances in the primary pool is at or below this number, traffic arriving at the load-balanced IP will be directed to the backup pool. In case where failoverRatio is not set or all the instances in the backup pool are unhealthy, the traffic will be directed back to the primary pool in the \"force\" mode, where traffic will be spread to the healthy instances with the best effort, or to all instances when no instance is healthy.",
           "format": "float",
           "type": "number"
         },
@@ -54279,7 +56043,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sessionAffinity": {
-          "description": "Session affinity option, must be one of the following values:\nNONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.\nCLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.\nCLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.",
+          "description": "Session affinity option, must be one of the following values: NONE: Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool. CLIENT_IP: Connections from the same client IP will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy. CLIENT_IP_PROTO: Connections from the same client IP with the same IP protocol will go to the same instance in the pool while that instance remains healthy.",
           "enum": [
             "CLIENT_IP",
             "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION",
@@ -54291,14 +56055,14 @@
             "NONE"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.",
+            "1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.",
+            "5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.",
+            "The hash is based on a user specified header field.",
+            "The hash is based on a user provided cookie.",
+            "No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         }
@@ -54373,36 +56137,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54506,36 +56270,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54578,7 +56342,7 @@
       "id": "TargetPoolsAddInstanceRequest",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A full or partial URL to an instance to add to this target pool. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name \n- projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name \n- zones/zone/instances/instance-name",
+          "description": "A full or partial URL to an instance to add to this target pool. This can be a full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project-id/zones/zone /instances/instance-name - projects/project-id/zones/zone/instances/instance-name - zones/zone/instances/instance-name ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "InstanceReference"
           },
@@ -54591,7 +56355,7 @@
       "id": "TargetPoolsRemoveHealthCheckRequest",
       "properties": {
         "healthChecks": {
-          "description": "Health check URL to be removed. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs:  \n- https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check \n- global/httpHealthChecks/health-check",
+          "description": "Health check URL to be removed. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/project /global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - projects/project/global/httpHealthChecks/health-check - global/httpHealthChecks/health-check ",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "HealthCheckReference"
           },
@@ -54656,36 +56420,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54762,7 +56526,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetSslProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource.\n\nA target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetSslProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target SSL Proxy resource. A target SSL proxy is a component of a SSL Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference a target SSL proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read Using Target Proxies.",
       "id": "TargetSslProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -54883,36 +56647,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -54967,7 +56731,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetTcpProxy": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource.\n\nA target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetTcpProxies ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource. A target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview.",
       "id": "TargetTcpProxy",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -54994,7 +56758,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "proxyBind": {
-          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.\n\nWhen this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them.\n\nThe default is false.",
+          "description": "This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "proxyHeader": {
@@ -55081,36 +56845,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55137,7 +56901,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "TargetVpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents a Target VPN Gateway resource.\n\nThe target VPN gateway resource represents a Classic Cloud VPN gateway. For more information, read the the Cloud VPN Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.targetVpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Target VPN Gateway resource. The target VPN gateway resource represents a Classic Cloud VPN gateway. For more information, read the the Cloud VPN Overview.",
       "id": "TargetVpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -55286,36 +57050,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55402,36 +57166,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55500,36 +57264,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55628,8 +57392,22 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Uint128": {
+      "id": "Uint128",
+      "properties": {
+        "high": {
+          "format": "uint64",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "low": {
+          "format": "uint64",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "UrlMap": {
-      "description": "Represents a URL Map resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two URL Map resources:\n\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionUrlMaps)\n\nA URL map resource is a component of certain types of GCP load balancers and Traffic Director.\n\n* urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers.\n\nFor a list of supported URL map features by load balancer type, see the  Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table.\n\nFor a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the  Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table.\n\nThis resource defines mappings from host names and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket.\n\nTo use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts.",
+      "description": "Represents a URL Map resource. Google Compute Engine has two URL Map resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/urlMaps) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionUrlMaps) A URL map resource is a component of certain types of GCP load balancers and Traffic Director. * urlMaps are used by external HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director. * regionUrlMaps are used by internal HTTP(S) load balancers. For a list of supported URL map features by load balancer type, see the Load balancing features: Routing and traffic management table. For a list of supported URL map features for Traffic Director, see the Traffic Director features: Routing and traffic management table. This resource defines mappings from host names and URL paths to either a backend service or a backend bucket. To use the global urlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of either EXTERNAL or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. To use the regionUrlMaps resource, the backend service must have a loadBalancingScheme of INTERNAL_MANAGED. For more information, read URL Map Concepts.",
       "id": "UrlMap",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -55638,28 +57416,28 @@
         },
         "defaultRouteAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpRouteAction",
-          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the  hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any  weightedBackendServices.\nOnly one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set.\nUrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction.\ndefaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing actions like URL rewrites, header transformations, etc. prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend. If defaultRouteAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, defaultService must not be set. Conversely if defaultService is set, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Only one of defaultRouteAction or defaultUrlRedirect must be set. UrlMaps for external HTTP(S) load balancers support only the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "defaultService": {
-          "description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified.\nOnly one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect  or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set.\ndefaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The full or partial URL of the defaultService resource to which traffic is directed if none of the hostRules match. If defaultRouteAction is additionally specified, advanced routing actions like URL Rewrites, etc. take effect prior to sending the request to the backend. However, if defaultService is specified, defaultRouteAction cannot contain any weightedBackendServices. Conversely, if routeAction specifies any weightedBackendServices, service must not be specified. Only one of defaultService, defaultUrlRedirect or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService must be set. defaultService has no effect when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "defaultUrlRedirect": {
           "$ref": "HttpRedirectAction",
-          "description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect.\nIf defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
+          "description": "When none of the specified hostRules match, the request is redirected to a URL specified by defaultUrlRedirect. If defaultUrlRedirect is specified, defaultService or defaultRouteAction must not be set. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy."
         },
         "description": {
           "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
-          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a UrlMap. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the UrlMap, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a UrlMap.",
+          "description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a UrlMap. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the UrlMap, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a UrlMap.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nThe headerAction specified here take effect after headerAction specified under pathMatcher.\nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. The headerAction specified here take effect after headerAction specified under pathMatcher. Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "hostRules": {
           "description": "The list of HostRules to use against the URL.",
@@ -55699,7 +57477,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "tests": {
-          "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update this UrlMap will succeed only if all of the test cases pass. You can specify a maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
+          "description": "The list of expected URL mapping tests. Request to update this UrlMap will succeed only if all of the test cases pass. You can specify a maximum of 100 tests per UrlMap. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "UrlMapTest"
           },
@@ -55769,36 +57547,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -55842,11 +57620,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "expectedOutputUrl": {
-          "description": "The expected output URL evaluated by load balancer containing the scheme, host, path and query parameters.\nFor rules that forward requests to backends, the test passes only when expectedOutputUrl matches the request forwarded by load balancer to backends. For rules with urlRewrite, the test verifies that the forwarded request matches hostRewrite and pathPrefixRewrite in the urlRewrite action. When service is specified, expectedOutputUrl`s scheme is ignored.\nFor rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl matches the URL in the load balancer's redirect response. If urlRedirect specifies https_redirect, the test passes only if the scheme in expectedOutputUrl is also set to https. If urlRedirect specifies strip_query, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl does not contain any query parameters.\nexpectedOutputUrl is optional when service is specified.",
+          "description": "The expected output URL evaluated by load balancer containing the scheme, host, path and query parameters. For rules that forward requests to backends, the test passes only when expectedOutputUrl matches the request forwarded by load balancer to backends. For rules with urlRewrite, the test verifies that the forwarded request matches hostRewrite and pathPrefixRewrite in the urlRewrite action. When service is specified, expectedOutputUrl`s scheme is ignored. For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl matches the URL in the load balancer's redirect response. If urlRedirect specifies https_redirect, the test passes only if the scheme in expectedOutputUrl is also set to https. If urlRedirect specifies strip_query, the test passes only if expectedOutputUrl does not contain any query parameters. expectedOutputUrl is optional when service is specified.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "expectedRedirectResponseCode": {
-          "description": "For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedRedirectResponseCode matches the HTTP status code in load balancer's redirect response.\nexpectedRedirectResponseCode cannot be set when service is set.",
+          "description": "For rules with urlRedirect, the test passes only if expectedRedirectResponseCode matches the HTTP status code in load balancer's redirect response. expectedRedirectResponseCode cannot be set when service is set.",
           "format": "int32",
           "type": "integer"
         },
@@ -55866,7 +57644,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "service": {
-          "description": "Expected BackendService or BackendBucket resource the given URL should be mapped to.\nservice cannot be set if expectedRedirectResponseCode is set.",
+          "description": "Expected BackendService or BackendBucket resource the given URL should be mapped to. service cannot be set if expectedRedirectResponseCode is set.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -55982,36 +57760,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56080,36 +57858,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56159,11 +57937,11 @@
       "id": "UrlRewrite",
       "properties": {
         "hostRewrite": {
-          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected service, the request's host header is replaced with contents of hostRewrite.\nThe value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
+          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected service, the request's host header is replaced with contents of hostRewrite. The value must be between 1 and 255 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pathPrefixRewrite": {
-          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend service, the matching portion of the request's path is replaced by pathPrefixRewrite.\nThe value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
+          "description": "Prior to forwarding the request to the selected backend service, the matching portion of the request's path is replaced by pathPrefixRewrite. The value must be between 1 and 1024 characters.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -56270,36 +58048,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56334,7 +58112,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "reportNamePrefix": {
-          "description": "An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.",
+          "description": "An optional prefix for the name of the usage report object stored in bucketName. If not supplied, defaults to usage_gce. The report is stored as a CSV file named report_name_prefix_gce_YYYYMMDD.csv where YYYYMMDD is the day of the usage according to Pacific Time. If you supply a prefix, it should conform to Cloud Storage object naming conventions.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -56457,36 +58235,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56513,7 +58291,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VpnGateway": {
-      "description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway.\n\nHA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely connect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud network through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region. For more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see  Cloud VPN topologies . (== resource_for {$api_version}.vpnGateways ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway. HA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely connect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud network through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region. For more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see Cloud VPN topologies .",
       "id": "VpnGateway",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -56535,7 +58313,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labelFingerprint": {
-          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an VpnGateway.",
+          "description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve an VpnGateway.",
           "format": "byte",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56651,36 +58429,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56767,36 +58545,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -56846,8 +58624,8 @@
             "CONNECTION_REDUNDANCY_NOT_MET"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            ""
+            "VPN tunnels are configured with adequate redundancy from Cloud VPN gateway to the peer VPN gateway. For both GCP-to-non-GCP and GCP-to-GCP connections, the adequate redundancy is a pre-requirement for users to get 99.99% availability on GCP side; please note that for any connection, end-to-end 99.99% availability is subject to proper configuration on the peer VPN gateway.",
+            "VPN tunnels are not configured with adequate redundancy from the Cloud VPN gateway to the peer gateway"
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -56921,7 +58699,7 @@
           "type": "integer"
         },
         "interconnectAttachment": {
-          "description": "URL of the VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment) resource for this VPN gateway interface. When the value of this field is present, the VPN gateway is used for IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect; all egress or ingress traffic for this VPN gateway interface goes through the specified VLAN attachment resource.\nNot currently available publicly.",
+          "description": "URL of the VLAN attachment (interconnectAttachment) resource for this VPN gateway interface. When the value of this field is present, the VPN gateway is used for IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect; all egress or ingress traffic for this VPN gateway interface goes through the specified VLAN attachment resource. Not currently available publicly. ",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipAddress": {
@@ -56983,36 +58761,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57039,7 +58817,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VpnTunnel": {
-      "description": "Represents a Cloud VPN Tunnel resource.\n\nFor more information about VPN, read the  the Cloud VPN Overview. (== resource_for {$api_version}.vpnTunnels ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Cloud VPN Tunnel resource. For more information about VPN, read the the Cloud VPN Overview.",
       "id": "VpnTunnel",
       "properties": {
         "creationTimestamp": {
@@ -57131,7 +58909,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "status": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the VPN tunnel, which can be one of the following: \n- PROVISIONING: Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel. \n- WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG: Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from the user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule, and Route resources are needed to setup the VPN tunnel. \n- FIRST_HANDSHAKE: Successful first handshake with the peer VPN. \n- ESTABLISHED: Secure session is successfully established with the peer VPN. \n- NETWORK_ERROR: Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS \n- AUTHORIZATION_ERROR: Auth error (for example, bad shared secret). \n- NEGOTIATION_FAILURE: Handshake failed. \n- DEPROVISIONING: Resources are being deallocated for the VPN tunnel. \n- FAILED: Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used. \n- NO_INCOMING_PACKETS: No incoming packets from peer. \n- REJECTED: Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denied access. \n- ALLOCATING_RESOURCES: Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources. \n- STOPPED: Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted for Classic VPN tunnels or the project is in frozen state. \n- PEER_IDENTITY_MISMATCH: Peer identity does not match peer IP, probably behind NAT. \n- TS_NARROWING_NOT_ALLOWED: Traffic selector narrowing not allowed for an HA-VPN tunnel.",
+          "description": "[Output Only] The status of the VPN tunnel, which can be one of the following: - PROVISIONING: Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel. - WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG: Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from the user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule, and Route resources are needed to setup the VPN tunnel. - FIRST_HANDSHAKE: Successful first handshake with the peer VPN. - ESTABLISHED: Secure session is successfully established with the peer VPN. - NETWORK_ERROR: Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS - AUTHORIZATION_ERROR: Auth error (for example, bad shared secret). - NEGOTIATION_FAILURE: Handshake failed. - DEPROVISIONING: Resources are being deallocated for the VPN tunnel. - FAILED: Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used. - NO_INCOMING_PACKETS: No incoming packets from peer. - REJECTED: Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denied access. - ALLOCATING_RESOURCES: Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources. - STOPPED: Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted for Classic VPN tunnels or the project is in frozen state. - PEER_IDENTITY_MISMATCH: Peer identity does not match peer IP, probably behind NAT. - TS_NARROWING_NOT_ALLOWED: Traffic selector narrowing not allowed for an HA-VPN tunnel. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALLOCATING_RESOURCES",
             "AUTHORIZATION_ERROR",
@@ -57148,19 +58926,19 @@
             "WAITING_FOR_FULL_CONFIG"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            "",
-            ""
+            "Cloud VPN is in the process of allocating all required resources (specifically, a borg task).",
+            "Auth error (e.g. bad shared secret).",
+            "Resources is being deallocated for the VPN tunnel.",
+            "Secure session is successfully established with peer VPN.",
+            "Tunnel creation has failed and the tunnel is not ready to be used.",
+            "Successful first handshake with peer VPN.",
+            "Handshake failed.",
+            "Deprecated, replaced by NO_INCOMING_PACKETS",
+            "No incoming packets from peer",
+            "Resource is being allocated for the VPN tunnel.",
+            "Tunnel configuration was rejected, can be result of being denylisted.",
+            "Tunnel is stopped due to its Forwarding Rules being deleted.",
+            "Waiting to receive all VPN-related configs from user. Network, TargetVpnGateway, VpnTunnel, ForwardingRule and Route resources are needed to setup VPN tunnel."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -57248,36 +59026,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57364,36 +59142,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57462,36 +59240,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57535,7 +59313,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "id": {
-          "description": "Google specified expression set ID. The format should be: - E.g. XSS-20170329",
+          "description": "Google specified expression set ID. The format should be: - E.g. XSS-20170329 required",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -57545,14 +59323,14 @@
       "id": "WafExpressionSetExpression",
       "properties": {
         "id": {
-          "description": "Expression ID should uniquely identify the origin of the expression. E.g. owasp-crs-v020901-id973337 identifies Owasp core rule set version 2.9.1 rule id 973337. The ID could be used to determine the individual attack definition that has been detected. It could also be used to exclude it from the policy in case of false positive.",
+          "description": "Expression ID should uniquely identify the origin of the expression. E.g. owasp-crs-v020901-id973337 identifies Owasp core rule set version 2.9.1 rule id 973337. The ID could be used to determine the individual attack definition that has been detected. It could also be used to exclude it from the policy in case of false positive. required",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
     "WeightedBackendService": {
-      "description": "In contrast to a single BackendService in  HttpRouteAction to which all matching traffic is directed to, WeightedBackendService allows traffic to be split across multiple BackendServices. The volume of traffic for each BackendService is proportional to the weight specified in each WeightedBackendService",
+      "description": "In contrast to a single BackendService in HttpRouteAction to which all matching traffic is directed to, WeightedBackendService allows traffic to be split across multiple BackendServices. The volume of traffic for each BackendService is proportional to the weight specified in each WeightedBackendService",
       "id": "WeightedBackendService",
       "properties": {
         "backendService": {
@@ -57561,10 +59339,10 @@
         },
         "headerAction": {
           "$ref": "HttpHeaderAction",
-          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService.\nheaderAction specified here take effect before headerAction in the enclosing HttpRouteRule, PathMatcher and UrlMap.\nNote that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL.\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
+          "description": "Specifies changes to request and response headers that need to take effect for the selected backendService. headerAction specified here take effect before headerAction in the enclosing HttpRouteRule, PathMatcher and UrlMap. Note that headerAction is not supported for Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to EXTERNAL. Not supported when the URL map is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true."
         },
         "weight": {
-          "description": "Specifies the fraction of traffic sent to backendService, computed as weight / (sum of all weightedBackendService weights in routeAction) .\nThe selection of a backend service is determined only for new traffic. Once a user's request has been directed to a backendService, subsequent requests will be sent to the same backendService as determined by the BackendService's session affinity policy.\nThe value must be between 0 and 1000",
+          "description": "Specifies the fraction of traffic sent to backendService, computed as weight / (sum of all weightedBackendService weights in routeAction) . The selection of a backend service is determined only for new traffic. Once a user's request has been directed to a backendService, subsequent requests will be sent to the same backendService as determined by the BackendService's session affinity policy. The value must be between 0 and 1000",
           "format": "uint32",
           "type": "integer"
         }
@@ -57631,36 +59409,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
@@ -57710,7 +59488,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Zone": {
-      "description": "Represents a Zone resource.\n\nA zone is a deployment area. These deployment areas are subsets of a region. For example the zone us-east1-a is located in the us-east1 region. For more information, read Regions and Zones. (== resource_for {$api_version}.zones ==)",
+      "description": "Represents a Zone resource. A zone is a deployment area. These deployment areas are subsets of a region. For example the zone us-east1-a is located in the us-east1 region. For more information, read Regions and Zones.",
       "id": "Zone",
       "properties": {
         "availableCpuPlatforms": {
@@ -57834,36 +59612,36 @@
                 "UNREACHABLE"
               ],
               "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
               ],
               "type": "string"
             },
             "data": {
-              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example:\n\"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" }",
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
               "items": {
                 "properties": {
                   "key": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index 5c1b4a31af9..dfa35b63c63 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
index cc353942971..8a3505baa3c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -4007,6 +4007,10 @@
           "description": "Type of the disk attached to each node (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') If unspecified, the default disk type is 'pd-standard'",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "gvnic": {
+          "$ref": "VirtualNIC",
+          "description": "Enable or disable gvnic in the node pool."
+        },
         "imageType": {
           "description": "The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -5385,6 +5389,10 @@
           "description": "Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "gvnic": {
+          "$ref": "VirtualNIC",
+          "description": "Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool."
+        },
         "imageType": {
           "description": "Required. The desired image type for the node pool.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -5601,6 +5609,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "VirtualNIC": {
+      "description": "Configuration of gVNIC feature.",
+      "id": "VirtualNIC",
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "description": "Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "WorkloadIdentityConfig": {
       "description": "Configuration for the use of Kubernetes Service Accounts in GCP IAM policies.",
       "id": "WorkloadIdentityConfig",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
index 21ac6d71693..8647b1dcf01 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210806",
   "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -4185,11 +4185,13 @@
           "items": {
             "enum": [
               "COMPONENT_UNSPECIFIED",
-              "SYSTEM_COMPONENTS"
+              "SYSTEM_COMPONENTS",
+              "WORKLOADS"
             ],
             "enumDescriptions": [
               "Default value. This shouldn't be used.",
-              "system components"
+              "system components",
+              "workloads"
             ],
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -4350,6 +4352,10 @@
           "$ref": "EphemeralStorageConfig",
           "description": "Parameters for the ephemeral storage filesystem. If unspecified, ephemeral storage is backed by the boot disk."
         },
+        "gvnic": {
+          "$ref": "VirtualNIC",
+          "description": "Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool."
+        },
         "imageType": {
           "description": "The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type, the latest version of it will be used.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -5832,6 +5838,10 @@
           "description": "Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "gvnic": {
+          "$ref": "VirtualNIC",
+          "description": "Enable or disable gvnic on the node pool."
+        },
         "imageType": {
           "description": "Required. The desired image type for the node pool.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -5923,6 +5933,10 @@
         "version": {
           "description": "The release version available for upgrade.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "windowsVersions": {
+          "$ref": "WindowsVersions",
+          "description": "Windows node versions info."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -6059,6 +6073,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "VirtualNIC": {
+      "description": "Configuration of gVNIC feature.",
+      "id": "VirtualNIC",
+      "properties": {
+        "enabled": {
+          "description": "Whether gVNIC features are enabled in the node pool.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "WindowsVersion": {
       "description": "Windows server version.",
       "id": "WindowsVersion",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
index b2bba0a5d71..2e11d1e868b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Artifact": {
@@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
index 5f250def496..0c5194e92d0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "effectiveSeverity": {
-          "description": "The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability.",
+          "description": "The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, and note provider assigned severity when distro has not yet assigned a severity for this vulnerability. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.",
           "enum": [
             "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
             "MINIMAL",
@@ -2834,10 +2834,35 @@
           "$ref": "VulnerabilityLocation",
           "description": "Required. The location of the vulnerability."
         },
+        "effectiveSeverity": {
+          "description": "Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "MINIMAL",
+            "LOW",
+            "MEDIUM",
+            "HIGH",
+            "CRITICAL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unknown.",
+            "Minimal severity.",
+            "Low severity.",
+            "Medium severity.",
+            "High severity.",
+            "Critical severity."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "fixedLocation": {
           "$ref": "VulnerabilityLocation",
           "description": "The location of the available fix for vulnerability."
         },
+        "packageType": {
+          "description": "The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "severityName": {
           "description": "Deprecated, use Details.effective_severity instead The severity (e.g., distro assigned severity) for this vulnerability.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -2981,7 +3006,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
index 75896c5c1f7..1f28f6aac8b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Promotion": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
index ffc3cd564a8..7c1f1472820 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
index 3472b2bb8d7..61d3144967c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
@@ -2855,7 +2855,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
index f4df930c188..4ee6776f243 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Datastore data"
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
index 2d4fb0159be..16144a36893 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Datastore data"
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
index 91d60e27171..a7ed4cec8ef 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Datastore data"
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateIdsRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
index 6e40746e43f..518313983d4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
index e900904e939..d1ae1da219c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
index 76edb049df6..34801f18b0c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AsyncOptions": {
@@ -2426,7 +2426,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
index 7dff9508060..77010080e51 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow": {
           "description": "View, manage and query your Dialogflow agents"
@@ -6983,7 +6983,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
index 34e82fd2bb8..c1e070fd8bd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow": {
           "description": "View, manage and query your Dialogflow agents"
@@ -7315,7 +7315,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
index bdaee9b2d89..72ab0e9aef0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow": {
           "description": "View, manage and query your Dialogflow agents"
@@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
index f309ebfeeac..eab26f5150c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow": {
           "description": "View, manage and query your Dialogflow agents"
@@ -3623,7 +3623,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
index c3a029a7da2..eed3ed611fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210810",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidAppAsset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
index b921a17486f..99952a5052d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json
@@ -4721,7 +4721,7 @@
               "type": "string"
             },
             "filter": {
-              "description": "Allows filtering by custom bidding algorithm fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND`. A sequence of restrictions * implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` or `EQUALS (=)`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` for the following field: - `displayName` * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)` for the following field: - `customBiddingAlgorithmType` * For `displayName`, the value is a string. We return all custom bidding algorithms whose display_name contains such string. * For `customBiddingAlgorithmType`, the value is a string. We return all algorithms whose custom_bidding_algorithm_type is equal to the given type. Examples: * All custom bidding algorithms for which the display name contains \"politics\": `displayName:politics`. * All custom bidding algorithms for which the type is \"SCRIPT_BASED\": `customBiddingAlgorithmType=SCRIPT_BASED` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.",
+              "description": "Allows filtering by custom bidding algorithm fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND`. A sequence of restrictions * implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` or `EQUALS (=)`. * The operator must be `CONTAINS (:)` for the following field: - `displayName` * The operator must be `EQUALS (=)` for the following field: - `customBiddingAlgorithmType` - `customBiddingAlgorithmState` * For `displayName`, the value is a string. We return all custom bidding algorithms whose display_name contains such string. * For `customBiddingAlgorithmType`, the value is a string. We return all algorithms whose custom_bidding_algorithm_type is equal to the given type. * For `customBiddingAlgorithmState`, the value is a string. We return all algorithms whose custom_bidding_algorithm_state is equal to the given type. Examples: * All custom bidding algorithms for which the display name contains \"politics\": `displayName:politics`. * All custom bidding algorithms for which the type is \"SCRIPT_BASED\": `customBiddingAlgorithmType=SCRIPT_BASED` * All custom bidding algorithms for which the state is \"ENABLED\": `customBiddingAlgorithmState=ENABLED` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "string"
             },
@@ -7241,7 +7241,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": {
@@ -9993,12 +9993,14 @@
           "enum": [
             "CUSTOM_BIDDING_ALGORITHM_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
             "SCRIPT_BASED",
-            "ADS_DATA_HUB_BASED"
+            "ADS_DATA_HUB_BASED",
+            "GOAL_BUILDER_BASED"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Algorithm type is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
             "Algorithm generated through customer-uploaded custom bidding script files.",
-            "Algorithm created through Ads Data Hub product."
+            "Algorithm created through Ads Data Hub product.",
+            "Algorithm created through goal builder in DV3 UI."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -10952,7 +10954,9 @@
             "EXCHANGE_WAZE",
             "EXCHANGE_SOUNDCAST",
             "EXCHANGE_SHARETHROUGH",
-            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET"
+            "EXCHANGE_RED_FOR_PUBLISHERS",
+            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET",
+            "EXCHANGE_TAPJOY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Exchange is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -11018,7 +11022,9 @@
             "Waze.",
             "SoundCast.",
             "Sharethrough.",
-            "Media.net."
+            "Red For Publishers.",
+            "Media.net.",
+            "Tapjoy."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -11110,7 +11116,9 @@
             "EXCHANGE_WAZE",
             "EXCHANGE_SOUNDCAST",
             "EXCHANGE_SHARETHROUGH",
-            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET"
+            "EXCHANGE_RED_FOR_PUBLISHERS",
+            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET",
+            "EXCHANGE_TAPJOY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Exchange is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -11176,7 +11184,9 @@
             "Waze.",
             "SoundCast.",
             "Sharethrough.",
-            "Media.net."
+            "Red For Publishers.",
+            "Media.net.",
+            "Tapjoy."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -11269,7 +11279,9 @@
             "EXCHANGE_WAZE",
             "EXCHANGE_SOUNDCAST",
             "EXCHANGE_SHARETHROUGH",
-            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET"
+            "EXCHANGE_RED_FOR_PUBLISHERS",
+            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET",
+            "EXCHANGE_TAPJOY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Exchange is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -11335,7 +11347,9 @@
             "Waze.",
             "SoundCast.",
             "Sharethrough.",
-            "Media.net."
+            "Red For Publishers.",
+            "Media.net.",
+            "Tapjoy."
           ],
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
@@ -12704,7 +12718,9 @@
             "EXCHANGE_WAZE",
             "EXCHANGE_SOUNDCAST",
             "EXCHANGE_SHARETHROUGH",
-            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET"
+            "EXCHANGE_RED_FOR_PUBLISHERS",
+            "EXCHANGE_MEDIANET",
+            "EXCHANGE_TAPJOY"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
             "Exchange is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
@@ -12770,7 +12786,9 @@
             "Waze.",
             "SoundCast.",
             "Sharethrough.",
-            "Media.net."
+            "Red For Publishers.",
+            "Media.net.",
+            "Tapjoy."
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
index 36f1ff56cf8..3c0701a0ec6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Change": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
index 1fad2f3a9c3..0d16e8ca3e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json
@@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Change": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
index 93b92c9ff5e..d73f4b0b712 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AutoText": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index d43b1adef0e..34bc63f29dd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -208,11 +208,11 @@
           "resources": {
             "operations": {
               "methods": {
-                "cancelOperation": {
+                "cancel": {
                   "description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.operations.cancelOperation",
+                  "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
                   "parameterOrder": [
                     "name"
                   ],
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     }
                   },
-                  "path": "v1/{+name}",
+                  "path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
                   "response": {
                     "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
                   },
@@ -564,11 +564,11 @@
               "resources": {
                 "operations": {
                   "methods": {
-                    "cancelOperation": {
+                    "cancel": {
                       "description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
-                      "flatPath": "uiv1beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
-                      "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-                      "id": "documentai.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.operations.cancelOperation",
+                      "flatPath": "uiv1beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "documentai.uiv1beta3.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
                       "parameterOrder": [
                         "name"
                       ],
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
                           "type": "string"
                         }
                       },
-                      "path": "uiv1beta3/{+name}",
+                      "path": "uiv1beta3/{+name}:cancel",
                       "response": {
                         "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
                       },
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
index 6f231d83888..105620a3483 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index b6144860e96..4433ade69ae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -204,11 +204,11 @@
           "resources": {
             "operations": {
               "methods": {
-                "cancelOperation": {
+                "cancel": {
                   "description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
-                  "flatPath": "v1beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
-                  "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.operations.cancelOperation",
+                  "flatPath": "v1beta3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+                  "httpMethod": "POST",
+                  "id": "documentai.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
                   "parameterOrder": [
                     "name"
                   ],
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     }
                   },
-                  "path": "v1beta3/{+name}",
+                  "path": "v1beta3/{+name}:cancel",
                   "response": {
                     "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
                   },
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
index eee9eb33c45..8adc2bbf190 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210816",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
index 16151d1fe8b..5b2a61cbc77 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.1.json
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ChannelGrouping": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json
index 3f1fec2cc5d..a5f92db9c9e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v1.json
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
   },
   "protocol": "rest",
   "resources": {},
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {},
   "servicePath": "doubleclickbidmanager/v1/",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
index e261b7a940b..3adb1c0c46f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Availability": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
index 5dbc6ce6118..f4122d21957 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/VEgqKz0uZroJT3EBN1i10G5AZcE\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/-3IpaSYKbIKacm7HUpr810ttDhE\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210808",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
index e21db136026..27c661ec8d4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
   "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/",
-  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/bhrm-jP3Qqjp7HrqwCLY7aUGmdQ\"",
+  "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/Umz3Aq3Xvwc2SxFtmLOZwslweRw\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png",
     "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png"
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210808",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "About": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
index 078775f2abe..6c202533d41 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210810",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Action": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
index 4e7e1062484..5772d1a183b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
index 3b2515c0ac8..b30b64a1f09 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
index d26f5e5f544..d5fdd420c1a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AndroidConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
index c51cea3971e..a4636bc0cde 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
index 34c54612dea..6c0f5cbfd1a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The backup's project and location, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**.",
+                      "description": "Required. The backup's project and location, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}",
+                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}`",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use \"-\" for the {location} value.",
+                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use \"-\" for the `{location}` value.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The instance's project and location, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**.",
+                      "description": "Required. The instance's project and location, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}",
+                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}.",
+                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use \"-\" for the {location} value.",
+                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use \"-\" for the `{location}` value.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.",
+                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.",
+                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstance": {
-          "description": "The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.",
+          "description": "The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstanceTier": {
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceBackup": {
-          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.",
+          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}.",
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@
       "id": "ListBackupsResponse",
       "properties": {
         "backups": {
-          "description": "A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
+          "description": "A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Backup"
           },
@@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@
       "id": "ListInstancesResponse",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
+          "description": "A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Instance"
           },
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@
       "id": "NetworkConfig",
       "properties": {
         "ipAddresses": {
-          "description": "Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.",
+          "description": "Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1471,11 +1471,11 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.",
+          "description": "The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "reservedIpRange": {
-          "description": "A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.",
+          "description": "A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipRanges": {
-          "description": "List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.",
+          "description": "List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceBackup": {
-          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
index 6147e3aaf18..61be6031396 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The backup's project and location, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**.",
+                      "description": "Required. The backup's project and location, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}",
+                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}`",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+                      "description": "Required. The backup resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use \"-\" for the {location} value.",
+                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve backup information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, backup locations map to GCP regions, for example **us-west1**. To retrieve backup information for all locations, use \"-\" for the `{location}` value.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The instance's project and location, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**.",
+                      "description": "Required. The instance's project and location, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}",
+                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}.",
+                      "description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
                       "type": "string"
                     },
                     "parent": {
-                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use \"-\" for the {location} value.",
+                      "description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. In Cloud Filestore, locations map to GCP zones, for example **us-west1-b**. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use \"-\" for the `{location}` value.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.",
+                      "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
                     "name": {
-                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.",
+                      "description": "Required. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
                       "location": "path",
                       "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                       "required": true,
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "parent": {
-                          "description": "Required. The Filestore Instance to create the snapshots of, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}",
+                          "description": "Required. The Filestore Instance to create the snapshots of, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "name": {
-                          "description": "Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}",
+                          "description": "Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/snapshots/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "name": {
-                          "description": "Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}",
+                          "description": "Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/snapshots/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@
                           "type": "string"
                         },
                         "parent": {
-                          "description": "Required. The instance for which to retrieve snapshot information, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}.",
+                          "description": "Required. The instance for which to retrieve snapshot information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@
                       ],
                       "parameters": {
                         "name": {
-                          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.",
+                          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.",
                           "location": "path",
                           "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/snapshots/[^/]+$",
                           "required": true,
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210727",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Backup": {
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstance": {
-          "description": "The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}, used to create this backup.",
+          "description": "The resource name of the source Cloud Filestore instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`, used to create this backup.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceInstanceTier": {
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "sourceBackup": {
-          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}, that this file share has been restored from.",
+          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.",
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@
       "id": "ListBackupsResponse",
       "properties": {
         "backups": {
-          "description": "A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
+          "description": "A list of backups in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of backups from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return backups in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Backup"
           },
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@
       "id": "ListInstancesResponse",
       "properties": {
         "instances": {
-          "description": "A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the {location} value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
+          "description": "A list of instances in the project for the specified location. If the `{location}` value in the request is \"-\", the response contains a list of instances from all locations. If any location is unreachable, the response will only return instances in reachable locations and the \"unreachable\" field will be populated with a list of unreachable locations.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "Instance"
           },
@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipAddresses": {
-          "description": "Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.",
+          "description": "Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1676,11 +1676,11 @@
           "type": "array"
         },
         "network": {
-          "description": "The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.",
+          "description": "The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "reservedIpRange": {
-          "description": "Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.",
+          "description": "Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "ipRanges": {
-          "description": "List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or CIDR ranges in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4}/{mask size} which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.",
+          "description": "List of either an IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or CIDR ranges in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}/{mask size}` which may mount the file share. Overlapping IP ranges are not allowed, both within and across NfsExportOptions. An error will be returned. The limit is 64 IP ranges/addresses for each FileShareConfig among all NfsExportOptions.",
           "items": {
             "type": "string"
           },
@@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
@@ -1826,11 +1826,11 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceBackup": {
-          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}.",
+          "description": "The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
-          "description": "The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.",
+          "description": "The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.",
           "type": "string"
         }
       },
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}.",
+          "description": "Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "string"
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
index 29f059bd7b5..5cb4a182a26 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddFirebaseRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
index ac8914c1136..7085beff633 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/firebase": {
           "description": "View and administer all your Firebase data and settings"
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestChallengeResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
index 523e69f12d6..d57774ce5a4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DatabaseInstance": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
index 8d71f383c25..d2a829256a7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyticsInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
index 0a6d3e7293b..ddb7468eba3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
index d658c18a6cb..cdafb2e04fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActingUser": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
index 30df11acc14..c205214e160 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
index 9234442aafc..380b6f48b45 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DownloadModelResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
index 62a90986c76..7b3c49015dd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Datastore data"
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
index bfd9d739cd9..e4a183bab02 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Datastore data"
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ArrayValue": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
index d17c575edf7..0b97b463cca 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datastore": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Cloud Datastore data"
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
index ead94ecd050..1c446989c57 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AggregateBucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
index 1f83c49b6e4..4a155857846 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementDefinition": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
index 14774d07c9b..66c7d06e908 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementConfiguration": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
index 2e146419617..d7bc63544fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AchievementResetAllResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
index 011c186f980..26db18512af 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
index 4695ccf12e3..525024a1efb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1beta.json
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210802",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -2438,7 +2438,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
index 5ddcc81846b..f26a02151f4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/genomics.v2alpha1.json
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://genomics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
index 25f3a2ba47c..c66d48b6c70 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
-  "title": "GKE Hub",
+  "title": "GKE Hub API",
   "version": "v1",
   "version_module": true
 }
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
index a97fbee58f7..491f90fef16 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1670,6 +1670,123 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "IdentityServiceAuthMethod": {
+      "description": "Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceAuthMethod",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Identifier for auth config.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "oidcConfig": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceOidcConfig",
+          "description": "OIDC specific configuration."
+        },
+        "proxy": {
+          "description": "Proxy server address to use for auth method.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec": {
+      "description": "**Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec",
+      "properties": {
+        "authMethods": {
+          "description": "A member may support multiple auth methods.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "IdentityServiceAuthMethod"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "IdentityServiceMembershipState": {
+      "description": "**Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceMembershipState",
+      "properties": {
+        "failureReason": {
+          "description": "The reason of the failure.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "installedVersion": {
+          "description": "Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "memberConfig": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec",
+          "description": "Last reconciled membership configuration"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Deployment state on this member",
+          "enum": [
+            "DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "OK",
+            "ERROR"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified state",
+            "deployment succeeds",
+            "Failure with error."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "IdentityServiceOidcConfig": {
+      "description": "Configuration for OIDC Auth flow.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceOidcConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "certificateAuthorityData": {
+          "description": "PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "clientId": {
+          "description": "ID for OIDC client application.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "deployCloudConsoleProxy": {
+          "description": "Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "extraParams": {
+          "description": "Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "groupPrefix": {
+          "description": "Prefix to prepend to group name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "groupsClaim": {
+          "description": "Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "issuerUri": {
+          "description": "URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "kubectlRedirectUri": {
+          "description": "Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scopes": {
+          "description": "Comma-separated list of identifiers.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userClaim": {
+          "description": "Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userPrefix": {
+          "description": "Prefix to prepend to user name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListFeaturesResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for the `GkeHub.ListFeatures` method.",
       "id": "ListFeaturesResponse",
@@ -1765,6 +1882,10 @@
         "configmanagement": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementMembershipSpec",
           "description": "Config Management-specific spec."
+        },
+        "identityservice": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec",
+          "description": "Identity Service-specific spec."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1777,6 +1898,10 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementMembershipState",
           "description": "Config Management-specific state."
         },
+        "identityservice": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipState",
+          "description": "Identity Service-specific state."
+        },
         "metering": {
           "$ref": "MeteringMembershipState",
           "description": "Metering-specific spec."
@@ -1914,7 +2039,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -2096,7 +2221,7 @@
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
-  "title": "GKE Hub",
+  "title": "GKE Hub API",
   "version": "v1alpha",
   "version_module": true
 }
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
index 481c1d96291..3340a0b79c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
-  "title": "GKE Hub",
+  "title": "GKE Hub API",
   "version": "v1alpha2",
   "version_module": true
 }
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
index 589e3f16b8d..735a9aa4148 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1628,6 +1628,123 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "IdentityServiceAuthMethod": {
+      "description": "Configuration of an auth method for a member/cluster. Only one authentication method (e.g., OIDC and LDAP) can be set per AuthMethod.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceAuthMethod",
+      "properties": {
+        "name": {
+          "description": "Identifier for auth config.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "oidcConfig": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceOidcConfig",
+          "description": "OIDC specific configuration."
+        },
+        "proxy": {
+          "description": "Proxy server address to use for auth method.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec": {
+      "description": "**Anthos Identity Service**: Configuration for a single Membership.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec",
+      "properties": {
+        "authMethods": {
+          "description": "A member may support multiple auth methods.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "IdentityServiceAuthMethod"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "IdentityServiceMembershipState": {
+      "description": "**Anthos Identity Service**: State for a single Membership.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceMembershipState",
+      "properties": {
+        "failureReason": {
+          "description": "The reason of the failure.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "installedVersion": {
+          "description": "Installed AIS version. This is the AIS version installed on this member. The values makes sense iff state is OK.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "memberConfig": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec",
+          "description": "Last reconciled membership configuration"
+        },
+        "state": {
+          "description": "Deployment state on this member",
+          "enum": [
+            "DEPLOYMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "OK",
+            "ERROR"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unspecified state",
+            "deployment succeeds",
+            "Failure with error."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "IdentityServiceOidcConfig": {
+      "description": "Configuration for OIDC Auth flow.",
+      "id": "IdentityServiceOidcConfig",
+      "properties": {
+        "certificateAuthorityData": {
+          "description": "PEM-encoded CA for OIDC provider.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "clientId": {
+          "description": "ID for OIDC client application.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "deployCloudConsoleProxy": {
+          "description": "Flag to denote if reverse proxy is used to connect to auth provider. This flag should be set to true when provider is not reachable by Google Cloud Console.",
+          "type": "boolean"
+        },
+        "extraParams": {
+          "description": "Comma-separated list of key-value pairs.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "groupPrefix": {
+          "description": "Prefix to prepend to group name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "groupsClaim": {
+          "description": "Claim in OIDC ID token that holds group information.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "issuerUri": {
+          "description": "URI for the OIDC provider. This should point to the level below .well-known/openid-configuration.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "kubectlRedirectUri": {
+          "description": "Registered redirect uri to redirect users going through OAuth flow using kubectl plugin.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scopes": {
+          "description": "Comma-separated list of identifiers.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userClaim": {
+          "description": "Claim in OIDC ID token that holds username.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userPrefix": {
+          "description": "Prefix to prepend to user name.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListFeaturesResponse": {
       "description": "Response message for the `GkeHub.ListFeatures` method.",
       "id": "ListFeaturesResponse",
@@ -1723,6 +1840,10 @@
         "configmanagement": {
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementMembershipSpec",
           "description": "Config Management-specific spec."
+        },
+        "identityservice": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipSpec",
+          "description": "Identity Service-specific spec."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1735,6 +1856,10 @@
           "$ref": "ConfigManagementMembershipState",
           "description": "Config Management-specific state."
         },
+        "identityservice": {
+          "$ref": "IdentityServiceMembershipState",
+          "description": "Identity Service-specific state."
+        },
         "metering": {
           "$ref": "MeteringMembershipState",
           "description": "Metering-specific spec."
@@ -1868,7 +1993,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -1944,7 +2069,7 @@
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
-  "title": "GKE Hub",
+  "title": "GKE Hub API",
   "version": "v1beta",
   "version_module": true
 }
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
index 481cb31ec84..f6566a00045 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
-  "title": "GKE Hub",
+  "title": "GKE Hub API",
   "version": "v1beta1",
   "version_module": true
 }
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
index e13539f568a..bc1ba3c76f9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
index a2a0d0e1900..40669c28556 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "DeliveryError": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
index c9d448b6052..c19e197a07d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
index 0a4fe616a08..1d134348473 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Groups": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
index 4c4b9af1a15..733b49b821a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminAuditData": {
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -2316,18 +2316,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "PolicyOperationMetadata": {
-      "description": "Metadata for long-running Policy operations.",
-      "id": "PolicyOperationMetadata",
-      "properties": {
-        "createTime": {
-          "description": "Timestamp when the google.longrunning.Operation was created.",
-          "format": "google-datetime",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "QueryAuditableServicesRequest": {
       "description": "A request to get the list of auditable services for a resource.",
       "id": "QueryAuditableServicesRequest",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
index 4aef70ea8a0..ed9ccd0348e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
index 4258a99d850..f90ea84adbd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessDeniedPageSettings": {
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
index 1a47d8a8e16..2ee84112e8d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
index 2445c7b8da9..e008202bbb9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json
@@ -105,26 +105,6 @@
           "id": "ideahub.ideas.list",
           "parameterOrder": [],
           "parameters": {
-            "creator.platform": {
-              "description": "Identifies the platform from which this user is accessing Idea Hub.",
-              "enum": [
-                "UNKNOWN",
-                "BLOGGER",
-                "SITEKIT"
-              ],
-              "enumDescriptions": [
-                "",
-                "",
-                ""
-              ],
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "creator.platformId": {
-              "description": "Identifies the platform account (blog/site/etc.) for which to fetch Ideas.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
             "filter": {
               "description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions are implicitly combined, as if the `AND` operator was always used. The `OR` operator is currently unsupported. * Supported functions: - `saved(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only saved ideas. If set to false, fetches all except saved ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `dismissed(bool)`. - `dismissed(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only dismissed ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `saved(bool)`. The `false` value is currently unsupported. Examples: * `saved(true)` * `saved(false)` * `dismissed(true)` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.",
               "location": "query",
@@ -238,26 +218,6 @@
                     "parent"
                   ],
                   "parameters": {
-                    "creator.platform": {
-                      "description": "Identifies the platform from which this user is accessing Idea Hub.",
-                      "enum": [
-                        "UNKNOWN",
-                        "BLOGGER",
-                        "SITEKIT"
-                      ],
-                      "enumDescriptions": [
-                        "",
-                        "",
-                        ""
-                      ],
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
-                    "creator.platformId": {
-                      "description": "Identifies the platform account (blog/site/etc.) for which to fetch Ideas.",
-                      "location": "query",
-                      "type": "string"
-                    },
                     "filter": {
                       "description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions are implicitly combined, as if the `AND` operator was always used. The `OR` operator is currently unsupported. * Supported functions: - `saved(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only saved ideas. If set to false, fetches all except saved ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `dismissed(bool)`. - `dismissed(bool)`: If set to true, fetches only dismissed ideas. Can't be simultaneously used with `saved(bool)`. The `false` value is currently unsupported. Examples: * `saved(true)` * `saved(false)` * `dismissed(true)` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.",
                       "location": "query",
@@ -371,7 +331,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1alphaAvailableLocale": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
index 0e726f73291..fc655cbc677 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attachment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
index 4632989bbcc..2cc216928aa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json
index f5fff0cf9b0..db400631b40 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
index 5661224bbe7..95167c5be9f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210807",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
index a41107b54ef..3d11a0aad47 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
index df212aba58c..5b48bde4041 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210821",
   "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
index ac68169d03d..dbf7c5102fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210730",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accelerator": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
index fe8f335c80e..be87b862f99 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
index b8b2f3185c7..4f781fde0cc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/manufacturers.v1.json
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://manufacturers.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Attributes": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
index 3ba0303073e..22b525547a0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
index 7624b87439f..f45b6722c2e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
index 0288ed5d5df..3fe1f874128 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
index 497ed4094ff..ca9161887c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
@@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Aggregation": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
index cb108b35b8c..875956f881f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceptInvitationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
index f1fbb666da5..f2e81ee31b0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Accessibility": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
index 432d4028042..3ae5ed69b58 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "NotificationSetting": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
index 4c4bfa37e46..8190f5980e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
index 4f7c451447a..455ef5c7465 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbortInfo": {
@@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
index e77e6f186b4..ddb63f57179 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbortInfo": {
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
index d38616b2117..684ecf7be82 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
index 696b29ef414..95fae06e9a6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditConfig": {
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
index 1452e4652d2..36cb9ce3e4d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json
@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210808",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -2745,7 +2745,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
index 0aa850a1529..bb7174b23e1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -1369,6 +1369,27 @@
           "$ref": "Version",
           "description": "Required. The version of the package that is installed on the resource affected by this vulnerability."
         },
+        "effectiveSeverity": {
+          "description": "Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "MINIMAL",
+            "LOW",
+            "MEDIUM",
+            "HIGH",
+            "CRITICAL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unknown.",
+            "Minimal severity.",
+            "Low severity.",
+            "Medium severity.",
+            "High severity.",
+            "Critical severity."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "fixAvailable": {
           "description": "Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -1384,6 +1405,10 @@
         "fixedVersion": {
           "$ref": "Version",
           "description": "Required. The version of the package this vulnerability was fixed in. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no fix is yet available."
+        },
+        "packageType": {
+          "description": "The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1702,7 +1727,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "effectiveSeverity": {
-          "description": "The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity.",
+          "description": "The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.",
           "enum": [
             "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
             "MINIMAL",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
index 0e6e0babff0..d11d481ccc7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AliasContext": {
@@ -1369,6 +1369,27 @@
           "$ref": "Version",
           "description": "Required. The version of the package that is installed on the resource affected by this vulnerability."
         },
+        "effectiveSeverity": {
+          "description": "Output only. The distro or language system assigned severity for this vulnerability when that is available and note provider assigned severity when it is not available.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "MINIMAL",
+            "LOW",
+            "MEDIUM",
+            "HIGH",
+            "CRITICAL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Unknown.",
+            "Minimal severity.",
+            "Low severity.",
+            "Medium severity.",
+            "High severity.",
+            "Critical severity."
+          ],
+          "readOnly": true,
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "fixAvailable": {
           "description": "Output only. Whether a fix is available for this package.",
           "type": "boolean"
@@ -1384,6 +1405,10 @@
         "fixedVersion": {
           "$ref": "Version",
           "description": "Required. The version of the package this vulnerability was fixed in. Setting this to VersionKind.MAXIMUM means no fix is yet available."
+        },
+        "packageType": {
+          "description": "The type of package (e.g. OS, MAVEN, GO).",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1702,7 +1727,7 @@
           "type": "number"
         },
         "effectiveSeverity": {
-          "description": "The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity.",
+          "description": "The distro assigned severity for this vulnerability when it is available, otherwise this is the note provider assigned severity. When there are multiple PackageIssues for this vulnerability, they can have different effective severities because some might be provided by the distro while others are provided by the language ecosystem for a language pack. For this reason, it is advised to use the effective severity on the PackageIssue level. In the case where multiple PackageIssues have differing effective severities, this field should be the highest severity for any of the PackageIssues.",
           "enum": [
             "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED",
             "MINIMAL",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
index 959debf0212..235d3d9bb6c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Constraint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
index 31c31cb03e3..e98369bc1cf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
@@ -105,76 +105,6 @@
   },
   "protocol": "rest",
   "resources": {
-    "operations": {
-      "methods": {
-        "delete": {
-          "description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
-          "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}",
-          "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-          "id": "osconfig.operations.delete",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "name"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
-            "name": {
-              "description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "^operations/.*$",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "v1/{+name}",
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "Empty"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-          ]
-        },
-        "list": {
-          "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `\"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations\"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.",
-          "flatPath": "v1/operations",
-          "httpMethod": "GET",
-          "id": "osconfig.operations.list",
-          "parameterOrder": [
-            "name"
-          ],
-          "parameters": {
-            "filter": {
-              "description": "The standard list filter.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "name": {
-              "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
-              "location": "path",
-              "pattern": "^operations$",
-              "required": true,
-              "type": "string"
-            },
-            "pageSize": {
-              "description": "The standard list page size.",
-              "format": "int32",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "integer"
-            },
-            "pageToken": {
-              "description": "The standard list page token.",
-              "location": "query",
-              "type": "string"
-            }
-          },
-          "path": "v1/{+name}",
-          "response": {
-            "$ref": "ListOperationsResponse"
-          },
-          "scopes": [
-            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-          ]
-        }
-      }
-    },
     "projects": {
       "resources": {
         "locations": {
@@ -654,7 +584,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptSettings": {
@@ -1296,24 +1226,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "ListOperationsResponse": {
-      "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
-      "id": "ListOperationsResponse",
-      "properties": {
-        "nextPageToken": {
-          "description": "The standard List next-page token.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "operations": {
-          "description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
-          "items": {
-            "$ref": "Operation"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "ListPatchDeploymentsResponse": {
       "description": "A response message for listing patch deployments.",
       "id": "ListPatchDeploymentsResponse",
@@ -1469,41 +1381,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "Operation": {
-      "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.",
-      "id": "Operation",
-      "properties": {
-        "done": {
-          "description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.",
-          "type": "boolean"
-        },
-        "error": {
-          "$ref": "Status",
-          "description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation."
-        },
-        "metadata": {
-          "additionalProperties": {
-            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
-            "type": "any"
-          },
-          "description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.",
-          "type": "object"
-        },
-        "name": {
-          "description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.",
-          "type": "string"
-        },
-        "response": {
-          "additionalProperties": {
-            "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
-            "type": "any"
-          },
-          "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.",
-          "type": "object"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "PatchConfig": {
       "description": "Patch configuration specifications. Contains details on how to apply the patch(es) to a VM instance.",
       "id": "PatchConfig",
@@ -1988,33 +1865,6 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
-    "Status": {
-      "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
-      "id": "Status",
-      "properties": {
-        "code": {
-          "description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.",
-          "format": "int32",
-          "type": "integer"
-        },
-        "details": {
-          "description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.",
-          "items": {
-            "additionalProperties": {
-              "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
-              "type": "any"
-            },
-            "type": "object"
-          },
-          "type": "array"
-        },
-        "message": {
-          "description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.",
-          "type": "string"
-        }
-      },
-      "type": "object"
-    },
     "TimeOfDay": {
       "description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.",
       "id": "TimeOfDay",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
index 0014efe4e53..962abdcc0c0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CVSSv3": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
index bae57154d58..88e06e8b8df 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AptRepository": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
index f69f6f4daac..5fc0cc36583 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Compute Engine resources"
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
index aa73505dc99..4d7d5a4177f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Compute Engine resources"
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
index 859ccb472fb..356163c79c3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute": {
           "description": "View and manage your Google Compute Engine resources"
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
index b8bd9880e70..d25f0585e62 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AuditRefs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
index 763f5c72eae..ee5cb24da16 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210815",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1CancelSubscriptionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
index e2518cb0205..55634aaae8f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json
@@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210812",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BatchCreateContactsResponse": {
-      "description": "If not successful, returns BatchCreateContactsErrorDetails.contacts which contains a list of errors for each invalid contact. The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.",
+      "description": "If not successful, returns BatchCreateContactsErrorDetails which contains a list of errors for each invalid contact. The response to a request to create a batch of contacts.",
       "id": "BatchCreateContactsResponse",
       "properties": {
         "createdPeople": {
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "BatchUpdateContactsResponse": {
-      "description": "If not successful, returns BatchUpdateContactsErrorDetails.contacts, a list of errors corresponding to each contact. The response to a request to update a batch of contacts.",
+      "description": "If not successful, returns BatchUpdateContactsErrorDetails, a list of errors corresponding to each contact. The response to a request to update a batch of contacts.",
       "id": "BatchUpdateContactsResponse",
       "properties": {
         "updateResult": {
@@ -1832,7 +1832,8 @@
       "id": "FieldMetadata",
       "properties": {
         "primary": {
-          "description": "True if the field is the primary field for the person.",
+          "description": "Output only. True if the field is the primary field for all sources in the person. Each person will have at most one field with `primary` set to true.",
+          "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "source": {
@@ -1840,7 +1841,7 @@
           "description": "The source of the field."
         },
         "sourcePrimary": {
-          "description": "True if the field is the primary field for the source.",
+          "description": "True if the field is the primary field for the source. Each source must have at most one field with `source_primary` set to true.",
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "verified": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
index 1df63527a0b..6c579bf799f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playablelocations.v3.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://playablelocations.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleMapsPlayablelocationsV3Impression": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
index 9e1ef6b0796..6ee1f9dc659 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CustomApp": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
index c21fff9bd6d..a1b3f2d3c5b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1AccessStateDiff": {
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
index e3b6c621b33..90350680b81 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": {
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/poly.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/poly.v1.json
index 435aad0b07b..c29725dda16 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/poly.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/poly.v1.json
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210504",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://poly.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Asset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
index 6f6fdacc890..a9fa44753a3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
index d3fd055e79e..ff0dc690fee 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210728",
+  "revision": "20210804",
   "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessUrls": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index d7e1656836b..aa5e96d1da3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
index 8fd9bc3ca36..6254e53d9e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/pubsub": {
           "description": "View and manage Pub/Sub topics and subscriptions"
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
index f0e9ccecb3f..7ff0a191b6f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/pubsub": {
           "description": "View and manage Pub/Sub topics and subscriptions"
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
index fb8821f590a..b274e9edb72 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/pubsub": {
           "description": "View and manage Pub/Sub topics and subscriptions"
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcknowledgeRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
index 736ceae9d21..e35d282f48a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210810",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
index 901da8bbff5..2b792a3ce46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
index 2486244d1b9..da61043ce57 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ActivateBiddingFunctionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
index bf007e428be..979286ad515 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210731",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AndroidKeySettings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
index 8ab4c425180..4f500418667 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
index 3389ee32c49..eea48fa2109 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
index 2f8beeca8e1..3c765bf5ad1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210624",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Instance": {
-      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30",
+      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36",
       "id": "Instance",
       "properties": {
         "alternativeLocationId": {
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "locationId": {
-          "description": "Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.",
+          "description": "Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maintenancePolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
index 9f1a84b01df..5deb5a89d43 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210624",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "cancelRequested": {
-          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+          "description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
           "readOnly": true,
           "type": "boolean"
         },
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Instance": {
-      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 30",
+      "description": "A Google Cloud Redis instance. next id = 36",
       "id": "Instance",
       "properties": {
         "alternativeLocationId": {
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@
           "type": "object"
         },
         "locationId": {
-          "description": "Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If alternative_location_id is also provided, it must be different from location_id.",
+          "description": "Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided, the service will choose a zone from the specified region for the instance. For standard tier, instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal failures. If [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be different from [location_id].",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "maintenancePolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
index b03c87c1064..b896bc47abb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210810",
+  "revision": "20210817",
   "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
index 914470670b2..bfc9bfccec2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
index 6788b537378..d8750c4e0ba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json
@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Addressable": {
@@ -2733,7 +2733,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -3388,14 +3388,14 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Volume": {
-      "description": "Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.",
+      "description": "Volume represents a named volume in a container.",
       "id": "Volume",
       "properties": {
         "configMap": {
           "$ref": "ConfigMapVolumeSource"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Volume's name.",
+          "description": "Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "secret": {
@@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VolumeMount": {
-      "description": "Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.",
+      "description": "VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.",
       "id": "VolumeMount",
       "properties": {
         "mountPath": {
@@ -3413,7 +3413,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "This must match the Name of a Volume.",
+          "description": "The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "readOnly": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
index cd2200aaf35..c0b51bd2448 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1alpha1.json
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ConfigMapEnvSource": {
@@ -1172,14 +1172,14 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Volume": {
-      "description": "Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.",
+      "description": "Volume represents a named volume in a container.",
       "id": "Volume",
       "properties": {
         "configMap": {
           "$ref": "ConfigMapVolumeSource"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "Volume's name.",
+          "description": "Volume's name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name 'cloudsql' is reserved.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "secret": {
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "VolumeMount": {
-      "description": "Not supported by Cloud Run VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.",
+      "description": "VolumeMount describes a mounting of a Volume within a container.",
       "id": "VolumeMount",
       "properties": {
         "mountPath": {
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
-          "description": "This must match the Name of a Volume.",
+          "description": "The name of the volume. There must be a corresponding Volume with the same name.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "readOnly": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
index ed48c86a699..1f5d967e66a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
index 6225a5edbe2..a6df00e2b03 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
index 2dda4d02118..33920b0cfdb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://sasportal.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "SasPortalAssignment": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
index bc2e2ff4d17..3277638aa38 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Content": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
index 5d7ed3a69db..e9ce38b9d8f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ApiDataRow": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
index 16f3044c40a..1a80ce5957d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
index 68eaa29592c..c9834b7dd5b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
index da7c4bbdc9a..d12d8571d42 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Asset": {
@@ -1968,6 +1968,164 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Cve": {
+      "description": "CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org",
+      "id": "Cve",
+      "properties": {
+        "cvssv3": {
+          "$ref": "Cvssv3",
+          "description": "Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "references": {
+          "description": "Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Reference"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Cvssv3": {
+      "description": "Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3.",
+      "id": "Cvssv3",
+      "properties": {
+        "attackComplexity": {
+          "description": "This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker's control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_LOW",
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_HIGH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "Specialized access conditions or extenuating circumstances do not exist. An attacker can expect repeatable success when attacking the vulnerable component.",
+            "A successful attack depends on conditions beyond the attacker's control. That is, a successful attack cannot be accomplished at will, but requires the attacker to invest in some measurable amount of effort in preparation or execution against the vulnerable component before a successful attack can be expected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "attackVector": {
+          "description": "Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_NETWORK",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_ADJACENT",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_LOCAL",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_PHYSICAL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The vulnerable component is bound to the network stack and the set of possible attackers extends beyond the other options listed below, up to and including the entire Internet.",
+            "The vulnerable component is bound to the network stack, but the attack is limited at the protocol level to a logically adjacent topology.",
+            "The vulnerable component is not bound to the network stack and the attacker's path is via read/write/execute capabilities.",
+            "The attack requires the attacker to physically touch or manipulate the vulnerable component."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "availabilityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "baseScore": {
+          "description": "The base score is a function of the base metric scores.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "confidentialityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "integrityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "privilegesRequired": {
+          "description": "This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_NONE",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_LOW",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_HIGH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The attacker is unauthorized prior to attack, and therefore does not require any access to settings or files of the vulnerable system to carry out an attack.",
+            "The attacker requires privileges that provide basic user capabilities that could normally affect only settings and files owned by a user. Alternatively, an attacker with Low privileges has the ability to access only non-sensitive resources.",
+            "The attacker requires privileges that provide significant (e.g., administrative) control over the vulnerable component allowing access to component-wide settings and files."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scope": {
+          "description": "The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "SCOPE_UNCHANGED",
+            "SCOPE_CHANGED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "An exploited vulnerability can only affect resources managed by the same security authority.",
+            "An exploited vulnerability can affect resources beyond the security scope managed by the security authority of the vulnerable component."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userInteraction": {
+          "description": "This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.",
+          "enum": [
+            "USER_INTERACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "USER_INTERACTION_NONE",
+            "USER_INTERACTION_REQUIRED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The vulnerable system can be exploited without interaction from any user.",
+            "Successful exploitation of this vulnerability requires a user to take some action before the vulnerability can be exploited."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Empty": {
       "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.",
       "id": "Empty",
@@ -2100,6 +2258,10 @@
             "The finding has been fixed, triaged as a non-issue or otherwise addressed and is no longer active."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vulnerability": {
+          "$ref": "Vulnerability",
+          "description": "Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2192,6 +2354,10 @@
         "projectDisplayName": {
           "description": "The human readable name of project that the resource belongs to.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "The full resource type of the resource.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -2885,7 +3051,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -2915,6 +3081,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Reference": {
+      "description": "Additional Links",
+      "id": "Reference",
+      "properties": {
+        "source": {
+          "description": "Source of the reference e.g. NVD",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uri": {
+          "description": "Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Resource": {
       "description": "Information related to the Google Cloud resource that is associated with this finding.",
       "id": "Resource",
@@ -3156,6 +3337,17 @@
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Vulnerability": {
+      "description": "Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc.",
+      "id": "Vulnerability",
+      "properties": {
+        "cve": {
+          "$ref": "Cve",
+          "description": "CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
index 0acfba63db8..0371e676b41 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Asset": {
@@ -1039,6 +1039,164 @@
       "properties": {},
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Cve": {
+      "description": "CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org",
+      "id": "Cve",
+      "properties": {
+        "cvssv3": {
+          "$ref": "Cvssv3",
+          "description": "Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "references": {
+          "description": "Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Reference"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Cvssv3": {
+      "description": "Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3.",
+      "id": "Cvssv3",
+      "properties": {
+        "attackComplexity": {
+          "description": "This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker's control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_LOW",
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_HIGH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "Specialized access conditions or extenuating circumstances do not exist. An attacker can expect repeatable success when attacking the vulnerable component.",
+            "A successful attack depends on conditions beyond the attacker's control. That is, a successful attack cannot be accomplished at will, but requires the attacker to invest in some measurable amount of effort in preparation or execution against the vulnerable component before a successful attack can be expected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "attackVector": {
+          "description": "Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_NETWORK",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_ADJACENT",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_LOCAL",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_PHYSICAL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The vulnerable component is bound to the network stack and the set of possible attackers extends beyond the other options listed below, up to and including the entire Internet.",
+            "The vulnerable component is bound to the network stack, but the attack is limited at the protocol level to a logically adjacent topology.",
+            "The vulnerable component is not bound to the network stack and the attacker's path is via read/write/execute capabilities.",
+            "The attack requires the attacker to physically touch or manipulate the vulnerable component."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "availabilityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "baseScore": {
+          "description": "The base score is a function of the base metric scores.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "confidentialityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "integrityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "privilegesRequired": {
+          "description": "This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_NONE",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_LOW",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_HIGH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The attacker is unauthorized prior to attack, and therefore does not require any access to settings or files of the vulnerable system to carry out an attack.",
+            "The attacker requires privileges that provide basic user capabilities that could normally affect only settings and files owned by a user. Alternatively, an attacker with Low privileges has the ability to access only non-sensitive resources.",
+            "The attacker requires privileges that provide significant (e.g., administrative) control over the vulnerable component allowing access to component-wide settings and files."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scope": {
+          "description": "The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "SCOPE_UNCHANGED",
+            "SCOPE_CHANGED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "An exploited vulnerability can only affect resources managed by the same security authority.",
+            "An exploited vulnerability can affect resources beyond the security scope managed by the security authority of the vulnerable component."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userInteraction": {
+          "description": "This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.",
+          "enum": [
+            "USER_INTERACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "USER_INTERACTION_NONE",
+            "USER_INTERACTION_REQUIRED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The vulnerable system can be exploited without interaction from any user.",
+            "Successful exploitation of this vulnerability requires a user to take some action before the vulnerability can be exploited."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Empty": {
       "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.",
       "id": "Empty",
@@ -1171,6 +1329,10 @@
             "The finding has been fixed, triaged as a non-issue or otherwise addressed and is no longer active."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vulnerability": {
+          "$ref": "Vulnerability",
+          "description": "Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1263,6 +1425,10 @@
         "projectDisplayName": {
           "description": "The human readable name of project that the resource belongs to.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "The full resource type of the resource.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1933,7 +2099,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
@@ -1963,6 +2129,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Reference": {
+      "description": "Additional Links",
+      "id": "Reference",
+      "properties": {
+        "source": {
+          "description": "Source of the reference e.g. NVD",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uri": {
+          "description": "Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "RunAssetDiscoveryRequest": {
       "description": "Request message for running asset discovery for an organization.",
       "id": "RunAssetDiscoveryRequest",
@@ -2136,6 +2317,17 @@
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Vulnerability": {
+      "description": "Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc.",
+      "id": "Vulnerability",
+      "properties": {
+        "cve": {
+          "$ref": "Cve",
+          "description": "CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
     }
   },
   "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
index db2c87bffed..1e3dc3adab2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Config": {
@@ -1407,6 +1407,164 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Cve": {
+      "description": "CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures. More information: https://cve.mitre.org",
+      "id": "Cve",
+      "properties": {
+        "cvssv3": {
+          "$ref": "Cvssv3",
+          "description": "Describe Common Vulnerability Scoring System specified at https://www.first.org/cvss/v3.1/specification-document"
+        },
+        "id": {
+          "description": "The unique identifier for the vulnerability. e.g. CVE-2021-34527",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "references": {
+          "description": "Additional information about the CVE. e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Reference"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
+    "Cvssv3": {
+      "description": "Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3.",
+      "id": "Cvssv3",
+      "properties": {
+        "attackComplexity": {
+          "description": "This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker's control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_LOW",
+            "ATTACK_COMPLEXITY_HIGH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "Specialized access conditions or extenuating circumstances do not exist. An attacker can expect repeatable success when attacking the vulnerable component.",
+            "A successful attack depends on conditions beyond the attacker's control. That is, a successful attack cannot be accomplished at will, but requires the attacker to invest in some measurable amount of effort in preparation or execution against the vulnerable component before a successful attack can be expected."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "attackVector": {
+          "description": "Base Metrics Represents the intrinsic characteristics of a vulnerability that are constant over time and across user environments. This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.",
+          "enum": [
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_NETWORK",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_ADJACENT",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_LOCAL",
+            "ATTACK_VECTOR_PHYSICAL"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The vulnerable component is bound to the network stack and the set of possible attackers extends beyond the other options listed below, up to and including the entire Internet.",
+            "The vulnerable component is bound to the network stack, but the attack is limited at the protocol level to a logically adjacent topology.",
+            "The vulnerable component is not bound to the network stack and the attacker's path is via read/write/execute capabilities.",
+            "The attack requires the attacker to physically touch or manipulate the vulnerable component."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "availabilityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "baseScore": {
+          "description": "The base score is a function of the base metric scores.",
+          "format": "double",
+          "type": "number"
+        },
+        "confidentialityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "integrityImpact": {
+          "description": "This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "IMPACT_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "IMPACT_HIGH",
+            "IMPACT_LOW",
+            "IMPACT_NONE"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "High impact.",
+            "Low impact.",
+            "No impact."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "privilegesRequired": {
+          "description": "This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.",
+          "enum": [
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_NONE",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_LOW",
+            "PRIVILEGES_REQUIRED_HIGH"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The attacker is unauthorized prior to attack, and therefore does not require any access to settings or files of the vulnerable system to carry out an attack.",
+            "The attacker requires privileges that provide basic user capabilities that could normally affect only settings and files owned by a user. Alternatively, an attacker with Low privileges has the ability to access only non-sensitive resources.",
+            "The attacker requires privileges that provide significant (e.g., administrative) control over the vulnerable component allowing access to component-wide settings and files."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "scope": {
+          "description": "The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.",
+          "enum": [
+            "SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "SCOPE_UNCHANGED",
+            "SCOPE_CHANGED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "An exploited vulnerability can only affect resources managed by the same security authority.",
+            "An exploited vulnerability can affect resources beyond the security scope managed by the security authority of the vulnerable component."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "userInteraction": {
+          "description": "This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.",
+          "enum": [
+            "USER_INTERACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+            "USER_INTERACTION_NONE",
+            "USER_INTERACTION_REQUIRED"
+          ],
+          "enumDescriptions": [
+            "Invalid value.",
+            "The vulnerable system can be exploited without interaction from any user.",
+            "Successful exploitation of this vulnerability requires a user to take some action before the vulnerability can be exploited."
+          ],
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "Details": {
       "description": "Details of a subscription.",
       "id": "Details",
@@ -1585,6 +1743,10 @@
             "The finding has been fixed, triaged as a non-issue or otherwise addressed and is no longer active."
           ],
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "vulnerability": {
+          "$ref": "Vulnerability",
+          "description": "Represents vulnerability specific fields like cve, cvss scores etc. CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1654,6 +1816,10 @@
         "projectDisplayName": {
           "description": "The human readable name of project that the resource belongs to.",
           "type": "string"
+        },
+        "type": {
+          "description": "The full resource type of the resource.",
+          "type": "string"
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
@@ -1939,6 +2105,21 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Reference": {
+      "description": "Additional Links",
+      "id": "Reference",
+      "properties": {
+        "source": {
+          "description": "Source of the reference e.g. NVD",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "uri": {
+          "description": "Uri for the mentioned source e.g. https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2021-34527.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "SecurityCenterSettings": {
       "description": "Resource capturing the settings for Security Center.",
       "id": "SecurityCenterSettings",
@@ -2054,6 +2235,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "Vulnerability": {
+      "description": "Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc.",
+      "id": "Vulnerability",
+      "properties": {
+        "cve": {
+          "$ref": "Cve",
+          "description": "CVE stands for Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (https://cve.mitre.org/about/)"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "WebSecurityScannerSettings": {
       "description": "Resource capturing the settings for the Web Security Scanner service.",
       "id": "WebSecurityScannerSettings",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
index 0441a7067ec..e1adffefed4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddTenantProjectRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
index 7c8be11eb77..e51aa16b7a9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
index 9487a92c49c..62e305761e4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/servicecontrol": {
           "description": "Manage your Google Service Control data"
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AllocateInfo": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
index b982beeaa7d..5f665fa33c1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/servicecontrol": {
           "description": "Manage your Google Service Control data"
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Api": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
index 14e5de3e216..726664cf565 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
index 9bd522342a4..a358ca7565b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210804",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Binding": {
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "bindings": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
index a9808bcef37..c0e037d092c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/service.management": {
           "description": "Manage your Google API service configuration"
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Advice": {
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "Policy": {
-      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+      "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
       "id": "Policy",
       "properties": {
         "auditConfigs": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
index 76da2e14bbc..b401ed22103 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
index a5c28bf491e..58a3da6b6e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
index 29db124c57f..052a9534fa6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminQuotaPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
index 2947c364c0c..35601cf5d8d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdminQuotaPolicy": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
index c0a609131fb..3eac93eb203 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddBandingRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
index 422a2083014..320f2f336f9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AffineTransform": {
@@ -1375,6 +1375,10 @@
           "$ref": "ImageProperties",
           "description": "The properties of the image."
         },
+        "placeholder": {
+          "$ref": "Placeholder",
+          "description": "Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field."
+        },
         "sourceUrl": {
           "description": "The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.",
           "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
index 7b8b01463ae..733c287e5fe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ListOperationsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
index 35a62d73dae..53ca503b505 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ClassItem": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
index 6d1a952eb75..39fdc4e8f05 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ListOperationsResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
index 2704f2fdc12..5375132c51e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
   "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.",
   "discoveryVersion": "v1",
   "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/",
-  "etag": "\"3132313734373838303936393533333233313037\"",
+  "etag": "\"3135303838343330393037333231353838303432\"",
   "icons": {
     "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png",
     "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png"
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Bucket": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
index 712c9a8802e..6acf7f55de7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210812",
   "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AwsAccessKey": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
index f2a389920eb..74cced45416 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
index 0ca96bd1ecc..13db09a674d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
index 122bba3dc42..d005b5c7058 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleIdentityStsV1betaExchangeTokenRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
index 73529eeec13..a790bf914b0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
index 0ef7a653791..639aad2098f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json
@@ -1881,6 +1881,180 @@
                     }
                   }
                 },
+                "clients": {
+                  "methods": {
+                    "create": {
+                      "description": "Creates a GTM Client.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/clients",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "GTM Workspace's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+parent}/clients",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "Client"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Client"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "delete": {
+                      "description": "Deletes a GTM Client.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/clients/{clientsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "DELETE",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.delete",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Client's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/clients/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}",
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "get": {
+                      "description": "Gets a GTM Client.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/clients/{clientsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.get",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Client's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/clients/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Client"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.readonly"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "list": {
+                      "description": "Lists all GTM Clients of a GTM container workspace.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/clients",
+                      "httpMethod": "GET",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.list",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "parent"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "pageToken": {
+                          "description": "Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "parent": {
+                          "description": "GTM Workspace's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+parent}/clients",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "ListClientsResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers",
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.readonly"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "revert": {
+                      "description": "Reverts changes to a GTM Client in a GTM Workspace.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/clients/{clientsId}:revert",
+                      "httpMethod": "POST",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.revert",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "fingerprint": {
+                          "description": "When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the client in storage.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Client's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/clients/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}:revert",
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "RevertClientResponse"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    },
+                    "update": {
+                      "description": "Updates a GTM Client.",
+                      "flatPath": "tagmanager/v2/accounts/{accountsId}/containers/{containersId}/workspaces/{workspacesId}/clients/{clientsId}",
+                      "httpMethod": "PUT",
+                      "id": "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update",
+                      "parameterOrder": [
+                        "path"
+                      ],
+                      "parameters": {
+                        "fingerprint": {
+                          "description": "When provided, this fingerprint must match the fingerprint of the client in storage.",
+                          "location": "query",
+                          "type": "string"
+                        },
+                        "path": {
+                          "description": "GTM Client's API relative path. Example: accounts/{account_id}/containers/{container_id}/workspaces/{workspace_id}/clients/{client_id}",
+                          "location": "path",
+                          "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/containers/[^/]+/workspaces/[^/]+/clients/[^/]+$",
+                          "required": true,
+                          "type": "string"
+                        }
+                      },
+                      "path": "tagmanager/v2/{+path}",
+                      "request": {
+                        "$ref": "Client"
+                      },
+                      "response": {
+                        "$ref": "Client"
+                      },
+                      "scopes": [
+                        "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/tagmanager.edit.containers"
+                      ]
+                    }
+                  }
+                },
                 "folders": {
                   "methods": {
                     "create": {
@@ -3143,7 +3317,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210818",
   "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -3481,6 +3655,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "name": {
+          "annotations": {
+            "required": [
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create",
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update"
+            ]
+          },
           "description": "Client display name. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -3513,6 +3693,12 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "type": {
+          "annotations": {
+            "required": [
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create",
+              "tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update"
+            ]
+          },
           "description": "Client type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.clients.update",
           "type": "string"
         },
@@ -4242,6 +4428,23 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "ListClientsResponse": {
+      "id": "ListClientsResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "client": {
+          "description": "All GTM Clients of a GTM Container.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "Client"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "ListContainerVersionsResponse": {
       "description": "List container versions response.",
       "id": "ListContainerVersionsResponse",
@@ -4579,6 +4782,17 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "RevertClientResponse": {
+      "description": "The result of reverting a client in a workspace.",
+      "id": "RevertClientResponse",
+      "properties": {
+        "client": {
+          "$ref": "Client",
+          "description": "Client as it appears in the latest container version since the last workspace synchronization operation. If no client is present, that means the client was deleted in the latest container version."
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "RevertFolderResponse": {
       "description": "The result of reverting folder changes in a workspace.",
       "id": "RevertFolderResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
index 49b629a1d5a..c75abd86550 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Task": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
index f6aa5cf2248..3f49c11c3b9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         },
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only": {
-          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud Platform services"
+          "description": "View your data across Google Cloud services and see the email address of your Google Account"
         }
       }
     }
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210820",
   "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Account": {
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "AndroidRoboTest": {
-      "description": "A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes. Next tag: 30",
+      "description": "A test of an android application that explores the application on a virtual or physical Android Device, finding culprits and crashes as it goes.",
       "id": "AndroidRoboTest",
       "properties": {
         "appApk": {
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@
             "ROBO_VERSION_2"
           ],
           "enumDescriptions": [
-            "LINT.IfChange This means that the server should choose the mode. Recommended.",
+            "This means that the server should choose the mode. Recommended.",
             "Runs Robo in UIAutomator-only mode without app resigning",
             "Runs Robo in standard Espresso with UIAutomator fallback"
           ],
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "pullDirectories": {
-          "description": "List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (e.g. /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app's filesystem (e.g. /Documents) by specifying the bundle id.",
+          "description": "List of directories on the device to upload to Cloud Storage at the end of the test. Directories should either be in a shared directory (such as /private/var/mobile/Media) or within an accessible directory inside the app's filesystem (such as /Documents) by specifying the bundle ID.",
           "items": {
             "$ref": "IosDeviceFile"
           },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
index 45cba310d42..e574dbe5ebf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210811",
+  "revision": "20210823",
   "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "ANR": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
index 50b9bf8f8e7..5b7ed2d9f0d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
index eeb10d6634c..ec0f8b7dc3a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210721",
+  "revision": "20210816",
   "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorType": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json
index 26ac6b5be5d..271531a9a23 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210809",
   "rootUrl": "https://trafficdirector.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Address": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1beta1.json
index e3551c21651..8b57865f129 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1beta1.json
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210819",
   "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AdBreak": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
index c3d51c91468..afa6c4d4d3f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vectortile.v1.json
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
               "type": "integer"
             },
             "minElevationResolutionCells": {
-              "description": "The minimum allowed resolution for the returned elevation heightmap. Possible values: between 0 and 1024 (and not more than max_elevation_resolution_cells). Zero is supported for backward compatibility. Under-sized heightmaps will be non-uniformly up-sampled such that each edge is no shorter than this value. Non-uniformity is chosen to maximise the amount of preserved data. For example: Original resolution: 30px (width) * 10px (height) min_elevation_resolution: 30 New resolution: 30px (width) * 30px (height)",
+              "description": " api-linter: core::0131::request-unknown-fields=disabled aip.dev/not-precedent: Maintaining existing request parameter pattern. The minimum allowed resolution for the returned elevation heightmap. Possible values: between 0 and 1024 (and not more than max_elevation_resolution_cells). Zero is supported for backward compatibility. Under-sized heightmaps will be non-uniformly up-sampled such that each edge is no shorter than this value. Non-uniformity is chosen to maximise the amount of preserved data. For example: Original resolution: 30px (width) * 10px (height) min_elevation_resolution: 30 New resolution: 30px (width) * 30px (height)",
               "format": "int32",
               "location": "query",
               "type": "integer"
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://vectortile.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Area": {
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
       "type": "object"
     },
     "FirstDerivativeElevationGrid": {
-      "description": "A packed representation of a 2D grid of uniformly spaced points containing elevation data. Each point within the grid represents the altitude in meters above average sea level at that location within the tile. Elevations provided are (generally) relative to the EGM96 geoid, however some areas will be relative to NAVD88. EGM96 and NAVD88 are off by no more than 2 meters. The grid is oriented north-west to south-east, as illustrated: rows[0].a[0] rows[0].a[m] +-----------------+ | | | N | | ^ | | | | | W <-----> E | | | | | v | | S | | | +-----------------+ rows[n].a[0] rows[n].a[m] Rather than storing the altitudes directly, we store the diffs between them as integers at some requested level of precision to take advantage of integer packing. The actual altitude values a[] can be reconstructed using the scale and each row's first_altitude and altitude_diff fields.",
+      "description": "A packed representation of a 2D grid of uniformly spaced points containing elevation data. Each point within the grid represents the altitude in meters above average sea level at that location within the tile. Elevations provided are (generally) relative to the EGM96 geoid, however some areas will be relative to NAVD88. EGM96 and NAVD88 are off by no more than 2 meters. The grid is oriented north-west to south-east, as illustrated: rows[0].a[0] rows[0].a[m] +-----------------+ | | | N | | ^ | | | | | W <-----> E | | | | | v | | S | | | +-----------------+ rows[n].a[0] rows[n].a[m] Rather than storing the altitudes directly, we store the diffs between them as integers at some requested level of precision to take advantage of integer packing. The actual altitude values a[] can be reconstructed using the scale and each row's first_altitude and altitude_diff fields. More details in go/elevation-encoding-options-for-enduro under \"Recommended implementation\".",
       "id": "FirstDerivativeElevationGrid",
       "properties": {
         "altitudeMultiplier": {
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@
         },
         "firstDerivative": {
           "$ref": "FirstDerivativeElevationGrid",
-          "description": "Terrain elevation data encoded as a FirstDerivativeElevationGrid."
+          "description": "Terrain elevation data encoded as a FirstDerivativeElevationGrid. cs/symbol:FirstDerivativeElevationGrid."
         },
         "name": {
           "description": "Resource name of the tile. The tile resource name is prefixed by its collection ID `terrain/` followed by the resource ID, which encodes the tile's global x and y coordinates and zoom level as `@,,z`. For example, `terrain/@1,2,3z`.",
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
         },
         "secondDerivative": {
           "$ref": "SecondDerivativeElevationGrid",
-          "description": "Terrain elevation data encoded as a SecondDerivativeElevationGrid. ."
+          "description": "Terrain elevation data encoded as a SecondDerivativeElevationGrid. cs/symbol:SecondDerivativeElevationGrid. See go/byte-encoded-terrain for more details."
         }
       },
       "type": "object"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json
index 9231f5def9a..411e246e78d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json
index b42c7ce05da..5dcb828a79d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json
index 2081170bcea..fb6d2213ea8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json
index 5d472df7988..24b6eca3aaa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json
index 84734926b60..b9997af049c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
     "oauth2": {
       "scopes": {
         "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
-          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Platform data"
+          "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
         }
       }
     }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210722",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
index a5e6fd6655e..17e75de3c25 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AddProductToProductSetRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
index f668d34ebc6..9c950a0c531 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
index f88fd040214..c1902e042a2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210809",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AnnotateFileResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
index 35e0618ecae..7ae961c3fe7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Webfont": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
index 821e4f35d0a..319d1bba4a9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210806",
+  "revision": "20210813",
   "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
index d2f19b51413..4faa049ccf2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
index e6ff86a047a..bd7ccbb25c3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210803",
+  "revision": "20210810",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "CancelExecutionRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
index d2923b5ecf8..34e4c827b1e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
index 5d3a6b3938f..99495a859aa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210805",
+  "revision": "20210811",
   "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
index 29e9c50ee05..4c8ab11a34a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
@@ -3765,7 +3765,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AbuseReport": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
index beff419ac4f..16b2ef1366a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210813",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "EmptyResponse": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
index 96b2ad9522d..ca55edfee47 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20210814",
+  "revision": "20210822",
   "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "Empty": {

From f32da9181cb420c6552dca0f48a556364459cf6b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: "release-please[bot]"
 <55107282+release-please[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 24 Aug 2021 11:10:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 8/9] chore: release 2.18.0 (#1494)

:robot: I have created a release \*beep\* \*boop\*
---
## [2.18.0](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.17.0...v2.18.0) (2021-08-24)


### Features

* **analyticsadmin:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8e0c67f316381ec1ad358a079207215293093603 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **apigee:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9fd19ee8a70661be02219133dda1b80d71ac4f4b ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **appengine:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9727d32278b91dfa30d4c8c597755323741f8cd4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **bigquerydatatransfer:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0b36baa0400731507365bf477cc223729d5a109d ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **cloudfunctions:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c138aff559b32709a8a81c271ab5c0c48ea3acbe ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **compute:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3740a88b497c25e6a5aee22f873c33117034f8fa ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **containeranalysis:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/07d2f4383aef325a7351831909e6cfc4b4b9f889 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **container:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/90b095a5de68d5aebcfbea16078b4727774366f4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **documentai:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3d6892c775b31d0ed6caead07666e423dccdba62 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **gkehub:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1676d9f17b499d3bb13f80ad9c4fbd0621961a41 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **iam:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/98682633e8d244ca7bbf5b3726ed305e338a1cdd ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **ideahub:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/942102dcc79691866f8febbb732e477d0e5227b4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **ondemandscanning:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/97169382a9d0c80bf56af157a16c5b96cb95e6dd ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **osconfig:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/588812ffa314a68be1be61e229a187aecbe587e4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **people:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/213598c2a41d6724368e1089bc3cbcaa0b2932c5 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **securitycenter:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/74bee354cf1dbaf388de26e756e9aeebe0baa311 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **slides:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/623c740d1333cfea2b5946cc22ebcc2c44a2197d ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
* **tagmanager:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/98664145c692ed1ca947bdb081a7463897655d28 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
---


This PR was generated with [Release Please](https://github.com/googleapis/release-please). See [documentation](https://github.com/googleapis/release-please#release-please).
---
 CHANGELOG.md | 24 ++++++++++++++++++++++++
 setup.py     |  2 +-
 2 files changed, 25 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md
index dc64d226198..04239d24145 100644
--- a/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -1,5 +1,29 @@
 # Changelog
 
+## [2.18.0](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.17.0...v2.18.0) (2021-08-24)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **analyticsadmin:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8e0c67f316381ec1ad358a079207215293093603 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **apigee:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9fd19ee8a70661be02219133dda1b80d71ac4f4b ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **appengine:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9727d32278b91dfa30d4c8c597755323741f8cd4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **bigquerydatatransfer:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0b36baa0400731507365bf477cc223729d5a109d ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **cloudfunctions:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c138aff559b32709a8a81c271ab5c0c48ea3acbe ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **compute:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3740a88b497c25e6a5aee22f873c33117034f8fa ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **containeranalysis:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/07d2f4383aef325a7351831909e6cfc4b4b9f889 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **container:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/90b095a5de68d5aebcfbea16078b4727774366f4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **documentai:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3d6892c775b31d0ed6caead07666e423dccdba62 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **gkehub:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/1676d9f17b499d3bb13f80ad9c4fbd0621961a41 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **iam:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/98682633e8d244ca7bbf5b3726ed305e338a1cdd ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **ideahub:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/942102dcc79691866f8febbb732e477d0e5227b4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **ondemandscanning:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/97169382a9d0c80bf56af157a16c5b96cb95e6dd ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **osconfig:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/588812ffa314a68be1be61e229a187aecbe587e4 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **people:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/213598c2a41d6724368e1089bc3cbcaa0b2932c5 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **securitycenter:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/74bee354cf1dbaf388de26e756e9aeebe0baa311 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **slides:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/623c740d1333cfea2b5946cc22ebcc2c44a2197d ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+* **tagmanager:** update the api https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/98664145c692ed1ca947bdb081a7463897655d28 ([96afc04](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/96afc04eaae89dcaae4aaf7a63d5dcbf4b1e7d57))
+
 ## [2.17.0](https://www.github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.16.0...v2.17.0) (2021-08-17)
 
 
diff --git a/setup.py b/setup.py
index 16e6c7f7f91..d25a7b1845e 100644
--- a/setup.py
+++ b/setup.py
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 with io.open(readme_filename, encoding="utf-8") as readme_file:
     readme = readme_file.read()
 
-version = "2.17.0"
+version = "2.18.0"
 
 setup(
     name="google-api-python-client",

From cbb1f88b82b21f5cb9dcace33ffea3f95a189015 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: WhiteSource Renovate <bot@renovateapp.com>
Date: Tue, 24 Aug 2021 18:51:46 +0200
Subject: [PATCH 9/9] chore(deps): update dependency google-api-python-client
 to v2.18.0 (#1495)

---
 samples/compute/requirements.txt | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/samples/compute/requirements.txt b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
index 24e75e811f2..a1c3b1941b0 100644
--- a/samples/compute/requirements.txt
+++ b/samples/compute/requirements.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-google-api-python-client==2.17.0
+google-api-python-client==2.18.0
 google-auth==2.0.1
 google-auth-httplib2==0.1.0
